Manuscripts
Ms 1, 1903
An Appeal
NP
January 7, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 01/27/1903.
We have been made very sad by the news of the terrible loss that has come to the cause in the burning of the Review and Herald office. In one year two of our largest institutions have been destroyed by fire. The news of this recent calamity has made us feel very sad, but it was suffered by the Lord to come upon us, and we feel that we should make no complaints, but learn if possible the lesson that the Lord would teach us. The destruction of this institution should not be passed by as something in which there is no meaning. Every one connected with the Review and Herald office should ask himself, “Wherein do I deserve this lesson? Wherein have I walked contrary to a ‘Thus saith the Lord,’ that He should send this lesson to me? Have I heeded the warnings and reproofs that He has sent, or have I walked in my own ways?” (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 1)
Let the heart-searching God reprove the erring, and let each one bow before Him in humility and contrition, casting aside all self-righteousness and self-importance, confessing and forsaking every sin, and asking God, in the name of the Redeemer, for pardon and forgiveness. God declares, “Him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out” [John 6:37], and those who thus present themselves before Him will be pardoned and justified and will receive power to become the sons of God. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 2)
I pray that those who have resisted light and evidence, refusing to listen to God’s warnings, will see in the destruction of the Review and Herald office and appeal to them from God to turn to Him with full purpose of heart. Will they not see that God is in earnest with them. He is not seeking to destroy life, but to save life. In the recent destruction, the lives of the workers were graciously preserved, that all might have opportunity to see that God was correcting them by a message coming not from a human source, but from heaven. God’s people have departed from Him; they have not followed His instruction, and He has come near to them in correction, but He has not brought extinction of life. Not one soul has been taken by death. All have been left alive to recognize the Power that no man can gainsay. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 3)
Let us praise the Lord that the lives of His children have been so precious in His sight. He might have cut off all the workers in their heedlessness and self-sufficiency, but no! He says, “They shall have another chance. I will let the fire speak to them and will see if they will counterwork the action of My providence. I will try them as by fire, to see if they will learn the lesson that I desire to teach them.” (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 4)
When the Battle Creek Sanitarium was destroyed, Christ gave Himself to defend the lives of men and women. In this destruction God is appealing to His people to return to Him. And in the destruction of the Review and Herald office, and the saving of life, He makes a second appeal to them. He desires them to see that the miracle-working power of the Infinite has been exercised to save life, that every worker shall have opportunity to repent and be converted. God says, “If they turn to Me, I will restore to them the joy of My salvation. But if they continue to walk in their own way, I will come still closer, and affliction shall come upon the families who claim to believe the truth, but who do not practice the truth, who do not make the Lord God of Israel their fear and their dread.” (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 5)
Let every one examine himself, to see whether he be in the faith. Let the people of God repent and be converted, that their sins may be blotted out when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord. Let them ascertain wherein they have failed to walk in the way that God has marked out, wherein they have failed to purify their souls by taking heed to His counsels. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 6)
There must be entire conformity to the will of God. There must be less self-measurement and more, very much more, Christlike practice. There must be more earnest, persevering prayer. Prayer is acceptable only when offered in faith and in the name of the Redeemer. Our faith must grasp the glorious fact that God hears and answers the prayers of every sincere seeker. As the believer bows in supplication before God, and in humility and contrition offers his petition from unfeigned lips, keeping his eyes fixed steadily on the Mediator of the new covenant, he loses all thought of self. His mind is filled with the thought of what he must have in order to build up a Christlike character. He prays, “Lord, if I am to be a channel through which Thy love is to flow day by day and hour by hour, I claim by faith the grace and power that Thou hast promised.” He fastens his hold firmly on the promise, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering.” [James 1:5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 7)
How this dependence pleases the Master! How He delights to hear the steady, earnest pleading! How quickly the sincere, fervent prayer is recognized and honored! How intensely interested the heavenly angels are! “Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation?” [Hebrews 1:14.] With wonderful and ennobling grace the Lord sanctifies the humble petitioner, giving him power to perform the most difficult duties. All that is undertaken is done unto the Lord, and this elevates and sanctifies the lowliest calling. It invests with new dignity every word, every act, and links the humblest worker, the poorest of God’s servants, with the highest of the angels in the heavenly courts. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 8)
The salvation of human beings is a vast enterprise that calls into action every attribute of the divine nature. The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit have pledged themselves to make God’s children more than conquerors through Him that has loved them. The Lord is gracious and long-suffering, not willing that any should perish. He has provided power to enable us to be overcomers. How full of comfort and love are the words of Christ to His disciples just before His trial and crucifixion. He was about to leave them, but He did not want them to think that they were to be left helpless orphans. “I go My way to Him that sent Me,” He said, “and none of you asketh Me, Whither goest Thou? But because I have said these things, sorrow hath filled your heart. Nevertheless I tell you the truth: It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send Him unto you. And when He is come, He will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment; of sin, because they believe not on Me; of righteousness, because I go to My Father, and ye see Me no more; of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged. I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now. Howbeit, when He, the Spirit of truth is come, He will guide you into all truth; for He shall not speak of Himself; but whatsoever He shall hear, that shall He speak; and He will show you things to come. He shall glorify Me; for He shall receive of Mine, and shall show it unto you.” [John 16:5-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 9)
Then comes the wonderful prayer recorded in the seventeenth of John—a prayer that means much more to us than we realize. Let us receive it unto the treasure-house of the soul, and make it the daily lesson of our lives: (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 10)
“As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me. Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 18-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 11)
Satan understands this prayer better than do the members of churches and the heads of families. He does not want the people of God to understand it, lest they should see the advantages God has bestowed on them and know the day of their visitation. He would keep them in discord and strife over little misunderstandings and little differences, which, dwelt upon, grow into variance and hatred. He knows that if he can keep them thus, they will present before the world a showing exactly the opposite of that which God desires them to present. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 12)
I urge our people to cease their criticism and evil speaking, and go to God in earnest prayer, asking Him to help them to help the erring. Let them link up with one another and with Christ. Let them study the seventeenth of John and learn how to pray and how to live the prayer of Christ. He is the Comforter. He will abide in their hearts, making their joy full. His words will be to them as the bread of life, and in the strength thus gained they will be enabled to develop characters that will be an honor to God. Perfect Christian fellowship will exist among them. There will be seen in their lives the fruit that always appears as the result of obedience to the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 13)
Let us make Christ’s prayer the rule of our life, that we may form characters that will reveal to the world the power of the grace of God. Let there be less talk about petty differences and a more diligent study of what the prayer of Christ means to those who believe on His name. We are to pray for union and then live in such a way that God can answer our prayers. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 14)
Perfect oneness—a union as close as the union existing between the Father and the Son—this is what will give success to the efforts of God’s workers. “That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me,” to bring about this union, this sanctified harmony. “I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verses 21, 23.] It is this union that convinces the world that God has indeed sent His Son to save sinners. Christ gives to His true disciples the glory of His character, that His prayer may be answered. Through the impartation of His Spirit, He appears in their lives. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 15)
Let us during the year 1903 cast all selfishness out of our lives. Let us live for the Master, striving to help one another. “The Spirit also helpeth our infirmities; for we know not what we should pray for as we ought; but the Spirit itself maketh intercession for us with groanings which cannot be uttered. And He that searcheth the hearts knoweth what is in the mind of the Spirit, because He maketh intercession for the saints according to the will of God.” [Romans 8:26, 27.] Let us in our lifework strive constantly to answer the prayer of Christ, that we may be united with one another and with Him. Let us always before undertaking anything, ask ourselves the question, Will this please my Saviour? Is it in harmony with the will of God? The consciousness that we are bringing the Christ-life into the daily experience will give a sacred dignity to the every-day duties. All that we do will be done with faithfulness, that the Master may be honored. Thus shall we show to the world what Christianity can accomplish for sinful human beings, giving them constantly increasing efficiency for service in this life, preparing them for the higher life in the world to come. (18LtMs, Ms 1, 1903, 16)
Ms 2, 1903
Following Christ
NP
January 16, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 1BC 1095; 5BC 1096; AH 386-387; CG 151, 193, 249, 271-272, 487-488; 2MCP 453-454; CTr 89; 13MR 364-365.
Christ’s true followers will walk in His footsteps. He has left us an example that we should follow where He leads the way. For each one of us there is a live, disordered self to master, or it will master us. There are those who, because they are determined to serve self, will never be able to follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth. Christians who live for self dishonor their Redeemer. They may apparently be very active in the service of the Lord, but they weave self into all that they do. Sowing the seeds of selfishness, they must at last reap a harvest of corruption. It cannot but be thus. Eternal life cannot possibly be the result of their lifework, unless they see their mistake and surrender all to God. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 1)
Service for self takes a variety of forms. Some of these forms seem harmless. Apparent goodness gives them the appearance of genuine goodness. But they bring no glory to the Lord. By their service His cause is hindered. Christ says, “He that is not with Me is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 2)
Those who bring self into their work cannot be trusted. If they would lose sight of self in Christ, their efforts would be of value to His cause. They would then conform the life to His teachings. They would form their plans in harmony with His great plan of love. Selfishness would be banished from their efforts. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 3)
The Lord does not accept the service of those who live an inefficient, do-nothing life. They exert not a high, holy influence, but an influence that leads away from Christ. Self-denial, humility of mind, nobility of purpose, marked the Saviour’s life. He declares that as He lived, so we are to live. He has prepared for us opportunities and has marked out the path in which we may safely follow. His footprints lead along the pathway of self-sacrifice. To His disciples He says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 4)
From the beginning to the close of His earthly ministry, Christ went about doing good. In His life no sin appeared. No selfishness marred word or act. “Which of you convinceth Me of sin?” He asked the Pharisees, knowing that they would find nothing of which to accuse Him. [John 8:46.] And at His trial, Pilate declared emphatically, “I find in Him no fault at all.” [John 18:38.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 5)
As we pass through life there come to us many opportunities for service. All around us there are open doors for ministry. By the right use of the talent of speech we may do much for the Master. Words are a power for good when they are weighted with the tenderness and sympathy of Christ. There are those who have been entrusted with the Lord’s money, and these are to invest this money in such a way that they can bring returns to the Lord as the result of the investment. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 6)
As we minister to those in need of help, we co-operate with the heavenly angels. “Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for those who shall be heirs of salvation?” [Hebrews 1:14.] When Christ was born in Bethlehem, an angel appeared to the shepherds keeping watch by night. Through the silent hours they had been talking together of the promised Saviour and praying for the coming of the King to David’s throne. “And lo, the angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them, and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not; for behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord.” [Luke 2:9-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 7)
And suddenly the whole plain was lighted with the bright shining of the hosts of God. Earth was hushed, and heaven stooped to listen to the song, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 8)
Many feel that it would be a great privilege to visit the scenes of Christ’s life on earth, to walk where He trod, to look upon the lake where He loved to teach and the valleys and hills on which His eyes so often rested. But we need not go to Palestine in order to walk in the steps of Jesus. We shall find His footprints beside the sickbed, in the hovels of poverty, in the crowded alleys of the great city, and in every place where there are human hearts in need of consolation. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 9)
All may find something to do. “The poor always have ye with you,” Jesus said [John 12:8], and none need feel that there is no place where they can labor for Him. Millions upon millions of souls ready to perish, bound in chains of ignorance and sin, have never so much as heard of Christ’s love for them. Were our condition and theirs reversed, what would we desire them to do for us? All this, so far as lies in our power, we are under the most solemn obligation to do for them. Christ’s rule of life, by which every one of us must stand or fall in the judgment, is, “Whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them.” [Matthew 7:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 10)
“If thou forbear to deliver them that are drawn unto death, and those that are ready to be slain; if thou sayest, Behold, we knew not; doth not He that pondereth the heart consider it? and He that keepeth the heart, doth not He know it? and shall not He render to ever man according to his works?” [Proverbs 24:11, 12.] In the great judgment day, those who have not worked for Christ, who have drifted along thinking of themselves, caring for themselves, will be placed by the Judge of the whole earth with those who did evil. They will receive the same condemnation. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 11)
To every soul a trust is given. Of every one the Chief Shepherd will demand, “Where is the flock that was given thee, thy beautiful flock?” And “what wilt thou say when He shall punish thee?” [Jeremiah 13:20, 21.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 12)
The Home Life
We have only one life to live, only one probation in which to form characters that God can approve. Let parents take heed, first to themselves and then to their children. Let them learn from the Word of God what their duty is. The work committed to them is a most solemn and important one—a work that they cannot neglect without incurring heavy guilt. They should make all else secondary to the training of their children, remembering that as the twig is bent, the tree is inclined. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 13)
Too much importance cannot be placed on the early training of children. The lessons that the child learns during the first seven years of life have more to do with forming its character than all that it learns in future years. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 14)
To the mother is entrusted an important part in the training of her children. But all the responsibility does not rest on her. Father and mother should unite in this great work. The husband should show his wife that he appreciates her. If he wishes to keep her fresh and gladsome, so that she will be as sunshine in the home, let him help her to bear her burdens. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 15)
Parents, make home happy for your children. By this I do not mean that you are to indulge them. The more they are indulged, the harder they will be to manage, and the more difficult it will be for them to live true, noble lives when they go out into the world. If you allow them to do as they please, their purity and loveliness of character will quickly fade. Teach them to obey. Let them see that your authority must be respected. This may seem to bring them a little unhappiness now, but it will save them from much unhappiness in the future. Let the home government be just and tender, full of love and compassion, yet firm and true. Do not permit one disrespectful word or disobedient act. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 16)
Do not become impatient with your children when they err. When you correct them, do not speak abruptly and harshly. This confuses them, making them afraid to tell the truth. Remember that in them you are meeting your own traits of character—traits that you have given them. Therefore be very kind, very compassionate, very careful to do nothing that will arouse the worst passions of the human heart. Be so calm, so free from anger, that they will be convinced that you love them, even though you punish them. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 17)
Never forget the words, “Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones. For I say unto you, that in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 18:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 18)
Let the mother teach her children to be her willing helpers, gladly assisting her to bear life’s burdens. Let cheerfulness reign in the home. The mother should put forth every effort to make home the most pleasant place in the world for her children. Let the long winter evenings be devoted to useful reading or to some other form of self-improvement. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 19)
To the children I would say, Strive in every way possible to lighten your mother’s cares. Make home pleasant for her by cultivating a cheerful, happy temper. Be helpful in the home. Thus you are preparing yourselves for greater usefulness. It is your privilege to lighten the burdens that rest heavily on father and mother. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 20)
Do not make your wants many, especially if the income for home expenses is limited. Bring your wants within your parent’s means. The Lord will recognize and commend your unselfish efforts. Give your lives to God, to be used by Him as He may see best. Begin in the home to work for Him. Do your part to make the home a place where angels shall love to dwell. Be faithful in that which is least. You will then be in no danger of neglecting greater responsibilities. God’s Word declares, “He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much.” [Luke 16:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 21)
From the child’s earliest years it is to be made acquainted with the things of God. In simple words let the mother tell it about Christ’s life on earth. And more than this, let her bring into her daily life the teachings of the Saviour. Let her show her child, by her own example, that this life is a preparation for the life to come, a period granted to human beings in which they may form characters that will win for them entrance into the city of God. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 22)
Unto You Therefore Which Believe He is Precious
How marvellous is the love and condescension of our Saviour. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] By receiving Christ, men give evidence that they are born again and that they are entitled to the privilege of sonship. Because of their faithful adherence to right, Christ is not ashamed to call them brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 23)
The soul that surrenders all to Christ loses sight of self and is filled with confidence in God. By the clear light shining on God’s Word, he reads the promises telling of his heavenly Father’s love and care. These promises appeal to him with soul-conquering evidence. Assured of God’s power and willingness to fulfil His Word, he returns to Him praise and thanksgiving. Peace and joy fill his heart. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 24)
Christ takes us into covenant relation with Himself. He loves us with an everlasting love, but He does not always give us what we desire. When we wander away from Him, He permits trials to come upon us, to cause us to return to Him with full purpose of heart. And when we return, He receives us with loving assurances of pardon. He does not allow us to be tempted above that we are able. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 25)
When He sees His disciples deficient in spiritual power, day by day losing ground, day by day wandering farther and father from the source of strength, He sends to them affliction and adversity. Disappointed hopes cause them to stop and think, and there come to them repentance and a desire to draw near to God. And as they return to Him, He draws near to them, saying, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 26)
There is no power in repentance to change the life. But when the helpless soul casts itself on Christ, then comes transformation of character. The Saviour declares, “A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you.” [Ezekiel 36:26.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 27)
No one is ever made better by denunciation and recrimination. To tell a tempted soul of his guilt in no way inspires him with a determination to do better. Point the erring, discouraged one to Him who is able to save to the uttermost all who come to Him. Show him what he may become. Tell him that there is in him nothing that recommends him to God, but that Christ died for him, that he might be accepted in the Beloved. Inspire him with hope, showing him that in Christ’s strength he can do better. Hold up before him the possibilities that are his. Point him to the heights to which he may attain. Help him to take hold upon the mercy of the Lord, to trust in His forgiving power. Jesus is waiting to clasp him by the hand, waiting to give him power to live a noble, virtuous life. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 28)
God often brings men to a crisis to show them their own weakness and to point them to the source of strength. If they pray and watch unto prayer, fighting bravely, their weak points will become their strong points. Jacob’s experience contains many valuable lessons for us. God taught Jacob that in his own strength he could never gain the victory, that he must wrestle with God for strength from above. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 29)
All night Jacob wrestled with the Angel. Finally the strong wrestler was weakened by a touch on his thigh. He was now disabled and suffering the keenest pain, but he would not lose his hold. All penitent and broken, he clung to the Angel; “he wept, and made supplication,” pleading for a blessing. [Hosea 12:4.] He must have the assurance that his sin was pardoned. His determination grew stronger, his faith more earnest and persevering, until the very last. The Angel tried to release Himself; He urged, “Let Me go, for the day breaketh;” but Jacob answered, “I will not let Thee go, except Thou bless me.” [Genesis 32:26.] Had this been a boastful, presumptuous confidence, Jacob would have been instantly destroyed; but his was the assurance of one who confesses his own unworthiness, yet trusts to the faithfulness of a covenant-keeping God. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 30)
Jacob “had power over the Angel, and prevailed.” [Hosea 12:4.] Through humiliation, repentance, and self-surrender this sinful, erring mortal prevailed with the Majesty of heaven. He has fastened his trembling grasp on the promises of God, and the heart of infinite love could not turn away the sinner’s plea. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 31)
As an evidence that Jacob had been forgiven, his name was changed from one that was a reminder of his sin to one that commemorated his victory. “Thy name,” said the Angel, “shall be no more Jacob, but Israel; for as a prince hast thou power with God, and hast prevailed.” [Genesis 32:28.] (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 32)
Shall we obtain strength from God, and win victory after victory, or shall we try in our own strength, and at last fall back defeated, worn out by vain efforts. Let us, by unreserved surrender to God, obtain the power that every one must have who conquers in the battle against evil. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 33)
Let no one despair of gaining the victory. Victory is sure when self is surrendered to God. The Lord is on the ground. The church is to see of His salvation. God is not slack concerning His promise. He has given His angels charge over His children. Hereafter the witness will be heard, “My feet had well nigh slipped, but the Lord upheld me.” [See Psalm 73:2.] The Lord’s way was the best—to come in trial to the one He wished to help. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 34)
Never despair of a brother’s recovery and reformation. Make your requests known to God, and do not let go till the tempted one breaks the cords of unbelief. The conflict will end in victory. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 35)
*****
Those who watch their fellow workers to find fault with them dishonor their Leader. Let them remember that God reads the heart and that He has not given to any one the work of judging and condemning others. Each one is to examine his own heart. All judgment has been committed to One who cannot err. Cease the work that you have allowed Satan to lead you to do—the work of finding fault and condemning. You cannot read hearts; therefore be very careful how you judge. (18LtMs, Ms 2, 1903, 36)
Ms 3, 1903
To Every Man His Work
NP
March 1, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 74; 8MR 332. +
To brethren E. R. Palmer and A. G. Daniells, I am instructed to say: The Lord has appointed certain men to do a special work. If they give themselves to this work, He will bless them in their efforts to be His helping hand. The Lord has given Brother E. R. Palmer a special and important part to act in the canvassing work. He will give him wisdom that will enable him to teach others how to carry the canvassing work forward successfully. But He has not given Brother Palmer the responsibility of the printing work. This is not his field of labor. (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 1)
God will give His chosen workers strength to bear every burden that He lays upon them. He will help Brother Palmer to carry the responsibilities that He has given him in the canvassing work. But Brother Palmer must guard against adding to his work burdens that the Lord has not laid upon him. That which he is fitted to do in the education of canvassers is a large and much-needed work. But if he takes on himself too many burdens, he will surely disqualify himself for his appointed work as general canvassing agent. (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 2)
The Lord has given to Elder Daniells a great work. But Elder Daniells must not take upon himself too many responsibilities; for this will disqualify him for doing his appointed work. He is to stand stiffly for the truth for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 3)
When the Lord lays upon His stewards a special work, they should be careful not to increase their responsibilities; for this overtaxes their powers. My brethren, give diligent heed to the business for which you are fitted. Had Elder Olsen attended to his special line of work in connection with the General Conference, pleading with God for His purifying power and for wisdom to keep the way of the Lord, he would have had victory at every step. (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 4)
Christ Our King
Before God’s servants take up any work, they are to pray to God in all humility and with a sense of their dependence upon God, realizing that they must be worked by His Spirit. They are to guard against setting themselves up as kings, because if they do this, they will dishonor the Lord and make a failure of their work. “All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 5)
Man’s ingenuity, his judgment, his power to execute, all come from God. To God’s service all should be devoted. The principles of the Bible are to control the Lord’s servants. His workers are ever to do justice and judgment, steadfastly keeping the way of the Lord. “Seek ye first the kingdom of God and His righteousness.” [Matthew 6:33.] Make this the point round which your life centers, and then all things needful will be given you. Put the Redeemer’s interests before you own or those of any other human being. He has bought you, and all your powers belong to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 6)
Make no man your king. Who is our King?—He who is called, “Wonderful, Counsellor, The Mighty God, The Everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.] He is our Saviour, our King. To Him you may always go with your burdens. However great your sins, you need have no fear of repulse. If you have injured your brother, go to him, and confess the wrong you have done him. When you have done this, you may come to your King, asking Him for pardon. He will never take advantage of your confessions. He will never disappoint you. He has pledged His Word to forgive your transgressions and to cleanse you from all defilement. The names of all His people are written in His book of life. (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 7)
Remember that Christ is our only hope, our only refuge. He “bare our sins in His own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness.” [1 Peter 2:24.] “If the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh: how much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God? And for this cause He is the Mediator of the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.” [Hebrews 9:13-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 3, 1903, 8)
Ms 3a, 1903
The St. Helena Sanitarium
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
January 23, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in CD 414-415; 1MR 284.
I have been strongly impressed to write something in regard to the St. Helena Sanitarium. This institution was established by the Lord’s direction, and it is not to outlive its usefulness. It is to be a living institution, through which the light of truth shall be shed abroad. The same God who works in other places where our medical work is established is ready to work in the St. Helena Sanitarium. Much of His power is to be revealed in this institution. It is to grow to the full stature of what God desires it to be. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 1)
Lately the number of patients at the Sanitarium has decreased, owing to an array of circumstances that could not be helped. One reason for the lack of patronage is, I think, the stand that those at the head of the institution have taken against serving flesh meat to the patients. Ever since the opening of the Sanitarium, meat has been served in the dining room. We felt that the time had come to take a decided stand against this practice. We knew that it was not pleasing to God for flesh meat to be placed before the patients. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 2)
Now no tea, coffee, or flesh meat are served in the institution. We are determined to live out the principles of health reform, to walk in the way of truth and righteousness. We shall not, for fear of losing patronage, be half-and-half reformers. We have taken our position, and by God’s help we shall stand by it. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 3)
The food provided for the patients is wholesome and palatable. The diet is composed of fruits and grains and nuts. Here in California there is an abundance of fruit of all kinds. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 4)
If patients come who are so dependent on a diet of flesh meat that they think that [they] cannot live without it, we shall try to make them look at the matter from an intelligent point of view. And if they will not do this, if they are determined to use that which destroys health, we shall not refuse to provide it for them, if they are willing to eat it in their rooms and willing to risk the consequences. But they must take upon themselves the responsibility of their action. We shall not sanction their course. We dare not dishonor our stewardship by sanctioning the use of that which taints the blood and brings disease. We should be unfaithful to our Master if we did that which we know He does not approve. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 5)
This is the stand that we have taken. We are resolved to be true to the principles of health reform, and may God help us, is my prayer. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 6)
Plans must be set in operation that will bring an increase of patronage. But would it be right for us, for the sake of obtaining more patients, to return to the serving of flesh meat? Shall we give the sick that which has made them sick, that which will keep them sick if they continue to use it as food? Shall we not rather take our stand as those who are resolved to carry out the principles of health reform? Shall we not stand as watchful sentinels, encouraging the patients to obey the words of the Holy Spirit through the apostle Paul, “I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Romans 12:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 7)
The Lord desires His people to come into line and to work with all earnestness in faith and love to bring into their lives the fulness of Christ, the efficiency freely bestowed on all who will comply with the condition laid down in the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 8)
Advance moves are to be made. We are not, for the sake of securing a larger patronage, to employ physicians or nurses who are not willing to walk in the full light of health reform. We are to stand on an elevated platform. We do not establish sanitariums that the patients who come may indulge perverted appetite. We are to bring into our sanitariums as helpers those who stand firmly on the platform of health reform. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 9)
Study the words of the apostle Paul—“Owe no man anything, but to love one another; for he that loveth another hath fulfilled the law.... Love worketh no ill to his neighbor; therefore love is the fulfilling of the law. And [that], knowing the time, that now it is high time to awake out of sleep; for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed. The night is far spent, the day is at hand; let us therefore cast off the works of darkness, and let us put on the armor of light. Let us walk honestly, as in the day; not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wantonness, not in strife and envying. But put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lusts thereof.” [Romans 13:8, 10-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 10)
I carry a burden for the St. Helena Sanitarium. I greatly desire to see it doing the work that God desires it to do. During the past year many calls have been made for help in different parts of the world, and to all of these calls the Sanitarium church has responded liberally. The Sanitarium itself has always been ready to help where it could, and the amount of work that it has done for those who were not able to pay is not small. It is now placed in adverse circumstances in a trying position. Few understand the difficulties through which this institution has had to pass and is still passing. We have done all that we can to place it on a right basis. For years in the past it should have been conducted as it is now, but those standing at its head had not the moral courage to decide for the right. Changes have had to be made that would not have been necessary if all who had borne responsibilities in the Sanitarium had walked and worked in accordance with the will of God, in the light that the Lord has given upon health reform. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 11)
We call upon those of our people who have money to help this institution in its pressure for means. The Lord is acquainted with the circumstances that led us to make the decision to be true to principle. I ask those who have means in the Sanitarium whether they will allow a part or all of this means to remain in the institution free from interest. And I ask those who have means that they can spare to give of this means to help the Lord’s institution in its need. We have given so largely to foreign fields that the home field is unworked. Calls are now being made for means to send to foreign fields, while in the Southern states of America there are many thousands of people who have never heard of present truth. We need to arouse, and make earnest, zealous efforts for the unworked fields of America. For years the Southern field has been kept before our people, yet how much has been done for it? What efforts have been put forth for St. Louis, New Orleans, Memphis? If the Lord Jesus were here today, He would say as He said to the disciples, “Say not ye, There are yet four months, and then cometh harvest? Behold, I say unto you, Lift up your eyes, and look on the fields; for they are white already to harvest. And he that reapeth receiveth wages, and gathereth fruit unto life eternal; that both he that soweth and he that reapeth may rejoice together.” [John 4:35, 36.] (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 12)
We must now enter the fields in America that have never been worked. From city after city the cry of barrenness is ascending to God. There are in them no memorials for Him. No effort has been made in them to proclaim the message of the gospel. I entreat those who know the truth to take up their neglected work. No longer let the Master look upon fields whose barrenness rebukes your neglect. Every soul who believes the truth is responsible to give to those in darkness the light he has received. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 13)
This world is our training school. Here we are to learn how to exercise the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. To those who receive Him Christ gives power to become the sons of God. Here we are to prepare for the higher grade, the school above. If we live the life of Christ in this world we shall be ready to unite with the loyal and true in the higher school. I do not want any one to withhold gifts from foreign fields, but I do urge our people no longer to dishonor God by leaving untouched fields such as New York and other large cities. No longer refuse to listen to the call, “Come over and help us.” [Acts 16:9.] In America thousands of people die every day without having heard the last warning message. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 14)
Let the workers in the Lord’s vineyard show that they realize that they are sons and daughters of God, that their citizenship is in heaven, and that their strength and means are not to be spent on self. God’s great vineyard in America needs to be worked. One of the first things to be done is to help the St. Helena Sanitarium to tide over its present difficulties. What will you do to help? I shall certainly urge this matter upon you; for a condition of things that should not have been has made the institution suffer, and it deserves assistance. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 15)
It requires holy, consistent living to give a man that wisdom that enables him to do the right thing at the right time. Every work is to be brought into judgment, to pass under the scrutiny of the great I Am. O we need to humble our hearts before God. Holiness of character, pure, upright principles, are obtained by diligent watching and earnest, sincere prayer. “If any man will come after Me,” Christ declares, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] As we obey this instruction, we walk in the footsteps of the Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 16)
I leave these words with you. Do not fold your hands, content to do nothing. Wake up, wake up, brethren and sisters. There is a work to be done in foreign fields, but there is just as important work to be done in America. After you have done something for foreign fields, do not think your duty done. Remember that there is a work to be done in America. A few faithful workers have been toiling in New York. Have you taken an unselfish, practical interest in their work? Have you helped them by your sympathy and your gifts? (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 17)
In the cities of America there are people of almost every language. These need the light that God has given to His church. Our people do not realize the responsibility resting on them to proclaim the truth in the unwarned cities of America. God says to them, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.” [Isaiah 60:1.] Why, then, do they feel no burden to add new territory to the Lord’s kingdom, to plant the standard of truth in new places? Why do they not obey the Word, “Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not”? [Luke 12:33.] Why do they not return to the Lord His own, to be invested in the heavenly merchandise? Why is there not an earnest call made for volunteers to enter the whitening harvest field? Unless more is done in the cities of America, ministers and people will have a heavy account to settle with the One who has appointed to every man his work. (18LtMs, Ms 3a, 1903, 18)
Ms 4, 1903
Diary/“Nearly the entire day I have...”
Refiled as Ms 23, 1891.
Ms 5, 1903
Diary/Circulation of Great Controversy
Refiled as Ms 24, 1891.
Ms 6, 1903
Diary/Christ Our Righteousness
Refiled as Ms 21, 1891.
Ms 6a, 1903
Adonijah’s Rebellion
NP
February 17, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 2BC 1024; CTr 104-105; RH 10/08/1903.
“Then Adonijah the son of Haggith exalted himself, saying, I will be king; and he prepared his chariots and horsemen, and fifty men to run before him. And his father had not displeased him at any time in saying, Why hast thou done so? And he also was a very goodly man, and his mother bare him after Absalom. And he conferred with Joab the son of Zeruiah, and with Abiathar the priest; and they following Adonijah helped him. But Zadok the priest, and Benaiah the son of Jehoiada, and Nathan the prophet, and Shimei, and Rei, and the mighty men which belonged to David, were not with Adonijah.... Nathan the prophet, and Benaiah and the mighty men, and Solomon his brother, he called not.” [1 Kings 1:5-8, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 1)
The rebellion was ripe; the conspirators had assembled at a great feast just outside the city to proclaim Adonijah king, when their plans were thwarted by the prompt action of a few faithful persons, chief among whom were Zadok the priest, Nathan the prophet, and Bathsheba the mother of Solomon. They represented the state of affairs to the king, reminding him of the divine direction that Solomon should succeed to the throne. David at once abdicated in favor of Solomon, who was immediately anointed and proclaimed king. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 2)
David’s sons had been a great grief to him. Wayward and rebellious, they had been as a thorn in his flesh. Their conduct was a heavy grief to him; yet in his fondness for them he had not in their childhood reproved and restrained them, and now they would not bear reproof. Cause was followed by effect. By indulgence David forfeited the respect and reverence of his children. He had never displeased them, but they had often perplexed and worried him by their misconduct. He had not brought them up in submission to his will, and therefore they did not live in submission to the will of God. He excused their sins and indulged their perverse desires; and they grew up willful and selfish, refusing to honor their father or their God. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 3)
In addition to the infirmities of old age, which were resting heavily upon him, David’s heart was sorely grieved by the course of his son Adonijah. David was a man who loved and feared God. He fully believed in recognizing and obeying God’s commands. Regret and remorse filled his heart as he thought of the course that his sons had followed. He knew that if they had been brought up as they should have been, he would have received the honor that a father should receive, and God would have been reverenced and obeyed. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 4)
Solomon, the son of Bathsheba, kept the love of God before him, and David knew that he alone, of all his sons, was qualified to act as the ruler of his people. And the Lord God of Israel, the ruler of all the world, had chosen Solomon to be king after David’s death. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 5)
On hearing of Adonijah’s rebellion, David at once abdicated in favor of Solomon. Had he shown any hesitancy, the usurper would have gained the advantage, those supporting Solomon would have been slain, and the kingdom would have passed under the rule of a despot, who knew not how to rule himself. War and bloodshed would have filled the land. In this trying hour the Lord strengthened David, giving him vitality that his advisers did not think it possible for him to possess. He was on his deathbed, but he gave his orders clearly and decisively. Solomon must at once be anointed king, and notice must at once be given throughout the kingdom that this had been done. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 6)
Adonijah had ever had his own way, and he thought that if he made a demonstration showing his desire to reign, David would yield to his wishes. But David was true to God and to his convictions. “Call me Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet and Benaiah the son of Jehoiada. And they came before the king. The king also said unto them, Take with you the servants of your lord, and cause Solomon my son to ride upon mine own mule, and bring him down to Gihon; and let Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet anoint him there king over Israel; and blow ye with the trumpet, and say, God save king Solomon. Then ye shall come up after him, that he may come and sit upon my throne; he shall be king in my stead; for I have appointed him to be king over Israel and over Judah. And Benaiah the son of Jehoiada answered the king, and said, Amen; the Lord God of my lord say so too. As the Lord has been with my lord the king, even so be he with Solomon, and make his throne greater than the throne of my lord king David. So Zadok the priest and Nathan the prophet, and Benaiah the son of Jehoiada ... went down, and caused Solomon to ride upon king David’s mule, and brought him to Gihon. And Zadok the priest took an horn of oil out of the tabernacle, and anointed Solomon. And they blew the trumpet; and all the people said, God save king Solomon. And all the people came up after him, and the people piped with pipes; and rejoiced with great joy, so that the earth rent with the sound of them.” [Verses 32-40.] (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 7)
Those who bear responsibilities must be wide-awake. It is not the man who drifts with circumstances, and who in an emergency endorses questionable moves, who wins the respect of his fellow men and the approval of heaven. It is the man who, like the rock stemming the tide, stands firm against evil, who commands respect. In a crisis, when many are not fully decided as to the right course, the one who moves steadfastly in the path that God has marked out, with unshaken determination carrying out God’s plans, is the one who wins confidence as a man fit to command. Those who occupy positions of responsibility should know what saith the Lord, and they should then stand unflinchingly for the right, stemming the current of evil. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 8)
Go Forward
There is a lesson of the greatest importance for us in the experience of the children of Israel as they left Egypt. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 9)
More than a million people had been led out of the right course, as many of them thought, into a valley hemmed in by mountains. Before them lay the Red Sea, and behind them, following fast after in pursuit, was Pharaoh’s host. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 10)
In the beginning of their march, the children of Israel had been guided by a cloud. Ignorant and superstitious because of their long years of bondage in a land of superstition, the people looked upon this cloud with wonder. Some regarded it with fear, while others declared that it was a favorable omen. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 11)
As the people were encamped beside the sea, they saw in the distance the flashing armor and moving chariots of Pharaoh’s host. Terror filled their hearts. Some cried unto the Lord, but by far the greater part hastened to Moses with their complaints. “Because there were no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? Wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to carry us forth out of Egypt? Is it not the word that we did tell thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For it had been better for us to serve the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness.” [Exodus 14:11, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 12)
Moses was greatly troubled that his people should manifest so little faith in God, notwithstanding they had repeatedly witnessed the manifestation of His power in their behalf. How could they charge upon him the dangers and difficulties of their situation, when he had followed the express command of God? True, there was no possibility of deliverance unless God Himself should interpose for their release; but having been brought into this position in obedience to the divine direction, Moses felt no fear of the consequences. His calm and assuring reply to the people was, “Fear ye not, stand still, and see the salvation of the Lord, which He will show you today; for the Egyptians whom ye have seen today, ye shall see them again no more forever. The Lord shall fight for you, and ye shall hold your peace.” [Verses 13, 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 13)
It was not an easy thing to hold the hosts of Israel in waiting before the Lord. Lacking discipline and self-control, they became violent and unreasonable. They expected speedily to fall into the hands of their oppressors, and their wailings and lamentations were loud and deep. The wonderful pillar of cloud had been followed as the signal of God to go forward; but now they questioned if it might not foreshadow some great calamity; for had it not led them on the wrong side of the mountain, into an impassable way? Thus the angel of God appeared to their deluded minds as the harbinger of disaster. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 14)
But now, as the Egyptian host approached them, expecting to make them an easy prey, the cloudy column arose majestically, passed over the Israelites, and descended between them and the armies of Israel. A wall of darkness interposed between the pursued and their pursuers. The Egyptians could no longer discern the camp of the Hebrews and were forced to halt. But as the darkness of night deepened, the wall of cloud became a great light to the Hebrews, flooding the entire encampment with the radiance of day. That which had been a terror to the people had become their protection. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 15)
Hope returned to the hearts of Israel. And Moses lifted up his voice unto the Lord. “And the Lord said unto Moses, Wherefore criest thou unto Me? Speak thou unto the children of Israel that they go forward. But lift thou up thy rod, and stretch out thine hand over the sea, and divide it, and the children of Israel shall go on dry land though the midst of the waters.” [Verses 15, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 16)
As Moses stretched out his rod, the waters parted, and Israel went down into the midst of the sea upon dry ground, while the waters stood like a wall on each side. “Go forward” was the word given by Moses, and it was echoed by the captains of the different divisions, and in obedience, the host of Israel stepped into the path so strangely and so wonderfully prepared for them. The light from God’s pillar of fire shone upon the foam-capped billows and lighted the road that was cut like a mighty furrow through the waters of the sea. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 17)
As the cloud moved slowly on, the Egyptian sentinels discovered that the Israelites had moved their encampment, and at once the mighty army was set in readiness for motion. They heard the sound of the marching of the Hebrews, but they could see nothing; for the cloud that gave light to Israel was to the Egyptians a wall of darkness. Guided by the sound, they followed on, into the miraculous path God had prepared for His people. All night they followed, but they moved slowly; for their chariots drove heavily. Yet still they moved on, expecting soon to break through the cloud and overtake the fugitives. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 18)
At last the shadows of the night passed away, the morning dawned, and the pursuing army was almost within reach of the fleeing Hebrews. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 19)
“And it came to pass that in the morning watch the Lord looked upon the host of the Egyptians through the pillar of fire, and of the cloud, and troubled the host of the Egyptians.” [Verse 24.] Before their astonished eyes the mysterious cloud charged to a pillar of fire reaching from earth to heaven. The thunders pealed, and the lightnings flashed. “The clouds poured out water; the skies sent out a sound; Thine arrows also went abroad. The voice of Thy thunder was in the whirlwind; the lightning lightened the world; the earth trembled and shook.” [Psalm 77:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 20)
The Egyptians were seized with confusion and dismay. Amidst the wrath of the elements, in which they heard the voice of an angry God, they endeavored to retrace their steps and to flee to the shore they had quitted. But Moses stretched out his rod, and the piled-up waters, hissing, roaring, and eager for their prey, rushed together and swallowed the Egyptian army in their black depths. (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 21)
As morning broke, it revealed to the multitudes of Israel all that remained of their mighty foe—the mail-clad bodies cast upon the shore. From the most terrible peril one night had brought deliverance. That vast, helpless throng—bondmen unused to battle, women, children, and cattle, with the sea before them, and the mighty armies of Egypt pressing behind—had seen their path opened through the waters and their enemies overwhelmed in the moment of expected triumph. Jehovah alone had brought them deliverance, and to Him their hearts were turned in gratitude and faith. Their emotions found utterance in songs of praise. The Spirit of God rested upon Moses, and he led the people in a triumphant anthem of thanksgiving: (18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 22)
“I will sing unto Jehovah; for He hath triumphed gloriously;
The horse and his rider hath He thrown into the sea.
The Lord is my strength and my song,
And He is become my salvation;
This is my God, and I will praise Him;
My father’s God, and I will exalt Him, ...
Who is like unto Thee, O Lord among the gods?
Who is like unto Thee, glorious in holiness,
Wonderful in praises, doing wonders? ...
Thou in Thy mercy hast led the people which Thou hast redeemed;
Thou hast guided them in Thy holy habitation.”
(18LtMs, Ms 6a, 1903, 23)
Ms 7, 1903
Words of Counsel to Burden-Bearers
NP
October 8, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in HFM 62-63; 8T 140-142, 190.
Men who are already carrying heavy responsibilities must not be urged to accept heavier responsibilities than they can carry, and at the same time preserve their spirituality. Plans must not be laid in regard to this that will create perplexity and difficulty. This is a snare that the enemy would be pleased to see laid for the entanglement of our feet. (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 1)
There are those who can successfully carry a certain amount of work, but who become over-wearied, fractious, and impatient, when there is crowded upon them a larger amount of work than they have physical or mental strength to perform. They lose the love of God out of the heart, and then they lose courage and faith, and the blessing of God is not with them. There are physicians who have lost their spiritual power because they have done double the work that they ought to have done. When men are asked or tempted to take more work than they can do, let them say firmly, “I cannot consent to this. I cannot safely do more than I am doing.” (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 2)
*****
Extract from Testimonies for the Church 8:190: (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 3)
God impresses different men to be laborers together with Him. One man is not authorized to gather too many responsibilities upon himself. The Lord would have the physician upon whom so much depends so closely connected with Him, that his spirit will not be irritated by little things. The Lord desires you to be one of the most efficient workers in the medical profession, slighting nothing, marring nothing, knowing that you have a Counselor close by your side, to sustain and strengthen you, to impart quietness and calm to your soul. Feverishness of mind and uncertainty of spirit will make the hand unskilful. The touch of Christ upon the Physician’s hand brings vitality, restfulness, confidence, and power. (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 4)
*****
Those who bear responsibilities in our institutions should daily seek the way of the Lord. They should not feel qualified to choose their own way; for in so doing they will walk in the light of the sparks of their own kindling. God alone is to be their guide. Those who seek a wider sphere, those who would have greater freedom than God appoints, those who fail to make Him their counselor, their wisdom, their sanctification, and their righteousness, will never win the crown of life. Day by day the soul needs the religion of Christ. Those who drink deeply of His Spirit will not be ambitious for themselves. They will realize that they cannot go beyond the domain of God; for God reigns everywhere. (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 5)
He who is fully content to receive his commission from above will be cheered by the promises of God, as he seeks to do justice and judgment. To have unwavering trust in God, to be a doer of His Word, is to pursue a safe course.... May the Lord help those who are bearing responsibilities to unite with one another in their work and to become laborers together with God.... (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 6)
Large buildings call for large patronage, and large patronage calls for men of education and talent, and for men of deep religious experience, to conduct the institution in the ways of God; and to manage it with tact and skill demands that there shall be a general increase in spiritual experience, that the fear of God shall circulate through the Sanitarium, in order that popular patronage shall not mold and fashion it, and thus cause it to cease to be that which God designed it to be—a refuge for the poor and lowly. Those who are steadfast to the truth should not be set aside in favor of worldlings. Prices should not be set so high to meet current expenses that the poor will, to a large extent, be excluded from the benefits of the Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 7)
With the present talent and facilities, it is impossible for the physician-in-chief to do all that is essential to be done in the various branches and departments, much as he may desire to do this. It is not possible for him to give personal supervision to all parts of the work. (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 8)
This matter has been opened up before me again and again. While there is continual growth in the institution, while the buildings are enlarging and the responsibilities increasing, there is not a corresponding growth in the talent and capability necessary for the management of so large an enterprise. Will our physician-in-chief and the members of the board consider this? My brother, you are not immortal. I thank the Lord that you are as wise concerning your health as you are. But you cannot always do as you are now doing. Your health may fail. Your life is uncertain, and it has been set before me that there ought to be three times as large a working force in the Sanitarium as there is. Even the workers would all have an abundance to do if they did their work well.—Testimonies for the Church, Vol. VIII, pp. 140-142. (18LtMs, Ms 7, 1903, 9)
Ms 9, 1903
Written for Our Admonition
NP
1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in OHC 81; 17MR 29.
The book of Deuteronomy should be carefully studied by those living on the earth today. It contains a record of the instruction given to Moses to give to the children of Israel. In it the law is repeated. At the time that the instruction that it contains was given, the people of Israel were encamped beside the Jordan. All but two of the adults who had left Egypt had died in the wilderness. Now the generation that had arisen during the forty years of journeying were about to pass over the Jordan to receive their inheritance in the promised land. But they must first hear from the lips of Moses the instruction given him by the Lord for them. The words of the law must be repeated to them, and they must hear again the conditions upon which they were to enter into and take possession of the promised land. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 1)
The law of God was often to be repeated to the people. That its precepts might not become a strange thing, they were to be kept before the people and were ever to be exalted and honored by them. Parents were to read the law to their children, teaching it to them line upon line, precept upon precept. And on public occasions, the law was to be read in the hearing of all the people. Upon obedience to this law depended the prosperity of Israel. If the people were obedient, it would bring them life; if disobedient, death. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 2)
“These be the words which Moses spoke unto all Israel on this side Jordan in the wilderness, in the plain over against the Red Sea.... The Lord our God spake unto us in Horeb, saying, Ye have dwelt long enough in this mount; turn ye, and take your journey, and go into the mount of the Amorites, and unto all the places nigh thereunto, in the plain, in the hills, and in the vale, and in the south, and by the sea side, to the land of the Canaanites, and unto Lebanon, unto the great river, the river Euphrates. Behold, I have set the land before you; go in, and possess the land which the Lord sware unto your fathers, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, to give unto them and to their seed after them. And I spake unto you at that time, saying, I am not able to bear you myself alone; the Lord your God hath multiplied you, and, behold, ye are this day as the stars of heaven for multitude.... How can I myself alone bear your cumbrance, and your burden, and your strife? Take you wise men, and understanding, and known among your tribes, and I will make them rulers over you. And ye answered me, and said, The thing which thou hast spoken is good for us to do. So I took the chief of your tribes, wise men, and known, and made them heads over you, captains over thousands, and captains over hundreds, and captains over fifties, and captains over tens, and officers among your tribes. And I charged your judges at that time, saying, Hear the causes between your brethren, and judge righteously; ... but ye shall hear the small as well as the great; ye shall not be afraid of the face of man; for the judgment is God’s; and the cause that is too hard for you, bring it unto me, and I will hear it. And I commanded you at that time all the things which ye should do.” [Deuteronomy 1:1, 6-10, 12-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 3)
Moses gave the people to understand that he did not desire to monopolize the honor of government. Of all the men of Israel, he was the best qualified to be the leader of the people. But he realized that he must have counsellors with whom to share the responsibilities of the work. “I cannot bear these burdens alone,” he declared. [See Numbers 11:14.] Wise, God-fearing men were to be chosen to work with him, and they were to remain in their position of trust as long as they gave evidence that they were loyal and faithful. These men were to show favor to no one and they were not to do one wrong action in order to gain favor. They were never to accept bribes or to allow themselves to be overawed by evil men. In all their decisions equity was to govern. They were to be “able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness.” [Exodus 18:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 4)
These chosen were appointed rulers over the people—rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, and rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. Speaking of their appointment, Moses declared: “I charged your judges at that time, saying, Hear the cause between your brethren, and judge righteously between every man and his brother, and the stranger that is with him. And the cause that is too hard for you, bring it to me, and I will hear it. And I commanded you at that time all the things that you should do.” [Deuteronomy 1:16-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 5)
And the people had agreed to the plans outlined by Moses and had promised to follow the Lord’s directions. Why then had they worked contrary to their agreement, arousing mutiny and discontent? Why had they murmured and complained, as if they were hardly dealt with? They had complained of Moses, as if he were treating them harshly, when he was seeking in every way to make their journeyings in the wilderness a school of preparation and training. Obedience to God’s commands, co-operation with Him in carrying out His plans, was essential for their present and future good, yea, for their eternal welfare. But they had been rebellious and disobedient. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 6)
Speaking of their conduct in the wilderness, Moses said, “And when we departed from Horeb, we went through all that great and terrible wilderness, which ye saw by the way of the mountain of the Amorites, [as the Lord our God commanded us; and we came to Kadeshbarnea. And I said unto you, Ye are come unto the mountain of the Amorites,] which the Lord our God doth give us. Behold, the Lord thy God hath set the land before thee; go up, and possess it, as the Lord God of thy fathers hath said unto thee; fear not, neither be discouraged. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 7)
“And ye came near unto me every one of you, and said, We will send men before us, and they shall search out the land and bring us word again by what way we must come up, and into what cities we shall come. And the saying pleased me well; and I took twelve men of you, one of a tribe, and they turned, and went up into the mountain, and came unto the valley of Eschol, and searched it out. And they took of the fruit of the land in their hands, and brought it down unto us, and brought us word again, and said, It is a good land which the Lord God doth give us. Notwithstanding ye would not go up, but rebelled against the commandments of the Lord your God; and ye murmured in your tents, and said, Because the Lord hated us, He hath brought us forth out of the land of Egypt, to deliver us into the hands of the Amorites, to destroy us. Whither shall we go up? Our brethren have discouraged our heart, saying, The people is greater and taller than we; the cities are great and walled up to heaven; and moreover we have seen the sons of the Anakims there.” [Verses 19-28.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 8)
It was upon the very borders of the promised land that the people had broken forth into rebellion. The spies had returned from Canaan with their hearts filled with unbelief, and their wicked murmurings had set the hearts of all the people in rebellion. Disaffection is quickly awakened in hearts that are unsanctified. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 9)
“Then said I unto you, Dread not, neither be afraid of them. The Lord your God, which goeth before you, He shall fight for you, according to all that He did for you in Egypt, before your eyes; and in the wilderness, where thou hast seen how that the Lord thy God bare thee, as a man doth bare his son, in all the way that ye went, until ye came into this place. Yet in this thing ye did not believe the Lord your God, who went in the way before you, to search you out a place to pitch your tents in, in fire by night, to show you by what way ye should go, and in a cloud by day. And the Lord heard the voice of your words, and was wroth, and sware, saying, Surely there shall not one of these men of this evil generation see that good land, which I sware to give unto your fathers, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh; he shall see it, and to him will I give the land that he hath trodden upon, and to his children, because he hath wholly followed the Lord. Also the Lord was angry with me for your sakes, saying, Thou shalt not go in thither.” [Verses 29-37.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 10)
The time to which Moses refers when the Lord was angry with him was when the stream that for so many years had supplied the people with water ceased to flow. It was the Lord’s purpose to test His people. He would prove whether they would trust His providence or imitate the unbelief of their fathers. Before God permitted them to enter Canaan, they must show that they believed His promise. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 11)
But no sooner was the cry of water heard in the encampment than the people forgot one who for so many years had supplied their wants, and instead of turning to God for help, they murmured against Him, in their desperation exclaiming, “Would to God we had died when our brethren died before the Lord.” [Numbers 20:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 12)
Their cries were directed against Moses and Aaron: “Why have ye brought up the congregation of the Lord into this wilderness, that we and our cattle should die there? And wherefore have ye made us to come up out of Egypt, to bring us unto this evil place? It is no place of seed, or of figs, or of vines, or of pomegranates; neither is there any water to drink.” [Verses 4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 13)
The leaders went to the door of the tabernacle and fell upon their faces. Again the glory of the Lord appeared, and Moses was directed, “Take the rod, and gather thou the assembly together, thou and Aaron thy brother, and speak ye unto the rock before their eyes; and it shall bring forth his water, and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the rock.” [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 14)
The two brothers went on before the multitude, Moses with the rod of God in his hand. They were now aged men. Long had they borne with the rebellion and obstinacy of Israel; but now, at last, even the patience of Moses gave way. “Hear now, ye rebels,” he cried, “must we bring you water out of this rock?” and instead of speaking to the rock, as God had commanded him, he smote it twice with the rod. [Verses 10, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 15)
Moses had spoken from irritated feeling; his words were an expression of human passion rather than of holy indignation because God had been dishonored. “Hear now, ye rebels,” he said. [Verse 10.] This accusation was true, but even truth is not to be spoken in passion or impatience. Moses, in taking it upon himself to accuse the people, grieved the Spirit of God, and wrought the people only harm. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 16)
Bitter and deeply humiliating was the judgment immediately pronounced. “The Lord spake unto Moses and Aaron, Because ye believed Me not, to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them.” [Verse 12.] With rebellious Israel they must die before crossing the Jordan. Had Moses and Aaron been cherishing self-esteem, or indulging a passionate spirit, their guilt would have been far greater. But they were not chargeable with wilful or deliberate sin; they had been overcome by a sudden temptation, and their contrition was immediate and heartfelt. The Lord accepted their repentance, though because of the harm their sin might do among the people He could not remit punishment. God forgave Moses, but he could not grant him that which he so greatly longed for—a home in the promised land. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 17)
Will those who today occupy positions of trust in the Lord’s work stop and think what it means to become angry, to show a spirit unworthy a leader of God’s people? There are those in God’s service who have given way to anger and who do not feel the repentance that Moses felt. These men have long braced themselves to follow their unprincipled course of action and have gone on from one wrong to another. And there are murmurers in the churches who easily lose their self-control. If everything does not move to please them they become irritated and provoke one another to evil. They have not the light and love of God in their souls, and if their track is crossed, they give loose rein to their unsanctified, irritable spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 18)
I have been instructed to present this before our people and to urge them to make diligent work for repentance. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 19)
The instruction given to the children of Israel is for us also. Happy will be the church when the members study the directions given to the Israelites during their journeyings in the wilderness. In this instruction are specified the virtues that the church in the wilderness must have in order to be approved of God. The church of today has had far greater light. She should stand on vantage ground, cherishing the pure, holy principles that God declared man must follow in his dealings with his fellow men, if he would grow in grace and wisdom, and [they] be honored as obedient subjects. Only by following these principles can we adorn the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 20)
The importance of the law of God, and Christ’s relation to it, are to be presented before those who have placed themselves under Satan’s banner, full of self-importance and self-sufficiency. In a wicked world God’s servants are to obey the principles of His government—by their righteousness, testifying that fallen man can obey the law of God and, through obedience, become His sons and daughters. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 21)
Christ is our Leader. Clothing His divinity with humanity, He humbled Himself, that He might stand in person at the head of the human race. He laid aside His kingly crown and yielded up His high position as Commander of the angels, who loved to do His bidding. For our sakes He became poor that through His humiliation and poverty human beings might be made rich—heirs to an eternal weight of glory. The Saviour came to the world in lowliness and lived as a man among men. On all points except sin, divinity was to touch humanity. Living on this earth as a man among men, Christ answered the question, “Can man keep the law of God?” He was tempted in all points like as man is tempted, “yet without sin.” [Hebrews 4:15.] He was tempted that He might know how to succor those that should afterward be tempted. He became a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.] He gave Himself to the world as a spiritual teacher, a genuine medical missionary. O that our medical workers realized what privileges they have. They would know by practical experience what it means to hear and obey the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 22)
Christ came to our world to teach men what is meant by genuine religion—the religion that will make men and women lights in the world. He offers all power to form a true, noble character. The converted man rejoices that he has a Saviour who is so mighty. He is a partaker of the divine nature. His repentance is not a farce, but a reality, and the fruit of it appears in Christlike words and deeds. Every day, every hour, he reveals faith in his Sin-bearer. Love, hope, longsuffering, patience, kindness are revealed in his life. In self-denial he lifts the cross and follows Jesus. He is a representative of the Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 23)
“Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness; when your fathers tempted Me, proved Me, and saw My works forty years. Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do always err in their heart; and they have not known My ways. So I sware in My wrath, They shall not enter into My rest.) Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called Today, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.” [Hebrews 3:7-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 24)
Mark the words “deceitfulness of sin.” [Verse 13.] Satan always presents his temptations under the guise of goodness. Beware that you yield not to them. One violation of straightforward truthfulness prepares the way for the second violation, and wrongs are repeated until the heart of unbelief becomes hardened and the conscience loses its sensitiveness. Let us humble our hearts before God and ask Him to forgive us for speaking words of unbelief, words that cast a reflection on Him who is too wise to err and too good to do harm. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 25)
“We are made partakers with God, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast until the end, while it is said, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. For some, when they had heard, did provoke; howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was He grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware He that they should not enter into His rest, but to them that believed not? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief. (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 26)
“Let us therefore fear, lest a promise being left us of entering into His rest, any of you should seem to come short of it. For unto us was the gospel preached, as well as unto them; but the word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.... Let us labor therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief. For the word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any two-edged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and marrow, and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. Neither is there any creature that is not manifest in His sight; but all things are naked and opened unto the eyes of Him with whom we have to do. Seeing then that we have an high priest that is passed into the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.” [Hebrews 3:14-19; 4:1, 2, 11-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 9, 1903, 27)
Ms 10, 1903
Sermon/Lessons From the Sending Out of the Spies
NP
March 28, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 03/30/1903.
Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference, March 28, 1903.
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, which I give unto the children of Israel: of every tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a ruler among them.... And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan.... So they went up, and searched the land from the wilderness of Zin unto Rehob, as men come to Hamath. And they ascended by the south, and came unto Hebron.... And they came unto the brook of Eschol, and cut down from thence a branch with one cluster of grapes, and they bare it between two upon a staff; and they brought of the pomegranates, and of the figs. The place was called the brook Eschol, because of the cluster of grapes which the children of Israel cut down from thence. And they returned from searching of the land after forty days. And they went and came to Moses, and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilderness of Paran, to Kadesh; and brought back word unto them, and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the fruit of the land. And they told him, and said, We came unto the land whither thou sentest us, and surely it floweth with milk and honey; and this is the fruit of it.” [Numbers 13:1, 2, 17, 21-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 1)
Thus far their words had been spoken in faith; but see what followed. After describing the beauty and fertility of the land, all but two of the spies enlarged upon the difficulties and dangers that lay before the Israelites, should they undertake the conquest of Canaan. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 2)
“The people be strong that dwell in the land,” they said, “and the cities are walled, and very great: and moreover we saw the children of Anak there. The Amalekites dwell in the land of the South: and the Hittites, and the Jebusites, and the Amorites, dwell in the mountains: and the Canaanites dwell by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan.” [Verses 28, 29.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 3)
Their unbelief cast a gloomy shadow over the congregation. A wail of agony arose, and mingled with the confused murmur of voices. Caleb comprehended the situation and did all in his power to counteract the evil influence of his unfaithful associates. He did not contradict what had been said. The walls were high and the Canaanites strong. But God had promised the land to Israel. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 4)
“Let us go up at once, and possess it,” urged Caleb, “for we are well able to overcome it.” [Verse 30.] But the ten, interrupting him, pictured the obstacles in darker colors than at first. “We be not able to go up against the people,” they declared, “for they are stronger than we.... And all the people we saw in it are men of great stature. And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.” [Verses 31-33.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 5)
It is right that human beings should be considered as grasshoppers, when compared with the Lord God of Israel. But it showed a lack of faith for the spies to speak of the Israelites thus in comparison with the people they had seen in Canaan. The children of Israel had on their side the mighty powers of heaven. The One who, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, had led them through the wilderness was fighting for them. They had seen His power displayed at the Red Sea, when at His word, the waters parted, leaving a plain path for them through the sea. Nevertheless, when the spies saw the walled cities in the promised land, they allowed unbelief to enter their hearts, and returned to the congregation with a faithless report. By the words they spoke, they leavened the minds of the people with unbelief. The record tells us what effect their murmuring had. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 6)
“And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night. And all the children of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron: and the whole congregation said unto them, would God that we had died in the land of Egypt! or would God we had died in this wilderness!” [Numbers 14:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 7)
This shows us to what desperation unbelief will bring people. My brethren and sisters, when thoughts of unbelief and distrust come to you, remember that silence is eloquence. Speak no word of unbelief; for such words are as seeds that will spring up and bear fruit. There is among us altogether too much talking and too little praying. We think and speak of the difficulties that exist and forget to trust the Lord. God’s Spirit would work mightily in behalf of His people, if they would give Him opportunity. What they need to do is to open the door of the heart and let Jesus enter. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 8)
After the children of Israel had begun to murmur, they began to question God’s wisdom. “Wherefore hath the Lord brought us unto this land, to fall by the sword, that our wives and our children should be a prey?” they said. “Were it not better for us to return to Egypt?” [Verse 3.] So weak was their confidence in God, notwithstanding the miracles He had wrought in their behalf! (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 9)
As the complaints of the people arose on every side, Caleb and Joshua attempted to quiet the tumult. “The land, which we passed through to search it is an exceeding good land,” they cried. “If the Lord delight in us, then He will bring us into this land, and give it us; a land which floweth with milk and honey. Only rebel not ye against the Lord, neither fear ye the people of the land; for they are bread for us; their defense is departed from them, and they are bread for us: fear them not.” [Verses 7-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 10)
“But all the congregation bade stone them with stones.” They stood with stones in their hands, ready to throw at Caleb and Joshua as they stood in defense of the truth declaring that the Lord was with them and that with His strength they could go up and possess the land. In a few minutes these faithful men would have been killed. But “the glory of the Lord appeared in the tabernacle of the congregation before all the children of Israel.” God was watching their plottings, and He delivered His servants from their hands. “And the Lord said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke Me? and how long will it be ere they believe Me, for all the signs which I have showed among them? I will smite them with the pestilence, and disinherit them, and make of thee a greater nation, and mightier than they.” [Verses 10-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 11)
What a temptation this was! But Moses said, “Then the Egyptians shall hear it (for thou broughtest up this people in Thy might from among them;) and they will tell it to the inhabitants of the land; for they have heard that Thou Lord art among this people, that Thou Lord art seen face to face, and that Thy cloud standeth over them, and that Thou goest before them, by day time in a pillar of cloud, and in a pillar of fire by night. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 12)
“Now if Thou wilt kill all this people as one man, then the nations which have heard the fame of Thee will speak, saying, Because the Lord was not able to bring this people into the land which He sware unto them, therefore He hath slain them in the wilderness. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 13)
“And now I beseech Thee, let the power of my Lord be great, according as Thou hast spoken, saying”—and then he repeated the Lord’s own words; and this it is our privilege also to do. We can cite His promises. “According as Thou hast spoken, saying, The Lord is longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and by no means clearing the guilty, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children to the third and fourth generation. Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people, according unto the greatness of Thy mercy, and as Thou hast forgiven this people, from Egypt even until now. And the Lord said, I have pardoned according to thy word; but as truly as I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of the Lord. Because all those men which have seen My glory, and My miracles, which I did in Egypt and in the wilderness, and have tempted Me now these ten times, and have not hearkened to My voice; surely, they shall not see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of them that provoked Me see it.... Tomorrow turn ye you, and get you into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea.” [Verses 13-23, 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 14)
The Lord had fulfilled the word that He spoke to Abraham, when He declared that after the children of Israel had been in bondage four hundred years, He would deliver them. He visited Egypt with fearful judgments and brought His people forth. And when the Egyptian host pursued the Israelites, He destroyed Pharaoh and his army in the Red Sea. Yet here, on the border of the promised land, they dishonored Him by giving way to unbelief. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 15)
We shall be brought into strait places; but we do not want to wait until then before we learn to trust and obey. Now, just now, in this our day of opportunity and privilege, when the light of truth is shining upon us, we are to learn the lesson. Let us plead with God to give us a true conception of His character and a willingness to obey Him. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 16)
We are to stand in the strength and power of Israel’s God. Shall we do it, brethren? Or shall we murmur and complain, looking at the obstacles in the way, and making a mountain out of a molehill? Today God gives His people, to confirm their faith, evidences of His power such as He gave to Israel. Will they make these evidences of no effect? Will they act as if God had not wrought in their behalf? The Lord wants us to acknowledge His power and His grace and His great salvation which He has brought us at an infinite cost—the death of His only begotten Son. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 17)
We are living in a day of trial, a day of probation, a day of test. God is proving His people to see whether He can work in their behalf. He cannot work for them if they open their hearts to the impulses of the enemy. He cannot co-operate with them if they trust in men in the place of looking to Jesus and rejoicing in His goodness and His love. He wants to make of us a people through whom he can reveal His grace, and He will do this if we will only give Him opportunity, if we will open the windows of the soul heavenward and close them earthward against human rabble, against murmuring, complaining, and faultfinding. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 18)
But just as surely as we fail to heed the messages that for the last fifty years the Lord has been giving, just as surely as we turn from these messages to human impulses and human science, framing laws that are directly opposed to God’s Word, so surely will we reap the consequence. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 19)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, How long shall I bear with this evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the children of Israel which they murmur against me.” [Verses 26, 27.] Those who today murmur against God’s appointed agencies, weakening the confidence of the people in them, are doing the same work that the children of Israel did. The Lord hears every murmuring word. He hears every word that detracts from the influence of those whom He is using to proclaim the truth that is to prepare a people to stand in the last days. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 20)
“How long shall I bear with this evil congregation? ... Say unto them, As truly as I live, saith the Lord, as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do unto you: your carcasses shall fall in this wilderness; and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old, and upward, which have murmured against Me, doubtless ye shall not come into the land, concerning which I sware unto you to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun.” [Verses 27-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 21)
“And your children shall wander in the wilderness forty years, and bear your whoredoms, until your carcasses be wasted in the wilderness. After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, even forty days, each day for a year, shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years, and ye shall know My breach of promise. I the Lord have said, I will surely do it unto all this evil congregation, that are gathered together against Me: in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die. And the men, which Moses sent to search the land, who returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up a slander upon the land, even those men that did bring up the evil report upon the land, died by the plague before the Lord. But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which were of the men that went to search the land, lived still. And Moses told these sayings unto all the children of Israel: and the people mourned greatly.” [Verses 33-39.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 22)
The lesson of this record is for us. The Lord had prepared the way before His people. They were very near the promised land. A little while, and they would have entered Canaan. They themselves delayed the entering. In the first place it was they who requested that spies should be sent up to search the land. Rehearsing to them the history of the unbelief and the trouble that it brought to them, Moses said, “And ye came near unto me every one of you, and said, We will send men before us, and they shall search us out the land, and bring us word again by what way we must go up, and into what cities we shall come.” [Deuteronomy 1:22.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 23)
The request that the spies be sent into Canaan showed a lack of faith; for God had told the people plainly that they were to take possession of the land. Why then did they need to send spies to search it? Had they put their trust in God, they could have gone straight in. God would have gone before them. He knew the best way in which to lead them through their difficulties. But they wanted to know what was before them, and when Moses took their request to the Lord, He told him to let them have their own way. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 24)
Brethren and sisters, from the light given me, I know that if the people of God and preserved a living connection with Him, if they had obeyed His Word, they would today be in the heavenly Canaan. O how sad it makes me to see the way hedging up before us and to know that it is becoming more and more difficult to carry the message to the people. We have not done a hundredth part of the evangelical work that God desires us to do among our neighbors and friends. In every city in this land there are those who know not the truth. There are many new fields, in which we must plough the ground and sow the seed. God says to us: “Cry aloud, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, and show My people their transgression, and the house of Jacob their sins.” [Isaiah 58:1.] We are to make known to the men and women of the world what God’s test is, that if they will they may refuse to receive the seal of the papacy. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 25)
God told the people that for forty years they were to wander in the wilderness. But they were determined to enter Canaan. “Lo, we be here,” they said, “and will go up unto the place which the Lord hath promised; for we have sinned.” [Numbers 14:40.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 26)
“And Moses said, Wherefore now do ye transgress the commandment of the Lord? but it shall not prosper. Go not up, for the Lord is not among you; that ye be not smitten before your enemies. For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword; because ye turned away from the Lord, therefore the Lord will not be with you. But they presumed to go up to the hill top; nevertheless the ark of the covenant of the Lord, and Moses, departed not out of the camp. Then the Amalekites came down, and the Canaanites, which dwelt in that hill, and discomfited them, even unto Hormah.” [Verses 41-45.] (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 27)
When we see what God can and will do for us, when we know that His church is the supreme object of His regard in this world, why are we not more willing to believe His Word. The powers of darkness will assail us, but we have a God who is above all. He can take care of His people. He can make a refuge for His people wherever they are. What He wants us to do is to stand where he can reveal His glory through us, that it may be known that there is a God in Israel, and that in behalf of His people He will manifest His power. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 28)
Out of the Cities
I look at these flowers, and every time I see them, I think of Eden. They are an expression of God’s love for us. Thus He gives us in this world a little taste of Eden. He wants us to delight in the beautiful things of His creation, and to see in them an expression of what He will do for us. He wants us to live where we can have elbow room. His people are not to crowd into the cities. He wants them to take their families out of the cities, that they may better prepare for eternal life. In a little while they will have to leave the cities. These cities are filled with wickedness of every kind—with strikes and murders and suicides. Satan is in them, controlling men in their work of destruction. Under his influence they kill for the sake of killing, and this they will do more and more. Every mind is controlled either by the power of Satan or the power of God. If God controls our minds, what shall we be?—Christian gentlemen and Christian ladies. God can fill our lives with His peace and gladness and joy. He wants His joy to be in us, that our joy may be full. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 29)
If we place ourselves under objectionable influences, can we expect God to work a miracle to undo the results of our wrong course? No, indeed. Get out of the cities as soon as possible, and purchase a little piece of land, where you can have a garden, where your children can watch the flowers growing and learn from them lessons of simplicity and purity. “Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.” [Matthew 6:28, 29.] Parents, point your children to the beautiful things of God’s creation, and from these things teach them of His love for them. Point them to the lovely flowers—the roses and the lilies and the pinks—and then point them to the living God. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 30)
The Work Before Us
God wants to work for His people and for His institutions—for every sanitarium, every publishing house, and every school. But He wants no more mammoth buildings erected. For years He has told His people this. He wants plants made in many places. Let the light shine forth. Do not try to show what great things you can do. Let God work through you. Do all in your power to establish a memorial for God in every city where such a memorial has not been established. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 31)
God wants the Southern field worked. He wants this work taken up in earnest. All the means in the treasury is not to be sent into foreign lands. In our own land there is a field and a people needing help. The barrenness of this field, the ignorance and destitution of the people, rise as a reproach against us. And yet we profess to be serving the God of heaven. The Lord calls upon every man to do his appointed work. He calls upon us to stand in the place where He can use us as His instruments. He wants us to go to Him for help. We are not to lean upon human beings, but upon the living God. Our question is to be, What can I do to proclaim the third angel’s message? Christ came to this world to give this message to His servant to give to the churches. It is to be proclaimed to every nation and kindred and tongue and people. How are we to give it? If we cannot gain entrance to the churches, we must give the message in our camp-meetings. The distribution of our literature is another means by which the message is to be proclaimed. Let the workers scatter broadcast tracts and leaflets and books containing the message for this time. We need men who will stand with unswerving faith in Israel’s God. We need colporteurs who will go forth to circulate our publications everywhere. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 32)
The Lord needs printing offices. But He has shown us that He is not pleased with the way in which the work has been carried forward. Something is wrong. He wants to bring us into the place where we can understand His will concerning us. He is speaking to us. Let us strive to understand what He wants us to do. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 33)
Brethren and sisters, we have no time to dwell on little differences. For Christ’s sake, to your knees in prayer! Go to God, and ask Him to give you a clean heart. Ask Him to help you to stand where He wants you to be. Labor in harmony with one another, even though you are not alike. Do you not know that of the leaves on a tree there are no two exactly alike? From this God would teach us that among His servants there is to be unity in diversity. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 34)
Bring all the pleasantness that you can into your lives. Do not make your mind a depository for the enemy’s rubbish. Do not let trifling differences destroy your fellowship with one another. Do not say that because your brethren differ with you in some particular, you cannot stand by their side in service. They do not differ with you any more than you differ with them. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 35)
We are commanded to love one another as Christ has loved us. So great was His love for us that He willingly gave His life for us. And our love for one another is to make us willing to sacrifice our feelings and ideas if by so doing we can help them. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 36)
Are we standing on the platform of eternal truth? Are we giving the message that is to prepare a people to stand in the day of trial before us? God is calling upon every one of us to stand in his lot and place. He is calling upon us to plant the standard of truth in the places that have not heard the message. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 37)
For years the word has been coming to this people telling them what to do. In every city in America the truth is to be proclaimed. In every country of the world the warning message is to be given. Remember that when churches are raised up in America, there are brought into the truth those who can enter God’s service as workers. When the work is done that should be done in America, there will be brought into the truth those who will help with their means to carry forward the work for these last days. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 38)
Centralizing in Battle Creek, putting up so many buildings there, has robbed other places of light. Means have been used in this way that should have been used in proclaiming the truth in other cities, thus raising up workers of talent and ability. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 39)
Brethren, shall we have faith in God? Shall we make an individual preparation to meet Him in peace, or shall we spend our time looking for defects in our fellow workers? When self is crucified, when the heart is purified from all dross, the words and actions will be as pure gold. During this meeting, instead of going to one and another and talking unbelief, will you not speak when God tells you to speak, and then hold your peace? Will you not ask as Moses did for a revelation of God’s character? “Show me Thy glory,” he pleaded. [Exodus 33:18.] And God granted his request and made all His goodness pass before him. When you catch a glimpse of the goodness of God, you will have a tongue of wisdom. You will have words to speak in season to those that are weary. You may never have learned the different languages of this earth, but God will teach you the language of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 40)
My brethren and sisters, humble your hearts before God. You have reason to. His work is hindered. As yet, it has been established in a few places only, and God declares that it is to extend over the whole world. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 41)
I ask you to do all that you can for the work in America. In this country workers are to be raised up who will help with their means and their talents to carry forward the work of God. I pray that there will be brought into the truth those who will refuse to be molded by the spirit of covetousness and pride and self-sufficiency that has been coming in. God’s rebuke is upon this spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 42)
In the church of God there is to be done a work of cementing heart to heart. It is the division among us that stands in the way of our advancement. God calls upon us to come into line. To every man is given his work. But though our work is different, we need the help of one another. No one is to gather round him a party of men who will think as he thinks and say Amen to everything that he says. God uses different minds. What one mind lacks will be made up by what another mind has. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 43)
My brethren and sisters, think of these things. Seek the Lord with the whole heart, that you may find Him. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. Humble your hearts before Him, and pray more than you do. Pray for the impartation of the Holy Spirit. When this Spirit fills the heart, the praise of God will be in the congregation, and it will be reflected from your faces. Love for God will be shown by your love for one another, and this will give you power for service. Let your hearts break before God. Repent that you have so poorly glorified Him. Bear witness to the truth. If you had been in the habit of doing this, it would have removed many difficulties. Begin to work in right lines, and God will help you. (18LtMs, Ms 10, 1903, 44)
Ms 11, 1903
Talk/Words of Counsel
NP
March 26, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in PM 170-171; 1BC 1099, 1117; 4MR 353-354, 367-368.
I wish to say that all over the fields there is not among the laborers that humiliation of soul, that sanctification of the Spirit of God that there should be. Of what use is it for us to say that we have the grace of Christ, unless this grace is revealed in the daily life, in the thoughts, the words, and the actions? (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 1)
Before leaving Australia and since coming to this country, I have been instructed that there is a great work to be done in America. Those who were in the work at the beginning are passing away. Few are left of the pioneers of the cause. The work must fall on the younger brethren. The world is filled with strife for the supremacy. The spirit of pulling apart, of war, of animosity, and disorganization, is in the very air we breathe. Our only hope is to remember that we are little children—God’s little children. “Behold the nations before Him are as a drop of a bucket and are counted as the small dust of the balance.” [Isaiah 40:15.] We are inclined to exalt self. But God wants no self-exaltation in His work. He wants us to labor in simplicity and humility, as His little children, learning daily of Him. We must bring His Word into the practical life. We talk the truth, we preach the truth, but we do not live the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 2)
The light given me is that we are to study more than we do the instruction given to Moses by God after He had proclaimed the law from Sinai. The ten commandments were spoken by God Himself and were then written on tables of stone, to be preserved till the judgment should take place. After the giving of the law, God gave Moses specifications regarding the law. These specifications are plain and explicit. No one need make a mistake. The directions are as plain as A B C. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 3)
In the day of judgment, we shall be asked whether we have lived in harmony with these specifications. It is because we do not carry out these specifications in all our dealings, in our institutions, our families, and in our individual lives, at all times, and in all places, that we do not make greater advancement. It is by the directions that God has given that we shall be judged at the last day. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 4)
Have we studied these specifications? I heard them one night some weeks ago. It seemed as if they were being given to Israel, and there was the same solemnity that there was when they were given. I thought, This is given me that I may tell our people that we must study these specifications. When the directions that God has given are followed, our institutions will be pure and clean, free from all selfishness and covetousness. The tenderness of Christ will come in. His love will fill our hearts. A sense of God’s goodness will make us weep and sing and praise God. Then we shall be living channels of light, prepared to do His will. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 5)
We do not make enough of Deuteronomy and Exodus. These books record the dealings of God with Israel. God took the Israelites from slavery and led them through the wilderness to the promised land. They had almost reached the end of their journey. Spies were sent over the Jordan to view the land and bring back a report. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 6)
God had showed His people what He would be to them and what He would do for them. He had destroyed their enemies before them. Nevertheless, when the spies returned from their search, they came with hearts filled with unbelief. They enlarged upon the difficulties and dangers before the Israelites should they undertake the conquest of Canaan. They saw that the cities were walled and very great, and the people who dwelt there were strong, and it would be impossible to conquer them. “And all the congregation lifted up their voice, and cried; and the people wept that night.” [Numbers 14:1.] They gave way to cruel, wicked unbelief and cried and murmured and found fault. They accused not only Moses, but God Himself, of deception in promising them a land which they are not able to possess, and they went so far as to appoint a captain to lead them back to the land of their suffering and bondage, from which they had been delivered by the strong arm of Omnipotence. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 7)
In their rebellion the people exclaimed, “Would God we had died in the wilderness.” [Verse 2.] Their prayer was granted. God declared that for forty years Israel was to wander in the wilderness, and that there all who had left Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, would die. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 8)
Moses also had his trial. God chose him to deliver Israel. He had been trained as a general, and he thought that it was by force that he was to deliver the people. One day, seeing an Egyptian smiting an Israelite, he killed the Egyptian. Then he fled to Arabia, and for forty years he kept sheep. There his pride and self-sufficiency were swept away. He became patient, reverent, humble, “very meek, above all men which were upon the face of the earth.” [Numbers 12:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 9)
We need to learn the lesson of humility and meekness. And we need to learn to help one another all that we possibly can. When we see one whose soul is in peril, let us be very careful that we do not drive him further from Christ. Let us speak and act as God’s little children, not as men who would kill. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 10)
Do not cherish self-sufficiency. Walk humbly before God. “Behold, the fear of the Lord, that is wisdom, and to depart from evil is understanding.” [Job 28:28.] “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 11)
It is because of the experiences through which I passed last night that I am led to say these things. It means everything to us whether we are sanctified to God—body, soul, and spirit; whether we are channels through which He can communicate His life and light. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 12)
When, after Moses’ time of preparation and trial was over, he was once more told to go and deliver Israel, he was self-distrustful, slow of speech, timid. “Who am I,” he said, “that I should go unto Pharaoh, and that I should bring forth the children of Israel out of Egypt?” [Exodus 3:11.] He pleaded as an excuse a lack of ready speech. He had been the general of the armies of Egypt, and he certainly knew how to speak. But he was afraid that he would bring self into his work. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 13)
We cannot guard too carefully against self-exaltation. We are to stand where we know that God is speaking to us. Only in this position are we safe. The Lord wants us to stand where we are sanctified and purified, wholly consecrated to His service. Unless we stand in this position, we cannot offer Him acceptable service. We need to realize more fully than we do the preciousness of human souls. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 14)
Three nights before the Review office burned, I was in an agony that words cannot describe. I could not sleep. I walked the room, praying to God to have mercy upon His people. Then I seemed to be in the Review office with the men who have the management of the institution. I was trying to speak to them and thus to help them. One of authority arose, and said, “You say, The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we; therefore we have authority to do this thing and that thing and the other thing. But the Word of God forbids many of the things that you propose to do.” At His first advent, Christ cleansed the temple. Prior to His second advent, He will again cleanse the temple. He was there, cleansing the temple. Why?—Because commercial work had been brought in, and God had been forgotten. With hurry here and hurry there and hurry somewhere else, there was no time to think of heaven. The principles of God’s law were presented, and I heard the question asked, “How much of the law have you obeyed?” Then the word was spoken, “God will cleanse and purify His temple in His displeasure.” (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 15)
In the visions of the night, I saw a sword of fire hung out over Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 16)
Brethren, God is in earnest with us. I want to tell you that if after the warnings given in these burnings, the leaders of our people go right on, just as they have done in the past, exalting themselves, God will take the bodies next. Just as surely as He lives, He will speak to them in language that they cannot fail to understand. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 17)
God is watching us to see if we will humble ourselves before Him as little children. I speak these words now that we may come to Him in humility and contrition and find out what He requires of us. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 18)
God wants us to learn what it means to be temples of the Lord. When we learn this, His saving grace will come to us, and the terrible dissension that is doing so much to weaken our efforts will no longer be seen among us. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 19)
Think of these words; pray over them. Come to the Lord as little children. Plead with Him for His salvation. If we receive His salvation into our hearts, His power will be with us, and success will crown our efforts. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 20)
O, there is so much for us to learn. I pray that this meeting shall not go on day after day without our making steady advancement. We must make advancement. God has a controversy with us. Many of us have left our first love. We have grown cold and indifferent. Let us not act in such a way that God will have to manifest the wrath that He is loth to manifest. He restrains Himself. The omnipotent One places Himself under the control of Omnipotence. God watches over His weak, erring, tempted children for their good. He wants them to be saved, and that is why He sends His judgments. He desires them to learn to exercise the compassion that those who are saved must exercise. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 21)
Let us co-operate with God. The Word says: Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. [Philippians 2:12, 13.] “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] He wants to co-operate with you in cleansing the heart of all evil. He says that if we obey Him, He will make us a holy nation, a royal priesthood, and will give us the victory over our enemies. Why then do we not trust God, instead of putting our trust in men? Every one is accountable to God. No man has the right to try to control another man’s judgment. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 22)
Let us begin to work on correct principles. And when you go home, take your Bibles, and read the law that you must meet in the judgment. Read the specifications given regarding the law. Come near to God, and He will receive you. Exercise the simple faith of a little child. (18LtMs, Ms 11, 1903, 23)
Ms 12, 1903
Instruction Regarding the Publishing Work
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
November 26, 1902
Previously unpublished.
I cannot sleep past twelve o’clock. I rise and begin writing in a diary that I find close at hand. The most discouraging burden is pressing me down as a cart beneath sheaves. I am in an agony of distress. I have been instructed that God’s Holy Spirit has not been working upon the minds of the leading men in the Review and Herald office. The managers do not take time to talk with God; therefore they are not led and guided by justice, integrity, and the love of God. Unsanctified individuality has been displayed. How long will the Lord continue to bear with the perversity and unsanctified working of men who are not following a straightforward, upright course. Soon the Lord will cleanse the publishing house, as He cleansed the temple courts of their defilement. The longer men practice iniquity, the harder and more unimpressible their hearts become. (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 1)
God desired the Review and Herald office to be a training school, even as the schools of the prophets. But in this institution unprincipled work has been done. Those entrusted with the stewardship of the Lord’s goods have dealt as worldlings deal, and God has been dishonored. (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 2)
There are those who have advanced step by step in unrighteousness, notwithstanding that God has sent them continual warnings. They cared for none of these things. (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 3)
To be checked or interfered with caused hatred to spring up in their hearts against those who tried to stop them in their course of selfishness and greed. They will gain nothing by their effort. The Lord will not prosper their transactions, but will bring them to naught. (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 4)
“Thus saith the Lord, He that being often reproved, hardeneth his heart, shall suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy. I have spoken by My servants, and they would not; I will now speak by My judgments, by purifying fires, and if they do not then repent, I will speak to them by still greater afflictions. If they will be true to principle, if they will represent Christ in character, if they will put away all fraud and all sharp practices, I will hear their prayer. But the prayers of evil workers will I not hear. I will come close to them in judgment. I will turn and overturn. In no case will those who lend themselves to selfishness see the kingdom of God, unless they repent, and that right early.” (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 5)
In clear, distinct rays, light has been shining upon the people of God. But many have not been benefited. They have mingled with sacred things that which God detests. They have violated their baptismal vows. They have not kept their promise to come out from the world and be separate and touch not the unclean thing. They have spoken words of deceit, swearing falsely. They have made idols of themselves. God declares, “Had they adhered steadfastly to My service, I should have co-operated with them, and My peace and grace should have been with them, while they served Me with singleness of purpose. But they turned aside from My counsel, leaving undone the very work that they ought to have done. My work was made second.” Means was spent to obtain facilities for the doing of commercial work. The time and talents of the workers were used in this work. But when it was done, what profit was it to the work of God? (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 6)
The commercial work that has been brought in has been corrupting in its influence and has changed the whole atmosphere of the office. God designed that the institution should be a place where angels could preside. But men have defiled it. They have used strange fire instead of the sacred fire of God’s kindling. Thus they have co-operated with the enemy of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 7)
God says, I cannot work with iniquitous plans. Your only hope now is to sow to yourselves in righteousness, that you may reap in mercy. “Break up the fallow ground; for it is time to seek the Lord, until He come and rain righteousness upon you. Ye have plowed wickedness, ye have reaped iniquity; ye have eaten the fruit of lies; because thou didst trust in thy ways, in the multitude of thy mighty men.” [Hosea 10:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 8)
“When Israel was a child then I loved him, and called my son out of Egypt.... I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them by their arms; but they knew not that I healed them. I drew them with the cords of a man, with bands of love; and I was to them as they that take off the yoke on their jaws, and I laid meat unto them.... The sword shall abide in his cities, and shall consume his branches and devour them, because of their own counsels. And my people are bent to backsliding from Me, though they called them to the most High, none at all would exalt Him.” [Hosea 11:1, 3, 4, 6, 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 12, 1903, 9)
Ms 13, 1903
A Division of Responsibilities
NP
April 20, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in PM 145-146. Extracted from Lt 192, 1901.
[Extract from Lt 192, 1901.] (18LtMs, Ms 13, 1903, 1)
The division of the General Conference into District Union Conferences was God’s arrangement. In the work of the Lord in these last days there should be no Jerusalem centers, no kingly power. And the work in the different countries is not to be tied up by contracts to the work centering in Battle Creek; for this is not God’s plan. Brethren are to counsel together; for we are just as much under the control of God in one part of His vineyard as another. Brethren are to be one in heart and soul, even as Christ and the Father are one. (18LtMs, Ms 13, 1903, 2)
The kingly power formerly exhibited in the General Conference at Battle Creek is not to be perpetuated. The publishing institution is not to be a kingdom of itself. It is essential that the principles that govern in General Conference affairs shall be maintained in the managements of the publishing work and the sanitarium work. No one is to consider that the branch of the work with which he is connected is of vastly more importance than other branches. (18LtMs, Ms 13, 1903, 3)
The Lord has declared that there should be publishing plants in various places. Supreme power should not be vested in a few large institutions. At the last General Conference the light was given, Divide the General Conference into Union Conferences. Let there be fewer responsibilities centered in one place. Let the work of printing our publications be divided. The principles that apply to the publishing work apply also to the sanitarium work. Students should not be crowded into Battle Creek to receive an education in medical missionary lines. It is not best to gather together in one institution so large a company of people as are gathered together in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Let medical missionary plants be made in many places. (18LtMs, Ms 13, 1903, 4)
Ms 14, 1903
Talk/Lessons From Josiah’s Reign
NP
March 30, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/01/1903. +
March 30, 1903, 3 p.m.
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference
The night before last, the experiences and the work of Josiah, the king of Israel, as recorded in the thirty-fourth and thirty-fifth chapters of Second Chronicles, and the twenty-second and twenty-third chapters of Second Kings, were presented to me as a lesson that I should bring to the attention of this Conference. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 1)
“Josiah was eight years old when he began to reign, and he reigned thirty and one years in Jerusalem.... And he did that which was right in the sight of the Lord, and walked in all the way of David his father, and turned not aside to the right hand or to the left. And it came to pass in the eighteenth year of King Josiah, that the Lord sent Shaphan, ... the scribe, to the house of the Lord, saying, Go up to Hilkiah the high priest, that he may sum the silver which is brought into the house of the Lord, which the keepers of the door have gathered of the people; and let them deliver it into the hand of the doers of the work which is in the house of the Lord, to repair the breaches of the house, unto carpenters, and builders, and masons, and to buy timber and hewn stones to repair the house. Howbeit there was no reckoning made with them of the money that was delivered into their hand, because they dealt faithfully.” [2 Kings 22:1-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 2)
This record contains precious instruction for us. Born of a wicked father, surrounded with temptations to follow in his father’s steps, with few counselors to encourage him in the right way, Josiah was true to the God of Israel. He did not repeat his father’s sin in walking in the way of unrighteousness. Although he had not the advantage of the Christian parental influences that many of us have had, he determined to climb upward, instead of descending to the low level of sin and degradation to which his father and grandfather had descended. Warned by their errors, he chose to walk in the right way, and though surrounded by wickedness, he pressed on in the upward path. His course of obedience made it possible for God to graft him from a wild olive tree into a good olive tree, giving him grace to do that which was right in the Lord’s sight. Thus he became a chosen vessel. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 3)
Josiah “turned not aside to the right hand or to the left.” [Verse 2.] As one who was to occupy a position of trust, he resolved ever to honor God, to obey the instruction that He had given. The only safety for every one in attendance at this Conference is to determine that he will walk uprightly before God. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 4)
In the eighteenth year of Josiah’s reign, God chose him to superintend the repairing of the temple. It was as this work was being done, that the book of the law was found. Through some mismanagement it had been lost, and the people had been deprived of its instruction. Brethren, have any of you lost the book of the law? Have not many of us lost sight of the precepts that are in this holy book? (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 5)
Upon finding this book, “Hilkiah the high priest said unto Shaphan the scribe, I have found the book of the law in the house of the Lord. And Hilkiah gave the book to Shaphan, and he read it.... And Shaphan the scribe showed the king saying, Hilkiah the priest hath delivered me a book. And Shaphan read it before the king. And it came to pass, when the king had heard the words of the book of the law, that he rent his clothes.” [Verses 8, 10, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 6)
The reading of the book of the law, so long forgotten, made a deep impression upon the king’s mind. He realized that something must be done to bring this law to the attention of the people and to lead them to conform their lives to its teachings. By his own course of action, he desired to show his respect for the law. He humbled himself before God, rending his clothes. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 7)
In his position as king, it was the work of Josiah to carry out in the Jewish nation the principles taught in the book of the law. This he endeavored to do faithfully. In the book of the law itself, he found a treasure of knowledge, a powerful ally in the work of reform. He did not lay this book aside as something too precious to be handled. Realizing that the highest honor that could be placed on God’s law was to become a student of its precepts, he diligently studied the ancient writing and resolved to walk in the light that it shed upon his pathway. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 8)
When the law was first read to him, Josiah had rent his clothes to signify to the people that he was much troubled because he had not known of this book before and that he was ashamed and painfully distressed because of the works and ways of the people who had transgressed God’s law. As he had in the past seen the idolatry and the impiety existing among them, he had been much troubled. Now as he read in the book of the law of the punishment that would surely follow such practices, great sorrow filled his heart. Never before had he so fully realized God’s abhorrence for sin. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 9)
Josiah’s sorrow did not end with the expression of words of repentance, with outward demonstrations of grief. He bowed his heart in great humiliation before God, because he knew that the anger of the Lord must be kindled against the people. He rent his heart as well as his garments for the dishonor shown to the Lord God of heaven and earth. He realized what the outcome would be—that God’s displeasure would come upon the people. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 10)
The king did not pass the matter by as of little consequence. To the priests and the other men in holy office, he gave the command, “Go ye, inquire of the Lord for me, and for the people, and for all Judah, concerning the words of this book that is found; for great is the wrath of the Lord that is kindled against us, because our fathers have not hearkened unto the words of this book, to do according unto all that is written concerning us.” [Verse 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 11)
Josiah did not say, “I knew nothing about this book. These are ancient precepts, and times have changed.” He appointed men to investigate the matter, and these men went to Huldah, the prophetess. “And she said unto them, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, Tell the men that sent you unto Me, Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I will bring evil upon this place, and upon the inhabitants thereof, even all the words of the book which the king of Judah hath read; because they have forsaken Me, and have burned incense unto other gods, that they might provoke Me to anger with all the works of their hands; therefore My wrath shall be kindled against this place, and shall not be quenched. But to the king of Judah, which sent you to inquire of the Lord, thus shall ye say to him, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, As touching the word which thou hast heard, because thine heart was tender, and thou hast humbled thyself before the Lord, when thou heardest what I spake against this place, and against the inhabitants thereof, that they should become a desolation and a curse, and hast rent thy clothes, and wept before Me; I also have heard thee, saith the Lord. Behold, therefore, I will gather thee unto thy fathers, and thou shalt be gathered unto thy grave in peace; and thine eyes shall not see all the evil which I will bring upon this place. And they brought the king word again.” [Verses 15-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 12)
In Josiah’s day the Word of the Lord was as binding and should have been as strictly enforced as at the time it was spoken. And today it is as binding as it was then. God is always true to His Word. What should we do—we who have had great light? The law has been kept constantly before us. Time and again we have heard it preached. The Lord’s anger is kindled against His people because of their disregard of His Word. Conviction of soul should send us in penitence to the foot of the cross, there to pray with the whole heart, saying, “What shall we do to be saved? Wherewithal shall we come before the Lord?” [See Acts 16:30; Micah 6:6.] My brethren, inquire quickly, before it is too late. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 13)
Josiah sent as messengers to the prophetess the highest and most honored of the people. He sent the first men of his kingdom—men who occupied high positions of trust in the nation. Thus he conferred honor upon the oracles of God. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 14)
God sent Josiah word that Jerusalem’s ruin could not be averted. Even if the people should humble themselves before God, they could not escape their punishment. So long had their senses been deadened by sinning against God, that if the judgments had not come upon them, they would soon have swung into the same sinful course. But because the king humbled his heart before God, he received from Huldah the prophetess the word that the Lord would acknowledge his quickness in seeking God for forgiveness and mercy. Still, the king must leave with God the events of the future; for he could not change them. The provocation had been too great for the punishment to be averted. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 15)
The king, on his part, left undone nothing that might bring about a reformation. With the hope that something might be done to turn aside the judgment that was to be sent because of the leaven of evil permeating the principles and morals of the whole nation, he summoned a general assembly of the elders of the people, the magistrates, the representatives of Judah and Jerusalem, to meet him in the house of the Lord, with the priests and the prophets, and others engaged in various parts of the Lord’s service. All joined in the deliberations of the assembly. In the place of making a speech to the people, Josiah ordered that the book of the law be read to them. So earnest did he feel that he himself read the law aloud. He was deeply affected, and he read with the pathos of a broken heart. His hearers were greatly affected by the intensity of feeling expressed in his countenance. They were impressed by the fact that the king, notwithstanding his high official position, cast himself wholly on the Lord, trusting in the strength and wisdom of the King of kings, rather than in his own human wisdom. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 16)
To be a reader of the book of law containing a “Thus saith the Lord” Josiah regarded as the highest position that he could occupy. His congregation was made up of the men of Judah and Jerusalem, and to these men he read the instruction that God had given for the instruction of His people. The highest work of princes in Israel—of physicians, of teachers in our schools, as well as of ministers and those who are in positions of trust in the Lord’s institutions—is to fulfil the responsibility resting upon them, to fasten the Scriptures in the minds of the people as a nail in a sure place, to use their God-given talent of influence to impress the truth that “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.” [Psalm 111:10.] For the leaders in Israel to extend a knowledge of the Scriptures in all their borders is to promote spiritual health; for God’s Word is a leaf from the tree of life. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 17)
We fall far short of appreciating the value of God’s Word. To be one with the Lord, to eat of His flesh and drink His blood, is life eternal. When the Saviour made this statement, His disciples did not understand His meaning, whereupon He declared, “It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:63.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 18)
When we bring God’s Word into the soul temple, it is eternal life to us. Every day we may have the life of the Son of God. As the physical system is strengthened or weakened by the kind of food we eat, so our spirituality is of the same character as the food we give the mind. If we would appropriate the truth we have, bringing it into the life-service, do you think that there would be so little good done in our world?—No, indeed. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 19)
If those occupying positions of responsibility were as fully resolved to obey God’s law as they are to make laws for governing those in their service, our institutions would be managed along right lines. Those who occupy positions of trust are to make it their highest aim to know God as revealed in His Word; for to know Him aright is life eternal. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 20)
Josiah proposed that those highest in authority unite in solemnly covenanting before the Lord to co-operate with one another in bringing about a reformation. “The king stood by a pillar, and made a covenant before the Lord, to walk after the Lord, and to keep His commandments and His testimonies and His statutes with all their heart and with all their soul, which affirmed the words of this covenant that were written in this book. And all the people stood to the covenant. And the king commanded Hilkiah the high priest, and the priests of the second order, and the keepers of the door, to bring forth out of the temple of the Lord all the vessels that were made for Baal and for the grove and for all the host of heaven; and he burned them without Jerusalem, in the fields of Kedron, and carried the ashes of them unto Bethel.” [2 Kings 23:3, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 21)
Like unto Josiah “was there no king before him, that turned to the Lord with all his heart, and with all his soul, and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses; neither after him arose there any like him. Notwithstanding the Lord turned not from the fierceness of His great wrath, because of the provocations that Manasseh had provoked Him withal.” [Verses 25, 26.] It was not long before Jerusalem was utterly destroyed. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 22)
Lessons for Us to Learn
Today God is watching His people. We should seek to find out what He means when He sweeps away our sanitarium and our publishing house. Let us not move along as if there were nothing wrong. King Josiah rent his robe and rent his heart. He wept and mourned because he had not had the book of the law, and knew not of the punishments that it threatened. God wants us to come to our senses. He wants us to seek for the meaning of the calamities that have overtaken us, that we may not tread in the footsteps of Israel, and say, The temple of the Lord, The temple of the Lord are we, when we are not at all. When we reach the mark of our high calling in Christ, the protecting arm of the Lord will be with us. We shall have a covert from the storm. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 23)
We have many lessons to learn. May God help us to learn them. Let us ask ourselves, Am I keeping the law of the Lord? Do I bring its principles into my home? Do I reverence God’s Word? (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 24)
I felt so thankful when the college in Battle Creek was moved from there to Berrien Springs. This was a right move. If there had been a further carrying out of the principles that God has laid down—the instruction that He has given to make centers in many places—His salvation would have been revealed. A wrong policy has been followed in centering so much in Battle Creek. The Lord has told us that His work is to be established all over America. In every city a memorial for Him is to be established. Are we ready for this work? “Lo,” said Christ, “I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, speaking the things that I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:20, 19.] We are to proclaim to all the world the truths by which every one is to be judged. When this gospel of the kingdom shall have been preached to every nation and kindred and tongue and people, the Saviour will come. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 25)
A Reformation Needed
In every institution among us there needs to be a reformation. This is the message that at the last General Conference I bore as the word of the Lord. At that meeting I carried a very heavy burden, and I have carried it ever since. We did not gain the victory that we might have gained at that meeting. Why?—Because there were so few who followed the course of Josiah. There were those at that meeting who did not see the work that needed to be done. If they had confessed their sins, if they had made a break, if they had taken their stand on vantage ground, the power of God would have gone through the meeting, and we should have had a Pentecostal season. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 26)
The Lord has shown me what might have been had the work been done that ought to have been done. In the night season I was present in a meeting where brother was confessing to brother. Those present fell upon one another’s necks and made heart-broken confessions. The spirit and power of God were revealed. No one seemed too proud to bow before God in humility and contrition. Those who led in this work were the ones who had not before had the courage to confess their sins. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 27)
This might have been. All this the Lord was waiting to do for His people. All heaven was waiting to be gracious. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 28)
God is in earnest with us. If the heart is pure, there will be purity of action and nobility of purpose in all the work done. Every mind is to be cleansed, every heart purified. All are to understand that sin is not to be tolerated by the people who have received the most precious light ever given to mortals. Only a little while, and He who shall come will come, and will not tarry. Those who choose to cleave to their sins must perish. But God will have compassion on all who will make thorough work for eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 29)
I wish to say that the work that is to be carried on by our people is becoming less and less appreciated by many—not by all. Many of us do not realize the covenant relation in which we stand before God as His people. We are under the most solemn obligations to represent God and Christ. We are to guard against dishonoring God by professing to be His people and then going directly contrary to His will. We are getting ready to move. Then let us act as if we were. Let us prepare for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those that love Him. Let us stand where we can take hold of eternal realities and bring them into the every day life. We are to sit at the feet of Jesus and learn of Him. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 30)
A Great Work to be Done
The Lord has a great work to be done. If this meeting is a success, the laborers will go from it to open the work in new places. The salvation of God will be revealed. I am so thankful that during the past year something has been done in Southern California. I praise God for what has been accomplished there. It is hard work to press the battle to the gates, but this must be done. God calls upon every one of us to take hold in earnest. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 31)
Here is the medical missionary work—a wonderful work. God gave us this work thirty-five years ago, and it has been a great blessing. It is to be to the third angel’s message as the right hand is to the body. The gospel and the medical missionary work are one. They cannot be divided. They are to be bound together. Medical missionary workers should be encouraged and sustained. And let them remember that they are working for the Master. Unless they do this, they cannot exert a strong influence for good in the world. And they must ever keep clear and distinct the line of demarcation between worldlings and those who are carrying the gospel of the kingdom to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 32)
In the place of erecting large sanitariums, we should establish smaller sanitariums in many places. A few patients in a small institution can be helped and educated to much greater advantage than a large number gathered together in a large institution. God help us to let the light shine forth. It must shine forth, and God will make us channels of light, if we will let Him. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 33)
The Southern field needs our help. I have carried this field on my heart for many years. I have tried to make known its needs, and yet it has scarcely been touched. God has given me encouragement for the workers there, and I have followed them step by step in their work. There are those who say that mistakes have been made by the workers in the Southern field. Do you ever make mistakes? My husband and I used to grieve when we made mistakes. But often we found that in His providence God had permitted us to do as we had done, that we might understand what He wanted us to understand. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 34)
God does not cast us off because we make mistakes. Of Ephraim He says, “I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them by their arms.... I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love.” [Hosea 11:3, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 35)
The Spirit of Criticism to be Banished
My brethren, if you stand before God as true Christians, you will do in the year before us a work different from that which has been done in years past. Your criticism is a sin in the sight of God. By it you are weakening the hands of God’s servants. This criticism is a root of bitterness, whereby many are defiled. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 36)
Let us come to the Lord in penitence and ask Him to forgive us for not keeping His law, for not obeying the command to love one another as Christ has loved us. He says to us, You have left your first love, and unless you repent, I will remove your candlestick out of his place. “Be watchful,” He pleads, “and strengthen the things that remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Revelation 3:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 37)
Speech is a precious talent. It is the means by which we communicate with one another. The man who, though professing to be a Christian, allows himself to speak angrily because his will is crossed needs to go apart and rest awhile. Let him go to God and tell Him that he is sorry for what he said and that he is ashamed of himself. Let him not try to vindicate himself. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 38)
Those who criticize and condemn one another are breaking God’s commandments and are an offense to Him. They neither love God nor their fellow beings. Brethren and sisters, let us clear away the rubbish of criticism and suspicion and complaint, and do not wear your nerves on the outside. Some are so sensitive that they cannot be reasoned with. Be very sensitive in regard to what it means to keep the law of God, in regard to whether you are keeping or breaking the law. It is this that God wants us to be sensitive about. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 39)
If it were not for the burdens that rest so heavily upon my soul, I could do tenfold more than I do. But night after night I am unable to sleep, because so many of the people of God act like quarrelsome children. My brother, my sister, when trouble arises between you and another member of God’s family, do you follow the Bible directions? (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 40)
Before presenting to God your offering of prayer, do you go to your brother and in the Spirit of Christ talk with him? Christ says, “If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee, leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.] Then you can offer it with a clear conscience; for you have cast out the root of bitterness. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 41)
There is much to be done at this meeting. But I do not feel depressed by the outlook. At times I do feel depressed, but I struggle against the feeling. I know that God wants His joy to be in us, that our joy may be full. He has a heaven full of blessings, and these blessings He will give to us, if we will take them. Our Father has an abundant treasure, but you do not want it. If you did, you would have it. You let so many things come between you and God. Your individuality is spotted and stained. It needs to be cleansed by the blood of the Lamb. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 42)
The judgment is right upon us. We cannot afford to spend our time quarreling over little things. There is a great work before us. My brethren, we must wake up to the issues which face us, and that before this meeting closes. Heart must be cemented to heart. Pray for this; labor for it. Do not, I beg of you, allow differences to come in. May God help you to gather up the divine rays of light, and flash them across the pathway of others. May He help you to love one another as Christ has loved you. “By this,” He says, “shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:35.] There is power with Christ to heal; there is power with Him to save to the uttermost all who come to Him. But we must be willing to be saved. We must put aside all self-sufficiency. We must be in spirit as little children, or we shall never see the kingdom of heaven. Our measurement of ourselves is too large. We are but little children. We have not attained to the full stature of men and women in Christ. There is much matured intelligence for us yet to gain. We must overcome the pride that leads us to prefer to work by ourselves, rather than with a fellow laborer, lest he rob us of glory. God wants us to press close together, that we may help one another. In Australia a minister was asked by a brother minister to leave the pulpit. “I want the people to see no one but me,” he said. And they did indeed see no one but him. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 43)
God calls for volunteers who will say, “I will do the very best I can.” God pities us as He sees the wickedness all around us. But He declares that we are not to be wicked. Though we are in the world, we are not to be of the world. The Lord desires His institutions to stand as educational powers in the world. Everything connected with them is to bear the seal of God. Every worker is to be sanctified—body, soul, and spirit. No coarse, rough words are to be spoken, no action that shows a grasping spirit is to be performed. In thought and word and act the workers are to represent Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 44)
The Advent Message to be Given
Those who stand as teachers and leaders in our institutions are to be sound in the faith and in the principles of the third angel’s message. God wants His people to know that we have the message as He gave it to us in 1843 and 1844. We knew then what the message meant, and we call upon our people today to obey the Word, “Bind up the law among My disciples.” [Isaiah 8:16.] In this world there are but two classes—the obedient and the disobedient. To which class do we belong? God wants to make us a peculiar people, a holy nation. He has separated us from the world, and He calls upon us to stand on vantage ground, where He can bestow on us His Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 45)
Soon will come the time of which John writes: “I saw a great white throne, and Him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heave fled away; and there was found no place for them. And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God, and the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. And the sea gave up the dead which where in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them; and they were judged every man according to their works.” [Revelation 20:11-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 46)
How prone we are to look to human beings for help, to listen to their opinions, to rely on them for sympathy, succor, and counsel. When in trouble we should shut ourselves up with God. How many there are who realize no refreshing because they have forsaken the living waters and have hewn out for themselves broken cisterns, which can hold no water. When men do this, what can we expect but barrenness of soul? (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 47)
“Thus saith the Lord: Cursed be the man that trusteth in man, and maketh flesh his arm, and whose heart departeth from the Lord. For he shall be like the heath in the desert, and shall not see when good cometh; but shall inhabit the parched places in the wilderness, in a salt land, and not inhabited. Blessed is the man that trusteth in the Lord, and whose hope the Lord is. For he shall be as a tree planted by the waters, and that spreadeth out her roots by the river, and shall not see when heat cometh, but her leaf shall be green and shall not be careful in the year of drought, neither shall cease from yielding fruit.” [Jeremiah 17:5-8.] Let us rely on God. He never fails a trusting soul. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 48)
From the moment of our conversion till the close of our earthly history, our lives are to be characterized by a spirit of true, intelligent service. Only thus can we be true to our covenant with God. He who is daily converted has crossed the boundary line that separates the children of light from the children of darkness. But he who professes to believe the truth, and acts as a sinner, will be treated by God as a sinner, and, unless he repents, will be punished as a sinner, only with many stripes, because he was given great light. (18LtMs, Ms 14, 1903, 49)
Ms 15, 1903
Talk/How to Receive God’s Blessing
NP
March 31, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/02/1903.
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference, Tuesday morning, March 31, 1903
“Hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish ought from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you.” [Deuteronomy 4:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 1)
In order for the blessing of God to rest upon us, we must not only hear His Word; we must carry it out in the daily life. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 2)
“Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal Peor, the Lord thy God hath destroyed them from among you. But ye that did cleave unto the Lord are alive every one of you unto this day.” [Verses 3, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 3)
“Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.” [Verses 5, 6.] You may think that it shows great wisdom to associate closely with worldlings, that you may receive their favor. But we cannot afford to do this. The world will discern the wisdom and the understanding possessed by those who keep all God’s commandments, and will say, Surely this is a wise and understanding people. It is in this position that God has always wanted us to stand. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 4)
“For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for?” [Verse 7.] If we will draw nigh to God, He will draw nigh to us, and His glory will go before us. He will indite our petitions, teaching us to ask for the very things that He has pledged Himself to bestow on us. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 5)
“And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?” [Verse 8.] Shall we heed this law? Or shall we cover up the message and hide the law of Jehovah? God forbid! (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 6)
“Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently.” [Verse 9.] I spoke yesterday of the individuality that we must maintain. It must be a sanctified individuality. Take heed to thyself. Do not talk of the faults of others. If you have anything against any one, go to him, and tell him all about it. Pray with him and for him. If all would do this, how many souls would be saved to the work of God! (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 7)
“Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen.” [Verse 9.] God has sent us reproofs and warnings. Forget not the things that you have seen. Forget not the history of the past, when God revealed His power and His grace, giving victory after victory, when He let His blessing and mercy rest upon us, and when He reproved our errors and our wrongs. Do not repeat the wrongs that He has reproved. Do not wait for Him to tell you every day what you must do. When He commands you once, it is forever. Establish your confidence in God. Come to Him with a living faith. He has said to you, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 8)
Moses spoke of the day when the people stood before God in Horeb, when He said, “Gather Me the people together, and I will make them hear My words, that they may learn to fear Me all the days that they shall live upon the earth, and that they may teach their children.” [Deuteronomy 4:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 9)
My brethren and sisters, what is the matter with your children? Why is it that they do not obey God? It is because you yourselves do not obey Him. You hurry here and you hurry there; and your attention is so taken up with other things that you have no time to pray, no time to train your children. This is the way that it is in our institutions. Those in positions of trust in our publishing houses and our sanitariums have no time to educate the youth connected with these institutions as they should be educated. These youth are to be trained by precept and example to work for God. Do not speak to them harshly. You cannot afford to do this. When you speak harshly or discouragingly, Satan is speaking through you. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 10)
Place yourselves in right relation to God. Ask Him to cleanse you from all iniquity and to heal you of your backsliding and your forgetfulness of Him. He says, “Draw nigh to Me, and I will draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] He asks you to teach His lessons to your children. This is your work. Your children are God’s property. He sent His Son to die for them. He has redeemed them. He wants you to begin to work for the church in your own house. Teach your children to keep the way of the Lord, to walk humbly before Him. Teach them to be His missionaries in the church and in the world. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 11)
“Confess your faults one to another.” [James 5:16.]
Brethren and sisters, do not let this meeting pass by this morning without doing the work that God wants you to do. If there are any differences between you and your brethren, for Christ’s sake clear them away. Take up the stumbling blocks. Clear the King’s highway. If you have done your neighbor a wrong, go to him, and try to make the matter right. Talk with God, and when you have done this, you will be able to talk in a Christlike manner to your brother. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 12)
If you have made mistakes or errors in judgment or in speech, or if you have used the precious talent of speech to proclaim the wrong doings of others, may God help you to make a change. Humble your hearts before the Lord. Do not feel that your brethren will lose confidence in you if you make confession of sin. We are all finite. We are God’s little children. Do not feel that it would lower your dignity to confess your sins. Christ says, “Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 18:3.] We have separated ourselves from God. Let us draw near to Him. Let us confess our sins, and let us be sure that we go to the bottom and make thorough work for repentance. Will you do this? Will you prepare the way for God to bless you? Shall we not see of the salvation of God in this meeting? We may see it; we may have it. Let us not do anything that will hinder it from coming to us. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 13)
Do not use the talent of speech to talk of your troubles and difficulties or of the wrong that some one has done you. Live in the confidence and love of Christ. He is with you. He will give you strength. Remember that when you are irritated, silence is eloquence. Keep still. The strongest rebuke that you can give to a faultfinder is to return no answer to his criticism. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 14)
May the salvation of God be manifest among us this morning. May the Lord help us all. I felt thankful that God gave me strength to talk to you yesterday. Then I thought, What good has it done? I felt a wave of discouragement coming over me. But I said, No, I cannot afford that. I have done my duty, and I leave the result with God. I slept for about fifteen minutes, and when I awoke, it seemed as if the glory of God was all around me. My heart was filled with praise and thankfulness. And I feel thankful this morning. O shall we not clear away the rubbish that is filling our hearts and invite Christ to enter as an abiding Guest? Then He will richly bless us, and we shall receive the baptism of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 15)
Prayer Offered by Mrs. E. G. White, Tuesday Morning, March 31
Our heavenly Father, we come to Thee this morning just as we are, needy and wholly dependent upon Thee. Help us to have a clear knowledge of what we must be, and of the characters that we must form, in order that we may be prepared to unite with the heavenly family in the city of our God. We ask Thee that Thou wilt remove the reproach that has come upon Thee through the neglect of those who profess to be Thy people, but who have not walked in Thy counsel. Lord, help us to understand our individual responsibilities, that our hearts may be worked by the Holy Spirit. We ask Thee that Thou wilt open blind eyes, that they may see, to enlighten the darkened understanding, that all may understand that there must be a reconversion, that hearts must break before God. Give us hearts of repentance, hearts of humiliation. O my Father, how can we proclaim Thy goodness, and Thy mercy, and Thy love, unless we cherish them in our own hearts and reveal them in our own experiences. Thou knowest how Thou hast presented this matter to Thy servant. Thou knowest what a dishonor it has been to Thee because Thy people have failed to come to a knowledge of the truth as it is in Jesus and to obey Thy commandments. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 16)
Let not Thy wrath come upon Thy people while they are in their sins, unconverted and unsaved. Here are Thy ministers whose work it is to proclaim Bible truth. I ask Thee that they may have a clear realization of the responsibilities that rest upon them as guardians and as shepherds of Thy flock. Roll upon them the burden that they should bear for those who are out of the truth. Let them understand their own weakness, and may the sanctification of the Spirit come to them. May there be a purifying of character and a breaking of heart before God. Thou canst show them that while they cherish their own dispositions and temperaments, Thou canst not work through them by the Holy Spirit, because they would become lifted up. Thou canst show them that there is a work to be done in their own hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 17)
Here are those who bear responsibilities in our institutions. Thou hast signified that Thou hast been displeased with their ministration. They have not in their dealings given a right example to the world. They did not realize that men were taking knowledge of them to see whether they were sanctified by the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 18)
O pardon our transgressions, and forgive our sins. Show us where we have come short. Let Thy Holy Spirit descend upon us. The world is perishing in sin, and we ask Thee to roll the burden upon us at this meeting. We desire to be weighted down with the Holy Spirit. We desire to stand where Thou canst reveal Thyself to us. Take away our hardness of heart, and give us softened hearts. I ask Thee, for Christ’s sake, that Thou wouldest give understanding, that Thou wouldest give spiritual knowledge, that Thou wouldest give sensitive hearts, that all may see that it is high time to open the door of the heart to Jesus. Thou hast said that Thou hast heard the many words of complaint, and faultfinding, and murmuring, brother against brother, and friend against friend. Thou hast heard these words, and they are written in Thy book. They have stood as a block against the wheel of salvation, hindering its advancement. Convert Thy people in this the day of Thy preparation, that the time may not come when they will say, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and we are not saved.” [Jeremiah 8:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 19)
Thou hast opened these things before me, and Thou alone canst prepare minds and hearts to hear the message that, unless those who have left their first love shall return to recognize the work that needs to be done in their individual hearts, Thou wilt come quickly and remove the candlestick out of his place. Open the eyes of Thy people that they may see their deficiencies. We do not want one to be separated from the work. We do not want one to perish. We ask Thee that Thou wilt move upon hearts by the quickening influence of Thy Spirit, that there may be a break in this meeting such as has not been before. O the break must come, if the Spirit of God shall take hold of hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 20)
O my Father, shall this meeting close, and we go back to our places with the same hard hearts? We must be reconverted, sanctified, and made fit to bear the message of the Lord. Cleanse the vessel, that the message that shall be given shall have not taste so strongly of the dish that those to whom it is given shall have no appetite to partake of it. Let Thy melting mercy come upon us. Work in the midst of us with Thy power, and with Thy love, and with Thy majesty and glory. Put to shame the listlessness of those who have not come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. Sweep back the cloud of darkness and unbelief. Let the Holy Spirit come into our hearts and break down every barrier. Thou King of Glory, look upon Thy people in these closing scenes of this earth’s history. It seems as if nothing could arouse many of them to realize that they are on the very eve of the day of God, that His judgments are in the land. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 21)
Wilt Thou hear our petition? Wilt Thou answer our petitions? Wilt Thou reveal Thyself to us? May we behold Thy glory, and be changed into Thine image. We thirst for the waters of Lebanon, and we hunger for the bread of life. We ask Thee to break our hearts today. We ask Thee to help us to put away our sinful thoughts, our disparagement of one another, and to seek the Lord while He may be found. My Father, break down the barriers, that confessions may be made, from heart to heart, from brother to brother. May the Spirit of God come in; and Thy blessed name shall have all the glory. Amen. (18LtMs, Ms 15, 1903, 22)
Ms 16, 1903
Talk/Unity of Effort
NP
April 1, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/02/1903.
April 1, 1903
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference
I know that the Lord means us good. I know that we are our worst enemies when we listen to the suggestions of the enemy. Let us not allow the truth, the precious, sanctifying truth of God, to pass by without our laying hold upon it. We are to be sanctified by the truth. The Lord will help us if we will but humble our hearts before Him and accept Him as our personal Saviour. Only the living, acting power of our Redeemer can save us from the wiles of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 1)
The Word declares, “Ye are God’s husbandry.” But can He work upon our hearts unless we are willing to be worked? “Ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] He is willing to build up in each one of us a symmetrical character—a character after the divine similitude. But He must have our co-operation. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 2)
We do not reach high enough. We do not come to God with the faith that will not be denied. He says, “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, who giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven of the wind, and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord.” [James 1:5-7.] We must lay hold of the promises, saying, “I will not let Thee go, except Thou bless me.” [Genesis 32:26.] And when you receive the blessing, you will carry it to others. The atmosphere of heaven will surround your soul because Christ will be with you. He says, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 3)
Let us not allow the enemy to gain the victory. We are sorry that we are not standing on vantage ground, that we have not been standing there ever since the last General Conference. We are sorry that we did not make diligent work unto repentance; sorry that we did not cease our complaining and faultfinding, and that we did not overcome the inclination to press others to the wall. My brethren, crowd yourselves into as small a compass as you please, but let your brethren alone. Do not try to pres them into hard places. Place yourselves where God can give you the presence of His Spirit in your work. If your brethren see from your life that this Spirit is abiding in your heart, they will be led to go for help to the same source that you did. They will be led to obey the Word, “I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich: and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Revelation 3:18.] (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 4)
My brethren, clear your souls before God. Cease your criticizing and faultfinding. Satan will keep you at this till the Lord comes, if he can. He knows that thus he can most effectually hinder the Lord’s work. Backbiting is cannibalism. God calls upon His people to have nothing to do with it, but to come to Him, that they may have light and life and salvation. We need the wisdom that comes from above. Pure this wisdom is, “peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated.” [James 3:17.] If it were not, the love of the Father would not have been so constantly exercised toward us. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 5)
Again and again God has pardoned our transgressions. Now there are steps that we must take. And what are they?—Let us try to understand. You will remember the time that the news came from Europe regarding the financial embarrassment of the publishing house in Christiania. Some in this country said that we ought to let the institution go; that the managers ought to have known better than to get so heavily in debt; that they had no right to be in such a situation. But had such advice been followed, would it have placed the workers in the publishing house in Norway on vantage ground, where they could carry on their work for the Master? Light was given me that the institution was to be placed where it could do its work. But the workers there could not do this without help. Their brethren in other lands were to help them, standing with them shoulder to shoulder, making their interests and their loss their own. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 6)
And let me say that God does not design that the Sanitarium that has been erected in Battle Creek shall be in vain. He wants His people to understand this. Now that the building has been put up, He wants this institution to be placed on vantage ground. He does not want His people to be looked upon by the enemy as a people that is going out of sight. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 7)
We are to see that now, for the second time, something must be done to place the work of God upon its feet. It is to be placed where, as the work of God, it should be. Let no one say, because there is a debt on the Sanitarium, “We will have nothing more to do in helping to build up that institution.” The people of God must build that institution up, in the name of the Lord. It is to be placed where its work can be carried on intelligently. One man is not to stand at its head alone. Dr. Kellogg has carried the burden until it has almost killed him. God wants His servants to stand united in carrying that work forward. Because one man is one-sided, and another man is one-sided, this does not show that the work of God is to be one-sided. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 8)
God’s people are to place the Sanitarium in Battle Creek on vantage ground. How is this to be done?—I cannot tell you. But I know that just as soon as the Holy Spirit shall come upon hearts, there will be unity in voice and understanding; and wisdom will be given us. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 9)
I have given you these thoughts as suggestions, trusting that they will have some influence upon you in your councils and in the movements that you will make. It is not only for that little corner in Battle Creek that we are laboring. We must stand on vantage ground before our own people and before the world. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 10)
God calls upon us to seek Him with the whole heart, and He declares that when we do this, He will be found of us. Shall we do it? In order to find Him, we must seek Him with every power of the being. A lawyer came to Christ with the question, “Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?” Knowing that he had been sent by the Pharisees, Christ laid upon him the burden of answering his own question. “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” He asked. And the lawyer answered, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:25-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 11)
These principles are the foundation of Christian life. When we receive them into our hearts, when we live by them, we shall see the salvation of God. Then will His power rest upon His work as it has not rested since the first days of the message. Then we knew what it meant to see the salvation of God. We understood what God told us. God lives, and He calls upon us to come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty powers of darkness. “Curse ye Meroz, said the angel of the Lord, curse ye bitterly the inhabitants thereof; because they came not to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.” [Judges 5:23.] God forbid that these words should be spoken of us! (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 12)
Because men have made mistakes, they are not to be uprooted. The blessing of God heals; it does not destroy. The Mighty Healer, the great Medical Missionary, will be in the midst of us, to heal and to bless, if we will receive Him. John said of Him, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] He is waiting to come to us, to take away our sins and fill us with His Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 13)
A mighty host is arrayed against us. But God is on our side, and He has all power. He has separated us from the world for Himself, and He declares that we are a peculiar people, an holy nation, a royal priesthood. He tells us not to rely upon men, but to put our trust in the Lord God of Israel. Then we shall gain the victory. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 14)
In the season of prayer following Elder Daniells’ remarks during the devotional service Wednesday morning, April 1, Sister White united, praying as follows: (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 15)
Heavenly Father, Thou hast said, “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] Heavenly Father, we need Thy Holy Spirit. We do not want to work ourselves, only as we work in unity with God. We want to be in a position where the Holy Spirit of God shall be upon us with its reviving, sanctifying power. Wilt Thou manifest Thyself unto us this very morning! Wilt Thou sweep away every mist and every cloud of darkness! (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 16)
We come to Thee, our compassionate Redeemer; and we ask Thee, for Christ’s sake—for Thine own Son’s sake, my Father, that Thou wilt manifest Thy power unto Thy people here. We want wisdom, we want righteousness, we want truth, we want the Holy Spirit to be with us. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 17)
Thou hast presented before us a great work that must be carried forward in behalf of those that are in the truth and in behalf of those that are in ignorance of our faith; and O Lord, as Thou hast given to every man his work, we beseech of Thee that the Holy Spirit may impress the human mind in regard to the burden of work that shall rest upon every individual soul, according to Thine appointment. We want to be proved; we want to be sanctified through and through; we want to be fitted up for the work; and here, right here in this session of the Conference, we want to see a revelation of the Holy Spirit of God. We want light, Lord—Thou art the Light. We want truth, Lord—Thou art the Truth. We want the right way—Thou art the Way. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 18)
Lord, I beseech of Thee that we may all be wise enough to discern that we must individually open the heart to Jesus Christ, that through the Holy Spirit He may come in to mold and fashion us anew, in accordance with the divine image. O my Father, my Father! melt and subdue our hearts. We desire this morning to make an entire surrender to Thee; we desire to give up our will, our way, our course of action that has not been in harmony with the way and the will of God; we desire to accept the Lord’s way, the Lord’s will, the Lord’s counsel. Come, O come into the midst of us this very morning, and move upon hearts, young and old. In a special manner move upon the hearts of those who are handling gospel truths, that they may all be lighted up with the bright beams which Thou dost permit to shine upon Thy Word, in order that Thy instruction may come to the human understanding with the power and the Spirit of the living God. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 19)
We acknowledge before Thee that we have not honored Thy name as we should. We acknowledge before Thee that we need to be broken in heart. We desire just now to be reconverted; we desire just now to realize what Christ is to us, and what we are and can be to Him as His co-workers—“laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 20)
O my Father, let every soul that is confused, every soul that cannot understand and see the way, have the way presented before him so clearly that the mist will be removed, and that the cloud will pass, so that the Sun of righteousness may shine into the chambers of the mind and into the soul temple. Wash us, and we shall be clean, Lord. Let melting mercy, mercy from Thee, come into every heart; and then, when we realize the melting mercy of a compassionate and loving Saviour, our hearts, once more united, will beat in unison, and all will stand shoulder to shoulder in advancing this great work. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 21)
We cannot afford to be indifferent, Lord; we cannot afford to work contrary to one another. We must trust in Thee; and we ask, this very morning, that Thou shalt let the Holy Spirit descend upon us. We are ready to receive the Comforter; we open the door of the heart, and invite the Saviour in. We love Thee, dear Saviour; Thou knowest that we love Thee. We see in Thee matchless charms, and we desire that every soul shall constantly look unto Thee, Thou who art the Author and the Finisher of our faith. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 22)
Come, Lord Jesus, come and take us as we are, and put upon us the robe of Thy righteousness. Take away our sins. Our Saviour, Thou didst come to the earth to do this. We repent of wrongdoing; we are sorry for every departure from Thee; and we ask Thee to pardon our transgressions, that we may show to the world that we have a Saviour who is able to take away our sins and to impute unto us His own righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 23)
Lord, we accept Thee now; we receive Thee now; we believe in Thee now; and we ask Thee to let Thy Holy Spirit rest upon us just now. Just now walk through this house, we pray Thee; and may the angels accompanying Thee go around to every seat and to every heart; and may every person have a realization of what “I” should do. May every one look not to man, but to Christ—to Him who has died to save us. We are saved by Thee, Lord; we look to Thee, Lord. O let Thy power come upon us, to tell us that our sins are pardoned. Thou hast promised, “A new heart will I give thee.” [Ezekiel 36:26.] We desire to have our hearts renewed, Lord; we long for this. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 24)
Bless our ministering brethren. Bless all those who are in office in our institutions. We do not want Thee to destroy these institutions; we do not want to see their influence wiped away. We want that Thou shouldst simply take away everything that is wrong in the heart, the life, the character of each worker, so that Thou canst use every institution of Thine own planting to glorify Thy name. We need every one of them. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 25)
O my Saviour, Thou who hast shown compassion to us all, again we ask Thee to grant unto us a rich portion of Thy mercy, Thy fulness, Thy compassion, Thy everlasting love. Come, Lord Jesus, and make us partakers of Thy divine nature, that we may overcome the corruption that is in the world through lust. O may the Spirit of Christ, the love of God, comfort every heart this morning! Banish darkness, turn away the deceptive powers of the enemy, and let Thy voice and Thy Spirit and Thy love come into our souls, that we may sit together in heavenly places with Christ Jesus; and Thy name shall have all the glory. Amen. (18LtMs, Ms 16, 1903, 26)
Ms 17, 1903
Talk/Unity of Spirit
NP
April 2, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 1BC 1087.
April 2, 1903
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at the General Conference
“These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee: as Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 1)
It is only by knowing God and Christ that we can gain eternal life. We must separate from any line of work that hinders us from obtaining this knowledge. We are safe only as we comply with the conditions that God has laid down for us. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 2)
Just as soon as we receive the instruction that Christ has given, and follow it to the letter, we shall be so filled with the spirit and grace of God, that we shall be unable to sit in the congregation of His people without being impressed by a sense of the nearness of His presence. Our minds will be in harmony with the mind of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 3)
“I have glorified Thee on the earth; I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do.... I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world; Thine they were, and they have kept Thy word.” [Verses 4, 6.] “They have kept Thy word.” This is what we are to do. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 4)
As the disciples received the words of Christ, so we are to receive them. We are to speak the words that God has given us to speak. Never are we to manufacture theories of our own, which have no foundation in the Scriptures. In the Bible we are given a knowledge of God and of Christ. There are those who think that they have exhausted the treasures of this Word, when they have hardly made a beginning in gaining a knowledge of its wonderful truths. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 5)
Many spend their time seeking for doctrines that are new and strange. They try to find out what is meant by the hundred and forty-four thousand. When we get to heaven we shall know and understand who will be included in this number. We are not to let our imaginations work upon matters that God has not revealed to us. We are to plant our feet upon the Word of the living God, and when we reach the kingdom of heaven, we shall understand the mysteries of that country. Christ will lead us beside the river of life and open to our minds the truths of His Word. He will unfold to us mysteries that we cannot now grasp. In the school above we shall obtain the higher education. Till then we must be content to leave with God the mysteries that we cannot comprehend. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 6)
But this we know—we are to manifest His name unto those with whom we come in contact. On the street, in the cars, wherever we are, we are to speak of Christ, of His work, His goodness, His power. We are not to reveal ourselves, but Christ. As we do this, our lips will be filled with His praise. Our whole being will be drawn out after heavenly things. We shall be in harmony with Christ, and with our brethren. Then the idle talk that hinders us so much will find no place in our lives. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 7)
“I have given unto them the words which thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from Thee, and they have believed that Thou didst send Me. I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which thou hast given Me; for they are Thine.” [Verses 8, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 8)
“And now come I to Thee, and these things I speak in the world, that they might have My joy fulfilled in themselves.” [Verse 13.] Christians are not to go with their heads bowed down with sorrow, talking about their trials and difficulties and sorrows. When Christ’s joy is fulfilled in us, we shall not be hurt because somebody has said something about us. We shall not cherish thoughts of distrust and evil. We shall think of the promises that God has made, making them our own; and our faces will be lighted up with the glory of God. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 9)
“I have given them thy word, and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.” [Verse 14.] We are not to follow the customs and practices of the world. “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 10)
“I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil.” [John 17:15.] Until the Lord puts His hand upon the cruel power of darkness, saying, “Thus far shalt thou go, and no farther,” there will be evil in the world. But in the strength of the Redeemer we can live lives of holiness and purity, uncontaminated by the evil around us. Enoch walked with God in an age as degenerate as the age in which we are living. Did he see God by his side? Only by faith. He knew that the Lord was there, and he adhered steadfastly to the principles of truth. We, too, are to walk with God. When we do this, our faces will be lighted up by the brightness of His presence, and when we meet one another, we shall speak of His power, saying, Praise God. Good is the Lord, and good is the Word of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 11)
“As thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verses 18-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 12)
The Lord’s people, by their unity, are to be the means of convincing the world that God sent His Son to save sinners. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 13)
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one, I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verses 22, 23.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 14)
I ask those who have been drawing apart from one another to think of these things. Christ said, “That they may be made perfect in one.” There is no perfection in our being separate, atoms, each one going his own way and following his own judgment. We must be one; we must speak the same things. “That the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verse 23.] Think of these words. God loves us as He loves His Son. How it must grieve Him, then, to see us fighting and quarreling like a family of unruly children, offended first with one and then with another. My brethren and sisters, do you not desire to live in the unity for which Christ prayed? Then when some one begins to talk of the faults and wrongdoings of some one else, turn the conversation to the subject of Christ’s power and mercy. Speak of heaven and eternal things. Angels of heaven will be close beside you, and you will be lifted from the lowlands of earth to vantage ground with God. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 15)
We are in a school—God’s lower school. God desires us, while in this world, to learn all that we possibly can of that which will give us strength and nobility of character. We may, if we will, attain to the heights of knowledge and power to which God points us in His Word. By beholding Christ, we shall be changed into His image, His likeness. May God help us to realize that day by day we are given the privileges of learning what God is to us and what we may be to Him. He is saying, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 16)
Let us confess our faults to one another and pray for one another. Let us act as if we were in earnest. Let us leave the darkness and the gloom and the mist, and stand where the Sun of righteousness can shine upon us. Then we shall be a blessing and a help to one another. We shall strengthen one another in the most holy faith. Let us cherish the principles that called us out of the world to stand as God’s peculiar people—a holy nation, a royal priesthood. If we steadfastly maintain these principles, if we are true to God and to one another, when He comes in the clouds of heaven, He will take us to Himself. We shall be waiting and watching for Him, and when He appears we shall exclaim, “Lo, this is our God, we have waited for Him, and He will save us.” [Isaiah 25:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 17)
Jesus loves us. He gave His life for us. And when He ascended, He took His humanity into heaven, and today He stands before God as our Elder Brother, pleading in our behalf. He holds out to us power to live pure, holy lives. But very few, perhaps none of us, are ready to meet the King in His beauty. Unless we gain a deeper experience in the things of God, we shall never see the King in His beauty. Those who, at Christ’s coming, are cherishing sin, cannot be received into heaven. All who are saved will be “without spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing.” [Ephesians 5:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 18)
Those who enter the city of God will enter as His little children, there to be instructed through the eternal ages. O I want to be there, and I want you to be there. I want to see the King in His beauty, and I want you to see Him. But you can never see Him while you are satisfied with your own way and your own disposition. Ask Christ to form in you a character like His own. Come to God in humility and contrition, and His salvation will be seen among us. The lips of every one here will be filled with the praise of God. We shall see of His grace and talk of His power. (18LtMs, Ms 17, 1903, 19)
Ms 18, 1903
A Call to Repentance
NP
November 10, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 4MR 321; 6MR 217.
It is not too late for wrongs to be righted. But the work will be tenfold harder now for those who at the last General Conference had opportunity to repent, but who did not heed the voice of God. They were convinced that He was speaking to them in reproof and warning; but instead of confessing and forsaking their sins, they hardened their hearts. Those who have despised the testimonies are not few in number, and one mind filled with unbelief will leaven other minds. The leaven of evil that was not cast out at the last General Conference has been working and has done a great deal of harm. A strange work has been going on. Deception and falsehood and selfish ambition have been allowed to enter. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 1)
Those who at the last General Conference listened to the testimonies borne, but did not humble themselves before God, and change square about, have done despite to the spirit of grace and have placed themselves in a fortress of unbelief. Great light has shone upon them, but they have opposed the message borne to them and have thus placed themselves in opposition to the Lord Jesus Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 2)
At the last General Conference, God gave men as plain evidence as they will ever have. His Spirit witnessed to the message borne. Christ was in the assembly of His people, and His message of mercy was sufficient to convince all present. But men turned a deaf ear to the Saviour’s voice. They would not hear, they would not humble their hearts before God. Refusing the robe of Christ’s righteousness, they clothed themselves with their citizen’s dress. They were within the very shadow of Christ’s uplifted hand, within the circle of His life-giving power. They could have received the Holy Spirit, but they did not, because they would not. Their hearts have been growing harder and more unimpressible. They have been cultivating unbelief, strengthening themselves in resistance, turning from the light instead of coming to the light. Disloyal to the truth, they have not honored or glorified God. Their effort now is to make it appear that the testimonies which God has given His people are not reliable. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 3)
This work has been ripening, and some of those who have stood in responsible places have resisted the Spirit of grace. A malignant influence has taken possession of the will. The seductive power of Satan will certainly lead them further into unbelief unless they yield the will to God and make thorough work of repentance. In this their day of opportunity they are unblessed and unsaved. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 4)
I have a plea to make of those who at the last General Conference refused to yield the will to Christ’s will. The Saviour asks them, “Wilt thou be made whole?” [John 5:6.] Will they turn from Him, or will they at the coming Conference surrender themselves to Him who will save to the uttermost all who come to Him? They have been doing a strange work. They have been planning to resist the Spirit of God by unbelief and falsehood. They have cherished opinions that have no foundation in truth. The deceitfulness of sin has been making its mark upon them. But God lives. If they perish it will not be because of His dealings with them, but because they are determined to resist light and evidence. They will never, never have greater evidence than that given them at the last General Conference. The testimony then given was borne in the demonstration of the Spirit and in power. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 5)
The messages that God gave to the churches of Ephesus and Sardis are applicable to those who in this age have had great light but have not opened the door of the heart to the knock of Christ. The Lord has shown plainly that He has a controversy with His people. The fires that have lately raged in New York and other cities were no accident. It was the hand of omnipotent power. The Spirit of God is withdrawing from the world because the warnings of heaven have not been heeded. We need to beware; for a similar condition of things is coming in amongst us as a people. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 6)
At the last General Conference the Lord called upon His people for decided humiliation of soul. But the work that should have been done was not done. The Lord says: “Repent, and do the first works, or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove the candlestick out of his place.” [Revelation 2:5.] If God’s people will repent, wholly and entirely, He will save them from so humiliating a rebuke. Those who repent from the heart will have confessions to make before God. He will accept their brokenness of heart, even though they have so long trifled with His grace. Those who stand in positions of trust in the Battle Creek Sanitarium and the Review and Herald Publishing House have dishonored God; yes, they have mocked Him by walking stubbornly in their own way, in unholy independence. His wrath will be exercised toward them unless they fall upon the Rock and are broken. Sin and selfishness have entered into the institutions of which God is the foundation. Let men remember that the God who laid the foundation of these institutions can destroy as well as build up. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 7)
Why should men defy God? Why should they follow a course of which they will be ashamed to meet the record in the books of heaven? God is in earnest with us. If the heart is pure, there will be purity in action and nobility of purpose in all the work done. Among God’s people every mind is to be cleansed, every heart purified. All are to understand that sin is not to be tolerated by the people who have received the most precious light ever given to mortals. Only a little while, and He who shall come will come and will not tarry. Those who choose to cleave to their sins must perish. But God will have compassion, even now, on all who will make thorough work for eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 8)
*****
The Lord has wrought for His people, but they have treated His voice as a strange voice. In proportion as God has multiplied blessings toward them, so have they multiplied rebellion toward Him, moving with masterly self-confidence in their rebellious course, giving men and angels a most painful evidence of the deceitfulness of sin and the evil of refusing to heed God’s counsel. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 9)
At the last General Conference God’s people were given the precious opportunity of returning to Him. Had they confessed their sins, God would have come in and worked for them in a most wonderful manner. But they did not want to humble their hearts or to make thorough confession, and ever since the Conference many have steadily advanced in strange paths, doing the same work as they did before. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 10)
Merely being members of the church will avail nothing in the controversy before us. God is weighing men and their doings in the golden scales of the sanctuary. The time of trouble will surely search out and try every pretender. Those who claim to be Christians and yet act as sinners will be punished as sinners. Proportionate to the degree to which they have used their opportunities and talents to hinder the cause of God will be the severity of their punishment. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 11)
When those claiming to be the people of God conduct themselves in a way that gives license to selfishness and dishonest practices, they greatly dishonor God. They would do less harm if they were avowed infidels. They have not the fear of God before them or the love of God in their hearts. In order to serve God acceptably, men must honor Him by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. They must wear the yoke of Christ and learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. They must take the Saviour as their Guide and Leader. They are to be under God’s supreme control. The whole being—heart, soul, mind—and strength are to be under His training, that the life may bear witness to what union with Christ will do for human beings. (18LtMs, Ms 18, 1903, 12)
Ms 19, 1903
Unselfishness in Service
NP
April 8, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #19 18-20.
The work that God has pointed out to be done has not been done. City after city has been left unworked. Ministers laboring in the most destitute fields have been left to work as best they could, with insufficient means. A meager sum has been apportioned to them. Some have needed means to obtain food and clothing, and yet men, in their covetousness, have refused to help them. God looks upon the workers who are seeking to preach the gospel and to do true missionary work as more worthy of large means than some others. And they have greater need than some for large wages. Many calls for help are made upon them. They meet those who are in pitifully needy circumstances, and they deny themselves in order to help those needy ones. (18LtMs, Ms 19, 1903, 1)
One night I seemed to be in an assembly in which only a small number were present. Arrangements were being made to raise the wages of certain ones. One of authority reached out His hand and, taking the records, examined them critically. Then He said, A change will soon take place. Those who have been in the Review and Herald office as leaders have been unfaithful in their stewardship. They are to be released from their responsibilities, unless they give evidence of thorough conversion. I will not serve with unprincipled devising, neither will My Spirit strive with them unless they repent. The work is no longer to be entrusted to your keeping. The means in the Lord’s treasury, which should have been used to enable men to enter new fields, is grasped by selfish, unsanctified hands. Those who are truly converted—body, soul, and spirit—are filled with the spirit of self-sacrifice. (18LtMs, Ms 19, 1903, 2)
Men have written to me saying that they must have high wages, and pleading as an excuse an expensive family. And at the same time the institution with which they were connected was obliged to figure closely to meet running expenses. Why should any one plead an expensive family as a reason for demanding high wages? Is not the lesson that Christ has given sufficient? He says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] (18LtMs, Ms 19, 1903, 3)
Our institutions were established to serve as an effectual means of advancing the work of soul-saving. Those connected with them are to study how they can help the institution, not how they can take the most out of the treasury. If they grasp more than is their due, they hinder the cause of God. Let every one connected with these institutions say, I will not set my wages at a high figure, because that would rob the treasury, and the proclamation of the message of mercy will be hindered. I must practice economy. Those who are out in the field are doing a work that is as essential as the work that I am doing. I must do all in my power to help them. It is God’s means that I am handling, and I will do as Christ would do in my place. I will not spend money for luxuries. I will remember the Lord’s workers in mission fields. They have more need of means than I have. In their work they come in contact with much poverty and distress. They must feed the hungry and clothe the naked. I must limit my expenditures, that I may share in their labor of love. (18LtMs, Ms 19, 1903, 4)
We are not our own. We have been bought with a price. We are pledged by our baptismal vows to work for God. We are to remember that our money is not to be spent selfishly, but that all we can spare is to be used to advance the work of God. Our every word and act is to be in accordance with the will of God, that we may be enabled to render our account with a conscience void of offense toward God or man. (18LtMs, Ms 19, 1903, 5)
Each is to do his appointed work according to his several ability. Christian missions are to be sustained. God’s people are to deny self rather than to allow His cause to suffer. They are to use their money to the glory of God, not to please themselves, that in the day of judgment they may know that they have done their part faithfully to proclaim the gospel. (18LtMs, Ms 19, 1903, 6)
Ms 20, 1903
Talk/Our Duty to Leave Battle Creek
NP
April 3, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/06/1903.
Friday, April 3, 1903
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference
It will be impossible for me to do justice to the question before us unless I take some time. The question is one that should be clearly and distinctly understood by us all. Few of our people have any idea of how many times light has been given that it is not in the order of God for so much to be centered in Battle Creek. Much was gathered there; many meetings were called there. A school and a sanitarium and a publishing house were there. These institutions had an influence upon one another. If this influence had always been good, more of a missionary spirit would have been developed. There would have been a clearer understanding of what must be done in the various cities of America. It would have been seen that in every city the standard must be planted and a memorial for God established. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 1)
It is God’s design that our people should locate outside the cities and from these outposts warn the cities and raise in them memorials for God. There must be a force of influence in the cities, that the message of warning shall be heard. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 2)
For years the warning had been given to our people: Get out of Battle Creek. But because of the many interests established there, it was convenient to remain, and men could not see why they should move. At last Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland began to think of the advisability of moving the College from Battle Creek. They came to me, asking what they should do. I said, Take the school out of Battle Creek, if you can possibly do so. Go into a place where there are no people who believe as we do, and there establish the school on a location with plenty of land, that the students who come may be educated in right lines. They obeyed the instruction given. This was the first move made. It has been a success. God has been pleased with it. He endorsed the effort made to get away from the congestion of Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 3)
For the last fifteen or twenty years light has been given that our people, by crowding into Battle Creek, have been leaving their home churches in a weak state. Some seemed to think that when they reached Battle Creek, they would not have many temptations. They did not understand the situation; they did not know that it was in Battle Creek that the enemy was working the hardest. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 4)
Again and again testimonies were given in regard to the principles that were coming in to leaven the publishing house. And yet, though the messages kept coming that men were working on principles which God could not accept, no decided change was made. The apprentices in the office were not given the advantages that they should have had. They were not being prepared to go as missionaries into various places, as they might be called. They were not being prepared to stand as God’s representatives. The influence of the office was not what it should have been. God declared that this institution should be a sacred place, that angels of God were walking up and down through it. The words of contradiction spoken in the office and the general irritation shown were condemned. He designed that it should be a school where workers should be trained to uphold the principles that God had ordained should ever be maintained by His people. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 5)
Before the fire came which swept away the Review and Herald factory, I was in distress for many days. I was in distress while the council was in session, laboring to get the right matter before the meeting, hoping, if it were a possible thing, to call our brethren to repentance and avert calamity. It seemed to me that it was almost a life-and-death question. It was then that I saw the representation of danger—a sword of fire turning this way and that way. I was in an agony of distress. The next news was that the Review and Herald building had been consumed by fire, but that not one life had been lost. In this the Lord spoke mercy with judgment. The mercy of God was mingled with judgment to spare the lives of the workers, that they might do the work which they had neglected to do, and which it seemed impossible to make them see and understand. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 6)
Notwithstanding the condition of things at the publishing house, a suggestion had been made to bring still more of our work to the Review office, still more power into Battle Creek. This greatly alarmed me, and when the fire came, I breathed easier than I had for a long time. We were thankful that no lives were lost. There was a large loss of property. Again and again the Lord had shown me that for every dollar that was accumulated by unjust means, there would be ten times as much lost. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 7)
God desired that every move should be in accordance with Bible principles. There was to be no sharp dealing, and God has been displeased. For the last twenty years God has been sending reproofs and warnings regarding this. The very worst thing that could now be done would be for the Review and Herald office to be once more built up in Battle Creek. The way has been opened for it to break its association there—association with worldly men, which ought to be broken. Unjustifiable commercial business has been carried on, because the money that it brought in was needed. I saw One of undisputed authority go into the office and look over the accounts, with the leading men, noting how much had been taken in for the publication of matter that should have never seen the light of day. He asked, “How much do you gain on this work?” When the answer was given, He said, “The outlay to do this work is larger than you estimate, but were your estimate correct, the loss in spirituality far outweighs the estimated gain.” Pernicious matter has been published right in our office, and if some part of the work had to be delayed, it was the work on the books containing the light of truth. This was greatly displeasing to the Lord. The apprentices were being educated in the false doctrines contained in the matter brought in. And the Review and Herald presses were sending these false doctrines out to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 8)
When the printing office was first established, in a little wooden building, the Lord showed me that its presses were to be used to send forth to the world the bright rays of truth. They were consecrated to the Lord. Light was to shine all through the office, which was to be a training school for workers. But as the result of association with the world, many in the office grew worldly and worked more and more on plans of worldly policy, and neither the discipline nor training of the youth employed in the office were as they should be. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 9)
I must say to our people that the Lord would have that institution established in an entirely new place. He would have the present influences of association broken up. Will those who have collected in Battle Creek hear the voice speaking to them and understand that they are to scatter out into different places where they can spread abroad a knowledge of the truth and where they can gain an experience different from the experience that they have been gaining? (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 10)
In reply to the question that has been asked in regard to settling somewhere else, I answer, Yes. Let the General Conference offices and the publishing work be moved from Battle Creek. I know not where the place will be, whether on the Atlantic Coast or elsewhere. But this I will say, Never lay a stone or a brick in Battle Creek to rebuild the Review office there. God has a better place for it. He wants you to work with a different influence and connected with altogether different associations from what you have had of late in Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 11)
There has been an anxiety to adopt a worldly policy. Warnings and reproofs and entreaties—you would be astonished to know how many—have been sent in regard to this. But they have not been heeded. Many have come to the point where they do not care to follow the directions that the Lord sends. They have walked in their own counsel until the Lord has come near by judgment and swept away the printing plant. Will you build up again in the same place that you were before? I ask you, brethren, shall we, because our books and papers have long borne the imprint of Battle Creek, again lay the foundation in the very place where our work has been destroyed by fire? Will it make a confusion to move? Better to have a little confusion. Let us have another imprint. Let us see if we cannot make a reformation. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 12)
The Sanitarium
I need not speak any more on this point. I wish to speak now in reference to the Sanitarium in Battle Creek. Our brethren say, “Sister White has confused us. She said that we must not let this Sanitarium go into the hands of worldlings. And she said also, that we must try to place the Sanitarium upon a right foundation.” Yes, this I did say. Now, I repeat it. For years light has been coming to me that we should not center so much in one place. I have stated distinctly that an effort should not be made to make Battle Creek the sign and symbol for so much. The Lord is not very well pleased with Battle Creek. He is not pleased with all that has been done in Battle Creek. And when the Sanitarium there was burned, our people should have studied the messages of reproof and warning sent them in former years and taken heed. That the lives of patients and helpers were spared was a providence for which every one of us should praise God with heart and soul and voice. He gave them an opportunity to live and to study what these things mean. I had many things written out, but I thought, I will not say a word to condemn any one. I will keep quiet. When the planning for the new building was taken up, I think there were no questions or propositions sent to me about it from those in charge. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 13)
It has been stated that when the Sanitarium was first established in Battle Creek, my husband and I endorsed it. Certainly we did. I can speak for my husband as well as for myself. We prayed about the matter a great deal. So it was with the printing office, which was first established in a little wooden building. As the work grew, we had to add to it, and later, when ambitious men came in to take part in the management, more additions were made than should have been made, because these men thought that the buildings would give character to the work. That was a mistake. It is not buildings that give character to the work of God, but the faithfulness and integrity of the workers. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 14)
The Sanitarium grew, and in 1887 Dr. Kellogg talked with me in regard to the necessity of having a hospital. I said, “Some months ago I was shown that we must have a hospital.” Our brethren did not know what had been presented to me about this, and the opposition came hard and strong. They sat right down upon Dr. Kellogg. I took my position close by his side and told them that the light God had given me was that we should have a hospital in Battle Creek. The hospital was erected, and it was soon full of patients. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 15)
Understand, brethren, that at that time we had not numerous sanitariums, as in later years we came to have. The Battle Creek Sanitarium was almost our only place for the care of the sick. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 16)
After a time the question came, “Shall we build a small, neat chapel in which the patients and helpers can assemble to worship God?” As soon as I possibly could, I sent off a letter, saying, Yes. Wherever there is a sanitarium, there should be a church, to which the patients can go to hear the word of life; and God will soften their hearts, leading many to accept Christ as the Healer of the soul. I was in perfect union with this move. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 17)
But of late some things have been brought in that I could not endorse, and one of these is the attaching of many enterprises and lines of medical work to the medical association in Battle Creek. The Lord showed me that this should not be done. Many here know what I said to them—that we must not center so much in Battle Creek; that if we did not take heed, God’s judgments would visit Battle Creek. When I saw such earnestness on the part of the leaders to connect all branches of the medical work with the association at Battle Creek, I told the brethren that the instruction given me was that they should not make the scratch of a pen to bind themselves to the restrictions of the rules and regulations that were arranged for them to come under. God wants His institutions to stand in fellowship with one another, just as brethren in the church should stand in fellowship. But they are never to be bound by written contracts to any one man or any group of men. They are to stand, in their own individuality, accountable to God. The Lord of heaven is to be the Leader and Guide and Counsellor of His people. His institutions are to be managed under His theocracy. His people are to act as a chosen people, a people who are to do a sacred and an unselfish work. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 18)
When one institution gathers a large amount of responsibility and a large number of guests, the religious part of the work is in danger of being neglected. The managers of the Battle Creek Sanitarium have done nobly in the past in regard to trying to maintain a right religious influence in the Sanitarium. For a long time there were men connected with the institution whose work it was to hold Bible readings with the patients, as the way opened. Dr. Kellogg fully accorded with this. After the meeting at Minneapolis, Dr. Kellogg was a converted man, and we all knew it. We could see the converting power of God working in his heart and life. But as the institution has grown in popularity, there has been danger that the reason for which it was established would be lost sight of. Repeatedly I have given the instruction that was given me—that this institution should not be conducted after the manner in which worldly medical institutions are conducted; that pleasure-loving, card-playing, and theatrical performances should find no place in it. True piety was to be revealed in the lives of physicians and helpers. Everything connected with the institution was to speak in favor of the truth, and then the truth in regard to the Sabbath would come to the patients. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 19)
It was the piety of the workers, not the largeness of the buildings, that was to bring conviction to hearts. Many souls have been converted; many wonderful cures have been wrought. The Lord stood by the side of Dr. Kellogg as he performed difficult operations. When the doctor was overwrought by taxing labor, God understood the situation; and He put His hand on Dr. Kellogg’s hand as he operated, and through His power the operations were successful. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 20)
I wish this to be understood. Over and over again I have encouraged Dr. Kellogg, telling him that the Lord God of Israel was at his right hand, to help him, and to give him success as he performed the difficult operations that meant life or death to the ones operated upon. I told the doctor that before he took up his instruments to operate upon patients, he must pray for them. The patients saw that Dr. Kellogg was under the jurisdiction of God, that he understood His power to carry on the work successfully, and they had more confidence in him than in worldly physicians. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 21)
God has given Dr. Kellogg the success that he has had. I have tried constantly to keep this before him, telling him that it was God who was working with him, and that the truth of God was to be magnified by His physician. God will bless every other physician who will yield himself wholly to God and will be with his hand when he works. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 22)
This was the light given. God worked that the medical missionary work might stand on the highest vantage ground; that it might be known that Seventh-day Adventists have a God working with them, a God who has constant oversight of His work. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 23)
God does not endorse the efforts put forth by different ones to make the work of Dr. Kellogg as hard as possible in order to build themselves up. God gave the light on health reform, and those who rejected it rejected God. One and another who knew better said that it all came from Dr. Kellogg, and they made war upon him. This had a bad influence on the doctor. He put on his coat of irritation and retaliation. God did not want him to stand in the position of warfare, and He does not want you to stand there. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 24)
Those who have turned away from the Battle Creek Sanitarium to get worldly physicians to care for them did not realize what they were doing. God established the Battle Creek Sanitarium. God worked through Dr. Kellogg, but men did not realize this. When they were sick, they sent for worldly physicians to come because of something that the doctor had said or done that did not please them. This God did not approve. We have the authority of the Bible for our instruction in temperance. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 25)
But God has nothing to do with making every institution amenable to the work and workers in Battle Creek. His servants should not be called upon to submit to rules and regulations made there. God’s hand must hold every worker and must guide and control every worker. Men are not to make rules and regulations for their fellow men. The Bible has given the rules and regulations that we are to follow. We are to study the Bible and learn from it the duty of man to his fellow man. “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 26)
You were surprised to hear me say that we should not let the Battle Creek Sanitarium go into the hands of the world, that we are to make another effort to place our institutions on solid ground. If you will trust in the Lord, this institution can be placed on vantage ground. When the Sanitarium is placed on its proper foundation; when our people can see it as it was when it was first established; when they can understand that the institution belongs to the work of the Lord, and can see that no one man is to have the control of everything in it; then God will help them all to take hold with courage to build it up. Today you do not know just where it is. God wants us to know every timber of the foundation, where it is and what it is; then He wants us all to put shoulder to shoulder and labor understandingly. The Lord wants us to do our duty. He wants us to understand that Dr. Kellogg shall not be pushed out of his place, but that he shall stand acknowledged and supported in his God-given work. This he will be if his feet are planted on the truth of the living God. If they are not planted on this truth, specious temptations will come in through scientific problems and scientific theories regarding God and His Word. Spurious scientific theories are coming in as a thief in the night, stealing away the landmarks and undermining the pillars of our faith. God has shown me that the medical students are not to be educated in such theories, because God will not endorse them. The most specious temptations of the enemy are coming in, and they are coming in on the highest, most elevated plane. These spiritualize the doctrines of present truth, until there is no distinction between the substance and the shadow. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 27)
You know that Satan will come in to deceive if possible the very elect. He claims to be Christ, and he is coming in, pretending to be the great Medical Missionary. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 28)
He will cause fire to come down from heaven in the sight of men to prove that he is God. We must stand barricaded by the truths of the Bible. The canopy of truth is the only canopy under which we can stand safely. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 29)
Our leading brethren, the men in official positions, are to examine the standing of the Battle Creek Sanitarium, to see whether the God of heaven can take control of it. When, by faithful guardians, it is placed in a position where He can control it, let me tell you that God will see that it is sustained. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 30)
God wants His people to place their feet on the eternal Rock. The money that we have is the Lord’s money; and the buildings that we erect with this money, for His work, are to stand as His property. He calls upon those who have received the truth not to quarrel with their brethren, but to stand shoulder to shoulder, to build up, not to destroy. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 31)
God would not have let the fire go through our institutions in Battle Creek without a reason. Are we going to pass by the providence of God, without finding out what it means? God wants us to study into this matter and to build upon a foundation in which we all can have the utmost confidence. He wants the interests started to be conducted in such a way that His people can invest their means in them with the assurance that they are part of His work. Let us labor intelligently and understandingly. There is altogether too little humiliation of soul. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 32)
The crisis is coming soon in Battle Creek. The trades unions and confederacies of the world are a snare. Keep out of them and away from them, brethren. Have nothing to do with them. Because of these unions and confederacies, it will soon be very difficult for our institutions to carry on their work in the cities. My warning is: Keep out of the cities. Build no sanitariums in the cities. Educate our people to get out of the cities into the country, where they can obtain a small piece of land and make a home for themselves and their children. When the question arose in regard to the establishment of a sanitarium in Los Angeles, I felt that I must oppose this move. I carried a very heavy burden in regard to the matter, and I could not keep silent. It is time, brethren, that we heeded the testimonies sent us in mercy and love from the God of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 33)
Our restaurants must be in the cities; for otherwise the workers in these restaurants could not reach the people and teach them the principles of right living. And for the present, we shall have to occupy meeting houses in the cities. But ere long there will be such strife and confusion in the cities, that those who wish to leave them will not be able. We must be preparing for these issues. This is the light that is given me. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 34)
May God help you to receive the words that I have spoken. Let those who stand as God’s watchmen on the walls of Zion be men who can see the dangers before the people—men who can distinguish between truth and error, righteousness and unrighteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 35)
The warning has come. Nothing is to be allowed to come in that will disturb the foundation of the faith upon which we have been building ever since the message came in 1842, 1843, and 1844. I was in this message, and ever since I have been standing before the world, true to the light that God has given me. We do not propose to take our feet off the platform on which they were placed as, day by day, we sought the Lord with earnest prayer, seeking for light. Do you think that I could give up the light that God has given me? It is to me as the Rock of Ages. It has been guiding me ever since it was given. Brethren and sisters, God lives, and works, and reigns, today. His hand is on the wheel, and in His providence He is turning the wheel in accordance with His own will. Let not men fasten themselves to men by documents saying what they will do and what they will not do. Let them fasten themselves to the Lord God of heaven. Then the light of heaven will shine into the soul temple, and we shall see the salvation of God. (18LtMs, Ms 20, 1903, 36)
Ms 21, 1903
Talk/A Call to Repentance
NP
April 4, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/06/1903. +
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference, Sabbath, April 4, 1903 (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 1)
“Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write, These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Revelation 3:1.] These are the words that Christ gave to John for us. “Be watchful, and strengthen the things that remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 2, 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 2)
In view of this instruction, how important it is that we do not devote our time to faultfinding or criticizing, but that we receive the divine truth into our hearts, that they may break before God. The broken heart and the contrite spirit God will receive. We must not base our salvation upon supposition; we must know of a surety that Christ is formed within, the hope of glory. We must know for ourselves that the Spirit of God is abiding in our hearts and that we can hold communion with God. Then if He should come to us quickly, if by any chance our life should suddenly be ended, we should be ready to meet our God. Now, while it is called today, let us set our house in order. “Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts as in the provocation.” [Hebrews 3:7, 8.] Because of their unbelief of God’s word, the children of Israel who left Egypt perished in the wilderness. God grant that we may not through unbelief fail of entering into the promised land. Let us keep step with Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 3)
“Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard.” [Revelation 3:3.] You have received something; you have heard something. Do not forget the dealings of God and the light that He has sent you. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 4)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments.” [Verse 4.] Thank God, He can keep His people in a place where they shall not defile their garments. If we submit to Christ, we shall be kept unspotted from the world. “Then we shall know, if we follow on to know the Lord, that His goings forth are prepared as the morning.” [Hosea 6:3.] We are to follow on. We are not to rest content with the capabilities and the knowledge of today. All the inhabitants of the universe are watching, as, in these last days, God is preparing a people to stand in the judgment. Let us ask God to clothe us with the robe of Christ’s righteousness, that we may be prepared for the coming of the Son of man. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 5)
Of those who have not defiled their garments, Christ says, “They shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Revelation 3:4.] Through the infinite sacrifice made in our behalf, we may have an abundance of grace. God has a whole heaven full for us. All He asks is that by living faith we receive His promises, saying, “I do believe. I do accept the blessings which Thou hast for those who love Thee.” (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 6)
A Precious Assurance
“He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment, and I will not”—O how precious is that “not”“I will not blot his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verse 5.] When the gates of the city of God swing back on their glittering hinges, and the nations who have kept the truth shall enter in, Christ will be there to welcome us, to call us the blessed of the Father, because we have overcome. He will welcome us before the Father and before His angels. As we enter the kingdom of God, there to spend eternity, the trials and the difficulties and the perplexities that we have had here will sink into insignificance. Our life will measure with the life of God. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 7)
There is before me a large congregation. How many of you are confessing Christ before the world? He will confess before His Father and before the holy angels the names of those who confess Him here. Then confess Him in your words. Do not find fault with one another. God has not put the work of judgment into your hands. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 8)
Who is ready?
Suppose that today Christ should appear in the clouds of heaven! Who of this congregation would be ready to meet Him? Suppose that we should be translated into the kingdom of heaven just as we are! Would we be prepared to unite with the saints of God, to live in harmony with the royal family, the children of the heavenly King? What preparation have you made for the judgment? Have you made your peace with God? Are you laboring together with God? Are you seeking to help those around you, those who are ready to die, those in your home, in your neighborhood, that are not keeping the commandments of God? “The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] Then let us receive it into our lives, giving it a willing obedience. Let us honor God by obeying its precepts. But remember that profession is worthless without a practice that enters into the daily life. God knows whether we are keeping His law in truth. He knows just what we are doing, just what we are thinking and saying. Are we getting ready to meet the King? When He comes in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory, will you be able to say, “Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us”? [Isaiah 25:9.] To those who can say this Christ will say, “Come up higher. Upon this earth, you have loved Me. You have loved to do My will. You can now enter the holy city, and receive the crown of everlasting life.” (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 9)
If it were possible for us to be admitted into heaven as we are, how many of us would be able to look upon God? How many of us have on the wedding garment? How many of us are without spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing? How many of us are worthy to receive the crown of life? (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 10)
Remember that just as you are in your family, so will you be in the church. Just as you treat your children, so will you treat Christ. If you cherish an unchristlike spirit, you are dishonoring God, no matter how high your position, whether you are ministers or presidents of conferences. Position does not make the man. It is Christ formed within that makes a man worthy of receiving the crown of life, that fadeth not away. When you are tempted to speak cross words, pray for grace to resist the temptation. Remember that your children will speak as they hear you speaking. By your example you are educating them. Remember that if you speak cross words to fellow church members, you would speak the same kinds of words in heaven, were you permitted to enter there. But you never will unless you change. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 11)
Now is the Time
This is our washing and ironing time—the time when we are to cleanse our robes of character in the blood of the Lamb. John says, “Behold the Lamb of God that taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] I thank Thee, my heavenly Father. I praise Thee that Thou hast given us Jesus to take away our sins. Shall we not let Him take them away? Shall we not let our sins go? (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 12)
Christ says to us, as He said to Nicodemus, “Ye must be born again.” [John 3:7.] It is here in this world of test and trial, not in heaven, that the new birth is to take place. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 13)
I entreat you, brethren and sisters, to labor earnestly to secure the crown of everlasting life. The reward will be worth the conflict, worth the effort. Paul compares those in the Christian warfare to the runners in a race. In the races which he uses as an illustration, only one could receive the prize. In the race in which we are running, every one may receive the reward offered—a crown of everlasting life. I want this crown; I mean, by God’s help, to have it. I mean to hold fast to the truth, that I may see the King in His beauty. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 14)
“He that hath an ear to hear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write: These things saith He that is holy, He that is true: He that hath the key of David; He that openeth and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth.” [Revelation 3:6, 7.] Since our Saviour is so powerful, why do you lean so heavily upon human beings? Why do you go to them for help and strength, pouring your troubles into their ears? Take your minds off human beings. They are finite, erring. We are all but little children, in comparison with God. From Him, as little children, we must learn our lessons. He wants us to humble our hearts before Him, in submission and contrition. He wants us to speak kind, tender, compassionate words to one another. Educate yourselves to speak such words. Be polite to God and to one another. Remember that He wants you to have the best of manners, that you may glorify Him before the world. He desires you to live in unity with one another and to love one another. Remember that if you love one another here, you will live with the redeemed through the ceaseless ages of eternity. O think of these things! May God stir your hearts today as they never have been stirred before. May He lead you to heed the words, “Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” [John 3:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 15)
A Ruler, Yet Understood Not
Nicodemus, to whom these words were spoken, was a ruler of the Jews, a member of the Sanhedrin, a man highly honored in the nation. Yet he could not understand the meaning of the Saviour’s words: “And Christ said unto him, Art thou a master in Israel, and knowest not these things?” [Verse 10.] Ministers, presidents of conferences—no matter who you are or what you are—you are under the eye of Jehovah, and it becomes you to find out whether your ways please the Lord. Are you getting ready, preparing for the last change? (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 16)
“He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth.” [Revelation 3:7.] The work is in the hands of God. Let us be sure that our own souls are receiving the refining of which the Lord speaks when He says, “I will try them as gold is tried. I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” [Zechariah 13:9; Isaiah 13:12.] Since God can thus refine us, let us place ourselves in His hands. Let us stand where we are working for Him, against anything that may come to hinder, and He will give us strength and grace and power, and we shall see the salvation of God. His grace will be given to us, and God will help us to impart it to those around us, in pleasant words and kindly deeds. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 17)
Duties of Parents
Parents, work for the church in your home. Remember that there the education of your children begins. The father is to be the priest of the household and the mother the teacher. She is to train and educate her children, helping them to form characters that will gain for them admittance into the kingdom of God. Parents, study your children, that you may understand their different dispositions. If you speak to them harshly and cruelly, you will develop in them a harsh and cruel spirit. As you deal with your children, remember that you are dealing with Christ in the person of His little ones. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 18)
After the family, then comes the church. The influence of the family is to be such that it will be a help and a blessing in the church. Never speak a word of complaint or faultfinding. There are churches in which the spirituality has been almost killed, because the spirit of backbiting has been allowed to enter. Why do we speak words of blame and censure? To be silent is the strongest rebuke that you can give to one who is speaking harsh, discourteous words to you. Keep perfectly silent. Often silence is eloquence. My brethren, you will never enter heaven with such a spirit. I ask you to get rid of this spirit before you leave this meeting. Do not take it back with you to your home churches. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 19)
“Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth.” [Revelation 3:9, 10.] God has told us of the trials that are coming upon us, and He has told us that He will keep us by His power. Shall we not accept His promise? (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 20)
“Behold, I come quickly; hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. He that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall no more go out; and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down from My God; and I will write upon him My new name.” [Verses 11, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 21)
When you are tempted to criticize and to make difficulty, let your mind dwell on this Scripture. The melting mercy of God will come into your heart, and you will know how to work for God’s little children. As you work for those around you, setting them an example of righteousness, you will receive the commendation of the Master. But many of us act like quarrelsome children. May God help you to put this spirit away. Do not keep up your quarrelling until you lose out of your lives the Holy Spirit. God wants us to be Christians, and it is time that we were. Let us bring the fragrance of His Spirit into our lives. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 22)
Neither Cold nor Hot
“He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. And unto the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the Beginning of the creation of God, I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot. I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Verses 13-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 23)
When the mercy and love of God are cherished in our hearts, we shall not manifest a cold, hard spirit in the home and in the church toward those who do not agree with us in every idea that we hold. We all believe that the Word of God is true. Then let us, by a careful study of His Word, find out how to remove the differences existing among us. God will speak to us through His Word and will reveal His salvation to us. May God help us not to be a disturbance in His church. He has never commanded us to carry on a disturbing work. Brethren, I beseech you not to leave Oakland to go to your home churches until you can leave behind all your hardheartedness, all your complaining, all your criticism. These act as the leaven of evil. One man in an institution with an unamiable spirit causes contention that leavens the whole institution with the same spirit. It is God’s desire that in all our institutions there shall be perfect harmony and agreement, that from them the light of heaven may be reflected. Open the windows of the soul heavenward and close them earthward, that the bright rays of the glory of God may shine into your hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 24)
When Jesus was on earth, and saw a scene of contention and strife, He would raise His voice in the notes of a melodious song, praising God. The presence of God would be felt; the hearts of those who have been contending would respond to the influences of the Spirit; and they would unite in the song. When some one comes to you with an evil report of some one else, do not take up the reproach and talk it over, either in the family or in the church. Do not add your complaints to those of others. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 25)
When I see the work that lies before us, and when I see how poorly we comprehend what God requires of us, I am in an agony of distress. Here is the Word of God. Will you take it? Or will you be rejected by the Lord because, though professing much, your spirit and words and actions are void of the warmth of His Spirit? A lifeless profession is nauseating to God. Christ cannot present before the Father those who are lukewarm. He declares, “So then, because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked”—are you going to live so that when Christ comes you will be among the number of whom He says, “And knowest not that thou art wretched, and poor, and blind, and naked”? [Verses 16, 17.] May God awaken us and break our hearts of stone, is my prayer. We need to feel His converting power. His praise should fill our hearts and lips. The fragrance of Christ’s life is to be brought into our life. Then we can represent the great I AM. The Lord wants to work with us. He wants us to know just where we are standing. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 26)
“I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed; and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit down with Me on My throne, even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 18-22.] (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 27)
Make a Covenant With God
My brethren and sisters, you who have heard the heard the words that I have spoken to you today, and who desire to hear the commendation of Christ, will you make a covenant with God, consecrating your lips and your tongue to Him and asking Him to sanctify them? Speech is a precious talent. God wants you to use it in His service. He desires to train your lips so that you can speak to His praise. Then your words and actions will be of that character that by them witness will be borne to the world that God sent His Son to save sinners. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 28)
I call upon you, in the name of the Lord God of Israel, to stop the work that has placed our churches where they do not know where they are. There has been much talking against one another. Talk about yourselves before God. Tell Him how wicked you are. Tell Him how you are tempted to hurt and wound your brother and to tear him down because you fear that he will have more influence than you have. Who is there here today that will make a covenant before God, that from this time they will seek Him with all the heart, that they may overcome the inclination to think and speak evil and to err on other points, so that they will not leaven the church by a wrong influence? (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 29)
“Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling.” Do you fear lest by your spirit and your words you shall offend God? “It is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] The sanctuary, built by the church in the wilderness, according to the directions given to Moses in the mount, was an object lesson of what their characters should be in simplicity, in beauty, in harmony. Part fitted perfectly to part. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 30)
When the congregation moved from one place to another, the tabernacle was taken apart and carried with them, and when they encamped, it was erected again. In this work, different tasks were assigned to different ones. Each one had a specified task. There was no discord; for each one had his work. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 31)
We are to labor in perfect unity with God and with one another. “Ye are God’s building.” [Verse 9.] Christ is the foundation upon which we are to build. What are we bringing to the foundation? Are we bringing that which is represented in the Word of God as wood, hay, and stubble—a careless deportment, unchristlike words and actions—or that which is represented as gold, silver, and precious stones—a Christian character, words and acts that God can approve? (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 32)
Need to Come to the Saviour
You cannot afford to speak hasty words or to cherish a harsh, unforgiving spirit. From the light given me of God, you need to come to the Saviour and ask for forgiveness of sin. He will cleanse you and purify you; for He is a loving, compassionate Saviour. He says, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] He will accept you. He will lift you up. But if we refuse to come to Him, if we refuse to see that we have defects of character, He cannot help us. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 33)
I ask you—those who realize that they have erred; those who realize what they must be in order to see the King in His beauty, in order to behold the face of God; those who are willing to lay hold of the help that the Lord has given in His Word, and together to wrestle to overcome—to rise to your feet. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 34)
(The whole congregation then rose, and while they were standing, Sister White said:) (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 35)
We have made a covenant with God. And now I want to offer a word of prayer. As I pray, will you send up your petitions to God. I feel an intense desire that you shall begin to work as you never have worked before to bring to the foundation gold, silver, and precious stones. If you will do this, we shall see the salvation of God revealed in all the churches among us. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 36)
The Prayer
My heavenly Father, we come to Thee at this time as children dependent upon Thee. We are weakness itself. In us there is no strength, no comeliness. But we come to Thee as Thy little children. We want special help from Thee at this time. Thou hast promised in Thy Word that Thou wilt sanctify those who keep Thy Sabbath. We want the sanctification of the Holy Spirit upon our hearts, upon our characters. O my Father, for Christ’s sake, wilt Thou pardon our transgressions and our sins. Wilt Thou give us clear, spiritual eyesight, that we may discern what we should be and what we must be if we are granted entrance into the kingdom of God, if we hear the words, “Well done, thou good and faithful servant.” [Matthew 25:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 37)
Thou hast given us much encouragement, but we have been so earthly, so careless in our words and deportment, that we have become blind to the riches of the glory of God. O my Father, I ask Thee to rebuke every one here who would stand in stubbornness. Let Thy melting mercy fall upon Thy sons and daughters here today. Encircle us with the arms of Thy mercy. Let Thy grace be upon us, and may we see Thy salvation in this Conference. May angels of God walk through our assemblies. Manifest Thy power unto us, as Thou dost not unto the world. Commune with Thy people. Let their hearts break here today, and let them see how they grieve the Spirit of God. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 38)
I ask Thee that Thou wilt keep in the minds of this people the covenant they have made with Thee to put away the sins that have closed the door of the heart against the Spirit of God. In the lips that have uttered words of criticism and faultfinding, I ask Thee to put songs of thanksgiving and rejoicing. Help this people to see that until they put away every sin, they will not be ready for Christ’s coming. O my Father, there are here those who are desponding, those who are in trial, who hardly know what to say or do. Deliver them this very hour, I pray Thee. Break the bondage that is upon them, and let the grace of God come into their hearts, that they themselves may realize that a holy hand has been upon them, to sanctify them and prepare them for the courts above. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 39)
My Saviour, we open the door of the heart, and we say, Come in and take full possession. Help every one here who is bearing heavy responsibilities. We pray that Thy blessing may be upon Brother Prescott, and upon Brother Daniells, and upon Dr. Kellogg, and upon all the ministering brethren here. Thou knowest the burdens that Dr. Kellogg has borne nearly all his life. We bring him to Thee in the arms of our faith. We ask Thee, O Lord, that Thou wouldest give him the comfort of Thy Holy Spirit today, that Thou wouldest break every yoke of bondage, that he may see that God has an interest in him. God wants him to see the King in His beauty. God wants him to have a crown of everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 40)
Take us just as we are. Wash us in Thy blood, and put upon us the robe of Thy righteousness. Help the sick and the afflicted ones. Take us all into Thy compassionate arms, and speak pardon to us today. Be with us and help us, and Thy name shall have all the glory. (18LtMs, Ms 21, 1903, 41)
Ms 22, 1903
Talk/The Work Before Us
NP
April 5, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/07/1903. +
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White at General Conference, Sunday morning, April 5, 1903. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 1)
I have been carrying a very heavy burden. For the last three nights I have slept very little. Many scenes are presented to me. I feel an intense interest in the advancement of the work of God, and I say to our leading brethren, As you consider the questions that shall come before you, you are to look beneath the surface. You are to give careful consideration to every question discussed. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 2)
There is need of means in foreign missionary work and in missionary work in America. It is a painful fact that although we have had a special message for the world for so many years, there are many, many cities in which we have done nothing to proclaim this message. In the calamities that have befallen our institutions in Battle Creek, we have had an admonition from God. Let us not pass this admonition carelessly by, without trying to understand its meaning. There are those who will say, “Of course the Review office must be rebuilt in Battle Creek.” Why did the Lord permit Jerusalem to be destroyed by fire the first time? Why did He permit His people to be overcome by their enemies and carried into heathen lands? It was because they had failed to be His missionaries and had built walls of division between themselves and the people round them. The Lord scattered them, that the knowledge of His truth might be carried to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 3)
If they were loyal and true and submissive, God would bring them again into their own land. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 4)
We have a great work before us. The needs of the field demand that there shall be liberality on the part of the people of God. I point you to the city of New York. One hundred workers might be laboring there where now there is but one. How many of you have taken a practical interest in the work in this city? We have scarcely touched this field with the tips of our fingers. A few faithful workers have been trying to do something in this great, wicked city. But their work has been difficult, because they have had so few facilities. Elder Haskell and his wife have labored faithfully. But who has felt the burden of sustaining them in their labors? Who among our leading men have visited them, to learn the needs of the work, and have then gone forth to raise means for its advancement? (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 5)
Who has visited the Southern field to do something to build up the work there? Who has gone there to study its needs. Some have allowed their minds to be leavened by prejudice and distrust. Some have tried to put blocks before the wheels of progress, though again and again our brethren have been warned against doing this. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 6)
A proposition has been made that our people purchase Sanitarium bonds. But light has been given me that means is not to be thus drawn from our people. Last night, place after place that is still unworked was presented before me. These places are all ripe for the harvest. They are calling for workers, and the means of our people is not to be tied up so that it cannot be used in this work. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 7)
If all our people paid a faithful tithe, there would be more means in the treasury to support the laborers already in the field, and to send forth still more laborers into the fields that are ripe for the harvest. One of authority, who pointed out these fields to me, asked the question, Who will go forth to proclaim the message in these places? Christ’s commission is, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.” [Mark 16:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 8)
There is a great and solemn work to be done for Seventh-day Adventists, if they will only be converted. The great trouble is the lack of unity among them. This is a sin in the sight of God—a sin which, unless God’s people repent, will withhold from them His blessing. There are those who are ready to die, those who are without God and without hope in the world. These need to be sought out and labored for. We may endeavor to be faithful in our own little compass, but this is not sufficient. We are to have a faithfulness that goes outside our little compass to the needy fields beyond. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 9)
God is not pleased with the present showing. Our means is not to be bound up for years where it is not available for missionary work. This God forbids. He sees the great work to be done in various places throughout the world. He sees the cities in which memorials for Him are to be established to proclaim the truth for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 10)
Regarding investment in bonds, I am instructed to say further that if no voice were raised against this arrangement, if our people should tie up their money in such investment, when it became necessary to call for means for aggressive missionary work, it would be found that there was a greater dearth of means among us than there is now. Plans may be started that at the beginning seem very promising, but often the foresight would be much more pleasant than the aftersight, were these plans carried out. I have been commissioned to instruct our people to be economical and always ready to give of their means to the Lord’s work. If you have a thousand dollars to spare, God wants it; it belongs to Him. If you have twenty dollars to spare, God wants it. His vineyard is waiting to be worked. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 11)
The light God has given me is that there are proper ways that the Conference shall devise to help the Sanitarium in Battle Creek. I wish that a portion of the work of this institution had been taken elsewhere. But the Sanitarium has been erected in Battle Creek, and it must be helped. God will institute ways and means by which it can be helped. But He does not wish His people to invest their money in bonds. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 12)
There is a great field to be worked. God wants us to labor intelligently. We are not to grasp every advantage that we can for the part of the field in which we are laboring. We are to do for those working in hard, needy fields just what we would like our brethren to do for us were we placed in similar circumstances. There are small sanitariums to be established in various places. Medical missionary work is the helping hand of God. This work must be done. It is needed in new fields and in fields where the work was started years ago. Since this work is the helping hand of God and the entering wedge of the gospel, we want you to understand that you are to have a part in it. It is not to be divorced from the gospel. Every soul before me this morning should be filled with the true medical missionary spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 13)
I present this matter before you that you may understand that our people are not to be encouraged to tie up their money for years by the purchase of bonds. I have nothing to say in regard to the sale of these bonds to the people of the world. It is in regard to our people’s tying up their money that I speak particularly. It is said that only a few of our people would take the bonds. But how long would it be before the few would increase to many. No; God wants His people to look upon the world as their great harvest field and to use their resources in working this field. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 14)
More must be done to sustain the work in the Southern field. There are ministers there who are not properly paid, who are suffering for the comforts of life. I know this to be so. The Lord has kept the needs of this field before me all these years. He has shown me what should be done, and I dare not hold my peace. Do not all who have heard the truth belong to God? Did He not purchase all with the blood of His only begotten Son? Did not Christ die for all? Would you wish to come into judgment having done no more than you have for the colored people? Ever since their release from slavery, God has been appealing to you to help them. Yet how little has been done for them! (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 15)
Earnest efforts must be put forth to raise means to sustain our workers. God does not approve of sending men to the most difficult fields and then not giving them enough to sustain them. God calls for equality. The workers in our institutions have no right to grasp for high wages, while there are those laboring in the field who are suffering because there is not sufficient money in the treasury to sustain them. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 16)
The question has been asked, “Would it not be well to pay men of ability wages that are in accordance with their experience and ability, so as to secure the very best talent?” The most valuable workers that can be secured for service in the cause of God are those who understand and obey the Word, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] Justice, mercy, and the love of God are to be brought more decidedly into our work. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 17)
God bids me say to this people, “You have left your first love. You have left many fields unworked, and yet you appear to feel perfectly at ease.” Will you heed the instruction that God is sending you, and will you work upon it? God desires His work to be carried forward on solid lines. He does not want one part of His vineyard to be left destitute of facilities, while to another part many facilities are gathered. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 18)
All that is done is to be carefully done. The standing of the Sanitarium is to be carefully examined. God’s people are to understand just how it is to be conducted. It is to be managed by men whose feet are firmly planted on the platform of eternal truth, so that the helpers connected with the Sanitarium shall be taught how to present the gospel to people in their words and deportment. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 19)
If the workers believe the truth and are in living connection with the God of heaven, Christ will appear in their lives, and souls will be won to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 20)
We need to understand what our conferences are held for, whether to talk over a few preliminaries or to set our souls in order before God, that when we return to the work, we may carry right principles into our churches and institutions. When we remember constantly that God has taken us into covenant relation with Himself, our work in connection with His churches and institutions will be of such a character that He can say to us, “Well done, good and faithful servant.” [Matthew 25:23.] Do we not all want to hear these words? (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 21)
We are not to tie up our means so that it cannot be used in missionary enterprises. We are to help the fields in which the people know nothing of the truth. Those who go to these fields are to be missionaries in every sense of the word. No one man is to carry the work by himself. The different workers with their varied gifts are to be linked together. Let none say, We cannot do anything, because a certain brother is determined to do a special work. We are not all to take hold of the same lever. There are many different levers to be worked. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 22)
God wants us to receive the holy oil from the two anointed ones, “which through the two golden branches empty the golden oil out of themselves.” [Zechariah 4:12.] And as we receive the holy oil, we are to go forth for the saving of those who are ready to die. But let us not forget that different methods are to be employed to save different ones. “Of some have compassion, making a difference; and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh.” [Jude 22, 23.] (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 23)
When the work is done that should be done in our cities, we shall not have to present the needs of this work before every conference that assembles. You will have a wonderful testimony to bear regarding the way the Lord has blessed you as you have tried to follow His instructions. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 24)
These things are before me day and night. I pray that our conference presidents shall be very careful how they sanction this move or that move until they are sure that it is according to the will of the Lord. If you are not sure whether by sanctioning these moves you are helping or hindering the work of God, I beg of you to fall on your knees before God in prayer, and seek Him until you find out. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 25)
Do not cut off any man’s hands. I once read of a drowning man who was making desperate efforts to get into a boat close beside him. But the boat was full, and as he grasped the side, those in the boat cut off his hand. Then he grasped the boat with the other hand, and that hand was cut off. Then he grasped it with his teeth, and those inside had mercy on him, and lifted him in. But how much better it would have been if they had taken him in before they had cut off his hands. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 26)
My brethren, do not cut a man to pieces before you do anything to help him. God wants us to have hearts of pity. He wants us to have reason and judgment and the sanctification of His Spirit. He is in earnest with us. We are but His little children, and we should ever be learning of Him. Do not stand in the way of others. Do not lose your first love. You may have much knowledge and much intelligence, but if the love of God is lacking, you are not prepared to enter heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 27)
I have given you the instruction that has been presented to me. I felt constrained to speak those words this morning. I beg of you, for Christ’s sake, to remember the words, “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Alone, you can do no good thing. Let the Spirit of God guide and control you, and you will be rich in thoughts and suggestions. You will know how to plan and work intelligently. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [Verse 9.] Then act as if you were. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 28)
These are the words that last night I was speaking to the people. May God give us a fresh baptism of His Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 22, 1903, 29)
Ms 23, 1903
“Prove All Things”
NP
April 8, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
“There shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time; and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 1)
There are battles to be fought. The church militant is not the church triumphant. Let not those who teach the Word of God rest their faith upon any human being. (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 2)
“Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks. I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil, and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly; and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 3)
This is the message that God sends to His people. Do not flippantly turn from it. It is given by One who has authority. John writes of Him: “And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and grit about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and His hair were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire; and His feet like unto fine brass, as if they were burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters. And He had in His hand seven stars; and out of His mouth went a sharp twoedged sword.” [Revelation 1:12-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 4)
“He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand.” [Revelation 2:1.] The ministers of Christ are under His special care and protection. It is the honor of God that He knows the number of the stars, His ministers, and calls them by name. The ministers of the gospel are a greater blessing to the church than the stars are to the world. It is through His ministers that God makes known His will. He directs them in their work; for He declares, They are laborers together with Me. Christ has given them their commission, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] They are to carry to the world the last message of mercy. (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 5)
We need to study at this time the tenth chapter of First Corinthians. Speaking of the Israelites, Paul says, “But with many of them God was not well pleased; for they were overthrown in the wilderness. Now these things were our examples, to the intent that we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted.” [Verses 5, 6.] After an enumeration of the sins of Israel and the results of these sins, the statement is made, “Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples; and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall.” [Verses 11, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 6)
Let us guard against self-sufficiency and unbelief. Most wonderfully had the Israelites been preserved in their journeyings through the wilderness. Most wonderfully had God manifested His power in their behalf. This crude, undisciplined army was very precious in God’s sight. (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 7)
At the Red Sea they were placed in what seemed to them a hopeless position. Their experience at this place was ordered by the Lord, to lead them to trust Him, even when brought into trying places. (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 8)
“But with some of them God was not pleased.” [Verse 5.] Notwithstanding the miracles God had wrought in their behalf, they lost faith in His leading. They forgot the great things He had done for them and murmured and complained when brought into strait places. (18LtMs, Ms 23, 1903, 9)
Ms 24, 1903
The Trial Volume of the Review
NP
April 24, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in PM 221-222; Ev 15, 565; 1SM 118; 1NL 95.
I fear that our ministering brethren are not doing the work that the time demands. Special efforts are being made in the trial volume of the Review to present our faith in a condensed form before its readers. Every number of the paper going to so many people should correctly represent our faith. Articles are needed that will place before the readers a comprehensive view of our position. The different points of faith are to be clearly defined. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 1)
The publication of this trial volume is an important enterprise. The most should be made of the opportunity to awaken in the minds of the readers of the Review an interest in the truths we hold essential and sacred. Many numbers of the trial volume have been published. There are not many more to be issued. Soon the golden opportunity to present important truths at the right time will have passed. The most should be made of this opportunity. Articles right to the point should be published, clearly and correctly defining our position. Impressions, either favorable or unfavorable, are being made upon the readers. How anxious all should be who contribute to the Review to have every article interesting and right to the point. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 2)
My husband has worked with intense interest through the day and frequently far into the night, writing articles for the Review, The Reformer, preparing articles for translation into other languages, and answering numerous letters that come to him in regard to the work and cause of God. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 3)
We have walked to the post office after dark for our mail, and after reading it, my husband would that same night answer the letters he had received which required immediate attention. This prolonged his work far into the night. And then before breakfast, while it was yet scarcely light, we would take the letters through the rain to the post office. The weeks seemed to us to be not more than three days long. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 4)
I have hoped and prayed that our ministering brethren would awake to the needs of the cause of God and work to the point, co-operating with my husband and feeling the same interest in the work that he feels. I do not advise them to put forth the intense, continuous effort that he has put forth, but I do plead for co-operation. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 5)
We are pained to see the time passing and so little done. Many of our brethren seem to be overlooking the needs of the present time. Our ministers should work as if they had on their hands the interest and responsibilities of a large camp-meeting, each doing his part to make the best impression on the people, placing our views before them in such a way as to commend our faith to their good judgment. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 6)
We see with pain some of the columns of the Review filled with common matter that may be found in almost any religious paper. Brother Smith is doing all that he can, and he should not be so heavily taxed. God is co-operating with him. He needs the co-operation of his brethren. He has responsibilities to bear that they have not. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 7)
We need just now articles from the pens of our most experienced brethren—the best articles that they can produce. If enough of these articles are sent in for publication, there will be less room for common articles, which do not give any instruction regarding our faith. Some of our ministering brethren are doing enough work for two, but they are not working directly to the point. Deep, studied articles, which require considerable time for preparation, will be too late for the present need. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 8)
Working as Christ Worked
We may do much in a short time if we will work as Christ worked. We may reflect with profit upon His manner of teaching. He sought to meet the minds of the common people. His style was plain, simple, comprehensive. He took His illustrations from the scenes with which His hearers were most familiar. By the things of nature He illustrated truths of eternal importance, thus connecting heaven and earth. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 9)
If we had firm faith in God, if we appropriated His promises to ourselves, mingling faith with our prayers and efforts, we would surely see the salvation of God. “All things are possible to him that believeth.” [Mark 9:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 10)
In the work for this time, it is not money or talent or learning or eloquence that are needed so much as faith graced with humility. No opposition can prevail against truth presented in faith and humility, by workers who willingly bear toil and sacrifice and reproach for the Master’s sake. We must be co-workers with Christ if we would see our efforts crowned with success. We must weep as He wept for those who will not weep for themselves, and plead as He pleaded for those who will not plead for themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 11)
In giving His commission to the disciples, Christ said: “As My Father hath sent Me, even so send I you.” [John 20:21.] “In My name I send you forth, and by My Spirit I will qualify you for service.” And as He sent His disciples forth, so today He sends forth His ministers. They are His shepherds! It is their work to feed the flock of God with meat in due season. They may feel weak, inefficient, powerless; but if they make God their strength, He will work with them, and they will not labor in vain. They should feel that it is not a deceptive, unreal work in which they are engaged. It is not a work in which they will never know whether or not they have gained success. God said to Jeremiah: “Say not, I am a child; for thou shalt go to all that I shall send thee, and whatsoever I command thee, thou shalt speak. Be not afraid of their faces; for I am with thee to deliver thee.” Then the Lord put forth His hand, and touched His servant’s mouth, and said to him, “Behold, I have put My words in thy mouth.” [Jeremiah 1:7-9.] Let us thank God for such encouragement. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 12)
The closest and most lofty of all friendship is participation with Christ in His work for the uplifting of humanity. We are not to go forth in our own strength. Not in our own ability, but in the wisdom of God are we to trust. We are to speak the words that God gives us, feeling His holy touch upon our lips. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 13)
Christ said to His disciples, “If ye love Me, keep My commandments.” [John 14:15.] He desired to make His disciples understand that mere attachment to His person is not enough. They must have faith in the work that He came to do. “If ye indeed love Me,” He says to them and to us, “show your love by keeping My commandments, by doing the work you have seen Me do, by putting into practice the lessons I have taught you. Then your love will not be merely emotional; it will be a permanent principle of action. It will bring forth fruit unto life eternal. The loving will make the doing easy.” (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 14)
“Ye are My friends if ye do whatsoever I command you.” [John 15:14.] This is the test of friendship with Christ. It is not enough for us to know His will; we must obey. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 15)
Christ’s last words to His disciples were: “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations.” [Matthew 28:20, 19.] “Go to the farthest bounds of the habitable globe, and know that wherever you go, My presence will attend you.” No more valuable legacy could He have left them than the promise of His abiding presence. (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 16)
To us also the commission is given. We are bidden to go forth as Christ’s messengers, to teach, instruct, and persuade men and women, to urge upon their attention the Word of life. And to us also the assurance of Christ’s abiding presence is given. Whatever the difficulties with which we may have to contend, whatever the trials we may have to endure, the gracious promise is always ours, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 17)
So great is the value of the human soul that Christ paid an infinite price for the redemption of the race. God gave His Son up to shame and reproach and to an ignominious death that man might have eternal life. In view of this, why are we not working more earnestly to save sinners? Why are we so indifferent, so careless? Where is our faith, where our works? (18LtMs, Ms 24, 1903, 18)
Ms 25, 1903
Words of Counsel
NP
April 9, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in LLM 68-69.
“Because sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily; therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil.” [Ecclesiastes 8:11.] Why does not the long forbearance of God soften the heart of the evil worker? The evil worker knows better than any one but himself how much guilt of the soul is still retained, how much evil is still practiced. In many ways the guilty soul builds itself up in assurance. In the second chapter of Revelation we read of first love forsaken. “Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks, I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil; and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted.” Here are good qualities that Christ accredits to the ones whom He reproves. He adds, “Nevertheless, I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou hast fallen, and repent, and do the first works, or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Verses 1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 1)
This is a decided message, bearing upon those who are in the church, acknowledged as believers, yet have left their first love. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 2)
“I have many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.” [John 16:12.] These were the words of Christ to His disciples on one occasion. I repeat the same to you, my brethren. The time has now come when I must speak to the people with my pen, and this will concern all decidedly. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 3)
Dr. Kellogg has been warned that he was weakening his physical and mental capabilities by embracing so much. As the Sanitarium is now located in Battle Creek, there is presented to me a very clear picture of the result of gathering students to a school in Battle Creek. By His judgments, God has revealed His displeasure at the way in which matters have been carried in the Sanitarium and in the general management. There has not been a pure, fragrant, wholesome religious influence. The Lord does not design that the Sanitarium at Battle Creek shall be the center of education, drawing students to a place where He has evidenced that His judgments will be executed. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 4)
No arrangements should be made to gather a large number of students at any one place. For just as surely as this is done, the stamp of the educator’s mold will be imparted to the students’ mind and character. If the mind of the teacher is radical, or if it is not complete, where it ought to be perfect through Christ Jesus, the students will show the defective stamp. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 5)
There should be companies organized and educated most thoroughly to work as nurses, as evangelists, as ministers, as canvassers, as gospel students, to perfect a character after the divine similitude. To prepare to receive the higher education in the school above is now to be our purpose. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 6)
As far as his relation to the present truth is concerned, Brother John Kellogg is not now standing correctly. “I have overthrown some of you as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah, and ye were as a firebrand plucked out of the burning; yet have ye not returned unto me, saith the Lord.” [Amos 4:11.] (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 7)
I have been under a great burden for many months. I see that since the General Conference of 1901, the people of God have not heeded the appeals and the testimony given at that Conference. The Lord presented before all the people assembled the word of reproof and counsel. The Lord says to the managers of our conferences, and especially to the managers of our sanitariums and publishing houses: Why did you not heed the cautions and counsels I sent you? Why did you dismiss from your minds the subjects which required from you thoughtful consideration, much contrition of soul, deep repentance, and much earnest prayer? Why did you not take these serious matters and make application of them to your own souls? Why were all these demonstrations of the Lord in your behalf passed by as if they had been idle tales? (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 8)
Christ, standing at the head of the human family, His divinity clothed with humanity, bids us, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.] How can we attain to such a high elevation? Our Saviour does not ask us to do impossibilities. He never gives a command without furnishing the power to obey. “He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even as many as believe on His name.” [John 1:11, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 9)
God knows that every lesson He has given us it is possible for us to bring into our life practice. And He confers upon us the most holy privilege and invests us with a high dignity. “Whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises; that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. And besides this, giving all diligence, add to your faith virtue; and to virtue knowledge; and to knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness; and to godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity. For if these things be in you and abound, they make you that ye shall neither be barren nor unfruitful in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” [2 Peter 1:4-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 10)
The charge given in (Matthew 5:43-48) is presented to us as a phase of Christian perfection to be manifest in our course of action. In the principles of our words and spirit and all our works we are to be imitators of God as dear children. Will our brethren search and see if they are clean and refined in spirit, as gold tried in the fire? The Word of God is our standard of Christian perfection. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 11)
I must leave much unsaid; but I am distinctly instructed that unless there is a thorough change, answering to the true conversion that is a demonstrated fact, your influence will be null and void in the service of God. It is a fearful position, to be misrepresenting Christ’s character. He is our Pattern, and if we fail of representing Him—if we reason and argue and threaten and intimidate—we are far, very far, from being worked by the Holy Spirit. We deprive ourselves of the transforming power of the true, perfect Model and deprive others of the benefit of seeing in us a perfect example. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 12)
We shall be judged for failing to be the light of the world, failing to avail ourselves of the precious power that Christ has promised us. If we would believe in Him, He would bestow upon us power to become the sons of God. It is perfect submission that puts us in possession of the power to represent the character of Christ in correct principles. We are, every one, called to be His representatives, His children by spiritual regeneration. We are to be His sons by the assimilation of His character, by practical conformity to His words and His works. It is thus that Christ’s purpose for us is fulfilled, “That ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven.” [Verse 45.] (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 13)
I have words to say that it is my duty to speak before Dr. Kellogg, face to face. You are not accepted of God as an instructor of youth in Bible doctrines. Your feet are not on solid rock. Your faith is introduced into your teachings; and while it may be done in such a way as not to be clearly discerned, the true faith of our people is not understood and maintained by you. You do not understand Bible truth. You are departing from the faith and giving heed to seducing spirits. Our youth would not receive from you that soul-saving education which would prepare them for admission into the kingdom of God. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 14)
Your being Dr. Kellogg does not insure your salvation. Saith God, “Them that honor Me, I will honor.” [1 Samuel 2:30.] An open-hearted avowal of your faith would not place you in a favorable position. I must state that in spirit, your life practice is not Christian. Your denouncing power God does not sanction. (18LtMs, Ms 25, 1903, 15)
Ms 26, 1903
Regarding Work of General Conference
Oakland, California
April 3, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in 14MR 279-280.
There is need of a most earnest, thorough work to be now carried forward in all our churches. We are now to understand whether all our printing plants and all our sanitariums are to be under the control of the General Conference. I answer, Nay. It has been a necessity to organize Union Conferences, that the General Conference shall not exercise dictation over all the separate Conferences. The power vested in the Conference is not to be centered in one man, or two men, or six men; there is to be a council of men over the separate divisions. (18LtMs, Ms 26, 1903, 1)
The showing by the past leadership of the Conference is not after God’s order. There has been a work done of a character that has not been approved of God. The result we have before us in the ruins where once stood that large printing plant with its expensive facilities. (18LtMs, Ms 26, 1903, 2)
The divine statutes have been set aside. The time will soon come when God will vindicate His insulted authority. “The Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity, and the earth shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.” [Isaiah 26:21.] “But who may abide the day of His coming, and who shall stand when He appeareth?” [Malachi 3:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 26, 1903, 3)
In the work of God no kingly authority is to be exercised by any human being, or by two or three. The representatives of the Conference, as it has been carried with authority for the last twenty years, shall be no longer justified in saying, “The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.” [Jeremiah 7:4.] The men in positions of trust have not been carrying the work wisely. (18LtMs, Ms 26, 1903, 4)
The Lord calls for wise men to preside over His work and to be faithful shepherds of His flock. He has a work to be done in every city. The General Conference has fallen into strange ways, and we have reason to marvel that judgment has not fallen, showing, “by terrible things in righteousness,” that God is not a man that He should lie. [Psalm 65:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 26, 1903, 5)
Ms 27, 1903
Talk/Our Helper
NP
March 25, 1903
Previously unpublished.
Wednesday, March 25, 1903
Talk in Pacific Press Chapel
What we need at the beginning of this Conference is to know that we are standing on vantage ground, that we believe every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. By a word God can clear away all difficulties. When we approach Him, asking for a new heart, how quickly the response comes, “A new heart will I give you.” [Ezekiel 36:26.] Let us at the very beginning of this meeting ask God to give us clean hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 1)
Just as soon as we come together in unity, just as soon as we are willing to do the will of God, to lie passive in His hands, just so soon shall we have the life and light that comes from heaven. Heaven is full of this light and life, and what is it for if it is not for us? A whole heaven of blessing is ours if we will place ourselves in right relation with God. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 2)
“Wherefore laying aside all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and all evil speaking, as newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby.” [1 Peter 2:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 3)
What good are we unless we grow? We are dwarfed and stunted. We ought to know more tomorrow than we know today, and more the day after that than we shall know tomorrow. Day by day we are to gather up every ray of light that comes to us, because day by day we have to meet the powers of darkness. The enemy comes against us with tremendous force. In every possible way he tries to bring us into confusion, so that we shall not understand the will of God. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 4)
“Laying aside all malice and all guile.” [Verse 1.] Let men think what they will of you. Do not allow their accusations to turn you from the path of duty. You have a mark to reach—the mark of the prize of the high calling of God in Jesus Christ. Press on, turning not to the right hand or the left. The enemy will assail you, but remember that One mightier than Satan is with you and will fight for you. Christ has “all power,” and that power is for us. [Matthew 28:18.] (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 5)
What a wonderful lesson there is in these words for teachers and leaders. It is necessary for them to lay aside all malice and all guile in order that they may receive the precious things of the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 6)
“If so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious.” [1 Peter 2:3.] Have you tasted that He is gracious? I believe that every one present this morning has and that we can all say, “He is my strength and my crown of rejoicing.” (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 7)
I often think of something I once read about an eagle. The eagle was in a thick fog and flew hither and thither in the effort to escape. Suddenly, with a loud scream it darted upward through the fog to the light beyond. This is a lesson for us. We are not to dwell in the darkness, talking of our difficulties and troubles. There is light beyond. Let us rise to where it is; for it is for us. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 8)
“If so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious” [verse 3]—not by having all your desires gratified, but perhaps by passing through affliction. And not only are we to taste; we are to feast on the Lord’s goodness. Do you hold constant communion with Him? Then you will find that He is gracious. Cast your helpless soul upon Him. Come to Him just as you are. Give up trying to help yourself. He is the great Helper. He will help us just as surely as we trust Him. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 9)
I have to pray and trust constantly. For hours in the night season I plead with God, walking the floor, and stretching my hands to heaven, crying for help. Affliction comes to me like a man armed, and it seems as if the powers of darkness would take my life, but God preserves me and brings me out of trouble. (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 10)
Let us never forget that God has every day some “better thing” for us. [Hebrews 11:40.] He will help us if we will help ourselves; but “we are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] O how this assurance has cheered my heart in time of difficulty and perplexity! (18LtMs, Ms 27, 1903, 11)
Ms 28, 1903
The Southern Work
NP
April 19, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
We must work up the fields in the South. The people from the cold climates must not confine their labors long at a time in the most malarious districts. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 1)
In Nashville there should be established as soon as possible a printing plant and a sanitarium and a school out of the city. These will have to be small at the start, and facilities added as means shall be received from donations, but in no case run into debt. Do your work on a sure basis. There must be small books published at little cost and larger as the needs of the field may demand. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 2)
In the publishing work in the South it will be well not to depend on the Tract Societies in the circulation and sale of books. Every time others come into the handling of books it cuts away the profits that you need to use in making more books. Handle the books yourselves and obtain your canvassers yourselves. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 3)
I understand that you intend that the colored work in the South will be your first interest. Well, work away. But you must get out a class of books with many object lessons, for the colored people must see a thing before they understand it. Small books must be distributed freely. Many must be given away, but sell all you can at a small price, and then create a fund from those who will give to help the work. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 4)
When once started, the Lord will open many methods for securing means that are now unseen. You must move by faith, and work by faith, and plan by faith. The Lord will increase the talents of those who are disposed to work. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 5)
The publishing at Nashville will have to be done in a way to meet the needs of the very ones for whom you are laboring. Everything must be plain, simple, and illustrated. Inexpensive illustrations are as good for this field as the more expensive work. Cheap, simple books must be issued, and a fund must be raised by donations so that small books may be given away where needed. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 6)
The South is a world of its own, and publishing should be done in the field. Without proper books to put into the hands of the people, talking and preaching will lose the hold on the mind. But if proper reading matter can be placed in their hands, so that they can read the truth and see the pictures accompanying the reading matter, it will stay in the mind and have convincing power. Then other and larger books should be issued to meet the needs of the better-educated classes. Our people should take hold to raise a fund to establish and equip this office at Nashville, just as they did for the office at Oakland, California, and as they have done for so many of the other institutions in the North. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 7)
There is a vast amount of work to be done in Nashville and vicinity. Workers can go into the suburbs and do excellent work. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 8)
There must be sanitariums in Nashville, one for the whites and one for the colored people. This will make the work more expensive, but its importance cannot be estimated. (18LtMs, Ms 28, 1903, 9)
Ms 29, 1903
The Southern Work
NP
April 19, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3MR 264-265.
When Edson’s letters presented the work that he was doing in the Southern field by his boat, used as a meeting house; and when he told of the gathering of the children for Sunday school, and of the invitations he received to hold meetings, and of the souls who were becoming interested in these meetings, and of the naked to be clothed and the sick to be helped, and nothing in the way of means to carry forward the work, the work that should be done was presented to me in the night season. Not only was the field presented to me, in which he was at work, but several places where he would be called in the providence of God to work. The eager faces, the earnest desire, the hunger of soul expressed were before me, and I said, “What can we do for this people that are now so interested, when the situation is so discouraging?” (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 1)
My Guide said, “This work will be sowing seed for time and for eternity.” And then the instruction was given, “The angels of the Lord will go before him. He will be accounted out of line. But many ought to be out of the lines that have been maintained to be the regular routine, and unless they themselves come into line, they will say, ‘The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.’ [Jeremiah 7:4.] Unless that temple is purified, cleansed, sanctified, God will not give them His presence in the temple of which they boast. The whole world needs to be worked, but not after the present principles. Fear not. Speak encouragingly. I have put it into the hearts of those who will come to the aid of your son. Behold, the possessions of the world are Mine. There are no territorial lines; there are no boundaries to be made. Present to the churches the true state of the long-neglected field, the long-neglected portion of My vineyard. There are hearts that will be touched and will respond. Call for means to come directly to the workers in the Southern field. I will impress hearts. Say to the workers there and to the leader J. E. White, he will be sorely tried, he will be sorely tried, but he must speak cautiously, and silence is eloquence. When there is not heed given to My words, how will they heed or respect his words? Contempt, envy, jealousy, and a great lack of principle have been the coin that have been laid out with interest; but My words have been neglected and despised.” (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 2)
I then wrote the first appeal that was published in the Review, and the result is made known. I have inquired again and again what became of that more than eleven thousand dollars raised. I had been directed to make the appeal; I ought to know. But it was out of sight and touch. The very portion of the field where there was a mind to begin to work were the very places that means were to be appropriated. (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 3)
I was directed to speak in behalf of the places presented before, where nothing had been done or would be done unless the field had begun to be worked as it has been. At later date I was in great perplexity. The situation was again presented, and the urgency of occupying the fields that were presented to me, then being worked under the supervision of God, using Edson White as His agency to open the field. But there were no others that would think of touching that portion of the field or would engage in working it. Those who should have rejoiced to see something done were determined to give no recognition to Edson White or the work, because he did not work in the regular lines. God has presented before you how He regarded the regular lines. The regular lines had need to be broken as a potter’s vessel is broken and reconstructed, and the men in responsible positions converted heart, soul, and body. In short, the words spoken to Nicodemus were spoken to those who were handling sacred things. Nicodemus spoke words of praise and appreciation of Christ, but Christ answered, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” [John 3:3.] “That which is born of flesh is flesh, and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. Marvel not that I said unto you, Ye must be born again.” [Verses 6, 7.] “Nicodemus answered and said unto Him, How can these things be? Jesus answered and said, Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things?” [Verses 9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 4)
These are the words that Christ has spoken positively of those who have been standing in the most responsible positions in the management of the Review and Herald office. The men who have been voice and authority for years have been putting a misshapen mold upon the working of the cause, and the principles have been perverted. The words unto Nicodemus, I declare unto you today, is the Word of God for me to give unto the men in the Review and Herald office, as managers and directors and those who have been misshaping the work in supplying the means that should be carefully and appropriately supplied to opening of new fields. There has been such unbelief, such a fear to advance for the opening of new territory and uplifting the standard in new places. The call for the appropriation of money was to develop and carry on the work where it was so much needed. And when more than eleven thousand dollars was raised by the people all over the land in answer to the appeal that I made for the necessities of that part of the vineyard presented, the men who misappropriated that money for various places, leaving out the very field for which that money was raised, leave the records of unfaithful stewards in the books of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 5)
The Lord was doing a work with those engaged in the very portion of the field in which nothing has been done. Those who thought themselves wise said, “That is Edson White’s work and we do not encourage it.” Some mistakes were made in placing confidence in men who seemed worthy to be trusted, but who were not prepared to do as they would be done by. This is the trial that is to be met in all parts of the field that is to be worked. But the ignoring of a good work and treating with marked indifference for so long a time the work being done by J. E. White, which God approves and which bears His endorsement, was treating the Saviour with contempt. The disposing of means raised upon entirely different objects than that for which the means was raised stands registered in the books of heaven as a fraudulent action, and the principle that prompted such action needs to be wholly eradicated; the men who advised and acted a part in such transaction should not be trusted; they have put out their own spiritual eyesight and have become blind. The Lord would have every part of His work done with exactitude and fidelity. Had there been no other means or ways whereby Edson White could have managed, if it had not been for his book interest and the help I gave him in his necessity, utter discouragement would have come on him and he would have had to leave the field. But the Lord said, “I will go before him,” and as we look upon the field the results may be seen. But others have complained and sent their spirit of misrepresentation to imbue others, and it has grown to large proportions until one of the missionaries chosen of God was treated in a manner that was not after the principle of “do unto others as you would that they shall do unto you.” [Matthew 7:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 6)
The matter of the Gospel Primer needs to be healed. Those concerned in this transaction should cleanse away from the soul the impurities of sentiment and principle that should never have existed. The spirit that led to such actions needs to be repented of then forever forsaken before the sin will be blotted out. It is not money value that I refer to in the matter of healing, but it is also the matter of conversion of heart and soul and spirit; it is the principle to deal justly, to love mercy, and to walk humbly with God. (18LtMs, Ms 29, 1903, 7)
Ms 30, 1903
Instruction Regarding the Establishment of Institutions
NP
April 20, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 2SAT 225-227. +
Some matters have been presented to me which I regard of great importance. I wish to place this matter before the managers of our sanitariums and schools. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 1)
Our institutions should not be located in the cities. The influences of the city are of a demoralizing character. Our institutions should be established in places where land can be secured and beautified. Especially is this true in regard to our schools. The students should be removed from the evil sights and sounds of the cities. If possible, properties on which there already are suitable buildings or on which there are orchards in bearing should be purchased on which to establish schools. Then let vegetables and fruit be cultivated, that the tables may be supplied with food which is fresh and free from decay. The culture of strawberries and other small fruits should be carried on. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 2)
Our sanitariums also should be located in the country, and the grounds around the buildings should be beautified by ornamental trees, which will invite the patients to sit in their shade. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 3)
It is impossible to overrate the influence for good that these advantages exert. It is not pleasing to the Lord for those who believe present truth to establish themselves in the cities. The wise God is working on minds, leading people to see the advantage of leaving these congested centers and settling in the country. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 4)
Many properties have been presented to me on which buildings are already erected, and on which some improvements have already been made on the land. Although these may not in every particular be such as we would desire, yet the advisability of their purchase should be considered. Sometimes they may be so reduced in price, that we should take advantage of the opportunity to secure them. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 5)
It may sometimes be necessary to purchase a location in which there are no buildings or improvements. But we must guard against purchasing properties which may seem to be cheap, but on which the erection of buildings and the improvements that would have to be made would cost two or perhaps three times as much as was estimated. Thus through ignorance and miscalculation, a large debt would be contracted. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 6)
We are seeking to do something to advance the cause of present truth, and it is better for us, when possible, to purchase places—that can readily be prepared for work—on which buildings are already erected, rather than to purchase the bare land. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 7)
Often the money spent for the traveling expenses of men who are looking for favorable locations would better be saved and invested in the purchase of some place. Some are led too much by their own ideas and desires in regard to location. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 8)
In Los Angeles, capable men are needed who will carefully count the cost and use sound judgment in their calculations. The lack of experienced men has been a great disadvantage there. The work should not be managed by one man’s mind or by one man’s ideas. The Lord Himself has told how His work should be established, and all this hindrance need not have arisen. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 9)
It would be a mistake to build or purchase large buildings in the cities of Southern California. Those who seem to see such great advantages in so doing are without understanding. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 10)
There is a great work to be done in sounding the gospel message for this time in these large cities, but the fitting up of large buildings for some apparently wonderful work has been a mistake. The Lord would have men walk humbly with Him. The message of warning should be sounded in the large, wicked cities, such as San Francisco. Well-equipped tent meetings should be held. San Francisco and Oakland are becoming as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the Lord will visit them. Nor far hence they will suffer under His judgments. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 11)
The Establishment of Restaurants
God would have restaurants established in the cities. If properly managed, these will become missionary centers. In these restaurants, publications should be kept at hand, ready to present to those who patronize the restaurant. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 12)
The question often arises, Should these restaurants be kept open on the Sabbath? The answer is, “No, no.” The Sabbath is our mark and sign and should not become obliterated. I have recently had special light upon this subject. Efforts will be made to keep the restaurants open on Sabbath, but this should not be done. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 13)
I saw that some who patronize the restaurants have not proper self-control. On Sabbaths they will go to other restaurants and eat largely of meat and a great variety of other food and thereby receive injury. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 14)
Recently a scene was presented before me. I was in our restaurant in San Francisco. It was Friday, and the workers were busily engaged in putting up packages of such foods as could well be transported. A number of people stood waiting to receive these packages. I asked the meaning of this, and the workers said, Some of our patrons were much troubled because they could not get their meals here on the Sabbath. They told us of the injury their health would suffer, if they could not do this. They felt the benefit of the wholesome meals that they received here during the week and were loud in protest against being denied them on the Sabbath. The result you see. For those who desire it, we put up on Friday a simple lunch, enough to serve over the Sabbath, and this they take with them. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 15)
Should the work continue on the Sabbath, the same as on the other days of the week, when would the workers receive time for spiritual refreshing and physical rest? These things should be considered in the light of God’s commandments. The Lord has said, “Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord: whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath through their generations, for it is a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:13-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 16)
We must hold to a plain, Thus saith the Lord, even though it cause great inconvenience to some who have no respect for the Sabbath. On one side is man’s supposed necessity and opposition; on the other, God’s commandment. Which will have the greatest force on our minds? Our restaurants are not to be opened on the Sabbath to all who shall come, or to a few. Every one who is employed is to be assured that he will have the Sabbath as a day of rest on which to honor and serve God. The closed doors of our restaurants on the Sabbath are to stand as a memorial, that all may know that the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord, and that in it no unnecessary work is to be done. The Lord has commanded that the baking and seething be done on the sixth day. Food for the Sabbath should be prepared the day before. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 17)
On the Sabbath, God rested from the work of creation and was refreshed. He blessed the day of His rest and has made it obligatory upon man to keep the Sabbath. This command of God should be sacredly observed. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 18)
Not all who profess to be followers of Christ are exemplary Sabbath keepers, but may God help us to reform! All should read the commandments of God and plant their feet firmly upon the platform of obedience. (18LtMs, Ms 30, 1903, 19)
Ms 31, 1903
Lessons From the Third Chapter of First John
NP
August 22, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in RC 28; UL 248. +
I awake at half-past eleven, unable to sleep longer. I have been deeply impressed to write to our people who have received such great light. I entreat them to heed the admonition, “Walk while ye have the light, lest darkness come upon you.” “He that walketh in darkness knoweth not whither he goeth.” [John 12:35.] (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 1)
The third chapter of First John means much to every human being. It contains instruction that all should comprehend. John says, “Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God; therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as He is pure. Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law; for sin is the transgression of the law. And ye know that He was manifested to take away our sins; and in Him is no sin. Whosoever abideth in Him sinneth not; whosoever sinneth hath not seen Him neither known Him. Little children, let no man deceive you; he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous.” [Verses 1-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 2)
In these words the truth is plainly stated. If it were not possible for us to live without sin, these words would not have been written. They are recorded that we may not carelessly allow ourselves to continue in sin. Let us walk in the light of the living God. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 3)
“He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that He might destroy the works of the devil. Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him, and he cannot sin, because he is born of God. In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil; whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother. For this is the message that ye heard from the beginning, that we should love one another. Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him? Because his own works were evil, and his brother’s righteous. Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you. We know that we have passed from death unto life, because we love the brethren. He that loveth not his brother abideth in death. Whosoever hateth his brother is a murderer; and ye know that no murderer hath eternal life abiding in him.” [Verses 8-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 4)
Shall we not receive this instruction, and profit by the statements that it contains? What wonderful love the Lord has revealed in behalf of the sinful race! (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 5)
“Hereby perceive we the love of God, because He laid down His life for us; and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren. But whoso hath this world’s goods, and seeth his brother have need, and shutteth up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him? My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth. And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before Him. For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things. Beloved, if our heart condemn us not, then have we confidence toward God. And whatsoever we ask, we receive of Him, because we keep His commandments, and do those things that are pleasing in His sight. And this is His commandment, That we should believe on the name of His Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as He gave us commandment. And he that keepeth His commandments dwelleth in Him, and He in him. And hereby we know that He abideth in us, by the Spirit which He hath given us.” [Verses 16-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 6)
If we should commit these words to memory so that we could always think of them, would it not bring great blessing to us? We shall be without excuse if we continue in sin. It is possible for us to be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. Let us think of the greatness of the privilege presented to us, the privilege of being sons and daughters of God. Let us seize the possibility held out before us. In our behalf Christ laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and stepped down from His high command. He clothed His divinity with humanity, that, standing at the head of humanity, He might reveal what human beings could become by receiving the power that He came to give. John declares, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name; which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.” [John 1:12-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 7)
Christ is the light of the world. Those who do not receive and honor Him, acknowledging Him as their Saviour, their Redeemer, able to save to the uttermost all who come to Him, lose their hope of restoration to God’s favor. They lose the precious advantage which they might have by receiving the knowledge that Christ came to give. He is the light of the world, shining amidst moral darkness. He came to give men a representation of God. He presented to them new motives, laying them under new obligations. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 8)
*****
Let our youth, the students in our schools and sanitariums, and the workers in our printing offices study the third chapter of First John. The instructors in our schools and sanitariums and those in charge of our publishing houses need its instruction. I am instructed to present it to them and to say to them, Take heed to yourselves. Show your faith in this chapter. Practice its teachings. Show to the youth in your care the wonderful possibility before them, the possibility of becoming sons and daughters of God, the possibility of walking uprightly in a crooked and perverse generation, showing the contrast between the principles of Christ and the principles of Satan. Remember that the teaching you give these youth has much to do with their present and future happiness. Show them that you are learning of Christ His meekness and lowliness, and that this makes His yoke easy to bear and His burden easy to carry. Thus you can be witnesses for God, testifying in the daily life to the power of His grace, showing that every moment of your life you have the Saviour’s keeping power, because you faithfully perform your service to God, as a pleasure, not as a task. Place in your censers the sacred fire of God’s own kindling. Beware that you use not common fire. Never speak one harsh, passionate word. One rash, ill-advised word may prove the ruin of a soul. By such words the worst passions of the quick-tempered are stirred into resistance. Speak as Christ spoke. This will have a strong influence on the youth, leading them to speak courteously and respectfully. Remember that you have hereditary and cultivated tendencies that must be kept under control. The character must daily be refined, sanctified, purified. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 9)
Love for God should lead us to find true enjoyment in learning and doing His will. Thus we become every day better prepared to be overcomers, examples of the power that heavenly grace has to uplift and ennoble human beings. Christ was tempted in all points like as we are, yet He overcome. And today He waits to hear and answer the earnest requests of His children for the grace that will enable them to overcome. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 10)
Be polite to those with whom you come in contact. Thus you will be polite to God. Praise Him for His goodness. Thus you are witnesses for Him, and you are preparing for the society of the angels. You are learning how to conduct yourselves in the family of Christ in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 11)
Lose no time in becoming acquainted with the principles that the children of God must follow. We are here to copy the character of Christ, to become familiar with His gentleness, His lowliness. This will place us where our record will be, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.] By patience, kindness, forbearance, we are to show that we are not of the world, that day by day we are learning the lessons that will fit us to enter the higher school. When God’s redeemed ones are called to heaven, they will not leave behind the advancement they have made in this life by beholding Christ. They will go on, learning more and still more of God. They will carry their spiritual attainments into the courts above, leaving nothing of heavenly origin in this world. As the books of heaven are opened, each overcomer is assigned his lot and place in heaven, in accordance with the advancement he has made in this life. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 12)
*****
The sons and daughters of God are led to persevere in the work of overcoming by the daily realization that they need to be taught by the Holy Spirit the good and righteous way. No sham work enters into their service. Every day they realize that they must hold fast the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. When one deviates from the right way, the Holy Spirit, working on his mind, leads him to confess his error, so that others will be warned against the same mistake. No one is to feel that his position is so exalted that he must not acknowledge his faults, lest others place a low estimate upon him. If a mistake has been made, it must be corrected. The higher the office of trust occupied by him who has made a mistake, the more deeply should he feel his obligation to confess his error, that others may not be led astray. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 13)
It is for this reason that the Lord caused the history of patriarchs and prophets—their mistakes and failures, as well as their victories over sin—to be recorded. He would show us that errors and mistakes are not to be passed over as something not to be noticed. The best of men have erred, under great provocation. Provoked by the unbelief of the children of Israel, Moses lost his self-control, and smiting the rock in anger and impatience, said, “Shall we bring you water out of this rock?” [Numbers 20:10.] It was God’s design that Moses should represent His character to the people, that through Moses His name should be glorified. It was a sad departure from right for Moses thus to give way to impatience. He repented, and confessed his sin, and the Lord forgave him; but he was not permitted to enter the promised land. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 14)
This sorrowful experience has been recorded for our admonition. Will the leaders of God’s people study the lesson that it contains? Will they realize that God wants them to stand before the world unspotted and unstained by sin, that others may not be led astray by regarding their faults as virtues? (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 15)
Of all men, those who have been trusted and honored by the Lord, those who have been given special service, should be circumspect in word and deed. Every word, every action, should reveal the purity of truth and equity. When men become lifted up with pride because the Lord has favored them, when they say and do that which is unworthy of their high position, when they pass on without showing repentance, without confessing their wrong, they dishonor God. Never should a man in a position of trust be too proud to make the acknowledgment, “I have erred.” The least he can do, after he has sinned, is to show his sorrow and repentance. Men who do this will be honored by God, even though they make mistakes. (18LtMs, Ms 31, 1903, 16)
Ms 32, 1903
Found Wanting
NP
April 21, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 8T 247-251.
Our position in the world is not what it should be. We are far from what we would have been had our Christian experience been in harmony with the light and the opportunities given us, had we from the beginning constantly pressed onward and upward. Had we walked in the light that has been given us, had we followed on to know the Lord, our path would have grown brighter and brighter. But many of those who have had special light are so conformed to the world that they can scarcely be distinguished from worldlings. They do not stand forth as God’s peculiar people, chosen and precious. It is difficult to discern between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 1)
In the balances of the sanctuary the Seventh-day Adventist church must be weighed. She will be judged by the privileges and advantages that she has had. If her spiritual experience does not correspond to the advantages that Christ, at an infinite cost, has bestowed on her; if the blessings conferred have not qualified her to do the work entrusted to her, on her will be pronounced the sentence, “found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] By the light bestowed, the opportunities given, will she be judged. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 2)
God has prepared joy, peace, love, and glorious triumph for all who serve Him in spirit and in truth. His commandment-keeping people are called and chosen to be in readiness every moment, to receive increased grace and power and increased knowledge of the Holy Spirit’s working. Many are not now able to receive the precious gifts of the Spirit, which God is waiting to communicate to them. They are not reaching higher and still higher for power from on high, that, through the gifts bestowed, they may be recognized as God’s peculiar people, zealous of good works. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 3)
It is God’s design that His people shall be a sanctified, purified, holy people, communicating light to all around them. It is His design that by exemplifying the truth in their lives, they shall be a praise in the earth. The grace of Christ is sufficient to bring this about. But let God’s people remember that only as they believe and work out the grand principles of the gospel of Christ can He make them a praise in the earth. Only as they use their God-given capabilities in His service will they enjoy the fulness and power of the promise whereon the church has been called to stand. If those who claim to believe in Christ as their Saviour reach only the low standard of worldly measurement, the church fails to bear the rich harvest that God expects. “Found wanting,” is written upon her record. [Verse 27.] (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 4)
Solemn admonitions of warning, manifest in the destruction of dearly cherished facilities for service, say to us, “Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works”—be converted and reformed, even as new converts are. [Revelation 2:5.] Why is there so dim a perception of the true spiritual condition of the church? Are there not standing on the walls of Zion blind watchmen who do not perceive? Are not many unconcerned and well satisfied, as if the pillar of cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night rested upon the sanctuary? Are there not those in positions of leadership, claiming to know God, who in life and character deny Him? Are there not many who count themselves as His chosen, peculiar people, yet are satisfied to live without the evidence that of a truth God is among them, to save them from Satan’s snares and attacks? Would we not now have much greater light if in the past we had received His admonitions, walked in the light as Christ is in the light, acknowledged His presence, and turned away from all dishonest practices? Then the light of heaven would have shone into the soul-temple, enabling us to comprehend the truth and to love God supremely and our neighbor as ourselves. O how Christ is dishonored by those who, professing to be Christians, disgrace the name they bear by failing to make their lives correspond with their profession, by failing to treat one another with the love and respect that God expects them to reveal in kind words and courteous actions. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 5)
The powers from beneath are stirred with deep intensity. War and bloodshed are the result. The moral atmosphere is poisoned with cruelty and horrible satanic doings. The spirit of strife is spreading; it abounds in every place. Many souls are being taken possession of by the spirit of fraud, of underhand dealing. Many will depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. They do not discern what spirit has taken possession of them. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 6)
One who sees beneath the surface, who reads the hearts of all men, says of those who have had great light, “They are not afflicted and astonished because of their moral and spiritual condition.” The prophet says, “Yea, they have chosen their own ways, and their soul delighteth in their abominations. I also will choose their delusions, and will bring their fears upon them.” [Isaiah 66:3, 4.] “For this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie,” “because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved,” “but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” [2 Thessalonians 2:11, 10, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 7)
The heavenly Teacher inquired, “What stronger delusion can beguile the mind, than the pretense that you are building on the right foundation, and that God accepts your works, when in reality you are working out many things on a worldly policy, and, regardless of the Bible standard, are sinning against the law of Jehovah, which guards the interests of every being for whom Christ has given His life? O, it is a great deception, a fascinating delusion, that takes possession of minds when men who have once known the truth mistake the form of godliness for the spirit and power thereof; when they suppose that they are rich and increased with goods, and have need of nothing, when they are poor and in need of everything.” (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 8)
God has not changed toward His faithful servants who are keeping their garments spotless. But many are crying, “Peace and safety,” while sudden destruction is coming upon them. [1 Thessalonians 5:3.] Unless there is thorough repentance, unless men humble their hearts by confession, and receive the truth as it is in Jesus, they will never enter heaven. When purification shall take place in our ranks, we shall no longer rest at ease and boast of being rich and increased with goods and in need of nothing. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 9)
Who can truthfully say, “Our gold is tried in the fire; our garments are unspotted from the world”? [See Revelation 3:18; James 1:27.] I saw our great Instructor pointing to the garments of so-called righteousness. Stripping them off, He laid bare the spotted, defiled garments beneath. The corruption was unbearable. Then He said to me, “Can you not see how they have pretentiously covered up their defilement and rottenness of character?” “How is the faithful city become an harlot!” [Isaiah 1:21.] “My Father’s house” made “an house of merchandise,” a place whence the divine Presence and glory have departed! [John 2:16.] For this cause there is weakness, and strength is lacking. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 10)
Unless the church, which is now being leavened with her own backsliding, repents and is converted, she will eat the fruit of her own doings, until she shall abhor herself. When she refuses the evil and chooses the good; when she seeks God with all humility of mind and reaches her high calling in Christ, standing on the platform of eternal truth and by faith laying hold upon the attainments prepared for her, she will be healed. Then she will appear in her God-given simplicity and purity, separate from earthly entanglements and showing that the truth has made her free indeed. Then the men and women composing the church will be the chosen of God, His pleasant portion, His representatives, precious in His sight. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 11)
The time has come for a thorough reformation to take place. When this reformation begins, a spirit of prayer will actuate every member of the church; and this spirit of intercession will cleanse from the church the spirit of discord and strife. Members who have not been living in Christian fellowship will draw close to one another. One member working in right lines will lead other members to unite with him in making intercession for the revelation of the Holy Spirit. There will be no confusion, because all the members will be in harmony with the mind of the Holy Spirit, which imbues the whole being and impresses the mind to pray in accordance with the will of God. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 12)
All barriers separating mind from mind will be broken down, and God’s servants will speak the same things. This unity is a gift of the Holy Spirit, a gift that belongs to God’s children. The Lord will co-operate with His servants. All will pray understandingly the prayer that Christ taught His disciples: “Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven.” [Matthew 6:10.] The groanings and the longings of the Spirit are the expression of the intercession of Christ in behalf of His people, according to the will of God. They come from God and are returned to Him in silent and in audible prayer. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 13)
The Power of Prayer
Moses said, “I beseech Thee, Show me Thy glory.” “And He said, I will make all My goodness pass before thee, and I will proclaim the name of the Lord before thee; and will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will show mercy on whom I will show mercy.... (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 14)
“And the Lord passed by before him, and proclaimed, The Lord, The Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin, and that will by no means clear the guilty; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the children’s children, unto the third and to the fourth generation. And Moses made haste and bowed his head toward the earth, and worshipped.” [Exodus 33:18, 19; 34:6-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 15)
Those who through the enlightenment of God’s Spirit receive a correct idea of their sinfulness will feel a deep abasement and humility of soul. They will not vindicate their course, nor will they strive to belittle the wrongs they have done, making light of their departure from right principles by evasion or by falsehood. So long as a man has no sense of God’s presence, so long he will seek to excuse and vindicate his course. But the moment that a man sees God as He is, that moment, in the reflected light, he sees himself as he is. In the light of God’s presence the erring and sinful see their peril and their sin. Realizing the fulness of God’s love, they humble themselves and accept mercy and pardon through Christ Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 16)
Listen to Daniel’s confession. The Lord had spoken of him as a man greatly beloved of God; and yet what does Daniel say?—“I set my face unto the Lord God, to seek by prayer and supplication, with fasting and sackcloth, and ashes: and I prayed unto the Lord my God, and made my confession, and said, O Lord, the great and dreadful God, keeping the covenant and mercy to them that love Him, and to them that keep His commandments; we have sinned, and have committed iniquity, and have done wickedly, and have rebelled, even by departing from Thy precepts and from Thy judgments: neither have we hearkened unto Thy servants the prophets, which spake in Thy name to our kings, our princes, and our fathers, and to all the people of the land.” [Daniel 9:3-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 17)
The Lord heard this prayer. Its intensity and earnestness drew Daniel nearer and still nearer to God. The assurance came to him that God would answer his prayer. The simple petitions of a child of God may be uttered in broken sentences, as in the fulness of his heart, he unloads his burdened mind, casting his helpless soul upon the Burden-bearer. To every such a one Christ says, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me; and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 18)
“And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great Prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.” [Daniel 12:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 32, 1903, 19)
Ms 33, 1903
Instruction for Men in Positions of Responsibility
NP
April 27, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 14MR 99-103.
Although a man may be entrusted with great responsibilities, his high position may not be the measure of his character. The responsibilities accepted do not make him perfect or trustworthy. His acceptance with God depends upon his fear to offend and his obedience to God’s requirements. If he depart from the counsel of God, he is no longer under the influence of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 1)
When men who profess to keep God’s commandments, often dwelling on the importance of obeying the law of God, fail to work righteousness and walk against the law of God, He sends messengers to warn them and turn them to the paths of righteousness. But many who have not that faith that works by love and purifies the soul will refuse to heed God’s warnings. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 2)
To all who seek Him, God will grant special manifestations of His presence and favor. But to those who forsake Him He gives the warning, I also will forsake them. At times the Lord sends His messengers to warn His servants not to do the things that they think are best. God sees the end from the beginning, and He would save them from the difficulties and entanglements that would come as a result of their own planning. He would have their influence kept clean, and powerful for good, not injured by human errors. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 3)
A man may make plans that as far as he can discern appear to him to be faultless. How merciful God is to reach forth a restraining hand, saying, Follow not that course; for it will bring trouble to your own soul, and confusion and perplexity to other minds, leading them to wrong conclusions. If, after the Lord has said, Do not advance in that direction, the man disregards the warning, the evil results from which God wished to save him will certainly follow. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 4)
The Lord would have all men walk humbly with God. If men will engage in His service and with much prayer persevere in well-doing, the Lord will abundantly reward them. Their confidence in the wisdom of God’s leading will increase. They will not be left in uncertainty, but, walking in the way of the Lord, they become steadfast, unmoveable, always abounding in the work of the Lord. God is well pleased with their obedience to all His requirements. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 5)
If a man will walk in the fear of the Lord, with perfect respect for all His counsels, the Lord will cause his influence to be felt. If, notwithstanding a dark outlook, man will choose the right instead of the wrong, the Lord will make multitudes to be at peace with him. As he sees the goodness of God in barring the way which would have led to embarrassment, he will give God the honor and glory due to His holy name. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 6)
Our natural affection for relatives and friends should not lead us to connive in the least at their sins, nor prevent us, when they are in the wrong, from taking decided measures to change their course and prevent the evil influence of their mistakes from being felt. When men, following their own course, become involved in perplexity thereby, they often rely upon men to relieve the situation and feel aggrieved if their expectations are not realized. But God would not be pleased to have them relieved, because they are to be chastened for their disobedience. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 7)
“The Lord was with Jehoshaphat because he walked in the first ways of his father David, and sought not unto Baalim; but sought to the Lord God of his father, and walked in His commandments, and not after the doings of Israel. Therefore the Lord established the kingdom in his hand; and all Judah brought to Jehoshaphat presents; and he had riches and honor in abundance. And his heart was lifted up in the ways of the Lord; moreover he took away the high places and groves out of Judah. Also in the third year of his reign he sent to his princes, ... and with them he sent Levites.... And they taught in Judah, and had the book of the law of the Lord with them, and went about through all the cities of Judah, and taught the people. And the fear of the Lord fell upon all the kingdoms of the lands that were round about Judah, so that they made no war against Jehoshaphat.” [2 Chronicles 17:3-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 8)
Obedience to the Lord always brings favor, and a faithful discharge of righteous principles will bear the divine credentials; but the Lord is dishonored when those who are placed as stewards, guardians of God’s flock, sustain and sanction an evil work. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 9)
The outward signs of fasting and prayer, without a broken and contrite spirit, are of no value in God’s sight. The inward work of grace is needed. Humiliation of soul is essential. God looks upon this. He will graciously receive those who will humble their hearts before Him. He will hear their petitions and heal their backslidings. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 10)
Ministers and people need the work of purification in their souls, that God’s judgments may be turned away from them. God is waiting, waiting for humiliation and repentance. He will receive all who will turn unto Him with their whole heart. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 11)
God’s Purpose for His Church
God gives men the light, but many are filled with a self-sufficient, masterly spirit; and they strive, by carrying out their own ideas, to reach a height where they will be as God. They place their mind first, as if God must serve with them. Herein lies the danger in this. Unless God shall in some way make these men understand that He is God, and that they are to serve Him, human inventions will be brought in that will lead away from Bible truth, notwithstanding all the cautions that have been given. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 12)
The Lord Jesus will always have a chosen people to serve Him. When the Jewish people rejected Christ, the Prince of life, He took from them the kingdom of God and gave it unto the Gentiles. God will continue to work on this principle with every branch of His work. When a church proves unfaithful to the Word of the Lord, whatever their position may be, however high and sacred their calling, the Lord can no longer work with them. Others are then chosen to bear important responsibilities. But if these in turn do not purify their lives from every wrong action; if they do not establish pure and holy principles in all their borders, then the Lord will grievously afflict and humble them and, unless they repent, will remove them from their place and make them a reproach. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 13)
When parents sanction and thus perpetuate the wrongs in their children, as did Eli, God will surely bring them to the place where they will see that they have not only ruined their own influence, but also the influence of the youth whom they should have restrained. And when children sanction and perpetuate the sins of their fathers, the Lord will recompense them both together. They will have bitter lessons to learn. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 14)
God is not “worshipped with men’s hands, as though He needed anything.” [Acts 17:25.] No magnificence of outward display can please God, when the heart is serving idols and the hands are polluted with iniquity. The Holy Spirit will unite with those in the church who with contrition of heart will walk humbly with God. To all who look to Him and walk in the footsteps of Christ, He gives sanctification, comfort, and victory over the world. The people of God, His chosen kingdom, are not as a stagnant pool. They are as a river, constantly flowing, and as it advances becoming deeper and wider, until its life-giving waters are spread over all the earth. Whenever the gospel of God is received, its grace heals the maladies that sin has produced. The Sun of righteousness arises with healing in His beams. Light, strength, and refreshing come from the Lord, and the good fruit borne bears witness to a work of righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 33, 1903, 15)
Ms 34, 1903
The Two Great Principles of the Law
NP
April 27, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
A certain lawyer once came to Jesus with the question, “Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?” [Luke 10:25.] This is a very important question, one in which every soul should be deeply interested. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 1)
The lawyer had questioned Jesus for the purpose of calling forth from Him some expression whereby accusation might be brought against Him. He sought to entangle Him in His words. Surrounding Christ, waiting with bated breath to hear His reply, were the Pharisees, the scribes, and the rulers, eager to catch some word with which they might find fault. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 2)
But Jesus replied to the question by asking the lawyer, “What is written in the law? How readest thou?” Being well acquainted with the Scriptures, he replied, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Verses 26, 27.] (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 3)
These words had been given to Moses to give to the children of Israel. We read in Deuteronomy, “Hear, O Israel, The Lord our God is one Lord: and thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might.” [Deuteronomy 6:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 4)
Of the words of the law, Moses said further, “Thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.” [Verse 7.] Parents need to realize fully the responsibility resting upon them to teach their children to obey and reverence God’s law. Through the obedience of parents to this law, united with careful and thorough instruction, the children will be led to become loyal subjects of God’s kingdom. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 5)
Christ replied to the lawyer, “Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live.” [Luke 10:28.] By the very words of Scripture which he had quoted, the man stood condemned. His profession made it necessary for him to have a knowledge of the Scriptures. That knowledge if put into practice would be to him a pledge that he would not come short of eternal life. This is God’s covenant with man. Eternal life in the kingdom of God is only granted to those who observe the precepts of God. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 6)
“These words the Lord spake unto all your assembly in the mount out of the midst of the fire, of the cloud, and of the thick darkness, with a great voice: and He added no more. And He wrote them in two tables of stone, and delivered them unto me.” [Deuteronomy 5:22.] This law was binding before Israel went down into Egypt. God’s commandments are not a yoke of bondage. Obedience brings a great blessing. The principles of God’s law, carried out in practical life, will bring men into harmony with his Maker, qualifying him to be received as a member of the heavenly family. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 7)
The first four commandments reveal the obligations of man to his God. The last six point out his duty to his fellow men. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 8)
Prayer
All should study carefully the prayer given by Christ in the sixth chapter of Matthew. This prayer is just as valuable to Christ’s followers in these last days of earth’s history as it was to His disciples at that time. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 9)
“Our Father which art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen.” [Verses 9-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 10)
Many of the human family know not what they should ask for as they ought. The Lord is kind and tender. He helps infirmities by giving words to speak. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 11)
Parents should teach their children what this prayer means. Mere form, God does not accept. Only as we offer this prayer, fully understanding its meaning and realizing our need, will it be acceptable to God. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 12)
“Our Father which art in heaven.” [Verse 9.] As adopted children, we have a right to ask our Father for the things that we need. I wish that we could all understand the value that there is in an acknowledgement of our relationship and our loyalty to Him whom we claim as “Our Father.” Before we enter upon our daily work we should draw near to God, to talk with Him whom we reverence and love, and to pray not only for ourselves, but for others. The Lord is well pleased when we come to Him in full confidence, asking for grace to overcome the world. He will not be to us as an offended Judge, but as a loving gracious Father. God has not told us to pray to saints or to angels. He alone is the Author and Finisher of our faith. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 13)
Our prayers are as letters sent from earth, directed to our Father in heaven. The petitions that are sent from sincere hearts will surely reach Him. He can discern the sincerity of His adopted children. He pities our weakness and strengthens our infirmities. He has said, “Ask, and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] He who comes with sanctified desire has access through Christ to the Father. Christ is our Intercessor. But we must come, not in a spirit of self-justification, but with humility, repenting of our sins. He is able to help us, willing to do more than we ask or think. He has the abundance of heaven where with to supply our necessities. “Every good gift, and every perfect gift is from above.” [James 1:17.] God is holy, and we must pray, “lifting up holy hands, without wrath and doubting.” [1 Timothy 2:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 14)
“Hallowed be Thy name.” [Matthew 6:9.] Many corruptions had crept into the religious service of the Jewish people. Among the scribes and Pharisees, prayer had become a round of self-praise, a proclamation of their own righteousness. Instead of worshiping God, they glorified themselves. They prayed to be seen and heard of men. God would have us seek for those things that will honor His name. In no case are we to glorify ourselves; we should seek God for grace and spiritual blessings, that we may glorify His name in our characters. God is glorified, His name is hallowed, when His children give in their lives a representation of Christ’s character. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 15)
“Thy kingdom come.” [Verse 10.] Christ sent His disciples forth with the message, “The kingdom of God is at hand.” [Matthew 10:7.] John the Baptist had given this message, and today the proclamation of this message is our work. When this gospel shall be preached in all the world, then shall the end come. Upon all who receive and believe in Christ rests a great responsibility. All are to work for the enlargement of His church on earth. Let us hold up before the world the “Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] This will hasten the coming of our Lord and Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 16)
God is our King, and we are His subjects. By obeying His law, we co-operate with God to answer our prayers, and His kingdom is established in our hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 17)
“Thy will be done on earth, as it is in heaven.” [Matthew 6:10.] The offering of this prayer lays upon us the responsibility of striving daily to be obedient subjects of His kingdom. Every one who professes to be His child should life in harmony with the rule of His government. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 18)
The homes of God’s people on this earth should be a representation, as far as possible, of the heavenly home, where God has His throne. We are His subjects, His little children, whom He wants to make happy. Every family circle should seek to carry out the methods of God, which are revealed in His Word. As they endeavor to bring their lives into harmony with the prayer Christ has given them, they will be sanctified through the truth. Then what a blessed representation they will show to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 19)
Make a daily offering of yourselves and your children to the Lord. Say, “Lord do what Thou wilt with me and mine. Let all that I do be done to Thine honor and glory. Enable me to do what is pleasing to Thee. Give me power to become Thy child. Grant me an obedient knowledge of Thy will. Let Thy pleasure be fulfilled in my family.” (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 20)
“Give us this day our daily bread.” [Verse 11.] Food is essential to life. “Feed me with food convenient for me,” said Solomon, “lest I be full, and deny Thee, and say, Who is the Lord? or lest I be poor and steal, and take the name of my God in vain.” [Proverbs 30:8, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 21)
“And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors.” “For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you: but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses.” [Matthew 6:12, 14, 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 22)
When our Saviour reproved His disciples, and pointed out to them their dangers, He did it for their instruction and their safety. He desired that by reformation, they might escape the evil results of transgression. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 23)
“Thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory.” [Verse 13.] In this prayer are found no vain repetitions, no swelling words of vanity. To God is ascribed all the glory. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 24)
“Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, and call ye upon Him while He is near. Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him, and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:6, 7.] This shows us that we must “seek first the kingdom of God, and His righteousness.” [Matthew 6:33.] Then we must enlarge our desires, and be ready to receive the blessing which God will bestow upon those who seek Him with the whole heart, in sincerity and truth. We must keep the heart open, that the grace of Christ may enter. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 25)
When the church has become corrupted; when it has united with the world in self-indulgence, grasping for the things of the world, and seeking for worldly honor and exaltation, God has allowed affliction to come upon it. Christ Himself, the Majesty of heaven, humbled Himself, that He might save perishing humanity from eternal ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 26)
God has a continual care for His people. His love for them is infinite. For them He has suffered affliction and death. God will purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works. All He asks is obedience to His Word. (18LtMs, Ms 34, 1903, 27)
Ms 35, 1903
False Repentance: What is It?
NP
April 27, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 08/19/1971.
One who is truly penitent does not forget his past failures and sins as soon as he obtains a sense of pardon. He does not go on as before, unconcerned about his mistakes and errors. The more clearly he sees and realizes the merciful compassion of God, and the divine favor manifested to him, the more grievous and abhorrent do his sins appear to him. As he realizes how terrible sin really is, he loathes and condemns himself. He sees wherein he has been striving for recognition and self-exaltation. He recognizes pride as a deadly foe, producing in him frequent exhibitions of a corrupt human nature and revealing a carnal spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 1)
With many these evil traits of character are intermingled with their religious services, and they become hypocrites, puffed up with ideas of their own righteousness. Again and again have these poor souls gone over the same ground, until they have lost their power to discern between the evil and the good. They need to experience a genuine repentance, which needeth not to be repented of. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 2)
Repentance is a daily, continuous exercise and must be so until mortality is swallowed up of immortality. Repentance, and humiliation, and sorrow of soul must be our daily meat and drink, until we cease to carry with us so many imperfections and failures. But this experience cannot be ours while the mind and will are subject to satanic influences, and we are the sport of Satan’s temptations. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 3)
Ambitious pride, a desire for self-exaltation, caused Satan’s downfall. Every soul should humble himself, striving for perfect mastery over the desire for self-uplifting. By forgetting his repentance and walking again in the paths of pride and self-worship, a man becomes further and further separated from God. If he would learn to walk humbly with God, his proud spirit would be abased, and he would realize his need of a daily conversion. Unless he receives daily a fresh supply of grace, he will frequently stumble and fall, and finally it will be said of him, He “is joined to his idols; let him alone.” [Hosea 4:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 4)
A false repentance carries with it grief of mind, but only for a short time. Those who have this repentance are humiliated only by their most grievous and glaring sins. When they think themselves pardoned, they cease to feel their need of humiliation and walk once more in crooked paths, forgetting that they were purged from their old sins. True repentance would give them a constant realization of the wickedness of their past course. But they soon forget their falsehoods and their prevarications, and sin no longer appears to them so grievous. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 5)
False repentance produces only a false reformation. True repentance brings a complete change of heart, a turning away from sin to God. When men retain fondly cherished sins, which may have become as the right hand or the eye, Satan uses them as snares. Fired by a zeal which is not according to knowledge, while professing to be inspired by the Holy Spirit, they dishonor God by manifesting a proud, ambitious spirit. The secret sins of the heart they do not regard. By a great outward show of grief, they seek to obtain sympathy. Apparently their souls are deeply burdened with sorrow and repentance. Yet envy, secret pride, self-preference, and unbelief are cherished in the heart. Whatever progress they may seem to make in the religious life, their hearts are strangers to the power of true godliness. While they rise to a state of assumed ecstasy, they are no more imbued with the Spirit of God than was Satan in his rebellion. For a time they may deceive those whom God has chosen, but time will reveal them in their true light. Like the Laodicean church they are neither cold nor hot. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 6)
One who truly repents lies low at the feet of Jesus. Christ is magnified in his life. His grief is not a pretense, but a reality. His heart is sad as he sees the evil in his nature. Then Christ can enter his life. “For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 7)
The Lord understands the heart. He can discern between true repentance and that which is assumed. The root of idolatry with all its abominations is an evil heart of unbelief. He who has such a heart daily acts a lie, because his thoughts and motives are not pure. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 8)
A true penitent will be constantly on guard against the wiles of a corrupt heart. Though not having already attained, he presses on toward the perfection of a Christian character. He will be tempted to glorify self; but if as he is tried, the fruits of humility appear in his life, he will endure the test. He will manifest heavenly kindness, charity, patience, forgiveness of supposed injuries. God calls for contrition of soul. (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 9)
The language of the truly penitent will be: “I desire my feet to be kept from every evil way. I would walk in Thy house with a perfect heart. I know that my God trieth the heart and hath pleasure in uprightness; therefore would I set the Lord always before me. I know that the heart is deceitful above all things, and desperately wicked; therefore I am humbled in my own eyes. Yet my desire is before the Lord, and my groaning is not hid from Him. I can say in truth, I hate my thoughts; but God’s law do I love. O that God would give me understanding that I might keep His law with my whole heart. I would serve God without reserve. I esteem His precepts above all things; therefore I have inclined my heart to keep His statutes always, even unto the end.” (18LtMs, Ms 35, 1903, 10)
Ms 36, 1903
Diary [Jan. 10-Mar. 1]
Refiled as Ms 22, 1890.
Ms 37, 1903
Directions for Work
Oakland, California
May 1, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 135.
I cannot sleep past two o’clock. My mind is drawn out in most earnest prayer. I feel an intense desire that those who are present at this Conference shall see the need of humbling their hearts before God, that they may be closely connected with their great Teacher. In all our dealings with one another we are to reveal Christ. Thus we shall show that we have a genuine connection with the Saviour. God is to receive all honor, all glory. When Christ shall appear, those who are united with Him by living faith will be acknowledged by Him. He will not be ashamed to call them brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 1)
What can be done to prevent men from thinking, as soon as they are placed in positions of responsibility, that they must begin to exercise authority? Those who think thus sin against God. They may do many excellent things, but He cannot accept their services unless they are converted. Position does not make the man. But a man may honor his position by a faithful performance of the duties resting upon him, ever remembering that he is finite. (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 2)
“Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace.” [Ephesians 6:14, 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 3)
Will our brethren consider these words and walk softly before God, treading in the footprints of Jesus? (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 4)
“I, therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called; with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all. But unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore He saith, when He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive and gave gifts unto men.” [Ephesians 4:1-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 5)
“And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ: that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive.” [Verses 11-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 6)
The Lord, He is God, and beside Him there is none else. When Satan can bring his craftiness to bear on human minds, deceptive influences are received [as coming] from heaven. If his deceptions are allowed to enter, many souls will be ensnared by them before it is seen that they are not from God, but from the enemy of all righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 7)
I assure [you] that it will be one of our perplexities to distinguish the genuine from the spurious. Deception steals in unawares, just as it stole into the heavenly courts. Satan sought to undermine the confidence of the angels in God’s government. He desired the place occupied by Christ, having it in his mind, if he gained this position, to make an effort to take the place of God. Adroitly he presented his suggestions to the angels, and many of them received these suggestions. He left his insinuations in their minds to develop. They, not as cautious as their leader, began to communicate their new theories. Satan was the originator of the doubts that they expressed, but he presented them as the opinions of a large number of the angels, and as such, something that should be considered. (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 8)
Today Satan works with deceptive guile to captivate human beings by his deceptive theories. The warning to beware of allowing him to enter comes sounding down along the line to our time. (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 9)
Let none suppose, because they have been used as the Lord’s instrumentalities, that they are all sufficient. The Lord uses men and honors them by giving them His wisdom, as long as they are true to Him and do not gather glory to themselves. Those who take themselves out of the Lord’s hands, and think themselves capable of managing the work, are not led by His Spirit, but by “another spirit.” [2 Corinthians 11:4.] Satan steps in, and they change leaders. Then comes the crookedness and subtlety of the serpent’s guile. (18LtMs, Ms 37, 1903, 10)
Ms 38, 1903
Talk/The Southern Work
NP
April 9, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in GCB 04/14/1903. +
April 9, 1903
Talk at General Conference
“Nashville as a Center
“Many have asked the question, Why did our brethren select Nashville as a center for work? I answer, Because the Lord in His wisdom directed them to this place. It is His purpose that light shall shine forth from memorials established for Him in and near Nashville. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 1)
“There is no place in the South better suited than Nashville for the carrying forward of the publishing work. It is the best place in which to do the work that has been started there. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 2)
“There is not in Nashville the bitter opposition to the work for the uplifting of the down-trodden colored race that exists in many other cities of the South. Much work is being done there to uplift the colored people, and the sentiment in favor of these efforts will be a security to our people in their work. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 3)
“There are in Nashville large educational institutions for the colored people. In these institutions much excellent work has been done and is being done. The teachers and students in these institutions are to be given the privilege of hearing the message of present truth. It is for this reason that God directed that different interests for the advancement of our work should be established in Nashville. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 4)
“The truth is also to be brought before those who have given of their means and influence for the benefit of the colored race. Some have taken a noble stand for the uplifting of this people. Their efforts put to shame the efforts made by Seventh-day Adventists. They should be put in possession of the most valuable truth ever given to mortals. We are to do all we can to remove the prejudice that exists in their minds against our work and against the Bible Sabbath. If the efforts that we put forth are in accordance with God’s will, if we move under the Holy Spirit’s guidance, many among them will be converted. The Lord causes light to shine on the pathway of those who seek for light.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 5)
We must try to remove their prejudice against the Bible Sabbath. And never must we say to them, “You must work on Sunday.” At one time while I was in Australia, those in charge of our school at Avondale came to me, saying: “What shall we do? The officers of the law have been commissioned to arrest those working on Sunday.” I said: “It will be very easy to avoid that difficulty. Give Sunday to the Lord as a day for doing missionary work. Take the students out to hold meetings in different places and to do medical missionary work. They will find the people at home and will have a splendid opportunity to present the truth. This way of spending Sunday is always acceptable to the Lord.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 6)
I wish to say that it is necessary to use the greatest caution in working for the colored people. The efforts put forth must be such as will not arouse the prejudice of the white people. By the work of the steamer Morning Star, much has been accomplished that otherwise could not have been done. Thus the workers have been enabled to reach places that otherwise they could not have reached. The boat served as a home for them and as a place to which to invite those interested in the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 7)
In writing in regard to the Southern field, I have said, “The Southern work,” supposing that our people would certainly understand that I meant especially the work for the colored people. I wish it now to be understood that this is what I have meant. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 8)
Let families settle in the South and work on the land, at the same time becoming acquainted with the people and the field. Thus real advancement will be made. Those who go to the South must be very careful of what they say. Let them not criticize the white people in regard to the way in which the colored people have been treated. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 9)
Many, many years during which we ought to have been working for the colored people have passed into eternity, and now the field, in all its barrenness, stands before the world as an open rebuke to those who could have helped. When the children of Israel were in bondage in Egypt, their cry of suffering came up to God, and He delivered them with a strong hand and with an outstretched arm. He delivered the colored people from slavery, and then He placed upon the people of this nation the responsibility of uplifting them, of placing them in a position where they could help themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 10)
You say that the colored people are depraved and wicked, that their standard of morality is very low. Who made them wicked? Who spoiled their morals? I want you to think of this and of the burden that rests upon the white people to help the colored people. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 11)
Few realize how difficult is the work for the colored people and how greatly they need help. My heart has been made sick and sore as I have seen the situation. Why do not our people take hold of the work? Why do they find fault and criticize the laborers there, because they do not work just as they think they ought to? Why do they, when mistakes are made, make a mountain out of a molehill? Why do not those who find fault go themselves to some unworked portion of the field, and there demonstrate how much better they can do than those whom they criticize? (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 12)
The Lord has a great work to be done in the Southern states of America. It was in accordance with God’s purpose that the publishing work was started in Nashville. In His providence, He has brought together in this place a company of workers who are to act their respective parts in the publishing house, standing as representatives of Christianity. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 13)
“A sanitarium should be established in a favorable location outside the city of Nashville. A school for colored people should be established outside the city, on land that can be utilized for industrial purposes. These institutions will give character to our work in the South. They will be instrumental in establishing the faith of many in Bible truth. God Himself has wrought to bring together in Nashville workers who are especially fitted to reach the colored people and raise them from their degradation. This He will help them to do if the work is not hindered and blocked by ministers and workers in other places. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 14)
“In every place those who accept the truth are to be a light to those around them. The Lord says to us: ‘Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works and glorify your Father which is in heaven.’ [Matthew 5:14, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 15)
“The Work in Graysville and Huntsville
“Nashville is within easy access of Graysville and Huntsville, where a beginning of great value to the work in the South has been made. God has answered the many prayers offered in behalf of these two places. By the work in Nashville, the work in Graysville and Huntsville is to be confirmed, strengthened, and settled. Graysville and Huntsville are near enough to Nashville to strengthen the work there and to be strengthened by it. But it must be understood that we are to put forth special efforts to help the colored people. No longer is our indifference in respect to this work to continue. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 16)
“The schools in Graysville and Huntsville were established in the order of God. They are to do a work for Him. They are to become self-supporting, by making the best use of their land, by raising those products best suited to the climate and soil of their locality. Various industries are to be established. The Lord will greatly bless these industries if the workers will walk in His counsel. If they will look to Him, He will be their wisdom and their righteousness. His wisdom will be seen in the works of those who follow His directions. He will teach all who will learn of Him His meekness and lowliness.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 17)
The workers in the school at Huntsville are to have our tender sympathy and our practical aid. Do not let them suffer for the lack of facilities, for they are trying to educate the colored people. The school at Huntsville is in positive need of our care and our donations. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 18)
“The interests in Graysville and Huntsville will grow into usefulness, if the believers there will do their very best in the Lord’s way. Let each one connected with the schools in these places remember that on him rests the responsibility of reflecting light to those in darkness. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 19)
“A Call to Our Publishing Houses and Sanitariums
“God has given our publishing houses opportunity to co-operate with Him by assisting the newly established publishing house at Nashville. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 20)
“When a publishing plant is established in a new field, it must receive help and encouragement from the various plants already in operation, that it may develop into a strong, influential institution. Every new institution is to be regarded as a sister-helper in the great work of proclaiming the third angel’s message. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 21)
“The publishing house in Nashville is now in need of several thousand dollars to establish its business on a firm basis, and to enable it to do without delay the work that is to be done in its territory. We are instructed by the Lord to call upon the long-established houses to favor the Nashville publishing house as they were favored years ago when in straitened circumstances. They are to act toward the Nashville institution the same part that was acted toward them in their early history. God expects them to help their sister institutions by gifts and offerings. They now have opportunity to show their repentance for past neglect.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 22)
My husband and myself, under the direction of God, established the publishing houses in Battle Creek and in Oakland, and I know how we worked. God instructed me that I must go to the camp-meetings and ask for means, and I went, just as He told me. I went along for my husband was sick. I went from camp-meeting to camp-meeting, calling for means; and I feel that I now have a right to call upon these publishing houses to help in establishing similar institutions. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 23)
*****
“God has given our sanitariums an opportunity to set in operation a work that would be as a stone instinct with life, growing as it is moved by an invisible hand. Let this mystic stone be set in operation. If ever a place needed medical missionary work, it is the Southern field. Had this work been done for the colored people immediately after the proclamation of freedom, how different would be the conditions of the Southern states today! Medical missionary work has not yet been done as God requires it to be done in this needy field. Sanitariums should have been established in many places. This would have opened doors for the entrance of Bible truth. It would have removed much of the prejudice existing against those who look upon the colored people as having souls as well as the white people. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 24)
“To many of the colored people God has given rare and precious talents. Many will be brought to a knowledge of present truth. But it will take untiring effort and God-given wisdom to break down the barriers that have been erected against the education of the colored race—barriers that for years have been growing stronger. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 25)
“The Work Before Us
‘Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,’ is the commission Christ has given us. [Mark 16:15.] This is our great missionary charter, and the Saviour has declared: ‘Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.’ ‘All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations.’ [Matthew 28:18-20.] Success will reward obedience to this command. Go just where the Lord sends you to bear His message and do His work. Souls are to be saved. How?—By being brought to a knowledge of the truth. ‘Sanctify them through Thy truth,’ the Saviour prayed. [John 17:17.] Acquaintance with God’s truth is the only means of sanctification. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 26)
“During the time of the end the activity of Satan’s servants will greatly increase. The activity of God’s servants is to increase proportionately. Christian is to unite with Christian, church with church, in the accomplishment of God’s work, and all are to be under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 27)
“Angels are ascending and descending the ladder of shining brightness, arrayed for the defense of God’s people. They are commissioned to draw nearer and still nearer to those who are fighting in defense of their faith. Will you seek to pull the weapons out of the hands of those who are fighting in the warfare? Will you hinder them because they are not doing just exactly what you think they ought to be doing? (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 28)
“A good beginning has been made in the Southern field. Impressions favorable to the truth have been made, and prejudice has been removed. In the forward march of events, the Lord has wrought wonderfully for the advancement of this work. Battles have been fought, and victories won. The work is to be supported and vindicated, for God is in it. By His blessing many will see that it is being done in fulfilment of His purpose and will say, It is of God. Let us not be found fighting against Him. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 29)
“When God’s people are willing to follow the path of providence where Christ leads the way, their numbers will increase and their boundaries will be greatly enlarged. But as yet the reformation that God requires has not taken place. The Lord has gone before His people, but unbelief has pressed in on every side. Not one-thousandth part of the work has been done that should have been done for the colored people, who need help more than any other people in America. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 30)
“What excuse can be given to God for the awful condition of the colored race? God asks, Why are those living in this part of My vineyard left to become the sport of Satan’s temptations? He calls for united action. But no blind zeal is to be shown. Nothing is to be done in defiance of law; but the truth is to be proclaimed and lived. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 31)
“Angels have hushed the music of their harps as they have looked upon a people unable, because of their past slavery, to help themselves. And yet those who have the torch of truth kindled from the divine altar have not carried the light to this sin-darkened field. There are those who have turned from the work of rescuing the down-trodden and degraded, refusing to help the helpless. Let the servants of God begin at once to redeem their neglect, that the dark stain on their record may be wiped out. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 32)
“Let the work in the Southern field go forward. Let no one say; ‘Money is not needed in this field. It is needed more in my part of the vineyard.’ Let God’s people begin at once to redeem their neglect. Let the gospel message ring through our churches, summoning them to universal action. Let no one look upon the work that has been done for the colored people as of no account, for the Lord has said, I accept it. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 33)
“Those who place themselves under God’s control, to be guided and controlled by Him, will catch the steady tread of the events ordained by Him to take place. A holy, consuming emulation will take possession of them. Let the church have increased faith, catching zeal from their unseen, heavenly allies, from the knowledge of their exhaustless resources, from the greatness of the enterprise in which they are engaged, and from the power of their Leader. Let them gain from God strength for the accomplishment of the great work to be done for the most needy people in this Christian nation. Let no man lay his hands upon the means and resources, saying, ‘They are more needed somewhere else.’ (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 34)
“When God’s people heed a ‘Thus saith the Lord,’ the dearth of means brought about by transactions that do not bear the stamp of divine approval will be removed. When they catch the Spirit of Him who gave His life for the world, they will no longer stand still in impotency, pointing to what they cannot do and forbidding others to work. Putting on the armor of Christ’s righteousness, they will go forth into the warfare, willing to do and dare for God, knowing that in His Omnipotence He will supply their need.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 35)
Brethren, shall not the work for the colored people go forward? Will you say, “Amen,” to this? (Congregation, Amen.) When my son Edson has written to me about the difficulties that the workers had to meet, I have written back to him over and over again: “Do not fail or become discouraged. Hold fast to the work.” And his reply has been, “We are doing it, but it seems sometimes as if the work would slip out of our hands.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 36)
The Lord has put His approval upon the work done in the Southern field. Mistakes have been made; but have not mistakes been made in every field where the work has been started? When you watch for mistakes, and put out your hand to discourage where God approves, you are working and talking against the Master. God is very much displeased with every one who has placed any hindrance in the way of the advancement of the work for the colored race. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 37)
Let us take hold of the work in the Southern states intelligently. I rejoice that Brother Butler is with us in this work. I have known that the time would come when he would again take his place with us in the work. I want you to appreciate the trials that he has passed through and to help him all you can. God desires the gray-haired pioneers, the men who acted a part in the work when the first, second, and third angels’ messages were first given, to stand in their places in His work today. They are not to drop out of sight. We commit Brother Butler to you in the name of the God of Israel, asking you to help him all you can. And Elder Butler must plan to have others share his burdens. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 38)
I commit my son James Edson White to you. He has nearly lost his life in trying to bring the work in the South to its present point of advancement. How little some appreciate the effort he has put forth! But God knows the work that has been done. He knows of the struggles and the sacrifices of the workers and of their attempts to accomplish something for the Lord. Brethren, do not do anything to weaken Edson White’s hands. There is enough in the work itself to distress his soul and to wear him out. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 39)
I have felt reluctant to have Edson stay in the South, fearing that he would lose his health and perhaps his life. Christ said, If they receive you not in one place, go into another. He was referring to the persecution that would come. But His words would apply also to a worker whose health was breaking down under labor in an unhealthful climate. Brother Butler should have periods of rest, and Edson White should have an occasional rest. And the other workers in the field must guard their health carefully. God is jealous of His servants. He desires that they shall place themselves where they can best preserve their mental and physical powers, because if these are not preserved, the spiritual powers will be so weakened that the work will suffer much. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 40)
I have said to my son, “Come to us, and help me to get out books for the people.” But he has always answered, “No, I cannot come. I cannot leave my work.” (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 41)
I have tried to help him. He has written to me, saying: “People are coming into the truth, but they are in need of food and clothing. What shall we do?” I have sent him help from time to time as I could. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 42)
God lives and reigns, and if you take hold of His work cheerfully and willingly, He will bless and sustain you. When you are tempted to murmur and complain, keep your mouth closed. Remember that at such times silence is eloquence. Speak no words that you will not be willing to meet in the judgment. And remember that when God sends His servants to do a hard work in a hard field, He does not want you to make their work harder by criticism and faultfinding. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 43)
The Southern work is before you, as it has been presented to you this morning. A good work has been done, and it has been done in the face of the most trying circumstances. The Lord calls upon us to come up to His help in this needy field. You remember the words, “Curse ye Meroz, said the angel of the Lord, curse ye bitterly the inhabitants thereof; because they came not to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.” [Judges 5:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 44)
Christ loved us so much that He gave His life for us. He died on the cross to give us an opportunity to gain eternal life. Shall we allow those around us to perish in their sins without making an effort to help them? Shall we try to hinder the workers who are trying to save souls? We want you to help in the Lord’s work, that God may not be disappointed in you. We want you to have hearts that are sensitive to others’ needs, hearts that are tender, full of pity for the infirmities of those around you. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 45)
The Lord is good. He is merciful and tender hearted. He is acquainted with every one of His children. He knows just what each one of us is doing. He knows just how much credit to give to each one. Will you not lay down your credit list and your condemnation list, and leave God to do His own work? You will be given the crown of glory if you will attend to the work that God has given you. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 46)
Let us help one another all we can. Let us speak words of kindness, words that will be a blessing, not a curse. We are living in the great day of atonement. We are now to confess and forsake our sins that we may be saved. Let us humble our hearts before God, that we may go from this meeting shoulder to shoulder, full of faith and confidence. The lives of many have been filled with talk and doubt and suspicion. There is hardly a brother who has confidence in a brother, or a brother who has the confidence of the members of the church. My brethren, clear away the rubbish from the door of your heart, and let Jesus come in and talk with you. Let Him sit upon the throne of the heart. If ever a people needed the purifying, sanctifying influence of the truth of the living God, it is the Seventh-day Adventists. I pray that we may all be found in the kingdom of God. But in order to be there, we must here below sit together in heavenly places in Christ. May God help us so to live that we may sing the song of triumph in the city of God. (18LtMs, Ms 38, 1903, 47)
Ms 39, 1903
Copy of Old Manuscript (Apocrphyal)
Unauthenticated; filed in DF 103-c.
Ms 40, 1903
Perseverance in the Work of God
NP
May 4, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6BC 1051; PM 281; 8MR 26. +
Luke, the writer of the book of Acts, and Theophilus, to whom it is addressed, had been pleasantly associated. From Luke, Theophilus had received much instruction and great light. Luke had been Theophilus’ teacher, and he still felt a responsibility to direct and instruct him and to sustain and protect him in his work. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 1)
At that time it was customary for a writer to send his manuscript to some one for examination and criticism. Luke chose Theophilus, as a man in whom he had confidence, to perform this important work. He first directs the attention of Theophilus to the record of Christ’s life as given in the book of Luke which had also been addressed by the same writer to Theophilus. He says: (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 2)
“The former treatise have I made, O Theophilus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, until the day in which He was taken up, after that He through the Holy Ghost had given commandments unto the apostles whom He had chosen: to whom also He showed Himself alive after His passion by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: and being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith He, ye have heard of Me. For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence.” [Acts 1:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 3)
But though addressed by name to one person, this book, written by the dictation of the Holy Spirit, is designed for all who desire to understand its truths. Whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 4)
He who is taught of God will advance step by step in the divine life. His path will grow brighter and brighter even unto the perfect day. His heart will be filled with a desire to make known the truths that he has received. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 5)
“Moreover, because the preacher was wise, he still taught the people knowledge; yea he gave good heed, and sought out, and set in order many proverbs. The preacher sought to find out acceptable words: and that which was written was upright, even words of truth. The words of the wise are as goads, and as nails fastened by the masters of assemblies, which are given from one shepherd. And further, by these, my son, be admonished: of making many books there is no end; and much study is a weariness of the flesh. Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.” [Ecclesiastes 12:9-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 6)
When those upon whom the Lord has once laid the burden of His work have labored faithfully for a time, they are not to feel that their work is finished. As the light increases, they are to continue to walk and work in the light. Their broader experience and the encouragement they receive as they see the results of their efforts will better fit them for work. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 7)
Though Luke had already given precious light, he was still to work under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. In his former treatise, he had laid a foundation; under the direction of the Spirit of God, he must continue to build a structure of truth. His later writings were not to take the place of what he had previously written: they contained truths in advance of what he had known at the time of his former writing. If from a sermon or a book we receive new light and knowledge, we are not to reject truth which we have already received. Advanced knowledge will establish and strengthen that which has preceded it and cause it to be more highly appreciated. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 8)
The teachings of Christ were to be preserved in manuscripts and books. The duties He taught were to be written out in plain, simple language, presented so clearly that the gracious words of instruction could be cherished and heeded. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 9)
Christ Our Pattern
In the Gospels are to be found the history and instruction of Christ, “all that Jesus began both to do and to teach.” [Acts 1:1.] The doctrines He taught were confirmed by the miraculous works which He performed, proving Him to be commissioned of God. Nicodemus “came to Jesus by night, and said unto Him, Rabbi, we know that Thou art a Teacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that Thou doest, except God be with him.” [John 3:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 10)
The life of Christ is the pattern for every one who would labor for God, whether he be a minister or engaged in some other branch of the Lord’s work. Those who, in handling the sacred truths, imitate the self-denial of Jesus, exemplifying His spirit of kindness, forbearance, and love, prove by their lives that Christ was a Teacher sent from God. Though only human beings, they reflect the beams of light and power from the mighty Worker. “By their fruits, ye shall know them.” [Matthew 7:20.] The lives of those who bear responsibilities in the work of God should be a continual sermon, ever manifesting a spirit of consecration. They should be producers as well as consumers. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 11)
In His words and works, Christ laid the foundation of all that is essential to the saving of the soul. “Other foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Christ Jesus.” [1 Corinthians 3:11.] His followers should be more careful to confine themselves to those doctrines that He taught and to follow the example that He set. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 12)
Christ left a work to be done and truths to be taught by His disciples. He sent His Holy Spirit to them to give them power for service. Before the world they were to hold up Christ as the perfect Pattern, declaring that those who enter the church above must represent Christ in the church below. Those who do as Christ did and teach as He taught will be workers whom the heavenly universe can endorse. They are doers of the Word, watching for souls as they that must give an account; and their lives are a continual sermon. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 13)
The Holy Spirit will co-operate with those whose lives are in harmony with the life of Christ on the earth. When ministers realize as they should the importance of Christ’s ministry, they will speak less upon subjects that have not been revealed and dwell more upon His life and character. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 14)
Evidences of Christ’s Resurrection
Before the death of Christ, there were many things connected with His work which His disciples could not understand. On one occasion when they were perplexed by His words, He said, “Doth this offend you? What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where He was before? It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:61-63.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 15)
There is abundant evidence of Christ’s resurrection. For forty days He remained upon the earth, often revealing Himself to His disciples. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 16)
Late in the afternoon of the day of the resurrection, two of the disciples were on their way to Emmaus, when Christ appeared to them as a fellow traveller. He listened to their conversation as they talked of the events that had taken place in connection with the death of Him whom they had supposed to be the Christ. Absorbed in their gloom and disappointment, they did not observe their companion closely and failed to recognize in Him their beloved Master. Then beginning at Moses, the very alpha of Bible history, Christ expounded in all the Scriptures the things concerning Himself. He showed them that though the Messiah would die for sin, yet all this would not end in defeat, but in glorious, eternal victory. When they reached the place of their abode, they pressed Him to abide with them. Christ yielded to this entreaty and went in “to tarry with them.” [Luke 24:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 17)
The simple evening meal of bread is soon prepared. It is placed before the guest who has taken His seat at the head of the table. Now He puts forth His hands to bless the food. The disciples start back in astonishment. Their companion spreads forth His hands in exactly the same way as their Master used to do. They look again, and lo, they see in His hands the print of the nails. Both exclaim at once, It is the Lord Jesus! He has risen from the dead! They rise to cast themselves at His feet and worship Him, but He has vanished out of their sight. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 18)
Full of joy they immediately set out again, hurrying to tell the tidings to the disciples in the city. They carry the greatest message ever given to the world, a message of glad tidings upon which the hopes of the human family for time and for eternity depend. They found others were before them with the report that Jesus had indeed risen and had been seen alive that day. But in the sorrow and trial of the disciples, the news seemed too good to be believed. Then Jesus, who had entered unseen, stood in the midst of them. He showed them the marks of the cruel nails in His hands and His feet and the wound of the spear which pierced His side. He asked for food, and having received it, ate and drank before them. Then they knew that it was indeed their Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 19)
This was all the evidence they needed. He was not with them continually in visible form, but though they saw Him not, He abode with them and frequently manifested Himself to them. He remained on the earth forty days that He might further instruct His disciples and make them acquainted with His future office and work as a High Priest who could be touched with the feelings of their infirmities. After He had breathed on them, and the quickening influence of the Holy Spirit had opened their understanding, they could see to the end of that which was abolished. They understood that in the death of Christ on the cross, type had met antitype. As they saw Christ as the one great Offering for the sin of the world, they understood more clearly the meaning of the sacrificial offerings which, having in Christ met their fulfillment, were no longer of value. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 20)
Christ instructed them in regard to the work they were to carry on in the earth, according to the example He had set them in His ministry. He said unto them, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe; in My name shall they cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:15-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 21)
“The Son of man is as a man taking a far journey, who left His house and gave authority to His servants, and to every man his work.” [Mark 13:34.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 22)
The Work of the Holy Spirit
Christ Himself, our Redeemer and Mediator, was filled with the Holy Spirit. In giving the commission to His servants, He promised them the Holy Spirit, to act as their Counsellor and to give them the power necessary for the successful accomplishment of their work. The reception of the Holy Spirit would seal them for their work of preaching the gospel. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 23)
Christ’s commission is, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 24)
Shall we not, as believers in Christ, show that we do not disregard His express commands? The eternal truths that mean so much to us are ours to give to those who are still in the bondage of sin. God expects His people living in this period of earth’s history to proclaim with voice and with pen the last message of mercy to the world, working with the power of the Holy Spirit. There are many places in which the voice of the minister cannot be heard, places which can be reached only by our publications—the books, papers, and tracts filled with the Bible truths that the people need. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 25)
We are living in the closing days of earth’s history. Many in the world are careless; to them the most momentous truths have become as idle tales, making no impression on their mind and heart, no change in the character. But there are some who will give heed to God’s message and who will not rest until they understand His Word. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 26)
The most solemn warnings, the testing truths for this time, are linked with the glad tidings of the abundant mercy and grace brought to our world by Christ. The fountain of God’s love is deep and broad and full. Philosophy has never made men moral, nor has abstract doctrine made them holy. Faith in the incarnation of Christ, obedience to His commandments are the means whereby man is sanctified. In God’s law, men are restricted only in those things which, if indulged, would prove their eternal ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 27)
The human family is God’s property, bought with a price—and what a price! As owner of the human family, Christ will redeem and sanctify them, if they will but receive Him. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] At infinite cost, all have been granted a time of probation. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 28)
Christ desires to rule in our hearts without a rival. He has purchased us, and we belong to Him alone. He has delegated to no one His right of authority. We must place ourselves wholly under His control. He said to His disciples, “Ye call Me Master and Lord: and ye say well; for so I am.” “Neither be ye called masters; for one is your Master, even Christ.” [John 13:13; Matthew 23:10.] In these words He affirms His claims and calls for the allegiance of mind, will, soul, and strength. When man recognizes the authority of the Majesty of Heaven, he will make a determined effort rightly to represent Him. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 29)
Our Publishing Houses
The Lord has been looking over our institutions, and He is not pleased with their showing. A great deal of commercial work has been brought into our printing offices. This has produced an order of things which God cannot accept. He gives those responsible for this warning that He will bring upon them loss, many time exceeding that which has been brought in by worldly, ambitious practices. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 30)
“Hear the word of the Lord, ye children of Israel: for the Lord hath a controversy with the inhabitants of the land, because there is no truth, nor mercy, nor knowledge of God in the land.” [Hosea 4:1.] (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 31)
Now is the time to redeem the past. Those who believe the words of Christ and keep the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will be saved with an everlasting salvation. But God is displeased with those whose spirituality is so far deteriorated that they have become involved in worldly speculations, and have even used the facilities of the office to publish literature containing the heresies of the last days. While our churches have supposed that the presses in our offices were printing books and papers containing the living truths for this time, these presses have been sending forth a mass of corrupting theories opposed to the truths of heavenly origin. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 32)
So much work has been brought into the Review and Herald office, that but little time is left for religious instruction. The apprentices give but little evidence of being fitted to become all-round workers, consecrated to God, able rightly to represent the truth, and to educate others. God, the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, who dwelleth in the high and holy place, gave to the children of Israel His covenant, the ten commandments. He declared Himself the only true and living God and pledged Himself to be their guardian, if they would not mix the common with the sacred. They were to keep His commandments and worship no strange god. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 33)
Manual Labor in the Schools
I have received instruction in regard to the college at Berrien Springs. The Lord said, If these, My servants, will walk humbly with contrite hearts, and will obey My voice, heeding the light I have given, I will grant them favor in the sight of men. I will not endorse the words of discouragement uttered by some of our leading men. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 34)
The Lord instructed me that some connected with the institution would not see the necessity of uniting agricultural work with the instruction given in the school. In all our educational institutions, physical and mental work should have been combined. In vigorous physical exercise, the animal passions find a healthy outlet and are kept in proper bounds. Healthful exercise in the open air will strengthen the muscles, encourage a proper circulation of blood, help to preserve the body from disease, and will be a great help in spirituality. For many years it has been presented to me that teachers and students should unite in this work. This was done anciently in the schools of the prophets. (18LtMs, Ms 40, 1903, 35)
Ms 41, 1903
Less Preaching; More Teaching
NP
May 5, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in VSS 235-237; CG 531; ML 194. +
God’s servants have a great work to do in addition to preaching in the pulpit. In the work of the ministry there is altogether too much preaching and too little real teaching the lessons of the Bible. Our ministers should visit the members of the church more than they do, to talk and pray with them. Their hearts need to be drawn out to those in their charge. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 1)
When our ministers are visiting in a family, let them seek to make the hour of worship a great blessing, and let them, when at the meal table, seek to make the conversation a source of spiritual refreshing. Let them talk on Bible subjects and relate their experiences in holding meetings and in visiting among the people. The parents will be benefited, the children will be impressed, and as the warmth and grace of Christ are felt, the spiritual pulse will be quickened. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 2)
Often a minister is obliged to speak in a crowded, overheated room. The listeners become drowsy, their senses are half paralyzed, and it is almost impossible for them to grasp the subjects presented. If instead of preaching to them the speaker would try to teach them, asking them questions, and speaking in a conversational tone, their minds would be aroused to activity, and they would be able more clearly to comprehend the truths opened before them. Their understanding would take hold of the living reality of the truths necessary for the quickening of the perception and for growth in knowledge. As he goes over his discourse, point by point, allowing his hearers to ask questions and make suggestions, he will himself obtain a better idea of his subject. Unless the great truths of God’s Word are clearly opened before the understanding, they can not be comprehended by the mind or put into practice in the life. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 3)
One occupies a responsible position who is supported as a minister in the field. Every laborer should feel the burden of his work and consider if more effective methods cannot be devised to bring the truth to the mind of the people. To all who desire and seek to improve in their manner of teaching, God will reveal methods by which their minister shall be productive of more fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 4)
Let it not be said of our ministers, “For when for the time ye ought to be teachers, ye have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracle of God; and are become such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat. For every one that useth milk is unskilful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe. But strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even to those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.” [Hebrews 5:12-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 5)
“Take Heed How Ye Hear”
Ministers are engaged in a sacred, solemn work, but upon those who hear rests just as sacred a responsibility. They are to hear with a determination to follow the instruction that all must practice who gain eternal life. Each hearer should strive to understand each presentation of Bible truth as God’s message to him, to be received by faith and put into practice in the daily life. Parents should explain to their children the words spoken from the pulpit, that they also may understand and have that knowledge which if put into practice brings abundant grace and peace. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 6)
There are many who do not mix faith with their hearing of God’s Word, and they receive no benefit from what is presented to them. Their minds are so filled with their temporal interests, that spiritual truths have no influence upon them. Those who have the privilege of hearing the most precious truths ever given to mortals need to arouse their minds and to be more enthusiastic in seeking to comprehend the Word of God. Unless the truths of the discourse are brought into the home life; unless the mind is growing in the knowledge of God, no advancement will be made in understanding the Scriptures, “which are able to make thee wise unto salvation, through faith which is in Christ Jesus.” [2 Timothy 3:15.] There will be a continual backsliding from God. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 7)
A careful study of the seventeenth chapter of John would be of inestimable value to us. It is important that in every family the lessons here given should be taught understandingly; for “this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom thou hast sent.” [Verse 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 8)
Growth in grace is dependent upon a knowledge of spiritual things. Some are so situated that they cannot obtain the knowledge that others are privileged to receive. The Lord judges every case by His own standard. Those who have an opportunity to hear and understand God’s truth, yet refuse to listen, will be condemned as if, having heard, they refused to obey and practice the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 9)
Hospitality Among Brethren
When God’s servants are called to go to Battle Creek, or to other churches, they should be made to feel that they are welcome, and comfortable places should be provided in which they may stay. There may be many ministers passing through Battle Creek, but they should always find the homes open to them. They should be entertained gladly, cheerfully, and made to feel that their brethren and sisters esteem it a privilege to be able to provide for them. When the spirit of hospitality dies, the heart becomes palsied with selfishness. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 10)
Parents who practice true health reform will realize that it is their duty to provide wholesome, nourishing food for their household. This is necessary for the preservation of the health of those near and dear to them. In the end, the best food is the cheapest. The regular diet of the family should be such that the mother will not feel that she cannot entertain ministers or other guests unless she prepares something extra for them. (18LtMs, Ms 41, 1903, 11)
Ms 42, 1903
The Training of Children
NP
May 4, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in RC 179; CG 261, 280; 7MR 16. +
In the home, unselfishness should ever be revealed in temporal and spiritual matters. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 1)
The parents are responsible to God to appreciate His gifts to them. They should be very careful lest an evil character reveal itself in some word or act that brings unpleasantness, discord, or strife, alienating their children from them. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 2)
The father is the priest of the family. The souls of his wife and children, as God’s property, should be to him of the highest value, and he should faithfully guide the formation of their characters. The care of his children from their infancy should be his first consideration; for it is for their present and eternal good that they develop right characters. He should carefully weigh his words and actions, considering their influence and the results they may produce. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 3)
He who is engaged in the work of the gospel ministry must be faithful in his family life. It is as essential that, as a father, he should improve the talents God has given him for the purpose of making the home a symbol of the heavenly family as that in the work of the ministry he should make use of his God-given powers to win souls for the church. As the priest in the home, and as the ambassador of Christ in the church, he should exemplify in his life the character of Christ. He must be faithful in watching for souls as one that must give an account. In his service there must be seen no carelessness and inattentive work. God will not serve with the sins of men who have not a clear sense of the sacred responsibility involved in accepting a position as pastor of a church. He who fails to be a faithful, discerning shepherd in the home will surely fail of being a faithful shepherd to the flock of God in the church. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 4)
Fathers and mothers, to you God has entrusted children, and upon you rests a great responsibility, that of patiently and faithfully educating them. To fit your children to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King, is your first duty. You are responsible to God carefully to educate them, from their earliest years, to be kind and helpful, patient and forbearing. By your own faithfulness in this missionary service, you will encourage them to seek for the same qualifications that you possess, and in later years they will be fitted to stand as faithful educators in the home. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 5)
Remember that your children are God’s property. You are His stewards, and He has appointed you as their guardians. Parents who are not Christians will fail to give their children a proper training, but you who claim to be Christians must not fail to represent the tender forbearance and patience of Jesus Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 6)
Diligent, faithful instruction in the home is the best preparation children can receive for their school life. The teachers in the school and the teachers in the home should have a complete understanding of each other’s work. They should co-operate harmoniously, imbued with the same missionary spirit, together striving to benefit the children temporally and spiritually. The aim of both parent and teacher should be to develop in those under their care characters that will stand the test of temptation. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 7)
The knowledge of useful trades and of spiritual truths should enter into the education of youth. They are called to the service of God, to reveal the impress of His character and, in true missionary lines, to advance the knowledge of God in the earth. Their training should be of a character that will fit them for this work. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 8)
Let parents, in the fear of God, require perfect obedience in the home. They are to be firm and decided in manner, and at the same time they are to manifest a kindly and affectionate spirit. Such parents will have the favor of God, for they are educating in the way that God has ordained. If taught obedience to their parents at home, children will be led to obey their heavenly Father. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 9)
How seldom do parents realize that with much prayer they must carefully instruct their children in the things of God, that they may be kept from eating the fruit of the forbidden tree. Parents, keep your children unspotted from evil, that when the gates of the city of God shall be thrown open to all who love the truth, you may say, Here am I and the children Thou hast given me. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 10)
Christ gave His life for them, that through belief in Him, they might come into possession of the heavenly inheritance, having been educated by their parents to submit to the discipline and control of God. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 11)
Fathers, mothers, deal kindly and tenderly with each other. Let the husband respect the mother of his children, and let the wife show respect for the father of her children, and study to meet his requirements. Never utter one word of censure for the other. Never disagree before your children regarding your management of them. Talk over between yourselves your course of dealing with them, and then work in perfect harmony. You must do this, if you wish to give the right mold to their characters. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 12)
Angels of God will co-operate with human instrumentalities, giving success and eternal victory for the truth through obedience to the law of Jehovah. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 13)
In order to gain this success, parents must never exercise a passionate spirit; for if they do, they will educate their children in evil. Through unwise discipline, they stir up the objectionable traits of character in their children. When parents show a rough, severe, masterly spirit, a spirit of obstinacy and stubbornness is aroused in the children. Thus the parents fail to exert over their children the softening influence that they might. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 14)
Parents, can you not see that harsh words provoke resistance? What would you do if treated as inconsiderately as you treat your little ones? It is your duty to study from cause to effect. When you scolded your children, when with angry blows you struck those who were too small to defend themselves, did you ask yourself what effect such treatment would have upon you? Have you thought how sensitive you are in regard to words of censure or blame? how quickly you feel hurt if you think that some one fails to recognize your capabilities? You are but grown up children. Then think how your children must feel when you speak harsh, cutting words to them, severely punishing them for faults that are not half so grievous in the sight of God as is your treatment of them. By your harsh treatment you are ruining their souls and, taking from them the desire to become Christians, are building up barriers that it will be difficult for you to remove. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 15)
Some parents, when angry, correct their children before visitors in a harsh, abusive manner. This causes the children to lose their self-respect, and a spirit of sullen defiance takes possession of them. They say, “I do not care. I am blamed and severely used for things that I did not regard as sin.” This I have heard from the lips of many children. If their parents had not become angry, if in a calm voice they had explained to the children the inconsistency of their ways and words, they would have won their love. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 16)
Parents, do not discipline your children in a harsh, authoritative manner. If you do, your children will surely act in the same way in their treatment of one another and later in the discipline of their own children. Remember that as teachers you are to carry out Christ’s directions, “Suffer little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not: for of such is the kingdom of God.” [Luke 18:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 17)
Parents who have not put away their harsh, disagreeable traits of character transmit to their children the unchristlike dispositions they have cherished. In many cases parents are accountable for the unruly traits of character that the children reveal. Often the children are wayward because they cannot see any kindness or justice or love in the treatment that they receive from their parents. Their minds are filled with the poison of retaliation, and with clenched hands, they tell what they purpose to do when they are older. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 18)
Could the eyes of the parents have been opened, they would have seen angels with grieved countenances watching them and their children. These ministers of heaven have been made sad as they have seen the discord and heard the harsh, stinging words. Had they stopped to consider, would they have allowed such scenes to take place in their home? (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 19)
But they have not discerned their own cruelty. They have reached the full stature of men and women, but they have not put away childish things. They have mortified their children, aroused their violent tempers, and deformed their characters. Would it not be well for them to put away their childishness and to ask themselves what example they are setting before those whose lives will be a copy of their own? (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 20)
Parents, you have been buried with Christ in baptism. Have you the evidence that you have been cleansed from sin? You have been buried in the likeness of Christ’s death and raised in the likeness of His resurrection to walk in newness of life. Has your old life, the harsh, arbitrary life set in action by passion and governed by carnal feeling, passed away? Are you living the new life in Christ? (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 21)
Parents, when you are converted, your children will be able to see a great change in the home life. They will participate in the blessings that the parents have received. Faultfinding and scolding will have gone, and in its place will be seen forbearance, compassion, and love. You will remember that your children are very young, very inexperienced, and that they have the dispositions that you parents have transmitted to them. You will remember that you have made your children what they are, that from you they inherited a spirit of insubordination and harshness. You will beware lest self with its unchristlikeness shall again come into your life, giving sharpness to your tone and making your words sharp and irritating. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 22)
“Take heed,” said Christ, “that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, That in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 18:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 23)
Parents, mingle love with your instructions, taking notice of the good actions and words of your children and commending them. Do not discourage them. Let them see that you desire to make them happy, and even now you may be able to revive in their hearts the love that you thoughtlessly killed. Let not the Lord Jesus witness in your house any more exhibitions of that masterly authority of which you should ever be ashamed. (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 24)
Be just what you wish your children to be when they shall have charge of families of their own. Speak as you would have them speak. Would you be pleased to have them use the same arbitrary spirit that you have shown to them? (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 25)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness.” [Colossians 3:12-14.] “And ye, fathers, provoke not your children to wrath.” [Ephesians 6:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 26)
“In everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known to God. And the God of peace which passeth all understanding shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.” [Philippians 4:6, 7.] “In quietness and in confidence shall be your strength.” [Isaiah 30:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 42, 1903, 27)
Ms 43, 1903
The Result of Self-Denying Effort
NP
March 6, 1903
Portions if this manuscript are published in 7MR 336. +
Let not self-denial be so rare as it has been in the past among the people of God. The Lord will co-operate with ever one who is truly in earnest. What may be accomplished by self-denying effort is shown by the result of the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons. In giving us this book, the Lord gave us a great blessing. I praise Him with heart and soul that He put it into my mind to give this book for the relief of the schools. I praise Him that our publishing houses acted so generous a part in the work of preparing this book for sale. And I praise Him that our people have put their hand so nobly to the work of its circulation. The Lord has greatly blessed them. In the effort to sell this book, they have learned by practical experience what they can do for the advancement of the work. And they have learned also how to speak to strangers about the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 43, 1903, 1)
While the men of the world are idolizing money and making it their trust, the Lord in His providence has brought forth from His treasure house a precious treasure and has placed it within the reach of all. He has given His people an opportunity to take to their friends and neighbors, and to strangers, a book containing the precious lessons of Christ. As those who have never tried to sell books have thought of going out with this book, a dread has come into their hearts. But the Lord has led and guided them as His little children. He has taught young and old, men and women, how to give the light of truth to those who know it not. (18LtMs, Ms 43, 1903, 2)
And the purchases have been blessed. Their hearts have softened as they have listened to the story of the self-denying effort to free our schools from debt. By the sale of this book many sermons have been preached. Those in the highways as well as those in the hedges have been reached. As men and women and youth have gone forth to sell Object Lessons, and in simple words have told what they were trying to do, a deep impression has been made on minds. Hearts have been touched. Sinners have been convicted and converted. (18LtMs, Ms 43, 1903, 3)
How grateful we should be that the Lord devised this means of bringing hope and comfort to starving souls. He makes this book a leaf from the tree of life to those who turn to Him. Through it He will change the hearts of men and women living in worldliness and self-indulgence. As a result of the effort to circulate it, some—yes, many—will be converted, brought to a knowledge of the truth. Many who might never have had an opportunity to hear a discourse from the living preacher will be fed with the bread of life. (18LtMs, Ms 43, 1903, 4)
Christ’s command is, “Go out into the highways and hedges and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled.” [Luke 14:23.] The effort to sell Object Lessons has taken to many the invitation to the feast that God has prepared. The circulation of this book is the Lord’s missionary work, and it will make joyful the hearts of all who engage in it. To some the cross at first seemed heavy, but they found that as they lifted it, it lifted them and brought peace and joy to their souls. Their testimony has been, “His yoke is easy, and His burden is light.” [Matthew 11:30.] In willing, unselfish service they have found rest to their souls. (18LtMs, Ms 43, 1903, 5)
Christ has placed upon His church a sacred charge, the fulfilling of which calls for self-denial at every step. When those who believe in Him are seen lifting the cross and bearing it after Him in the paths of self-denial, willingly doing all in their power to bring blessing to those for whom Christ died, witness will be borne to the power of Christianity, and in the hearts of many who are now unbelievers will spring up faith in Him who gave His life to save a guilty world from eternal ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 43, 1903, 6)
Ms 44, 1903
Dangers in the Health Food Business
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
April 28, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in HFM 61-66. +
On the night of April 26, scene after scene passed before me. I was talking to our people in Battle Creek, warning them most earnestly in regard to the dangers that would come upon us. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 1)
The next night I was again in meeting with my brethren, laboring most earnestly. One of authority was among us, and He said, “You rejoice that you have gained great victories. But you will certainly have severe conflicts.” (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 2)
I thought that propositions were being made by our brethren in Battle Creek to establish food stores in many places. I was instructed that there was great danger that in this matter grave mistakes would be made. There is danger that this work will be treated as commercial business and that it will be carried to an extreme. There is danger that men who are greatly needed just where they are will be encouraged to enter this business because of the wages offered. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 3)
The end of all things is at hand. The Lord is looking upon the plans that are being made, and He says, “Beware lest men shall be induced to enter business enterprises who ought to be serving the Master as evangelists and canvassers and ministers.” (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 4)
The worldly plans made in the past in regard to the food business may change somewhat; but there is danger that in many respects the same wood, hay, and stubble will be piled upon the foundation and that the work, that Christ ordained should be done in the food work, will be left undone for work in which more financial gain will be secured. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 5)
My brethren, watch unto prayer. Then men who have obtained an experience that enables them to labor successfully for the Master, and who are doing good work in their various positions of trust, should not be encouraged to leave their present work for some other line of work. If they should follow the policy that will be advocated by some, leaving the place in which they are now working, to enter the health food work, the cause of the Lord, at the end of the year, would be far behind where it ought to be. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 6)
Our Instructor addressed the leaders in the health food work at Battle Creek, telling them that they must make straight paths for their feet. Should the plans for health food stores and hygienic restaurants be carried out just as they have been outlined, many souls would fall into snares and pitfalls. There are those who view in a favorable light the establishment of health food stores and restaurants. But they should understand that like some other lines of work, this line may become altogether too absorbing. There may be brought into it too much business and too little principle. Thus the work which, if rightly handled, might be a blessing would become a curse. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 7)
Great care must be shown in regard to the extension of the food work. I have been instructed that this work will prove a snare unless right plans are laid and unless caution is exercised. There is danger that worldly business plans will be brought into the food work, and that the minds of the workers will become absorbed by business cares and will thus become dead to religious things. Bribes, in the form of high wages, must not be offered to men, to tempt them to leave positions where they are doing successful work for the Master, to enter the food work. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 8)
Men who are already carrying heavy responsibilities must not be urged to accept heavier responsibilities than they can carry and, at the same time, preserve their spirituality. Plans must not be laid in regard to this that will create perplexity and difficulty. This is a snare that the enemy would be pleased to see laid for the entanglement of our feet. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 9)
There are those who can successfully carry a certain amount of work, but who become overwearied, fractious, and impatient when there is crowded upon them a larger amount of work than they have physical or mental strength to perform. They lose the love of God out of the heart, and then they lose courage and faith, and the blessing of God is not with them. There are physicians who have lost their spiritual power because they have done double the work that they ought to have done. When men are asked or tempted to take more work than they can do, let them say firmly, I cannot consent to do this. I cannot safely do more than I am doing. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 10)
The food business is not to be so managed that it will absorb in it the talent needed elsewhere. No plans are to be followed that tend to make a great whole of the food work, and thus deprive other branches of the cause of God of their workers. Men and women must not be led to engage in a commercial line of work which will not help them to perfect a Christian character. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 11)
We need canvassers, evangelists, ministers who have received the Holy Spirit and who are partakers of the divine nature. We need workers who are able to talk with God, and then with the people. I am alarmed as I see how many obstructions are coming in to divert men from evangelistic work, and thus hinder the work of God. As our restaurants are presented to me, they are not doing the work that they should be doing to bring souls into the truth. I warn those who should be in the canvassing work, circulating the books so much needed everywhere, to be careful not to turn from the work that the Lord has called them to. Let not the men that God has called to do gospel work become entangled with business perplexities. Let them keep their souls in the atmosphere most favorable to spirituality. Let them not place themselves where they will find many temptations, where they will be absorbed in cares that will lead them to be regardless of the preparation necessary for the courts above. God wants every worker who claims to believe the present truth to consecrate himself, body, soul, and spirit, to the work of seeking to save the perishing souls around him. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 12)
I have been given a presentation of how the food work, if conducted as a commercial enterprise, will ever spread and will become a dangerous element in our work. I am bidden to say to men and women, Keep your conscience clear before God. Do not place yourselves where you will be tempted and tried by the sight of your eyes and the hearing of your ears, so that you will lose your spiritual perception of what it means to be a Christian. Hold the standard firmly, and raise it high. Let no one talk you into engaging in work that will hinder you from making the preparation that you must make in order to meet Christ in peace. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 13)
Many things will come up to divert the minds of God’s people from the great work to which they are called. May the Lord help them to labor in such a way that they will win the crown of immortal life. “Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; while it is said, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation.” [Hebrews 3:12-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 14)
“Let us therefore fear, lest a promise being left us of entering into His rest, any of you should seem to come short of it. For unto us was the gospel preached as well as unto them; but the word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard it.” [Hebrews 4:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 15)
There is a great and special work to be carried on in these last days, and the work is to be carried on in right lines. The Lord would have us understand that minds that are not daily enlightened by the Holy Spirit have not wisdom even concerning the carrying forward of the business enterprises which, if properly managed, would tell for the advancement of God’s cause. In these days of peril we must avoid anything that has a tendency to divert the mind from the great work to be done. To gain means for the accomplishment of certain results, we may make plans that appear to be wise and just and rational; but were these plans carried out, the future might show that they had accomplished little or nothing for the saving of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 16)
The Lord has not given orders that the food business be exalted to large proportions. It will take something more than food stores and factories, with their perplexities and their commercial business, to make an impression that will convert souls. Unless the standard of godliness is raised, unless the principles of heaven are manifest in all business dealings, more souls will be lost by connecting with the food stores than will be saved by the work of these stores. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 17)
When the large food factory was erected in Los Angeles, the question was asked by One who knows the end from the beginning, Who will furnish the facilities necessary for the running of the business in this large building? Where is the talent necessary to operate such a plant? Where is the talent necessary to carry forward spiritual lines of work as they would have to be carried forward in order to produce the best results? There is danger that if this work is carried on as planned, workers, young and old, would be called in who would not maintain their spirituality. With the present clouded perception of righteousness, the way is open for injustice and selfishness to be shown, and this would provoke the wrath of God. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 18)
It will not be wise to erect large food factories anywhere. Should this be done, there would be danger that they would be destroyed by those who are carrying out Satan’s plans, unless there is a compliance with these plans. I have received light on the subject of large food factories, and the outlook is not favorable. If the food work is carried forward as many have planned, the final result will be the destruction of property and the destruction of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 19)
*****
It is a mistake to start enterprises that will draw Seventh-day Adventists into the cities. In their corruption the cities are as Sodom and Gomorrah. And their corruption is increasing. Satan is stirred with a power from beneath to gather in his harvest, and every capability and power of the people of God is needed now to enlighten men and women as to what is truth. Let our schools and sanitariums be established out of the cities, where they can stand alone. And let them be furnished with the very best talent—teachers and managers who are wise, God-fearing, consecrated. Mammoth sanitariums are not to be erected in any place. But in many places provision is to be made for the care of the sick. (18LtMs, Ms 44, 1903, 20)
Ms 45, 1903
Make the Health Food Work a Blessing
NP
May 17, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in HFM 67-71.
For all who are engaged in the health food business I have words of counsel. I have said that food stores and hygienic restaurants should be established in cities, and that they should be so conducted that they will be the means of reaching people with the gospel message for this time. All our restaurants are to be so conducted that there will not be an accumulation of debt. If debts accumulate, even though the patronage is large, there needs to be a careful, thorough investigation of the business, and such changes should be made as will put it on a paying basis. A restaurant should not be maintained at a continual financial loss. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 1)
Recently in the night season we seemed to be in a council meeting. One of authority stood among us, and questioned the workers who were bearing responsibilities in the food work. He asked, “Have you made this work merely a commercial matter? Are you carrying out the instruction that restaurants should be established to teach the people how to prepare wholesome food and to bring them to a knowledge of the present truth? To those whom you have met from day to day, have you spoken of the Christian’s hope? Have meetings been appointed and talks given on Bible subjects?” (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 2)
The workers in our restaurants are to hunt and fish for souls. Meetings should be appointed at some convenient place, and notice of these meetings should be given to those coming to the restaurants for their meals. Some will attend and will thus be led to study the Bible and to ask questions regarding the truths which they have heard. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 3)
Seek the Lord in prayer, asking Him to show you the best way in which to reach the people with whom you come in contact. Remember the words of the Saviour, “I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Matthew 9:13.] Remember that different methods must be followed in dealing with different people. To some you can give a tract. To others, you can put the question, “Do you love the Lord Jesus?” In the meetings that are held, talk in a way that will interest them. Deal with the subject on which you are speaking in so simple and practical a way that they cannot fail to understand. There are many so ignorant of the terms used by those who speak on spiritual subjects that they do not understand what they hear. Many who hear have so little interest in spiritual things that much of the effort put forth to give them religious instruction is like beating the air. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 4)
If in your restaurant work you make no advancement in religious lines, what have you gained? Daily you are brought into association with many who perhaps all their lifetimes have continued in sin. Some means of arresting their attention must be devised. They must be warned of their danger. If this work cannot be done in our restaurants, let them be discontinued; for what use is it to expend means and talent in a work that consumes without producing? Or what use is it for workers to spend their time preparing temporal food for men and women, while they neglect to offer them the bread of life and the water of salvation? Merely to provide temporal food is not a savor of life unto life. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 5)
The servants of God are to watch for souls as they that must give an account. If in the restaurant work more is not done to advance the work of soul-saving than has been done in the past, the workers in the restaurants would better use their talents in lines of work that will do more to draw souls to Christ. The interests of Christ’s kingdom are paramount to all else. We are not to bend our energies to the establishment of food stores and food factories merely to supply people with temporal food and to make money. Thousands are perishing in sin, and the energies of God’s people are to be put forth to arouse souls to a sense of their danger. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 6)
We cannot afford to call our young men and young women into a work where they are brought in contact with the worldly element, if, instead of exerting an influence that will win souls to Christ, they are leavened by the worldliness. In every work to which the people of God put their hands, soul-saving is to be made of the first importance. Let not those engaged in the food work think that their efforts can bear the approval of God unless they do all they possibly can to reach with the truth those whom they supply with temporal food. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 7)
A Decided Warning
A most decided warning was given by our Instructor. He repeated the following words, found in the eighth chapter of Isaiah: (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 8)
“Say ye not, A confederacy, to all them to whom this people shall say, A confederacy; neither fear ye their fear, nor be afraid. Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself; and let Him be your fear, and let Him be your dread. And He shall be for a sanctuary; but for a stone of stumbling, and for a rock of offense to both the houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many of them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken.” [Verses 12-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 9)
“The food business may be so conducted as to be an injury instead of a blessing to the people of God. This line of work must be jealously guarded, else we shall find ourselves on the losing instead of the gaining side. The workers must be guarded. The barriers that I have placed between them and the world must not be taken down, lest they become leavened with worldliness. Unless great care is taken, some will fall into Satan’s snares, seduced by the spirit of the world, and led to corrupt their ways. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 10)
“Bind up the testimony, seal the law among my disciples.” Let this be your safeguard. “And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth His face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for Him. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in Mount Zion.” [Verses 16-18.] “Fear ye not, neither be ye afraid; have I not told you from that time, and have declared it? Ye are even My witnesses. Is there a God beside Me? Yea, there is no God: I know not any.” [Isaiah 44:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 11)
“And when they shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and that mutter; should not a people seek unto their God, for the living to the dead? To the law and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this word, it is because there is no light in them.” [Isaiah 8:19, 20.] Satan will bring in many devices to draw men from the truth. Let God’s people take warning. Let them refuse to mingle with the world in a way that will endanger their spiritual interests. Let not too many cares and responsibilities be placed on one man; for if this is done, that man will lose his balance and will follow a course that will defeat the purpose he desires to fulfil. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 12)
In the food business there is a snare for all who engage in it without realizing their danger. The Lord is not pleased with the way in which this business has been carried on. No overburdening commercialism is to be brought into it. Those connected with this work need to heed the invitation to come to Christ and learn of Him His meekness and His lowliness. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 13)
I desire to place this warning before God’s people. The time has come when we need to see in a clearer light that diligent care must be taken to preserve pure, holy principles in the work of God. There are those who have been warned not to pervert principle and who with strong emphasis say that they would do anything rather than yield principle. But for years these very men have mingled false principles with their work, and they are not proper judges of what true, sanctified, ennobling principles are. Counterfeit principles have been accepted for the genuine principles of right. This God sees. Will men see it, and will they exchange the counterfeit for the real? (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 14)
Words of Instruction
I was instructed to bring the following Scriptures to the notice of the people of God: (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 15)
“There shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots; and the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon Him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord; and shall make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord; and He shall not judge after the sight of His eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of His ears; but with righteousness shall He judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth; and He shall smite the earth with the rod of His mouth, and with the breath of His lips shall He slay the wicked. And righteousness shall be the girdle of His loins, and faithfulness the girdle of His reins.” [Isaiah 11:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 16)
“In that day thou shalt say, O Lord, I will praise Thee; Thou wast angry; Thine anger is turned away, and Thou comfortest me. Behold, God is my salvation; I will trust, and not be afraid; for the Lord Jehovah is my strength and my song; He also is become my salvation.... And in that day shall ye say, Praise the Lord, call upon His name, declare His doings among the people, make mention that His name is exalted. Sing unto the Lord; for He hath done excellent things; this is known in all the earth. Cry out and shout, thou inhabitant of Zion; for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee.” [Isaiah 12:1, 2, 4-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 17)
There is a great work to be done in the world, and the Lord’s servants are not to start enterprises of a commercial character, which will absorb the ability and tact and skill that God calls for in other lines of work. Just as soon as God’s people lay off the burdens that He has not placed on them, and obtain the robe of Christ’s righteousness; just as soon as they begin to answer the prayer of Christ, and to serve the Lord with all humility, the words of the twelfth chapter of Isaiah will be fulfilled to them. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 18)
I am instructed to speak to our ministers, who are dealing in Bible truth, and to tell them to preach the gospel to all nations, teaching the things that Christ has commanded. I am instructed to tell our physicians to give themselves unreservedly to their appointed work, to ministering to the physical and spiritual needs of the afflicted, and to be partakers of the divine nature, that they may escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 19)
Please read the forty-fifth and forty-ninth chapters of Isaiah. The Lord calls upon all to make diligent work for repentance. He calls upon our physicians to see the importance of establishing small sanitariums in connection with our schools. True medical missionary workers, laboring under the direction of God to fulfil His purpose, will do a hundredfold more good than it is possible for food stores or restaurants to do, as they are now conducted. The Lord’s workers in every line are to cherish pure, clean principles free from any taint of selfishness. It is such principles only that are acceptable to God. “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 20)
Let us in the name of the Lord advance in His work, doing His will, cherishing the principles of righteousness and equity, bound together in Christian unity. (18LtMs, Ms 45, 1903, 21)
Ms 46, 1903
Christ’s Object Lessons
NP
May 15, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in RH 06/02/1903. +
How This Book Should be Handled in the Future
The use which should be made of the book Christ’s Object Lessons in the future has been made clear to me, and I must write to my brethren in regard to it. Letters have been received from our canvassing agents saying that they think it would be a good plan for Christ’s Object Lessons to be handled as a regular subscription book as soon as the relief of the schools campaign is finished. They believe that this book would have as ready a sale in the hands of the regular canvassers as any that could be produced. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 1)
As my son read me one of these letters, the thought came to me, “Here is an opportunity for me to get out of debt. Is not this the right thing to do?” I told my son that I thought that perhaps it would be best to do as the letter had suggested. Then I sent to heaven the prayer, “Lord, teach me to speak right words.” Quickly the answer came. In an instant the light given me at the first regarding Object Lessons flashed into my mind, and the instruction then given was repeated. I seemed to hear the words, “God signified that this book should be given to our schools, to be to them a continual blessing. Would you exchange His plan for human devising? This book is to be treated as a sacred offering made to God; and as His plan regarding it is unselfishly carried out, the result will be wholly satisfactory.” (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 2)
I immediately told my son that I would not make any change regarding the handling of Object Lessons unless God gave me plain instruction that this should be done. As I told him this, I felt the blessing of God resting upon me. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 3)
The plan for the circulation of Christ’s Object Lessons is not of human devising, but it is God’s plan. He signified that this book should be a gift to the schools. Thus far it has done its work, and God has set His approval on the self-sacrificing efforts of His people. Shall we mar His plan? No, no! (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 4)
A Perpetual Gift
Until the Lord shall come and our present system of school work is ended by our entering the higher school, Christ's Object Lessons is to stand as a gift to our education institutions. Several reasons why this book should continue to be handled as it has been have been presented to me. In many places small schools are to be established, and the building up of these schools is one purpose for which the proceeds from the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons are to be used. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 5)
Another purpose is for the education of workers for the Master’s service. Part of the proceeds from the sale of this book should be devoted to helping worthy young men and young women to obtain an education that will fit them to be missionaries for the Lord. There are among us many young men and women of precious talents who should be in school, but because they have no means of paying the expense of tuition are unable to attend. These should be given the privilege of attending school. The expense of their tuition should be met from a fund raised by the sale of Object Lessons. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 6)
In the past I have not dwelt much upon this point, but the time has come for it to be considered, and I wish to state it so plainly that there will be no possibility for a misunderstanding. Worthy young men and women who desire to attend school but who are without means are to be helped. They may be sent to school, and their expenses may be paid by their friends, their churches, or their conferences from the income received from the sale of Object Lessons. Let our leading brethren take hold of this matter. God will bless His people in the work of helping the youth to obtain an education that will fit them to enter His service as Christian workers. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 7)
If the students will do their part faithfully, seeking with earnest endeavor to advance, and to help others, they will gain knowledge that will fit them to serve the Master acceptably. They will be producers as well as consumers. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 8)
There will be in our schools students who are apparently dull, who see things slowly. Yet many of these students, when once they comprehend a subject will hold fast that which they have gained. They may be slow and unpromising, but if they will follow closely in the footsteps of Christ, they will become most successful workers in the cause of God. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 9)
Progression, the Law of Heaven
Progression, not stagnation, is the law of heaven. Progression is the law of every faculty of mind and body. The things of nature obey this law. There is seen first the blade, then the ear, then the full corn in the ear. In the spiritual life, as in the physical life, there is to be growth. Step by step we are to advance, ever receiving and imparting, ever gaining a more complete knowledge of Christ, daily approaching more nearly and measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 10)
The Christian is first a babe in Christ. Then he becomes a child. Constantly he is to make an advancement proportionate to the opportunities and privileges granted him. Ever he is to remember that he is not his own, that he has been bought with a price, and that he must make the best use possible of the talents entrusted to him. Even in the infancy of his spiritual understanding the student is to do his best, making steady advancement toward the higher, holier life. He is to realize that Christ is co-operating with him. He is to know that he is a laborer together with God. He is to notice the way in which God works, and then strive to attain to the possibilities held out before him, saying, “I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me.” [Philippians 4:13.] He is never to become self-inflated, but is to “count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus his Lord.” [Philippians 3:8.] He is to accept for the companionship of the Master-worker who will plan and devise for him. As he walks in the Saviour’s companionship, his faith will increase. Over and over again he is to repeat the words, “Ye are laborers together with God; ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 11)
The Result of Unselfish Service
In the work for the relief of our schools, the Lord has bestowed on us a gift of great value and has marked out for us the pathway of blessing. He called upon me to give our schools the manuscript of the book Christ’s Object Lessons. He called upon our publishing houses to make liberal gifts of labor in preparing the book for sale. In response to this call, they acted their part nobly. Our people gave generously of their means to raise a material fund and then went forth willingly to sell the book for the help of the schools. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 12)
As a result of this effort far more has been accomplished than at first we dared expect. Angels of God co-operated with those who went out to circulate the book. Men, women, and children took part in the effort and labored earnestly and unselfishly. The Lord gave them His approval and with it His grace and joy and peace. Read in our papers the results of their work. Testimony after testimony has been borne witnessing to the blessing found in selling this book. How good these testimonies are. As we read them, refreshing streams of salvation seemed to flow from the very throne of God into our hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 13)
I have been shown many praying to God for help as they have gone forth to sell Christ’s Object Lessons. They have asked the Lord to give them success. Then, as they have succeeded, they have felt that they have received evidence that the Lord has answered their prayers. Thus they have obtained a deeper experience in heavenly things; for they have felt that they were following in the footsteps of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 14)
With many, to go out and sell Object Lessons meant to take up a heavy cross, but they have been rewarded by God’s approval. The thought “We are doing something for the Master” has filled their hearts with peace and gladness. Church members who never before had courage to sell books took hold of this work. Very timidly they began. But they did not turn back; and as they labored on, courage came, and success attended their efforts. Many gained an experience more valuable than gold or silver. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 15)
The hearts of God’s people have been made light and joyful in Him as they have offered Him the sweet incense of unselfish service. Many of our churches have been quickened and refreshed as some of their number have engaged in this work. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 16)
Our brethren were just as surely in the service of the Lord when selling this book as they were when bearing testimony for the Lord in a camp-meeting. They received the refreshing grace of God; for they were carrying out His purpose, and He has bestowed upon them His commendation. Their minds have been freed from the malaria of unselfishness and complaint and discouragement. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 17)
By the effort to sell Object Lessons, much has been accomplished to bring the precious light of present truth to those in darkness. Thus many have been saved from sin. For every spring of influence touched, for every train of thought set in motion with a sincere desire to glorify God, the Holy Spirit has worked on hearts, bringing wisdom, courage, and strength. Those who have bought the book bear testimony to the blessing they have received in reading it. Many will shine in the kingdom of God whose conversion was the result of the efforts of our brethren and sisters to sell Object Lessons. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 18)
The men who have taken a leading part in this enterprise have done a good work. Their labors have brought about most excellent results. They are not to become discouraged, but are to look to God in faith, and go forward, walking humbly before Him. Our brethren connected with the school at Berrien Springs should be encouraged to advance as the way may open before them. We are to help them all we can. Christ stands at the helm, and to Him is to be ascribed the praise and glory for the work accomplished by Object Lessons! This work bears the stamp of unselfishness, and it will produce good fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 19)
A Call for Canvassers
The canvassing work should no longer be neglected. Many times I have been shown that there should be a more general interest in our canvassing work. The circulation of our literature is one very important means of placing before men and women the light that the Lord has committed to His church to be given to the world. The books sold by our canvassers open to many minds the unsearchable riches of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 20)
In the service of God there is work of many kinds to be performed. In the service of the temple there were hewers of wood as well as priests of various orders bearing various degrees of responsibility. Our church members are to arise and shine because their light has come and the glory of the Lord has risen upon them. Let those who know the truth arouse out of sleep and make every effort to reach the people where they are. The work of the Lord must no longer be neglected by us and made secondary to worldly interests. We have no time to be idle or discouraged. The gospel is to be proclaimed to all the world. The publications containing the light of present truth are to go forth to all places. Canvassing campaigns are to be organized for the sale of our literature, that the world may be enlightened as to what is just before us. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 21)
Why are we not more wide-awake? Each worker may now understand his special work and receive strength to take hold of it anew. Distinct and peculiar development of the boundless glory of God will bring tributary offerings of varied kinds to the feet of Jesus. Every new disclosure of the Saviour’s love turns the balance for some soul in one direction or the other; for the end of all things is at hand. The men of the world are rushing on to their ruin. Their schemes, their confederacies are many. New devices will continually be brought in to make of no effect the counsel of God. Men are heaping up treasures of gold and silver to be consumed by the fires of the last days. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 22)
Canvasser-evangelists are needed to hunt and fish for souls. The canvassing work should now be earnestly and decidedly taken up. The canvasser whose heart is meek and lowly and humble can accomplish much good. Going out two and two, canvassers can reach a class that cannot be reached by our camp-meetings. From family to family they carry the message of truth. Thus they come into close touch with the people and find many opportunities to speak of the Saviour. Let them sing and pray with those who become interested in the truths they have to give. Let them speak to families the words of Christ. They may expect success; for theirs is the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Canvassers who go forth in the spirit of the Master have the companionship of heavenly beings. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 23)
I beg those bearing responsibilities in God’s cause to let no commercial enterprises interpose between them and the work of soul-saving. Let no business enterprises be allowed to absorb the time and talents of workers who ought to be engaged in preparing a people for the coming of the Lord. The truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. Time is short; the enemy will make every effort to magnify in our minds matters of lesser consequence and lead us to regard lightly the very work that needs most to be done. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 24)
The things of this world are soon to parish. This is not discerned by those who have not been divinely enlightened, who have not kept pace with the work of God. Consecrated men and women must go forth to sound the warning in the highways and the byways. I urge my brethren and sisters not to engage in work that will hinder them from proclaiming the gospel of Christ. You are God’s spokesmen. You are to speak the truth in love to perishing souls. “Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled,” Christ says. [Luke 14:23.] Do not these words plainly outline the work of the canvasser? With Christ in his heart he is to go out into the highways and byways of life, giving the invitation to the marriage supper. Men of wealth and influence will come in if they are invited. Some will refuse, but thank God, not all. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 25)
O that thousands more of our people had a realization of the time in which we are living and of the work to be done in field service, in house to house labor. There are many, many who know not the truth. They need to hear the call to come to Jesus. The sorrowing are to be cheered, the weak strengthened, the mourners comforted. The poor are to have the gospel preached to them. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 26)
The Master knows and watches over His workers in whatever part of His vineyard they are laboring. He calls upon His church to arouse and become acquainted with the situation. He calls upon those in our institutions to awake and set in operation influences that will advance His kingdom. Let them send forth laborers into the field and then see that the interest of these laborers does not flag for lack of sympathy and of opportunities for development. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 27)
My brethren and sisters, remember that one day you will stand before the Lord of all the earth to give an account of the deeds done in the body. Then your work will appear as it really is. The vineyard is large, and the Lord is calling for laborers. Do not allow anything to keep you from the work of soul-saving. The canvassing work is a most successful way of saving souls. Will you not try it? (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 28)
Those in the darkness of error are the purchase of the blood of Christ. They are the fruit of His suffering, and they are to be labored for. Let our canvassers know that it is for the advancement of Christ’s kingdom that they are laboring. He will teach them as they go forth to their God-appointed work, to warn the world of a soon-coming judgment. Accompanied by the power of persuasion, the power of prayer, the power of the love of God, the evangelist’s work will not, cannot be without fruit. Think of the interest that the Father and the Son have in this work. As the Father loves the Son, so the Son loves those that are His, those who work as He worked to save perishing souls. None need feel that they are powerless; for Christ declares, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.] He has promised that He will give this power to His workers. His power is to become their power. They are to link their souls with God. Christ desires all to enjoy the wealth of His grace, which is beyond all computation. It is limitless, exhaustless. It is ours by eternal covenant if we will be workers together with God. It is ours if we will unite with Him to bring many sons and daughters to God. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 29)
Christ’s interests are the first and the highest of all interests. He has a property in this world that He wishes secured, saved for His everlasting kingdom. It is for His Father’s glory and His own glory that His messengers shall go forth in His name; for they and He are one. They are to reveal Him to the world. His interests are their interests. If they will be co-laborers with Him, they will be made heirs of God and joint-heirs with Christ to an immortal inheritance. (18LtMs, Ms 46, 1903, 30)
Ms 47, 1903
Talk/The Student’s Privilege
Refiled as Ms 125a, 1902.
Ms 48, 1903
A Call for Repentance
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
January 2, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in SpTB #6 56.
I awake at half-past eleven p.m. and lift my heart to God in prayer and thanksgiving, grateful that I have been able to sleep since seven o’clock. My heart is filled with sorrow. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 1)
For months I have had premonition of some coming disaster. I have seen what appeared to be a flaming sword of fire stretched over Battle Creek. Now a telegram has come from Battle Creek, stating that the Review and Herald office has been destroyed by fire. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 2)
For many years I have carried a heavy burden for our institutions. I have borne many messages from God. Yet I knew that those for whom these messages were intended were not heeding them. Sometimes I have thought I would attend no more large gatherings of our people, for my messages seem to leave little impression on the minds of our leading brethren after the meetings have closed, although I bear a heavy burden, and go from the meeting pressed down as a cart beneath sheaves. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 3)
At this time when God’s people should be bearing a plain, clear message, filled with earnestness and power, many who have been appointed to teach the truth are departing from the faith. The enemy with his evil angels has come down in great power, bringing in delusions and false theories. He is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness that he may, if possible, “deceive the very elect.” [Matthew 24:24.] Our people are in danger of being drawn away from the important, definite truths for this time. A message of Bible truth is called for today and should come from hearts imbued with the Holy Spirit and lips that have been touched with live coals from the divine altar. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 4)
“In the year that King Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and His train filled the temple. Above it stood the seraphims: each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. And one cried unto another and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of Him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. Then said I, Woe is me! for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips: for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts. Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar: and he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin is purged. Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for Us? Then said I, Here am I; send me.” [Isaiah 6:1-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 5)
“For the Lord spake thus to me with a strong hand, and instructed me that I should not walk in the way of this people, saying, Say ye not, A confederacy, to all to whom this people shall say, A confederacy; neither fear ye their fears, nor be afraid. Sanctify the Lord of hosts Himself, and let Him be your fear, and let Him be your dread. And He shall be for a sanctuary; but He shall be for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offense to both the houses of Israel; for a gin and for a snare to all the inhabitants of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, and be broken, and be snared, and be taken. Bind up the testimony, seal the law among My disciples. And I will wait upon the Lord that hideth His face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for Him. Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me are for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, which dwelleth in mount Zion.” [Isaiah 8:11-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 6)
The Lord sees not as man sees. When earnest labor is put forth, souls will be converted, and new life will be brought into the churches. Many have left their first love. They need to heed the warning given by God. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 7)
“Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write: These things saith He that holdeth the seven stars in His right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks; I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars: and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do thy first works; or else I will come upon thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 8)
Because the teachers of the Word have left their first love, the candlestick is being removed from its place. The Lord has not forsaken His church. But many have made light of the warnings that He has sent them. They have refused to repent and return to their first love. Therefore they have lost the power of spiritual discernment. They call darkness light, and light darkness. They have followed their own human wisdom, and their judgment has become confused. They have lost interest in the saving truth and will not receive it. Their candlestick has been removed out of its place. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 9)
Recently a large meeting convened at Battle Creek, the place from which so many evil plans had been set in operation. It was a solemn, momentous time for those assembled there who had left their first love. Heavenly beings waited anxiously to see if these men would discern the wiles of the enemy. A crisis had come in their lives and in the work of God. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 10)
Opportunity was then given for a work of repentance to be wrought, not in an obscure corner, but at the center of influence. But many failed to improve the opportunity given them to repent and do the first works. The work so essential to spiritual life and power was neglected. Had they followed their convictions they would have been reconverted; and when the enemy came in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord would have lifted up a standard against him. From the place whence so many evil influences had gone forth, divine rays of light would have shone afar if those gathered there had returned to their first love. A far-reaching influence for good would have been the result. If the leaders had led the way, the people also would have fallen on the Rock and been broken. All would have received spiritual strength and would have been enabled clearly to discern the truth. The Holy Spirit would have filled the place where they were assembled with bright beams of light. The deep springs of the heart would have been broken up. Life and salvation would have been revealed. The evils that have so long leavened the work of God would have been discerned and put away, instead of being cherished as a precious treasure. (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 11)
But because men did not then return to their first love, the candlestick has been taken away. The rebuke of God has been seen in the ruins of our publishing house. Will this calamity bring souls to repentance? (18LtMs, Ms 48, 1903, 12)
Ms 49, 1903
A Prayer
NP
May 19, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished. +
Prayer
We need to understand how to pray aright. Many do not realize what prayer means. In the family and in the church the true character of prayer should be taught as it was taught by Christ. A careful study of the prayer that Jesus gave His disciples would be of benefit to us. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 1)
In our prayers we are not to preach a sermon to the Lord. We need not tell Him the history of our lives. We can tell Him nothing with which He is not acquainted. He knows our inmost thoughts. Every secret is open before Him. Nothing can be hid from Him. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 2)
High-flown language is inappropriate in prayer, whether the prayer be offered in the pulpit, in the family circle, or in secret. The one who offers prayer in public should use simple language, that others may understand what he says and unite with his petition. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 3)
The effectiveness of prayer is not determined by its length. A prayer indited by the Spirit of God will not be drawn out to a great length by vain repetitions, but will be short, simple, and pointed. To God, the most eloquent prayer is the silent, earnest, heart-felt petition that comes from a broken and contrite heart. Such is the language of the soul who feels its destitution and recognizes the merits of Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 4)
The Pharisees, standing in conspicuous places, made long prayers, but God did not accept these prayers. Christ declared that those who offered them were hypocrites. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 5)
Jesus says, “Where two or three are gathered in My name, there am I in the midst of them.” [Matthew 18:20.] God hears the prayers offered in the family circle if they come from devoted hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 6)
Do not neglect secret prayer. “Enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly.” [Matthew 6:6.] (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 7)
We are not to be so overwhelmed by the thought of our sins and errors that we shall cease to pray. Some realize their great weakness and sin, and become discouraged. Satan casts his dark shadow between them and the Lord Jesus, their atoning Sacrifice. They say, “It is useless for me to pray. My prayers are so mingled with evil thoughts that the Lord will not hear them.” These suggestions are from Satan. In His humanity, Christ met and resisted this temptation, and He knows how to succor those who are thus tempted. In our behalf “He offered up prayers and supplications with strong crying and tears.” [Hebrews 5:7.] Many, not understanding that their doubts come from Satan, become faint-hearted and are defeated in the conflict. Because your thoughts are evil, do not cease to pray. If we could in our own wisdom and strength pray aright, we could also live aright and would need no atoning sacrifice. But imperfection is upon all humanity. Educate and train the mind, that you may in simplicity tell the Lord what you need. As you offer your petitions to God seeking for forgiveness and pardon, a purer, holier atmosphere will surround your soul. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 8)
All prayer is to be addressed to God. Christ has told us distinctly to whom we are to pray. He points us to God, our heavenly Father. We are to ask of Him those things that we need, as a child asks bread of its parents. Jesus says, “If ye then being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask Him?” [Matthew 7:11.] (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 9)
We are not to offer prayer to any human being. Human beings are finite and erring like ourselves. Christ has given nobility and grandeur to the human soul by the infinite price He paid for it. No human being is to interpose between God and the purchase of Christ’s blood. No human being is to pray to any other human being. Christ has brought the souls for whom He has died in close contact with God Himself. Then let the needy soul come to God, addressing Him in the words, Our Father, which art in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 10)
We are to pray in the name of Christ, our Mediator. Our petitions are of value only as they are offered in His name. He has bridged the gulf that sin has made. By His atoning sacrifice, He has bound to Himself and to His Father those who believe in Him. His is the only name given under heaven whereby we must be saved. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 11)
Prayer is not an expiation for sin. It is not a penance. We need not come to God as condemned criminals; for Christ has paid the penalty of our transgression. He has made an atonement for us. His blood can cleanse from sin. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 12)
The prayers that come from sincere, humble hearts are heard by God, wherever they may be uttered. If placed in the golden censer of the Saviour’s merits and breathed by the Spirit of Christ, they will surely be answered. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 13)
Every blessing we enjoy, the air we breathe, the water we drink, the bread we eat to sustain life are as surely purchased for us by the Saviour’s sacrifice as is the crown of life that will be bestowed upon the overcomer. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 14)
When you pray for temporal blessings, remember that the Lord may see that it is not for your good or for His glory to give you just what you desire. But He will answer your prayer, giving you just what is best for you. When Paul prayed that the thorn in his flesh might be removed, the Lord answered the prayer, not by removing the thorn, but by giving him strength to bear the trial. “My grace,” said He, “is sufficient for thee.” Paul rejoiced at this answer to his prayer, declaring, “Most gladly therefore, will I rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me.” [2 Corinthians 12:7-9.] When the sick pray for recovery to health, the Lord does not always answer their prayer in just the way they desire. But even though they may not immediately be healed, He will give them that which is of more value—grace to bear their sickness. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 15)
Every promise in the Word of God is for us. In your prayers, present the pledged Word of Jehovah, and by faith claim His promises. His Word is the assurance that if you ask in faith, you will receive all spiritual blessings. God has given you this promise. Continue to ask, and you will receive exceeding abundantly above all that ye ask or think. Educate yourself to have unlimited confidence in God. Cast all your care upon Him. Wait patiently for Him, and He will bring it to pass. (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 16)
“If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed.” [James 1:5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 49, 1903, 17)
Ms 50, 1903
A Sermon, by Paul
NP
May 19, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6BC 1080; 2SM 360. +
A study of the twelfth chapter of Romans would be of profit to us. It is a sermon by the apostle Paul, written for our instruction. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 1)
“I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service.” [Verse 1.] Here Paul most earnestly beseeches us to fulfil the obligations resting on us. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 2)
“And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Verse 2.] We are warned against being conformed to this world and are assured that, if we will prove God’s faithfulness by being transformed by the renewing of our mind, we shall know the “good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” We may be brought into close relationship with God. But in order for this to be, we must co-operate with Him. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 3)
“For I say through the grace given to me, to every man that is among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith.” [Verse 3.] Self-sufficiency places man where he is unable to discern the goodness and mercy and love of God. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 4)
“For as we have many members in one body, and all members have not the same office: so we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every one members one of another. Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy, let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith; or ministry, let us wait on our ministering: or he that teacheth, on teaching; or he that exhorteth, on exhortation: he that giveth, let him do it with simplicity; he that ruleth, with diligence; he that showeth mercy, with cheerfulness. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 5)
“Let love be without dissimulation.” [Verses 4-9.] In order to have this love, we must cherish that faith that works by love and purifies the soul from all emulation, all strife. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 6)
“Abhor that which is evil.” [Verse 9.] Then you will have nothing to do with worldly, underhand, sharp schemes that would seemingly benefit yourself, but would injure another. You will remember the words, “All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 7)
“Cleave to that which is good. Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honor preferring one another.” [Romans 12:9, 10.] Guard carefully your own heart, lest you become selfish and covetous, and you weave into the web the threads that Satan provides, threads of the same kind as those that form the texture of his own character. Christ will not accept any service into which selfishness is introduced. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 8)
The Blessings of Giving
“Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord; rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer. Distributing to the necessities of the saints; given to hospitality.” [Verses 11-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 9)
These words outline genuine medical missionary work. Every worker connected with our institutions should have control of the means that he has earned to use in this work. No one has a right to keep back any part of their wages to use where he may think best. Those laboring in our institutions should be made to feel that no one claims the right to deprive them of their individuality. Many will use their money as wisely as the managers would use it. Every one has a right to what he has earned. Every one has a right to use his earnings where ever he sees fit in the cause of God, in response to the many calls for help that come from different parts of the Lord’s vineyard. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 10)
The workers in our institutions should have an opportunity of realizing the blessings that come from giving. They should have the privilege of keeping a bank account of their own from which they may draw when they wish to help any enterprise. They need the education this will give them. They may make mistakes: but have not those with long experience made similar mistakes? By practice all can learn how to use their means wisely. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 11)
Let every one practice economy that he may be able to act his part when calls come from needy fields. The nurses and other workers should carefully save what they receive for their services; for calls will come for help from places whose necessity is urgent. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 12)
*****
The time has come, when, as God opens the way, families should move out of the cities. The children should be taken into the country. The parents should get as suitable a place as their means will allow. Though the dwelling may be small, yet there should be land in connection with it that may be cultivated. Some families who have been separated may be united in such places. (18LtMs, Ms 50, 1903, 13)
Ms 51, 1903
Our Duty to Needy Fields
NP
May 19, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3BC 1153; 17MR 29.
“Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek Me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go ye cannot come; so now I say to you. A new commandment I give unto you, that ye love one another.... By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:33-35.] (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 1)
For fallen man, the Lord Jesus gave His life. Toward His sheep and lambs, He manifested great tenderness. The heart of the Majesty of heaven was full of kindness and sympathy for the human race. With Christ the heavenly attributes of true politeness, deference, and respect for others were natural graces. The Lord would have all His believing children copy His example of Christian politeness. This is the fragrance of the gospel in action. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 2)
Christ encourages every one to do his best. The work of God is to go forward in a decided manner. Workers for the Master are to labor with an eye single to the glory of God. When the vision is obscured by selfishness, the work will be faulty. God will not sanction selfish dealing. He will not accept the work of stewards who afflict the souls of His heritage, and by selfishness and greed made the work of His laborers doubly hard. The record of many of Christ’s professed followers is spoiled by these sins. Because of this, the work of God is languishing. Because of the selfishness inwrought in the souls of men, the labor of those in difficult fields is made doubly hard. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 3)
Christ’s righteousness goes before those of His followers who do true medical missionary work. The work of God is a solemn work. It is not to be carried on in harmony with worldly customs. Divine and human powers must blend. By the co-operation of God, the medical missionary work may be His helping hand. The medical missionary work is not the head, but the hand. The right hand is a leading member of the body. It may open doors for the entrance of the body, but it is not the whole body. Its work is to help others. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 4)
The action taken that none of the profits of the Sanitarium in Battle Creek shall be used outside the state of Michigan does not meet the mind of the Lord. This should be changed, even though it cost thousands of dollars. By this worldly policy money is kept in one field that should be used in establishing memorials in many places, to stand as witnesses of God’s tender love and compassion for a fallen race. God desires that the workers in difficult places should have facilities where with to make their work a success. No time should be lost in supplying their necessities. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 5)
Angels of God will co-operate with those who render assistance to the needy parts of the Lord’s vineyard. By the co-operation of divine with human agencies, the weakest parts are to be strengthened. When the men who have the oversight of the work see with sanctified discernment, because their eyes are anointed with the heavenly eyesalve, when their hearts are free from selfishness, they will impartially consider all parts of the Lord’s vineyard. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 6)
True happiness may be found in unselfishly striving to help those who need help. God helps the feeble and strengthens those who have no strength. In the fields where the trials and the conflicts and poverty are the greatest, God’s workmen must have increased protection. To those laboring in the heat of the conflict, God says, “The Lord is thy shade upon thy right hand.” [Psalm 121:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 7)
Our Lord adapts Himself to our special needs. He is a shade on our right hand. He walks close by our side, ready to supply all our necessities. He comes very near to those who are engaged in willing service for Him. He knows every one by name. O what assurances we have of the tender love of Christ! When our minds, purified from sin, are enabled better to comprehend the depth of God’s grace, we shall exclaim, “Thy gentleness hath enlarged my understanding, and hath made me great.” (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 8)
The Lord sees the needy portions of His vineyard. To one worker is given opportunity to supply what another lacks. If that worker fails to respond to the call of God for what has been entrusted to him, he is regarded in heaven as an unfaithful steward. Then let those to whom God has entrusted means carry out His purposes by helping those who are in need of facilities for doing His work. Many have selfishly closed their eyes to the needs of destitute portions of the vineyard. Lacking clear, sanctified discernment, they have failed to help those toiling in hard fields, where help is most needed. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 9)
Not all who claim to be medical missionaries are doing a work that honors and glorifies God. Self is striving for recognition. Christ’s character is not revealed. Those who are laborers together with God will bear holy fire. But many who are supposed to be doing medical missionary work are handling common fire. Their work should represent God, but His holiness is not a prominent feature of it. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 10)
The great Medical Missionary was exalted because He humbled Himself. He gave himself as an entire holy sacrifice for man. He descended to the very lowest depths of humiliation, that man, when obeying the commands of God, may realize that Christ has trodden the path of self-denial and cross-bearing. The Saviour took upon Himself the infirmities of humanity, and on this earth lived a sinless life that men should have no fear that because of the weakness of human nature they would not be able to overcome. He ascended to heaven to plead for us, that we might be raised to sit together with Him in the heavenly places “far above all principality and power.” [Ephesians 1:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 11)
Through the power imparted to us by Christ, we may be “laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] For our example, He lived a life filled with grace and sympathy. He united with others in labor, ever treating them with kindness and courtesy. Then should not His followers guard carefully the spirit they manifest toward their fellow laborers? Should they not remember that by cherishing a bitter spirit and speaking harsh words, they co-operate with Satan to make the temptations of others harder to resist? (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 12)
Christ lived a life of true humility. When men in responsible positions in the Lord’s work show a dictatorial spirit, speaking harsh words, they make it plain that Christ is not abiding in their hearts, but that they are prompted by Satan. Christ’s little flock is very dear to His heart. He gave His life to save the souls perishing under the shadow of sin and sorrow. He does not always permit His children to have their own way. That we may have fellowship with Him in His sufferings, He permits trials to come to us. If we yield ourselves to Him, our trials will work out for our good. Brethren, if you are in trying circumstances and feel that others fail to help you as they should in the work of God, do your best and do not murmur. The Lord is our exceeding great reward. He will judge with equity. It is not your work to reproach those who hinder the fulfilment of God’s purposes. The time will come when their neglect of duty and the consequences of every selfish action they have performed will stand out vividly before them. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 13)
O how can we cherish sin, when we are standing on the borders of the eternal world? The injunction comes, “Work while it is day: the night cometh when no man can work.” [John 9:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 14)
There is much to be done in new places. Our ministers have spent too much time with the churches, doing that which the church members would do themselves if they were in working order. God will hold the churches responsible for the neglect of the work that might have been done in new fields, had they not kept the ministers from the work they should have done. (18LtMs, Ms 51, 1903, 15)
Ms 52, 1903
Diary
NP
January 2, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 1BC 1108.
This morning, I feel thankful that I have slept peacefully through the night. I feared that I should be wakeful. I have daily reason to praise the Lord that I am blessed with health. I feel anxious that the strength of my mind and body may be preserved. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 1)
In the St. Helena Sanitarium, there are only a few patients, and it has been thought necessary to cut down expenses by lessening the staff of workers. It is to be regretted that Mr. Decker, the plumber, who has done excellent, faithful work in the institution, has been discharged. This man’s wife is a member of our church. He has been connected with the Sanitarium for nine years and has done excellent work. He is not a church member, but he is a faithful, well-principled man. His family is well ordered and well disciplined. He has one daughter about sixteen years of age and twin boys of ten who are sturdy and active and willing to work. This family bears an excellent reputation, and it is needed on the hillside as an example of a well-regulated home. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 2)
A well-regulated family is a blessing to the whole neighborhood. Every child should be taught to be orderly and obedient. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 3)
Religion is more than a mere theory. It is more than a passive acquiescence to truth. It is a living principle brought into the life, manifested in the daily occupation. True love in the home requires sacrifice, especially in the humble home. God values and commends hard, honest work. Let all remember that they belong to Christ, that they are brought with a price, and that God will be honored by their lives, as they faithfully perform their daily duties. Christ says to all, “Ye are My witnesses. Honor Me, and I will honor you. I will confess you before My Father, if you will confess Me by dealing justly and walking humbly with God.” [See Isaiah 43:10; 1 Samuel 2:30; Matthew 10:32; Micah 6:8.] A man may not be eloquent; he may not put himself forward in religious services, yet if he does his best, the Lord will help him as he lays his foundation upon the Rock and strives to carry out correct principles. Such a man will not betray sacred trusts. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 4)
Last night I seemed to be addressing a company of people in regard to our attitude to such individuals as Mr. Decker. I referred to the experience of Peter. While he was praying, “he fell into a trance, and saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth; wherein were all manners of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven.” [Acts 10:10-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 5)
As Peter went with the men who came for him and pointed Cornelius to Jesus as the sinner’s only hope, he understood the meaning of the vision he had seen. In this narrative there are valuable lessons for those who are trying to live the Christian life. One man should not measure another by his human standard, passing judgment upon him for not taking part in religious services. By judgment of this kind, a brother may be discouraged and his soul imperilled. Let us learn from the lesson given to Peter not to call common and unclean those for whom God cares. He is watching over some who today are not actively engaged in His work, but who will some time take up the work to which He calls them and will become faithful, reliable workers. Their voices may not be heard in religious meetings, but in the great day when rewards are given to the faithful, the good example they have set will be recognized by God, and crowns of glory will be placed upon their brow. It is impossible for a man to live an unselfish life, to pursue a course of honesty and integrity, without the keeping power of God. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 6)
If every one would do his best, looking to Jesus for instruction, he would receive the fulfilment of the promise, “Ask, and it shall be given unto you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 7)
*****
The Bible is our textbook. It deals with most minute details as well as the greatest affairs of life. The same divine Instructor that guided the pencil portraying the prophetic records of Revelation and the history of the life of Christ, and of His condemnation and crucifixion, guided also the pencil that traced the story of the anxious mother who sought to save her child from the cruel death that Pharaoh had decreed should be suffered by all the male children of the Hebrews. The heavenly host watched with interest as the babe Moses was placed in the little ark of bulrushes, watched by Miriam. They watched as Pharaoh’s daughter came to the river and discovered the babe; and as Miriam, having received permission to find a nurse for the child, brought its own mother, who could then without fear care for it. The Lord God guided in all these transactions. He placed the history on record that we may realize that all our actions are seen by Him, and by the heavenly angels. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 8)
*****
In ancient times, the Lord instructed Moses to build Him a sanctuary. The people were to provide the material, and skilful men must be found to handle the precious material. Among the multitude were Egyptians who had acted as overseers for such work and thoroughly understood how it should be done. But the work was not dependent upon them. The Lord united with human agencies, giving them wisdom to work skilfully. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 9)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, See, I have called by name, Bezaleel the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the tribe of Judah: and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to work in gold and silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship. And I, behold, I have given with him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan: and in the hearts of all that are wise hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee; the tabernacle of the congregation, and the ark of the testimony, and the mercy seat that is there upon, and all the furniture of the tabernacle.” [Exodus 31:1-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 10)
Let the workmen in the service of God today pray to Him for wisdom and keen foresight, that they may do their work perfectly. (18LtMs, Ms 52, 1903, 11)
Ms 53, 1903
Memorials in Many Places
NP
May 20, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 17MR 286-288. +
“Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also. The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body is full of light. But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of darkness.” [Matthew 6:19-23.] “Fear not, little flock; for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom. Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief approacheth, neither moth corrupteth. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also. Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning; and ye yourselves like unto men that wait for their Lord, when He shall return from the wedding: that when He cometh and knocketh, they may open unto Him immediately.” [Luke 12:32-36.] (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 1)
Now, just now, a great work is to be done without delay. The Lord calls upon His stewards for that which is His own. God’s people are not to tie up their money by placing it in banks. They should put it in circulation by investing it in the work in missionary fields. Let those of our people who have money in banks withdraw it and invest it in the great work of God while they have opportunity. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 2)
No one is to make an urgent appeal for means with which to erect large and expensive buildings for sanitariums, colleges, or publishing houses, so absorbing means that the work in other places is crippled. Let our brethren be careful lest by drawing largely from our people for the erection of buildings in one place, they rob other parts of the Lord’s vineyard. Unduly to exalt the work in one part of the field is selfishness and covetousness. The Lord specially condemns such a manifestation; for by it His sacred work is misrepresented before the world. He would have His work controlled and guided by equity, justice, and judgment. He does not call for the erection of immense institutions. One corner of the vineyard is not the whole world. In many places throughout the world memorials for God are to be established to represent His truth. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 3)
Every dollar that we have belongs to God. “The silver is Mine, and the gold is Mine, saith the Lord of hosts.” [Haggai 2:8.] Yet some do not recognize His ownership. Though the work in the part of the field where they are laboring already possesses an abundance of facilities, they continue to draw from the Lord’s . They do not think of the needy portions of the field, which require such facilities as they already have. Would they work as zealously to provide for some other place the facilities they think are required in their fields? (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 4)
Every worker must labor with an eye single to the glory of God. If the work in all parts of the field bore the signature of heaven, there would be means enough to carry it forward. Those who have the money in God’s treasury are to economize in the use of means, and they are to consider carefully the needs of the work in the home field and in the regions beyond. If they did this, they would not erect mammoth institutions contrary to the instructions of God. The Lord has plainly told us that instead of erecting a mammoth institution in any one place, we should establish plants in many places. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 5)
The question is sometimes asked, “Why build schoolhouses, sanitariums, food stores, or churches when time is so short?” The Lord’s money is to be invested wisely. In many places where the work has been shamefully neglected, plants must be established that will be producers as well as consumers. Memorials for God should be established in every place, as an aid in the proclamation of the last message of mercy. Missionary work should be done in every city. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 6)
Qualifications of Workers
I have repeatedly been given instruction in regard to the characters that should be possessed by the men who occupy responsible positions in the work of God. If those engaged in the work of God cherish evil traits of character, the truths they present will taste too strongly of the dish to be palatable. The great work of redemption is to be carried steadily forward. On every hand are seen covetousness, selfishness, and self-exaltation. Unless our leading men are freed from these sins, their characters will be warped and they will hinder the work of God. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 7)
Many of the leading men have dishonored the Lord. They have been false shepherds and have led the flock of God astray. Teachers and rulers must be disciplined by disappointment, hardship, and affliction. Unless they are willing to learn of Christ His meekness and lowliness, they are not fitted to teach. Their example of self-righteousness will do nothing to advance the work of God. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 8)
Lest the enemies of God should triumph over backsliding Israel, God bears long with the waywardness of their leaders, who though grown to the stature of men and women have not put away their childish faults and imperfections; who after having had years of experience still reveal that they are deficient in love, in grace, in purity. For the glory of His own name, not because of the righteousness of His church, or because of their obedience to His commandments, God has borne long with His people. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 9)
“For My name’s sake will I defer Mine anger, and for My praise will I refrain for thee, that I cut thee not off. Behold I have refined thee, but not with silver; I have chosen thee in the furnace of affliction. For Mine own sake, even for Mine own sake will I do it: for how should My name be polluted? and I will not give My glory unto another. Hearken unto Me, O Jacob and Israel, My called; I am He; I am the first, I also am the last. Mine hand also hath laid the foundation of the earth, and My right hand hath spanned the heavens: when I call unto them, they stand up together.” [Isaiah 48:9-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 10)
“Thus saith the Lord, thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel; I am the Lord thy God which teacheth thee to profit, which leadest thee by the way that thou shouldest go. O that thou hadst hearkened to My commandments! then had thy peace been as a river, and thy righteousness as the waves of the sea.” [Verses 17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 11)
The time will come when all must stand before angels and before men revealed in their true light. As the artist reproduces upon the polished plate the features of the human countenance, so their characters are being transferred to the books of heaven. The great Master-artist faithfully delineates every phase of the character. Every manifestation of selfishness or greed is noted by Him. In the judgment every man will stand revealed just as he is, either fashioned after the divine similitude, or disfigured by the idolatrous sins of selfishness and covetousness. (18LtMs, Ms 53, 1903, 12)
Ms 54, 1903
Talk/The Work of Our Fernando School
Los Angeles, California
September 17, 1902
This manuscript is published in entirety in 8MR 2-7; CT 204-210.
September 17, 1902
Remarks by Mrs. E. G. White at the Los Angeles Camp-meeting
I read from the second epistle of Peter: “Simon Peter, a servant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteousness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the knowledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, according as His divine power hath given unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of Him that hath called us to glory and virtue: whereby are given unto us exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust.” [2 Peter 1:1-4.] (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 1)
This Scripture is full of instruction for those who are engaged in educational work for our youth. Our brethren in positions of responsibility should give special study to the management of matters in connection with the establishment of new schools for the training of our children, in order that the youth may be surrounded by circumstances the most favorable for the formation of a character strong enough to withstand the evils of this world. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 2)
A Lesson From Israel
After the descendants of Abraham had spent many years in Egyptian servitude, God raised up Moses to deliver them from their oppressors. In order to induce the Egyptians to heed the message given to them through Moses, God brought upon them many plagues. But they continued to harden their hearts. Because of their stubborn resistance, Moses was at last directed to say to Pharaoh, “Thus saith the Lord, Israel is My son, even My firstborn; and I say unto thee, Let My son go, that he may serve Me. And if thou refuse to let him go, behold, I will slay thy son, even thy firstborn.” [Exodus 4:22, 23.] (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 3)
Before Egypt was visited by this terrible judgment, the word of the Lord came to the fathers and mothers among the Israelites, directing them to gather their children with them into the house, there to remain until the destroying angel had passed over the land. “Moses called for all the elders of Israel, and said unto them, Draw out and take you a lamb according to your families, and kill the passover. And ye shall take a bunch of hyssop, and dip it in the blood that is in the bason, and strike the lintel and the two sideposts with the blood that is in the bason; and none of you shall go out at the door of his house until the morning. For the Lord will pass through to smite the Egyptians, and when He seeth the blood upon the lintel, and on the two sideposts, the Lord will pass over the door, and will not suffer the destroyer to come in unto your houses to smite you.” [Exodus 12:21-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 4)
“The children of Israel ... did as the Lord had commanded Moses and Aaron.” [Verse 28.] (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 5)
“It came to pass, that at midnight the Lord smote all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, from the firstborn of Pharaoh that sat on his throne unto the firstborn of the captive that was in the dungeon; and all the firstborn of cattle.” [Verse 29.] God passed over the homes of the Israelites. Upon the children of the parents who were faithful in gathering their little ones within the circle of the home, no judgment fell. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 6)
This experience of the Israelites is a wonderful lesson for us today. In this time of peril, God-fearing parents, like the fathers and mothers of ancient Israel, should understand the will of the Lord concerning themselves and their children. In planning for the education of their children outside the home, they should realize that it is not safe now to send them to public schools. Parents should endeavor to send their children to schools where they can obtain an education based on a scriptural foundation—an education to be gained gradually, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little, and there a little. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 7)
The Establishment of Christian Schools
Some may ask, “How are such schools to be established?” We are not a rich people, but if we pray in faith, and let the Lord work in our behalf, He will open ways before us to establish small schools in retired places for the education of our youth not only in the Scriptures and in book learning, but in many lines of manual labor. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 8)
The necessity for establishing such schools is urged upon me very strongly because of the cruel neglect of many parents properly to educate their children in the home school. Multitudes of fathers and mothers have seemed to think that if the lines of control were put into the hands of their children, they would develop into useful young men and young women. But the Lord has instructed me in regard to this matter. In the visions of the night I saw standing by the side of these neglected children the one who was cast out of the heavenly courts because he originated sin. He, the enemy of souls, was standing by, watching for opportunities to gain control of the mind of every child whose parents had not given faithful instruction in regard to Satan’s snares. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 9)
The Home School
Upon every Christian parent there rests the solemn obligation of giving to his children an education that will lead them to gain a knowledge of the Lord and to become partakers of the divine nature through obedience to God’s will and way. A child’s first school should be his home. His first instructors should be his father and his mother. His first lessons should be the lessons of respect, obedience, reverence, and self-control. If he is not instructed aright by his parents, Satan will instruct him in evil through agencies that are most objectionable. How important, then, is the school in the home! Here the character is first shaped. Here the destiny of souls is often largely influenced. Even the parents who are endeavoring to do their best have not a hundredth part of the realization they should have of the value of a human soul. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 10)
The school in the home should be a place where children are taught that the eye of God is upon them, observing all that they do. If this thought were deeply impressed upon the mind, the work of governing children would be made much easier. In the home school our boys and girls are being prepared to attend a church school when they reach a proper age to associate more intimately with other children. Constantly parents should keep this in view, realizing that their children are God’s purchased little ones to be trained for lives of usefulness in the Master’s service and for a home in the future, eternal world. The father and the mother, as teachers in the home school, should consecrate hands, tongue, brain, and every power of the being to God, in order that they may fulfil their high and holy mission. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 11)
To shield their children from contaminating influences, parents should instruct them in principles of purity. Those who form the habit of obedience and self-control in the home life will have but little difficulty in school life and, if surrounded by Christian influences, will escape many temptations that usually beset the youth. Let us train our children so that they will remain true to God under all circumstances and in all places. In their tender years let us surround them with influences that will tend to strengthen character. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 12)
The Fernando School
Parents who give their children proper instruction at home will train them to obey their teachers at school. And, unless surrounded by unusual circumstances, they will, in time, see the necessity of sending their children to some school outside the home. This school may be simply a church school, or it may be an intermediate school or a large training school. I am pleased to learn that here in Southern California you have established a school at Fernando, and that it will be opened in about a week. I am glad that the Lord has wrought for you in providing a place for the education of your children. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 13)
A few days ago I had the privilege of seeing the buildings and the surroundings of the Fernando school. My time was very limited, but I was thankful for the opportunity of visiting the school grounds. I am glad that you are several miles away from the city of Los Angeles. You have good buildings and are in a favorable place for school work. I greatly desire that you shall make a right beginning. In planning for the erection of cottages for our brethren and sisters who may move there, be careful not to allow buildings to be put up too near the school property. Try to secure the land lying near the school, so that it will be impossible for houses to be built close to the campus. The land may be used for agricultural purposes. Later on, you may find it advisable to introduce various trades for the employment and training of the students; but at present about all that you can do is to teach them how to cultivate the land so that it shall yield its fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 14)
The Subjects to be Taught
The question has been asked, “What shall we teach in the Fernando school?” Teach the very simplest lessons. You should not make a great parade before the world, showing what you expect to do, as if you were planning to do something wonderful. No, indeed. Take hold of this school with meekness. Tell your brethren and friends that you are planning to conduct an industrial school, a school in which practical instruction in agriculture and various trades will be connected with instruction in book learning. Boast neither of the branches of study you expect to teach nor of the industrial work you hope to do; but tell every one who inquires that you intend to do the best you can to give your students a physical, mental, and spiritual training that will fit them for usefulness in this life and prepare them for the future, immortal life. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 15)
What influence do you think it would have to publish, in your announcement of the school, that you would endeavor to give to the students a training that would prepare them for the future, immortal life, because you desire to see them live throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity? I believe such a statement would have a far greater influence upon the brethren and sisters of this Conference, and upon the community in the midst of which the school is located, than would the display of any number of courses of study in ancient and modern languages and other higher branches of learning. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 16)
Let the school prove itself. Then the patrons will not be disappointed, and the students will not claim that they were promised instruction in certain studies which, after entering the school, they were not permitted to take up. Let it be understood at the beginning that the Bible lies at the foundation of all education. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 17)
An earnest study of God’s Word, resulting in transformation of character and in a fitness for service, will make the Fernando school a power for good. My brethren who are to be connected with this school, your strength lies not in the number of languages you may teach or in telling how large a “college” you have. Keep silent on these points. Silence in regard to the great things you plan to do will help you more than all the positive assertions, and the promises, that you might publish in your announcements. You need to publish nothing of the kind. By faithfulness in the school, you should demonstrate that you are working on foundation principles, principles that will prepare the students for entrance through the pearly gates into the heavenly city. The saving of souls is worth far more than mere intellectual training. A pretentious display of human learning, the manifestation of pride of personal appearance, is worthless. The Lord values obedience to His will; for only by walking humbly and obediently before Him, can man glorify God. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 18)
In giving us the privilege of studying His Word, the Lord has set before us a rich banquet. Many are the benefits derived from feasting on His Word, which is represented by Him as being His flesh and blood—His spirit and life. By partaking of this Word, our spiritual strength is increased; we grow in grace and in a knowledge of the truth; habits of self-control are formed and strengthened; the infirmities of childhood—fretfulness, wilfulness, selfishness, hasty words, passionate acts—disappear, and in their place are developed the graces of Christian manhood and womanhood. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 19)
If your students, besides studying God’s Word, learn no more than how to use correctly the English language in reading, writing, spelling, and speaking, a great work for humanity will have been accomplished. Those who are trained for service in the Lord’s work should be taught how to talk properly in ordinary conversation and before congregations. Many a laborer’s usefulness is marred by his ignorance in regard to correct breathing and clear, forcible speaking. Many have not learned to give the right emphasis to the words they read and speak. Often the enunciation is indistinct. A thorough training in the use of the English language is of far more value to a youth than is a superficial study of foreign languages to the neglect of his mother tongue. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 20)
Let the Fernando school be conducted along the lines of the ancient schools of the prophets, the Word of God lying at the foundation of all. Let not the students attempt to grasp the higher rounds of the ladder first. There are those who have attended other schools, thinking that they could obtain an advanced education; but they have been so intent on reaching the higher rounds of the ladder that they have never been humble enough to learn of Christ. Had they placed their feet on the lower rounds first, they could have made progress, learning more and still more of the Great Teacher. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 21)
The instructors will find it greatly to their advantage to take hold interestedly with the students in manual labor, showing them how to work. By co-operating with the youth in this practical way, the teachers can bind the hearts of the students to themselves by the cords of sympathy and brotherly love. Christian kindness and sociability are powerful factors in the winning of the affections of the youth. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 22)
Teachers, take hold of the school work with diligence and patience. Realize that yours is not a common work. You are laboring for time and for eternity, molding the minds of the students for entrance into the higher school—the school above. Every right principle, every truth, learned in an earthly school, will advance us just that much in the heavenly school. As Christ walked and talked with His disciples during His ministry on this earth, so He will teach us in the school above, leading us by the side of the river of living waters and revealing to us truths that in this life must remain hidden mysteries because of the limitations of the human mind so marred by sin. In the heavenly school we shall have opportunity to attain, step by step, to the greatest heights of learning. There, as children of the heavenly King, we shall ever dwell with the members of the royal family; there we shall see the King in His beauty and behold His matchless charms. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 23)
The Training of Missionaries
It is important that we should have such schools as the one soon to be opened at Fernando. To us has been committed a great work—the work of proclaiming the third angel’s message to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people. We have but few missionaries. From home and abroad are coming many urgent calls for workers. Young men and young women, the middle aged, and, in fact, all who are able to engage in the Master’s service, should be putting their minds to the stretch in an effort to prepare to meet these calls. From the light God has given me, I know we do not use the faculties of the mind half as diligently as we should in an effort to fit ourselves for greater usefulness. If we consecrate mind and body to God’s service, obeying His law, He will give us sanctified moral power for every undertaking. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 24)
Every man and every woman in our ranks, whether a parent or not, ought to be intensely interested in the work of educating our youth for active service in the Lord’s vineyard. We cannot afford to allow our children to drift away into the world and to fall under the control of the enemy. Let us come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty. Let us do all in our power to make the Fernando school a blessing to our youth. Teachers and students, you can do much to bring this about by wearing the yoke of Christ, daily learning of Him His meekness and lowliness. Those who are not directly connected with the school can help to make it a blessing by giving it their hearty support. Thus we shall all be “laborers together with God” [1 Corinthians 3:9], and receive the reward of the faithful, even an entrance into the school above. (18LtMs, Ms 54, 1903, 25)
Ms 55, 1903
A Cause of Spiritual Weakness
NP
May 22, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, 06/18/1903; The Southern Watchman, 07/09/1903. +
The servants of Jesus Christ are to carry forward His work solidly and unitedly. Never are they to cherish a criticizing, faultfinding spirit. When such a spirit is cherished, a door is opened for the powers of darkness, and there comes into the work darkness that kills Christian activity. The Holy Spirit is grieved because of the disregard of the prayer that Christ offered just before His trial and crucifixion, that His disciples might be one. Men often act as if God had made them judges, instead of fellow helpers. The time that might be spent in encouraging one another, in suggesting ways and means for advancing the work of God in hard and difficult places, is spent in judging and condemning. Why are we not more spiritually minded? Why do we so readily yield to the temptation to bite and devour one another? It is because Satan is allowed to enter the heart with his temptations. His suggestions are received and acted upon, and hearts are grieved and wounded. The time and energy that should be wholly on the Lord’s side is used for the enemy. God’s working forces are robbed of strength and courage, and their burdens are increased. Precious time is worse than wasted, and minds are filled with sadness and distrust. All this, when every jot of strength, every power of mind and body, should be employed in a concerted action against the enemy of God and man. (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 1)
The only safe course for God’s servants to pursue is to work with an eye single to His glory, that the whole body may be full of light. To do this means to keep Christ’s lessons ever in mind and to do all in a way that He can approve, revealing the spirit that he revealed for those He calls His little children. (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 2)
“A new commandment I give unto you,” Christ said, “That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:34, 35.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 3)
If it is by the manifestation of this love that we are to convince the world that we are Christ’s disciples, is it not time that we changed our course of action? Is it not time that we gave the world proof that we are Bible Christians, that we are keeping God’s commandments? Shall we not cease to judge and despise and condemn one another? (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 4)
We have our Bibles. Why, then, do we not practice the teachings of Christ? He says, “He that hath My commandments and keepeth them, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him. Judas saith unto Him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest Thyself unto us, and not unto the world? Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love Me, he will keep My words; and My Father will love him, and We will come unto him, and make Our abode with him. He that loveth Me not keepeth not My sayings; and the word which ye hear is not Mine, but the Father’s which sent Me.” [John 14:21-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 5)
Again we read: “Jesus cried and said, He that believeth on Me, believeth not on Me, but on Him that sent Me.... I am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth on Me should not abide in darkness. And if any man hear My words and believe not, I judge him not; for I came not to judge the world, but to save the world. He that rejecteth Me and receiveth not My words, hath one that judgeth him; the word that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day. For I have not spoken of Myself, but the Father which sent Me, He gave Me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak. And I know that His commandment is life everlasting; whatsoever I speak therefore, even as the Father said unto Me, so I speak.” [John 12:44, 46-50.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 6)
I entreat those who claim to believe that Christ is their personal Saviour to practice His teachings. Shall we not, from this time, believe in Christ, and show our faith by obeying His words? Will not those who proclaim the gospel to sinners believe the gospel, and by their obedience to every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God, testify to its power? Will not those who preach Christ live the Christ life? God calls upon those who have the light to walk in the light. Then their souls will be all light in the Lord. True Christians find their happiness in obeying the words of the Saviour. They place no dependence upon worldly maxims. Their whole dependence is placed upon the Source of all power. By beholding Christ, they become changed. Of what character, then, will be their speech? The following Scripture shows: “And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that ye may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offense till the day of Christ; being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God.” [Philippians 1:9-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 7)
Shall we not unite with the prayer of Christ and the prayer of Paul, and, in such holy companionship, make our experience rich in precious words of love and true courtesy and Christian politeness, “being filled with the fruits of righteousness, which are by Jesus Christ unto the praise and glory of God.” [Verse 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 8)
Bear in mind, my brethren, that here in this world we are being tested and tried. God calls upon the presidents of our conferences, upon our ministers, and upon those in positions of trust in our institutions to reveal clearly to the world the miracle-working power of God, to show that they are true followers of Christ, “filled with the fruits of righteousness.” [Verse 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 9)
Instruction From Paul’s Letter to the Ephesians
Study the first chapter of Ephesians, and unite with the prayer of the great apostle, “That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him; the eyes of your understanding being enlightened, that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of his power to usward who believe, according to the working of His mighty power, which He wrought in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead, and set Him at His own right hand in heavenly places.” [Verses 17-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 10)
Let none be zealous to exalt self and find fault with others. This has been done, and it has brought in coldness and indifference and hardheartedness and dissension. Let us pray for reconversion. Let us show sincere repentance, and the Lord will pardon our transgressions and forgive our sins. Power will come to us through connection with Christ. The conscience will find rest in Christ. He is “the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] As we believe in Him, we are changed into His likeness, His image is engraven on the heart. His love is reflected to the world in our words and deeds. Thus is revealed to the world the power that the truth has to sanctify the receiver. Under the bright, glorious beams of Christ’s righteousness, the human soul is made pure and holy. (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 11)
I point you to the words of the apostle Paul in the fourth chapter of Ephesians. This whole chapter is a lesson that God desires us to learn and practice. The apostle beseeches us to walk worthy of the vocation wherewith we are called, “that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the head, even Christ; from whom the whole body, fitly joined together, and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Verses 14-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 12)
Study the closing words of the chapter: “Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth, but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may minister grace to the hearers. And grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Let all bitterness, and wrath, and anger, and clamor, and evil speaking, be put away from you, with all malice; and be ye kind one to another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you.” [Verses 29-32.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 13)
“Be ye therefore followers of God as dear children; and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us, and hath given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet-smelling savor. But fornication, and all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not be once named among you, as becometh saints; neither filthiness, nor foolish talking, nor jesting, which are not convenient; but rather giving of thanks.... Let no man deceive you with vain words; for because of these things cometh the wrath of God upon the children of disobedience. Be ye not therefore partakers with them. For ye were sometimes darkness, but now are ye light in the Lord; walk as children of light; ... proving what is acceptable unto the Lord. And have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them.” [Ephesians 5:1-4, 6-8, 10, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 14)
“See then that ye walk circumspectly, not as fools, but as wise, redeeming the time, because the days are evil. Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is.” [Verses 15-17.] Too often those claiming to be Christians allow the enemy to gain access to their minds. They readily receive his suggestions, and this causes a dearth of spiritual power and a great and lamentable confusion. Mistakes are made, and precious, golden moments are taken to remove the results of Satan’s working. Shall we not confess the sins that have dishonored God, imperilled souls, and wasted the hours that ought to have been devoted to proclaiming present truth. (18LtMs, Ms 55, 1903, 15)
Ms 56, 1903
A Present Help
NP
May 22, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 1MR 115-116. +
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one, and that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:22, 23.] (18LtMs, Ms 56, 1903, 1)
These words seem almost beyond the grasp of our faith, yet we are to believe them and act in accordance with them. But we must remember that Christ does not promise to hide with Himself in God the humanity of the one who clings to his sinful ways or his self-righteousness. We must take time to pray, and then we must live lives that are in harmony with our prayers, believing that the Lord will answer us. The answer may not come in just the way that we expect, but we may rest assured that the Master knows our every necessity. We are to meet every trial with the words, “Not my will, but God’s be done.” [Luke 22:42.] (18LtMs, Ms 56, 1903, 2)
“Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] To place ourselves in close connection with Christ, by fervent, believing prayer—this is our duty. For our part of the contract we are responsible. For the rest we are to trust the One who knows and understands what will best help us in our endeavors to do His will. (18LtMs, Ms 56, 1903, 3)
Let us place ourselves in the line of co-operation with God, making it possible for Him to answer our prayers. He has issued His promissory notes, declaring, “A new heart will I give you.” [Ezekiel 36:26.] He says that He will be found of those who seek Him with the whole heart. When you lose your hold on Christ, the bank of heaven has not failed, but you have broken your covenant with God. He cannot cover your sin while you continue in sin, refusing to let Him take away your transgression, because you suppose that in disobeying the commands of God, you have placed yourself beyond help. The Lord says, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] Then stop worrying over the troubles that you so often bring upon yourself, and come like a penitent child to Jesus, confessing your sins. “Thus saith the high and holy One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 56, 1903, 4)
Ms 57, 1903
An Appeal for Consecration and Service
NP
May 27, 1902 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in CG 549; CTr 360; 1MR 21. +
“And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 1)
These words of Christ mark out our work for today. We are to preach the gospel in all parts of the world. By putting to use in the service of God every capability we possess, we may honor Him. Sanctified by God, we are to do our part in fulfilling the commission that Christ gave to His disciples. We should study the life of Christ, as recorded in the Bible, and seek to follow His methods of labor. If we follow our human plans, we shall hinder instead of help the work. “He that is not with Me,” said Christ, “is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Our will must be in subjection to the divine will. Our ways must be patterned after Christ’s ways. We are to wear His yoke, and learn of Him meekness and lowliness of heart. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 2)
Men who have not submitted themselves to the yoke of Christ, who have not learned His meekness and lowliness, are not to be exalted to high positions in the work of God. “Come unto Me,” says Christ, “all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me: for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] All who would work for the Master must submit to the yoke of Christ. This submission involves self-sacrifice and entire consecration of body, soul, and spirit. As they learn of Christ His meekness and lowliness, they will find that His yoke is easy and His burden light. They will not become weary in His service. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 3)
A thousand times more work for God might be accomplished if all His children would fully consecrate themselves to Him, using their talents aright. If they would improve every opportunity for doing good, doors for service would be opened before them. They would be called to bear greater responsibilities. Let all ask of God, and they will receive wisdom to carry on His work under the ministration of the Holy Spirit. As they receive God’s blessing, they will rejoice in the work. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 4)
Time is precious. The destiny of souls is in the balance. At infinite cost a way of salvation has been provided. Shall Christ’s great sacrifice be in vain? Shall the earth be entirely controlled by satanic agencies? The salvation of souls is dependent upon the consecration and activity of God’s church. The Lord calls all who believe in Him to be workers together with Him. While their life shall last, they are not to feel that their work is done. Until the time comes when Christ shall say, “It is finished,” His work for the saving of souls will not decrease, but will grow in importance. [See Revelation 16:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 5)
The mercy of God is shown by His long forbearance. He is holding back His judgments, waiting for the message of warning to be sounded to all. There are many who have not yet heard the testing truths for this time. The last call of mercy is to be given more fully to our world. The truths of the eighteenth and nineteenth chapters of Revelation should be read and understood by all. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 6)
The terrible condition of the world today would indicate that apparently the death of Christ has been almost in vain; that Satan has triumphed. The great majority of the earth’s inhabitants belong to Satan’s kingdom. The satanic agencies are not yet subdued. Christ has not yet set up His kingdom. “We see not yet all things put under Him.” [Hebrews 2:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 7)
But we have not been deceived. Notwithstanding the apparent triumph of Satan on the earth, Christ is carrying forward His mediatorial work in the heavenly sanctuary. The Word of God portrays the wickedness and corruption that should exist in the world in the last days. As we see the fulfilment of prophecy, our faith in the final triumph of Christ’s kingdom should be increased. We should go forth with courage to do our appointed work. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 8)
By the fragrance of our speech and the nobility of our characters, let us make it clear that in the great conflict between good and evil we are on the side of Christ. Let us express our faith in the triumph of the cross of Calvary. Let every one decide that in his life, truth and righteousness shall be magnified. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 9)
*****
Every family is a church over which the parents preside. The first consideration of the parents should be to work for the salvation of their children. When the father and mother as priest and teacher of the family take their position fully on the side of Christ, a good influence will be exerted in the home. And this sanctified influence will be felt in the church and will be recognized by every believer. Because of the great lack of piety and sanctification in the home, the work of God is greatly hindered. No man can bring into the church an influence that he does not exert in his home life and in his business relations. He who is not faithful in the home will not be faithful in the church. Let all who claim to be preparing for translation sanctify themselves by applying to their own lives the principles of Bible truth. (18LtMs, Ms 57, 1903, 10)
Ms 58, 1903
Nehemiah’s Prayer
NP
June 16, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3BC 1136; CTr 182-184.
Nehemiah, the Hebrew exile, occupied a position of influence and honor in the Persian court. As cupbearer of the king, he was admitted to the royal presence; and by virtue of this intimacy and his own high abilities and tried fidelity, he became the monarch’s counselor. He was a man of high principle, unbending integrity, and great sagacity. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 1)
In that heathen land, surrounded by royal pomp and splendor, Nehemiah did not forget the God of his fathers or the people who had been entrusted with the holy oracles. The dignity of his position did not rob him of his piety or his love for his brethren. His heart was tender toward them. He was not ashamed to own his relationship to them and to the truth. He felt that he must honor the truth in all places. He did not make any apology for holding a faith distinct from the faith of those in the Persian court. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 2)
By his residence in the Persian court, Nehemiah was being prepared for the work to which he was to be called. He was gaining advantages that were to enable him to be a great help to his people. When God has a work to do, He has His instruments in preparation for this work. He has His chosen ones whom He can call into action when the right moment comes. Courts of princes are sometimes used by God as a training school for the education of the men He is fitting to bear important responsibilities. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 3)
Days of peculiar trial and affliction had come to the chosen city. Messengers from Judah described to Nehemiah its condition. The second temple had been reared, and portions of the city rebuilt, but its prosperity was impeded, the temple service disturbed, and the people kept in constant alarm, by the fact that its walls were still in ruins, and its gates burned with fire. The capital of Judah was fast becoming a desolate place, and the few inhabitants remaining were deeply embittered by the taunts of their idolatrous assailants, “Where is your God?” (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 4)
The soul of the Hebrew patriot was overwhelmed by these evil tidings. So great was his sorrow that he could not eat or drink; he “wept and mourned certain days, and fasted.” But when the first outburst of his grief was over, he turned in his affliction to the sure Helper. The record says that he “prayed before the Lord God of heaven.” [Nehemiah 1:4.] He unburdened his heart to God. He knew that the affliction that had come upon Israel was the result of her transgression; and with deep humiliation he came before God to ask for pardon and a renewal of the divine favor. Faithfully he makes confession of his sins and the sins of his people. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 5)
Taking hold by faith of the divine promise, Nehemiah lays down at the footstool of heavenly mercy his petition that God would maintain the cause of his penitent people, restore their strength, and build up their waste places. “I beseech Thee, O Lord God of heaven, the great and terrible God, that keepeth covenant and mercy for them that love Him and observe His commandments; let Thine ear be attentive, and Thine eye open, that Thou mayest hear the prayer of Thy servant, which I pray before Thee now, day and night, for the children of Israel Thy servants, and confess the sins of the children of Israel, which we have sinned against Thee; both I and my father’s house have sinned.” [Verses 5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 6)
Not only did Nehemiah say that Israel had sinned. He acknowledged with penitence that he and his father’s house had sinned. “We have dealt corruptly against Thee,” he says, placing himself among those who had dishonored God by not standing stiffly for the truth. [Verse 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 7)
He presents before the Lord His own terms. He had said that if they broke the covenant that He had made with them, He would scatter them among the nations, and this He had done. But He had said also that if they turned to Him, He would gather them together again to the place that He had chosen. He had been faithful to His threatenings when His people had separated from Him; He had scattered them abroad among the nations, according to His word. And Nehemiah finds in this very fact an assurance that He will be equally faithful to fulfil His promises. His people had now returned in penitence and faith to keep His commandments; and God had said that if they would do this, even though they were cast out to the uttermost parts of the earth, He would gather them thence again, and would cause the light of His countenance to shine upon them. This promise had been given more than a thousand years before; but it stood unchanged through all the centuries. God’s word cannot fail. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 8)
Nehemiah’s faith and courage strengthen as he grasps the promises. His mouth is filled with holy arguments. He points out the dishonor that would be cast upon God were His people, now that they have returned to Him, to be left in their state of weakness and oppression. “We have dealt very corruptly against Thee,” he says, “and have not kept Thy commandments, nor the statutes, nor the judgments, which Thou commandedst Thy servant Moses. Remember, I beseech Thee, the word that Thou commandedst Thy servant Moses, saying, If ye transgress, I will scatter you abroad among the nations; but if ye turn unto Me, and keep My commandments, and do them; though there were of you cast out unto the uttermost part of the heaven, yet will I gather thee from thence, and will bring thee unto the place that I have chosen to set My name there. Now these are Thy servants and Thy people, whom Thou hast redeemed by Thy great power, and by Thy strong hand.” [Verses 7-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 9)
“O Lord, I beseech Thee, let now Thine ear be attentive to the prayer of Thy servant, and to the prayers of Thy servants, who desire to fear Thy name; and prosper, I pray Thee, Thy servant this day and grant him mercy in the sight of this man.” [Verse 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 10)
Nehemiah had often poured out his soul before God in behalf of his people. Day and night he had offered this prayer. And as he prayed, a holy purpose had been forming in his mind, that if he could obtain the consent of the king, and the necessary aid in procuring implements and material, he would himself undertake the arduous task of rebuilding the ruined walls of Jerusalem and seeking to restore the national strength. And now in closing his prayer, he entreats the Lord to grant him favor in the sight of the king, that this cherished plan may be carried out. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 11)
Nehemiah humbled himself before God, giving Him the glory due unto His name. Thus also did Daniel in Babylon. Let us study the prayers of these men. They teach us that we are to humble ourselves, but that we are never to obliterate the line of demarcation between God’s commandment-keeping people and those who have no respect for His law. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 12)
We all need to draw near to God. He will draw near to those who approach Him in humility, filled with a holy awe for His sacred majesty, and standing before Him separate from the world. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 13)
Praying With Holy Confidence
God is Lord over all. Compared with the infinite One, man is nothing. “What is man, that Thou art mindful of him? or the son of man that thou visitest him?” the psalmist asks. [Psalm 8:4.] And yet, “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Everything depends on the quality of our faith. Those who eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God become one with Christ. They accept the word of truth that Christ came from heaven to bring to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 14)
“The flesh profiteth nothing,” Christ said; “the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:63.] With holy confidence we may approach the throne of grace. Through obedience to the Word of the living God, we may obtain eternal life. We may in this world be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 15)
The Lord is faithful. He will keep His covenant with those who love Him and keep His commandments. He will bestow on them mercy and grace “exceeding abundantly, above all that they ask or think.” [Ephesians 3:20.] Nothing will be thought of too great worth to bestow on those who have loved Him and exalted His name. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 16)
The sincere, earnest petitioner will receive a decided answer. Indifferent, wordy prayers bring no returns. But the prayer coming from a broken, contrite heart is heard in the heavenly courts. He who made man, He who formed the eye and planted the ear, will listen attentively to the earnest, heartfelt prayers that come from unfeigned lips. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 17)
Nehemiah Asks the King’s Support
Nehemiah was compelled to wait for four months for a favorable opportunity to present his request to the king. During this period, while his heart was oppressed with grief, he constantly endeavored to carry a cheerful and happy countenance. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 18)
In his seasons of retirement many were the prayers, the penitential confessions, and the tears of anguish witnessed by God and the angels; but this was concealed from human sight. The regulations of Eastern courts forbade any manifestation of sorrow within them. All must appear gay and happy in those halls of luxury and splendor. The distress without was not to cast its shadow in the presence of royalty. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 19)
But at last the sorrow that burdened Nehemiah’s heart could no longer be concealed. Sleepless nights devoted to earnest prayer, care-filled days, dark with the shadow of hope deferred, leave their trace upon his countenance. The keen eye of the monarch, accustomed jealously to guard his own safety, is accustomed to read countenances and to penetrate disguises. Seeing that some secret trouble is preying upon his servant, he suddenly enquires, “Why is thy countenance sad, seeing that thou art not sick? this is nothing else but sorrow of heart.” [Nehemiah 2:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 20)
The question fills the listener with apprehension. Will not the king be angry to hear that while outwardly engaged in his service, the courtier’s thoughts have been far away with his afflicted people? Will not the offender’s life be forfeited? And his cherished plan for restoring Jerusalem—is it not about to be overthrown? “Then,” he says, “I was very sore afraid.” [Verse 2.] With trembling lips and tearful eyes he reveals the cause of his sorrow—the city, which is the place of his father’s sepulcher, lying waste, and its gates consumed with fire. The touching recital awakens the sympathy of the monarch without arousing his idolatrous prejudices; another question gives the opportunity for which Nehemiah has long sought: “For what dost thou make request?” [Verse 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 21)
Asking Help From God
But the man of God does not reply until he has first asked the support of one higher than Artaxerxes. “I prayed,” he says, “to the God of heaven.” [Verse 4.] The silent petition then sent to God was the same that he had offered for many weeks, that God would prosper his request. And now, taking courage at the thought that he has a Friend, omniscient and all-powerful, to work in his behalf, the man of God calmly makes known to the king his desire to be released for a time from his office at the court and be authorized to build up the waste places of Jerusalem and to make it once more a strong and defensed city. Momentous results to the Jewish city and nation hung upon this request. “And,” says Nehemiah, “the king granted me according to the good hand of my God upon me.” [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 22)
Diligence in Business
While Nehemiah implored the help of God, he did not fold his own hands, feeling that he had no more care or responsibility in the matter. With admirable prudence and forethought, he proceeded to make all the arrangements necessary to ensure the success of the enterprise. Every movement was marked with great caution. He did not reveal his purpose even to his own countrymen; for while they would rejoice in his success, he feared that they might, by some indiscretion, greatly hinder his work. Some would be likely to manifest a spirit of exultation which would arouse the jealousy of their enemies and perhaps cause the defeat of the undertaking. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 23)
As his request to the king had been so favorably received, he was encouraged to ask for such assistance as was necessary to carry out his plans. To give dignity and authority to his mission, as well as to provide for protection on the journey, he secured a military escort. He obtained royal letters to the governors of the provinces beyond the Euphrates, the territory through which he must pass on his way to Judea; and he obtained also a letter to the keeper of the king’s forest in the mountains of Lebanon, directing him to furnish such timber as was needed for the wall of Jerusalem and such buildings as Nehemiah proposed to erect. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 24)
An Example for Us
The example of this holy man should be a lesson to all the people of God, that they are not only to pray in faith, but to work with wise diligence and fidelity. How many difficulties we encounter, and how we hinder the working of Providence, on our behalf, because prudence, forethought, and painstaking are regarded as having little to do with religion. This is a grave mistake. It is a religious duty to cultivate and to exercise every power which will render us to be more efficient workers in the cause of God. Careful consideration and well-matured plans are as essential to the success of sacred enterprises today as in the time of Nehemiah. If all who are engaged in the work of God would realize how much depends upon their fidelity and wise forethought, we would see far greater prosperity attending their efforts. Through diffidence and backwardness we often fail to secure that which is attainable as a right from the powers that be. God will work for us when we are ready to do what we can and should do on our part. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 25)
Men of prayer should be men of action. Those who are ready and willing will find ways and means of working. Nehemiah does not depend upon uncertainties. The means which he has not he solicits from those who are able to bestow. All the world, with its riches and treasures, belongs to god, although it is now in the possession of wicked men. If His servants take a wise and prudent course, so that the good hand of the Lord may be with them, they can obtain the means that they need to advance His cause. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 26)
Be Strong in the Lord
Nehemiah’s experience in connection with the rebuilding of Jerusalem teaches lessons that will be needed by God’s people as long as time shall last. The times call for men of strength and decision of character. Paul says, “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.” [Ephesians 6:10, 11.] The enemy will mingle his evil with every good work that is done, if the workers are not on guard. Thus he seeks to spoil God’s purposes. “We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God; praying always with all prayer and supplications in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.” [Verses 12-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 27)
Nehemiah Rebukes Extortion
The walls of Jerusalem had not been completed when Nehemiah’s attention was called to the unhappy condition of the poorer classes of the people. In the unsettled state of the country, tillage had been, to some extent, neglected. Furthermore, because of their separation from God, His blessing had not rested upon their lands. A scarcity of grain resulted. To obtain food for their families, the poor were obliged to buy on credit, and at exorbitant prices. They were also compelled to raise money by borrowing on interest, to pay the tribute to the king of Persia. The people of Israel were not now enjoying prosperity as when the Lord blessed them for their obedience. Because of their sins, their defense had been removed, and the Lord had allowed other nations to overcome them. Under the rule of idolatrous kings, heavy taxes were imposed upon them; property, liberty, and life seemed at the mercy of these godless powers. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 28)
While they had no thought of revolting against the king of Persia, they had hoped, by repentance and reformation, to regain the favor of God and to be restored to their former liberty. As yet their hopes were not realized. The tribute money for the king must be forthcoming in its season. To add to the distress of the poor, the more wealthy took advantage of their necessity, obtaining mortgages of their lands, and adding them to their own large possessions. They also required usury for all money loaned. This course soon reduced the unfortunate debtors to the deepest poverty, and many were forced to sell their sons and daughters to servitude. There appeared no hope of improving their condition, no way to regain either their lands or their children, no prospect before them but that of perpetual slavery. And yet they were of the same nation, children of the covenant equally with their more favored brethren. They had the same affection for their children as had the others. Their distress had not been caused by indolence or prodigality. They had been compelled to contract debts because of the failure of crops and to pay heavy taxes. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 29)
As a last resort, they presented their case before Nehemiah. The soul of this man of God was filled with indignation as he heard of the cruel oppression that existed among his own people. He resolved to see that justice was done; yet he did not move rashly in the matter. He felt that God had laid upon him grave responsibilities, and he must be faithful to his trust. “I was very angry,” he says, “when I heard their cry and these words. Then I consulted with myself.” [Nehemiah 5:6, 7.] He took time to weigh the whole matter and to form his plans. Then with characteristic energy and determination, he exerted his influence and authority for the relief of his oppressed brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 30)
The fact that the oppressors were men of wealth, whose support was greatly needed in the work of restoring the city and its defenses did not for a moment turn him from his purpose. Having first sharply rebuked the nobles and rulers, he presented the matter in an assembly of the people, clearly showing what were the requirements of God touching the case and urging them upon the attention of his hearers. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 31)
He cited the people to events that occurred in the reign of the apostate Ahab and to the message which God sent to Israel rebuking their cruelty and oppression. The children of Judah, because of their idolatry, had been delivered into the hands of their more idolatrous brethren, the people of Israel. The latter had indulged their cruel enmity by slaying in battle many thousands of the men of Judah and seizing all the women and children, intending to keep them as slaves or sell them into bondage to the heathen. Because of the sins of Judah, the Lord had not interposed to prevent the battle; but by the mouth of the prophet Oded he rebuked the cruel design of the victorious army: “Ye purpose to keep under the children of Judah and Jerusalem for bondmen and bondwomen unto you; but are there not with you, even with you, sins against the Lord your God?” [2 Chronicles 28:10.] And the prophet assured them that the fierce anger of the Lord was upon them and that their course of injustice and oppression would call down His judgments. Upon hearing these words, the armed men left the captives and the spoil before the princes of the congregation. Then certain leading men of the tribe of Ephraim “took the captives, and with the spoil clothed all that were naked among them, and arrayed them, and shod them, and gave them to eat and to drink, and anointed them, and carried all the feeble of them upon asses, and brought them to Jericho, the city of palm trees, to their brethren.” [Verse 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 32)
After relating these facts of history, Nehemiah proceeded to the case under consideration. He wished to bring the offenders to see the real character of their oppressive work and to be ashamed of it. He said, “We after our ability have redeemed our brethren the Jews, which were sold unto the heathen; and will ye even sell your brethren? or shall they be sold unto us?” [Nehemiah 5:8.] Nehemiah and others had ransomed certain of the Jews who had been sold to the heathen, and he now placed this course in contrast with the conduct of those who for worldly gain were enslaving their brethren. The fear of God should restrain them from such injustice. Nehemiah declared to the Jewish rulers—some of whom had been guilty of these practices—that instead of judging and punishing other criminals, they should investigate their own work, lest they should become a reproach, even among the heathen. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 33)
He showed them that he himself, being invested with authority from the Persian king, might have demanded large contributions for his personal benefit. Instead of this, he had not taken that which justly belonged to him, but had liberally contributed to relieve the people in their great necessity. These extortioners had no more reason than he had to pursue the course they were pursuing. He urged them to cease their oppression at once and restore the lands of the poor, and also the increase of money and provision which they had exacted from them and to lend to them without security or usury. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 34)
“Then they said, We will restore them, and will require nothing of them; so will we do as thou sayest.” “Then,” Nehemiah says, “I called the priests, and took an oath of them, that they should do according to their promise.” [Verse 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 35)
These portions of sacred history teach an important lesson. Nehemiah is a true example of religious integrity. In the course that he followed there was no swerving from correct principles. He refused to countenance the least oppression. He was determined to stand true to God and the principles of His law. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 36)
Those who profess to love and fear God should cherish sympathy and love for one another and should guard the interests of others as their own. Christians should not regulate their conduct by the world’s standard. In all ages the people of God are as distinct from worldlings as their profession is higher than that of the ungodly. From the beginning to the end of time, God’s people are to be one body. (18LtMs, Ms 58, 1903, 37)
Ms 59, 1903
A Call to Repentance
NP
July 2, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
How wonderful is the thought that God became flesh and dwelt among us. “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.” [John 1:1-5, 14.] How can men claim to believe these words, and to be followers of Christ, and yet go on in their blind selfishness, following their perverted ideas. I call upon those connected with our institutions to repent and be converted, that Christ may unite His power with their humanity, and give them strength to live out the principles of God’s law. True faith in Christ is invincible. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 1)
God will not serve with men’s sins. With Him, human wisdom is foolishness. He condemns the worldly principles that, to a large extent, have become current in the institutions established to reveal the principles of heaven to a world dead in trespasses and sins. He says, “Be ye holy, for I am holy.” [1 Peter 1:16.] Every institution established among us needs to cherish principles of a higher order than have been cherished for years. The Lord’s institutions are to be conducted in His wisdom, not in the wisdom of men. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 2)
By the judgments that have come upon our two largest institutions, God has spoken to the workers employed in them and to all in our other institutions, declaring that there is to be a reformation among them. He has declared that He will cleanse the institutions into which corruption has been brought, as Christ, when upon this earth, cleansed the temple. We need to tremble for the future, unless men’s ideas of right and wrong are entirely changed. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 3)
Those who have been blessed with great opportunities and privileges are not to act as worldlings, but as children of the light, subjects of Christ’s kingdom. Worldly policy is never to be introduced into their work. In the habits and practices of many of the members of our churches, worldliness and earthliness predominate. There has been a turning aside from the commands of God. But many of those in God’s service, who ought to stand forth faithful and just, as true as steel to principle, are governed by the same spirit that governs worldlings. They carry into their work the principles of the world and then attempt to justify their course of action. Maxims and principles born in the natural heart have been polluting the places where God’s Spirit should love to dwell. Deceived by their own hearts, men are teaching for doctrine the commandments of men. They are measuring themselves by themselves. They make a profession of godliness while in their lives much ungodliness exists. The world, lynx-eyed, sees that their practice is not in harmony with their profession, and it scorns the pretense of those who claim to believe that the day of the Lord is near, and hasteth greatly, while, by ungodly lives, they are preparing for their own destruction. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 4)
Words are spoken and deeds done, under the cloak of righteousness, which are registered in the books of heaven as grievous sins. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 5)
Men barter for worldly gain things of eternal importance. They betray sacred trusts to gain some advantage, and they will at last sell their Lord, even as Judas sold Him. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 6)
Men say, “The temple of the Lord, the temple of the Lord are we.” [Jeremiah 7:4.] Let them remember that God expects those who make this claim to bring true religion into the home, into the church, and into their business transactions. Do their dealings stand out pure and clean and fragrant? Do they in all places and under all circumstances give Christ the honor due Him in righteous works because they bear His name? To all in responsible positions in the Lord’s work I am instructed to say, Beware lest you lay the least stumbling block in the way of those who are watching for flaws in the lives of Seventh-day Adventists. When God’s professing people halt between two opinions, and then go over to the side of the world, Satan and his angels hold a jubilee. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 7)
The condition of things in the world shows the result of following Satan’s principles. The result of following the principles of heaven is to be as plainly revealed as the directions that the Lord has given His people are plain and explicit. Christ came to show men and women that there is a God to be honored and a heaven to be won. He came to show them how to develop the character that God requires His children to develop—a character not formed after earthly principles, but after divine similitude. God will at last wither and blight all that has been carried on in opposition to His will. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 8)
Let us not drag down the truth of heavenly origin to make it minister to unconsecrated plans and methods. Let us remember that calamity has been allowed to come upon two of our institutions because there has been a departure from God and a bringing in of worldly principles. Men have conducted their business transactions in a way that has brought them under the condemnation of the law of God. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 9)
The Lord calls His people to a repentance that needs not to be repented of. My brethren, amidst all your business cares, remember that you have taken upon you the name of Christ. Say, I am a Christian, and therefore I cannot act upon the maxim that the end justifies the means. I must love my neighbor as myself. I must do to others as, under similar circumstances, I should wish them to do to me. I must not benefit myself at the expense of my neighbor. Never must I connive at the sins that nailed my Saviour to the cross of Calvary. I must not “crucify the Son of God afresh, and put Him to an open shame.” [Hebrews 6:6.] Those who take the name of Christians must live lives free from the least taint of impurity. In all they do they are to make Christ’s principles their guide. He who makes plans to benefit himself at the expense of another is charged in the books of heaven with disloyalty to the principles of a pure, holy gospel. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 10)
It is because our churches are not what they should be that the work of God does not make more rapid advancement. Many of those professing godliness are treasuring up to themselves wrath against the day of wrath. God’s family of children on this earth is still small because the professed followers of Christ continue to grieve His heart of love by their schemes and contrivances, by unchristlike words and deeds, closing the door of the heart against Him. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 11)
I beseech those connected with the work of God to take no advantage of those connected with them. A reformation is indeed greatly needed. Let each one be determined to guard carefully every phase of his character, so that he shall not dishonor God by following perverted principles. Let all place themselves under the discipline of God, that, should their lives be suddenly taken from them, their record will be such that in the day of God they can meet it with joy and not with shame. (18LtMs, Ms 59, 1903, 12)
Ms 60, 1903
Unity in the Home and in the Church
NP
June 24, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 19MR 67-72.
Let those who have heard the truth for these last days study carefully the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy and take heed to the warnings contained therein. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 1)
Many who have heard the truth treat it as a garment which they may put on at certain times and lay off again at will. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 2)
In the Word of God a high standard is presented for our attainment. If our natural temperaments are under control, if we are guided by the Holy Spirit, we shall follow a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” We shall seek diligently to live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. We have no time to spend in trifling and frivolous matters. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 3)
Let all heed the invitation of Christ: “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 4)
Do not strive to have your own way. If other people do not agree with you, do not make a mountain of a molehill and feel that you can no longer be united with them in the Lord Jesus. Do not lose your affection and love for those who do not wholly agree with you. Let not the little differences that arise be made an occasion to break up the unity that should exist among brethren. This is the work of Satan. When you quarrel with your brethren, when you are selfish and are jealous if you do not get your own way, you show that you are not meek and lowly. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 5)
Do not allow your individuality to become prominent. If differences arise, do not insist on having your own way, thereby creating strife. Let your individual preferences be unexpressed when you see that they would create discord. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 6)
Unless some question of vital importance is involved, be ready to yield your own opinion rather than to create a dispute. Even though you may by argument gain your point, yet you may place a burden upon some one else far outweighing the advantage you think you will gain. It is hard to heal the wounds caused by harsh words. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 7)
Often you may preserve peace by guarding the tongue. Never introduce into your conversation matters that will create strife, hurting your own soul and the souls of others. Keep your differences to yourself. Tell them only to God. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 8)
Do not let Satan mold and fashion you. He ever stands ready to put evil insinuations into your mind. He seeks to justify himself in his course of rebellion against God by demonstrating that human beings upon the earth can no more keep the law of God than could he and his angels in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 9)
“Ye are not your own.” The Lord Jesus has a right to your wholehearted and faithful, persevering energies. “Ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 10)
The Home School
The home is a school where all may learn how they are to act in the church. When all are members of the royal family, there will be true politeness in the home life. Each member of the family will seek to make it pleasant for every other member. The angels of God, who minister to those who shall be heirs of salvation, will help you to make your family a model of the heavenly family. Let there be peace in the home, and there will be peace in the church. This precious experience brought into the church will be the means of creating a kindly affection one for another. Quarrels will cease. True Christian courtesy will be seen among church members. The world will take knowledge of them that they have been with Jesus and have learned of Him. What an impression the church would make upon the world, if all the members would live Christian lives. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 11)
Much may be gained by self-discipline in the home life. If the husband and wife show respect for each other, a healthful, wholesome atmosphere will pervade the home. Let each make life as pleasant as possible for the other. Cultivate respect in the speech. Preserve unity and love. Satan will have no power over those who fully control themselves in the home. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 12)
Parents, be kind and conciliating to your children. Consider their present and future happiness and the health of both body and soul. As by precept and example you seek to preserve the happiness of the home, you become witnesses for God. Angels look with approval upon the meek and lowly ones who are looking to Christ as their example. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 13)
The home is to be a school where the children will be educated and fitted for the higher grade—the school above. Ever keep this object in view. Teach your children to obey you and to obey God. If parents or children are ever welcomed into the mansions above, it will be because they have in this world learned to obey the commands of God. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 14)
In dealing with your children, teach them that you are Christ’s representative in the home. Then show them that the love of Jesus pervades your soul. Love for Christ will lead parents to cherish and tenderly care for the lambs of their flock. The love of Christ in their heart will flow out in healthful, sanctified love and care for their little flock, that they may become lambs in Christ’s fold. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 15)
Let not worldly business be allowed to take the place of this work of preparation for the higher life. The enemy of all righteousness stands ready to act his wicked part in hindering the work. He seeks to bring parents and children under his control. He would shut them out from the future, immortal life. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 16)
Unhappiness is often caused by an unwise use of the talent of speech. The Word of God does not authorize any one to speak harshly, thereby creating disagreeable feelings and unhappiness in the family. The other members of the family lose their respect for the one who speaks thus, when if he would restrain his feelings, he might win the confidence and affection of all. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 17)
Parents, will you make an effort to be kind, cultivating Christian politeness in your association with the members of your family here below. Do not allow the tongue to speak unadvisedly in the home. Educate yourself to speak pleasant words in the family. Let there be in the home an atmosphere of peace and love. Be pure in speech. Cultivate a soft and persuasive, not a harsh and dictatorial, tone of voice. Give the children lessons in voice culture. Train their habits of speech until no coarse or rough words will come spontaneously from their lips when any trial comes to them. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 18)
Love God with your whole heart, mind, and soul, that angels of God, though unseen, may be in your home, co-operating with parents and children. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 19)
Let us, as Christians for whom Christ has given His life, do our duty to our children. Let us fit them for the heavenly mansions. “I go,” said Christ, “to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:2, 3.] Let this ever be kept before their minds, while you yourselves are improving in every way possible. God forbid that Christ should say of any of us, “I cannot acknowledge you as members of My family. Your traits of character are such that you would spoil your own pleasure and that of others in heaven.” (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 20)
Fathers, spend as much time as possible with your children. Seek to become acquainted with their various dispositions, that you may know how to train them in harmony with the Word of God. Never should a word of discouragement pass your lips. Do not bring darkness into the home. Be pleasant, kind, and affectionate toward your children, but not foolishly indulgent. Let them bear their little disappointments, as every one must. Do not encourage them to come to you with their petty complaints of one another. Teach them to bear with one another and to seek to maintain each other’s confidence and respect. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 21)
Mothers, do not allow yourselves to be so laden down with cares and responsibilities in the church that you will be unable to fill your rightful place in the home. Your first and most sacred responsibility is so to live in the home life that both you and your children may win the crown of everlasting life. In the fear of God, you are to be the educator of your children. Allow them to help you in every way they can, and show them that you appreciate their help. Let them feel that they are a part of the family firm. Teach them to use their minds as much as possible, so to plan their work that they may do it quickly and thoroughly. Teach them to be prompt and energetic in their work, to economize time so that no minutes may be lost in their allotted hours of work. Teach them neatness and order. If possible, teach both boys and girls how to cook and how to make themselves useful in every department of the home work. Encourage neatness and order. It is your duty so to fit them, that they will be capable in after years of caring for their own homes. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 22)
All this takes time. It requires patience. The mind of the mother must be clear, not wearied and burdened with many other responsibilities. You cannot afford to so devote your energies to outside work that you are unfitted for the duty of training your little flock at home. Remember that they are Christ’s property. Learn of Christ daily, that you may be able to impart the knowledge of Him to your children. (18LtMs, Ms 60, 1903, 23)
Ms 61, 1903
“Learn of Me”
NP
July 2, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, 06/11/1903.
Our perplexities and anxieties will be lightened when we heed the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 1)
These words are of the highest value to those who desire to walk in the narrow path that leads to everlasting life. The Word of God puts faith at the entrance gate and lines the whole way with the light and peace and joy of willing obedience. The things that appear to be crosses are found by experience to be crowns. The prize is ever in sight. The travelers keep before them the mark of their high calling in Christ. His commands are righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 2)
Professing Christians need a decided reconversion. When they obey the Word of God, practicing the teachings of Christ, they will find that His gentleness has made them great. “Learn of Me” is the Saviour’s command. [Verse 29.] Yea, learn how to present truth under the divine influence of the Holy Spirit. There is power for those who receive Christ; for we read, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] His promise is that if we accept His invitation, we shall be anointed with the oil of gladness, which is emptied from the two anointed ones into the hearts prepared to receive it. Shall we not receive the anointing of the holy oil? (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 3)
Unreserved Surrender
God will accept nothing less than unreserved surrender. Half-hearted, sinful, professing Christians would spoil heaven were they permitted to enter. They would stir up a second rebellion there. Those who know the truth, yet do not exalt the Author of truth, will never enter the city of God. Heaven would be purgatory to them, because they know nothing of the high, holy principles that govern the members of the royal family above. (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 4)
The directions that Christ has given are so distinct and so definite that no one need take a false step. Let us not please and glorify Satan by showing that he has power over our churches, our ministers, our medical missionaries. Let us have confidence in one another. Let us not think that because we have made crooked paths for our feet, every other professing Christian has done the same thing. Let the one who in the past has been a fault-finder begin to climb the ladder heavenward, keeping his eyes fixed on the light above. (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 5)
The true Christian keeps the windows of the soul open heavenward. He lives in fellowship with Christ. His will is conformed to the will of God. The Lord calls for workers who have been transformed by the renewing of the mind, workers who have gained an individual experience in proving “what is the good and acceptable and perfect will of God.” [Romans 12:2.] Shall we not, in the few days of probation that remain to us, act like men and women seeking for life in the kingdom of God, even an eternity of bliss? (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 6)
We are to strive earnestly to reach the standard set before us. Not as a penance are we to do this, but as the only means of gaining true happiness. The only way to gain peace and joy is to have a living connection with Him who gave His life for us, who died that we might live, and who lives to unite His power with the efforts of those who in this life are striving to overcome. (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 7)
Holiness is constant agreement with God. Shall we not be that which Christ so greatly desires us to be—Christians in deed and in truth—that the world may see in our lives a revelation of the saving power of truth. This world is our preparatory school, and while here we shall meet with trials and difficulties. But we are safe while we cleave to Him who gave His life as an offering for us. The whole world was gathered in the embrace of Christ. He died on the cross to give the death-stroke to Satan and to take away the sin of every believing soul. He calls upon us to offer ourselves on the altar of service, a living, consuming sacrifice. We are to make an unreserved consecration to God of all that we have and are. (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 8)
In the lower school of earth we are to learn the lessons that will prepare us to enter the higher school, where our education will continue under the personal instruction of Christ. Then He will open to us the meaning of His Word. We cannot afford to miss the privilege of seeing His face and of hearing the gospel from His lips. Shall we not put our whole souls into the work of preparing for admission into the higher school, where we shall see Christ face to face? Shall we not be determined to obey the Word of God? Or shall we choose our own wisdom, and trifle away the day of gracious opportunity, wasting the years and months so rapidly passing into eternity? (18LtMs, Ms 61, 1903, 9)
Ms 62, 1903
Diary/“That They All May Be One”
NP
November 28, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 31.
I have slept from seven till one o’clock. I praise the Lord, the giver of all blessings, for this precious sleep. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 1)
All who believe the Word are to be doers of the Word. The prayer of Christ recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John is full of encouragement for us. It is given as a lesson to be studied by His disciples. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 2)
“They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.” [Verse 14.] Let us then keep ourselves separate from the spirit and practices of the world. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 3)
“Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world.” [Verses 17, 18.] The servants of the Lord Jesus have been commissioned to go forth into places nigh and afar off, proclaiming the gospel, that to the church may be added all who believe the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 4)
“And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word.” [Verses 19, 20.] This embraces every one who will ever hear and accept the message of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 5)
“That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verse 21.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 6)
When believers in Christ so adorn Bible truth that they are brought into union with Christ, the world will understand that they bear the divine credentials. They will see the influence of Bible truth upon the mind and character. They will recognize that those who receive the truth become partakers of the divine nature. They do not quarrel among themselves, because the love of Christ is in their hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 7)
“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name: which were born not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:12-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 8)
The Fulfilment of Prophecy
In the night season I seem to be addressing large congregations, both of believers and unbelievers. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 9)
The twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew is presented again and again by the great Teacher to be studied and brought to the attention of all. We are today living in the time when these predictions are being fulfilled. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 10)
Let our ministers and teachers present the prophecies of this chapter to those whom they instruct. Let them leave matters of lesser consequence and present the truths that will decide the eternal destiny of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 11)
Questions of eternal importance are before us. The Lord calls upon His church to arouse, as they see the unmistakable fulfilment of prophecy, showing that Christ’s coming is at hand. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 12)
Jesus made plain statements of the conditions in the world in the last days. He said: “For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes in divers places. All these are the beginning of sorrows. Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for My name’s sake.” [Verses 7-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 13)
“Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not. For there shall arise false Christs and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if possible, they shall deceive the very elect. Behold, I have told you before. Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, He is in the desert; go not forth: behold, He is in the secret chambers; believe it not. For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” [Verses 23-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 14)
The church that will take heed to these signs will not be among those that have left their first love. To those who in their self-importance have separated themselves from Christ, who have left their first love, the Lord sends the warning, “Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:5.] The candlestick of many is now being removed, because they have failed to take heed to this warning. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 15)
Let no one turn away from another because he does not fully agree with him. The performance of God’s work is given to human agencies. God has given to every man his work. His servants are to carry the light to those who sit in darkness. Those who engage in dissension and strife are working against God. They show that they have left their first love. They are of those of whom Christ says, many shall “be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another.” [Matthew 24:10.] He does not here refer to the world. He pictures the conditions existing in the church. Is not this spirit now being revealed among us? (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 16)
“And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many. And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.” [Verses 11, 12.] In our churches today, the love of many is waxing cold. Many are being worked by satanic agencies. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 17)
In view of these things, what shall we do? Shall our ministers take part in the fulfilment of this prophecy? Shall our physicians seek to act the part of leaders and gain the confidence of the people when they themselves are not worked by the Holy Spirit of God? (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 18)
A great work is to be done. I am moved by the Spirit of God to say to those engaged in the Lord’s work, that the favorable time for our message to be carried to the cities has passed by; and this work has not been done. I feel a heavy burden that we shall now redeem the time. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 19)
Unity in the Church
“For as we have many members in one body, and all members have not the same office; so we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every one members one of another.” [Romans 12:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 20)
By a beautiful illustration, Paul shows the harmony that the Spirit of God will bring into the church. He is here addressing both Jews and Gentiles. He presents the gospel of Christ as the plan of salvation for the whole world. He would have all understand that both Jews and Gentiles are to be harmonious members of one body, with Jesus as the head. Both Jews and Gentiles have sinned. Both need the Saviour’s grace. As members of Christ’s body, by faith and obedience, both Jew and Gentile are one. Christ is the head; and the body is composed of all who accept Him as their Saviour, who confess their sins, and who are transformed by the renewing of the mind. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 21)
The Gentiles may, by faith, become true children of Abraham and partakers of the promises made to him. By repentance, and faith in the glorious hope of the gospel, all will be brought into harmonious action, as they continue to obey the requirements of God. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 22)
Let all labor for unity and love. “By this,” said Christ, “shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:35.] The manifestation of love for one another will be the most convincing argument to the world of the power of Christ. Let us do as Christ has said. Love is the golden chain that binds hearts together and unites them to the eternal center, the Son of God, and to God Himself. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 23)
“Having then gifts differing according to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy, let us prophesy according to the proportion of faith; or ministry, let us wait on our ministering: or he that teacheth, on teaching; or he that exhorteth, on exhortation: he that giveth, let him do it with simplicity; he that ruleth, with diligence; he that sheweth mercy, with cheerfulness. Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good. Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honor preferring one another; not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord; rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; instant in prayer.” [Romans 12:6-12.] Pray at all times—when walking in the streets or engaged in the daily labor. Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. He may be found of every sincere believer, and He will shield his soul from the temptations of Satan. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 24)
If all who profess to be Christians would heed this instruction, a great transformation would be seen in the church. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 25)
An Example of Humble Ministry
“That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and shew unto you that eternal life which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full.” [1 John 1:1-4.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 26)
John, who lived on the earth as one who had seen Him who was invisible, wrote these words. He had had the privilege of being with Christ, and he always regarded this as a most blessed experience. He loved to relate it often. But he does not here once mention his own name. He wishes the mind of the reader to be centered upon the comprehensive truths that he presents. Self is kept out of sight. Christ, our Mediator, is the center of John’s gospel. He is the all and in all, the foundation and object of our faith and hope. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 27)
*****
Both the ministry and the church school work, when united with the Holy Spirit, are living agencies to prepare human hearts for the higher school in the kingdom of God. What a wonderful work might be done now, just now, if all who know the truth would obey it! (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 28)
*****
I am grateful to my heavenly Father. He has relieved me of infirmities with which I have been afflicted. I awake at twelve o’clock. My mind is exercised upon many subjects. Scene after scene passes before me—some of a pleasant nature, revealing the glory of God. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 29)
*****
“I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Romans 12:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 30)
“For I say through the grace given unto me, to every man that is among you”—No one is left out. Every one is here addressed—“not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith.” [Verse 3.] Let no man think that he is superior to others, and that he must rule over any one whom the Lord has called. (18LtMs, Ms 62, 1903, 31)
Ms 63, 1903
Diary
NP
December 1, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6MR 37.
Feeding Upon the Word of God (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 1)
I am grateful to my heavenly Father for the precious sleep that I have had. I retired at eight o’clock, but for about two hours I could not sleep. My heart was drawn out to God in most earnest prayer for His blessing, that He would give me a sensitive conscience, a clear mind, spiritual power, and physical strength for my old age. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 2)
The condition of the health has its influence upon the spiritual life and may be discerned by the words, the tone of voice, and by the pleasant or unpleasant atmosphere that surrounds each soul. The Christian should carefully guard himself against spiritual or physical disease. It is our duty to co-operate with the Life-giver in caring for our bodies. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 3)
We have a work to do for ourselves. God will hold us responsible for the health of our souls. Our spiritual life is sustained by that which we give to the soul. The health of the soul depends upon our eating the Word of God, which is as the leaves of the tree of life. All who eat and assimilate the Word of God will receive from it eternal life. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 4)
The Christian must realize the need of the working of the Holy Spirit upon mind and heart, to prepare him for the immortal life. Unless he lives by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God, the heart becomes diseased, and his service will not be acceptable to God. The Lord will say of him, “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot.... So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Revelation 3:15, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 5)
If we are active in obeying God’s Word, the appetite of the soul will not become so depraved that it will crave unlawful food, which will cause us to lose our spiritual discernment. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 6)
The gospel is to be assimilated. Its teachings are to be believed and practiced. It is food for every soul. If received, it will transform the character, refining and purifying the whole being. “Whoever eats the flesh and drinks the blood of the Son of God has eternal life.” [See John 6:54.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 7)
Jesus said, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me hath everlasting life. I am that bread of life. Your fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. This is the bread which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof, and not die. I am the living bread which came down from heaven: if any man eat of this bread, he shall live forever: and the bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world. The Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us His flesh to eat? Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him. As the living Father hath sent Me, and I live by the Father: so he that eateth Me, even he shall live by Me.” [Verses 47-57.] He further explains this language by saying, “It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [Verse 63.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 8)
He further said, “Search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] But though you diligently read and search the Word of God, if you fail to bring its vital principles into your life, if you fail to obey its precepts, it will be to you a saver of death instead of a savor of life. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 9)
I would ask those who claim to believe that the Word of God is the Word of life, Has this Word been received by you? Has it changed the impulses of your heart? Are you still thinking evil, speaking evil, and opposing your brother in the work God has given him to do? Do you realize that as you seek to weaken your brother’s influence, you are working against Christ in the person of His saints? God has never given you any such work. You are co-operating with Satan to make of no account your brother’s influence for good. You have a constant supply of evil leaven that is agreeable to the perverted appetite, but that will work in the hearts and minds of those to whom you impart your evil insinuations. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 10)
You yourself become hardened in sin as you transgress God’s law. You neither love God supremely, nor your neighbor as yourself. You make yourself spiritually sick by your unwise course of action. You live in self-indulgence and seek for the first place. Having left your first love, you seek to weaken and discourage those connected with you. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 11)
When Christ abides in your heart, you will have that faith that is sanctified, that works by love and purifies the soul from evil surmising and false accusing. No man loves God who does not love his fellow men. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 12)
A fragrant atmosphere will surround every true Christian. If men wish to become Christ’s disciples, He will receive them gladly, but they must daily take up their cross and follow Him. They cannot carry with them their pride of heart, their envy, and their hatred. Those who engage in dissension, tearing down one another’s work, thereby give evidence that they are not eating the flesh and drinking the blood of the Son of God. To every man God gives a work, and to those who would hinder him in that work, God says, “I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 13)
He who has lost his first love will reveal by his unbecoming words and actions that he is spiritually diseased. Others will see that he is not walking in the light, that he is not obeying the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 14)
The Great Commandment
“And one of the scribes came, and having heard them reasoning together, and perceiving that He had answered them well, asked of Him, Which is the first commandment of all? And Jesus answered him, The first of all the commandments is, Hear, O Israel; The Lord our God is one Lord: and thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength: this is the first commandment. And the second is like, namely this, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. There is none other commandment greater than these. And the scribe said unto Him, Well, Master, Thou hast said the truth: for there is one God; and there is none other but He: and to love Him with all the heart, and with all the understanding, and with all the soul, and with all the strength, and to love his neighbor as himself, is more than all burnt offerings and sacrifices. And when Jesus saw that he answered discreetly, He said unto him, Thou art not far from the kingdom of God.” [Mark 12:28-34.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 15)
Let us remember that the commandments of God will stand fast forever. They are binding upon us as Christians today. Every one will be tested on the point of obedience to God’s commandments. Faith, love, hope, patience, Christian courtesy must be seen in the lives of those who are children of God. They need the quickening of the Holy Spirit, that they may reveal the Christ abiding in them. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 16)
Christ was sent as a perfect example to all the world. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 17)
Paul’s Prayer in Our Behalf
“For this cause we also, ... do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will in all spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness; giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light: Who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son: in whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins.” [Colossians 1:9-14.] This is the privilege of every Christian. (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 18)
*****
Let us take heed to the counsel of God to the Laodicean church: “I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Revelation 3:18.] (18LtMs, Ms 63, 1903, 19)
Ms 64, 1903
God’s Covenant With Israel
NP
July 2, 1902 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 1MR 104-109.
“In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai. For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount. And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people: for all the earth is Mine: and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.” [Exodus 19:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 1)
Here are found the terms of a covenant that God desired to make with the children of Israel. If they would fulfil the pledge He asked of them, he would greatly bless them. He promised to honor them, to manifest His love and power upon them, and constantly to care for them, if they would comply with the conditions He asked of them. They were not merely to profess to worship God, but were to obey His voice indeed. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 2)
The wonderful love of God for the human race is here revealed. The fulfilment of the promises of this covenant involved the humiliation and death of Christ for a world perishing in sin. But for man to receive these blessings, it is necessary for him to obey the law of God. Only those who keep His commandments can enter in through the gates into the city of God. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 3)
This covenant is a revelation of God’s goodness. The people had not sought for it. They were not reaching out their hands after God; but He Himself graciously extended His almighty arm, inviting them to link their arm with His, that He might be their defense. He voluntarily chose as His heritage a nation that had just come from Egyptian slavery, a people who must be educated and trained at every step. What an expression of omnipotent goodness and love! (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 4)
God’s people are precious in His sight, and He desires them to be honored among the nations. “For thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God: the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt.... Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments, which I command thee this day, to do them. Wherefore it shall come to pass, if ye hearken to these judgments, and keep, and do them, that the Lord thy God will keep unto thee the covenant and the mercy which He sware unto thy fathers.... Thou shalt be blessed above all people.... And the Lord will take away from thee all sickness, and will put none of the evil diseases of Egypt, which thou knowest, upon thee; but will lay them upon all them that hate thee.” [Deuteronomy 7:6-8, 11, 12, 14, 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 5)
The Lord recounts what He has already done for His people. “Ye have seen,” He says, “what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself.” [Exodus 19:4.] God had delivered His people gloriously. He had given them marked evidences of His power, that their faith in Him might be increased. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 6)
Over and over again, the Lord permitted His people to be brought into strait places, that in their deliverance, He might reveal His mercy and His goodness. If they now chose to disbelieve Him, they must doubt the evidence of their own eyes. They had had unmistakable proof that He was a living God, “merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth.” [Exodus 34:6.] He had honored Israel in the sight of all the heavenly intelligences. He brought them unto Himself—into covenant relation and communion with Him. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 7)
The children of Israel had been three months on their journey from Egypt and were now camped before Mount Sinai where in awful grandeur the Lord spoke His law. He did not manifest Himself in grand buildings made with men’s hands, the structures of human device. He revealed His glory in a high mountain, a temple of His own creation. The top of Mount Sinai rose above all others, in a range of mountains in the barren desert. This mountain God chose as the place where He would make Himself known to His people. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 8)
He appeared to them in awful grandeur and spoke in audible voice. He there revealed Himself to His people, as He never has at any other time, thereby showing the importance of the law for all ages. God is particular today that we keep His commandments. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 9)
To Moses, as His mouthpiece, God gave His message; and Moses faithfully showed the children of Israel the advantages that they would receive by following the instruction that God had given them. He carefully pointed out to them the difference between right and wrong. Then He left it with them to decide whether they would comply with the conditions of God’s promises. They accepted the words of God, and said, “All that the Lord hath spoken, we will do.” [Exodus 19:8; 24:3, 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 10)
“Thus saith the Lord God of Israel; Cursed be the man that obeyeth not the words of this covenant, which I commanded your fathers in the day that brought them forth out of the land of Egypt, from the iron furnace, saying, Obey My voice, and do them, according to all which I command you: so shall ye be My people, and I will be your God: that I may perform the oath which I have sworn unto your fathers, to give them a land flowing with milk and honey, as it is this day.... I earnestly protested unto your fathers in the day that I brought them up out of the land of Egypt, even unto this day, rising early and protesting, saying, Obey My voice. Yet they obeyed not, nor inclined their ear, but walked every one in the imagination of their evil heart.” [Jeremiah 11:3-5, 7, 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 11)
The people did not fulfil their promise, and they therefore did not receive the blessings God wished to bestow on them. By following their own impulses, they pursued a course that disqualified them for being recognized as God’s peculiar treasure. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 12)
“But this thing commanded I them, saying, Obey My voice, and I will be your God, and ye shall be My people; and walk ye in all the ways that I have commanded you, that it may be well unto you. But they harkened not, nor inclined their ear, but walked in the counsels and in the imaginations of their evil heart, and went backward, and not forward. Since the day that your fathers went forth out of the land of Egypt unto this day I have even sent unto you all My servants the prophets, daily rising up early and sending them.” [Jeremiah 7:23-25.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 13)
Why did God send them so many messages and warnings? Because He knew that the enemy was wide awake, and active in his efforts to deceive men, and to lead them away from the law of God into his deceptions. Satan ever seeks to cause men to swerve from their obedience to God. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 14)
The Covenant With Us
The covenant God made at Sinai is for the Israel of God for all time. Herein is revealed God’s purpose for us, if we will only co-operate with Him. The Lord Jesus today will gather His people as a hen gathers her chickens beneath her wings, if they will only come to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 15)
If we comply with the conditions God laid down for Israel, if we come before God in the beauty of holiness, and worship Him in Spirit and in truth, we shall receive the blessings that God promised to them. God sends His word to assure us that if we will be obedient to Him, He will acknowledge us as members of His royal family. He will honor His peculiar people above all nations. “This honor have all His saints.” [Psalm 149:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 16)
God’s Messengers
Moses was chosen by God as the messenger of His covenant. The Lord called him up into the mountain, to receive the words of God to Israel. Today God chooses men, as He chose Moses, to be His messengers. They are not to be mediators. They are to point to Christ as the all-sufficient Mediator. They must first receive instruction from the living oracles of God, then they are to impart the knowledge they have received, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. Every word they speak must be spoken in truth. God will require the lives of those who turn the truth of God into a lie and teach falsehood. Their example will lead others to falsify, but those who thus pervert God’s truth will never become members of the royal family. It is dangerous now to be unable to discern the truth. Those who would minister the Word of God must be men who know His will. They must be careful lest they misunderstand the Word of God and make mistakes which will need to be rectified. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 17)
They must be men of knowledge, able to instruct others. How can they speak clearly and intelligently if they have no time nor opportunity to commune with God, to seek Him in earnest prayer? They must obtain their wisdom from God. They are to be “instant in season and out of season,” always prepared for whatever they may be called to do. [2 Timothy 4:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 18)
“The priest’s lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the law at his mouth: for he is the messenger of the Lord of hosts.” [Malachi 2:7.] The people should counsel with him, as God’s appointed messenger. They should not only hear, but they should ask questions, that they may have a clear knowledge of truth. He is not to withhold his knowledge from the people, but he is to keep it as a sacred trust, to be imparted to others. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 19)
The priest must keep knowledge, not only in the mind, but the “lips should keep knowledge;” he is to have it at his tongue’s end. [Verse 7.] He must be ready always to speak of the good and beautiful things of God. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 20)
God’s messengers must make their minds a treasure house of good things, from which they may be able to draw a “Thus saith the Lord” whenever occasion demands. They are to present things new and old. They must continually hold up the covenant of peace between God and man, that He made with His people Israel. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 21)
God’s ministers are not to be diverted from their work of soul-saving, to settle difficulties which may arise in board meetings or councils, for this injures their influence. They must not be called from the special work to which they have been ordained to engage in secular matters. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 22)
No man is to call the attention of others to himself. All men are finite and erring. All are subject to temptation. Then let no one set himself up as a supreme authority and deal with others as if they were inferior to him, and as if he were qualified to govern the minds and consciences of others. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 23)
Unless God is exalted in the heart, selfishness and pride will be manifested. No one can truly love his fellow men unless his own heart is filled with the love of Christ. He may make an idol of some one, but he will thereby imperil the soul of the one he thinks he loves. Those who love God supremely will also love their fellow men and will treat them as they should be treated. They will love their neighbor as themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 24)
“Murmur Not Among Yourselves”
After the children of Israel left the Red Sea, “They went three days in the wilderness and found no water. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 25)
“And when they came to Marah, they could not drink of the waters of Marah, for they were bitter: therefore the name of it was called Marah. And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink? And he cried unto the Lord; and the Lord shewed him a tree, which when he had cast into the waters, the waters were made sweet: there he made for them a statute and an ordinance, and there he proved them, and said, if thou wilt diligently hearken to the voice of the Lord thy God, and wilt do that which is right in His sight, and wilt give ear to His commandments, and keep all His statutes, I will put none of these diseases upon thee, which I have brought upon the Egyptians: for I am the Lord that healeth thee.” [Exodus 15:22-26.] The Lord reveals Himself as the great Medical Missionary. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 26)
The Lord permitted His people to pass through unpleasant experiences. After traveling for three days without water, they came to Marah. But the water here was bitter and could not be used. Instead of quenching their thirst, it increased it. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 27)
These experiences were hard for the children of Israel to bear. But these trials were in the purpose of God to prove them, to see if they had learned lessons of trust and obedience from the deliverances God had wrought for them in Egypt and at the Red Sea. God sometimes brings His people into strait places that He may reveal His power and His glory in working out their deliverance. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 28)
The Lord allowed this difficulty to come to them to see if they would turn to the Lord in prayer. But they did not trust in God. In their disappointment, they murmured against Moses. They reproached the man whom God had chosen as their leader. Though he had followed the counsel of God, yet they accused him of acting unwisely and blamed him for their disappointments. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 29)
By their murmuring the children of Israel brought discouragement and dissension into the whole camp. They quarreled among themselves. One had some plan he thought should be followed, and others who had plans of their own opposed him. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 30)
Moses prayed to God. He showed them that he himself was dependent upon the great Leader. He would teach them that God was the only one who could deliver them out of their difficulties. The undershepherds should always carry all their perplexities to the Chief Shepherd. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 31)
“And Moses cried unto the Lord; and the Lord shewed him a tree, which when he had cast into the waters, the waters were made sweet.” [Verse 25.] A remedy was close at hand. God gave them a lesson in nature, showing them how to remove the bitterness from the water. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 32)
This History Repeated Today
“Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come.” [1 Corinthians 10:11.] (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 33)
This history is being repeated in our day. There are many murmurers, but only a few can be found who will put their shoulders to the wheel and help just where they are needed. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 34)
A man may be led by God into unworked fields, into places where he may meet obstacles and difficulties. Having earnestly sought the Lord in prayer, he is unselfishly endeavoring to do the work that should have been done by those who, when they should be speaking words of encouragement, are finding fault. His brethren, if they have the right spirit, will then stand by him and pray to God to help him. But often he is left to stand alone in his trial, and his burden is made heavier by the criticism and murmuring of his brethren. His difficulties are increased because others, who should assist him, refuse to stand in their lot and place, seeking rather to discourage than to encourage him. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 35)
We should pray for those who by hard labor and sacrifice have accomplished a work that was necessary to be done, and we should seek to hold up their hands. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 36)
*****
In the twenty-first, twenty-second, and twenty-third chapters of Exodus are found commandments that the Lord gave to Moses for the children of Israel to regulate their dealings one with another. If all had read these carefully, and would obey them, would there be such a condition of things as is now seen in our world? (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 37)
*****
If the people of God realized as they should that the prophecies are being fulfilled in our world today, would they be so indifferent? Every soul who has heard the truth for this time must be holy in spirit, in word, and in action. (18LtMs, Ms 64, 1903, 38)
Ms 65, 1903
Diary
NP
November 8, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 9MR 380. +
The Need of Repentance
I have earnestly prayed that the Holy Spirit may open the minds of those who, though claiming to believe the truth, have lost their first love, that they may realize their condition. Their first work is to repent and to clear away the fog of dissension and misunderstanding. They think that they are rich and increased with goods and know not that they are wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. They are not convinced that they are in the condition in which Christ declares them to be. Jesus does not leave them to perish in their sins. He says to them, “I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father on His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 3:18-22.] (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 1)
The ear must be alert to hear the voice of the Spirit. If we hear aright, we will plainly understand the meaning of this parable. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 2)
I am very anxious that all those connected with our sanitariums and publishing houses shall be men whose lives are wholly devoted to God, free from all evil works. I greatly fear that the Lord in His providence will send judgments to check the works of iniquity that are being carried on in the world, and to impress the minds of the people, that they may repent. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 3)
*****
November 9, 1902
A Message to Church Members
I have had a few hours of precious sleep. Many things are upon my mind that I must repeat to others. I am entrusted with a message to the churches everywhere. Stern trials are to be met. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 4)
I entreat of every one who shall read these words, Come to Christ; He is your only hope. Receive Him. “He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:11, 12.] What an inducement to believe on Him! Lay open your inmost soul to Him to whom you belong by right of creation and by redemption. Have faith in the pardoning love of Christ your Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 5)
“And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have we all received, and grace for grace.” [Verses 14, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 6)
I inquire of our church members, Are you receiving precious beams of light that you may reflect them to others? Open the windows of the soul to the Sun of righteousness, that you may be enlightened, warned, and renovated by His glorious beams. Will you be satisfied with lip service only, while your hearts are far from God? Can you serve God while you are carrying out selfish ideas for your own exaltation? It is a positive denial of Christ for us to leave the path that Christ marks out and follow our own plans. You cannot obtain satisfaction until you surrender the whole mind, soul, and strength, to serve the Lord with meekness and humility, yet with a joyfulness that will bear witness to the grace that is renewed to you day by day. Having surrendered your whole being to the service of Christ, to be worked by His Holy Spirit, realizing that you have been bought with a price, you will seek to “glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are His.” [1 Corinthians 6:20.] You are His blood-bought possession. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 7)
I speak to church members. Be always ready gladly and cheerfully to serve one another. “Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of love.” [See Galatians 6:2.] Do not allow your minds to remain in a state of doubt and uncertainty. Believe the words of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 8)
“All that the Father giveth Me shall come to Me; and him that cometh to Me I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven, not to do Mine own will, but the will of Him that sent Me. And this is the Father’s will which hath sent Me, that of all which He hath given Me, I should lose nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day.” [John 6:37-39.] Mark these words, for they have a deep meaning and should inspire every heart with an earnest desire to conform his will to the will of God. “And this is the will of Him that sent Me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on Him may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.” [Verse 40.] (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 9)
Satan was ever ready to put unbelief into the hearts of the Jews in Christ’s day. “And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? how is it then that He saith, I came down from heaven? Jesus therefore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves. No man can come to Me, except the Father which hath sent Me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day. It is written in the prophets, And they shall all be taught of God. Every man therefore that hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto Me. Not that any man hath seen the Father, save He which is of God, He hath seen the Father.” [Verses 42-46.] (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 10)
Those are great truths, but in this day also unbelief is manifested to resist the evidence of the truth. Christ met unbelief in the hearts of the people whom He had led out of Egypt. Had the Jews closed their hearts to the evil leaven of unbelief, they would have accepted Christ, and the glory of Jerusalem would not have departed. The same danger exists today. Let the members in our churches refuse to cherish unbelief. Keep the heart, mind, and strength on the Lord’s side. We are not to give place to the devil. Resist him in whatever form he may present his temptations. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 11)
Selfishness clamors for recognition. We are tempted to be fretful when our will is crossed or when another seems to be placed in a higher position than ourselves. Unkindness, selfishness, and meanness will be clearly revealed as they are allowed to develop in the character. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 12)
The great heavenly Artist is making a faithful representation of our characters. Every cherished sin, though unseen by man, is perfectly delineated in the books of heaven. Every indulgence in wrongdoing makes an eternal impression upon our characters. Our likeness is being taken for eternity. Every one is either forming a character that will fit him to be a member of the heavenly family, or a character that will be found so crooked, that it can never be straightened. If we still seek to have our own way, we shall carry our selfishness with us, until the great Judge shall reveal our characters in all their deformity. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 13)
*****
An ungodly man is one who has separated himself from God and has placed himself on the side of Satan to be worked by him. A godly man is one who has separated from himself and is connected with God, one who will receive the truth as it is in Jesus and will live the new and consecrated life. (18LtMs, Ms 65, 1903, 14)
Ms 66, 1903
Our Duty Toward the Lord’s Institution
NP
July 15, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 08/04/1903.
I have a proposition to make to my brethren and sisters in regard to the stock that we have in the Review and Herald Publishing Company. The money that we invested in this institution was given to the work of the Lord. It was intelligently and wisely consecrated to a sacred work. Were it possible for me now to withdraw the offering that I made in former years to the Lord’s instrumentality for the publication of the truth, would I do it?—Never, never! Instead, I will make additional investments as soon as the work is reorganized, so that its original purpose may be more perfectly fulfilled. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 1)
Let the publishing work be moved from Battle Creek. The lawyers will make no trouble unless our own people stir them up to create difficulties. I appeal to our brethren who love the advent message, and the institutions established to promulgate this message, to use their influence and means to sustain and help forward every movement being made to place the first and largest publishing house that we have in such a position that it will be as a city set on a hill. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 2)
Let us take our position firmly and loyally on the side of the men who are laboring to follow the light given from the Lord and to work out the matter as proposed by the General Conference. Let us give no place to the selfish plans or selfish motives that may suggest themselves in connection with this work. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 3)
Why should any one try to hinder the moving of our publishing work to one of the world’s great centers of influence? Why should men demand the return of their investment in stock, if this is done? If God had not first given us the money, we could not have purchased the stock. The money invested in the Review and Herald is God’s money, and those who have placed it there should allow it to remain. Should any one plead necessity as a reason for withdrawing his stock, I could plead necessity also—and I might plead that my necessity is real. But should I withdraw my gift from the altar, I could not expect the blessing of God to rest upon me. If it were possible to do so, I would not remove one dollar of the money that I invested in the office of publication. I placed the money there when the office needed it, and now, in view of the great loss that the institution has sustained, God forbid that I should, for selfish advantage, do anything that would cripple the work or that would open the way for lawyers to make their power felt. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 4)
When the publishing house is established away from Battle Creek, I shall do all in my power to build it up and to encourage those connected with it to carry forward the work of the Lord, exalting the principles of right higher and still higher. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 5)
The office will not be able to pay high wages to the workers; for to start the work in a new place will mean great expense. Let the workers maintain the simplicity of Christ. Let them practice self-denial, bearing the cross after Jesus. I call upon them to think of the loss that the publishing house has sustained and to share in its affliction. If they do this, they will gain a precious experience. Let them do what they can to help. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 6)
Let no one connect himself with the publishing house to gain advantage for himself. If those who enter the employ of this institution from this time forward do so with a determination to help rather than to be helped, the books of heaven will bear witness to their unselfish action. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 7)
Let us do what we can to set the publishing house on its feet again. Let our people everywhere show a liberal spirit. In past years our brethren throughout the field have done a noble work by lending their means to our publishing institutions. Let this good work continue. The time to help in the work is when earnest efforts are being made to put the work on a right basis. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 8)
For years the Review office held my note for several thousand dollars invested in the issue of books. Since the fire I have made special efforts to pay the last of this, and I shall endeavor to place money on deposit in the institution. Brethren, this is a time to show who are the true friends of the publishing work. Let no one endeavor to withdraw his stock from the Review and Herald. It would not be right to do this. The money that we invested in stock was the Lord’s gift to us and our gift to the institution. Shall we not now do a work that bears the approval of God? Let us bring the principles of the gospel into practice. Let your religion speak, saying, The money in the office of publication is a gift that I made to the institution, and I do not feel at liberty, now that disaster has come to the institution, to withdraw my gift. Wrongs have been done in the institution, but it is not my place to mete out punishment. The Lord has taken this matter into His own hands. I must do all that I can to place the institution on vantage ground. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 9)
God’s love will be bestowed on His people if they will do as Jesus did, if they will deny self and lift the cross. Christ took our infirmities, and we are to bear one another’s burdens. We read of Christ, “When He saw the multitude, He was moved with compassion on them.” [Matthew 9:36.] These words are the key to His lifework. We are to reveal in our lives the compassion that He revealed. (18LtMs, Ms 66, 1903, 10)
Ms 67, 1903
Sermon/Fishers of Men
Healdsburg, California
May 30, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in RC 237, 255; CG 21, 435; PM 283; 4MR 109.
Baccalaureate sermon at the close of the Healdsburg College school year, delivered by Mrs. E. G. White in the church at Healdsburg, California, May 30, 1903. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 1)
“And it came to pass, that, as the people pressed upon Him to hear the word of God, He stood by the lake of Gennesaret, and saw two ships standing by the lake: but the fishermen were gone out of them, and were washing their nets. And He entered into one of the ships, which was Simon’s, and prayed him that he would thrust out a little from the land. And He sat down, and taught the people out of the ship. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 2)
“Now when He had left speaking, He said unto Simon, Launch out into the deep, and let down your nets for a draught. And Simon answering said unto Him, Master, we have toiled all the night, and have taken nothing: nevertheless at Thy word I will let down the net. And when they had this done, they inclosed a great multitude of fishes: and their net brake. And they beckoned unto their partners, which were in the other ship, that they should come and help them. And they came, and filled both the ships, so that they began to sink. When Simon saw it, he fell down at Jesus’ knees, saying, Depart from me; for I am a sinful man, O Lord.” [Luke 5:1-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 3)
Prostrating himself, and clinging to the Saviour’s knees, Peter begged Jesus to depart from him. He acknowledged that he was a sinful man. With great force there came to his mind the conviction that He was in the presence of the long-looked-for Messiah; and although he said to Christ, “Depart from me,” he did not really desire to see Him go away; for he still held fast to the Saviour’s knees. [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 4)
“For he was astonished, and all that were with him, at the draught of the fishes which they had taken: and so was also James, and John, the sons of Zebedee, which were partners with Simon. And Jesus said unto Simon, Fear not; from henceforth thou shalt catch men.” [Verses 9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 5)
“And when they had brought their ships to land, they forsook all, and followed Him.” [Verse 11.] Thus were these fishermen called by the God of heaven to their lifework. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 6)
The Secret of Success in Soul-saving
Every one who in living faith follows Jesus, with an eye single to His glory, will see of the salvation of God just as surely as these discouraged, despondent fishermen saw their boats filled by the miraculous draught. It was because Christ was in the ship that they were successful in their efforts to catch fish. The indwelling presence of the Saviour is equally necessary in the work of winning souls. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 7)
In order to save humanity, Christ, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, laid aside His kingly crown and royal robe, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth as our Redeemer. For thirty-three years He lived the life of a man among men, meeting the temptations that we must meet and overcoming through the strength imparted from above. His divinity was not manifested in any display of pomp and royal power. He could have surrounded Himself with legions of heavenly angels, thereby inducing every one to believe on Him; but this would not have been in accordance with God’s purpose. Christ came to stand at the head of humanity and to demonstrate that through the power of the Holy Spirit it is possible for man to withstand Satan’s temptations. With His long human arm the Saviour encircled humanity, while with His divine arm He grasped the throne of the Infinite. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 8)
What does Christ’s sacrifice mean to us? We may endeavor to meet the enemy’s temptations in our own strength, doing the best we can to overcome; but we shall meet with disappointment after disappointment. This was the condition in which Christ found the disciples after their night of unrewarded toil. They were annoyed and perplexed. Directing them to “launch out into the deep,” Christ said, “Let down your nets for a draught.” [Verse 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 9)
Long had the fishermen toiled that night; often had they been disappointed in their expectations, as time and again the net was drawn up empty. When the Divine Presence was with them, and they, at His bidding, once more cast their net into the sea, what an abundance they gathered in! They were unprepared to handle so large a draught. Their facilities were not nearly sufficient to meet the emergency. The sight of the miraculous draught of fish swept away the unbelief of the Galilean fishermen, and they were ready to respond to Christ’s invitation to follow Him and to learn to be fishers of men. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 10)
The breaking net, the sinking ship, the surprise and gratitude of Peter and his companions, their willingness to follow the Saviour and to do His bidding—all these are object lessons. Thus it is in the work of soul-saving. However long and faithfully we may toil in our human strength, we can hope for no real results; but as soon as we welcome Christ into the heart, He will work with and through us to the salvation of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 11)
God has promised to co-operate with those who choose to labor in harmony with His purposes. We are to do our utmost to fulfil our part faithfully, in order that He may demonstrate to the world what He can do through us. At our baptism, we pledged ourselves that, being dead to the world, we would henceforth remember that our life is “hid with Christ in God” [Colossians 3:3], and that we had taken our position on the exalted platform of truth, there to work in unison with the Hand that never fails. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 12)
Paul declares, “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] It is God that gives success to human endeavor. Without His blessing, our efforts amount to naught. We are simply channels through whom God’s blessings flow to our fellow beings. From every one in whose heart Christ is an abiding Presence will go forth a power that will influence others to accept the Saviour as their Redeemer. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 13)
It is the privilege of every Christian constantly to live up to his baptismal covenant. “Ye are dead,” says the apostle Paul of those who have been baptized, “and your life is hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:3.] To enable us to keep this covenant, there is placed at our command every facility, every power of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 14)
And what a reward is set before those who are faithful! The promise is, “When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Verse 4.] In comparison with this reward, of how much value is all the honor and the glory that this world can offer? The end of all things earthly is death, eternal death. Can we afford to choose to “enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season”? [Hebrews 11:25.] Shall we not resolutely turn from every worldly influence and by faith behold the One altogether lovely, the Chiefest among ten thousand—He who died in order that we might live in the earth made new? (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 15)
To the students of the Healdsburg school who claim to be dead to sin and to the world, I would say, Keep yourselves from everything that would stain the soul. Strive to grasp eternal realities. Realize that God is your heavenly Father and that you are His little children. In comparison with Him, we are all little children. We may attain to the loftiest heights of intellectual learning, so-called, but this will not make us complete men and women. We may reach the highest positions of worldly honor; but in God’s sight we never become men and women until we are made complete through Christ Jesus, our Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 16)
A Message to Parents
Fathers and mothers, you are under obligation to God to bring up your children in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, so that His light shall ever shine about them, lighting the pathway to the kingdom above. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 17)
Parents should make a wise use of every spare moment of time in training their children to honor God in the homelife. Parents stand in the place of God toward their little ones. As they desire God to be kind to them, so they are to be kind to their children. But a tender, compassionate parent never allows his child to act contrary to the will and way of God. He teaches him to be obedient to parents and to God. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 18)
Parents are not to provoke their children to wrath by a harsh, dictatorial, overbearing spirit. They are simply to teach them the law of the Lord. Concerning Abraham, God declared, “I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment.” [Genesis 18:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 19)
Every one upon whom rests the responsibility of a home should realize that God is calling for obedience to His law. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 20)
The father and the mother should be the first teachers of their children. Upon the mother the burden of the home school often rests the most heavily. The father should take this fact into consideration, remembering that through the day he is not usually called upon to deal, in patience and love, with the little trials and variances of the children. With what kindness and tenderness should he treat the woman of his choice! (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 21)
The husband is to respect his wife, and the wife is to respect her husband. Not a word should pass from his lips, or from hers, that would in any wise disturb the harmony of the household or fall harshly upon the ears of the children. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 22)
Parents who honor each other will be honored by their children. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 23)
The youth who are educated aright in the home will respect their father as the priest of the household and will regard their mother as the princess of the home. In every way possible will they lighten her burdens, giving her opportunity to preserve her strength and nerve-power, which she so much needs in her work for them. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 24)
Parents are not commissioned by the Lord to devote precious time to the work of clothing their children in fashionable attire. The children of many Sabbath-keeping parents cannot be distinguished from the children of worldlings, because of conformity to worldly dress. Christian believers are to clothe their children neatly and teach them lessons of cleanliness, tidiness, and simplicity. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 25)
Families who spend much time in dressing for display may be likened to the fig tree that Christ saw from afar. This fig tree flaunted its flourishing branches in the very face of justice; but when Christ came to look for fruit, He searched from the topmost twig to the lowest boughs and found nothing but leaves. It is fruit that He hungers for; fruit He must have. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 26)
The Object in View in Establishing Schools
Now cruel it is to leave children to choose their own way and to form a character without the direction of wise counsel! Yet, from the light that I have, I know that many parents who claim to be Christians have neglected their duty for so long a time that not a few of our young people have swung from the barriers of truth and are in great danger of being swept downward to ruin by the temptations of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 27)
Long ago this condition of affairs was presented to me by the Lord, and I was instructed to direct our people to establish schools for the education and training of our children and to urge the youth to attend these schools. In our educational institutions must be teachers who fear God and keep His commandments. The children, separated from their former wicked, corrupt associations, and placed under wise instructors in Christian schools, will have a favorable opportunity to form right habits of character and to grow up in the fear and admonition of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 28)
This is the work that has been and is still being done in our Healdsburg school. Sometimes it requires years for a student to learn to dress and to act as a child of the heavenly King; sometimes the influences of the world are almost irresistible; but through the grace of God every one may become Christlike in word and deed. Those who are numbered as Christ’s disciples will follow His example of self-denial and self-sacrifice. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 29)
In the life of a Christian, the things of this world, the idols of pride, extravagance, and self-indulgence, are to have no place. God did not form the eye to be used for selfish purposes. He gave us the power of vision in order that we might behold and admire the Saviour in His works, which He has created for our pleasure. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 30)
As children prepare to attend one of our schools, wise parents will help them to understand that in school life they are to strive to form a character that will fit them to associate with the unfallen beings of the universe. And this they can do only through the overcoming power that Christ will give them. Without His grace, no one can form a Christlike character. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 31)
The Training of Missionaries
Parents, teach your children to become workers with you in the church. Educate them in such a way that they will delight to be workers together with God. Impress upon their minds the thought that as they grow older, their opportunities for service will enlarge, and their power and ability will increase proportionately. Let them understand that those who give themselves to God will become channels of blessing to others who know Him not. Teach them how to have power to prevail with God. If this were done faithfully by every parent, we should see consecrated workers everywhere. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 32)
I hope that many of those who are receiving an education in our schools will go forth as missionaries accepted of God. I have faith to believe that He will work upon the hearts of teachers and students and that they shall be clothed with the robe of Christ’s righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 33)
To us is given the commission, “Go out into the highways, and hedges, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.” [Luke 14:23.] Are we preparing for evangelistic house-to-house work? (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 34)
When school closes, there will be opportunity for many to go out into the field as evangelistic canvassers. The faithful colporteur finds his way into many homes, where he leaves precious reading matter containing the truth for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 35)
The Value of Our Denominational Literature
We should treat, as a sacred treasure, every line of printed matter that comes from our publishing houses. Even the fragments of a pamphlet or of a periodical should be regarded as of value. Who can estimate the influence that a torn page, containing the truths of the third angel’s message, may have upon the heart of some seeker after truth? Every page that comes from the press is a ray of light from heaven, to shine into the byways and the hedges, shedding light upon the pathway of truth. Let us remember that somebody would be glad to receive every page that we can spare. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 36)
In the miracle of feeding the multitude with the few loaves and fishes, the food was increased as it passed from Christ to those who accepted it. Thus it will be in the distribution of our publications. God’s truth, as it is passed out, will multiply greatly. And as Christ was careful to instruct the disciples to gather up the fragments that remained, that nothing should be lost, so we should treasure every fragment of literature containing the truth for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 37)
The Ministry of Song
I am glad that a musical element has been brought into the Healdsburg school. Instruction is singing is greatly needed in every school. Much more interest should be manifested in voice culture than is now generally manifested. Students who have learned to sing, with melodious voices, sweet gospel songs in such a way that the words are easily understood can do much good as singing evangelists. They will find many opportunities to use the talent that God has given them, carrying melody and sunshine into many lonely places darkened by sin and sorrow and affliction, by singing to those who seldom have the privileges of any kind of gospel ministry. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 38)
Students, go out into the highways and the hedges. Endeavor to reach the higher as well as the lower classes. Enter the homes of the rich and the poor. As you go from house to house to sing, ask, “Would you be pleased to have us sing? We should be glad to hold a song service with you and to offer a few words of prayer to ask God to keep us.” Not many will refuse you entrance. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 39)
Such ministry is genuine missionary work. God desires every one of us to be converted and to learn to engage in missionary effort in earnest. He will bless us in this work, and we shall see of His salvation. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 40)
Our High Calling
Educate yourselves to speak in the language of Canaan, the language spoken in the heavenly school by the members of the royal family. Sternly determine to put away all foolish talking and jesting, all selfish amusements. By faith grasp the promises of God, and determine that you will be Christians here below, while preparing for translation. Those who do this will see of the salvation of God. (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 41)
Students, if you strip yourselves of every hindrance to progress in the Christian life, your mind will be worked by the Holy Spirit of God, and you will become fishers of men. The salvation of God will go forth from you as a lamp that burneth. Kindling your taper from the divine altar, you will have the privilege, wherever you may be, of shedding light upon those who are in darkness. If you continue steadfast in His service, He will open wide the gates of the heavenly city, and say, as you enter in, “Well done, good and faithful servant; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 67, 1903, 42)
Ms 68, 1903
Answering Christ’s Prayer for Us by Obeying His Law
Healdsburg, California
July 6, 1903
Previously unpublished.
We claim to be Christians. What are we doing to answer the prayer of Christ, as recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John? Are we attaining to the standard set before us? This standard of perfect unity is portrayed in the words: “I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verse 23.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 1)
From the light God has given me, I know that this chapter has not been fully appreciated, and that the principles it teaches have not been generally believed and practiced. Why has not His Word been gladly received and obeyed by all? Why has it not made upon the hearts of many professing Christians the impression that He desired to see made? (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 2)
“O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verse 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 3)
Christ is not known by the world. But upon the hearts of those who know Him is mirrored His image, which in their daily life is constantly reflected in word and deed upon those who know Him not. By the perfection of our Christian walk, we are to make Christ known to the world; for we are His chosen representatives. By spiritual adoption we are children of God. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 4)
In no way are we to unite with the world in wrongdoing. The systems of commercial life, the money-making schemes, even the profound study of commercial investments—all these are alike undesirable. The theater, the concert, the ballroom, the billiard room, the card table, the race course, the drinking saloon, and numerous other places and forms of amusement that might be mentioned, divert the attention of many men and women from the Lord’s service. But such persons are not seeking for those things that would give peace to the soul. Thousands and tens of thousands are making no special effort to attain perfection of character. They seem to reason that since mere pleasurable gratification is denied them by the teachings of God’s Word, this Word has been written in vain. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 5)
I am assured that when believers are truly converted, they will be transformed in character, and that then the prayer of Christ will be regarded by them as of far greater value than all the favors the world can bestow. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 6)
A Study of the Prayer
What a prayer is Christ’s petition for His disciples! How high it reaches! How much it embraces! “What shall we do to answer this prayer?” is the question that should be our constant study. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 7)
“These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee.” [Verse 1.] What does this mean?—That this prayer is the petition of humanity for humanity; a sinless humanity for a sinful humanity. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 8)
“As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent. I have glorified Thee on the earth: I have finished the work which Thou gavest Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world: Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word.” [Verses 2-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 9)
“They have kept Thy word.” [Verse 6.] This is the standard that every one who desires to walk with the heavenly Father must reach. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 10)
“Now they have made known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee.” [Verse 7.] Every believer in Christ is to manifest to a sinful world all that these words imply. He should remember his solemn baptismal vows. In the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, he was buried with his Lord in baptism, signifying that henceforth he would be dead unto the world. His resurrection from the watery grave was symbolic of the new birth that took place at the time of his conversion. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 11)
To those who have passed through this experience is given the instruction: (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 12)
“Wherefore laying aside all malice, and all guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings, as newborn babes, desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby: if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious. To whom coming, as unto a living stone, disallowed indeed of men, but chosen of God, and precious, ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. Wherefore also it is contained in the Scripture, Behold, I lay in Sion a chief corner stone, elect, precious: and he that believeth on Him shall not be confounded. Unto you therefore which believe He is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the builders disallowed, the same is made the head of the corner, and a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offense, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient: whereunto also they were appointed.” [1 Peter 2:1-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 13)
A better, even a holy, appointment was given them, but they did not take into consideration, nor did they value, the possibilities and the probabilities connected with obedience to Jehovah’s law. They chose not “to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God,” and were therefore among those who “stumble at the word, being disobedient.” [Verses 5, 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 14)
“Unto you therefore which believe He is precious.... Ye are a chosen generation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light: which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God: which had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul; having your conversation honest among the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visitation.” [Verses 7, 9-12.] This appeal should be heeded by every soul who claims to be a child of God. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 15)
Read, in this connection, the whole of the seventeenth of John. Notice verses fifteen to eighteen: “I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.... As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world.” (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 16)
Let us seek to understand the spiritual truths comprehended in this assertion. God sends us into the world, even as He sent His Son into the world. And of us Christ said, “They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world.” [Verse 16.] Let us endeavor to discern the meaning of this comparison. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 17)
“Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth.... And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [Verses 17, 19.] Those who cease to follow worldly practices, and choose to stand in the world as Christ’s followers, will understand the mystery of godliness—Christ within, “the hope of glory.” [Colossians 1:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 18)
“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word.” [John 17:20.] This includes us. Through faith in Christ, we are blessed with all spiritual blessings. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 19)
“That they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verse 21.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 20)
From the light given in this Scripture, cannot we understand the relation that Christians should sustain to one another? Then with what strictness we should guard our every word and act, in order to foster the unity that we are to manifest to the world! This unity is the love spoken of by Christ when He said to His disciples: “A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:34, 35.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 21)
“As I have loved you.” Not until after their Master’s great humiliation and suffering in Gethsemane, in the presence of the High Priest, in Pilate’s judgment hall, and on Calvary’s cross did the disciples understand these words. Our Saviour was subjected to humiliation such as few are called upon to bear. The hopes of the disciples died with the death of their Lord. But after He came forth from Joseph’s new tomb and over the rent sepulcher proclaimed, “I am the resurrection and the life;” “behold, I live forevermore” [John 11:25; Revelation 1:18], His disciples understood more fully the meaning of the words: “A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:34, 35.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 22)
Shall not we strive to glorify God by manifesting toward one another the same compassionate love that Christ manifested toward those whom He came into this world to save and make one with Himself? (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 23)
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:22, 23.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 24)
What a wonderful statement is this! Shall we show that these words mean all that they say, by proving them true? Only by living lives that will reveal to sinners the power that God’s grace has upon the human mind and character can we give evidence to the world that God has sent His Son to be the Saviour of mankind. Thus only can we reveal our heavenly Father in His true character—a miracle-working God. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 25)
“Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me (as the Redeemer of the fallen race): for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 24-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 26)
Wonderful prayer! It is our privilege to answer this prayer by molding our character in accordance with the principles that this Scripture teaches. Christ Himself defines the use that should be made of His words. “It is the Spirit that quickeneth,” He declares; “the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:63.] Since this is true, how important it is that we daily partake of the Scriptures as our spiritual food. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 27)
Let those who claim to believe the truth for this time remember constantly that Satan is not dead, neither is he asleep. He is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness; for unless he can deceive Christ’s followers in some unguarded moment, he cannot overcome them. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 28)
Glorifying God by Obeying His Law
My brethren and sisters, what more can I say to lead you to discern your privileges? These privileges, so freely granted you, were secured at the cost of the life of the only begotten Son of God. We must guard the soul with diligence. Those who hold the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end reveal in their lives the Christ-life by obeying every precept of God’s law. The gospel has not abrogated the law: the gospel is the law, practiced. The gospel demands perfect obedience. Paul asks the question, “Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yea, we establish the law.” [Romans 3:31.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 29)
God’s law is the transcript of His character. Constantly the Lord is speaking to the human family, saying, “Holier; yes, holier still.” This is His work—to gather out from the fallen inhabitants of this world a righteous people. “And the work of righteousness shall be peace; and the effect of righteousness quietness and assurance forever.” [Isaiah 32:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 30)
“Blessed are they, whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin.” [Romans 4:7, 8.] “Every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.” [Matthew 7:17-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 31)
The Saviour, instructing His disciples in regard to their work, declared: (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 32)
“Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 33)
“Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 34)
“Hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected: hereby know we that we are in Him. He that saith he abideth in Him ought himself also so to walk, even as He walked. Brethren, I write no new commandment unto you, but an old commandment which ye had from the beginning. The old commandment is the word which ye have heard from the beginning. Again, a new commandment I write unto you, which thing is true in Him and in you: because the darkness is past, and the true light now shineth. He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkness even until now. He that loveth his brother abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling in him. But he that hateth his brother is in darkness, and walketh in darkness, and knoweth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes. I write unto you, little children, because your sins are forgiven you for His name’s sake.” [1 John 2:3-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 35)
“I have not written unto you because ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that no lie is of the truth.... Let that therefore abide in you, which ye have heard from the beginning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning shall remain in you, ye also shall continue in the Son, and in the Father. And this is the promise that He hath promised us, even eternal life.” Let us “abide in Him; that, when He shall appear, we may have confidence, and not be ashamed before Him at His coming.” [Verses 21, 24, 25, 28.] (18LtMs, Ms 68, 1903, 36)
Ms 69, 1903
Talk/Instruction Regarding School Work
Healdsburg, California
July 7, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 2MR 213-216.
July 7, 1903
Talk given by Mrs. E. G. White at Healdsburg College Board meeting
Prof. Cady: The Board has received a request which was read last night, that I be released from the work here to engage in general educational work throughout the field. This request, which comes from Elder Daniells, can be read now, if you so desire. (Here the letter was read.) (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 1)
Mrs. E. G. White: The principal of a school cannot do justice to his work when his interests are divided. Brother Cady cannot do justice to this school and be away in the field so much of the time as has been the case in the past. The school needs his presence. It should not be left to the uncertainty that arises when the one who stands at its head is absent. The one who stands as principal should devote the greater part, if not all, of his time and energy to the school. He should study and plan for its success and should put his whole soul into an effort for its advancement. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 2)
It is a mistake to allow students to choose their studies. In years past this mistake has been made in the Healdsburg school. As a result students who had not mastered the common branches have sought to climb higher than they were prepared to go. Some who could not speak the English language correctly have desired to take up the study of foreign languages. A knowledge of how to speak and write our own language correctly is more important to us than the knowledge of a foreign language. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 3)
The Importance of Voice Culture
Voice culture, is presented to me as of the greatest importance. Students should receive a training that will prepare them to impart the knowledge they receive. Unless they are taught to read and speak slowly and distinctly, with clearness and force, placing the emphasis where it belongs, how can they teach with any good effect? They should not be allowed to speak so fast that they cannot be clearly understood. Every word, every syllable should be plainly spoken. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 4)
Students should be taught not to speak from the throat, but to bring the abdominal muscles into action. The throat is only the channel through which the voice is to pass. If public speakers would learn to use the voice properly, there would not be so much throat trouble among them. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 5)
Those who are to go into the field as teachers and ministers should be trained to speak in a way that will arouse an interest in the precious truths which they present. A man may not have so much knowledge, yet he can accomplish much if he has a voice so well trained that he can impart clearly that which he knows. But if a man cannot tell in a forcible manner what he knows, of what benefit is his learning, even though his mind be stored with knowledge? (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 6)
Prof. Cady: Should we provide a special instructor for voice training, or should we distribute the teaching of this branch among all the instructors? (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 7)
Mrs. E. G. White: The wisest thing to do is to experiment. You will have to do much experimenting before you can decide upon the best methods. If you should know of some one who is especially fitted to teach voice culture, it might be best to secure his services. I know that the voice can and must be trained. The Lord wants the teachers in our schools to make the most of themselves and to teach the students to make the most of themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 8)
The Value of the Common Branches
It is important that students be taught to spell correctly and to write plainly. They should be given a thorough drill in these branches. There are men in responsible positions, physicians, lawyers, and even editors, whose writing can scarcely be read. A great mistake has been made in their education. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 9)
In education the work of climbing must begin at the lowest round of the ladder. There are many who feel that they have finished their education, but who are faulty in spelling and in writing, and who can neither speak nor read correctly. These need to go back and begin to climb from the first round of the ladder. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 10)
When voice culture, reading, writing, and spelling take their rightful place in our schools, a great change for the better will be seen. These subjects have been neglected, because our teachers have not realized their value. But they are more important than Latin or Greek. I do not say that it is a wrong to study Latin or Greek, but I do say that it is a wrong to neglect the subjects that lie at the foundation of education in order to tax the mind with the study of Latin and Greek. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 11)
The Question of Grading
The system of grading is a hindrance to the pupil’s real progress. Some pupils are slow at first, and the teacher needs to exercise great patience. But these pupils may after a short time learn so rapidly as to astonish him. Others may appear to be very brilliant, but time may show that they have blossomed too suddenly. The system of confining children rigidly to grades is not wise. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 12)
A. T. Jones: The sooner grades are done away with, so that the teacher can get close to the children, the better. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 13)
Mrs. E. G. White: I know that some better system can be found just as soon as our instructors learn the true principles of education. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 14)
The Work of the Fernando School
Yesterday I had a long talk with Brother Giddings, the principal of the Fernando school. A misunderstanding has arisen in regard to what I said in reference to the school at Fernando. I had not the slightest idea of saying what some thought I said. They understood me to say that the Fernando school should do the same work that is done at the Healdsburg school. But those in charge of the Fernando school must know that their school will have to be carried on for a time before they can understand perfectly what its work should be. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 15)
Some were under the impression that I said that at Healdsburg and other of our schools, grave mistakes are being made. At the Los Angeles camp-meeting I spoke of the need of simplicity in education. I said that in the past the teachers in Healdsburg College and Battle Creek College had made the mistake of not giving the foundation subjects of education their proper place and of allowing the desires and suppositions of the students to govern the decisions made in reference to their school work. I also said that at Healdsburg some subjects had been taught that were not needed. But I had no idea of giving any one the impression that the Healdsburg College should occupy the position of a school just beginning its work. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 16)
I told Brother Giddings that it would be impossible for the Fernando school to take a position on a level with the Healdsburg school, which has been in operation many years. Those in charge of the Fernando school must move slowly at first. They must be careful to give the students what they most need, instead of allowing them to take what studies they choose. They should test the accuracy and knowledge of the students; then they can tell whether they have reached the standard to which they think they have attained. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 17)
Some in Fernando think that those in Healdsburg College manifest a feeling of superiority. I have been afraid that they thought this, but have hoped that it was not so. I asked the one who spoke to me of this, “Have you talked with the brethren here in regard to this matter? Have you talked with Brother Cady and other members of the Board to find out if this is not something that exists entirely in the minds of the brethren there? I advise you not to leave this place until you come to a perfect understanding with the brethren here.” (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 18)
The Industrial Work at Healdsburg College
I have heard that the managers of our school here are in difficulty in regard to the industrial work. I trust that you are not discouraged. There is no need for you to be. It would be surprising if these industries could be made to pay immediately after being started. Sometimes God permits losses to come to us to teach us lessons that will keep us from making mistakes that would cause much larger losses. If you have had financial losses in your industrial work, search carefully to find out the cause of these losses, and then manage in such a way that in the future there will be no loss. You should look upon this experience as of great value to you, not as a source of discouragement. It is of no use to talk discouragement. Look at the matter just as it is, and see how you can benefit by it. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 19)
At one time when my son Edson had suffered a financial loss, I wrote to him not to fail nor be discouraged. I said, “If you can learn from this experience to count the cost before undertaking an enterprise, it will be one of the most valuable experiences of your life.” (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 20)
My husband used to say, “Show me a man who never makes a mistake, never gets into perplexity, and I will show you a man who ought to be in heaven.” (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 21)
If a worker makes a mistake, do not think that his work must be taken from him and given to some one else. The one to whom it is given may not do it as well as the one who had it in the first place. Give the worker who has made the mistake every opportunity to improve. Do not discourage him by criticism. Help him in his work. Do not take his work from him unless he shows no desire to improve. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 22)
Let us remember that we are all members of God’s family. And let us remember, too, that Satan and all his host are seeking continually to force us into making mistakes, that our confidence in ourselves and in others may be destroyed. But when perplexities arise, shall we sit down on the stool of ignorance and do nothing?—God forbid. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 23)
At Cooranbong our brethren made a mistake in delaying the purchase of the land that the Lord had said was the place where the school should be established. Then, after the purchase of the land, they went to a lawyer for advice and following his advice brought legal complications that cost thousands of dollars. Had it not been for the lack of faith caused by the delay, this loss would not have come. At one time during the lawsuit that was carried on, our brethren were greatly perplexed to know what to do. Some said, “Let the land go.” I said, “What do you mean? Who is it that we are warring against? ‘We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world.’ [Ephesians 6:12.] Do you think that you can establish the school where the Lord wants it to be without opposition from the enemy? The perplexities that come are an evidence that you are on the right ground and that the enemy is seeking to check the good that will be accomplished here.” (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 24)
Mistakes have been made at Healdsburg, but the brethren need not feel discouraged. The Lord may have permitted us to make these mistakes to put us on our guard in the future, that we may be kept from making greater mistakes. Let us look at these things in a rational light. It is not as if we had not been making aggressive efforts or had had no opposition. Our people are not half awake to the fact that the enemy with whom we have to contend is a keen, intelligent, eloquent being who works in every conceivable way to hinder the advancement of God’s work. We must rid our minds of the idea that we may move smoothly along, meeting no hindrances. The enemy works against every effort put forth to advance the cause of God. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 25)
You have begun in the right way. Students must have outdoor labor, that their muscles may be kept in a healthy condition, that the brain may be kept clear. The health of the brain depends on the health of the other parts of the human machinery. You need not be discouraged because there has been a loss in the industrial departments. This experience may save you from a larger loss in the future. Industrial work is a great help and blessing to the students. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 26)
M. E. Cady: As far as I am concerned personally, I am not at all discouraged. My only fear has been that, because there have been losses, some might be inclined to give up the industrial work. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 27)
Mrs. E. G. White: This work should not be given up. This is one point that I wished to emphasize this morning. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 28)
M. E. Cady: Most of the industrial departments show a loss this year, while in previous years most of them have shown a gain. One reason for this is that this year we have depreciated the property. In past years this was not done. The depreciation that has been placed on the property this year should have been divided among several years. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 29)
We have started these industrial departments, but they do not show the gain that we would like them to show. Some of the brethren feel that these departments ought to sustain themselves and ought to make a little profit; and because they do not, there is a tendency to advocate that they be abandoned and that other industries be brought in that can be made to pay. I think that a great deal of study and wise counsel is necessary in order to make changes without suffering loss. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 30)
In our meeting yesterday, some of our brethren said that they thought that our schools would come to the place—and perhaps they may—where they will be self-sustaining. Others said that this never could be, that these institutions could never be entirely self-sustaining, but that they would have to be assisted by the gifts of those of our people who are interested in their work. These differences of opinion might lead us to take steps that would undo the work that has been done. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 31)
Mrs. E. G. White: Let us do the best we can, and then say, “Lord, we leave with Thee what we have done.” If we will work in faith, our hope and courage will increase. But we cannot expect faith unless we work in faith. We do not realize the craftiness and the power of the enemy that we must meet in conflict. Satan and his hosts are all around us. Before the end they will come as angels of light, and also as men. God’s servants must stand by their colors and have firm faith in Him. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 32)
M. E. Cady: I am very thankful for the encouraging words to which we have listened this morning. They are a great help to me. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 33)
Mrs. E. G. White: My brethren, you may expect difficulties and hindrance. They will surely come. But do not keep your eyes fixed on discouragement. If you do, you will find more and more to discourage you. Take your eyes off discouragement, and “arise and build.” [Nehemiah 2:20.] Let the building go up, and let the cause advance. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 34)
M. E. Cady: There have been in the industrial work greater losses than I anticipated; nevertheless, I feel that we have before us in our school work some of the brightest prospects that we have ever had. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 35)
Mrs. E. G. White: The influence for good that the manual training work has exerted over the students overbalances the financial loss and would overbalance it were it ten times as large as it is. How many souls this work has helped to save, you will never know till the day of judgment. Satan finds some mischief still for idle hands to do. But when students are kept busy in useful labor, the Lord has opportunity to work with them. (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 36)
My brethren, let us labor on in the simplicity of godliness. Let us accept the Saviour’s invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 69, 1903, 37)
Ms 70, 1903
Sermon/Divine Sonship
Calistoga, California
June 7, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in RH 09/03/1903.
Sunday afternoon, June 7, 1903
Sermon, Mrs. E. G. White, Open-air service at the Hot Springs Grove, Calistoga, California,
“Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [1 John 3:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 1)
In this Scripture are portrayed Christian privileges that are comprehended by but comparatively few. Every one should become familiar with the blessed privileges God has offered us in His Word. He has given us many assurances of what He will do for us. And all these promises are made possible by Christ’s sacrifice in our behalf. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 2)
John the Baptist bore witness of the One through whom we may become sons and daughters of God. “There was a man sent from God, whose name was John. The same came for a witness, to bear witness of the Light, that all men through Him might believe. He was not that Light, but was sent to bear witness of that Light. That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:6-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 3)
Divine sonship is not something we may gain of ourselves. Only to those who receive Christ as their Saviour is given the power to become sons and daughters of God. But the promise is to all who “believe on His name.” [Verse 12.] What an incentive to greater effort this assurance should be to those who are trying to set the hope of the gospel before those who are still in the darkness of error! (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 4)
The sinner cannot, by any power of his own, rid himself of sin. For the accomplishment of this work he must look to a higher Power. John exclaimed, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [Verse 29.] Christ alone has power to cleanse the heart from sin. As soon as the penitent one turns from sin, and looks to the Saviour for help, the Holy Spirit begins its transforming work upon the heart. Man is dependent on God for transforming grace. Every one who comes to Jesus in faith, nothing wavering, will receive pardon. He who is seeking for forgiveness and acceptance can only say: (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 5)
“Nothing in my hand I bring;
Simply to Thy cross I cling!”
(18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 6)
Through Adam’s fall, Man forfeited the right to live. But Christ offered to give His life as a ransom for the fallen race in order that they might have another opportunity to keep God’s commandments and live. To us is granted a time of probation in which we may co-operate with God in the work of forming characters acceptable in His sight. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 7)
How thankful we should be for the privileges offered us; for the hope we have in the gospel; for the great sacrifice Christ has made in order to give us these blessings! He, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth to stand at the head of humanity. In His life on this earth He was “a Man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief.” [Isaiah 53:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 8)
Christ with His long human arm encircles the fallen race, while with His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. He stands before the Father as the Propitiation for the sins of every repentant one who receives Him and believes on His name. No matter how poor the sinner may be; no matter how numerous may be the difficulties surrounding him; no matter how great may be his infirmities, the compassionate Saviour will accept him. Christ loves every member of the human race; for He has bought them all with a price—and what a price! By a self-sacrificing life and a humiliating death He became the Redeemer of us all; and He now stands in the courts above as our Advocate. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 9)
Christ would have given His life, even if He had known that only the little company before whom I am standing today would be saved at last. Yes; if there had been but one member of our little company that could have been saved, He would have given His life as a ransom for that one. How incomprehensible is His infinite love! (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 10)
Our Redeemer passed over the same ground on which Adam fell. He was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. He never yielded to temptation; and yet, in withstanding the enemy’s temptations, He exercised no power that is not granted us. He might have come to this earth accompanied by a vast retinue of angels; but He came unattended and dwelt with those who were poor and lowly. He worked at the carpenter’s bench with Joseph for many years. Throughout His youth and manhood He was sorely tried with temptations. He passed through all the afflictions through which we are called to pass. Thus He stood at the head of humanity, as a human being. If He had not clothed His divinity with humanity, no one could have approached Him because of the glory of His presence. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 11)
How many of those who are assembled here today are willing to make any sacrifice for Jesus? Are you willing firmly to determine that you will strive not to grieve the Holy Spirit by pursuing a course that would put your Saviour to open shame? Will you constantly remember that He has humiliated Himself and given His life for your salvation? Are you willing daily to consecrate yourselves to His service? (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 12)
Dear friends, did Christ come to this earth in order that you might receive and enjoy the riches and glory of the world?—No, no. He came in order that you might have life eternal in the kingdom of God. He came in order that you might live a life that measures with the life of God and be a member of the royal family, a child of the heavenly King, in the courts of heaven where there is neither sorrow nor death, where we can associate forever with Christ and the unfallen angels. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 13)
With those thoughts in mind, cannot we appreciate a little more fully than before the words we read in the third chapter of John’s first epistle? “Behold, what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, because it knew Him not. Beloved, now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when He shall appear, we shall be like Him; for we shall see Him as He is. And every man that hath this hope in Him purifieth himself, even as He is pure.” [Verses 1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 14)
By being partakers of the divine nature, we may overcome the corruption that is in our natures through lust. Keeping Jesus always in view, we shall be changed into His likeness. He knows all about our trials and difficulties. Let us lay them all at His feet and trust Him to lead us aright. As He overcame Satan on every point, so we may overcome every temptation of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 15)
Shall we not give our lives to the service of Him who has given so much for us? Shall we not determine to stand always on the side of Christ? The privilege of abiding in Christ and working for Him should make us the happiest people in the world. From personal experience, I know what it means to have severe trials. But night after night, when I cannot sleep, I look to the great Physician, and He fills my heart with joy and love and peace. The same blessings are offered to every one else. Whoever partakes of Christ’s sufferings will partake of His glory. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 16)
“Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law. And ye know that He was manifested to take away our sins; and in Him is no sin. Whosoever abideth in Him sinneth not: whosoever sinneth hath not seen Him, neither known Him.” [Verses 4-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 17)
Many profess to abide in Christ, but cherish imperfections of character. Their names may be on the church book; but if they persist in clinging to imperfections of character, it is manifest that they are not “born again.” [John 3:3.] God desires us to put away everything that is wrong and to come to the foot of the Cross to learn of Jesus. “Learn of Me,” Christ says: “for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] In this life we are to prepare for promotion to the higher grade, the school above, by learning of Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 18)
None need heavenly instruction more than fathers and mothers. Upon them rests a great responsibility. If they abide in Christ, He will abide in their home. Men and women, at the beginning of married life, should reconsecrate themselves to God. They are His children, bought by an infinite sacrifice. “Know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost, which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 19)
Parents may cultivate sweetness of disposition in the home life and by God’s grace be overcomers. Although they may have natural tendencies to wrong, these should be resolutely put away. Let them learn to speak kindly under all circumstances. It takes no more time and effort to speak kindly than it does to speak unkindly. From the beginning, those who have received the Saviour into their hearts as their Redeemer can educate their children to love and fear God, and not to have their own way. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 20)
Many of those who have grown to manhood and womanhood have never left the traits of their childhood behind them. They are just as fretful and impatient, just as ready to quarrel over little things, as they were in their youth. God desires us to put away childish things and to prepare to live in the home toward which we are journeying. None whose hearts are unrenewed by the gentle influences of the Holy Spirit can enter the heavenly home. The character must first be transformed. Let us learn in our home life how to live in such a way that we shall be granted a home on the earth made new. Unkindness in speech, harshness of voice, disagreeableness of disposition—these are characteristics that must never be manifested by parents who desire to train their children aright. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 21)
Is there a troubled father or mother here this afternoon? Is there one who feels that he is unable to reach the high and holy standard God has given us? If there should be such an one here, come to Jesus just as you are. Seek His forgiveness, and ask Him to give you power to become a child of His and to walk acceptably in His sight day by day. He will not fail to help one who comes to Him in sincerity. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 22)
Trials will come, it is true, even to those who are fully consecrated. The patience of the most patient will be severely tested. The husband or the wife may utter words that are liable to provoke a hasty reply; but let the one who is spoken to keep silent. In silence there is safety. Often silence is the severest rebuke that could be given to the one who has sinned with his lips. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 23)
Parents, train your children to be missionaries for God. As teachers in the home, you have an important place to fill in the Master’s work. There are many lines of work to be carried forward, and not the least important of these is the training of children so that they will become co-laborers with God. This line of work should not be neglected on account of the press of ordinary business matters. If in the time of the judgment you should stand before God without your children, and He would ask you, “What have you done with My little flock that I entrusted to you? Why are they not with you?” what answer could you give? [See Jeremiah 13:20.] Let us not neglect our duty now; for we cannot afford to allow our children to lose the opportunity of living with us throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 24)
Probationary time will not continue much longer. Already we begin to see the judgments of God in the land. God is withdrawing His restraining hand from the earth. Long has He been speaking to the hearts of men and women through the agency of His Holy Spirit; but they have not heeded the call. He is now under the necessity of permitting His judgments to fall upon the inhabitants of the world, because of the universal prevalence of crime and iniquity. He does not desire to destroy; but some have steeled their hearts against every entreaty. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 25)
Soon it will be forever too late to enter the fold of safety. Is it not high time that ye should help our children to choose the path that leads to this fold? Jesus loves the children. If He could come into our midst today at the close of this meeting, He would place His hands on the heads of the little ones and bless them. He desires to bless them in their homes. They are His precious little flock, and they need to be carefully, tenderly shielded from temptation. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 26)
Jesus says, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] Let every professing Christian search his heart diligently and put away everything unlike Christ. Let him remember that he has been bought with a price, even the blood of the Son of God. So long as he remembers this, he will be the less liable to indulge in pride and foolishness. Constantly he will endeavor so to live that he can meet the Saviour in peace; and he will not fail to repel every suggestion of the enemy to engage in intemperate, wicked practices. Those who are faithful in this life will be ready to welcome the Saviour when He comes in the clouds of heaven, and to say, “Lo, this is our God; we have waited for Him, and He will save us.” [Isaiah 25:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 27)
For many, many years I have waited for my Saviour’s second advent. But do you imagine that I have grown weary of waiting? Is this what saddens my heart? O, no! My heart is saddened by the sight of so many, even among professing Christians, who are still unready for His appearing. The unprepared state of themselves and of their children fills my heart with sorrow; for I know that they are failing to give to the world the impression that Christians should give. The line of demarcation between righteousness and sin, obedience and disobedience, should always be unmistakably distinct. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 28)
The father, as the priest of the household, should deal gently and patiently with his children. He should be careful not to arouse in them a combative disposition. He must not allow transgression to go uncorrected; and yet there is a way to correct without stirring up the worst passions of the human heart. Let him in love talk with his children, telling them how grieved the Saviour is over their course; and then let him kneel with them before the mercy seat and present them to Christ, praying that He will have compassion upon them and lead them to repent and ask forgiveness. Such disciplining will nearly always break the most stubborn heart. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 29)
God desires us to deal with our children in simplicity. We are liable to forget that children have not had the advantage of the long years of training that older people have had. If the little ones do not act in accordance with our ideas in every respect, we sometimes think that they deserve a scolding. But this would not mend matters. Take them to the Saviour, and tell Him all about it; then believe that His blessing will rest upon them. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 30)
Those who have taken upon themselves the responsibility of bringing children into the world are held accountable by God for the salvation of their little ones. He will give you grace and strength, parents, to overcome by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of your testimony. Surrender yourselves unreservedly to Him, and ask Him to help you to use your talent of influence in the home life. He who has endowed you with capabilities will enable you to increase daily in wisdom and prudence, so that you may discharge faithfully your duties as parents. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 31)
Teach the children to bear their share of the burdens of the household. Keep them occupied at some useful employment. Show them how to do their work easily and well. Help them to realize that by lightening the burdens of their mother, they are preserving her strength and prolonging her life. Many a weary mother has been laid away in an untimely grave for no other reason than that her children were not taught to share her burdens. By encouraging a spirit of unselfish service in the home, parents are drawing their children closer to Christ, who is the embodiment of unselfishness. None but the unselfish can become missionaries for God. The basis of missionary effort is self-sacrifice and self-denial. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 32)
Our homes will be filled with sunshine and happiness, if we choose to invite the Saviour to dwell with us. And to those who make Him their counselor and guide in this life, He has promised a beautiful home in the new earth. This promise was given to His disciples just prior to His crucifixion. He knew of the sufferings through which He was about to pass. He realized that soon He must leave those whom He loved; but He did not allow His mind to brood over these matters. He directed the minds of His disciples to the life beyond. “Let not your heart be troubled,” He said; “ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 33)
Soon we shall be in our promised home. There Jesus will lead us by the side of the living stream flowing from the throne of God and explain to us the dark providences through which He led us in order to perfect our characters. There we shall see on every hand the beautiful trees of Paradise, including the tree that bears twelve manner of fruit, one kind during each month of the year. There we shall behold with undimmed vision the beauties of Eden restored. There we shall cast at the feet of our Redeemer the crowns that He has placed on our heads, and, touching our golden harps, we shall render praise and thanksgiving to Him that sitteth on the throne. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 34)
Dear friends, I have talked to you this afternoon in regard to some of the simple truths of the gospel. If you will only practice them, I shall feel that my words have not been in vain. May the blessing of God rest upon you and your children. May you all be among those who will enter through the beautiful gates of pearl into the golden city of our God. May you, as unbroken families, have the privilege of dwelling forever in that haven of rest. To this end may God help you now to strive to secure the crown of life that fadeth not away. (18LtMs, Ms 70, 1903, 35)
Ms 71, 1903
Talk/To Every Man His Work
NP
June 18, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in MM 293; Ev 109, 687; 3SM 303; ML 47; 1MR 27; 4MR 87; LLM 66-67.
Talk by Mrs. E. G. White to the Cal. M. M. & B. A., June 18, 1903, in Sanitarium Chapel.
Elder A. T. Jones in the chair. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 1)
A. T. Jones: Sister White, we are glad to have you with us this morning, and are ready to hear what you have to say to us. We turn the meeting over to you. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 2)
Mrs. E. G. White: I do not know what matters have been before you in the meetings you have held; and you must excuse me if I speak on subjects other than those you have been considering. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 3)
It is God’s plan that in His work there shall be unity in diversity. In a garden there are no two flowers just alike. Every leaf on a tree differs from every other leaf. So in the work of God various minds and capabilities are to be employed. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 4)
Our minds need to be broadened that we may see beyond our opinions and ideas and ways to the purposes and plans of God. We must give elbow room to our brethren. If their ideas are not precisely like ours, we must remember that God has given them ideas, and we must seek to work in harmony with them, under the guidance of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 5)
When the tabernacle was to be erected, the Lord instructed Moses, “See, I have called by name Bezaleel, the son of Uri, ... and I have filled him with the Spirit of God, in wisdom, and in understanding, and in knowledge, and in all manner of workmanship, to devise cunning works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, and in cutting of stones, to set them, and in carving of timber, to work in all manner of workmanship.” [Exodus 31:2-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 6)
But Bezaleel was not to work alone. God chose another man to stand at his side to help him. “Behold,” He said, “I have given with him Aholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the tribe of Dan: and in the hearts of all that are wise-hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all that I have commanded thee.” [Verse 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 7)
One man is not to carry the burden of the whole work in the cause of God today. God has given each one a special place and a special work. Each one is to fill his appointed place and is to help others in their God-given work. And each one is to be willing to receive help from those who can assist him. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 8)
Brethren, if you are so situated that the work presses too heavily upon you, and you are unable to do all you think should be done, do the best you can, without endangering your health, and carry your burdens to the Lord. Then if God sends some one to help you, do not be afraid to trust the one who is to associate with you, fearing that he will not work in accordance with your ideas. Do not say, This man does not agree with me; if I unite with him in labor, he will spoil the work I have been trying to do. He will introduce plans that will divert my mind from the plans that I have laid. Perhaps God wants your mind diverted from the plans you have been following. Perhaps God wants you to have a change of places. Of Moab it was said, he “hath not been emptied from vessel to vessel, ... therefore his taste remained in him, and his scent is not changed.” [Jeremiah 48:11.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 9)
The same part of the work that one is called to do is not given to another. We should not expect our fellow workers to think and speak and act just as we do. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 10)
Give room for all to work. Do not watch to see if others’ footsteps measure exactly with yours. Keep your eye on your Leader, “looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith” [Hebrews 12:2], and then you will not be continually looking with a critical eye to see what others say and do. Remember that God has other workmen, who, even thou they do not follow exactly in your footsteps, are serving Him in His appointed way. Who made you a judge of your brethren? (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 11)
God has given talents to every man according to his several ability. Of the man to whom He has entrusted but five talents, He does not require the use of ten. But the man to whom He has given but one talent is not to bury that talent. He may put it to use, and it will increase. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 12)
If we will keep ourselves in line, each will know his special work. If every one will keep Christ before him, and speak His words to the people within reach, we shall have a perfect whole. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 13)
Medical Missionary Work
Christ, the great Medical Missionary, is our example. Of Him it is written that He “went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and disease among the people.” [Matthew 4:23.] He healed the sick and preached the gospel. In His service, healing and teaching were linked closely together. Today they are not to be separated. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 14)
The nurses in this institution are to be fitted up to go out as medical missionary evangelists, uniting the ministry of the Word with their ministry of physical healing. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 15)
The Need of Workers
I hear of workers whose health is breaking down under the strain of the burdens they are bearing. This ought not to be. God desires us to remember that we are mortal. We are not to embrace too much in our work. We are not to keep ourselves under such a strain that our physical and mental powers shall be used threadbare. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 16)
More workers are needed, that some of the burdens may be removed from some of those who are now so heavily loaded down. The Lord wants those who have gained an experience in His service to be educators. We are to be learners in the school of Christ, that we may teach others, and that we may plan wisely for the carrying forward of God’s work. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 17)
God calls for ministers, Bible workers, and canvassers. Let our young men and young women go forth as evangelists and Bible workers in company with a worker of experience who can show them how to labor successfully. Two and two, let canvassers carry our publications from house to house. When opportunity offers, let them speak of the truth for this time to those whom they meet, and let them sing and pray with them. When in our work for God right methods are energetically followed, a harvest of souls will be gathered. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 18)
Called out from the World
The wicked are being bound up in bundles, bound up in trusts, in unions, in confederacies. Let us have nothing to do with these organizations. God is our Ruler, our Governor, and He calls us to come out from the world and be separate. “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing.” [2 Corinthians 6:17.] If we refuse to do this, if we continue to link up with the world, and to look at every matter from a worldly standpoint, we shall become like the world. When worldly policy and worldly ideas govern our transactions, we cannot stand on the high and holy platform of eternal truth. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 19)
God promises that if we will separate ourselves from the world, He will receive us and will be a Father unto us, and we shall be His sons and daughters. Shall we not separate ourselves from the world and claim this sacred relationship now, that when our Father comes He may acknowledge us as His children? (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 20)
In regard to dependence upon worldly lawyers, speaking through Paul Christ says, “Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? ... I speak to your shame. Is it so, that there is not a wise man among you, no, not one that shall be able to judge between his brethren?” [1 Corinthians 6:2, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 21)
The saints are to judge the world. Then are they to depend upon the world and upon the world’s lawyers to settle their difficulties? God does not want them to take their troubles to the subjects of the enemy for decision. Let us have confidence in one another. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 22)
Our Duty to Erring Brethren
We are to love one another. But we are not to justify a fellow worker whom we see pursuing a wrong course of action. We do not help him by smoothing over the wrong he is doing and encouraging him to justify himself. A wrong is a wrong, by whomever it is done; and the higher the position of the wrongdoer, the great his accountability. Take your stand on the platform of eternal truth. Then take your erring brother by the hand, and help him to stand by your side. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 23)
If some one comes to you with an evil report of a brother, ask him if he has been to that brother and talked with him about it. If he has not, it is not your duty to listen to him. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 24)
Our ministering brethren are not to be belittled. Those who have publicly used abusive language in speaking of the gospel ministers have spoken against Christ in the person of His saints. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 25)
Our Duty to the World
The judgments of God are coming on the earth. The plagues are beginning to fall. Shall we allow these things to come upon the world without telling people of what is coming and how they may escape? Shall we let them go down into darkness without a preparation for the future life? Unless we ourselves realize where we stand, the day of God will come upon us as a thief. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 26)
We must let our light shine amid the moral darkness. Many who are now in darkness, as they see a reflection of the Light of the world, will realize that they have a hope of salvation. Your light may be small, but remember that it is what God has given you and that He holds you responsible to let it shine forth. Some one may light his taper from yours, and his light may be the means of leading others out from the darkness. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 27)
All around us are doors open for service. We should become acquainted with our neighbors and seek to draw them to Christ. As we do this, He will approve and co-operate with us. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 28)
The Work at Yountville
I am glad that our brethren and sisters have begun to work for the salvation of the old men in the Veterans’ Home at Yountville. These men, one by one going down to the grave, are to be shown the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the world. Last Sabbath an intelligent man of fine appearance told one of our workers that since our people had been holding services in the home, he had given up drinking and carousing. He is striving to live a better life. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 29)
Our Duty to the Unwarned
With the great truth that has been committed to us, and the thousands of people who are unwarned, we cannot afford to spend so much time in meetings among ourselves. Time is too precious. The Lord is coming soon. We are to have meetings among ourselves, but let them be made occasions of pleading that God will let the light of His countenance shine upon us, occasions of seeking for the Holy Spirit. It is the Spirit’s power that we need. This can do more for us in one minute than we can ever accomplish by talking. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 30)
It is a mistake for God’s workers to use their energies wholly in labor among those who for years have heard the truth, line upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there a little. If our church members would walk in the light they have already received, they would receive power from above. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 31)
We might spend all our time in trying to settle difficulties, and seeking to prevent souls who know the truth from making a shipwreck of faith, and yet in spite of all our efforts our labor would be in vain. God calls upon us, wherever we are, to carry the message to those who know not the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 32)
Often the inhabitants of a city where Christ labored wished Him to stay with them and continue to work among them. But He would tell them that He must go to cities that had not heard the truths that He had to present. After He had given the truth to those in one place, He left them to build upon what He had given them, while He went to another place. His methods of labor are to be followed today by those to whom he has left His work. We are to go from place to place, carrying the message. As soon as the truth has been proclaimed in one place, we are to go to warn others. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 33)
Fishers of Men
The end is near. God’s people are to be a chosen people, separate from the world. They are to be fishers of men. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 34)
Christ gave His disciples an object lesson of their work as fishers of men. All night they had toiled with their nets on the lake, but had caught nothing. Morning found them weary and discouraged. Christ had come to spend a quiet hour by the waterside. But the people began to gather about Him, and in order to escape from the pressure of the multitude, He stepped into Peter’s boat and bade him pull out a little from the shore. Then He taught the people. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 35)
The discourse ended, Jesus turned to Peter and bade him launch out into the sea. But Peter was disheartened. “Master,” he said, “we have toiled all night, and have taken nothing; nevertheless at Thy word I will let down the net.” [Luke 5:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 36)
Together Simon and his brother let down the net. As they attempted to draw it in, so great was the quantity of fish enclosed that it began to break. They were obliged to summon James and John to their aid. When the catch was secured, both boats were so heavily laden that they were in danger of sinking. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 37)
“And He saith unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets and followed Him.” [Matthew 4:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 38)
Danger of Perverting the Testimonies
The Lord has shown me that it is not my work to try to settle the difficulties that arise among our brethren. God has not called me to carry the burdens and difficulties of our people. I am simply to tell them to look to Jesus. If I were to try to settle differences, some one would misinterpret what I said, and to him it would have a meaning far different from the meaning that I had in mind. Satan would put his thoughts into his mind. He who cherishes a criticizing, objecting spirit, and who always stands on the negative side, does not know his own mind and would interpret my words to mean just what he wishes them to mean. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 39)
Sometimes when I receive a testimony for some one who is in danger, who is being deceived by the enemy, I am instructed that I am not to place it in his hands, but to give it to some one else to read to him, because, being deceived by the insinuations of Satan, he would read the testimony in the light of his own desires, and to him its meaning would be perverted. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 40)
The Third Angel’s Message
I have felt that of late the Lord has been giving me courage and strength as I have been writing. He does not call upon me to travel all over the field. I am to bring the truth before the people by writing. The Lord says to me, Bring the first, second, and the third angels’ messages before the people, that they may know whether or not they are living in harmony with these messages. They are to let the truth burn upon the altar of the heart. They are to separate themselves from all iniquity, from all false dealing and dishonesty, and take their stand where the glory of God can shine upon them. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 41)
God’s people are not to lean upon men or trust to the words of men. They are not to erect a platform other than that which God has bidden them occupy. They are to have a clear understanding of the principles involved in the message that God has given them to bear. A conflict will be waged over the Sabbath of God. Let us be sure that we understand the prophecies, that we know what is coming. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 42)
The seal of the living God is to be placed upon His people. He has commissioned an angel to “set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that are done in the midst” of Jerusalem. [Ezekiel 9:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 43)
The Need of the Church
We are to reach a higher standard than we have ever yet reached. “Higher, higher,” says the heavenly messenger, “nearer the throne of God. Open the windows of the soul, and let the light of heaven in.” (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 44)
There should be more prayer amongst us, more honest dealing with and confidence in one another, more of the Spirit of the Master, that we may see the salvation of God. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 45)
In many cases our church members are engaged in judging one another and questioning each other’s actions. Some one drops an insinuation in regard to a brother or a sister, and that insinuation is carried from one to another, until suspicion is aroused and criticisms are freely indulged. One brother cannot harmonize with the others, because they do not do just as he thinks they should do, because they do not follow exactly in his footsteps, or think just as he thinks. God’s voice is calling for harmony and unity. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 46)
If after all the light that has been given us we cannot understand the position we should occupy, we are in the condition of the Laodicean church; and unless we follow the counsel of God, He will spue us out of His mouth. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 47)
Do we feel that we are rich and have need of nothing? We have need of much. We need simplicity, and humility of mind, and contrition of soul. The Lord says, “I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the hearts of the contrite ones.” [Isaiah 57:15.] It is the humble and contrite who will be taught of God. If we have a high estimate of ourselves, we must humble ourselves, that the Lord may give us His Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 48)
You will receive God’s blessing when you feel your need of it, and will come to Jesus to buy of Him “gold tried in the fire that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eye-salve, that thou mayest see.” [Revelation 3:18.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 49)
“As many as I love I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore and repent. Behold, I stand at the door and knock: if any man will open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father in His throne.” [Verses 19-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 50)
Read the message to the church at Sardis: “And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 51)
Sardis was a very wicked city, yet to its inhabitants the light had been given. Paul had preached there, and some had believed. But many of these departed from the faith. So it is today. Yet God said, “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy.” [Verse 4.] Today, there are some who will keep their garments from the pollution of the wickedness that fills the world. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 52)
There is before us a mighty conflict. God calls upon His people to stand firm upon the platform of eternal truth. He calls upon them to stand in oneness, in unity; and He promises that He will be with us, to help us by His mighty power. We may lose our lives in the conflict, but at the last great day we shall receive a crown of life, that fadeth not away. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 53)
Our Master has gone from us, but He has left with us the comforting words, “Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1-3.] Christ is preparing a place for us, and our work is to prepare for an entrance to the heavenly mansions. (18LtMs, Ms 71, 1903, 54)
Ms 72, 1903
“Bought With a Price”
Refiled as Ms 18, 1892.
Ms 73, 1903
The Color Line
NP
July 27, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is compiled from earlier manuscripts.
Testimony dated March 20, 1891:
It will always be a difficult matter to deal with the prejudices of the white people in the South and do missionary work for the colored race. But the way this matter has been treated by some is an offense to God. We need not expect that all will be accomplished in the South that God would do until in our missionary efforts we place this question on the ground of principle, and let those who accept the truth be educated to be Bible Christians, working according to Christ’s order. You have no license from God to exclude the colored people from your places of worship. Treat them as Christ’s property, which they are, just as much as yourselves. They should hold membership in the church with the white brethren. Every effort should be made to wipe out the terrible wrong which has been done them. At the same time we must not carry things to extremes and run into fanaticism on this question. Some would think it right to throw down every partition wall and intermarry with the colored people, but this is not the right thing to teach or practice. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 1)
*****
There are able colored ministers who have embraced the truth. Some of these feel unwilling to devote themselves to work for their own race; they wish to preach to the white people. These men are making a great mistake. They should seek most earnestly to save their own race, and they will not by any means be excluded from the gatherings of the white people. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 2)
*****
From Review and Herald, December 17, 1895:
Walls of separation have been built up between the whites and the blacks. These walls of prejudice will tumble down of themselves, as did the walls of Jericho, when Christians obey the word of God, which enjoins on them supreme love to their Maker and impartial love to their neighbors. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 3)
*****
From letter dated June 5, 1899:
As you say, there is no more fruitful field than the South. It is the prejudice of the white against the black race that makes this field hard, very hard.... The field is one that needs to be worked with the greatest discretion. Any mingling of the white people with the colored people, as sleeping in their houses, or showing them friendship as would be shown by the whites to those of their own color, is exasperating to the white people of the South.... The relation of the two races has been a matter hard to deal with, and I fear that it will ever remain a most perplexing problem.... As far as possible, everything that will stir up the race prejudice of the white people should be avoided. There is danger of closing the door so that our white laborers will not be able to work in some places in the South. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 4)
*****
From letter, July 2, 1899:
In the South there are some places where work can be done. But the neglect of our people to respond to the light God has given has closed some openings which it will now be very difficult for them to enter. I inquire, What do our people mean by this neglect to work the Southern field? True, it is not a desirable field; and unless the Lord shall inspire with His love the hearts of His people, they will not succeed. They are not to begin by publishing the great and wonderful things they are going to do. Cannot they see that if they do this the gate will be closed against them? That which might have been done years ago in the South cannot now be done.... The plans and efforts that could have been made years ago will not now succeed in some places. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 5)
*****
From Ms. dated November 20, 1895:
The time has not yet come for us to work as though there were no prejudice. Christ said, “Be ye wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] If you see that by doing certain things which you have a perfect right to do, you hinder the work of the truth, refrain from doing these things. (Sunday labor spoken of before this paragraph.) Do nothing that will close the minds of others against the truth. There is a world to save, and we gain nothing by cutting loose from those we are trying to help. All things are lawful, but all things are not expedient. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 6)
*****
From letter dated April 27, 1899:
If the greatest caution is not exercised, bitterness and hatred will be aroused in the white people in the South who are yearning for power to oppress the colored race as they have in the past.... Common association with the blacks is not a wise course to pursue. To lodge with them in their homes may stir up feelings in the minds of the whites which will imperil the lives of the workers.... The way in which some of the teachers have managed the work in the South has not been right, and yet many have looked with great enthusiasm on the work of those who through incorrect methods have given a wrong mold to the work. Should these methods be encouraged?—No; for the material worked upon is not being in the least qualified to help the Southern people. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 7)
The breaking down of distinctions between the white and the colored races unfits the blacks to work for their own class and exerts a wrong influence upon the whites. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 8)
Again I place this matter before you. Will you act upon the light given? (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 9)
*****
From letter, June 21, 1899:
There is need of level-headed men and women who love the Lord Jesus, and who will love the colored people for Christ’s sake, who have the deepest pity for them. But the methods of ________ are not the methods that will be wise to practice. They cannot be petted and treated just as if they were on a level with the whites without ruining them for all missionary work in the Southern field. There is a difference among the blacks, as there is among the whites. Some possess keen and superior talents, that if the possessor is not made too much of, and is treated from a Bible standpoint, as humble men to do a Christlike missionary work, not exalting them, but teaching them religious love, and Christlike love for the souls of their own colored race, and keep before them that they are not called into the field to labor for the whites, but to learn to labor in the love of God to restore the moral image of God in those of their own race, then a good work can be done. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 10)
There is a work to be done in opening schools to teach the colored people alone, unmixed with whites, and there will be a successful work done in this way. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 11)
*****
From letter dated July 16, 1901, sent to the Denver Church.
You ask in regard to the wisdom of placing a colored brother as superintendent of your Sabbath school. There are reasons why this would not be advisable. For the spiritual good of the brother this should not be done. And if continued it would prove a detriment to the Sabbath school. In many minds there is a strong prejudice against the colored people, and as a result of such a move constant difficulties would arise, which would hinder the growth and advancement of the school. From the light that has been given me for years in the past, I know that all would not show to a colored man the respect which for the good of a Sabbath school should be shown to the superintendent. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 12)
There is a large class of colored people in Denver. Let special efforts be made for them, both by the white and the colored members of the church. Let the missionary spirit be awakened. Let earnest work be done for those who know not the truth. Let the white workers learn to labor for the colored people. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 13)
Colored men are inclined to think that they are fitted to work for white people, when they should devote themselves to doing missionary work among the colored people. There is plenty of room for intelligent colored men to labor for their own people. Let those colored men who are fitted for the position of superintendent in a Sabbath school remember that they may do a much-needed work by establishing Sunday schools and Sabbath schools among the colored people. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 14)
The field is opening in the Southern States, and wise, Christian colored men will be called to the work. But for several reasons, white men must be chosen as leaders. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 15)
Could not a school be established in Denver where the colored youth could be taught by teachers whose hearts are filled with love for souls? The most decided efforts should be made to train and educate colored workers to labor as missionaries in the Southern States. Christian colored students should be prepared to give the truth to their own race. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 16)
There is much work to be done in the Southern field. Special efforts are to be made in the large cities of the South. White laborers are needed who will enter the Southern field and work so wisely that many, not only of the colored people, but of the white people also, will be converted. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 17)
*****
From letter dated February 15, 1900, written to Elder Hyatt, in regard to color line in South Africa.
In regard to the question of caste and color, nothing would be gained by making a decided distinction, but the Spirit of God would be grieved. We are all supposed to be preparing for the same heaven. We have the same heavenly Father and the same Redeemer, who loved us and gave Himself for us all, without any distinction. We are nearing the close of this earth’s history, and it does not become any child of God to have a proud, haughty heart and turn from any soul who loves God, or to cease to labor for any soul for whom Christ has died. When the love of Christ is cherished in the heart as it should be, when the sweet, subduing spirit of the love of God fills the soul temple, there will be no caste, no pride of nationality; no difference will be made because of the color of the skin. Each one will help the one who needs tender regard and consolation of whatever nationality he may be. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 18)
Ask yourselves if Christ would make any difference. In assembling His people would He say, “Here brother,” or “Here sister, your nationality is not Jewish; you are of a different class.” Would He say, “Those who are dark-skinned may file into the back seats; those of a lighter skin may come up to the front seats”? (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 19)
In one place the proposition was made that a curtain be drawn between the colored people and the white people. I asked, Would Jesus do that? This grieves the heart of Christ. The color of the skin is no criterion as to the value of the soul. By the mighty cleaver of truth we have all been quarried out from the world. God has taken us, all classes, all nationalities, and brought us into His worship, to be prepared for His temple.... Remember that with God there is no caste or nationality, no divisions or parties. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 20)
*****
From letter dated January 8, 1901:
There are some teachers who have taught that no distinction should be made between the white and the colored people. Were their teachings followed, the way for missionary work in the South would be hedged up. Some have flattered and petted the colored people, greatly harming those who with proper treatment and proper education would have made workers in the good cause of educating others.... You try to make others believe that what has been written with reference to the color line means only those in the South. But it means those in the North as well as the South. (18LtMs, Ms 73, 1903, 21)
Ms 74, 1903
Lessons From Paul’s Ministry
NP
July 27, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6BC 1088-1089, 1106.
“Art thou called being a servant? care not for it.” [1 Corinthians 7:21.] Do not complain and make yourself unhappy because you occupy a humble position. In your service you may glorify God. By obedience and faithfulness in the daily duties, you may be a witness to the power of the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 1)
“But if thou mayest be free, use it rather. For he that is called in the Lord, being a servant, is the Lord’s freeman: likewise also he that is called being free, is Christ’s servant. Ye are bought with a price; but be not ye the servants of men. Brethren, let every man wherein he is called, therein abide with God.” [Verses 21-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 2)
“For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more. And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law; to them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law. To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some.” [1 Corinthians 9:19-22.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 3)
Paul did not vacillate. He was established and grounded in the faith. But as far as possible he sought to make himself one with those for whom he labored. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 4)
As a gospel minister, it was Paul’s privilege to claim a support from those for whom he labored. But though he became the servant of all, yet he worked with his hands to support himself, that none might find occasion to charge him with selfishness. He did not receive wages for his labor, though as a minister of the gospel this was his right. Thus he made it evident that he was working for souls, not for money. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 5)
“What is my reward then?” he asks. “Verily that, when I preach the gospel, I may make the gospel of Christ without charge, that I abuse not my power in the gospel.” [Verse 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 6)
Paul did not depend upon man for his ordination. He had received from the Lord his commission and ordination. He regarded his ministerial labor as a privilege. To him it was not a duty performed in return for money. He labored for the souls of men. “For though I preach the gospel,” he said, “I have nothing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel.” [Verse 16.] He studied constantly how to make his testimony of the greatest effect. He sought the approval of God. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 7)
Would that today men might be found with faith to do as Paul did, men who would preach the gospel, not looking to men for their reward, but willing to receive their reward in souls. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 8)
A Christian Contest.
“Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run that ye may obtain. And every one that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.” [Verses 24-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 9)
This glorious contest is before us. The apostle seeks to inspire us to enter into a noble emulation, a competition in which will be seen no selfishness, unfairness, or underhanded work. We are to use every spiritual nerve and muscle in the contest for the crown of life. No one who does his best will fail in this contest. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 10)
All who seek for the prize are to place themselves under strict discipline. “Every man that strives for the mastery is temperate in all things.” [Verse 25.] Those who enter into a contest of physical strength for a corruptible prize realize the necessity of rigid abstinence from every indulgence that would weaken the physical powers. They eat simple food at regular hours. How much more should those who enter for the gospel race restrain themselves from the unlawful indulgence of appetite and “abstain from fleshly lusts that war against the soul.” [1 Peter 2:11.] They must be temperate at all times. The same restraint that gives them the power to obtain the victory at one time will, if practiced constantly, give them a great advantage in the race for the crown of life. “If any man will come after Me,” said Christ, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me.” [Luke 9:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 11)
Satan’s Enmity Against God
“How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will also sit upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most High.” [Isaiah 14:12-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 12)
The enemy against whom we have to contend was in the courts of heaven an angel of the highest intelligence. As the covering cherub, he stood next to Christ Himself. But he rebelled against the law of God. His heart became lifted up because of his beauty, and he aspired to be like the Most High. He diffused among the angels the spirit of discontent. He endeavored to excite dissatisfaction concerning the laws that governed the heavenly beings, intimating that these laws imposed an unnecessary restraint. He urged that angels, since their natures were holy, should obey the dictates of their own will. He claimed that in aspiring to greater power and honor, he was not aiming at self-exaltation, but was seeking to secure liberty for the inhabitants of heaven, that by this means they might attain to a higher state of existence. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 13)
Many of the angels were deceived and followed Satan in his evil course. There was war in heaven, and those who trusted in Satan’s wisdom and supported him in his rebellion were with him shut out of heaven. Let this serve as a warning to all not to put their trust in princes, nor to sanction in any one, however exalted his position may be, a course that tends to weaken faith in the principles of God’s Word. Those who have been placed in responsible positions have great power and, if they pursue a wrong course, will lead many souls astray with them. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 14)
Satan claims as his subjects all who allow their minds to be controlled by him. Unless we recognize Christ as our Master, and let His mind work in us, our thoughts will be prompted by Satan, and our characters will become like his. “Know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? For ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 15)
Satan seeks to retain his power and authority. He endeavors to hold every soul once brought under his control. This is illustrated by the scene presented by Zechariah: “And He shewed me Joshua the high priest standing before the Angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the Angel. And He answered and spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him He said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the Angel of the Lord stood by.” [Zechariah 3:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 16)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” [Ephesians 6:10-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 17)
Every one who has enlisted under the bloodstained manner of Christ has entered upon a warfare that demands constant vigilance. Satan is determined to keep up the warfare to the end. Coming as an angel of light, claiming to be the Christ, he will deceive the world. But his triumph will be short. No storm or tempest can move those whose feet are planted on the principles of eternal truth. They will be able to stand in this time of almost universal apostasy. (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 18)
*****
“Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof. And it shall be, as with the people, so with the priest; as with the servant, so with his master; as with the maid, so with her mistress; as with the buyer, so with the seller; as with the lender, so with the borrower; as with the taker of usury, so with the giver of usury to him. The land shall be utterly emptied, and utterly spoiled: for the Lord hath spoken this word. The earth mourneth and fadeth away, the world languisheth and fadeth away, the haughty people of the earth do languish. The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the everlasting covenant. Therefore hath the curse devoured the earth, and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left.” [Isaiah 24:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 19)
We are living very near the time when these things shall take place. Shall we, as a church, remain in the indifference pictured in the message to the Laodicean church? On which side shall we stand when the “Lord cometh out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity” when “the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain”? [Isaiah 26:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 74, 1903, 20)
Ms 75, 1903
Practical Christianity
NP
August 1, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
I have been impressed with the subject of the influence of the church—what it should be. By earnest prayer the members are to obtain power that will make their influence a savor of life unto life. I call upon our people to use for God the powers that He has given them. If they refuse, they will become unable to use these powers. But the one who uses his capabilities and talents in God’s service will grow in strength and usefulness, daily becoming better able to perform the duty laid upon him. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 1)
What is needed today is practical Christianity, not merely for a day or a year, but for a lifetime. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 2)
The man who professes to be a Christian, and yet reveals in his life no practical godliness, is denying Christ. Opposite his name in the books of heaven are written the words, Unfaithful steward. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 3)
How is the world to be enlightened, save by the lives of Christ’s followers? You profess to believe in Christ, to be a follower of His. Do you do His works? Can the world see plainly that you have been with Jesus, and learned of Him? How are unbelievers to know that you belong to Christ if you show no zeal in His service, but cherish instead worldly ambitions and follow worldly plans? (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 4)
Christ declares, “He that is not with Me is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 5)
God cannot prepare for the day of trial before us those who are cold and indifferent. With those who are neither cold nor hot He has nothing to do. “I would thou wert cold or hot,” He says. “So then, because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Revelation 3:15, 16.] The half-hearted Christian exerts an influence more harmful than the influence of the avowed infidel. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 6)
There are many whose lives are but a pretense of godliness. They are a law unto themselves, and they always will be, unless the grace of Christ subdues their hearts. They refuse the divine illuminations. They lift up their souls unto vanity, and God has no use for them in His service. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 7)
To Every Man His Work
While travelling in Switzerland, we passed by a large building in process of erection. Many men were at work. Some were bringing stones from the quarry; others were squaring, shaping, and measuring these stones; and others were placing them in their proper position in the building. In charge of the different departments were experienced workers, whose part it was to see that the work was done with faithfulness and thoroughness. Over all the men, superintending the work on the entire building, was the master builder. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 8)
United action and perfect order prevailed among the men, and the work moved forward rapidly. Every one was doing something. I was told that in the mountains other men were at work, felling trees for the timber needed in the building and floating them down the stream. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 9)
To me this sight was an object lesson of the way in which the Lord’s work is to be carried forward. In His work there are many different branches. Workers of different talents and capabilities are needed. Every one is to do his best faithfully, and all are to work under the direction of the great Head of the church, Christ Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 10)
The Master worker chose fishermen of Galilee as His first disciples. These men, humble and unlearned, He purposed to train and educate as the architects of His church. They in turn were to educate other workers and send them out with the gospel message, to hew timber, as it were, and to quarry stones. Not on man’s foundation, but on Christ, the true foundation, was the church to be built. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 11)
Those who through the work of the apostles received Jesus of Nazareth as the Messiah were expelled from the synagogues, but before them Christ opened the door that no man could shut. They were to go out into the highways and hedges and compel men to come in, that God’s house might be filled. They did not build fine churches and settle down over them as pastors. They went constantly from place to place, proclaiming the good news of salvation through Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 12)
The Gospel Commission
“Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you, and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 13)
“So then, after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven.... And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 14)
They tarried for a time in Jerusalem, for thus the Lord had directed. Here they spent ten days in prayer and confession of sin. At the end of this time, the Holy Spirit descended on them with mighty power, and three thousand were converted in a day. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 15)
After the outpouring of the Spirit, the apostles went forth and raised up companies of believers in many places. Leaving these newly formed companies in charge of faithful teachers, they went on to still other places. Under their labors there were added to the church chosen men, who, receiving the Word of life, consecrated their lives to the work of giving to others the message that had filled their hearts with peace and joy. Hundreds proclaimed the message, The kingdom of God is at hand. They could not be restrained or intimidated by threatenings. The Lord spoke through them, and wherever they went, the sick were healed and the poor had the gospel preached unto them. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 16)
As God’s workers go forth today into the harvest field, let those who remain at home hold up their hands by prayer. Let them not neglect to do this. Fighting against the Amalekites, the hosts of Israel were successful while Moses, praying for their success, held up his hands toward heaven. As the battle progressed, it was observed that so long as his hands were reaching upward, Israel prevailed, but when they were lowered, the enemy was victorious. As Moses became weary, Aaron and Hur stayed up his hands, and the enemy was put to flight. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 17)
God calls for humble, devoted men who will impart to others the blessings He has given them. He calls for men who will be wise counsellors, men who will act promptly when they see that the time has come for them to act. Let God’s workers keep close by His side. All the way along the danger has been that those who were doing God’s will would lose sight of His plans and would fail to work with an eye single to His glory. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 18)
In the days of the apostles, contention hindered them in their work. Paul writes of this in his letter to the Corinthians. “Now this I say,” he declared, “that every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos; and I of Cephas; and I of Christ. Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were ye baptized in the name of Paul?” [1 Corinthians 1:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 19)
Driven from country to country by persecution, the believers carried the gospel to the dark places of the earth, and new churches were raised up. (18LtMs, Ms 75, 1903, 20)
Ms 75a, 1903
Diary/The Color Line
NP
July 29, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
While attending the General Conference in Battle Creek, I was one morning aroused at a very early hour. During the night representations had been made to me and instruction given to me. I was in a meeting where the Southern field was being considered. Plans for the work in this field were being outlined. I was instructed that none of these plans was correct. The matter of the color line was being considered, and one of authority said decidedly, “Your plans are not correct. They do not bear the signature of God. You need not talk about the color line. The Lord has not made any such line, and He has no special lines for His people to define. Such definitions will do harm wherever they are made. Extreme ground will be taken and unhappy results will surely be seen. When the Spirit of God comes in and souls are worked by the Spirit, matters will be adjusted as the case demands.” (18LtMs, Ms 75a, 1903, 1)
If the colored people prefer to meet by themselves for worship, if they think that thus they would have more liberty and freedom, let them do so. If they desire to assemble with their brethren and sisters, be they few or many, who shall forbid them? There are those who feel clear in regard to the matter and who think it would be best for white people and colored people to assemble together for worship. (18LtMs, Ms 75a, 1903, 2)
But colored ministers should not be placed in charge of white churches. They have work to do among their own people. (18LtMs, Ms 75a, 1903, 3)
The colored people are to be allowed to enjoy the benefit of the conferences that are held. Let a certain part of the building be set aside for their use. A resolution saying that the colored should not be allowed to assemble with the white people should never be passed. (18LtMs, Ms 75a, 1903, 4)
Difficulties will confront us, whatever course may be pursued. How long will prejudice be permitted to live in human hearts? Little has been done to fulfil the commission given by Christ to His disciples, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 75a, 1903, 5)
Ms 76, 1903
The Burning of the Sanitarium
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
February 20, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in SpTB #6 5-10; 6BC 1074; 7BC 904; HP 10; 3MR 358.
Today we received the sad news of the burning of the Battle Creek Sanitarium. For many weeks I have had a heartache that has made my nights very restless. I would at this time speak words of wisdom, but what can I say? We are afflicted with those whose life interests are bound up in this institution. Let us pray that this calamity shall work together for good to those who must feel it very deeply. We can indeed weep with those who weep. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 1)
Our heavenly Father does not willing afflict or grieve the children of men. He has His purpose in the whirlwind and the storm, in the fire and in the flood. The Lord permits calamities to come to His people to save them from greater dangers. He desires every one to examine his own heart closely and carefully and then draw near to God, that God may draw near to him. Our life is in the hands of God. He sees dangers threatening us that we cannot see. He is the Giver of all our blessings; the Provider of all our mercies; the Orderer of all our experiences. He sees the perils that we cannot see. He may permit to come upon His people that which fills their hearts with sadness, because He sees that they need to make straight paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way. He knows our frame and remembers that we are dust. Even the very hairs of our head are numbered. He works through natural causes to lead His people to remember that He has not forgotten them, but that He desires them to forsake the way which, if they were permitted to follow unchecked and unreproved, would lead them into great peril. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 2)
Trials come to us all to lead us to investigate our hearts, to see if they are purified from all that defiles. Constantly the Lord is working for our present and eternal good. Things occur which seem inexplainable; but if we trust in the Lord, and wait patiently for Him, humbling our hearts before Him, He will not permit the enemy to triumph. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 3)
The Lord will save His people in His own way, by such means and instrumentalities that the glory will be returned to Him. To Him alone belongs the praise. Let us beware how we give to human beings the credit for their success. It is the abundant grace of Christ that makes the feeble among His disciples strong and the strong mighty. It is from Him that we receive the endowments that enable us to offer Him acceptable service. If we are fully consecrated to Him, we shall return to God all the glory. We shall make Him our entire dependence. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 4)
Every soul that is saved must be a partaker with Christ of His sufferings, that he may be a partaker with Him of His glory. How few understand why God subjects them to trial. It is by the trial of our faith that we gain spiritual strength. The Lord seeks to educate His people to lean wholly upon Him. He desires them, through the lessons that He teaches them, to become more and more spiritualized. If His Word is not followed in all humility and meekness, He brings to them experiences which, if rightly received, will help to prepare them for the work to be done in His name. God desires to reveal His power in a marked manner through the lives of His people. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 5)
I am instructed to say, Let no one attempt to give a reason for the burning of the institution that we have so highly appreciated. Let no one attempt to say why this calamity was permitted to come. Let every one examine his own course of action. Let every one ask himself whether he is meeting the standard that God has placed before him. Can we say from the heart, “I lay aside my own will. I delight to do Thy will, O my God; yea Thy law is within my heart”? [See Psalm 40:8.] Do we ask daily, “Lord what is Thy will concerning me?” (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 6)
Let no one try to explain this mysterious providence. Let us thank God that there was not a great loss of life. In this we see God’s merciful hand. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 7)
Have We Valued the Sanitarium as We Should?
If we have not valued the great blessing that the Lord has given us in sending us the light on health reform, if we have not felt honored by having the Battle Creek Sanitarium among us for thirty-five years, if we have not diligently garnered up the benefits and advantages to be gained from such an institution, shall we be surprised when something comes to arouse us? (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 8)
The Sanitarium has been a blessing, the influence of which has been extended to all parts of the world. Through it many have received the light of truth. Eternity alone will reveal how many have been relieved of physical suffering by the skill of the physicians. The great Physician, mighty to save to the uttermost, will hear the earnest prayers that are offered for suffering humanity. His presence and His skill have just as surely stayed the hand of the destroyer in the Battle Creek Sanitarium as when He was on this earth in human form. In that institution angels of God have worked with human beings to save life. God gave skill and understanding to the workers at the time of the fire, enabling them to get the sick and suffering out of the reach of the quickly spreading flames. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 9)
We know something of the great good that such an institution has been to us as a people. We know how many times the Lord has spoken of this institution as His helping hand. He has declared that in it men and women were to be trained to be competent physicians and nurses, some to act as educators in the home field, and others to go to far-off fields. Have we valued this institution as we should? (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 10)
What Our Sanitarium Workers Should Be
God desires the workers in the Sanitarium—physicians, managers, and nurses—to examine themselves closely to see if they have adhered closely to right principles. It was for the proclamation of these principles that our sanitariums were established. The workers are to stand firmly on the platform of eternal truth. Have those connected with the Sanitarium realized that the Lord designed that our medical institutions should stand in this world as memorials for Him, to reveal the gracious purposes of Him who is the physician of the body as well as of the soul? (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 11)
Our sanitariums are not to conform, in any respect, to worldly policy or worldly practice. They are to stand forth as memorials for God, free from any tarnish of worldliness or evil working. The workers in these institutions are to be the Lord’s peculiar people, daily seeking for that perfection of character that will give them a fitness to enter the heavenly city. Constantly they are to reach higher and still higher, as workers together with God. They are to reach a high spiritual standard. Let them study Christ’s lessons in the New Testament, that they may better understand His lessons in the Old Testament. The New Testament is the key that unlocks the Old Testament. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 12)
A Solemn Caution
A solemn responsibility rests upon those who have had charge of the Battle Creek Sanitarium. Will they build up in Battle Creek a mammoth institution, or will they carry out the purpose of God by making plants in many places? I pray God that a work may be done that will be for the best interests of the work and cause of God. I know that the plea will be made, Should the Sanitarium be established in some other place, it would not receive the patronage that it would receive were it rebuilt in Battle Creek. But the question has been asked by one of authority, What has been accomplished by this large patronage to win souls to the truth? (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 13)
Light has been given me that a great reformation must take place in the lives of the managers of the Sanitarium before the institution can be conducted wholly as God desires it to be. For some time it has been deteriorating. Little burden is felt by many to make it a medical missionary center, a place where the truth shall be clearly and distinctly proclaimed. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 14)
The half-hearted service offered to Christ by so many is not accepted by Him. We need to be more in earnest. The Lord uses only vessels that are cleansed from defilement. Christ cannot put His Spirit into impure, unsanctified hearts. He calls upon us to put away the unchristlike traits of character that we have cherished. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 15)
Wake up, my brethren and sisters. We have no time to spend in wringing our hands and in mourning that the Sanitarium has been destroyed. A wider outlook has been given us. Let us inquire of the Lord His mind and will. Will not the managers of the institution make thorough self-examination? Attempt after attempt has been made to burn the Sanitarium. Do not these things speak to the managers, telling them to look back at the way in which they have carried out their plans? Again and again reproof has come to them from God, but these messages have not led them to take heed. Message after message has been sent that plants should be made in many places. A most solemn review should now be made. God has been speaking, sometimes by unacknowledged mercies, oftentimes by threatened judgments. By blessings bestowed and blessings removed, He has sought to bring about the needed change of action. Well may He say, “What could have been done more in My vineyard, that I have not done in it?” [Isaiah 5:4.] Shall the word be spoken, “Ye would none of My counsel, ye despised all My reproofs,” “Ye would not come unto Me that ye might have life”? [See Proverbs 1:30; John 5:40.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 16)
“Made Like Unto His Brethren”
The men most learned in science cannot interpret or explain the ways and works of God. Those only who have been entirely divested of self and selfishness, and have been made partakers of the divine nature, can understand, by the aid of their spiritual faculties, the ways and workings of God. To those who know Him not, His ways are past finding out. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 17)
When we want a deep problem to study, let us fix our minds on the most marvelous thing that ever took place in earth or heaven—the incarnation of the Son of God. God gave His Son to die for sinful human beings a death of ignominy and shame. He who was Commander in the heavenly courts laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, and clothing His divinity with humanity, came to this world to stand at the head of the human race as the pattern-man. He humbled Himself to suffer with the race, to be afflicted in all their afflictions. The whole world was His, but so completely did He empty Himself that during His ministry He declared, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests, but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Luke 9:58.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 18)
“Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. For verily He took not on Him the nature of angels; but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. Wherefore in all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted.” [Hebrews 2:14-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 19)
Our Heavenly Father
Those who know not God cannot by their learning or science find out God. Christ does not try to prove the great mystery, but reveals a love that is beyond all measurement. He does not make God’s power and greatness the chief theme of His discourses. He speaks of Him oftenest as our Father and of Himself as our Elder Brother. He desires our minds, weakened by sin, to be encouraged to grasp the idea that God is love. He desires to inspire us with confidence and to lead us to heed the word, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 20)
The father of the prodigal son is the type that Christ chooses as a representation of God. This father longs to see and receive once more the son who has left him. He waits and watches for him, yearning to see him, hoping that he will come. When he sees a stranger approaching, poor and clothed in rags, he goes out to meet him, if perchance it may be his son. And he feeds and clothes him as if he were indeed his son. By and by he has his reward; for his son comes home, on his lips the beseeching confession, “Father, I have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and am no more worthy to be called thy son.” And the father says to the servants, “Bring forth the best robe, and put it on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet; and bring hither the fatted calf, and kill it; and let us eat, and be merry.” [Luke 15:21-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 21)
There is no taunting, no casting up to the prodigal of his evil course. The son feels that the past is forgiven and forgotten, blotted out forever. And so God says to the sinner, “I have blotted out as a thick cloud thy transgressions, and as a cloud thy sins.” [Isaiah 44:22.] “I will forgive their iniquity, and I will remember their sin no more.” [Jeremiah 31:34.] “Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him, and to our God; for He will abundantly pardon.” [Isaiah 55:7.] “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 22)
Our Work
The work outlined in these words is the work that is to be done in our sanitariums today. Heaven is waiting and yearning for the return of the prodigals who have wandered far from the fold. Many of those who have strayed away may be brought back by the loving service of God’s children. In this work those connected with our sanitariums have an important part. Let those who have allowed opportunities for the saving of the lost to go by unimproved seek now to redeem the time. Let them plead with sinners to lay their burden of guilt upon Him who takes away the sin of the world. All power has been placed in His hands. He can save to the uttermost all who come to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 23)
The working members of Christ’s church are the objects of His constant love and favor. They are joined in holy love to Christ and to one another. When the union between Christ and His followers is broken, their love for one another decreases. Discord, suspicion, and lack of confidence enter, and Satan obtains standing room to annoy, and tempt, and destroy. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 24)
God’s Wonderful Love
When man’s redemption was to be worked out, God gave the commandment that the sword should awake against His only begotten Son, who had been one with Him from eternity. “He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities; the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:5.] Think of the Father subjecting Himself to sorrow, sparing not His own Son, but freely delivering Him up for us all. God had to do a strange work; for He says, Fury is not in Me. O that we had a better understanding of His love! (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 25)
A Contrast
Adam became a law to himself, and discord and unhappiness came into his life. A separation was made between him and his God. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 26)
Christ’s life was one of perfect obedience. Constantly He followed the pathway of obedience, that He might set an example that all could follow. He says, “If any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Matthew 16:24.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 27)
“Wherefore as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned; ... even so by the righteousness of one the free gift came upon all men unto justification of life. For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous.” [Romans 5:12, 18, 19.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 28)
The apostle contrasts the disobedience of Adam and the full, entire obedience of Christ. Think of what Christ’s obedience means to us! It means that in His strength we too may obey. Christ was a human being. He served His heavenly Father with all the strength of His human nature. He has a twofold nature, at once human and divine. He is both God and man. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 29)
Christ came to this world to show us what God can to and what we can do in co-operation with God. In human flesh He went into the wilderness to be tempted by the enemy. He knows what it is to hunger and thirst. He knows the weakness and the infirmities of the flesh. He was tempted in all points like as we are tempted. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 30)
Ransomed From Sin
Our ransom has been paid by our Saviour. No one need be enslaved by Satan. Christ stands before us as our divine example, our all-powerful Helper. We have been bought with a price that it is impossible to compute. Who can measure the goodness and mercy of redeeming love? (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 31)
“He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have we all received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:11, 12, 14, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 32)
Those who are indeed adopted into the family of God are transformed by His Spirit. Self-indulgence and supreme love for self is changed for self-denial and supreme love for God. No man inherits holiness of character by nature, nor can he, by any methods that man can devise, become loyal and true to God. “Without Me,” Christ says, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] Human righteousness is as “filthy rags.” [Isaiah 64:6.] But with God all things are possible. In the strength of the Redeemer, weak, erring man can be made more than conqueror over the evil that besets him. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 33)
The Principles of True Christianity
God regards us with the love of a heavenly Father, and He desires us to treat those who receive Christ as our brethren and sisters—courteously and tenderly giving grace for grace. God will bless those who in the daily life reveal the love of the Redeemer. We are told in the Word of God that we are to love one another as Christ has loved us. (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 34)
Both in the Old Testament and in the New Testament the principles of true Christianity are plainly outlined. Paul writes, “We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, and not to please ourselves. Let every one of us please our neighbor for his good to edification. For even Christ pleased not Himself; but, as it is written, the reproaches of them that reproached thee fell on Me.” [Romans 15:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 35)
“Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted. Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ. For if a man think himself to be something, when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself. But let every man prove his own work, and then shall he have rejoicing in himself alone, and not in another.... Be not deceived; God is not mocked; for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. For he that soweth to his flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting. And let us not be weary in well-doing; for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not. As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, and especially unto them who are of the household of faith.” [Galatians 6:1-4, 7-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 76, 1903, 36)
Ms 77, 1903
The Color Line
NP
August 2, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript were used in 9T 213-221.
I have much to say in regard to our relation to the colored people of the Southern states. So long were these people under the curse of slavery, so long were they treated as chattels, that how they should be now treated is a difficult problem to solve. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 1)
There is danger that if the color-line question is agitated before the people shall hear from the Bible the reasons of our faith, the minds of many will be closed against the truth. We must do all we possibly can to get the truth before the people. We do not want to close the avenues whereby we may gain access to people of every class. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 2)
We have no time to get into contention over the color line. What kind of a line could human beings make? They might lay many plans, which would be laid aside as impracticable to be worked out by the church. I have but one testimony to bear: Receive the Holy Spirit before you submit your plans for dealing with the color line. I can not see how, until then, any plans that you devise can be a success. When you receive the truth as it is in Jesus, you will find that the color line has adjusted itself. There will be a wonderful revival of gospel medical missionary work. The workers will all the time be receiving fresh, new ideas. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 3)
The great work before us all, as Christians, is to extend Christ’s kingdom as rapidly as possible, in accordance with the divine commission. The gospel is to advance from conquest to conquest, from victory to victory. “The greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven shall be given to the people of the saints of the Most High,” and they “shall take the kingdom and possess the kingdom forever and ever.” [Daniel 7:27, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 4)
It is Satan’s object to keep Christians occupied in little skirmishes among themselves. He knows that if they do not watch, the day of the Lord will come on them as a thief in the night. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 5)
On one occasion, while Christ was in the midst of His work of teaching and healing, one of the company assembled about Him said, “Master, speak to my brother, that he divide the inheritance with me.” [Luke 12:13.] This man had witnessed Christ’s wonderful works. He had been astonished at the clearness of His comprehension, His superior judgment, and the fairness with which He viewed the cases brought to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 6)
He had heard Christ’s stirring appeals and His solemn denunciations of the scribes and Pharisees. If words of such command could be spoken to this brother, he would not dare to refuse the aggrieved man his portion. He solicited Christ’s influence on his side. “Speak to my brother,” he said, “that he divide the inheritance with me.” [Verse 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 7)
The Holy Spirit was pleading with this man to become an heir of the inheritance that is incorruptible and undefiled, and that fadeth not away. He had seen evidence of the power of Christ. Now the opportunity was his to speak to the great Teacher, to express the desire uppermost in his heart. But like the man with the muckrake in Bunyan’s allegory, his eyes were fixed on the earth. He saw not the crown above his head. Like Simon Magus, he valued the gift of God as a means of worldly gain. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 8)
The Saviour’s mission on earth was fast drawing to a close. Only a few months remained for Him to complete what He came to do in establishing the kingdom of His grace. Yet human greed would have turned Him from His work to take up the dispute over a piece of land. But Jesus was not to be diverted from His mission. His answer was, “Man, who made Me a judge or a divider over you?” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 9)
He gave the man plainly to understand that that was not His work. He was striving to save souls. He was not to be turned aside from this to take up the duties of a civil magistrate. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 10)
How often today labor is forced upon the church that should never be allowed to enter the work of the gospel ministry! (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 11)
Again and again Christ had been asked to decide legal and political questions. But He refused to interfere in temporal matters. He knew that in the political world there were iniquitous proceedings and great tyranny. But His only exposure of these was the proclamation of Bible truth. To the great multitudes that thronged His steps He presented the pure, holy principles of the law of God and spoke of the blessing found in obeying these principles. With authority from on high He enforced the importance of justice and mercy. But He refused to become entangled in personal disputes about property. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 12)
Christ stood in our world as the Head of the great spiritual kingdom that He came to our world to establish—the kingdom of righteousness. His teaching made plain the ennobling, sanctifying principles that govern this kingdom. He showed that justice and mercy and love are the controlling powers in Jehovah’s kingdom. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 13)
Christ set an example that is to be followed by those who are today striving to extend the kingdom of righteousness. He laid down the principle that those who rule over men should be men under the control of the divine Ruler. They must be men who have learned how to control themselves, men who live quiet, peaceable lives in obedience to the commandments. Christ did not enter into the minutiae of the work of those who are given charge of His church; but if they are under the supervision of God, they will know what their work is and what course to pursue. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 14)
We shall be brought into close places in religious matters. Discord among church members is one of the most difficult things to deal with. Pride of opinion, selfishness, ambition, enfeeble spirituality. There are those who seek for as much power as possible. The difference between true and false conversion is continually being shown right in our institutions. Day by day character is being tested, and cases are being decided for eternity. The Lord Jesus is weighing moral worth. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 15)
Our Lord struck at the root of the affair that troubled this questioner, and of all similar disputes, saying, “Take heed, and beware of covetousness; for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.” [Verse 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 16)
“And He spake a parable unto them, saying, The ground of a certain rich man brought forth plentifully: and he thought within himself, saying, What shall I do, because I have no room where to bestow my fruits? And he said, This will I do: I will pull down my barns, and build greater; and there will I bestow all my fruits and goods. And I will say to my soul, Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years; take thine ease, eat, drink, and be merry. But God said unto him, Thou fool, this night thy soul shall be required of thee: then whose shall those things be, which thou hast provided? So is he that layeth up treasure for himself, and is not rich toward God.” [Verses 16-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 17)
To live for self is to perish. Covetousness, the desire of benefit for self’s sake, cuts the soul off from life. It is the spirit of Satan to get, to draw to self. It is the spirit of Christ to give, to sacrifice self for the good of others. “And this is the record, that God hath given to us eternal life, and this life is in His Son. He that hath the Son hath life, and he that hath not the Son hath not life.” [1 John 5:11, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 18)
Wherefore He says, “Take heed and beware of covetousness; for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.” [Luke 12:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 19)
The Warfare Before Us
God’s servants are to put on every piece of the Christian armor. We are wrestling with no human foe. God calls upon every Christian to enter the warfare and fight under His leadership, depending for success on grace and help from heaven. In God’s strength we are to go forward. Never are we to yield to Satan’s attacks. Why should we not, as Christian warriors, stand against principalities and powers, and against the rulers of the darkness of this world? God calls upon us to press forward, using the gifts entrusted to us. Satan will place temptation before us. He will try by stratagem to overcome us. But in the strength of God we are to stand firm as a rock to principle. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 20)
In this warfare there is no release. Satan’s agents never pause in their work of destruction. Those who are in Christ’s service must watch every outpost. To save perishing souls from ruin is our object. This is a work of infinite greatness, and man cannot hope to obtain success in it unless he unites with the divine Worker. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 21)
From eternity Christ has been man’s Redeemer. Ever since the fall there has come to those uniting with Him in His great work the word, “Be not weary in well doing.” [2 Thessalonians 3:13.] “Be steadfast, immovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord.” [1 Corinthians 15:58.] (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 22)
The Christian is encouraged to show patient perseverance in carrying forward the work of the gospel ministry in connection with the medical missionary work. As he gains an experience in genuine religion, he obtains a spiritual knowledge that makes character. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 23)
The life of a true Christian is one continuous round of service. “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Every day brings to the one in God’s service duties proportionate to his powers. His usefulness increases as, under the guidance of a supreme power, he performs these duties. The fulfilment of one duty makes us better prepared to take up another. Those who have a true sense of what is to be done will place themselves in the direct light of the Word of God, in union with His other working forces. Every day, clothed with the whole armor, he will go forth into the battle. With prayer and watchfulness and perseverance, he will labor, determined that the close of his life work shall not find him unprepared, not having done all that he could for the salvation of perishing souls. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 24)
*****
If Christians were to act in concert, moving forward as one, under the direction of one power, for the accomplishment of one purpose, they would move the world. (18LtMs, Ms 77, 1903, 25)
Ms 78, 1903
A Worldwide Message
NP
July 24, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 08/20/1903.
God has a controversy with those of His people who have means bound up in homes and in land or in speculation. He calls upon them to put this means into circulation in His cause, that it may do its work of preparing the way for the coming of Christ. How heavy the weight of guilt resting on those who fail to do all in their power to extend the kingdom of God in our world! (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 1)
We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and to all who claim to believe the truth comes the call, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 2)
Believers are not to colonize in any place. It is a sin in the sight of God for those who know the truth to settle down as has been done in Battle Creek and then refuse to see that the time has come to change the base of operations, because there are other parts of the vineyard in need of help. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 3)
As the Lord has presented these things before me, I have presented them to those for whom they were given. The stand that has been taken against God’s plain warning may make it very hard to move away from Battle Creek. But I give the warning that just as surely as men stand in the way of God’s providence, so surely will the rod of His providence fall again in Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 4)
Money is tied up in Battle Creek that is greatly needed in the Southern Field and in other needy places. Many years have passed since the word of the Lord came to us, “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations.” Why is there such a determined refusal to obey this word? Clearly and distinctly are the directions given. “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Verses 19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 5)
The principles of truth were given by Christ, not to bless a few places only, as those who have lost their first love seem to think, but to bless every place. The world is to hear the message, and every year’s delay makes the work more intricate and dangerous. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 6)
The Lord will put new vital force into His work as human agencies obey the command to go forth and proclaim the truth. A class will be reached whose senses are not blinded, and they will discern the signs of the times. They will be alarmed at the failure to obey the Word of the Lord and will establish the truth in many places. A work now left undone will be carried forward. He who declared that His truth would shine forever will proclaim this truth through faithful messengers, who will give the trumpet a certain sound. The truth will be criticized, and scorned, and derided; but the closer it is examined and tested, the brighter it will shine. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 7)
A Revival of the Old Truths
The old truths, given us at the beginning, are to be heralded far and near. The lapse of time has not lessened their value. It is the constant effort of the enemy to remove these truths from their setting and to put in their place spurious theories. But the Lord will raise up men of keen perception, who with clear vision will discern the intrigues of Satan and will give these truths their proper place in the plan of God. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 8)
Christ came to implant in the midst of men the great truths of which few knew the value. The Jewish nation had discarded truth for tradition. Christ declared to them, “Ye hypocrites, well did Esaias prophesy of you saying, This people draweth nigh unto Me with their mouth, and honoreth Me with their lips, but their heart is far from Me. But in vain do they worship Me, teaching for doctrine the commandments of men.” [Matthew 15:7-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 9)
He spoke as one having authority, and not as the scribes, in a hesitating, uncertain manner. With calmness and power He proclaimed the living principles of truth, making them more forcible by His manner of presenting them. He could read and understand the policy of Satan—his desire to cover truth with the rubbish of superstition and tradition. He rescued truth, and gave it to the world clothed with more than its original glory and lustre. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 10)
At this time there is need of men of sharp, spiritual eyesight, who can discern truth from error. The first, second, and third angels’ messages are to be proclaimed with no faltering hesitancy, but with power from on high. We know in whom we have believed. We know that as we obey His Word to us, He will give to our words power that will convict and convert souls. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 11)
To Every Man His Work
Each one has been given his work. Let no one be anxious to investigate the work of another. To such ones Christ says, as He said to Peter, “What is that to thee; follow thou Me.” [John 21:22.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 12)
“Unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore He said, When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men.... And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ; till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ.” [Ephesians 4:7, 8, 11-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 13)
God’s servants are to labor in perfect harmony. Contention brings alienation and strife and discord. I am instructed that our churches have no need to spend their time in strife. When a spirit of contention struggles for the supremacy, call a halt, and make things right, else Christ will come quickly and will remove your candlestick out of his place. Let an earnest work of repentance be done. Let the Spirit of God search through mind and heart, and cleanse away all that hinders the needed reformation. Until this is done, God cannot bestow on us His power and grace. And while we are without His power and grace, men will stumble and fall and will not know at what they stumble. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 14)
The love of Christ is the bond that is to unite believers heart to heart and mind to mind. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 15)
What Choice Shall We Make?
The blood of Christ has been shed for the whole human family. None need be lost. Those who are lost will perish because they chose to forfeit an eternity of bliss for the satisfaction of having their own way. This was Satan’s choice, and today his work and his kingdom testify to the character of his choice. The crime and misery that fill our world, the horrible murders that are of daily occurrence, are the fruit of man’s submission to Satan’s principles. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 16)
My brethren, read the book of Revelation from beginning to end, and ask yourselves whether you might not better spend less time in strife and contention, and begin to think of how fast we are approaching the last great crisis. Those who seek to make it appear that there is no special meaning attached to the judgments that the Lord is now sending upon the earth will soon be forced to understand that which now they do not choose to understand. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 17)
The time before Christ’s coming is short. We know not the exact measure of it, but God knows the hour of Christ’s coming. Soon the consequences of transgression will become to wrongdoers a living reality; for God’s judgments will fall upon a disobedient world. Before the minds of sinners will be brought vividly the realization that sin is the transgression of the law of God. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 18)
The powers from beneath are working with intensity of effort. Soon will come the time when God will discern between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. Soon will come the time of which John writes: “I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell gave up the dead which were in them; and they were judged every man according to his works. And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death. And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.” [Revelation 20:12-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 19)
Day by day we are deciding whether the future will bring to us eternal life or eternal death. Only by a union with Christ, whose property we are by creation and by redemption, can we win eternal life. He gave His life as a propitiation for man’s sin, but His sacrifice avails only for those who accept Him as their Saviour. Only to those who become one with Him can the words be applied, “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy.” [Revelation 3:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 20)
In the message to the church at Sardis two parties are presented, those who have a name to live, but are dead; and those who are striving to overcome. Study this message, found in the third chapter of Revelation. “These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars: I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” Who are meant by those that are ready to die, and what has made them thus? The explanation is given, “I have not found thy works perfect before God.” “Remember therefore how thou hast received, and heard, and hold fast and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verses 1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 21)
To the church of the present day this message is sent. I call upon our church members to read the whole of the third chapter of Revelation and to make an application of it. The message to the church of the Laodiceans applies especially to the people of God today. It is a message to professing Christians who have become so much like the world that no difference can be seen. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 22)
“These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot; I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou are wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Verses 14-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 23)
*****
Christ came to this world as the great medical missionary. When His example is followed, medical missionary work will be carried forward on a much higher plane than it is at the present time. God calls for a reconversion among gospel teachers, and especially among physicians and other medical missionary workers, that Christ may not be misrepresented and put to shame. The cleansing must begin in the heart and mind and flow forth in the actions. The characters of our medical missionary workers need to be refined and ennobled. This result can be brought about only as these workers are made partakers of the divine image, escaping the corruption that is in the world through lust. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 24)
My brethren and sisters, study your Bibles. Eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God. Receive into your hearts the words of life, that they may refine and purify and ennoble the whole being. Do not stop with half-way measures. It is too late in the day for this. You cannot serve God and mammon. (18LtMs, Ms 78, 1903, 25)
Ms 79, 1903
How God Trains His Workers
NP
August 4, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 8MR 422-424.
Christ has given to every man his work, and we are to acknowledge the wisdom of the plan He has made for us by a hearty co-operation with Him. It is in a life of service only that true happiness is found. He who lives a useless, selfish life is miserable. He is dissatisfied with himself and with every one else. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 1)
True, unselfish, consecrated workers gladly use their highest gifts in the lowliest service. They realize that true service means to see and to perform the duties that God points out. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 2)
There are many who are not satisfied with the work that God has given them. They are not satisfied to serve Him pleasantly in the place that He has marked out for them, or to do uncomplainingly the work that He has placed in their hands. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 3)
It is right for us to be dissatisfied with the way in which we perform duty, but we are not to be dissatisfied with the duty itself, because we would rather do something else. In His providence God places before human beings service that will be as medicine to their diseased minds. Thus He seeks to lead them to put aside the selfish preferences which, if cherished, would disqualify them for the work He has for them. If they accept and perform this service, their minds will be cured. But if they refuse it, they will be left at strife with themselves and with others. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 4)
The Lord disciplines His workers, so that they will be prepared to fill the places appointed them. He desires to mold their minds in accordance with His will. For this purpose He brings to them test and trial. Some He places where relaxed discipline and overindulgence will not become their snare, where they are taught to appreciate the value of time and to make the best and wisest use of it. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 5)
There are some who desire to be a ruling power and who need the sanctification of submission. God brings about a change in their lives and perhaps places before them duties that they would not choose. If they are willing to be guided by Him, He will give them grace and strength to perform the objectionable duties in a spirit of submission and helpfulness. They are being qualified to fill places where their disciplined abilities will make them of the greatest service. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 6)
Some God trains by bringing them disappointment and apparent failure. It is His purpose that they shall learn to master difficulty. He inspires them with a determination to make every apparent failure prove a success. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 7)
Often men pray and weep because of the perplexities and obstacles that confront them. But if they will hold the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end, He will make their way clear. Success will come to them as they struggle against apparently insurmountable difficulties; and with success will come the greatest joy. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 8)
Many are ignorant of how to work for God, not because they need to be ignorant, but because they are not willing to submit to His training process. Moab is spoken of as a failure because, the Word declares, “he hath been at ease from his youth, ... and hath not been emptied from vessel to vessel; ... therefore his taste remained in him, and his scent is not changed.” [Jeremiah 48:11.] (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 9)
Thus it is with those whose hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong are not purged from them. Their hearts are not cleansed from defilement. They were given opportunity to do a work for God, but this work they did not choose to do, because they wished to carry out their own plans. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 10)
The Christian is to be prepared for the doing of a work that reveals kindness, forbearance, longsuffering, gentleness, patience. The cultivation of these precious gifts is to come into the discipline life of the Christian, that when called to service by the Master, he may be ready to exercise the energies of heart and mind in helping and blessing those who are ready to die. (18LtMs, Ms 79, 1903, 11)
Ms 80, 1903
Sermon/Whoso Offereth Praise Glorifieth God
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
August 1, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in 2SAT 228-237.
Sabbath, August 1, 1903
Sermon, Mrs. E. G. White, St. Helena Sanitarium Chapel, Sanitarium, California,
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 1)
“Neither let the son of the stranger, that hath joined himself to the Lord, speak, saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people: neither let the eunuch say, Behold I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep My Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant; even unto them will I give in Mine house and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and of daughters: I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off. Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant; even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer: their burnt offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon Mine altar; for Mine house shall be called an house of prayer for all people. The Lord God which gathereth the outcasts of Israel saith, Yet will I gather others to Him, beside those that are gathered unto Him.” [Isaiah 56:1-8.] “And take hold of My covenant.” [Verse 4.] There is much more in these words than many comprehend at the first reading. When the Lord gave His law to the children of Israel encamped at the foot of Mount Sinai, the people with one accord promised, “All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient.” [Exodus 24:7.] In return for their loyalty, the Lord promised to bring them safely into the promised land and to prosper them above all nations. “Behold,” He declared, “I send an Angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee into the place which I have prepared.... If thou shalt indeed obey His voice, and do all that I speak; then I will be an enemy unto thine enemies and an adversary unto thine adversaries.... And ye shall serve the Lord your God, and He shall bless thy bread, and thy water; and I will take sickness away from the midst of thee.” [Exodus 23:20, 22, 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 2)
During the forty years of wilderness wandering, the Lord was true to the covenant He had made with His people. Those who were obedient to Him received the promised blessings. And this covenant is still in force. Through obedience we can receive heaven’s richest blessings. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 3)
Those who claim to be Christ’s followers pledge themselves to obedience at the time of their baptism. When they go down into the water, they pledge themselves in the presence of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost that they will henceforth be dead unto the world and its temptations, and that they will arise from the watery grave to walk in newness of life, even a life of obedience to God’s requirements. The apostle Paul, in his letter to the Colossians, reminded them of their baptismal pledge, and wrote: “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.” [Colossians 3:1-3.] How much better it is to seek those things which are above, than to seek the things of this world, and to form our characters after a worldly similitude! (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 4)
Very often I think of the rich promises given us in the Word in regard to God’s keeping power. We are kept by His power. How reasonable then it is that we should be careful to walk in the footsteps of Jesus. He says, “I am the Light of the world: he that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] Of those who walk in this light He declares, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 5)
When we mingle with the world and yield to the attraction of its pleasures and amusements, we think much less of God than we would if we were following Jesus in the path of self-denial which He has marked out for us. Let us keep our minds in right relation to God’s promises. Then He will keep us, and we shall see of His salvation. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 6)
Many are the promises given us by the Lord for our encouragement. At all times we should be ready to show our appreciation of them by expressing gratitude for them. We should thank the Lord for what He has bestowed on us! Every one takes His gifts; but how many are there who, from morning till night, think enough of God to thank Him for these favors? (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 7)
We try to be polite to one another, and we teach our children that when they are in company with others, they are to be pleasant and polite, cheerful and courteous. The Lord desires us to be polite in our association with one another. Shall we act in any other manner when we catch the divine rays of the Sun of righteousness? When the light of Christ’s countenance shines upon us, and we receive the riches of His grace, shall we not be polite to God? He has done for us far more than any human being can do. He has bought us with a price—and what a price! (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 8)
In the councils of heaven, before the creation of the world, when it was planned that man should people the earth, there arose the question, What if man should sin, as Satan has sinned? Christ answered this question. The infinite Son of God pledged Himself that if man should sin, He would give Himself, His life, as a ransom for the fallen race, taking upon Himself the transgression of humanity. The Innocent would bear the sins of the guilty and stand before God to make intercession in behalf of the transgressor. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 9)
Adam fell. Christ has fulfilled His pledge to redeem the lost race. By His sacrifice we are laid under everlasting obligation to God. We are to serve Him with our whole hearts. “Ye are not your own.... Ye are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] To this end we will put to tax every power God has given us, and strengthen our capabilities to the utmost. The talents God has entrusted to us should be increased by cultivation and use. By faithfully using all our powers to God’s glory, we shall be able to fulfil His purpose concerning us. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 10)
A talent of great value, and one that nearly all possess, is the talent of speech. Let us be careful not to misuse it. Let us not be rough or coarse in speech. We are to offend no one, not even little children. Christ says, “Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for I say unto you, that in heaven their angels do always behold the face of My Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 18:10.] The angels who watch over the children bear to heaven every word, be it cheering or disheartening, that is spoken to the little ones. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 11)
Our heavenly Father is in living connection with humanity. If there be one in the universe whom we should respect, it is our Father in heaven; for He “so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 12)
Some may say, “But we have so many trials and difficulties. How can we avail ourselves of this gift and be overcomers?” “Tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin.” [Hebrews 4:15.] Why, then, should we not determine to fortify ourselves against every influence that Satan may bring to bear against us to hinder the formation of Christlike character? The enemy cannot gain possession of us unless we allow him to. If we are connected with the God of heaven, His protection will be over us. Let us, for Christ’s sake, begin now to form characters that He can approve. Let us not put off this work until just before His appearing, when it will be too late for us to begin. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 13)
In this world we are given a time of probation, a time in which we can become transformed into the divine likeness. This probation has not been secured for us without an effort. Christ humiliated Himself to the lowest depths in order to redeem us. Laying aside His heavenly honor and glory, His royal robe and kingly crown, He clothed His divinity with humanity and came to this earth as a little child, here to live from infancy to manhood the life through which human beings must pass. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 14)
In return for so infinite a sacrifice, what are we willing to do for Christ? The Father has given to His Son all heaven, that we may have every opportunity of overcoming the enemy. To us are granted heaven’s richest gifts; but how often we fail to reach up and grasp them by living faith. We would have much more strength to resist temptation, if we would exercise greater faith. We should cherish and cultivate the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 15)
There is a heaven for us to win. For our sake Christ left His riches and glory and became poor, that we through His poverty might become rich. Shall we not avail ourselves of this opportunity of becoming rich instead of taking the position that we will have our own way? We shall be under the control of either Christ or Satan, whichever master we voluntarily choose to serve. It seems as if those who, unwilling to give their hearts and minds to Jesus, choose to place themselves under the control of the prince of darkness do not exercise their reason in regard to the future. If they continue in their wrong course, the eternity upon which they are entering will not be an eternity of life, but of death. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 16)
If we give ourselves to the One who gave His life for us, He will take us into relationship with Himself as His children. His life will be our life. “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 17)
We cannot be connected intimately with the things of the world without catching the spirit of worldlings who have no respect for Christ or for heaven. We do not say, Separate yourselves from worldly men and women so completely that you will exert no influence over them. No; but as you associate with them, hold firmly to Christ, and speak of Him often. Introduce Christ to your friends. Tell them that you desire to introduce to them the One who is the Prince of Life, the Lord of glory, and that you would be glad to have them become acquainted with Him. Let them know of His invitation to all those who are in perplexity and sorrow. He says, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest.” [Matthew 11:28.] There are no “ifs” or “ands” about this promise. Rest is assured to all who come. “Take My yoke upon you”—not a binding, galling yoke, but one that will give rest in spirit. “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Verse 29.] In the very act of taking this yoke—the yoke of obedience—comes the rest—the rest that we shall find in our experience. Then we shall realize more fully the truthfulness of the words that follow this invitation: “For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Verse 30.] (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 18)
As soon as we submit our will to God’s will, our hearts are filled with the fulness of His love. How I long to have men and women understand this! How I long to hold up the One altogether lovely, the Chiefest among ten thousand! How I long to present Him in His greatness and goodness, and then to show what He has endured for us! He was “wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him; and with His stripes we are healed”—healed of our sins. [Isaiah 53:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 19)
I love Jesus. I was eleven years old before the light broke into my heart. I had pious parents, who in every way tried to acquaint us with our heavenly Father. Every morning and every evening we had family prayer. We sang the praises of God in our household. There were eight children in the family, and every opportunity was improved by our parents to lead us to give our hearts to Jesus. I was not unmindful of the voice of prayer going up daily to God. All these influences were working on my heart, and in my earlier years I had often sought for the peace there is in Christ; but I could not seem to find the freedom I desired. A terrible feeling of sadness and despair rested on my heart. I could not think of anything I had done to cause me to feel said; but it seemed to me as if I were not good enough ever to enter heaven. It seemed as if such a thing would be altogether too much for me to expect. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 20)
The mental anguish I passed through at this time was very great. I believed in an eternally burning hell, and as I thought of the wretched state of the sinner without God, without hope, I was in deep despair. I feared that I should be lost and that I should live throughout eternity suffering a living death. But I learned better than this. I learned that I had a God who was altogether too merciful to perpetuate throughout eternity the lives of the beings whom He had created for His glory, but who, instead of accepting the Saviour, had died unrepentant, unforgiven, unsaved. I learned that the wicked shall be consumed as stubble and that they shall be as ashes under our feet in the new earth; they shall be as if they had not been. There is no eternally burning hell; there are no living bodies suffering eternal torment. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 21)
When my mother said to me, “Ellen, the minister says that we have been mistaken; there is no eternal hell,” I said to her, “O Mother, don’t tell anybody; I am afraid that nobody would seek the Lord!” (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 22)
For a time not one ray of light pierced the dark cloud surrounding me. My sufferings were very great. How precious the Christian’s hope seemed to me then! Night after night, while my twin sister was sleeping, I would arise and bow by the bedside before the Lord and plead with Him for mercy. All the words I had any confidence to utter were, “Lord, have mercy.” Such complete hopelessness would seize me that I would fall on my face with an agony of feeling that cannot be described. Like the poor publican, I dared not so much as lift my eyes toward heaven. I became much reduced in flesh. My friends looked upon me as one sinking into a decline. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 23)
Finally I had a dream which gave me a faint hope that I might be saved. Soon afterward I attended a prayer meeting, and when others knelt to pray, I bowed with them tremblingly, and after two or three had prayed, I opened my lips in prayer before I was aware of it. The promises of God appeared to me like so many precious pearls that were to be received only by asking for them. As I prayed, the burden and agony of soul that I had so long felt left me, and the blessing of God came upon me like gentle dew, and I gave glory to God for what I felt. Everything was shut out from me but Jesus and glory, and I knew nothing of what was going on around me. It seemed as if I were at the feet of Jesus, and that the light of His countenance was shining upon me in all its brightness. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 24)
I remained in this state for some time; and when I realized again what was going on around me, everything appeared glorious and new, as if smiling and praising God. I seemed to be shut in with God. I was then willing to confess Jesus everywhere. O what an effect this vision of Christ’s smiling countenance had upon me! The sacrifice that my Redeemer had made to save me from sin and death seemed very great. I could not dwell upon it without weeping. For six months not a cloud passed over my mind. O how I loved Jesus! (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 25)
I love my Saviour just as much today as I loved Him then. I have passed through much sadness and suffering. Only about a week ago I feared that I might be a cripple for the remainder of my life. Physical infirmities that I have had for twenty-five years began to trouble me, and I knew not but that I should soon be a helpless cripple. But I kept praying for strength. I prayed, “I will keep my petition before Thee, Thou Lord of heaven, until Thou wilt remove the difficulty.” And I am glad to be able to say this morning, to His praise, that He answered my prayer. Dr. Kellogg wrote to me that he had sent by express an appliance for me to use in connection with the electric-light bath, by means of which he hoped I might obtain some relief; but the difficulty is removed. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 26)
Not long ago I thought that I was losing my eyesight. I was greatly troubled with pain in my eyes and for a time had to be extremely careful about using them. Generally I am up early in the morning—sometimes at twelve o’clock, often by two, and seldom later than three. While others are asleep, my pen is tracing on paper the instruction that the Lord gives me for His people. Not infrequently I write, in one day, twenty pages or more of matter for my books. But when my eyes began to fail, I could write only at the cost of suffering severe pain. I told the Lord all about it. “I must have my eyesight, Lord,” I pleaded; “I cannot write without it; and I desire to communicate to the people the light that Thou hast revealed to me.” He heard my prayer and graciously restored my eyesight. My eyes are not strong; I use them so constantly that they are weak; but day by day the Lord strengthens them sufficiently for the work of the day, and for this I am grateful. Oh, I thank the Lord with heart and soul and voice. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 27)
I love the Lord. Last evening, as we met together in our sitting room for worship, it seemed to me as if the Lord Jesus were in our midst, and my heart went out in love to Him. I love Him because He first loved me. He gave His life for me. Last night I felt as if I wanted everything that hath breath to praise the Lord. It seemed to me that we should have praise seasons and that constantly our hearts should be filled so full with thankfulness to God, that they would overflow in words of praise and deeds of love. We should cultivate a spirit of thankfulness. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 28)
To the fathers and mothers before me I would say, Educate your children for the future, immortal life. Educate them to see the beauty there is in a life of holiness. Bring them to the foot of the cross. Try to teach them what it means to believe in Jesus—that it is to accept Him as our dearest Friend. Help them to understand that He took upon Himself the nature of humanity, in order that He might stand at the head of humanity and become acquainted with all our trials and afflictions. He could have surrounded Himself with angels of glory; but no; He condescended to be made like unto His brethren. He was not born as a price into this world, but was of humble parentage. He understands the trials of the poor. He knows all about the temptations we meet in daily life. We may safely put our trust in Him. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 29)
Oh, I am so thankful, so thankful that we have a Saviour who can sympathize with us in everything through which we are called to pass! He loves us with an infinite love. Shall we not so relate ourselves to Him that He can fulfil His purpose concerning us? He desires to cleanse us from sin. As John the Baptist was preaching and baptizing on the banks of the Jordan, he saw Christ coming toward him, and, recognizing Him as the Saviour, he cried out, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] Shall not we decide to let Christ take away our sin? Is sinning so great a pleasure to us that we will decide to continue to grieve the One whose heart is filled with infinite love for us? Why not cease sinning? We can do this by faith, if we lay hold on Christ’s promises, and say: (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 30)
“In my hand no price I bring;
Simply to Thy cross I cling.”
(18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 31)
Christ asks for our love. Does He not deserve it? Has not He given us instruction at every step? He says, “Whosoever will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me.” [Mark 8:34.] He bore the cross of self-denial and self-sacrifice. He passed over the ground where Adam fell. Our first parents were placed in Eden and surrounded with everything that would lead them to obey God. Christ assumed our fallen nature and was subject to every temptation to which man is subject. Even in is childhood He was often tempted. Through life He remained unyielding to every inducement to commit sin. When in His youth His associates would try to lead Him to do wrong, He would begin to sing some sweet melody, and the first thing they knew they were uniting with Him in singing the song. They caught His spirit, and the enemy was defeated. Ah, my friends, Christ is the Chiefest among ten thousand. Praise the name of the Lord! (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 32)
We are striving to gain eternal life in the kingdom of glory. We may have it if we will to overcome as Christ overcame. We have in heaven an Advocate who knows our every weakness, and He will answer our prayers for strength to resist the enemy. I used to think that when I prayed for forgiveness of sins, I must have in my heart a feeling that my sins were forgiven before I could know that my prayer had been answered. I do not wait for this feeling any more. I put my whole heart into my prayer, and then I live this prayer. After asking Christ to do certain things for me, I rise and go to work in an effort to do them. Then the sweet influence of the Spirit of God comes over me with such power at times that I feel as if I must break forth into song, to sing His praises. He is good, and praise belongs unto Him. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 33)
Christ is our great Physician. Many men and women come to this medical institution with the hope of receiving treatment that will prolong their lives. They take considerable pains to come here. Why cannot every one who comes to the Sanitarium for physical help come to Christ for spiritual help? Why cannot you, my brother, my sister, entertain the hope that if you accept Christ, He will add His blessing to the agencies employed for your restoration to health? Why cannot you have faith to believe that He will co-operate with your efforts to recover, because He wants you to get well? He wants you to have a clear brain, so that you can appreciate eternal realities; He wants you to have healthful sinews and muscles, so that you can glorify His name by using your strength in His service. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 34)
These physical blessings cannot be gained by the intemperate. He who desires to regain health must avoid every association that would lead him to indulge in beer, wine, or other intoxicating liquors. We cannot afford to be intemperate. Let us raise our voices against the curse of drunkenness. Let us strive to warn the world against its seductive influences. Let us portray before young and old the terrible results of indulgence of appetite. The man who when entering a saloon is in the possession of all his faculties and powers, in the course of an hour or two, leaves the place a changed being. His steps are unsteady; his utterance is thick and indistinct; his brain is confused; his sensibilities are benumbed: in short, he has temporarily spoiled the image of God. Drunkenness is a terrible evil. Wherever I have travelled, I have regarded it as a privilege to speak on the subject of temperance. I generally begin at the foundation, urging parents to train their children to temperate habits. I dwell upon the necessity of our using every God-given power to His glory, so that we shall fulfil His will in everything we say and do. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 35)
You may think that you would be unhappy if you should try to serve Christ; but I testify to you that you would be pleasantly disappointed. When you choose to obey the Lord, and become one with Him, you will realize that the light of His countenance is shining upon you, and that you will see Him as He is when He comes. He will be in all your thoughts, and your heart will be filled with joy. After instructing His disciples to keep His commandments, He declared, “These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [John 15:11.] He takes no pleasure in seeing us miserable, but takes delight in seeing us joyful. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 36)
Let us consider these things. They are so simple that we can readily keep them in mind. My brother, my sister, every day lift your heart to God in prayer. Say, “Teach me, lead me, guide me.” When affliction comes, and you suffer pain, tell Him that you need Him all the more and that you cannot let Him go; you must have the assurance of His presence. He knows all about your trials. He, the second Adam, redeemed us from suffering the results of Adam’s disgraceful fall; in every point He overcame the enemy, and through His strength we can win the overcomer’s reward—eternal life. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 37)
If we should dwell upon these themes, we should hear much more thankfulness rendered to God. Those who realize what He is willing to do for them will praise Him with heart and mind and soul. They will fully surrender themselves to Him, in order that He may co-operate with them in the work of perfecting a Christian character. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 38)
To the patients who have come here for treatment, I would say, Become acquainted with Christ while you are here. Receive Him as your Saviour. Come to His feet, and say, “Lord, if Thou wilt, Thou canst make me whole.” [See Matthew 8:2.] We desire to see the great Physician working in this institution; we do not wish to bar Him out. Commit your cases to Him. He is the great Medical Missionary. Let us learn of Him, and do His works, that we may glorify Him. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 39)
Let us pitch our tent a day’s march nearer home. Let us determine to “cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of the Lord.” [2 Corinthians 7:1.] Let us come to the waters of life, and freely drink of the health-giving stream. May God help us to strike at the root of the matter. We are liable to be content with mere surface work; but we should never rest at ease until we are joyful in the Lord; and then we shall desire to labor for the conversion of others, that they, too, may receive what we have received from the Life-giver. Christ is the Life-giver and the Crown-giver. “To him that overcometh,” He promises, “will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Revelation 3:21.] Thank God for such a Saviour! Thank Him with heart and soul and voice. (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 40)
Let all the congregation sing the beautiful hymn, “Jesus, Lover of My Soul.” (18LtMs, Ms 80, 1903, 41)
Ms 81, 1903
God’s Chosen People
NP
August 4, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
My heart is made very sad as I think of how poorly God’s people represent Him. It is His purpose that we shall be light-bearers to the world, that we shall show forth the praises of Him who has called us out of darkness into his marvelous light. But many of God’s professing people fail to fulfil His purpose for them. They are weak where they might be strong. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 1)
Some seem to take pleasure in reiterating to the world that our institutions are undenominational, that they are not under the control of the denomination of God—the people He has chosen as His. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 2)
If we are true and loyal to God, our business transactions will bear the signature of heaven. We shall do justice and judgment and shall keep the way of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 3)
We are to come out from the world and be separate. We are to reach a higher and still higher standard. All our business transactions are to reveal that we are God’s denominated people. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 4)
“Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people, that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.] It was upon this foundation that our first sanitariums and schools were established. If any foundation other than this has been laid, it is because human beings have taken it upon themselves to depart from the principles that we were distinctly instructed to preserve. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 5)
God said to us, “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, ... and touch not the unclean thing; and I will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] Under this command we were denominated, and the signature of God is upon us, unless, indeed, some prefer the signature of the world to the signature of God. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 6)
God forbid that we should misrepresent our sanitariums and schools and churches before the world. God forbid that we should fashion our principles after the world’s model. We are in no wise to be ashamed of our name—Seventh-day Adventist. We are to try to be worthy of a name that points us out as a people who keep the Sabbath instituted in Eden and who are looking for the coming of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 7)
Read how Israel was chosen as the Lord’s peculiar people. “In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai. For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount. And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say unto the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel: Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me, above all people; for all the earth is Mine; and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation.” [Exodus 19:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 8)
“These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.” [Verse 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 9)
Obedient to the charge, Moses called for the elders of the people, “and laid before them all these words which the Lord commanded him.” [Verse 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 10)
And in earnest, decided tones the people answered, “All that the Lord hath spoken we will do.” [Verse 8.] Thus Israel took their stand under the divine theocracy, as God’s denominated people. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 11)
The Giving of the Law
“The Lord said unto Moses, Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee forever.... Go down unto the people, and sanctify them today and tomorrow, and let them wash their clothes, and be ready against the third day; for the third day the Lord will come down in the sight of all the people upon Mount Sinai. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 12)
“And thou shalt set bounds unto the people round about, saying, Take heed to yourselves, that ye go not up into the mount, or touch the border of it; whosoever toucheth the mount shall surely be put to death; there shall not an hand touch it, but he shall surely be stoned, or shot through; whether it be beast or man, it shall not live; when the trumpet soundeth long, they shall come up to the mount.” [Verses 9-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 13)
From this mountain the law of God was to be proclaimed in awful grandeur, and the mountain, even to its foot, was holy. Neither man nor beast was to go up on it, or even touch the border of it. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 14)
The Sign Between God and His People
“The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the Children of Israel, saying, Verily My sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations, that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you; every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death; for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:12-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 15)
Do not these words point us out as God’s denominated people, and do they not declare to us that so long as time shall last, we are to cherish the sacred, denominational distinction placed on us? The children of Israel were to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations “for a perpetual covenant.” [Verse 16.] The Sabbath has lost none of its meaning. It is still the sign between God and His people and will be so forever. (18LtMs, Ms 81, 1903, 16)
Ms 82, 1903
Diary/The Promise of the Spirit
San Diego, California
September 25, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 5MR 126-127; 11MR 219-220.
I awake at ten o’clock. I cannot sleep. The question urges itself upon my mind, Why do we not plead more earnestly for the impartation of the Holy Spirit. If we had the Spirit, we should not be in such great perplexity. The impartation of the Spirit brings in its train all other blessings. Why do we not seek for this great blessing, which we need daily, and which we may have for the asking? (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 1)
Just before Christ left the disciples to go to His Father, He said to them, “I will pray the Father, and He will give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him; but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless, I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me; because I live, ye shall live also. At that day ye shall know that I am in the Father, and ye in Me, and I in you. He that hath My commandments, he it is that loveth Me; and he that loveth Me shall be loved of My Father, and I will love him, and will manifest Myself to him.... (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 2)
“The Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in My name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you. Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you; not as the world giveth give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.” [John 14:16-21, 26, 27.] (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 3)
What positiveness there is in these promises! Do we believe them? Christ assures us that the Father is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those who ask Him than parents are to give good gifts to their children. Have we received the Spirit? The representation shown me declares that the energies that ought to be given to the eternal interests that enrich and ennoble the life are given to the busy activities of the world. The thoughts are fixed on the things of the world, instead of being centered on Christ. Many are serving Satan while professedly serving the Lord. They are letting themselves down to a common, worldly level, filling their time with that which has in it scarcely a trace of heaven. In the chambers of the mind is seen the stamp of the worldly ambitions and projects that are cherished. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 4)
God meant that they should bear the image of the heavenly. They were to stand in the circumference of which God is the center. They were to do the work to which Christ gave Himself, withholding nothing, that He might save those who were about to become the prey of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 5)
Christ denounces the imaginary piety that accommodates itself to the world as the great center. He knows of the false theories, the deceptive insinuations, that Satan is trying to bring into the work that man is doing for God. He sees the deceptive presentation, which excludes God and eternal realities. He knows the peril of exalting the things of the world above the grand, eternal realities of heaven. He lifts His voice in warning and seeks to break the spell that is upon minds. With an earnestness that demands attention He exclaims, “What shall it profit a man, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.] He points to the threshold of heaven, flooded with living glory, and then to the storm of wrath that sooner or later must break upon all who disregard the law of God. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 6)
In the Christian life there is no middle ground. We are either standing with the obedient or the disobedient. Some of those who have long known the truth for this time, who have long been conversant with their Bibles, are working away from the principles that if cherished will prove the saving of the soul. Their hearts were once drawn out after eternal realities, but their spiritual eyesight has become defective. They cannot see afar off. They have forgotten that the work of the greatest consequence to heaven is the work of preparing a people to receive everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 7)
Those who are not established in the truth will make this manifest by binding up with the world, for the glorification of self. Men and women will receive a defective gospel, which will develop in them a defective Christian life. They are in danger of perishing in their self-deception. They are not preparing for the Lord’s soon coming. In word and deed they say, “My Lord delayeth His coming.” [Matthew 24:48.] What is the matter?—They are destitute of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 8)
Those who daily eat the flesh and drink the blood of the Son of God have eternal life. Christ declares that the words that He speaks are spirit and life. Do we know this by personal experience? Those only who receive and believe and live Christ’s words have life in themselves, even eternal life. They live by every word of God. They believe that Christ is soon to return to this earth, and they bend every power of the being to prepare for this event. They first take heed to themselves and then to the doctrine that must be given to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 9)
It becomes divinely natural to the truly converted soul to serve the living and true God and to wait for the appearing of Christ. With earnestness and perseverance he works for the conversion of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 10)
Proclaiming the Message in the Power of the Spirit
The following Scripture shows the result that is brought about when the gospel is proclaimed under the influence and in the power of the Holy Spirit. Paul writes: (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 11)
“Our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake. And ye became followers of us, and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost; so that ye were ensamples to all that believe in Macedonia and Achaia. For from you sounded out the word of the Lord, not only in Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to God-ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak anything. For they themselves show us what manner of entering in we had unto you, and how ye turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God; and to wait for His Son from heaven, whom He raised from the dead, even Jesus, which delivered us from the wrath to come.” [1 Thessalonians 1:5-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 12)
Today there are as many to be turned from idols as there were in the days of Paul. The cause of God is suffering for workers to proclaim the message of warning and to labor for the salvation of souls. The work that should be done is not done. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 13)
Our Divine Example
No teacher ever placed such signal honor upon man as did our Lord Jesus Christ. He was known as “the friend of publicans and sinners.” [Matthew 11:19.] He mingled with all classes and sowed the world with truth. In the market place and in the synagogue He proclaimed His message. He relieved every species of suffering, both physical and spiritual. Beside all waters he sowed the seeds of truth. His one desire was that all might have spiritual and physical soundness. He was the friend of every human being. Was He not pledged to bring life and light to all who would receive Him? Was He not pledged to give them power to become the sons of God? He gave Himself wholly and entirely to the work of soul-saving. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 14)
Selfishness He sternly rebuked, sparing not even His disciples. “All ye are brethren,” He would say to any one seeking the highest place. [Matthew 23:8.] Those who were unjust and unfair in their dealings writhed under His parables. He shielded no one, however high his position, who had been guilty of hypocrisy or fraud. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 15)
The Worth of Souls
To save a fallen race, Christ gave Himself to a death of shame and humiliation. Since human beings are of such value, let us take heed how we speak of one another. Those who would enjoy the approbation of the great Head of the church must treat their fellow beings as Christ would treat them were He in their place. In their dealings with one another they must reveal the love that Christ revealed for them when they were at enmity with God. The command is upon every soul who receives Christ, to show to the world that Christ has given them power to become the sons of God, power to love one another as He has loved them. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 16)
“Love your enemies, bless them which curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them that despitefully use you, and persecute you; that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven; for He maketh His sun to shine upon the evil and upon the good; and sendeth rain upon the just and upon the unjust.” [Matthew 5:44, 45.] “Be ye therefore merciful, even as your Father which is in heaven is merciful.” [Luke 6:36.] (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 17)
Life is too short, the hours of probation too precious for us to make a mistake in our religious life. Earnest men, men of strength are needed in the Master’s service. The call comes to us, “Be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind.” [Romans 12:2.] As we obey this command, the power of the Holy Spirit will come upon mind and body, bringing them into conformity to the will of Christ, and renewing us in His likeness. The hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong will die, and Christ will be formed within, the hope of glory. It will be seen that we are indeed followers of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 18)
We are not to trust in our own wisdom, but in the wisdom of God. This will bring into the character the patience, kindness, and love of Christ. And we are to remember that in doing well the work lying nearest us, we shall be prepared for a wider field of usefulness. There is to be constant growth in grace. We are to make constant advancement in preparing for the future immortal life. We shall leave behind no knowledge that in this world we have gained of God and heaven. This mental and spiritual wealth we shall take with us when we answer the call, Child, come up higher. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 19)
Let us strive to help those connected with us. To this work let us devote our tact and ingenuity. Let us reach higher and still higher for purity and devotion, our hearts filled with a desire to know the will of God. Let us consecrate our all to the service of humanity. We shall receive our reward in the future life. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 20)
Reveal the living charm of the Saviour’s love. Represent Christ by revealing faith and hope and love. In short, copy the Pattern. Let your light shine out in good works. Christians have no need of desire for the billiard table, the theater, the dancing hall, or the many other forms of worldly diversion. A Christian does nothing which he cannot do to the glory of God, upon which he cannot ask the blessing of God. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 21)
Work as in the presence of the heavenly intelligences. God calls for loyalty, for faithfulness; for we have been bought with a price. Stand firm in the faith; and you will be more than conquerors through Him who loved you and gave His life for you. To all who claim to be in His service, God says, “Ye are a spectacle to the world, to angels, and to men.” [1 Corinthians 4:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 22)
It is faith and prayer that cast out evil spirits. We may ask Christ with full assurance of faith for enlarged capacity for service, for increased power to help souls. But let us remember constantly that it is through the Holy Spirit that we receive power and efficiency. (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 23)
He who makes advancement in the school of Christ in this lower life will at last pass through the pearly gates of the city of God to enter the higher school, there to receive instruction from the divine Teacher. “Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for those that love Him.” [1 Corinthians 2:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 82, 1903, 24)
Ms 83, 1903
Diary/Christ Our Example in Medical Missionary
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
October 29, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in MM 21-22; TDG 311; 8T 206-212.
This morning I thank my heavenly Father that I have been able to sleep. During the latter part of the day yesterday I suffered much pain. After retiring, I slept until half-past eleven o’clock. Then my mind was active, and I knew that I could not sleep any more. I dressed and committed my soul to the Lord, praying most earnestly for wisdom, for clearness of mind, and for words to express the matters that were urged upon my attention. Before breakfast time I wrote out in my diary ten pages of instruction. I know that the Lord helped me to trace on paper important matter that should come before His people. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 1)
When writing thus, I feel intensely; but after the instruction has been recorded on paper, relief comes to my mind; for I know then that the subject matter presented to me will not be lost, even if I should forget what had been written in my diary. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 2)
Oh, that my mind may be enlightened in regard to that which constitutes what is known as medical missionary work! This is a great and important branch of our denominational work. But many souls are being deceived in regard to the purifying, ennobling principles embodied in medical missionary work. Many are laboring under a misconception of the real work of a medical missionary. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 3)
That which is most needed by medical missionary workers is the guidance of the Spirit of the Lord. Jesus was the great Medical Missionary. Those who labor as He labored must be spiritually minded. But not all who are doing medical missionary work are exalting the Lord God and His truth. Some are laying on the foundation wood, hay, and stubble, which will not bear the test of proving by fire. Every particle of this kind of material will be consumed. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 4)
Many exalt their own ideas—human science, fictitious standards—as truth. Genuine truth was taught by Christ when He was in our world and is spoken of by the apostle Paul as being like gold, and silver, and precious stones—material that is imperishable. “Fire will try every man’s work, of what sort it is.” [1 Corinthians 3:13.] (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 5)
Christ came to our world to represent in His life and teachings the character of God. He came as the express image of His Father’s person, not of His essence. He represented the personality of God. Only those who see that the cross is the center of all hope for the human family can understand the precious gospel that Christ taught. By His life and death He taught that only in obedience to God’s commandments is there safety and life and exaltation for man. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 6)
In behalf of the human race, Christ came to bear a living testimony that fallen humanity, through faith in His power and efficacy as the Son of God, might become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. [2 Peter 1:4.] This word “lust” has many meanings and includes desire for exaltation, power, and worldly honor. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 7)
Christ bore the penalty of the transgressor. He alone could be a substitute for the sinner and open the gates of Paradise to the fallen race. He took on Himself not the nature of the angels, but the nature of man. He lived a life untainted by sin and suffered in man’s behalf. “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name: which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:12-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 8)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] God’s law is a transcript of His character and was given to man in the garden of Eden as the rule of obedience. In succeeding ages this law was lost sight of. Hundreds of years after the flood, Abraham was called, and to him was given the promise that his descendants should exalt God’s law. In the course of time the Israelites went into Egypt and were made slaves. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 9)
The Lord brought His people out from Egypt after they had sojourned there for nearly four hundred years. Long had the Egyptians treated them as slaves, grievously oppressing them. But we have the history of their deliverance from the oppressive power of that idolatrous nation who acknowledged not God and who refused to hearken unto His voice. God delivered His people by a manifestation of His power to guide and protect His people and to destroy the Egyptian army who sought to overtake them and again enslave them. By mighty acts God revealed Himself to the Egyptians as the Ruler of the Universe, the One who was greater than all the heathen deities. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 10)
At Sinai the law was given the second time. In awful grandeur the Lord spoke His precepts, and with His own Almighty finger engraved the decalogue on tables of stone. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 11)
Passing down through the centuries to the beginning of the Christian Era we find that there came a time when God’s law must again be impressively revealed and plainly illustrated. And at this time God again gave an unmistakable revelation of His standard of obedience. Could the world have been given a more clear demonstration of God’s infinite hatred of sin and of His fixed determination to punish sinners, than was given in the scenes connected with Calvary’s cross? (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 12)
Let us give candid consideration to the facts regarding this revelation. Who was the Sufferer?—God’s only begotten Son. What language could have described God’s love for the human family so forcibly as the act of giving His own sinless Son for our redemption? The Innocent bore the chastisement of the guilty. God’s only Son bore the severest punishment that a human being could have suffered. Upon Him, righteous thou He was, was inflicted God’s wrath because of man’s transgression. What an illustration of God’s love for mankind and of His desire to lead us to obey His precepts! (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 13)
Never did Christ deviate one jot or one tittle from loyalty to principle. Never in a single instance did He do anything contrary to the will and authority of His heavenly Father; for He always did those things that pleased His Father. Why did He have to suffer?—Transgressors, claiming to be Christians, acted as agents under Satan’s jurisdiction, and transgressed God’s law. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 14)
Our heavenly Father sacrificed His beloved Son, that the fallen race might have an unmistakable expression of His love for them; that they might know that He “so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believeth on Him is not condemned: but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest, that they are wrought in God.” [John 3:16-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 15)
The glory of the Incarnate! Whose lips can frame words to portray the great interest expressed by the Father and the Son in a fallen world in their efforts to bring man back to his allegiance to God? (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 16)
Christ was a true Medical Missionary. He gave Himself a whole, ample, effectual sacrifice to save a lost world. When all our medical missionaries shall live the renewed life in Christ Jesus, and shall take His words as meaning all that they are designed to mean, there will be a much clearer and more comprehensive understanding of what constitutes genuine medical missionary work. And yet this line of work can best be understood by practicing it in simplicity. The unfolding of this work will have a deeper meaning to them after they obey the holy law engraven on tables of stone by the finger of God, including the Sabbath commandment, concerning which Christ Himself spoke through Moses to the children of Israel. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 17)
“The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord: whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 18)
“And He gave unto Moses, when He had made an end of communicating with him upon mount Sinai, two tables of testimony, tables of stone, written with the finger of God.” [Exodus 31:12-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 19)
None but those who are conscientious students of God’s Word can understand the Bible message that is to be given to our world in these last days. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 20)
Self-Sacrifice
Christ has said, “He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me. So shall he be My disciple.” [See Mark 8:34.] Who will accept as the definition of a true missionary, the definition given by Christ in His own words? That which is spoken of here is not a pretended or farcical following of Jesus. He requires His disciples to follow closely in His footsteps, enduring what He endured, suffering what He suffered. He is anxiously waiting to see His professed followers manifest a self-sacrificing spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 21)
Can it be possible that our eyes are so fully turned from our Leader that we cannot discern the self-denying character of His life? He was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory. In order to save a fallen race, He stepped down from His exalted position as Commander of the heavenly host, laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown, clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to a world all seared and marred by the curse. As a babe He entered the world and began life on this earth as the child of humble parents living in poverty in the obscure town of Nazareth. By assuming humanity, He subjected Himself to every temptation wherewith we are tempted. In all points He was tempted like as we are by the arch-deceiver, the one who once stood by His side in the heavenly courts. Now Satan called Christ’s attention to the fact that He, the One who claimed to be the Son of God, was humiliated far beneath His mighty foe. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 22)
Conceive, if possible, the picture of Christ’s condition that Satan presented to our Redeemer! Here was the Son of God, a weak human being, subject to Satan’s wiles and fierce assaults. Often the enemy tried to destroy Him, but could not until the period of our Redeemer’s medical missionary work had been accomplished. Then our Saviour suffered a shameful death on the cross. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 23)
Christ has tasted death for every man. And every one who receives the Redeemer as a personal Saviour, and chooses to be a partaker with Him of His self-denial and self-sacrifice, and to endure shame for His sake, will understand God’s estimation of what it means to be a medical missionary. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 24)
In this age of controversy, many of those upon whom the light of the Saviour’s self-sacrificing life is clearly shining will not live in accordance with heavenly principles. They desire to make a different showing than Christ made. To counteract the influence of these men, we must uplift the Christian standard; for many have turned away from Christlike principles. Truth and righteousness have lost their full meaning to them. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 25)
I am warned to allow no man to confuse my testimony; for God’s servants who are doing genuine medical missionary work have a most solemn, sacred responsibility resting upon them to keep in view Christ’s life of unselfish service. They should turn their eyes from everything else and look unto Jesus, the author and finisher of their faith. He is the Source of all light, the Fountain of all heaven’s blessings. To every medical missionary worker I am instructed to say, Follow your Leader. He is the Way, the Truth, the Light, the Life. He is the one whose example we as true medical missionaries must follow. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 26)
In this age of diseased piety and perverted principle, those who are converted in life and practice will reveal a healthy and influential spirituality. Those who have a knowledge of the truth as it is revealed in God’s Word must now come to the front. My brethren, God requires this of you. Every jot of your influence is now to be used on the right side. All are now to learn how to stand in defense of truth that is worthy of acceptance. Those who are endeavoring to live the Christ life must call things by the right name and stand in defense of the truth as it is in Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 27)
It behooves every soul whose life is hid with Christ in God to come to the front now. Something is to be done. We are to contend most earnestly for the faith once delivered to the saints. The spirit in which truth is defended and the kingdom of God advanced must be as it would be if Christ were on this earth in person. If He were here, He would be drawn out to render a solemn rebuke to many who claim to be medical missionaries but who have not chosen to heed the injunction He has urged upon them—to learn of Him His meekness and lowliness of heart. In the lives of some of those who occupy the highest positions, self has been exalted. Until such ones rid themselves of every desire to uplift self, they cannot clearly discern the character and glory of the great Medical Missionary. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 28)
When the Holy Spirit works human minds, there will be a much higher standard in speech, in ministry, and in spirituality in our churches than is now seen. Then our church members will be refreshed by the waters of life, and the laborers, working under the one Head, Christ, will reveal their Master in word, in spirit, in every form of ministry, and will encourage one another in the grand, closing work in which they are engaged. There will be a healthful increase of unity and love, which will bear testimony to the world that God has sent His Son for our redemption. There will be a pruning of the branches of the vine, and a bringing forth of much fruit. The branches that bear not the precious fruit of the Spirit, Christlike words and deeds, will be cut off from the parent-stock. Divine truth will be exalted; and as it shines forth as a lamp that burneth, we shall understand it more and still more fully. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 29)
Those who hold the truth in righteousness will arouse and put on the gospel shoes. Their feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, they will make no false paths in which the lame would be turned out of the way. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 30)
God requires every man to stand free and to follow the directions of the Word. In every movement Christ’s followers are to reveal their regard for Christian principles—loving God supremely and their neighbors as themselves; reflecting light and blessing on the pathway of those who are in darkness; comforting those who are cast down; sweetening the bitter waters in the place of giving their fellow pilgrims gall to drink. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 31)
We are now to unify and by true medical missionary work prepare the way for our coming King. Let us increase in a knowledge of the truth, and render all excellence and glory due to Him who is One with the Father. Let us seek most earnestly for the heavenly anointing, the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 32)
The great, holy, precious, testing truths for this time are not the fabrication of any human mind. God has not given to any one man all the power that some by their words and devisings seek to claim in some lines of service. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 33)
The truth, appropriated, is genuine philosophy. The incarnation of Christ was essential, in order that we, through belief of the truth, might be sanctified and redeemed. Through His human nature Christ can reach humanity. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 34)
We are to have a pure, growing Christianity. In the heavenly courts we are to be pronounced complete in Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 35)
“Behold, the Bridegroom cometh! Go ye out to meet Him!” [Matthew 25:6.] Lose no time now in rising and trimming your lamps. Lose no time in seeking perfect unity with one another. Christian unity never means the submerging of the identity of one individual into that of another; nor does it mean that the mind of one is to be led and balanced by the mind of another. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 36)
Shall it be said of us, “I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead”? [Revelation 3:1.] Christ has assured us that our Father is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to those who ask Him, than parents are to give good gifts to their children. This means that we may enjoy a living connection with Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 37)
We must expect difficulties. There is a crown to win, and trials will come. Christ was made perfect in human nature through suffering. All His followers will encounter the enemy many times and be severely tried, but trials develop the Christian graces. (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 38)
The following lines seem to portray the Christian’s warfare: (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 39)
“I thought that the course of the pilgrim to heaven
Would be bright as the summer and glad as the morn.
Thou show’dst me the path: it was dark and rough,—
All rugged with rock, all tangled with thorn;
I dreamt of celestial rewards and renown;
I grasped at the triumph which blesses the brave;
I asked for the palm branch, the robe, and the crown:
I asked, and Thou showed me a cross and a grave.”
(18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 40)
—Selected (18LtMs, Ms 83, 1903, 41)
Ms 84, 1903
Diary/The Restaurant Work
NP
August 3, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in MM 306-308.
There is danger, in the establishment of restaurants, of losing sight of the work that most needs to be done. There is danger of the workers losing sight of the work of soul-saving as they carry forward the business part of the enterprise. There is danger that the business part of the work will be allowed to crowd out the spiritual part. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 1)
Some good is being done by the restaurant work. Men and women are being educated to dispense with meat and other injurious articles of diet. But who are being fed with the bread of life? Is the purpose of God being fulfilled if in this work there are no conversions? It is time that we called a halt, lest we spend our energies in the establishment of a work that does little to make ready a people for the coming of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 2)
The only object in the establishment of restaurants was to remove prejudice from the minds of men and women and win them to the truth. The same effort put froth in circulating our publications, in doing evangelistic work, would tell far more for the saving of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 3)
Our restaurant workers are not doing the personal work that they should do to bring the truth before those who come for meals. And in some respects impressions are being made on the minds of the workers that are not favorable to a growth in grace. The food itself will not sanctify the souls of those who serve. Are the words being fulfilled: “For our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance, ... so that you were ensamples to all that believe; for from you sounded out the word of God ... in every place”? [1 Thessalonians 1:5, 7, 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 4)
This is the work that God has outlined before us. Is it done? Are there employed in our restaurants workers who have sufficient spiritual strength to stand against the temptations that they will meet in the cities? (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 5)
Let there be shown more of a desire to receive the Holy Spirit as an instructor and less of a desire to carry forward in human wisdom a work involving so much. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 6)
Our young men and young women are to be put to work where their capabilities will be used to the best account. They are to stand where they can carry on Christ’s work of soul-saving. They should not be kept in a work in which they are continually on losing ground, a work in which no souls are brought to a knowledge of the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 7)
It is not the large number of meals served that brings glory to God. What does this avail if not one soul has been converted to gladden the hearts of the workers? (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 8)
The question was asked, What does all the work that has been done amount to? Has it had a sanctifying, hallowing influence upon the minds of the workers, or has it been the means of bringing them into temptations that have destroyed their peace and hope? (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 9)
Let our ministers and physicians reason from cause to effect. Unless our restaurant work brings favorable spiritual results, let the world do their own serving of tables, and let the Lord’s people take up a work in which their talents will be put out to the exchangers. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 10)
The time has come for the Lord’s people to be sure that they are engaged in a work that produces as well as consumes. Those who have united themselves with the church are to situate themselves in such a way that their spiritual power will not diminish, but increase. They are not to place themselves where they will have no opportunity to grow in grace. (18LtMs, Ms 84, 1903, 11)
Ms 85, 1903
Diary
San Diego, California
September 29, 1902 [filed in 1903]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 8MR 398. +
I am grateful for the sleep I have had. I was wakeful during the night, but slept till after three o’clock. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 1)
I have need to be careful of my strength. Some thought that I ought not to speak yesterday, but I dared not disappoint the people who were expecting to hear me. Though rather hoarse, I spoke to a large congregation, and all present appeared to be much interested. I had hoped that there would be many in from the outside, and I am told that more than half of those present were unbelievers. My great desire is to benefit and help those who know not the truth. I desire also to impress upon the minds of our brethren and sisters the truth that we are to do aggressive work. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 2)
As I was getting into the carriage after meeting, an intelligent-looking lady came up to me and said, “I was much interested in the words you spoke to us today. They have done me good.” (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 3)
I took for my text the words: “If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:1-4.] (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 4)
I told the people that we lose much by not being grateful to God for the gift of salvation. We should never forget the mercy and love of God to us. If, instead of complaining, we were to praise God for the blessings He is continually bestowing upon us—too numerous to recount, we should have a deeper comprehension of His goodness. Let us frame and hang in memory’s hall pictures of the goodness and mercy of God. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 5)
The Source of Power
At one time the prophet Ezekiel was in vision set down in the midst of a large valley. Before him lay a dismal scene. Throughout its whole extent the valley was covered with the bones of the dead. The question was asked, “Son of man, can these bones live?” The prophet replied, “O Lord God, Thou knowest.” [Ezekiel 37:3.] What could the might and power of man accomplish with these dead bones? The prophet could see no hope of life being imparted to them. But as he looked, the power of God began to work. The scattered bones were shaken and began to come together, “bone to his bone,” and were bound together by sinews. They were covered with flesh, and as the Lord breathed upon the bodies thus formed, “the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army.” [Verses 7-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 6)
In the work that was accomplished on the day of Pentecost, we may see what can be done by the exercise of faith. Those who believed in Christ were sealed by the Holy Spirit. As the disciples were assembled together, “there came a sound [from heaven] as of a rushing, mighty wind which filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared unto them cloven tongues, like as of fire, and it sat on each of them.” [Acts 2:2, 3.] And Peter stood up among them and spoke with mighty power. Among those who listened to him were devout Jews, who were sincere in their belief. But the power that accompanied the words of the speaker convinced them that Christ was indeed the Messiah. What a mighty work was accomplished! Three thousand were converted in one day. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 7)
The seed had been sown by the greatest Teacher the world had ever known. For three and a half years the Son of God had sojourned in the land of Judea, proclaiming the message of the gospel of truth and working with mighty signs and wonders. The seed had been sown, and after His ascension the great ingathering took place. More were converted by one sermon on the day of Pentecost than were converted during all the years of Christ’s ministry. So mightily will God work when men give themselves to the control of the Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 8)
God did not choose for the carrying on of His work, the learning or eloquence of the Jewish Sanhedrin, or the power of the Romans. He chose humble, unlearned fishermen to proclaim the truths which were to move the world. That they might have success in their work, He imparted to them the power of the Holy Spirit. Not by human might, nor by human power, was the work of Pentecost accomplished, but by the Spirit of God. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 9)
Today God is calling for men to do His work. He calls for men who will look to Him alone instead of following plans of their own devising. He invites men and women to come to Him, to wear His yoke, and to learn of Him meekness and lowliness. As they accept this invitation they will find that His yoke is easy and His burden light. They will find peace in believing and joy in the Holy Ghost. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 10)
Physicians and ministers need to cultivate the faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Then they will have a better understanding of what constitutes true medical missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 11)
Let us claim the promises of God. The great Medical Missionary was a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. He was the friend of sinners—a brother in adversity. He relieved the poorest, the most needy, the most afflicted of His fellow beings. Let us act as His helping hand, always remembering that He stands ready to help us. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 12)
For those who come to our sanitariums, a double work is to be accomplished. Their bodies are to be restored to health, and their souls are to be quickened by the living principles of the Word of God. “Not by might, nor by power, but by My Spirit, saith the Lord.” [Zechariah 4:6.] (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 13)
There is joy in heaven over every soul we lead to the Saviour. “The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love; He will joy over thee with singing.” [Zephaniah 3:17.] All heaven is interested in the work of salvation of souls whom Christ created and for whom He died. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 14)
“I will gather them that are sorrowful for the solemn assembly, who are of thee, to whom the reproach of it was a burden. Behold, at that time I will undo all that afflict thee: and I will save her that halteth, and gather her that was driven out; and I will get them fame and praise in every land where they have been put to shame. At that time will I bring you again, even in the time that I gather you: for I will make you a name and a praise among all people of the earth, when I turn back your captivity before your eyes, saith the Lord.” [Verses 18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 15)
Sanitariums Not to Be in Cities
Our sanitariums are not to be erected in the cities. Upon this point God has given definite instruction. The cities are corrupt, and we are not to invest our means in the establishment of large institutions in them. No good will result from the efforts of men who, confident of their own wisdom, seek to establish these institutions where God has forbidden them to be established. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 16)
In country places near the cities, land and buildings suitable for sanitarium purposes will be offered for sale at very low prices. These should be secured. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 17)
Our Restaurants
For a time health food restaurants may be carried on in the cities. If those who take up this work will make it a means of the conversion of souls, then the plans of God in establishing the health food work will be carried out. But if the managers continue to increase their facilities and to bring in workers who are brought into daily contact with the worldly element, without putting forth a strong effort to counteract the evil influences, the workers will be led astray by temptation, and souls will not be converted. And if souls are not saved by the work of our restaurants, why should these interests continue to be conducted under the present plan? (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 18)
Los Angeles and San Diego should be worked. At this time of the year large numbers of tourists come to these places, many of whom are seeking to regain lost health. I appeal to our people to invest their means in the establishment of sanitariums near these places. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 19)
The tourists may find in our sanitariums a double blessing. They may receive treatment that will restore their bodies to health, and they may find the great Physician who will supply the need of their sin-sick soul. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 20)
We should improve every opportunity for doing gospel missionary work, that suffering, sin-sick souls may hear the Word of life. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 21)
An Appeal for Greater Effort
I am grieved in spirit as I see how weak are the efforts put forth to reach the unsanctified and unsaved. We need more workers to gather in the sheaves. Those who are converted should watch for souls. They should seek for opportunities to speak words of warning and encouragement to those in darkness, inviting them to come to the Saviour and be witnesses for Him. Many will refuse, but some will come. (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 22)
“Masters, give unto your servants that which is just and equal; knowing that ye also have a Master in heaven. Continue in prayer, and watch in the same with thanksgiving; withal praying also for us, that God would open unto us a door of utterance, to speak the mystery of Christ, for which I also am in bonds. That I may make it manifest, as I ought to speak. Walk in wisdom toward them that are without, redeeming the time. Let your speech be alway with grace, seasoned with salt, that ye may know how ye ought to answer every man.” [Colossians 4:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 23)
Much is comprehended in these six verses. We need not only to read the Word of life, but prayerfully to study the Word, that we may present the truth in the right manner to unbelievers. The light we receive from the Word of God we are to impart to others, that they may become interested in the study of the Scriptures. “Search the Scriptures,” said Christ, “for in them ye think ye have eternal life.” [John 5:39.] (18LtMs, Ms 85, 1903, 24)
Ms 86, 1903
The Work at Yountville
NP
August 9, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 12MR 315-317. +
Yesterday we drove to the Veterans’ Home at Yountville—a distance of thirteen miles—where I spoke in the chapel, according to previous announcement. The State has erected several large buildings at Yountville as a home and a hospital for aged and disabled soldiers. Nearly a thousand soldiers are cared for in this institution. (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 1)
For several months, services have been held regularly at the Veterans’ Home. A company of workers from this vicinity has visited the soldiers every other Sabbath, conducting a song service, speaking to them, and distributing reading matter among them. (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 2)
Yesterday I visited the Home for the first time. To the soldiers gathered in the chapel, I spoke from the fourteenth chapter of John. As I stood before them I saw many men of fine appearance. All seemed to be deeply interested and paid good attention. I spoke for thirty-five minutes. After the service was closed, several expressed themselves as being much pleased with my remarks. One old man said to me, “You spoke to us the words of life. It was good to hear them.” (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 3)
One man was there in whom I feel a deep interest. In the early days of the message, in 1843 and ’44, Brother and Sister Foy of Brunswick, Maine, accepted the message of Christ’s soon coming. A few years later our people held meetings in Brunswick, and in Topsham, a city near to Brunswick. As a result, a few accepted the Sabbath truth, among whom were Brother and Sister Stockbridge Howland and their two daughters of Topsham and Brother Foy and his family of Brunswick. I was well acquainted with both families. (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 4)
Brother and Sister Howland are both sleeping in Jesus. They died true to the faith. Their daughters are still living. John, a son of Brother and Sister Foy, has for years been connected with the Battle Creek Sanitarium as gardener. A few weeks ago I learned to my surprise that the other son Stephen is at the Veterans’ Home at Yountville. I last saw him—then a lad of seven years—in Brunswick, Maine. Yesterday we renewed our acquaintance. He is now 50 years old. It was a most interesting meeting to us both. (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 5)
In the Soldiers’ Home at Yountville is an open door for service whereby we may reach needy souls. To labor for the salvation of the men in this home is as important missionary work as any to be found in India or China. I have sent down several copies of Desire of Ages and other of my books to be lent to the soldiers. Mr. Foy takes charge of them and circulates them among these who desire to read them. (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 6)
Good results are being seen from the efforts that are being put forth at Yountville. One man tells us that as a result of the services held by our people, his life has been changed. He used to spend most of his time in drinking and carousing with his companions, but he is now trying to live a Christian life. Some time ago a copy of Desire of Ages was lent to him, and he has read it over and over again. At last, thinking that he must soon return the book, he began to copy portions of it. Hearing of this, we presented him with a copy, and he seemed much pleased. During the week, a little company of soldiers meets together in the grove for prayer and Bible study. One man at the home is observing the Sabbath. (18LtMs, Ms 86, 1903, 7)
Ms 87, 1903
The Hour of Satan’s Triumph
NP
August 11, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
The author of sin was once a being possessing wonderful power and glory. The highest of all created beings, he stood next to Christ in the courts of heaven. But he did not recognize the fact that his glorious attributes were a gift from God, and that He who had given him these endowments could also remove them. He aspired to be like the Most High. Not content with being the light-bearer, he desired to be the ruler of the universe. He set himself up against God, and he was cast out of heaven, and with him a host of angels who sympathized with him and supported him in his ambitious designs. Many of these angels had occupied high positions in the government of God. All were enriched with the talent of intellect and were girded with strength and glory. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 1)
Those who had risen in revolt against the government of God were apparently conquered, but the rebellion spread still further. Cast out of heaven, Satan and his angels came to this earth, and here they used every means in their power to draw into revolt the human family, that the warfare against God might be carried on upon this earth. Satan led Adam and Eve to transgress the laws of God, and thus sin was introduced into our world. The image of God in man was defaced. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 2)
God’s chosen people, the nation whom He redeemed from Egyptian bondage and to whom He committed His oracles, left their allegiance and joined the forces of Satan. “When the fulness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son to redeem them that were under the law.” [Galatians 4:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 3)
“The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.” [John 1:14.] But those whom Christ came to save would have none of Him. “He came unto His own, and His own received Him not.” [Verse 11.] Yielding themselves to Satan’s control, they rejected the Messiah and sought opportunity to put Him to death. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 4)
Satan and his angels determined to make Christ’s death as humiliating as possible. They filled the hearts of the Jewish leaders with feelings of bitter hatred against the Saviour. Controlled by the enemy, priests and rulers stirred the multitude to take part against the Son of God. Had their eyes been opened, they would have seen that Satan and his angels, some in the form of men, were in the crowd, swelling the blasphemy that rose unrebuked to the heavens. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 5)
In the hour of the humiliation of the Son of God no one was found who would vindicate His character. A few days before, thousands of voices had shouted His praise; now when He stood in need of recognition and help, He received it not. What a severe test of His love! Aside from Pilate’s declaration of His innocence, no one spoke a word in His favor. And even Pilate, knowing His innocence, gave Him over to the abuse of men under the control of Satan. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 6)
Similar events will take place in the near future. Men will exalt and rigidly enforce laws that are in direct opposition to the law of God. Though zealous in enforcing their own commandments, they will turn away from a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” Exalting a spurious rest day, they will seek to force men to dishonor the law of Jehovah, the transcript of His character. Though innocent of wrongdoing, the servants of God will be given over to suffer humiliation and abuse at the hands of those, who, inspired by Satan, are filled with envy and religious bigotry. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 7)
As Christ hung upon the cross, He was made the object of scorn and derision. “They that passed by reviled Him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save Thyself. If Thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross. Likewise also the chief priests, mocking Him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others, Himself He cannot save. If He be the King of Israel, let Him now come down from the cross, and we will believe Him. He trusted in God; let Him deliver Him now, if He will have Him; for He said, I am the Son of God.” [Matthew 27:39-43.] “And the soldiers also mocked Him, coming to Him, and offering Him vinegar, and saying, If Thou be the King of the Jews, save Thyself.” “And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on Him, saying, If Thou be the Christ, save Thyself and us.” [Luke 23:36, 37, 39.] (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 8)
Christ felt the anguish which the impenitent sinner will feel when mercy shall no longer plead for the guilty race. He could not see the Father’s reconciling face. The withdrawal of the divine countenance from the Saviour in this hour of supreme anguish pierced His heart with a sorrow that can never be understood by man. In His agony He cried, “My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?” [Matthew 27:46.] (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 9)
But though apparently forsaken by God, never was He more beloved of His Father, and in those dreadful hours Christ relied upon the evidence of His Father’s acceptance heretofore given Him. He was acquainted with the character of His Father. He understood His justice, His mercy, His great love. By faith He rested in Him whom it had ever been His joy to obey. And as in submission He committed Himself to God, the sense of the loss of His Father’s favor was withdrawn. By faith Christ was victor. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 10)
In the death of Christ propitiation was made for every son and daughter of Adam. He died “that whosoever believeth on Him might not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] But many, who might lay their sins upon the Sin-bearer, choose to retain them. Of them Christ says, “Ye would not come unto Me, that ye might have life.” [John 5:40.] For them Christ has died in vain, and the hour will come when they will realize that they are forsaken by God. The human friends in whom they have trusted cannot pay the ransom for their souls. They will be lost, eternally lost. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 11)
When Christ suffered for the human race, He felt neither remorse, despair, or hatred. Far different will be the feelings of the sinner who has not availed himself of Christ’s atoning sacrifice. Too late, he will realize what he has lost by refusing to accept the salvation of God. His heart will then be filled with an agony of remorse and despair, even though still fired by satanic hatred against God. (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 12)
“And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 87, 1903, 13)
Ms 88, 1903
Be Not Weary in Well-Doing
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
August 9, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 235; SpM 314-315.
Unreserved Surrender
“And He said unto them, if any man will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me. For whosoever will save his life shall lose it; but whosoever will lose his life for My sake, the same shall save it. For what is a man advantaged, if he gain the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away. For whosoever shall be ashamed of Me and of My words, of him shall the Son of man be ashamed, when He shall come in His own glory, and in His Father’s, and of the holy angels.” [Luke 9:23-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 1)
Those who would at last be received into heaven as members of the royal family must here give themselves—body, soul, and spirit—to the service of Him who paid the price of their redemption. All that we have and are belongs to the Lord. “Ye are not your own,” the apostle declares; “for ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 2)
The foundation of our work was laid in sacrifice, and in sacrifice this work is to be carried on. My brother, my sister, are you willing to follow Christ’s example of sacrifice? He gave His life to save perishing souls. Have you consecrated yourself wholly to the Lord? Can He use you as a vessel unto honor? Are you faithfully acting your part in His cause? To every man God has given his work. He expects every believer to co-operate with Him in the work of soul-saving. When His cause is suffering for means, how can any one set a price on his services, refusing to take up the cross daily, and practice self-denial for Christ’s sake? (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 3)
The fulfilment of the promise that we shall be joint-heirs with Christ rests upon our willingness to deny self. When Christ takes possession of His kingdom, it will be those who in this earth have followed Him in self-denial and sacrifice who will receive the reward of everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 4)
Christ’s call to sacrifice and unreserved surrender means crucifixion of self. In order to obey this call, we must have unquestioning faith in Him as the perfect Example, and we must have a clear realization that we are to represent Him to the world. Those who work for Christ are to work in His lines. They are to live His life. His call to unreserved surrender is to be to them supreme. They are to allow no earthy tie or interest to prevent them from giving Him the homage of their hearts and the service of their lives. Earnestly and untiringly they are to labor with God to save perishing souls from the power of the tempter. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 5)
Those who are thus connected with Christ learn constantly of Him, passing through the successive stages of progress in Christian experience. Difficulty and perplexity come to them, that they may learn more perfectly the will and way of Christ. But they pray and believe, and by exercise their faith increases. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 6)
“Take My yoke upon you,” Christ said, as in human nature He lived and worked upon this earth. Constantly He wore the yoke of submission, meeting the difficulties that human beings must meet, bearing the trials that they must bear. The enemy will continually assault us as he assaulted Christ, bringing against us strong temptation. But for every one there is a way of escape. “Take My yoke upon you,” Christ says, “and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 7)
Power For Service
“And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 8)
“These signs shall follow them that believe: In My name they shall cast out devils; they shall speak with new tongues; they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” [Mark 16:17, 18.] “And, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 9)
“So then, after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 10)
Our Duty to the School at Berrien Springs
My brethren and sisters, why is so little being done to sell Christ’s Object Lessons? Have you become weary in well doing? Let this work advance; for there is great need that it be carried steadily forward. The school at Berrien Springs needs the money that the sale of these books will bring. This school is making advancement as fast as possible, but it is in need of funds with which to erect buildings. The Lord is pleased with the way in which the school has been conducted, and with the education that is being given to the students gathered there. Will you not remember that in doing your best to bring in means for the advancement of this school, you are co-operating with Him. There is much that needs to be done before the winter sets in. Buildings must be erected and other lines of work carried forward. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 11)
Brother Magan and Brother Sutherland have worked with heart and soul to bring this school to its present stage of advancement, and the blessing of the Lord has attended their labors in a marked manner. I wish to say that my confidence in these men has not at all lessened. The Lord is not unmindful of the self-sacrifice and their labors of love. I have feared that they were in danger from trying to do more than they could do. I saw that they were in danger of overtaxing their strength in the effort to advance the work and to economize in the use of means. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 12)
The lives of these men are precious in the sight of the Lord. He does not want them to overwork, and thus sacrifice their strength; for in the end this would mean great loss. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 13)
My brethren and sisters, I ask you, in the name of the Lord, to do all that you can to advance the work of the Berrien Springs school. I hope and pray that you will not become weary in well-doing. In carrying forward the work of selling Christ’s Object Lessons, you will receive a most precious blessing. As you show this book to your friends and neighbors, telling them of the instruction that it contains, and why you are trying to sell it, you will gain an experience that will enable you to do more successful work for the Master. As you take up this pleasing work—for such it will prove to all who take it up with faith and prayer—the peace of Christ will come into your hearts. The thought that you are doing a good work will fill you with joy and courage. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 14)
At one time the suggestion was made to me that it might be best, when the Relief of the Schools Campaign was finished, to make Christ’s Object Lessons a regular subscription book. It was said that this book would have as ready a sale as any that could be produced. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 15)
As I heard this suggestion, the thought came to me, “Here is an opportunity for me to get out of debt. Is not this the right thing for me to do?” I said that it might be right to do as the letter had suggested. Then I sent to heaven the prayer, “Lord, teach me to speak right words.” Quickly the answer came. In an instant the light given at the first regarding Object Lessons flashed into my mind, and the instruction then given was repeated. I seemed to hear the words, “God signified that this book should be given to our schools, to be to them a continual blessing. Would you exchange His plan for human devising? This book is to be treated as a sacred offering, made to God; and as His plan regarding it is unselfishly carried out, the result will be wholly satisfactory.” (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 16)
I immediately said that I would not make any change in the handling of Object Lessons unless God gave me plain instruction that this should be done. As I said this, I felt the blessing of God resting upon me. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 17)
My brethren and sisters, as you go out to sell this book, the Lord Jesus and His angels will open the way before you. Success has attended the effort to sell the book in the past, because God’s people have worked in co-operation with heavenly agencies; and success will attend the effort in the future, if our people will still carry forward the work. All will receive grace for grace as they give what they can, in time and influence, to the circulation of Christ’s Object Lessons. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 18)
I leave these words with you, praying that the blessing of God may rest on the self-sacrificing workers at Berrien Springs and upon all who continue in the work of canvassing for Object Lessons. Time is short, and there is much to be done. Let all who can, old and young, men, women, and children, take up this work. As they go forth, the Lord will open the way before them. The words that they speak will be as seeds sown in good ground. Many souls will be saved as a result of their willing service. And at last, when we join the royal family in the courts above, the Lord will open before us the good that has been accomplished by Christ’s Object Lessons. (18LtMs, Ms 88, 1903, 19)
Ms 89, 1903
“First Be Reconciled to Thy Brother”
NP
August 12, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 238; 6BC 1115; 7BC 905.
“The end of all things is at hand; be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer.” [1 Peter 4:7.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 1)
When Peter wrote these words, the destruction of Jerusalem was near at hand. The persecutions that the Jews had visited upon the believers in Christ were soon to be visited upon themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 2)
The greater destruction included in Christ’s description of the destruction of the Jerusalem—the destruction of the world—is near at hand. Soon the history of this earth is to be swallowed up in an endless eternity. Oh, of what great consequence this is to us! In view of this thought, how can members of the church of God spend their time in dissension and strife, criticizing and condemning one another? We have no call to sit in judgment upon others. To no human being is given the work of passing sentence upon his brethren. This work Christ alone can do. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 3)
Christ has laid down the rules that we are to follow in dealing with one another. In His sermon on the mount He said, “If thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift.” [Matthew 5:23, 24.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 4)
If these directions were followed, how large an amount of mischief would be saved! How many misunderstandings would be removed! (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 5)
If there is any difficulty between you and a brother in the church, go to him, and try to explain away the misunderstanding. If possible, remove the cause of variance. Take the trouble from his mind, that there may be fellowship between you. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 6)
This duty you are under obligation to perform before you offer your gift to God. The gift will not be accepted until this duty is done. Be reconciled to your brother. If the fault is on your side, remove the stone of stumbling that you have placed before his feet. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 7)
A faithful effort to remove the misunderstanding will place you both in such relation to one another and to God that He can bless you. But you cannot receive His blessing while you are unwilling to do what you can to make things right, because to do this would require a humbling of your proud heart. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 8)
Perhaps there is wrong on both sides. Perhaps both of you need the preparation brought by this duty, in order that you may be softened and subdued. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 9)
Oh, the little misunderstandings that arise may be so easily removed. And until this is done, we are unprepared to take part in the holy ordinances of the Lord. Are you willing to do your part to adjust the differences that exist? Will you do all that you can to set things right between you and your brother? If you will, a vast amount of evil speaking and bitter feeling will be saved. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 10)
These words I am instructed to present as a message from God. In the morning and at night let there be close investigation of self. Search the heart diligently, and you will find many wrongs that could and should be righted. Put away all that hinders communion with God. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 11)
Christ says, “If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” [1 John 1:9.] To make the confession necessary may require great strength of inward principle. It may be as a crucifixion to say, I did this great evil and sinned against God. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 12)
I am instructed to say that there are sins between man and his God that no other human being need know anything about. If the one on whom such sins rest will make thorough work for repentance, the Lord will forgive him, and the burden will roll off his soul. He will then make confession to his fellow men, if he has wronged them, and as he confesses, God will be merciful and will forgive his sin. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 13)
One such confession is the greatest evidence that can be seen of the miracle-working power of the grace of God, and it leads to other confessions, not general confessions, but confession of real wrongs, which have existed between brethren. And God values above gold or silver the one who makes such a confession. “I will make a man more precious than fine gold,” He says, “even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” [Isaiah 13:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 14)
The Result of Beholding Christ
God has promised to draw near to all who will draw near to Him. All may delight their souls in the Lord. All may grow in grace and wisdom and love; through faithful continuance in well-doing all may become partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 15)
Those who strive for the Spirit of God will be rewarded in accordance with the promise, “As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the Sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] My brethren and sisters, will you not awake out of sleep? Will you not pray and watch unto prayer? Through the power that Jesus gives, we can be more than conquerors. But we cannot manufacture this power. Only through the Spirit of God can we receive it. We need a deep insight into the nature of Christ and into the mystery of His love “that passeth knowledge.” [Ephesians 3:19.] We are to live in the warm, genial rays of the Sun of righteousness. Nothing but His loving compassion, His divine grace, His almighty power can enable us to baffle the relentless foe and subdue the opposition of the human heart. What is our strength?—The joy of the Lord. Let the melting love of Christ fill the heart, and we are softened and subdued, prepared to receive the power that He has for us. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 16)
Let us thank God every day for the blessings that are ours. If the human agent will humble himself before God, realizing how inappropriate it is for him to cherish a feeling of self-sufficiency, realizing his utter inability to do the work that needs to be done in order for his soul to be purified, casting away, making of no account, his own righteousness, Christ will engrave His own image upon his soul. He will put His hand to the work of creating him anew and will continue the work until he is “complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 17)
Christ will never neglect the work that has been placed in His hands. He will inspire the resolute disciple with a sense of the perversity, the sin-stained condition, the depravity of the heart upon which He is working. The true penitent has learned the uselessness of self-importance. Looking to Jesus, comparing his own defective character with the Saviour’s perfect character, he can say, (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 18)
“In my hand no price I bring;
Simply to Thy cross I cling.”
(18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 19)
With Isaiah he declares, “Lord, Thou wilt ordain peace for us; for Thou hast wrought all our works in us. O Lord our God, other lords besides Thee have had dominion over us; but by Thee only will we make mention of Thy name.” [Isaiah 26:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 20)
Power That Gains the Victory
Beholding Christ for the purpose of becoming like Him, the seeker after truth sees the perfection of the principles of God’s law, and he becomes dissatisfied with everything but perfection. Hiding his life in the life of Christ, he sees that the holiness of the divine law is revealed in the character of Christ, and more and more earnestly he strives to be like Him. A warfare may be expected at any time, for the tempter sees that he is losing one of his subjects. A battle must be fought with the attributes which Satan has been strengthening for his own use. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 21)
The human agent sees what he has to contend with—a strange power opposed to the idea of attaining the perfection that Christ holds out. But with Christ there is saving power that will gain for him victory in the conflict. The Saviour will strengthen and help him as he comes pleading for grace and efficiency. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 22)
Paul passed over this ground. He writes, “For this cause I Paul, the prisoner of the Lord Jesus Christ for you Gentiles, if ye have heard of the dispensation of the grace of God, which is given me to you-ward; how that by revelation He made known unto me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words, whereby, when ye read, ye may understand my knowledge in the mystery of Christ) which in other ages was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto His holy apostles and prophets in the Spirit; that the Gentiles should be fellowheirs, and of the same body, and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel.” [Ephesians 3:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 23)
Through the sacrifice of Christ a new and living way has been opened for all. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 24)
Dead in Trespasses and Sins
“And you hath He quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins; wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience; among whom also we all had our conversation in times part, fulfilling the desires of the flesh and of the mind, and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others.” [Ephesians 2:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 25)
Spiritual death is here spoken of. How many there are who are unwarned and in consequence unconvicted. They are passing on in harmony with the world and with the desires of their own undisciplined, unsubdued hearts. They live in pleasure and in worldliness, and should sickness come and death overtake them, they would be found unready to die. They are not interested in the race for eternal life. They do not look upon as essential the conflict against sin, the warfare with principalities and powers. They are in need of light. Satan holds them fast in his power, and they see not their danger. They know nothing of the crucifixion that shuts away from the life all that separates the soul from Christ. They are subject to the power of the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 26)
This spirit is Satan, the fallen angel, the ruler of the powers of darkness. He has control of the spirits of evil, and through them he seeks to gain control of human beings. He is the head of the fallen angels. He supplies them with vital force. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 27)
How many there are who are left in darkness because the lives of those who have had light, and who claim to believe the truth, are a perpetual falsehood, a fatal deception! These professing Christians have kept the truth in the outer court. It has not been brought into the inner life. They may belong to the church, but this will not save them. Those who do the works of a sinner will receive the punishment of a sinner. Profession is but a snare to those who have no experience in the reality of true Christianity, who know not the principles that lead the Christian to inquire at every step, “Is this the way of the Lord?” (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 28)
Raised to Spiritual Life
“But God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, ... and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus.” [Verses 4-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 29)
As God raised Christ from the dead, that He might bring life and immortality to light through the gospel, and thus save His people from their sins, so Christ has raised fallen human beings from spiritual death, quickening them with His life, filling their hearts with hope and joy. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 30)
“That was the true Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world. He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew Him not.... But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:9, 10, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 31)
Paul’s Experience
Paul had a wonderful experience. He says, “If any man thinketh that he hath whereof he might trust in the flesh, I more; circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law of Pharisee; concerning zeal, persecuting the church; touching the righteousness which is in the law, blameless.” [Philippians 3:4-6.] That is, he was trying to keep the letter of the law perfectly. But a change came in his life. On his way to Damascus to persecute the followers of Christ, he was suddenly stopped. Christ revealed Himself to him. Hereafter his testimony was: (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 32)
“Yea, doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus the Lord; for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung that I may win Christ, and be found of Him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith.” [Verses 8, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 33)
The righteousness that before he had thought worth so much was now worthless in his sight. His own righteousness was unrighteousness. The deep longing of his soul was, “That I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection, and the fellowship of His sufferings, being made conformable unto His death.” [Verse 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 34)
He would know for himself the power of the Saviour’s grace. He trusted in His power to save even him, who had persecuted the church of Christ. In his estimation no treasure could equal the value of the gift of the knowledge of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 35)
If God’s people today would see how far short they fall of being what they ought to be, if they would strive with the powers of the whole being to reach the standard that God has declared they must reach, if they would put into their efforts an energy and perseverance proportionate to the greatness of the reward offered, how greatly they would be blessed, and how much God could accomplish through them! (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 36)
The adversary stands ready to lead church members into strange paths. Let them keep the soul fully guarded and full of the light and grace and life that heaven is always ready to supply. “For ye are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus. For as many of you as have been baptized have put on Christ.” [Galatians 3:26, 27.] We are children of one family—a family acknowledged to be of heavenly extraction. We are to live lives that declare us to be children of God. We are not to follow the customs and policies of the world, but the laws of heaven. We are Christ’s purchased possession, and we should put away envy and evil surmising, and love one another as Christ has loved us, helping one another to press onward and upward. (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 37)
“Brethren, if a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness; considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted. Bear ye one another’s burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ.” [Galatians 6:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 38)
This is our work. “For if a man think himself to be something, when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself. But let every man prove his own work, and then shall he have rejoicing in himself, and not in another. For every man shall bear his own burden.” [Verses 3-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 39)
“Let him that is taught in the word communicate unto him that teacheth in all good things. Be not deceived; God is not mocked; for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. For he that soweth to the flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth to the Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting. And let us not be weary in well-doing; for in due season we shall reap, if we faint not. As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them who are of the household of faith.” [Verses 6-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 40)
“But God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world.” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 89, 1903, 41)
Ms 90, 1903
A Time of Peril
NP
June 11, 1903
Previously unpublished. +
We are living amidst the perils of the last days. Soon everything that can be shaken will be shaken. The world is rapidly taking sides in the great conflict between good and evil. The enemy with all his satanic craft is working diligently to secure souls. He has influenced the minds of many who know the truth, so that they have walked contrary to the light God has given them. And even when God has sent them warnings, they have closed their ears and walked on in ways of their own devising. Those who are in a state of uncertainty regarding the messages of warning that God is sending will soon take their stand either for or against the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 1)
Many souls have been presented before me as being tempted by Satan to deny the faith. Fired by an unsanctified, unholy zeal, they will lead others in strange paths, and under their leadership many will become entangled in the specious snares of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 2)
The Lord calls upon His slumbering people to awake out of their sleep. Many who in their ignorance consider themselves to be wise like the foolish virgins in the parable do not realize that their lamps are going out. When they awake to their condition it will be too late for them to obtain a fresh supply of oil, and they will be unready to meet the Bridegroom. Many do not fully understand the principles of salvation by faith. Only by fully believing in Christ and receiving the Holy Spirit can we understand the saving truths of the gospel and receive the blessings that are given to those who accept Jesus as their personal Saviour. Thus only can we obtain power to become the sons of God, and thus only receive the earnest of our inheritance—a foretaste of the blessedness of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 3)
While many will give heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils, those who take heed to God’s warnings will stand on vantage ground. Christ will give clear, spiritual perception to those who will now confess and put away their sins. If they hold the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end, they will be able to discern in its true light even the miracle-working power of Satan. Christ will decidedly manifest Himself to His loyal and true church, to all who have purified their souls through obedience to the truth. The Law of God will be magnified. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 4)
Those who do not hold the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end will find in the last great day that they have brought to the foundation worthless material represented by wood, hay, and stubble, which must be consumed by fire. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 5)
A Call for Aggressive Work
Satan is seeking to hinder the work of God. He endeavors to pervert the minds of God’s people and to bring into the church perplexities and difficulties. Let not the precious time of our ministers be employed in seeking to settle differences among brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 6)
Our workers are not to confine their labors to those who have long known the truth. We have reached a time when we must not be drawn away from our work to attend so many gatherings among ourselves to adjust difficulties. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 7)
Many of those who for years have heard the call to the marriage supper will not heed the urgent invitation, “Come, for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.] Of those to whom the call has been given, but who persistently refuse to heed the invitation, Christ says, “They shall not taste of My supper.” [Verse 24.] He calls upon His messengers now to go to those who have not heard the call. “Go out into the highways and hedges,” He says, “and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.” [Verse 23.] They are to give to all classes the invitation to the marriage supper of the Lamb. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 8)
A special work has been committed to us. God’s work must go forward. Let every believer seek to understand and perform his God-given work. Heavenly agencies will co-operate with God’s servants as they enter new territory. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 9)
Those who would preach the gospel of Christ must be familiar with His life on this earth. They must understand that He met and overcame every temptation to which man is subject. In His strength we may overcome and receive the fulfilment of the promise: “To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father on His throne.” [Revelation 3:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 10)
Let all who would work for the Master first accept the invitation of Christ, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” Those who accept this invitation will realize that His “yoke is easy” and His “burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 11)
“To the Praise of His Glory”
The Lord blesses His people that they may be a blessing to others. Those who have been sanctified through the truth are to be channels through which His love and grace may flow. They are to “rejoice in the Lord.” [Philippians 4:4.] He delights to hear from human lips fervent prayer, testimonies of thanksgiving, and songs of praise. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 12)
With one voice God’s people are to praise Him. By the purity and nobility of their lives, they are to reveal His power to the world. Let all exalt and magnify God, speaking of His wondrous works. Why should not those who love God, those whom He has blessed with all spiritual blessings, speak of His goodness and mercy to the children of men? (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 13)
Let us appreciate our privileges. Let us praise God for making provision whereby we may be united [with] Christ, our Mediator, through whom all blessings flow. Let us rejoice because God has “blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ.” [Ephesians 1:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 14)
The Need of Self-Examination
That people, whom in these last days God has called out from the fallen churches and from the world, are to examine themselves closely, comparing their lives with the law of God. His law is perfect, converting the soul. But it must be studied, cherished in the heart, and exalted as the transcript of God’s character. Those who, having received light and evidence, turn away their ears from the hearing of the law cannot enter into the kingdom of God; for they are not clothed with Christ’s righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 15)
Let each one seek God for himself. We are living in the great day of Atonement, when self must be laid upon the altar, a living sacrifice. Our heavenly Father has plainly laid down the conditions with which we must comply in order to gain salvation; and His Word is sure. Now is the time for wrongs to be righted. Now is the time for self-examination. Have you followed the good impulses of your heart, or have you cherished selfishness and covetousness? Have you given place to evil surmising and evil speaking? Have your words been harsh and unkind? Has there been any underhand work in your life? Have you connived at evil? Let the heart be searched as with a lighted candle. Without confession and reformation there can be no pardon. God calls for repentance. The Lord will forgive all who will separate from the world and take their position on His side. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 16)
God’s Purpose for Us
God is the Counsellor of His people. He takes note of every thought and plan and act of His people. In His Word His plans and His will have been clearly specified, and those who work counter to His purposes do so at the peril of the soul. Those who substitute human inventions and human plans for the will and purpose of God would not, were a second probation granted them, conform to the will of God. Those who insist on carrying out their own ideas will never enter the heavenly courts. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 17)
Those who bind themselves up with the world will be judged with the world and found disloyal to God. God’s purpose is “that in the dispensation of the fulness of times, He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in Him: in whom also we have obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to the purpose of Him who worketh all things after the counsel of His own will.” [Verses 10, 11.] God’s will and God’s methods are far above the ideas and methods of men. God’s purposes will no more blend with worldly plans than oil will mix with water. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 18)
“That we should be to the praise of His glory, who first trusted in Christ. In whom ye also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation, in whom also after that ye believed, ye were sealed with the Holy Spirit of promise, which is the earnest of our inheritance until the redemption of the purchased possession, unto the praise of His glory.” [Verses 12-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 19)
The purpose of God for us is expressed in the prayer of Paul: “Wherefore I also, after I heard of your faith in the Lord Jesus Christ, and love unto all the saints, cease not to give thanks for you, making mention of you in my prayers: That the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him: the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that ye may know what is the hope of His calling, and what the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints, and what is the exceeding greatness of His power to us-ward who believe, according to the working of His mighty power, which He wrought in Christ, when He raised Him from the dead, and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places, far above all principality, and power, and might, and dominion, and every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come: and hath put all things under His feet, and gave Him to be the head over all things to the church, which is His body, the fulness of Him that filleth all in all.” [Verses 15-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 20)
*****
It was faith in Christ that gave Paul confidence when before Felix he preached the gospel with such power that Felix trembled, and when to Agrippa he presented the truths that fastened on him the conviction that Christ is the Son of God. The power of the Holy Spirit upheld the apostle against the tide of persecution. Even when he was called to seal his testimony with his blood, he glorified God, singing hymns of thanksgiving, and rejoicing that even in dying he was a conqueror. The power of Christ is sufficient for every necessity. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 21)
*****
We are no longer to be hindered by those who have had many messages of warning and caution and encouragement, but who have used every word of encouragement to justify their works of unrighteousness. I have long carried a heavy burden for these souls, but now the Lord says to me, “It is enough. More will not be required.” (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 22)
*****
The medical missionary work, as it is now conducted, bears not the signature of heaven. Yet some have thought that this work would be sufficient to prepare a people to stand in these last days. (18LtMs, Ms 90, 1903, 23)
Ms 91, 1903
Talk/Self-Improvement
Healdsburg, California
August 20, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in 2SAT 238-248. +
Address given at the Teachers’ Institute, College Chapel, Healdsburg, California, Thursday morning, August 20, 1903. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 1)
I have been thinking much in regard to what the Word of God is to us. As we read this Word, we are to remember that God is speaking to us and teaching us. Take, for instance, the book of Revelation. We all know that there are many who regard this Scripture as a closed book, because they cannot understand it; and yet it is a revelation that Christ has given in order to enlighten our understanding. In the very first verses the character and object of the book are brought to view. It is “the revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto Him, to show unto His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel unto His servant John: who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.” [Revelation 1:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 2)
All through His Word, God has given us much instruction, and we should always be in a proper frame of mind to receive it. In the twelfth of Romans we read: “I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world, but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Verses 1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 3)
Every youth of common sense and ordinary capability can constantly improve the mind that God has given him. Until I was seventeen years old, I could not understand the Scriptures; but my experience was a peculiar one. God was teaching me lessons, and He desired me to give my whole attention to these matters for a time, before He opened the Scriptures to my understanding. After I realized that I could not understand His Word, I would lie awake at night, thinking over the matter; and often I would get up and bow before God, to plead with Him to give me understanding. It was some time before my prayer was answered; and when at last it was, it seemed to me as if there shone a beautiful light around every passage relating to our Christian experience, and that this light entered into every fiber of my being. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 4)
Some may ask, Why could you not understand the Bible before? It was because our brethren and sisters, immediately after the passing of the time in 1844, were searching diligently for the truth. They would meet together and talk and talk and talk, and it seemed as if they could never come to right conclusions in regard to the teachings of the Word. I would meet with them, and we would study and pray together; for we felt as if we must learn what God’s truth was. Often we remained together until late at night, and sometimes through the entire night, praying for light and studying the Word. All could see that my mind was locked, as it were, and that I could not understand what we were studying. Then the Spirit of God would come upon me, and I would be taken off in vision and be shown the meaning of the passages that we had been studying and the position we were to take. A line of truth extending from that time to the time when we shall enter the city of our God was plainly marked out before me, and I gave to my brethren and sisters the instruction God had given to me. They knew that I had not been able to understand these matters, and so they were ready to accept as light coming direct from heaven the revelations given me. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 5)
For about two years I continued in this way, when, as I was praying, the precious promises and the words of instruction given us in the Scriptures were laid open before me and the meaning of these words made clear. I knew that my mind had been unlocked by the Lord. From that time to this the Scriptures have been an open book to me. I can understand what I read. God accomplished His purpose through this experience of mine, and ever since that time our people have cherished and maintained the positions that were taken then. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 6)
Students, it is not with you as it was with me. God had a special work for me to do: therefore I had to pass through the humiliating experience of believing that we had the truth, and yet of being unable to understand and explain it. But you may gain an understanding of the Word without passing through such an experience. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 7)
In Australia many of our young people have not had the advantages that most of our young people in America have had. There our brethren and sisters accepted the message a comparatively short time ago. They were not taught the truth in their youth and so have had everything to learn. While we were living at Cooranbong, where the Avondale School is located, the question of amusements came up. “What shall we do to provide for the amusement of our students?” the faculty inquired. We talked matters over together, and then I came before the students, and said: “Dear friends, we can occupy our minds profitably without trying to devise methods for amusing ourselves. Instead of spending our time in playing the games that so many students play, let us strive to do something for the Master. We have decided that the best course you can pursue is to do missionary work in the neighborhood. When you are listening to a discourse, take notes, and mark down the passages that the minister uses, so that you can study the subject carefully yourselves. Thus you will be able to prepare for giving a synopsis of the discourse, in the form of a Bible reading, to those who do not come to our meetings.” (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 8)
The students decided to follow this suggestion. They had evening meetings for studying the Scriptures together. They worked for one another, and as the result of these Bible studies among themselves, quite a large number of the students were converted to the truth. And the effort resulted in good not only to themselves, but to those for whom they labored in the neighborhood. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 9)
Those who went out were instructed to report to us any cases of sickness that they might find. Those who had had some training in giving treatment to the sick were encouraged to use their knowledge in a practical way by helping those who needed help. To work for the Master, I told them, was to engage in the most Christlike amusement in which they could engage. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 10)
The Sunday-labor question came up for decision. It seemed as if the lines were soon to be drawn so tightly about us that we should not be able to work during Sunday. Our school was situated in the heart of the woods, far from any village or railway station. No one was living near enough to us to be disturbed in any way by anything we might do. Nevertheless, we were watched. The officers were urged to come around to inspect our premises; and they did come. They could have seen many things; if they had desired to prosecute us; but they did not appear to notice those who were at work. They had so much confidence in us as a people, and so great a respect for us on account of the work we had done in that community, that they believed they could trust us anywhere. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 11)
Many recognized the fact that the whole community had been transformed since we went there. A woman who was not a believer, but who had almost accepted the truth before some churchman filled her mind with prejudice against our views, said to me, “You would not believe me, if I could inform you fully in regard to the transformation that has taken place in this community as the result of your moving here, establishing a school, and holding these little meetings.” (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 12)
So when our brethren were threatened with persecution and thrown into perplexity in regard to what they should do, the same advice was given as was given in answer to the question concerning games. I said, “Employ Sunday in doing missionary work for God. Teachers, go with your students. Take them into the bush (this is what we called the sparsely-settled districts in the woods, where houses are often a mile or two apart), and visit the people in their homes. Let them know that you are interested in their souls’ salvation.” They did so, and, as the result, were greatly benefited themselves and were able to help others as well. The blessing of God rested upon them as they diligently searched the Scriptures in order to learn how to present the truths of the Word in such a way that these truths would be received with favor. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 13)
In the Scriptures we read that to every man God has given his work. What does this mean?—It means that every one of us has a work to do. All do not have the same work, but all are to act their part in the service of God. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 14)
Why do we need a Matthew, a Mark, a Luke, a John, a Paul, and all these other writers who have borne their testimony in regard to the life of the Saviour during His earthly ministry? Why could not one of the disciples have written a complete record, and thus have given us a connected account of Christ’s life and work? The Gospels differ. One writer brings in points that another does not bring in. If these points are essential, why did not all these writers mention them? It is because the minds of men differ and do not comprehend all things in exactly the same way. Some Scripture truths appeal much more strongly to the minds of certain persons than to others; some points appear to be much more important to some than to others. The same principle applies to speakers. Some speakers dwell at considerable length on points that others would pass by quickly or not mention at all. Thus the whole truth is presented more clearly by several than by one. In the Gospels the records blend in one harmonious whole. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 15)
God desires us to move as He directs our minds, and not as some human mind directs us. We should preserve our identity sacred before God, and center our thoughts, not on any human being, but on Christ Jesus. We are members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 16)
Students, as you attend school, make it your business to grow in intellect. Realize that it is your privilege so to act that your minds will develop and strengthen from day to day. If you consecrate yourselves to God, your minds will work under the direction of the Holy Spirit. But you must allow no trivial matters to interfere with this work. Concentrate your minds on what you are doing. Pray, pray to God, and He will open your understanding. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 17)
The Work of Union Conference Training Schools
All our denominational colleges and training schools should make provision to give their students the education essential for evangelists and for Christian business men. The youth and those more advanced in years, who feel it their duty to fit themselves for work requiring the passing of certain legal tests, should be able to secure at our Union Conference training schools all that is essential without having to go to Battle Creek for their preparatory education. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 18)
Prayer will accomplish wonders for those who give themselves to prayer, watching thereunto. God desires us all to be in a waiting, hopeful position. What He has promised, He will do; and if there are legal requirements making it necessary that medical students shall take a certain preparatory course of study, let our colleges teach the required additional studies in a manner consistent with Christian education. The Lord has signified His displeasure that so many of our people are drifting into Battle Creek; and since He does not want so many to go there, we should understand that He wants our schools in other places to have efficient teachers and to do well the work that must be done. They should arrange to carry their students to the point of literary and scientific training that is necessary. Many of these requirements have been made because so much of the preparatory work done in ordinary schools is superficial. Let all our work be thorough, faithful, and true. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 19)
In our training schools, the Bible is to be made the basis of all education. And in the required studies, it is not necessary for our teachers to bring in the objectionable books that the Lord has instructed us not to use in our schools. From the light that the Lord has given me, I know that our training schools in various parts of the field should be placed in the most favorable position possible for qualifying our youth to meet the tests specified by state laws regarding medical students. To this end the very best teaching talent should be secured, that our schools may be brought up to the required standard. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 20)
But let not the young men and young women in our churches be advised to go to Battle Creek in order to obtain a preparatory education. There is a congested state of things at Battle Creek that makes it an unfavorable place for the proper education of Christian workers. Because the warnings in regard to the work in that congested center have not been heeded, the Lord permitted two of our institutions to be consumed by fire. Even after this revealing of His signal displeasure, His warnings were not heeded. The Sanitarium is still there. If it had been divided into several plants, and its work and influence given to several different places, how much more God would have been glorified! But now that the Sanitarium has been rebuilt, we must do our very best to help those who are there struggling with many difficulties. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 21)
Let me repeat: It is not necessary for so many of our youth to study medicine. But for those who should take medical studies our Union Conference training schools should make ample provision in facilities for preparatory education. Thus the youth of each Union Conference can be trained nearer home and be spared the special temptations that attend the work in Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 22)
The Importance of the So-Called “Common Branches”
I was talking with one of the teachers of our school at Fernando, in Southern California; and he told me that some had come to this school with diplomas showing that they had taken some of the higher studies in other schools. “Did you examine every such student,” I inquired, “to find out whether he had received proper instruction in those branches?” “Why,” said the teacher, “we could give the students no credit for the work done in the past, as represented by the diplomas. Their training even in the common branches had been very defective.” (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 23)
And thus it is in many instances. Not a few who study the classics and other higher branches of learning, and who reach certain standards, finally fail. And why?—Because they have neglected to do thorough work in the common branches. They have never obtained a good knowledge of the English language. They have not learned to read and spell and speak correctly. Those who ask to be allowed to take the higher branches should first be examined in these elementary branches, which are of greatest importance. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 24)
One of the most important qualifications of a teacher is the ability to speak and to read distinctly and forcibly. I have been instructed that the so-called common branches are of more importance than the higher branches required by law. He who has the ability to use the English language fluently and correctly can exert a far greater influence than he could if he were unable to express his thoughts readily and clearly. There are many who cannot carry on school work successfully, because they are not qualified to do such work. Some will never be able to do acceptable work in this line, because they have not the gift of teaching. Their talents fit them for some other line of service. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 25)
One of the fundamental branches of learning is language study. In all our schools special care should be taken to teach the students to use the English language correctly in speaking, reading, and writing. Too much cannot be said in regard to the importance of these branches. Voice culture should be taught in the reading classes, and in the other classes the teachers should insist that their students speak distinctly and use words which express their thoughts clearly and forcibly. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 26)
Let the students understand that God has given to every one of us a wonderful mechanism—the human body—which we are to use to glorify Him. The powers of the body are constantly working in our behalf, and if we choose, we may bring them under control. Students should be taught to use their abdominal muscles in breathing and speaking. This will make the tones more full and clear. It is of greatest importance that we keep the bodily mechanism in good condition, in order that we may be able to impart to others that which we have learned. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 27)
Let all guard themselves against becoming disturbed in spirit because they have to be drilled in these common branches. Students, remember that you yourselves will be educators of others. Strive constantly to improve in voice culture and in the ability to speak distinctly. Even ministers often fail in this respect. Not a few lower the voice at the end of sentences and utter the last syllable or two so indistinctly that they cannot be heard. Such ministers almost invariably fail in any missionary effort they undertake. They cannot bring souls to Christ, because the latter part of their work is defective, just as their expression is defective at the close of sentences. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 28)
If words are worth speaking at all, they are worth speaking properly. Let the words be uttered in full, distinct tones. If voice culture were unimportant, it would not be so necessary for our youth to attend school. They could study at home. But of what use would their knowledge be, if they had not the ability to impart it understandingly to others? (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 29)
When I was only about eleven years old, I heard a minister read the account of Peter’s imprisonment, as recorded in the book of Acts; and he read in so impressive a manner that the details of the story in all their reality seemed to be passing before my eyes. So deep was the impression made upon my mind that I have never forgotten it. When, a few years afterward, I was speaking in general meetings, I met this man again, and at the close of my discourse he asked, “How did you get that wonderful voice?” I told him that the Lord had given it to me. When I began my public labors, I had no voice, except when I stood before the congregations to speak. At other times I could not speak above a whisper. “And,” I added, “I have often thought of what you said to the people when someone asked you how you became a minister. You told them that your friends said you could never be a minister, because you could not speak properly; but that you went away by yourself and talked to the trees in the woods; and then when driving the oxen, you would talk to them just as if you were in meeting. ‘This,’ you said, ‘is the way I learned to speak in public.’ (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 30)
Elder Andrews, our first missionary to Europe, was a self-educated man. I do not think he was in school a day after he was eleven years old. He almost always kept in his pocket a book treating on some language that he desired to understand, or on some historical or scientific subject; and as he went about his daily work, he would keep referring to this book. Whenever he had a little spare time, he would take out the book and improve his leisure moments by studying. At one time, when in feeble health, he went to Waukon, Iowa, to labor in the open air, hoping thereby to benefit his lungs and regain his health. He would go into the field with his oxen, and as he drove them, he would refer to his book and read a few words or sentences and then repeat these in full, loud tones in order to exercise his lungs as well as to impress the words and sentences upon his memory. Thus he improved his opportunities and became one of our most valued laborers. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 31)
I could speak of several others who obtained an education by their own efforts. By keeping a book before them as they toiled from day to day, and by diligently improving all their spare time, many have gained knowledge that fitted them to be useful laborers in the Master’s service. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 32)
Every one of us, if we will, can be successful. Brethren and sisters, whatever your calling may be, whatever opportunities you may have had, you can be successful in your work. But before attempting to study the higher branches of literary knowledge, be sure that you thoroughly understand the simple rules of English grammar and that you have learned to read and write and spell correctly. Ascend the lower rounds of the ladder before reaching for the higher rounds. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 33)
Great improvement can be made in singing. Some think that the louder they sing, the more music they make; but noise is not music. Good singing is like the music of the birds—subdued and melodious. In some of our churches I have heard solos that were altogether unsuitable for the service of the Lord’s house. The long-drawn-out notes, and the peculiar sounds common in operatic singing, are not pleasing to the angels. They delight to hear the simple songs of praise sung in a natural tone. The songs in which every word is uttered clearly, in a musical tone, are the songs that they join us in singing. They take up the refrain that is sung from the heart with the spirit and the understanding. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 34)
Students, try to make the most of yourselves. Christ has paid an infinite price for you, and you cannot afford to disappoint Him by neglecting to avail yourselves of the opportunities for self-improvement presented to you. Cultivate a spirit that is calm, kind, gentle, tender. By doing this you can learn so much the more rapidly, because you are not troubled over something that somebody has said in regard to you. When we come into a position where we can help one another, we shall have the satisfaction of knowing that we have done our best. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 35)
The Healdsburg School
It is important that in our school in Healdsburg all the instruction shall be as thorough as it is in any similar school. If the laws of the land require that youth preparing for a medical course shall study some branches which you do not now teach, you should provide instruction in these required branches. Which is worse—to send our youth to Battle Creek to gain this required knowledge, or to give it to them in our schools in the various Union Conference where they are living? If it is right for this instruction to be given, we are to provide facilities for giving it in every training school in our land. Thus we shall be able to avoid the necessity of sending our youth to Battle Creek, or, as has been done in the past, to some worldly institution—to Ann Arbor or some other school of the world. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 36)
A High Standard
Again there has been brought to my mind the instruction given years ago in reference to the great amount of trash that was brought into our schools—things that really unfitted many of our youth for usefulness as Christian teachers and workers. All our schools must be Christian schools; the education given must be based on the Word of God. Both teachers and students are daily to consider how much Christ has sacrificed in order to save them; and they are to ponder the instruction that He gave to His disciples just before He left them. “All power,” He declared, “is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] These things we shall be able to find in His Word. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 37)
We are not to search after oddities or after things that are not revealed. Some have asked me in regard to things that are in the heavenly courts. I have always sent them to the Bible to search out those things that God has commanded them to observe. Paul received revelation after revelation, but in no instance did he satisfy the curiosity of men by relating what he saw in the heavenly courts. He wrote that he “was caught up into Paradise, and heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for a man to utter.” [2 Corinthians 12:4.] Many things cannot be described so that they will make a correct impression upon minds befogged by sin. A wrong use would be made of such knowledge. The things that God has commanded us to study are the things that we are to teach and to live. To those who fashion their daily conduct in accordance with these teachings, Christ gives the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 38)
Students, never rest satisfied with a low standard. In attending school be sure that you have in view a noble, holy object. Go because you desire to fit yourselves for service in some portion of the Master’s vineyard. Do all that you can to attain this object. You can do more for yourselves than any one else can do for you. And if you do all that you can for yourselves, what a burden you will lift from the principal and the teachers! (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 39)
To every student I would say: Remember that you are under the rule of God. He has given you opportunity to train yourself for usefulness in His cause. He has given you good teachers, and a principal in whom you have confidence. Be careful not to load down these faithful workers with unimportant details that you should attend to yourself. Give special attention to the little things of every-day school life. All these have to do with the formation of character. You may form a character that will make you useful in this world, or you may form one that will make you of no benefit to your fellow men. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 40)
Let every student gain a rich experience in having his life hid with Christ in God. Let every one perfect a Christian character. Remember always that the holy angels are watching over you, and that when the day is completed, you have either lived to the glory of God or else you have been defective and have detracted from His glory. When tempted, resist the enemy. Realize constantly that you are receiving to impart; that you are consumers in order that you may become producers. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 41)
I have a decided interest in every school in our land; and I greatly desire that the work which should be done in all these schools shall not be centered in one place that is already congested. Every school is to have the best teachers that can be obtained so that the work done will be thorough. Both teachers and students are to rise as high as they can in and through Christ. The religion of Jesus Christ lies at the foundation of all true education. (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 42)
By receiving to impart, we shall become laborers together with God. Then He will work in and through us according to His good pleasure. Students, if you realize that you are to be laborers together with Him, you will not stoop to frivolity; all your work will be done thoroughly and conscientiously. You are standing on a high platform: you are God’s husbandry, God’s building; and therefore you are to bring into your character building no rotten timbers or other imperfect material. All things are open to Him with whom we have to do. Let us so conduct ourselves that at last it may be said of us, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 91, 1903, 43)
Ms 92, 1903
Honor to be Shown to Our Pioneer Workers
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
July 24, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in RY 32; 7BC 947. +
The aged standard-bearers in the cause of God are far from being useless. The men who have held the beginning of their confidence steadfast unto the end are not to be accounted second or third in the work of God. They are not to be cast aside as having outlived their usefulness. God has an important part for them to act in His work. By learning of Christ they have obtained a rich experience. When they have made false steps, they did not refuse to be corrected. When they wandered from the path that Christ trod, they allowed Him to lead them once more into it. Thus they have learned to help others. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 1)
The apostle John is an example of the way in which God can use aged workers. Read his stirring words, written when he was an old man. Who could bear a firmer, more decided testimony? (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 2)
He writes, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the word of life; (for the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested unto us;) that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ. And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth; but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [1 John 1:1-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 3)
“My little children, these things write I unto you that ye sin not. And if any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous. And He is the propitiation for our sins; and not for our’s only, but also for the sins of the whole world. And hereby we do know that we know Him, if we keep His commandments. He that saith, I know Him, and keepeth not His commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not in him. But whoso keepeth His word, in him verily is the love of God perfected; hereby know we that we know Him.” [1 John 2:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 4)
In his old age John revealed the life of Christ in his life. He lived to be nearly one hundred years old, and over and over again he repeated the story of the crucified and risen Saviour. Persecution came upon the believers, and those young in experience were often in danger of losing their hold on Christ. But the old, tried servant of Jesus steadfastly maintained his faith. From his lips there came ever the same glad message: “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the word of life, ... that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ.” [1 John 1:1, 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 5)
Christ visited John on the Isle of Patmos and gave him a revelation of what should be in the last days of this earth’s history. John writes of this: “I, John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ. I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, what thou seest write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches.... (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 6)
“And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks. And in the midst of the candlesticks one like unto the Son of man.... And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last: I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forevermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter.” [Revelation 1:9-13, 17-19.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 7)
We are living in perilous times, and we need the testimonies of the men who can bear a witness similar to that of John. The aged laborers, who have acted a prominent part in the work of God, and who for many years have borne the burden and heat of the day, are not to be set on one side, while young men of far less experience are placed at the front. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 8)
*****
I have a knowledge of the that work Elder Haskell did when the cause was young and advancement was slow. My husband and Elder Haskell carried the burdens of the cause when these burdens were heavy and when there was little money on hand for the building of our institutions. Not thinking of the hardship, Elder Haskell girded on the armor and, under most trying circumstances, went forth to gather means with which to advance the work. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 9)
Elder Butler joined our ranks at a very early date, took his place as a burden-bearer, standing in the forefront of the battle. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 10)
These men are to have special recognition. Elder Butler was separated from the work for years by the sickness of his wife. Since her death he has once more entered the ranks, and he has a testimony to bear that is highly essential. His labors are to be appreciated and his testimony respected. He should be given the help that God has signified he should have. Strong, worthy men should unite with him in service. They will gain an invaluable experience as they labor in connection with him. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 11)
So it should be also with other worn laborers. Abundant help should be provided them. If care is not taken, they will labor beyond their strength. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 12)
The Lord has instructed me that these men should receive recognition and help. They should not be left to struggle along as Elder Haskell was left in New York City. He was allowed to press his way through against many difficulties. Sister Haskell does efficient service, and while she and Elder Haskell are laboring in a new field, wrestling with difficulties, their wages should not be cut down. They should receive additional help, instead of being deprived of means. Elder Haskell does pioneer work, and this class of work demands larger wages than the work done by those laboring where the truth is already established. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 13)
I have been instructed to present this matter as it is regarded by the Lord. Those who have charge of the financial business of the cause should understand the difference between work in such places as Greater New York and work in other places, which are not so difficult. They should realize what it means to do the work that Elder Haskell has done in New York City. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 14)
I have been instructed that, if those who have charge of the payment of such workers as Elder Haskell cannot appreciate the difficulties of his work and realize his need of help, they should be removed and their place supplied by men of wise judgment who can appreciate the situation. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 15)
Elder Haskell and his wife have done a work that has required forethought and skilful management. They have done a work that not every one could do. The time came in their efforts when twenty times the force then laboring in New York should have been set at work there. Had this been done, means for the support of the work would have been brought in. Many souls would now be standing on vantage ground, laboring under the direction of experienced workers. The sum has been proved. With proper facilities, such cities as Greater New York can be worked. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 16)
I am instructed that I must no longer hold my peace in regard to this matter. I must not refrain from presenting it in truth and righteousness. These aged, experienced laborers, who give evidence that God is working with them, are to be sustained. They are to be given facilities that in the past have not been furnished them. The Lord calls for workers. Those who have a wide knowledge of the truth, and of the way in which the Lord’s work should be conducted, are to be given every advantage. They should never be refused the help that they ask for. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 17)
I have done all in my power to advance the work of God. I have, in a pleasant home, facilities for carrying on my work. But I borrowed nearly all the money with which to purchase this home and am now paying interest on it. I bought this place under the direction of God, and when He directs me to leave it and go elsewhere, I shall be ready to go. I am willing to dispose of my home at any time, but I find it a most convenient location, and I shall abide here until the cloud moves, directing me elsewhere. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 18)
I am in debt, because I have borrowed money with which to advance the cause of God; but I hope that soon my books will bring me in sufficient money to settle these debts. I do not hesitate to hire money to invest in the work and cause of God when He points me to needy places where help is needed to place the truth before those who have never heard it. The warning message must be proclaimed in these neglected places. Those who are far from God must be told what they must do in order to gain eternal life. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 19)
Eternal life means more than we can estimate. It is Christ’s gift to the world. Christ is the bread of life and the water of salvation, which we are to eat and drink. Thus we become partakers of the divine nature. Thus we receive grace that enables us to trade upon our talents and to bring a harvest of souls to the Master. “If any man serve Me, let him follow Me; and where I am there shall also My servant be. If any man serve Me, him will My Father honor.” [John 12:26.] Spiritual individualism, which leads man to make self a center, is common in our world today, but it has no endorsement in the Word of God. It is selfishness and can produce no good fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 20)
“Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine, no more can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:4, 5.] Let us walk with Jesus. His companionship is a priceless treasure. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 21)
“If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered.” There are among us many withered branches. Shall we not change this order of things? Unless a decided reformation takes place, the result portrayed in the following words will come: “And men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned.” [Verse 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 22)
“If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [Verse 7.] Is there not enough at stake to lead us to make earnest, decided efforts to be what God wants us to be? We have full assurance of His help. Christ declares, “Herein is My Father glorified, if ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples.” [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 23)
“As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you; continue ye in My love.” [Verse 9.] These words seem almost beyond our feeble conception, but they are true; for Christ speaks only the truth. Shall we not cast away our cruel unbelief, and show the world that we take God at His word. “If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love, even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [Verses 10, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 24)
“This is My commandment, that ye love one another, as I have loved you.” [Verse 12.] The love that Christ has shown for us is the measure of the love that we are to show for one another. (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 25)
“Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his Lord doeth; but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you. Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go, and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain; that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you.” [Verses 13-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 92, 1903, 26)
Ms 93, 1903
Concerning the Signing of Contracts
NP
August 31, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 257.
The Lord would not have Dr. Kellogg discouraged, but He cannot sanction all his inventions. It is not heaven’s law that sanitariums shall be brought under human restrictions. The Lord does not design that any sanitarium shall be bound by the rules of any other sanitarium that has been established. He designs that every institution shall obtain an experience in God that shall be of the highest value. This work of binding minds to human yokes cannot be done and God be glorified. It is not necessary for every sanitarium to have an experience after the order of the sanitarium at Battle Creek. Because this has been thought essential, many souls have been hurt. All who stand in responsible positions before God are to look to the highest source for their orders; they are to copy the practice of pity, tenderness, compassion, and purity of principle that characterized the life of Jesus Christ. Nothing else is genuine or safe. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 1)
For workers to be bound about by pledging themselves to carry on the Lord’s work according to certain restrictions framed by Dr. Kellogg is in no wise the will of God. There is no human being to whom man is to look for his orders to do this or that. No human being is to be conscience to any other human being. All ye are brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 2)
Scenes have been presented to me as taking place in America—scenes that the Lord could not justify, but that the doer of the works would justify. The doer would not humble himself to say, “I was wrong; will you forgive me? I now recognize that this principle of dealing with my fellow men is not such as should be acted upon.” Men are not to occupy the place of God. Because a man occupies a position of superiority and power, and is sustained by his associates, is no reason for injustice to be sanctioned in him. This work has been done too long. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 3)
Dr. Kellogg’s power of representation is great, but the representation is not always true. He who is chosen of God to act as His helping hand, if he acts with apparent unselfishness, will generally gain the confidence of the people. How essential, then, that his course of action shall always be such as to retain that confidence—that he be unselfish, sincere, not carrying out his own ideas, but manifesting the true spirit of Christ! But if he does not retain a humble and contrite spirit, a spirit of gratitude because Christ has pardoned his many transgressions, and because he has been placed in a position where equity, compassion, and the love of God must predominate, if he forgets that it is God that justifieth, how can he represent Christ? (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 4)
No human being can read the weakness and sinfulness of the human heart. Actions determine the character. If one’s associates vindicate a wrong action, they are guilty with the one who has erred and will stand justly condemned as working on Satan’s side. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 5)
I see the greatest dangers before the people of God, and I must take my stand and let them know their peril. No man is to exert an overmastering or kingly power. This God forbids; for man is but man. None are perfect. We see the imperfection that has been, and men are now no less subject to temptation and trial than they have been in the past. No man is to judge another, for human judgment is not an infallible criterion. Let no one envy another or set too high an estimate upon his own capabilities; for He who created man is willing to bestow great wisdom and grace upon all. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 6)
Every one entrusted with capabilities is made proportionately accountable for all the treasures of wisdom, and if he in any way abuses that power, God will deal with him. In purity and sacred holiness he is to use the talents God has given him, acting the part of a worker together with God in sacred awe lest he shall belittle the work which should always be on a sacred eminence. All his natural and hereditary traits of character are to be kept under strict control, for he is born again to live Christ’s life. His own life is not to be placed on the throne; self is not to have the supremacy. He is to battle with the powers of Satan, that not one thread of selfishness or covetousness shall be drawn into the web. The highest and noblest specimens of charity, love, kindness, meekness, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness are to be brought into the character building. Each worker is to give the one next to him an equal chance with himself to have advantages and encouragement, that the talents of all may be strengthened and developed. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 7)
Whatever his position, man is to look not to man, but to Jesus Christ. All our capabilities are gifts of God, and God will give His skill, His understanding, and His knowledge to many. One man is not to underrate another in Christ’s service, because he feels inclined to do this, neither is he to overrate another. Human nature is an uncertain commodity, and when it has its own way, there is a cropping out of the objectionable words and objectionable actions that do great harm. This God condemns, though man may vindicate himself. He who vindicates himself in an action that God condemns can never find a place in heaven. It therefore becomes every man to be afraid of himself, to hide self in Jesus Christ, and to work out Christ’s character by purifying his own soul, repressing and subduing his own natural tendencies. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 8)
God would have every man look unto Jesus who is the Author and the Finisher of our faith. As Christians, we must in words and actions exercise the noble traits of character that dwelt in Jesus Christ, as the very highest gift that can be conferred upon the soul of man. Will every one who names the name of Christ depart from all iniquity? The word used here does not always mean the grosser forms of sin; it means every action we would not be pleased to meet in heaven. From all such actions we are to depart; we are not to practice them in this life, either in the family or in the church. All who enter heaven where Jesus is will have in this life the characteristics that will make a heaven here below. Blessed and beneficent are the rays of light from the Sun of righteousness who is now pouring His enlightening, healing beams upon every one who will open the windows of the soul heavenward. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 9)
There are many who, though they profess to be Christians, would spoil heaven should they be translated with a spirit and character such as they now have. Their lives are full of earthliness; their tempers are unsanctified; they harbor prejudices that ought never to exist; they are wholly human. An atmosphere so unlike the character of Christ has surrounded the soul, so that they could not enjoy the change from earth to heaven. This earth is our school where we are to be proved and tried to see if we will become stewards of the grace of Christ. The power of the grace of Christ is to work in the children of disobedience until Christ Himself is formed within, the hope of glory. We must reveal that we are converted, born again, before we can see heaven. Shall we begin now to labor as humble learners of Jesus Christ? O how infinite is His love and grace! How utterly beyond price is His love expressed for fallen men! Christ, because He loves us, holds the standard high, and He will take our disposition and make it like His own. Pride, self-esteem, self-exaltation are blind and cannot see afar off. Thus it is with the natural man. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 10)
Bear in mind that Battle Creek is a place where you can easily become spiritually careless and indifferent. Here, many things that would not be wise for you to copy will be seen and done by professed believers. I cannot express in suitable language to the churches the things which the Lord has presented before me. I need not try. You have the Word of the living God. Study this for yourselves most earnestly. The Lord has His instrumentalities here upon earth; hear ye them. But these are not able to impart one thing that they have not first received from the Lord. Through faith all may receive much, if they will open the windows of the soul heavenward to let the Sun of righteousness shine in and close the windows of the soul earthwards to the fogs and miasma of the earthly atmosphere. Who is it we are waiting for? Who are watching for the glory, not of men and their achievements, but the glory of God expressed through men? We are to accept the ways and works of God through whomsoever He shall send them. We are to follow humbly in the way of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 11)
The way to evidence to the world that we are Christ’s followers is to manifest unselfish love for one another, not seeking the supremacy. “Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they might also be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us; that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me.” [John 17:17-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 12)
Read the second chapter of First Corinthians and see that none of us, men or women, are reproved for our unsanctified preferences. How much is expressed in verses 1-10! Wonderful words! and so large with possibilities and hope! Will we by faith grasp these statements that are for our benefit? “And I, brethren, when I came before you, I came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, declaring unto you the testimony of God. For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ, and Him crucified. And I was with you in weakness and in fear, and in much trembling.” [Verses 1-3.] There was a sanctified humility in the labors of Paul. There was a continual fear lest at any time he should prove unfaithful and manifest imperfections that would not reveal the real power of the Word, and thus the truth be dishonored and the Holy Spirit grieved. Rightly to divide the words of truth requires the science of salvation in the righteousness of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 13)
Paul’s fear and trembling is thus interpreted: “And my speech and my preaching were not with enticing words of man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power; that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God.” [Verses 4, 5.] Paul was not deficient in eloquence, and oft he repressed the inclination to impress the people with his eloquence. The illumination of the soul needed the life of the Spirit of God. “Howbeit we speak wisdom among them that are perfect; yet not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world that come to naught; but we speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: which none of the princes of this world knew; for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory. But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath it entered into the heart of man the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed it unto us by His Spirit; for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.” [Verses 6-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 14)
Let the truth of the gospel be in the heart and upon the lips of the teacher; let men practice the truth, and not a lie, and there will be an integrity that will bind heart to heart and soul to soul. Then written documents binding men to be true to principle will not be essential. We are in a most solemn period of this earth’s history. We are preparing for eternal life. The simplicity of the truth as it is in Jesus will break down Satan’s strongholds. Worldliness, pride, self-sufficiency, self-exaltation, and lukewarmness which now prevail in the world have come into our own churches. We have a most solemn work to do. I am to give the warning that our sanitariums cannot be made amenable to Battle Creek or bound to pledges that fetter them in any way. Not a bond, not a contract is to be signed by those engaged in the work of God. They are to be under the jurisdiction of Jesus Christ. “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My Yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 15)
Workers in our institutions are to be left perfectly free as laborers together with God. Should some of those now living close up their earthly accounts and others take their places, there are in these contracts expressions and terms that Satan, taking possession of minds and hearts, would use to bring about the most bitter consequences similar to those in the College View experience, only more oppressive. These documents are not of heavenly birth—they are a specimen of men’s wisdom. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 16)
Let every church member and every individual in God’s service cut himself free from secret societies—these are all a snare. Those who cannot see the evils of secret confederacies are blind and can not see afar off; their discernment is clouded. The Lord has warnings for His people—Beware of worldly policies. Let none encourage any one to bind up with secret orders for the sake of financial gain. For their souls’ sake, let all make a surrender to God. Let every blood-bought soul be up and doing. If Dr. Kellogg will humble himself before God, there is hope for his future; if not, he will go on in double self-confidence. Loyalty to Christ means loyalty to Him in every service in which we are engaged. We need now, just now, to make no provision for our own selfish plans and indulgences. All churches are now on trial in their individual and collective capacity. Let the guiding light from the beacons of the past, given in testimonies of reproof, warning, and encouragement, become the mandatory word of the present. If nothing further were to come in warnings and in testimonies, the light already given and published would, if heeded, be sufficient that not one soul need be lost. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 17)
Let every one be impressed with the thought: God’s eye is upon me; it is like a flame of fire. He readeth the secret of the soul. All things are naked and open unto the eyes of Him with whom we have to do. That eye is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart. No deed of darkness can be screened from His view, no sin meditated by human minds can be unknown to Him. If the Lord should mark iniquities, who could stand? We have now a Mediator, one who will plead in our behalf. Let us now humble our hearts before God and repent, that we may know that all our sins are laid upon the Sin-bearer. The message to the Laodicean church is applicable to those who have light and privileges, who have their Bibles, who have the ministry of the Word, who have the testimonies with their appeals and instruction. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 18)
There is danger that Dr. Kellogg will become so commingled with the world as to be leavened by its spirit of ambitious devisings so that warnings given him in regard to Nebuchadnezzar will not be heeded, but he will go forward in his own spirit to do after his own mind and his own will. There is danger that he will disregard all the warnings that have been sent to him from the Lord and multiply in Battle Creek. The Lord has said that plants should be made in many places, that the work must not be disproportionately large in Battle Creek. Too much, altogether too much, is centered in Battle Creek, and this is not in the order of the Lord; it is all because men do not desire to walk in the Lord’s ways, but follow their own ideas and ambitious plans. The Lord would have memorials in many places where as yet there is nothing to represent Him. (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 19)
This morning, I am unable to sleep. I am deeply moved as things are constantly presented to me. So many are seeking for the highest position. The best place for each one of us is the place where we are best fitted to do service to God. If we occupy positions of responsibility it will be because we have learned to wrestle with difficulties. We have only a little time to form a character perfectly free from every vestige of selfishness. Christ lived not to please Himself. He was in a world of His own creating, yet He had not where to lay His head. “He that spared not His own Son, but delivered Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him freely give us all things?” [Romans 8:32.] (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 20)
What words shall I use that will arouse individual members of the church to become one with Christ? Prepare, prepare, every church member and every youth, prepare to meet thy God! The great Head of the church, the living Presence of a living Being announced Himself to John as the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last. Under the proclamation of the third angel, great power is to come to the church. This is represented in the description given by John in Revelation 18. “And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lighted with his glory.” [Verse 1.] This is the last call to Babylon, the fallen churches; it is the loud cry to be given at the closing up of the last message of mercy to a fallen world. Who can bear these wondrous themes of contemplation! O that God would so impress His people that they may behold His glory, and exclaim, I have seen the King, the Lord of hosts! (18LtMs, Ms 93, 1903, 21)
Ms 94, 1903
Lessons From the Past
NP
August 27, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in KC 1-9.
As Noah’s descendants increased in number, apostasy soon led to division. Those who desired to forget their Creator, and to cast off the restraint of His law, decided to separate from the worshipers of God. Accordingly they journeyed to the plain of Shinar, on the banks of the river Euphrates. Here they decided to build a city, and in it a tower reaching unto heaven—so high that no flood could rise to the top, so massive that nothing could sweep it away. Thus they hoped to make themselves independent of God. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 1)
But among the men of Babel there were living some God-fearing men who had been deceived by the pretensions of the ungodly and drawn into their schemes. These men would not join this confederacy to thwart the purposes of God. They refused to be deceived by the wonderful representations and the grand outlook. For the sake of these faithful ones, the Lord delayed His judgments and gave the people time to reveal their true character. They heeded not the counsel of the Lord, but carried out their own purposes. The great majority were fully united in their heaven-daring undertaking. Had they been permitted to go on unchecked, they would have demoralized the world by their wonderful plans. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 2)
This confederacy was born of rebellion against God. The dwellers on the plain of Shinar established their kingdom for self-exaltation and not for the glory of God. Had they succeeded, a mighty power would have borne sway, banishing righteousness and inaugurating a new religion. The mixture of certain religious ideas with a mass of erroneous theories would have resulted in closing the door to peace, happiness, and security. These suppositions, erroneous theories, carried out and perfected, would have banished a knowledge of the law of Jehovah from the minds of men who would not think it necessary to obey the divine statutes. These statutes, which are holy, just, and good, would have been ignored. Determined men, inspired by the first great rebel, would have been urged on by him and would have permitted nothing to interfere with their plans or to stop them in their evil course. In the place of the divine precepts they would have substituted laws framed in accordance with the desires of their selfish hearts in order that they might carry out their purposes. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 3)
But God never leaves the world without witnesses for Him. Those who loved and feared Him at the time of the first great apostasy after the flood humbled themselves and cried unto Him. “O God,” they pleaded, “interpose Thyself between Thy cause and the plans and methods of men.” “And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower (the great idol-building), which the children of men builded.” [Genesis 11:5.] He defeated the purpose of the tower builders and overthrew the memorial of their rebellion. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 4)
God bears long with the perversity of men, giving them ample opportunity for repentance; but He marks all their devices to resist the authority of His just and holy law. As an evidence of His displeasure over the building of this tower, He confounded the language of the builders, so that none could understand the words of his fellow worker. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 5)
*****
The Lord has not ordered some of the arrangements that have been made in Battle Creek. He has declared that other places have been robbed of the light and advantages that have been centered and multiplied in Battle Creek. Through a circular letter sent out to the leading men and the church elders of our conferences, a call has been made for the names of young men and young women of capability, in order that they may be corresponded with and invited to come to Battle Creek to receive a training for missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 6)
Through the light given in the testimonies, the Lord has indicated that He does not desire students to be educated in Battle Creek. He instructed us to remove the College from this place. This was done, but the institutions that remained failed of doing what they should have done in sharing with other places the advantages still centered in Battle Creek. The Lord signified His displeasure over this matter by destroying two of the principal institutions remaining there. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 7)
Notwithstanding the plain evidences of the Lord’s providence in these destructive fires, men in council meetings have not hesitated to stand before their brethren and make light of the statement that these buildings were burned because men had been swaying things in directions the Lord could not approve. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 8)
Principles have been perverted. Men have been departing from right principles for the promulgation of which these institutions were established. They have failed of doing the very work that God ordained should be done to prepare a people to “build up the old waste places” and to stand in the breach, as is represented in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. [Verse 12.] In this Scripture the work we are to do is clearly defined as being medical missionary work. This work is to be done in all places. God has a vineyard; and He desires that this vineyard shall be worked unselfishly. No parts are to be neglected. The most neglected portion needs the most wide-awake missionaries to do the work portrayed in the fifty-seventh chapter of Isaiah: (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 9)
“Thou art wearied in the greatness of thy way; yet saidst thou not, There is no hope; thou hast found the life of thine hand; therefore thou wast not grieved. And of whom hast thou been afraid or feared, that thou hast lied, and hast not remembered Me, nor laid it to thy heart? Have not I held My peace even of old, and thou fearest Me not? I will declare thy righteousness, and thy works; for they shall not profit thee. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 10)
“When thou criest, let thy companies deliver thee; but the wind shall carry them all away; vanity shall take them: but be that putteth his trust in Me shall possess the land, and shall inherit My holy mountain: and shall say, Cast ye up, cast ye up, prepare the way, take up the stumblingblock out of the way of My people. For thus said the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones. For I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth: for the spirit should fail before Me, and the souls which I have made. For the iniquity of his covetousness was I wroth, and smote him: I hid Me, and was wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart. I have seen his ways, and will heal him: I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him and to his mourners. I create the fruit of the lips; Peace, peace to him that is far off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord; and I will heal him. But the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt.” [Verses 10-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 11)
For their spirit should fail before Me, saith the Lord, if I were to deal with My people in accordance with their perversity. They could not endure My displeasure and My wrath. I have seen the perverse ways of every sinner. He who repents and does the works of righteousness I will convert and heal and restore unto him My favor. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 12)
I am instructed to say that in His judgments the Lord will remember mercy. For His own name’s sake He will not permit the froward and independent to carry out their unsanctified plans. He will visit them for their perversity of action. “There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.” [Verse 21.] (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 13)
Concerning those who have been deceived and led astray by unconsecrated men, the Lord says: “Their course of action has not been in accordance with My will; yet for the righteousness of My own cause, for the truth’s sake, for the sake of those who have preserved their fear and love of God, I, who create the fruit of the lips will put My message in the lips of those who will not be perverted. Although some may be deceived and blinded in their ideas of men and the purposes of men, I will heal every one who honor My name. All the penitent of Israel shall see of My salvation. I the Lord do rule, and I will fill with praise and thanksgiving the hearts of all who are nigh and far off, even all the penitent of Israel who have kept My way.” (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 14)
When iniquity abounds among the nations; when presentations are as marked as they have been during the past few years in America; when the Lord’s money is freely circulated by those who do not take the Word of God as their guide; when multitudes are honored, and great festivities are held; when all are interested in making everything possible of men, and are seeking their own pleasure, (and we see all these things taking place now); then we may know that the condition of things is similar to the condition that existed in the days of Noah, when the Lord caused the inhabitants of the earth to drink the waters of the flood. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 15)
Lot’s Experience
The state of the world now is similar to that which existed in the days of Lot, when Sodom’s corruption called for the angels’ visit to that wicked city, to see whether the cries coming up before heaven were of such a character that the inhabitants of beautiful Sodom—a city that had been so highly favored of God—had so corrupted their ways before the Lord that there was no hope of their redemption. God’s wrath was revealed so signally because the corruption of the Sodomites had extended so deeply. The heavenly visitants could see for themselves that the Sodomites had passed the limits of divine forbearance. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 16)
The angels took Lot and his wife and daughters by the hand, to hasten their flight from the city, lest the storm of divine judgment should break upon the place they hesitated so much to leave. They were solemnly commanded to hasten; for the fiery storm would be delayed but little longer. But one of the fugitives presumptuously ventured to cast a regretful look backward to the doomed city, and she became a monument of God’s judgment—showing how He regards unbelief and presumptuous rebellion. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 17)
This visitation of God’s wrath upon Lot’s wife hurried the remaining three on their way from the city. But Lot, not desiring to flee to the mountains, had pleaded with the Lord to spare a smaller city a few miles from Sodom where he could flee. What unbelief he manifested! His faith was very weak. But God in His mercy spared Zoar, in answer to Lot’s petitions. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 18)
The result of their going into Zoar is plainly recorded in the Scriptures. All the cities surrounding Sodom were corrupted with the sins of the Sodomites. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 19)
When iniquity abounds in a nation, there is always to be heard some voice giving warning and instruction, as the voice of Lot was heard in Sodom. Yet Lot could have preserved his family from many evils, had he not made his home in this wicked, polluted city. All that Lot and his family did in Sodom could have been done by them, even if they had lived in a place some distance away from the city. Enoch walked with God, and yet he did not live in the midst of any city, polluted with every kind of violence and wickedness, as did Lot in Sodom. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 20)
I have not time now to present all that I hope the Lord will strengthen me to present to His people, in regard to this matter. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 21)
Seductive Influences
At this time, Jude’s testimony is of great force to all who desire to be under the influence of the Holy Spirit: (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 22)
“Jude, the servant of Jesus Christ, and brother of James, to them that are sanctified by God the Father, and preserved in Jesus Christ, and called: mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied. Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints. For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ. I will therefore put you in remembrance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that believed not. And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, He hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day. Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 23)
“Likewise also these filthy dreamers defile the flesh, despise dominion, and speak evil of dignitaries. Yet Michael the Archangel, when contending with the devil He disputed about the body of Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee. But these speak evil of those things which they know not: but what they know naturally, as brute beasts, in those things they corrupt themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 24)
“Woe unto them! for they have gone in the way of Cain, and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward, and perished in the gainsaying of Core. These are spots in your feasts of charity, when they feast with you, feeding themselves without fear; clouds they are without water, carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withereth, without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots; raging waves of the sea, foaming out their own shame; wandering stars, to whom is reserved the blackness of darkness for ever. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 25)
“And Enoch also, the seventh from Adam, prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands of His saints, to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all that are ungodly among them of all their ungodly deeds which they have ungodly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungodly sinners have spoken against Him. These are murmurers, complainers, walking after their own lusts; and their mouth speaketh great swelling words, having men’s persons in admiration because of advantage. But, beloved, remember ye the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; how that they told you there should be mockers in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts. These be they who separate themselves, sensual, having not the Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 26)
“But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto eternal life. And of some have compassion, making a difference: and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh. Now unto Him that is able to keep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever. Amen.” [Jude 1-25.] (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 27)
Jude bears this message to guard believers against the seductive influences of false teachers, men who have a form of godliness but who are not safe leaders. In these last days, false teachers will arise and become actively zealous. All kinds of theories will be presented to divert the minds of men and women from the very truth that defines the position we can occupy with safety in this time when Satan is working with power upon religionists, leading them to make a pretense of being righteous, but to fail of placing themselves under the guidance of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 28)
False theories will be mingled with every phase of experience and advocated with satanic earnestness in order to captivate the mind of every soul who is not rooted and grounded in a full knowledge of the sacred principles of the Word. In the very midst of us will arise false teachers, giving heed to seducing spirits whose doctrines are of satanic origin. These teachers will draw away disciples after themselves. Creeping in unawares, they will use flattering words and make skilful misrepresentations with seductive tact. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 29)
A Message to Church Members
The only hope of our churches is to keep wide-awake. Those who are well grounded in the truths of the Word, those who test everything by a “Thus saith the Lord” are safe. The Holy Spirit will guide those who prize the wisdom of God above the deceptive sophistries of satanic agencies. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 30)
Let there be much praying, not in human lines, but under the inspiration and love of the truth as it is in Christ Jesus. The families who believe the truth are to speak words of wisdom and intelligence—words that will come to them as the result of searching the Scriptures. Now is our time of test and trial. Now is the time when the members of every believing family must close their lips against speaking words of accusation concerning their brethren. Let them speak words that impart courage and strengthen the faith which works by love and purifies the soul. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 31)
Christian fathers and mothers are now called upon to fulfil their duties in the home. They must try to save their children unto eternal life. Let them not advise their children to connect with the Sanitarium at Battle Creek or with the schools that shall be set in operation at Battle Creek. There is tenfold more danger now in our youth’s going there, than there has been in any period in the past. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 32)
“There were false prophets also among the people,” says the apostle Peter concerning the church anciently, “even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon themselves swift destruction. And many shall follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. And through covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not, and their damnation slumbereth not. For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved unto judgment; and spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly; and turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah into ashes condemned them with an overthrow, making them an ensample unto those that after should live ungodly; and delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked: (for that righteous man dwelling among them, in seeing and hearing, vexed his righteous soul from day to day with their unlawful deeds;) the Lord knoweth now to deliver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of judgment to be punished.” [2 Peter 2:1-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 33)
The Lord is guarding His people against a repetition of the errors and mistakes of the past. There have always abounded false teachers who, advocating erroneous doctrines and unholy practices, and working upon false principles in a most specious, covered, deceptive manner, have endeavored to deceive, if possible, the very elect. They bind themselves up in their own fallacies. If they do not succeed, because their way becomes hedged by warnings from God, they will change somewhat the features of their work, and the representations they have made, and bring out their plans again under a false showing. They refuse to confess, repent, and believe. Confessions may be made, but no real reformation takes place, and erroneous theories bring ruin upon unsuspecting souls, because these souls believe and rely upon the men advocating these theories. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 34)
Words of Caution
I am instructed to charge parents to take heed, to keep their children guarded and away from Battle Creek. And let all take heed how they learn. Many things are reported in regard to Sister White. Some say one thing and some say another. There are those who say that Sister White does not object to our having a college in Battle Creek. Until Sister White herself makes this statement, do not believe it. To those who know the messages from the Lord, I would say, “Hold fast; for soon all will be fulfilled. Hold fast to the Bible.” “Search the Scriptures,” Christ said, “for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 35)
Many will become so pleased with erroneous sentiments that they will engage in the promulgation of these sentiments and of specious, deceptive theories. And more than this, they will liberally pay any one who will assist in promulgating these sentiments. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 36)
Let our churches beware of any effort made to draw our youth from their home churches to unite with an institution in order to wait upon worldlings. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 37)
I call upon those in charge of our churches to beware. You are shepherds, set to watch over the sheep and lambs of Christ’s flock. Our youth better far receive their education is a limited sphere than to go to Battle Creek. But because our youth should not go to Battle Creek, they are not to be bound about, so that they cannot develop. They should daily be given the highest motives to advance. They should attend our schools, and the teachers should work with them and pray with them. They should leave these schools true medical missionaries, firmly bound up with the gospel ministry. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 38)
Our churches who have a deep interest in the children and youth, and in the work of training workers to carry forward the work essential for this time, need not blunder; for God will open ways before all who are perfecting Christian characters. He will have places ready for them in which to begin to do true missionary work. It was to prepare workers for this work that our schools and sanitariums were established. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 39)
Let us make no mistakes. The Word declares, “Many shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ.” “There shall arise false Christs and false prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect.” [Matthew 24:5, 24.] Shall we receive these into our confidence? No, No! We are to receive only those who give the surest evidence that they are doing the work appointed them by God. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 40)
The Work Before Us
I say to our people, Let not those on whom we must depend to do gospel missionary work, in places where the truth should be represented, be drawn away by any pretense from their work. The cause of God needs the very best workers. God’s workers are ever to cherish a clear idea of what is constituted by pure and undefiled religion. In the cities where the truth is to be established there will be needed workers of Bible faith and practice. The work of God is to be carried forward in the South, and the youth whose talents make them most desired in Battle Creek are to be ready to step into the places prepared for them in institutions where they can obtain a training for work without being thrown into the companionship of worldly people, who know not God, and whose wrong sentiments will leaven the minds of those with whom they are brought in contact. We cannot afford to allow the minds of our youth to be thus leavened; for it is on these youth that we must depend to carry forward the work in the future. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 41)
The work at Washington will demand the best and most earnest missionaries. This place, the headquarters of the nation, is a most important field, and there must be those there who are able to state wisely the reasons of their faith. There will be needed young men and young women of capability who can take up the work as pioneers and carry it forward in the strength of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 42)
God’s people are to keep their lamps trimmed and burning amidst the moral darkness and the unbelief of the world. Canvasser-evangelists are needed to circulate the publications containing the messages of warning for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 43)
I call upon the presidents of our conferences to exert their God-given influence to open the fields that have never yet been worked. These fields stand as a reproach to our people. Organize your work intelligently, and then proceed to action. Let your simplicity of speech and your simplicity and neatness of dress speak of your work as missionaries. Educational advantages will be provided, and the Lord will go before those who will take up the work in the spirit of self-sacrifice. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 44)
Study the life and teachings of Christ. Men may bid for your services, offering large inducements. Remember that Christ paid for you the price of His own life, and that you are not your own. You are to glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are His. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 45)
Humility and benevolence are traits of character that God acknowledges. The Word of God inculcates humility and encourages benevolence. Humility places man on vantage ground, through the grace of Christ. Christ came to this world to reveal these precious graces as an illustration of the graces that those must reveal who are received as members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 46)
To all Christ says, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy leaden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest (in the daily experience) unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.] Rest will come to all who follow the example given them in the life of Christ. The one whose life practice shows that he has savingly embraced the gospel of Christ will gain access to many souls. This is true of both men and women, and especially of the youth. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 47)
“Of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober.” [1 Thessalonians 5:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 48)
Professing Christians who are being transformed into the likeness of Christ, and who love Him with all the heart, will earnestly labor to establish the truth in many places. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 49)
This is the very work that the great Medical Missionary has given us to do. Steadfast faith and perseverance in practical godliness will open the way before every true Christian. And when souls are converted through the instrumentality of such workers, they will give all the glory to God and will rejoice with exceeding great joy. (18LtMs, Ms 94, 1903, 50)
Ms 94a, 1903
Lessons From the Past—1
NP
August 27, 1903 [typed]
Edited copy of Ms 94, 1903.
Centralization
As Noah’s descendants increased in number, apostasy soon manifested itself. Those who desired to forget their Creator, and to cast off the restraint of His law, decided to separate from the worshipers of Jehovah. Accordingly they journeyed to the plain of Shinar, on the banks of the river Euphrates. Here they decided to build a city, and in it a tower which should be the wonder of the world. This tower was to be so high that no flood could rise to the top, so massive that nothing could sweep it away. Thus they hoped to secure their own safety and make themselves independent of God. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 1)
God had directed men to disperse throughout the earth, to replenish and subdue it; but these tower builders determined to keep their community united in one body and to found a monarchy which should eventually embrace the whole earth. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 2)
Among the men of Babel there were living some who feared God, although they had been deceived by the pretensions of the ungodly and drawn into their schemes. These men would not join this confederacy to thwart the purposes of God. They refused to be deceived by the wonderful representations and the grand outlook. For the sake of these loyal ones, the Lord delayed His judgments and gave the ungodly time to reveal their true character. But the great majority were fully united in their heaven-daring undertaking. They heeded not the counsel of the Lord, but strove to carry out their own purposes. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 3)
This confederacy was born of rebellion against God. The dwellers on the plain of Shinar established their kingdom for self-exaltation, not for the glory of God. Had they succeeded, a mighty power would have borne sway, banishing righteousness, and inaugurating a new religion. The world would have been demoralized. The mixture of religious ideas with erroneous theories would have resulted in closing the door to peace, happiness, and security. These suppositions, erroneous theories, carried out and perfected, would have directed minds from allegiance to the divine statutes, and the law of Jehovah would have been ignored and forgotten. Determined men, inspired and urged on by the first great rebel, would have resisted any interference with their plans or their evil course. In the place of the divine precepts they would have substituted laws framed in accordance with the desires of their selfish hearts, in order that they might carry out their purposes. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 4)
But God never leaves the world without witnesses for Him. At the time of the first great apostasy after the flood, there were men who humbled themselves before God, and cried unto Him. “O God,” they pleaded, “interpose between Thy cause and the plans and methods of men.” “And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower (the great idol building), which the children of men builded.” [Genesis 11:5.] Angels were sent to bring to naught the purpose of the builders. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 5)
The tower had reached a lofty height, and it was impossible for the workmen at the top to communicate directly with those at the base; therefore men were stationed at different points, each to receive and report to the one next below him the orders for needed material, or other directions regarding the work. As messages were thus passing from one to another, the language was confounded, so that material was called for which was not needed, and the directions received were often the reverse of those that had been given. Confusion and dismay followed. All work came to a standstill. There could be no further harmony or co-operation. The builders were wholly unable to account for the strange misunderstandings among them, and in their rage and disappointment they reproached one another. Their confusion ended in strife and bloodshed. Lightnings from heaven broke off the upper portion of the tower and cast it to the ground. Men were made to feel that there is a God who ruleth in the heavens, and that He is able to confuse and to multiply confusion in order to teach men that they are only men. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 6)
God bears long with the perversity of men, giving them ample opportunity for repentance; but He marks all their devices to resist the authority of His just and holy law. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 7)
Up to this time men had spoken the same language; now those that could understand one another’s speech united in companies; some went one way, and some another. “The Lord scattered them abroad from thence, upon the face of all the earth.” [Verse 8.] In our day the Lord desires that His people shall be dispersed throughout the earth. They are not to colonize. Jesus said, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.” [Mark 16:15.] When the disciples followed their inclination to remain in large numbers in Jerusalem, persecution was permitted to come upon them, and they were scattered to all parts of the inhabited world. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 8)
For years messages of warning and entreaty have been coming to our people, urging them to go forth into the Master’s great harvest fields and labor unselfishly for souls. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 9)
From testimonies written in 1895 and 1899 I copy the following paragraphs: (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 10)
“True missionary workers will not colonize. God’s people are to be pilgrims and strangers on the earth. The investments of large sums of money in the building up of the work in one place is not in the order of God. Plants are to be made in many places. Schools and sanitariums are to be established in places where there is now nothing to represent the truth. These interests are not to be established for the purpose of making money, but for the purpose of spreading the truth. Land should be secured at a distance from the cities, where schools can be built up in which the youth can be given an education in agricultural and mechanical lines. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 11)
“The principles of present truth are to become more widespread. There are those who are reasoning from a wrong point of view. Because it is more convenient to have the work centered in one place, they are in favor of crowding everything together in one locality. Great evil is the result. Places that should be helped are left destitute. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 12)
“What can I say to our people that will lead them to follow the course that will be for their present and future good? Will not those in Battle Creek heed the light given them by God? Will they not deny self, lift the cross, and follow Jesus? Will they not obey the call of their Leader to leave Battle Creek, and build up interests in other places? Will they not go to the dark places of the earth to tell the story of the love of Christ, trusting in God to give them success? (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 13)
“It is not God’s plan for our people to crowd into Battle Creek. God says: ‘Go work today in My vineyard. Get away from the places where you are not needed. Plant the standard of truth in towns and cities that have not heard the message. Prepare the way for My coming. Those in the highways and hedges are to hear the call.’ (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 14)
“God will make the wilderness a sacred place as His people, filled with the missionary spirit, go forth to make centers for His work, to establish sanitariums, where the sick and afflicted can be cared for, and schools, where the youth can be educated in right lines. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 15)
“It has been urged that there were great advantages in having so many institutions in close connection; that they would be a strength to one another, and could afford help to those seeking education and employment. This is according to human reasoning; it will be admitted that, from a human point of view, many advantages are gained by crowding so many responsibilities in Battle Creek; but the vision needs to be extended.” (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 16)
*****
Notwithstanding frequent counsels to the contrary, men continued to plan for centralization of power, for the binding of many interests under one control. This work was first started in the Review and Herald office. Things were swayed first in one way and then in another. It was the enemy of our work who prompted the call for the consolidation of the publishing work under one controlling power in Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 17)
Then the idea gained favor that the medical missionary work would be greatly advanced if all our medical institutions and other medical missionary interests were bound up under the control of the medical missionary association at Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 18)
I was told that I must lift my voice in warning against this. We were not to be under the control of men who could not control themselves and who were not willing to be amenable to God. We were not to be guided by men who want their word to be the controlling power. The development of the desire to control has been very marked, and God sent warning after warning, forbidding confederacies and consolidation. He warned us against binding ourselves to fulfil certain agreements that would be presented by men laboring to control the movements of their brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 19)
An Educational Center
The Lord is not pleased with some of the arrangements that have been made in Battle Creek. He has declared that other places are being robbed of the light and advantages that have been centered and multiplied in Battle Creek. It is not pleasing to God that our youth from all parts of the country should be called to Battle Creek, to work in the Sanitarium, and to receive their education. When we permit this, we are often guilty of robbing needy fields of their most precious treasure. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 20)
Through the light given in the testimonies, the Lord has indicated that he does not desire students to leave their home schools and sanitariums to be educated in Battle Creek. He instructed us to remove the College from this place. This was done, but the institutions that remained failed of doing what they should have done to share with other places the advantages still centered in Battle Creek. The Lord signified His displeasure by permitting the principal buildings of these institutions to be destroyed by fire. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 21)
Notwithstanding the plain evidences of the Lord’s providence in these destructive fires, men have not hesitated to stand before their brethren and council meetings and make light of the statement that these buildings were burned because men had been swaying things in directions which the Lord could not approve. (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 22)
Principles have been perverted. Men have been departing from right principles for the promulgation of which these institutions were established. They have failed of doing the very work that God ordained should be done to prepare a people to “build up the old waste places,” and to stand in the breach, as represented in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. In this Scripture the work we are to do is clearly defined as being medical missionary work. This work is to be done in all places. God has a vineyard; and He desires that this vineyard shall be worked unselfishly. No parts are to be neglected. The most neglected portion needs the most wide-awake missionaries to do the work portrayed in the following Scripture: (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 23)
“Is not this the fast that I have chosen? To loose the bands of wickedness, ... and to let the oppressed go free, and that ye break every yoke? ... [If thou draw out thy soul] to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness be as the noonday: and the Lord shall guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in drought, and make fat thy bones: and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water whose waters fail not. And they that shall be of thee shall build up the old waste places: thou shalt raise up the foundations of many generations; and thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach, The restorer of paths to dwell in.” [Verses 6, 10-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 24)
*****
For His own name’s sake, God will not permit the froward and the independent to carry out their unsanctified plans. He will visit them for their perversity of action. “There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.” [Isaiah 57:21.] But I am instructed to say that in His judgments the Lord will remember mercy. He declares: (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 25)
“I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth: for the spirit should fail before Me, and the souls which I have made. For the iniquity of his covetousness was I wroth, and smote him: I hid Me, and was wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his heart. I have seen his ways, and will heal him: I will lead him also, and restore comforts unto him and to his mourners. I create the fruit of the lips; Peace, peace to him that is far off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord; and I will heal him.” [Verses 16-19.] “The spirit of My people should fail before Me, saith the Lord, if I were to deal with them in accordance with their perversity. They could not endure My displeasure and My wrath. I have seen the perverse ways of every sinner. He who repents and does the works of righteousness, I will convert and heal, and restore him unto My favor.” (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 26)
Concerning those who have been deceived and led astray by unconsecrated men, the Lord says, “Their course of action has not been in accordance with My will; yet for the righteousness of My own cause, for the truth’s sake, for the sake of those who have preserved their fear and love of God, I, who create the fruit of the lips, will put My message into the lips of those who will not be perverted. Although some may be deceived and blinded in their ideas of men and the purposes of men, I will heal every one who honors My name. All the penitent of Israel shall see of My salvation. I, the Lord, do rule, and I will fill with praise and thanksgiving the hearts of all who are nigh and far off, even all the penitent of Israel who have kept My ways.” (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 27)
“Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Verse 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 94a, 1903, 28)
Ms 95, 1903
The Contending Forces of Good and Evil
NP
August 28, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6BC 1119; SD 100, 105. +
“Jude, the servant of Jesus Christ, and brother of James, to them that are sanctified by God the Father, and preserved in Jesus Christ, and called: Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied. Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints. For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ. I will therefore put you in remembrance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that believed not. And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, He hath reserved in everlasting chains under darkness unto the judgment of the great day. Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire.... Yet Michael the Archangel, when contending with the devil He disputed about the body of Moses, durst not bring against him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee.” [Jude 1-7, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 1)
“In the third year of Cyrus, king of Persia, a thing was revealed unto Daniel, whose name was called Belteshazzar; and the thing was true, but the time appointed was long; and he understood the thing, and had understanding of the vision. In those days I Daniel was mourning three full weeks. I ate no pleasant bread, neither came flesh nor wine in my mouth, neither did I anoint myself at all, till three whole weeks were fulfilled. And in the four and twentieth day of the first month, as I was by the side of the great river, which is Hiddekel; then I lifted up mine eyes, and looked, and behold a certain man clothed in linen, whose loins were girded with fine gold of Uphaz: His body also was like the beryl, and His face as the appearance of lightning, and His eyes as lamps of fire, and His arms and His feet like in color to polished brass, and the voice of His words like the voice of a multitude. And I Daniel alone saw the vision: for the men that were with me saw not the vision; but a great quaking fell upon them, so that they fled to hide themselves. Therefore I was left alone, and saw this great vision, and there remained no strength in me: for my comeliness was turned in me into corruption, and I retained no strength. Yet heard I the voice of His words: and when I heard the voice of His words, then was I in a deep sleep on my face, and my face toward the ground. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 2)
“And, behold, an hand touched me, which set me upon my knees and upon the palms of my hands. And he said unto me, O Daniel, a man greatly beloved, understand the words that I speak unto thee, and stand upright: for unto thee am I now sent. And when he had spoken this word unto me, I stood trembling. Then said he unto me, Fear not, Daniel: for from the first day that thou didst set thine heart to understand, and to chasten thyself before the Lord, thy words were heard, and I am come for thy words. But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and twenty days: but lo, Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me: and I remained there with the kings of Persia.” [Daniel 10:1-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 3)
In these Scriptures scenes in the heavenly courts are brought to our view. Angels of the highest rank in the kingdom of God are represented as taking an interest in the affairs of men. Both the good and the evil angels take an active part in matters connected with earthly kingdoms. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 4)
Daniel afflicted his soul before God. His earnest prayer moved a mighty angel from heaven to come to his relief. But satanic forces were working upon the mind of the king of Persia, to prevent him if possible from doing the work that would answer Daniel’s prayer. Michael Himself—the Archangel—came to the assistance of Gabriel. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 5)
A similar scene of controversy is portrayed in the third chapter of Zechariah: “And he showed me Joshua the high priest, standing before the Angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee: is not this a brand plucked out of the fire? (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 6)
“Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and stood before the Angel. And He answered and spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord stood by. And the angel of the Lord protested unto Joshua, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; If thou wilt walk in My ways, and if thou wilt keep My charge, then thou shalt also judge My house, and shalt also keep My courts, and I will give thee places to walk among these that stand by. Hear now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit before thee: for they are men wondered at: for behold, I will bring forth My servant the BRANCH. For behold the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone shall be seven eyes: behold, I will engrave the graving thereof, saith the Lord of hosts, and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day. In that day, saith the Lord of hosts, shall ye call every man his neighbor under the vine and under the fig tree.” [Verses 1-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 7)
“Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God; that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God: praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.” [Ephesians 6:10-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 8)
In the Word of God are represented two contending parties that influence and control human agencies in our world. Constantly these parties are working with every human being. Those who are under God’s control and who are influenced by the heavenly angels will be able to discern the crafty workings of the unseen powers of darkness. Those who desire to be in harmony with the heavenly agencies should be intensely in earnest to do God’s will. They must give no place whatever to Satan and his angels. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 9)
But unless we are constantly on guard, we shall be overcome by the enemy. Although a solemn revelation of God’s will concerning us has been revealed to all, yet a knowledge of His will does not set aside the necessity of offering earnest supplications to Him for help, and of diligently seeking to co-operate with Him in answering the prayers offered. He accomplishes His purposes through human instrumentalities. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 10)
Mercy Tempered With Judgment
“Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, when the house of Israel dwelt in their own land, they defiled it by their own way and by their doings: their way was before me as uncleanness.... Wherefore I poured My fury upon them for the blood that they had shed upon the land, and for their idols wherewith they had polluted it.” [Ezekiel 36:16-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 11)
What was the result of their wicked course?—“And I scattered them among the heathen, and they were dispersed through the countries; according to their way and according to their doings I judged them. And when they entered unto the heathen, whither they went, they profaned My holy name, when they said to them, These are the people of the Lord, and are gone forth out of His land. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 12)
“But I had pity for Mine holy name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen, whither they went. Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for Mine holy name’s sake, which ye have profaned among the heathen, whither ye went. And I will sanctify My great name, which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, saith the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes. For I will take you from among the heathen, and gather you out of all countries, and will bring you into your own land. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 13)
“Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols will I cleanse you. A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. And I will put My Spirit within you, and cause you to walk in My statutes, and ye shall keep My judgments and do them. And ye shall dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and ye shall be My people, and I will be your God. I will also save you from all your uncleannesses: and I will call for the corn, and I will increase it, and lay no famine upon you. And I will multiply the fruit of the tree, and the increase of the field, that ye shall receive no more reproach of famine among the heathen. Then shall ye remember your own evil ways, and your doings that were not good, and shall loathe yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your abominations. Not for your sakes do I this, saith the Lord God, be it known unto you: be ashamed and confounded for your own ways, O house of Israel. Thus saith the Lord God; in the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the cities, and the wastes shall be builded. And the desolate land shall be tilled, whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by. And they shall say, This land that was desolate is become like the garden of Eden; and the waste and desolate and ruined cities are become fenced, and are inhabited. Then the heathen that are left round about you shall know that I the Lord build the ruined places, and plant that that was desolate: I the Lord have spoken it, and I will do it. Thus saith the Lord God; I will yet for this be enquired of by the house of Israel, to do it for them; I will increase them with men like a flock. As the holy flock, as the flock of Jerusalem in her solemn feasts; so shall the waste cities be filled with flocks of men: and they shall know that I am the Lord.” [Verses 19-38.] (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 14)
Some whom God has called out of the world have lent themselves to the service of Satan and have done the same unprincipled works that the men of the world are doing. To bring them to repentance, the Lord chastises them, humbling them in the eyes of the world. But He is merciful. Though His unfaithful people deserve only disgrace and punishment, because they have sinned in the face of great light and opportunities, He continues to bear with them. If they consent to part with their sins, He will cleanse them. Heartfelt repentance and the doing of righteous works bring a return of God’s favor. Having forsaken their evils works, the members of the church will reveal their love for God by manifesting love toward one another. No longer will God permit their enemies to triumph over them. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 15)
All true reformation begins with soul-cleansing. It is by the washing of regeneration and the renewing of the mind through the power of the Holy Spirit that a change is wrought in the life. God’s power alone can change a heart of stone to a heart of flesh and cause the mind to render willing obedience to the commandments of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 16)
In His great mercy, God has spoken words of encouragement to the children of men. To all who repent and turn to Him, He offers abundant pardon. But how often have His messages of warning and mercy been misunderstood, misinterpreted! Some who receive these messages, instead of humbling their hearts before God, and loathing themselves for pursuing a course that has hindered His work, have used every word of encouragement to justify themselves in their works of unrighteousness. By their treatment of the Lord’s workers, they have put their Master to open shame. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 17)
If the church members would put away all self-worship, and would receive in their hearts the love for God and for one another that filled Christ’s heart, our heavenly Father would constantly manifest His power to the churches in every place. Let His people be drawn together by the cords of divine love. Then the world will recognize the miracle-working power of God and will acknowledge that He is the Strength and the Helper of His commandment-keeping people. (18LtMs, Ms 95, 1903, 18)
Ms 96, 1903
Diary/A Message to our Brethren and Sisters
Refiled as Ms 152, 1901.
Ms 97, 1903
Diary/Solomon’s Reign
Refiled as Ms 81, 1900.
Ms 98, 1903
Go Forward
Refiled as Ms 173, 1898.
Ms 99, 1903
Diary/Christian Education in Our Schools
NP
September 1, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3SM 141-142.
The study of the Bible in our schools will give the students special advantages. From its study they will receive moral power. Those who receive in their hearts the holy principles of Bible truth will work with increasing energy. No circumstances can alter their determination to attain to the highest standard possible. And that which they have received they will impart to others. As they themselves drink from the fountain of living waters, from them will flow living streams that will bless and refresh others. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 1)
The diligent Bible student will constantly increase in knowledge and discernment. His intellect will grasp elevated subjects and lay hold of the truth of eternal realities. His motives of action will be right. He will use his talent of influence to help others with whom he is associated more perfectly to understand their God-given responsibilities. His heart will be a wellspring of joy as he sees success attend his efforts to impart to others the blessings he has received. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 2)
The talent of knowledge, sanctified and put to use in the Master’s service, is never lost. A self-sacrificing effort to do good will be crowned with success. “We are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] God will co-operate with the human worker. To Him is to be given the praise and the glory for what we are able to accomplish. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 3)
The Lord is dishonored by the deterioration of the perversion of the talents He has entrusted to men. It is the duty and the privilege of the Christian to improve his talents. Christ gave His life to purchase for man the privilege of being co-workers with God. Yet thousands who have received much light and many opportunities do not grasp the blessings that are within their reach. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 4)
That education only is wholesome and essential which leads to a knowledge of the value that God has placed upon mankind. The students in our schools are to be taught that they are of value in the sight of God, that they have been bought with an infinite price. They should be made to realize the importance of putting to a right use every faculty of their being. They are to put on Christ, and all their powers should be put to persevering, taxing labor in His service. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 5)
The students are to be taught to help those who need encouragement. As they seek to help others, they themselves will “grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ,” and their efficiency will be increased. [2 Peter 3:18.] “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] You will fulfil the purpose of God for you only as you increase in knowledge and return to God in earnest service the gifts you have received from Him. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 6)
Much more may be done than has been done to secure an all-round education in physical and intellectual accomplishments. Let every student with an eye single to the glory of God, taking for his motto, “I study for time, and for eternity.” If he studies with the right purpose, he will be successful. “Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy or vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him, which is the Head of all principality and power.” [Colossians 2:8-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 7)
“And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.... And of His fulness have we all received, and grace for grace.” [John 1:14, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 8)
*****
No system of education can be thorough without the teaching of the principles of physiology. The students should become familiar with the laws of the working of the human machinery. The Lord would have every man become intelligent in regard to the laws of health and know that he cannot safely trifle with the “temple of the Holy Ghost.” [1 Corinthians 6:19.] It is important to understand the workings of the physical structure and to realize that we are Christ’s property bought with an infinite price. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 9)
Teachers and students in our schools, I appeal to you to fulfil your obligation to obey the laws of God respecting the treatment of your own bodies. All who transgress physical law must suffer the sure consequences. Learn to reason from cause to effect. He who disregards dietetic laws abuses his privileges. Nature may bear long with him, but after a time the abused organs of the body will no longer bear up under the strain. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 10)
Christ, the Second Adam
Christ took upon Himself humanity and laid down His life a sacrifice, that man, by becoming a partaker of the divine nature, might have eternal life. Not only was Christ the Sacrifice, but He was also the Priest who offered the sacrifice. “The bread that I will give,” said He, “is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.” [John 6:51.] He was innocent of all guilt. He gave Himself in exchange for the people who had sold themselves to Satan by transgression of God’s law—His life for the life of the human family, who thereby became His purchased possession. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 11)
“Therefore doth the Father love Me,” said Christ, “because I lay down My life, that I might take it again. No man taketh it from Me, but I lay it down of Myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of My Father.” [John 10:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 12)
“The wages of sin is death.” [Romans 6:23.] To Adam before his fall the Lord said, “In the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” [Genesis 2:17.] “If you transgress My law, death will surely be your punishment.” By disobeying God’s command, he forfeited his life. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 13)
Before his fall, Adam was free from the results of the curse. When he was assailed by the tempter, none of the effects of sin were upon him. He was created perfect in thought and in action. But he yielded to sin and fell from his high and holy estate. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 14)
Christ, the second Adam, came in the likeness of sinful flesh. In man’s behalf, He became subject to sorrow, to weariness, to hunger, and to thirst. He was subject to temptation, but He yielded not to sin. No taint of sin was upon Him. He declared, “I have kept My Father’s commandments (in My earthly life).” [John 15:10.] He had infinite power only because He was perfectly obedient to His Father’s will. The second Adam stood the test of trial and temptation that He might become the Owner of all humanity. (18LtMs, Ms 99, 1903, 15)
Ms 100, 1903
Diary/The Reward of the Obedient
Refiled as Ms 151, 1901.
Ms 101, 1903
Diary/“Temperate in All Things”
NP
September 1, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6MR 37.
In every important work there are times of crisis, times when there is great need that those connected with the work shall have clear minds. There must be men who realize, as did the apostle Paul, the importance of practicing temperance in all things. (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 1)
“Know ye not,” wrote Paul to the Corinthians, “that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run that ye may obtain. And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown, but we an incorruptible. I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway.” [1 Corinthians 9:24-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 2)
The apostle mentions the footraces with which the Corinthians were familiar. The contestants in these races were subjected to severe discipline in order to fit them for the trial of their strength. Their diet was simple. Their food was carefully selected, such as would produce no disturbance in their system. They studied to find what food would be the best to render them active and healthful, and to impart strength and endurance to the muscles, that they might put as heavy a tax as possible upon their strength. “Every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things.” [Verse 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 3)
By this figure, Paul seeks to impress upon the Christian the necessity of doing his best to obtain a fitness for the work to which he is called. “So run that ye may obtain,” he says. [Verse 24.] Let all who believe the present truth seek to understand this figure and then act as wise men. What a vast difference between the contest for a corruptible crown, and the race of the Christian for a crown that is incorruptible. (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 4)
Ministers of the gospel are engaged in a most solemn work. They should be encouraged to deny themselves on the point of appetite, refusing to eat anything that will work an injury to their physical and mental powers. It is their privilege to have physical strength which they may use to the honor of God in carrying forward His work. The fact that a man preaches the gospel does not give him license to indulge in selfish practices that will imperil his health. The ministers should set an example of temperance before the church members. They should keep their physical and mental powers in the very best condition, that they may do the greatest amount of good. (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 5)
As we receive light, we are to make advance moves. No one can depend upon a past experience. Let all seek to walk in the light, cleansing themselves from every habit which would tend to cleanse the physical system. We are to govern our appetites and passions by the revealed will of God. (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 6)
Those who, by habits of intemperance, injure their mind and body, place themselves in a position where they are unable to discern spiritual things. Their mind is confused, and they yield readily to temptation, because they have not a clear discernment of the difference between right and wrong. The conscience becomes defiled, and the man passes into the power of Satan, to be led away from God by the specious temptations of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 101, 1903, 7)
Ms 102, 1903
Co-Laborers With Christ
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
November 17, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6BC 1087, 1098; 10MR 323-327; 17MR 29. +
God calls upon His people to come into line. Let all, for Christ’s sake, seek to overcome the disposition to draw apart, standing alone or in little companies. We need to cherish love for God and for one another, that there may be seen among us the unity for which Christ prayed just before His crucifixion. Every believer is to seek for sanctification through the truth. He is so to use his talents that he may answer the prayer recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 1)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] Those who are converted will, even in this world of selfishness, live well-ordered, unselfish, sanctified lives. They will do all in their power to heal the differences that have arisen among God’s people, saying to those who would draw apart, “Press together. Be one, as Christ was one with the Father. Seek to fulfil the prayer of Him whose we are by creation and by redemption.” (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 2)
To no man has God given the work of ruling over or judging his fellow men. Man is finite, erring, fallible. Every one has a work to do for himself. He is to wear the yoke of Christ, and learn His meekness and lowliness. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 3)
Let a work be done that will reach to the ends of the earth. Let those who have made self their center, and whose circumference has therefore been narrow, make their circumference the universe, by taking the Lord Jesus as their center. What men need now is to be very humble, wearing Christ’s yoke, learning their lessons from Him, and teaching these lessons, not merely in word, but in deed. “O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! How unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out.” [Romans 11:33.] (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 4)
The Holy Spirit has been prevented from coming in to mold and fashion heart and mind, because men suppose that they understand best how to form their own characters. And they think that they may safely form their characters after their own model. But there is only one model after which human character is to be formed—the character of Christ. Those who behold the Saviour are changed from glory to greater glory. When men will consent to submit to Christ’s will, to be partakers of the divine nature, their crooked, human peculiarities will disappear. When they decide that they will retain their own peculiarities and disagreeable traits of character, Satan takes them and places his yoke on them, using them to do his service. He uses their talents for selfish purposes, causing them to set an example so disagreeable, so unchristlike, that they become a reproach to the cause of God. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 5)
Some sell themselves to the enemy, accepting his propositions and working directly contrary to the Word and works of God. Satan keeps them very busy, carrying out a multitude of plans that the Lord never thought of bringing to His people. The enemy takes advantage of their zeal and energy, using these to work out his purposes, improving every favorable opportunity to unfold to them plans that will work decidedly against God’s plans. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 6)
The Lord will give due warning; and if this warning is despised, if men are determined that they will not leave their crooked devising for the Lord’s way of working, He will leave them to themselves. They must either serve the Lord wholly or be the servants of sin. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 7)
The Lord is greatly displeased when His people fraternize with the world in its scheming, seeking the counsel of worldly lawyers and following in the footsteps of worldly men. The Holy Spirit cannot work in harmony with the methods of the world. “Ye cannot serve God and mammon.” [Matthew 6:24.] “What shall it profit a man, if he gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?” [Mark 8:36, 37.] (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 8)
The Holy Spirit’s work is to mold and fashion human agencies, leading them to use their abilities in the work of the Lord in co-operation with Christ. The Word of God urges us to accept the companionship of Christ, that the fragrance of His character may be imparted to us. Through union with Him, we shall be sanctified, enabled to work out our salvation according to Bible principles. The Lord gives us power to become His sons. “It is God that worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:13.] The power of God working in the heart will remove the evils that have been caused by a misuse of the talents entrusted to man by his Creator. The Lord makes His will and way known to him who becomes a partaker of the divine nature. The discouraging influence that such a one has had over others is changed by the indwelling Spirit—the power by which God works on the heart of man. By imparting to others the grace received, he becomes an instrument in God’s hand for the uplifting of humanity. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 9)
Jesus came to this world to act as the leader in the work of saving souls. The efforts of those who co-operate with Him will receive His sanction. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 10)
Man’s greatest enemy is himself. When he comes under the deceptive power of Satan, he obstinately insists on carrying out his own devisings. Yet the power of Christ is stronger than the power of Satan, and through human beings who are sanctified by His presence, God causes to flow forth to the world the knowledge of His infinite love. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 11)
The Holy Spirit will surely manifest His presence whenever man separates himself from the world and comes into union with God. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 12)
I speak to my brethren and sisters who know the truth. Will you not seek to blend in Christian fellowship? Will you not strengthen one another, in God’s way? In your work of character building, be sure that Christ is your director. It makes a great difference whether you are laborers together with God or whether you are laborers together against God, whether it is your highest ambition to magnify God or to magnify yourself and your plans. Christ declares, “Without Me ye can do nothing”—nothing that will be approved by God. [John 15:5.] Study your motives carefully, and make sure that you are not working in your own wisdom, apart from Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 13)
Satan seeks to keep himself and his work in disguise. He does not wish to be known as the one who in heaven sought to be equal with God and brought on a war amongst the angels. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 14)
In these last days men will arise who in self-sufficiency will do some wonderful work, following worldly plans and drawing away many disciples after them. These leaders are seeking their own interests, rather than the glory of God and the well-being of His people. Beware of such. You cannot depend on them. Unless you are sure that men are wholly consecrated to the service of God, beware how you accept their plans. Unless a man reveals that his message and his works are inspired by God, beware of his working. In many cases the character is such that the man exerts his influence on the side of Satan. When God controls the mind of a man, He imparts new and higher impulses to him. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 15)
God has promised to strengthen the humble and contrite ones who seek Him on the highway of holiness. His followers shall not walk in darkness. They will understand what the perfect will of God is. But they will be favored thus only as they present their bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 16)
Be careful how you receive the propositions of men who see no objection to linking up with those who do not obey the truth. Are those who do this holding the truth in righteousness? Are they holding the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end? (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 17)
To those who are conscious that they are not fully doing the will of the Lord, I would say, Do not delay to make your peace with Him. If you accept the representations of Satan, he will gladly lead you in false paths, away from God. The heart must be kept pure and holy, free from every vestige of selfishness. Satan will come to you as he came to Jesus and will beset you with various forms of temptation. Unless you are kept by the power of God, you will fall under the enemy’s temptation. If he once obtains a foothold in your mind, he will work upon it with all his deceptive power. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 18)
Sin is drawing the world on to ruin. God’s people are to come out from the world and its evil practices and be separate. Each one is to make a sincere, thorough examination of self. Each one is to ask, What is my faith? What is my calling? Is my spiritual eyesight clear? Each one is to make Christ his pattern. Those who do this will exert a Christlike influence. Our deeds, our words, our purposes are to be sanctified to one great end—a preparation for eternal life. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 19)
Christ became one with the human family—bone of our bone and flesh of our flesh. He came to this world and dwelt among men. He came in human form, yet possessing all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, to proclaim the principles of heaven, and to enable men and women to walk in divine wisdom. He came to reveal to the universe the infinite love of God for fallen human beings. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 20)
It was that He might draw humanity into one family that Christ came to this world. He came to lead men and women away from all sin. He lived before them a life of unparalleled self-denial. In every act, in every word, He made His Father’s glory His first consideration. In order that He might know how to deliver His people from temptation, He met in conflict the fallen host, with Lucifer at their head. He pledged Himself to endure all the temptations that man must endure, that He might know how to succor those who are tempted. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 21)
We are to learn the lessons that God has given in His Word. So long as God spares my life, I will refuse to sanction the underhand, disguised working that shows evidence of unsanctified minds. Our work is to proclaim the message for this time. Christ is competent to empower His church with His own earnestness, and yet keep them free from every phase of fanaticism. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 22)
The Family an Educational Agency
In His wisdom the Lord has decreed that the family shall be the greatest of all educational agencies. The education of the child is to begin in the home. There it is to learn the lessons that are to guide it throughout life. From its infancy it is to be taught to obey and honor its parents. Never should it be allowed to show them disrespect. Self-will, hasty words are never to be allowed to go unrebuked. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 23)
Parents should realize the sacredness of family discipline. The children are to be taught to respect themselves, because they are the Lord’s property, bought with an infinite price. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 24)
Parents have been entrusted with a most important stewardship, a sacred charge. They are to make their family a symbol of the family in heaven, of which they hope to become members when their day of test and trial here below shall have ended. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 25)
The influence exerted in the home must be Christlike. This is the most effective ministration in the character building of the child. The words spoken are to be pleasant. No boisterous, arbitrary, masterful spirit is to be allowed to come into the family. Every member is to be taught that he is to prepare to be a member of the royal family. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 26)
The father and the mother are to place themselves decidedly on the Lord’s side. It is their part to bring light and peace and joy into the home circle. They are to exert an influence which shows that they are guided and controlled by the principles of heaven. They are to draw in even cords. Their every act is to be in harmony with heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 27)
The parents in the home and the teacher in the school are to co-operate. The instruction given the child in the home is to be such as will help the teacher. In the home the child is to be taught the importance of neatness, order, and thoroughness, and these lessons are to be repeated in the school. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 28)
Our schools are to be built up. They are to be as the schools of the prophets. We are to expect that angels of God will be the helpers of the teachers in all the service that is done to the glory of God. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 29)
But remember that the child’s first school is the home. There it is to learn its most important lessons. Parents, remember that your home is a training school in which your children are to be prepared for the home above. Deny them anything rather than the education that they should receive in their earliest years. Allow no word of pettishness. Teach your children to be kind and patient. Teach them to be thoughtful of others. Thus you are preparing them for higher ministry in religious things. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 30)
The history of every one is written in the books of heaven, that all may know that their reward or punishment is according to their works—their service in this life. Let parents remember that every day makes part of their history, and that no neglect must be permitted in the home, because they never know how soon sickness and death may come to them or their children. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 31)
In the church, in the home, children are to learn to pray and to trust in God. They are to learn that they are to prepare to become members of the family of heaven, and that therefore they must be kind and dutiful to their parents, respecting their wishes. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 32)
The father and mother should work together, in full sympathy with each other. They should make themselves companions to their children. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 33)
Do not give the children playthings that are easily broken and thus teach them lessons of destructiveness. The influence thus made upon their minds is not the most helpful to them. Let them have few playthings, and let these be strong and durable. Such things, small though they may seem, mean much in the education of a child. When children reach a suitable age, they should be provided with tools. Both boys and girls should learn to use these tools. You will find them apt pupils. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 34)
If the father is a carpenter, he should give his boys lessons in house building, ever bringing into his instruction lessons from the Bible, the words of Scripture in which the Lord compares human beings to His building. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 35)
If possible, let your home be out of the city, that your children may have ground to cultivate. Let them each have a piece of ground as their own; and as you teach them how to make a garden, how to prepare the soil for the seed, and the importance of keeping all the weeds pulled out, teach them how important it is to keep unsightly, injurious practices out of the life. Teach them to keep down wrong habits as they keep down the weeds in their gardens. It will take time to teach these lessons, but it will pay, yes, greatly pay. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 36)
God demands of parents a faithful study of His Word and a determined effort to make a success of the church in the home. Then parents with their converted children—the result of their obedience with God—can carry into the church their self-denial and sacrifice and their spiritual strength. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 37)
Our First Parents
The Lord created man out of the dust of the earth. He made Adam a partaker of His life, His nature. There was breathed into him the breath of the Almighty, and he became a living soul. Adam was perfect in form—strong, comely, pure, bearing the image of his Maker. God gave him a companion, a wife, to share with him the beauties of nature. In order for this holy pair to continue to be happy, God gave them something to do. The fact that they were holy did not debar them from working. God is never idle. To every one of the angelic host is given an appointed task. Adam and Eve were given the garden of Eden to care for. They were “to dress it and to keep it.” [Genesis 2:15.] They were happy in their work. Mind, heart, and will acted in perfect harmony. In their labor they found no weariness, no toil. Their hours were filled with useful work and communion with each other. Their occupation was pleasant. God and Christ visited them and talked with them. They were given perfect freedom. Only one restriction was placed on them. “Of every tree in the garden thou mayest freely eat,” God said; “but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it; for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” [Verses 16, 17.] (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 38)
This was the test of their obedience. God was the owner of their Eden home. They held it under Him. (18LtMs, Ms 102, 1903, 39)
Ms 103, 1903
Instruction to Ministers and Physicians
Los Angeles, California
September 15, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 2SM 396.
I thank the Lord this morning for His keeping power. I awake very early, unable to sleep. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 1)
My mind has been greatly exercised the past night. I have been instructed to say to some of our ministering brethren that they need to be reconverted. They do not understand the philosophy of genuine missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 2)
To every man God has given his work. All have not the same work, but all are to be laborers together with God, living in perfect unity and bearing the fruits of righteousness. All are branches of the living Vine. Every branch must draw its sustenance from the parent stock, Christ Jesus. Every man, to whatever work he may be called, if he will receive life from Christ, will bear good fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 3)
Our ministering brethren need to empty themselves daily of self, that they may be cleansed from their hereditary and cultivated tendencies to wrong. Unless the heart is emptied of self, and prepared for the reception of the Holy Spirit, self will reign, controlling the whole being. The words will not be prompted by Christ, but will be an expression of self. Self-confidence is unbecoming in one who professes to be a co-laborer with Jesus Christ. Such a one should lay aside his own wisdom and by wearing the yoke of Christ obtain the experience that brings rest and peace to the soul. He must daily depend for strength upon Christ, the greatest Teacher the world has ever known. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 4)
Christ’s invitation to all is, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart. As you learn to practice My meekness and lowliness, My patience and forbearance, as you learn to speak words fragrant with love, you will find rest unto your souls.” [See Matthew 11:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 5)
Jesus Christ is the unseen Medical Missionary, and you are to be His co-laborers. You may be called upon to give up some of your plans, because the Lord has better plans for you. He wants His work done in His own way. If, instead of being led by human counsel and human wisdom, men would allow Christ to guide and control them in their work, far better results would be seen. The Lord knows the end from the beginning. He can see what would result were we allowed to follow a course of our own choosing. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 6)
Men may persist in having their own way and following their own judgment, but the results will bring sadness to their own hearts and hindrance to the cause of God. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 7)
I am instructed to say to ministers, to physicians, and to all medical missionary workers: Be careful what spirit you manifest toward one another. When you meet together for counsel, some who have passed through trials and difficulties are tempted to give expression to the intensity of their feelings in words of bitterness and reproach. But instead of looking at the faults of others, look to Jesus, the Author and the Finisher of our faith. Behold His patience and long-suffering in trial and abuse. Never did He speak a word of complaint. Then let not His followers show by words of complaint, that they have allowed Satan to control their hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 8)
I have words to speak to Brother Butler. My brother, God has been watching over you all these years. He has had a purpose in permitting the afflictions to come to you which have so long bound you. You are prone to choose your own way, and it is hard for you to learn by trial the lessons God would teach you. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 9)
I have the most tender regard for you, but I know that you are in danger of falling under temptation. You were presented to me as a man preparing for battle. You were inspired by a spirit that was not meek and contrite. One came to your side and said, “Go through, go through the gates; prepare ye the way of the people; cast up, cast up the highway; gather out the stones.” [Isaiah 62:10.] “For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and lofty place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones. For I will not contend forever, neither will I be always wroth: for the spirit should fail before Me, and the souls which I have made.” [Isaiah 57:15, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 10)
Your severe words and harsh manner of speech show that you have not learned from Christ the lesson of meekness and lowliness. The Lord desires you to lay aside your spirit of wrath and be disrobed of your war garments. Your contentious spirit is the result of your inherited and cultivated tendencies. Put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness. Let not one word be spoken that is not subdued by the Spirit of God. Let your heart break in tenderness before God. Become as a little child. The Lord has not appointed to you the work of dictating to others. You are to be an example to those connected with you in preparing the way of the Lord and removing the stumbling blocks. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 11)
You will have severe trials, but put your trust in the Lord Jesus Christ. Some come to council meetings with hearts stirred up ready for battle. But do not clothe yourself in Saul’s armor. Meet opposition, clad only in the robe of Christ’s righteousness. Bring no charges against your brethren. Vehemence will only wound yourself. It was your harsh spirit of criticism that for so many years separated you from the work of God. Remember that things are not as bad as they might be. Mistakes are often made by men under severe trial and temptation, and as did Moses, they speak unadvisedly with their lips. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 12)
The Lord would have those who are engaged in His work remember that He is the unfailing Source of strength. Let them seek the Lord in prayer. As they realize their utter dependence upon Him, and look to Him in faith, He will never disappoint them. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 13)
Brother Butler, you are the Lord’s servant, called to His service. You are not to brood over your trials, or to do Satan’s work by wounding others. Your bitter feelings are strengthened as you criticize and speak harshly to others. Yield not an inch to the enemy. Give him no advantage over you. Do not ride the war-horse. You cannot do it gracefully. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 14)
The Lord will use you if you will place yourself in a position where you can be used, if you will open the door of your heart and let Christ come in to reign in your life. If in a humble spirit you bear your testimony, it will have an influence for good that will be as a leaven working among those with whom you are associated. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 15)
“Who is a wise man and endued with knowledge among you? Let him show out of a good conversation his works with meekness of wisdom. But if ye have bitter envying and strife in your hearts, glory not, and lie not against the truth. This wisdom descended not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality, and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown of peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:13-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 16)
In these words the Lord has outlined your work. “Let nothing be done through strife or vain glory.” [Philippians 2:3.] “Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Jesus Christ.... And if ye call on the Father, who without respect of persons judgeth according to every man’s work, pass the time of your sojourning here in fear.... Seeing ye have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit unto unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fervently.” [1 Peter 1:13, 17, 22.] (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 17)
Important questions await your decision. If at all times you sit with Christ in heavenly places, your words will not be as arrows, to wound and to destroy. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 18)
There is danger of our leaving the simplicity of Christ. Study carefully the instruction found in the gospel of John from the thirteenth to the seventeenth chapters. The Word of God is here plainly stated. Live these truths before your fellow ministers. Study especially these words found in Christ’s wonderful prayer: (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 19)
“I have given them Thy word; and the world hath hated them, because they are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth. As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me, I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one. I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me. Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:14-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 20)
The Father loves His people today as He loves His own Son. Some day it will be our privilege to see Him face to face. Even now we may rest in the promise, “I will not leave you comfortless. I will come to you.” [John 14:18.] Let us have many love feasts, and rejoice because of this assurance, knowing that Christ is ever with us to own and to bless. (18LtMs, Ms 103, 1903, 21)
Ms 104, 1903
A Holy People
Refiled as Ms 80, 1900.
Ms 105, 1903
Rules for Christian Workers
Refiled as Ms 27, 1890.
Ms 106, 1903
The Last Supper
NP
September 14, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in CTr 261-264. +
In the upper chamber of a dwelling at Jerusalem Christ was sitting with His disciples. They had gathered to celebrate the Passover. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 1)
Christ had chosen Peter and John, who were to be closely associated in labor, to prepare for the supper. “Go and prepare us the passover,” He said, “that we may eat. And they said unto Him, Where wilt Thou that we prepare? And He said unto them, Behold, when ye are entered into the city, there shall a man meet you, bearing a pitcher of water; follow him into the house where he entereth in. And ye shall say unto the goodman of the house, The Master saith unto thee, Where is the guestchamber, where I shall eat the passover with My disciples? And he shall show you a large upper room furnished; there make ready. And they went, and found as He had said unto them: and they made ready the passover.” [Luke 22:8-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 2)
Christ desired to guard against any premature movements that might be made by traitors coming to the supper and reciprocating the action designed by Judas. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 3)
It was customary for those living in the metropolis to accommodate strangers desirous of celebrating the Passover. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 4)
The message took the form of a command. It might seem to us to be unbecoming for these two Galileans to speak thus to a stranger. But circumstances happened as Christ foretold. The disciples met the man carrying a pitcher. They followed him and entered the house that he entered and repeated their message, and it met a ready assent on the part of the master of the house. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 5)
“And when the hour was come, He sat down, and the twelve apostles with Him.” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 6)
It was the last Passover that Jesus would keep with His disciples. He knew that His hour was come; He Himself was the true Paschal Lamb, and on the day the Passover was eaten, He was to be sacrificed. He knew that the circumstances connected with this occasion would never be forgotten by His disciples. They would be recalled to memory and handed down from generation to generation in the history of the church. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 7)
Christ’s first words after they had gathered about the table were, “With desire have I desired to eat the Passover with you before I suffer; for I say unto you, I will not any more eat thereof, until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God.” [Verses 15, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 8)
“And He took the cup, and gave thanks, and said, Take this, and divide it among yourselves; for I say unto you, I will not drink of the fruit of the vine until the kingdom of God shall come.” [Verses 17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 9)
The wine that Christ gave to His disciples as a symbol of His own blood, and that which at the beginning of His ministry He provided for the marriage feast, was the pure juice of the grape. As there was to be no leaven in the bread used, so there was to be no fermentation in the wine. Christ never places before any one that which would be a temptation. The sacramental service was designed to be soul-refreshing and life-giving. There was to be connected with it nothing that would in any way minister to evil. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 10)
It was Christ who in the Old Testament gave the warning to Israel, “Wine is a mocker, strong drink is raging; and whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.” [Proverbs 20:1.] And He Himself provided no such beverage. Satan tempts men to indulgence that will becloud reason and benumb the spiritual perceptions, but Christ teaches us to bring the lower nature into subjection. His whole life was an example of self-denial. In order to break the power of appetite, He suffered in our behalf the severest test that humanity could endure. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 11)
On this last evening with His disciples, Jesus had much to tell them. If they had been prepared to receive what He longed to impart, they would have been saved from heart-breaking anguish, from disappointment and unbelief. But Jesus saw that they could not bear what He had to say. As He looked into their faces, the words of warning and comfort were stayed upon His lips. Moments passed in silence. Jesus appeared to be waiting. The disciples were ill at ease. The glances they cast at each other told of jealousy and contention. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 12)
There was “a strife among them, which of them should be accounted the greatest.” [Luke 22:24.] This contention carried on in the presence of Christ grieved and wounded Him. The disciples clung to their favorite idea that Christ would assert His power and take His position on the throne of David. And in heart each still longed for the highest place in the kingdom. They had placed their own estimate upon themselves and upon one another, and instead of regarding their brethren as more worthy, they had placed themselves first. The request of James and John to sit on the right and left of Christ’s throne had excited the indignation of the others. That the two brothers should presume to ask for the highest position, so stirred the ten that alienation threatened. They felt that they were misjudged, that their fidelity and talents were not appreciated. Judas was the most severe upon James and John. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 13)
When the disciples entered the supper room, their hearts were full of resentful feelings. Judas pressed next to Christ on the left side; John was on the right. If there was a highest place, Judas was determined to have it, and that place was thought to be next to Christ. And Judas was a traitor. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 14)
Another cause of dissension had arisen. At a feast it was customary for a servant to wash the feet of the guests, and on this occasion preparation had been made for the service. The pitcher, the basin, and the towel were there, but no servant was present, and it was the disciples’ part to perform it. But each of the disciples, yielding to wounded pride, determined not to act the part of a servant. Bitterness filled their hearts. Dissensions marred their fellowship. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 15)
Looking at the disturbed countenances of His disciples, Christ rose from the table; and laying aside His outer garment, which would have impeded His movements, He took a towel and girded Himself. “After that, He poureth water into a basin, and began to wash the disciples’ feet, and to wipe them with the towel wherewith He was girded.” [John 13:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 16)
Judas was the first whose feet Jesus washed. Judas had already closed the contract to deliver Jesus into the hands of the priests and scribes. Christ knew his secret. Yet He did not expose him. He hungered for his soul. His heart was crying, How can I give thee up? He hoped that His act in washing Judas’ feet would touch the heart of the erring disciple and save him from completing his act of disloyalty. And for a moment the heart of Judas thrilled through and through with the impulse then and there to confess his sin. But he would not humble himself. He hardened his heart against repentance. He made no remonstrance, no protestation against the Saviour, thus humiliating himself. He was offended at Christ’s act. If Jesus could so humble Himself, he thought, He could not be Israel’s king. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 17)
When Peter’s turn came, he was unable to restrain himself, and he exclaimed with astonishment, “Lord, dost Thou wash my feet?” [Verse 6.] He was filled with shame to think that one of the disciples was not performing this service. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 18)
Calmly Christ replied, “What I do thou knowest not now; but thou shalt know hereafter.” Feeling keenly the humiliation of his Lord, and filled with love and reverence for Him, Peter with great emphasis exclaimed, “Thou shalt never wash my feet.” [Verses 7, 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 19)
Solemnly Jesus said to Peter, “If I wash thee not, thou hast no part with Me.” [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 20)
A ray of light penetrated the mind of the disciple. He saw that the service which he refused was the type of a higher cleaning—the spiritual cleansing of mind and heart. He could not endure the thought of separation from Christ; that would have been death. “Not my feet only,” he said, “but also my hands and my head.” [Verse 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 21)
“Jesus saith unto him, He that is washed needeth not save to wash his feet, but is clean every whit.” [Verse 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 22)
These words mean more than bodily cleansing. Christ is speaking of the higher cleansing, as illustrated by the lower. He who came from the bath was clean, but the sandaled feet soon became dusty and again needed to be washed. So Peter and his brethren had been washed in the great fountain opened for sin and uncleanness. Christ acknowledged them as His. But temptation had led them into evil, and they still needed His cleansing grace. When Jesus girded Himself with a towel to wash the dust from their feet, He desired by this very act to wash the alienation, jealousy, and pride from their hearts. This was of far more consequence than the washing of their dusty feet. With the spirit they had then, not one of them was prepared for communion with Christ. Until brought into a state of humility and love, they were not prepared to partake of the Paschal supper or to share in the memorial service which Christ was about to institute. Their hearts must be cleansed. Pride and self-seeking create dissension and hatred, but all this Jesus washed away in washing their feet. A change of feeling was brought about. Looking upon them, Jesus could say, “Ye are clean.” [Verse 10.] Now there was union of heart, love for one another. They had become humble and teachable. Except Judas, each one was ready to concede to another the highest place. Now with subdued, grateful hearts they could receive Christ’s words. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 23)
Even Judas, had he repented, would have been received and pardoned. The guilt of his soul would have been washed away by the atoning blood of Christ. But, self-confident, and self-exalted, cherishing a high estimate of his own wisdom, he justified his course. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 24)
The ordinance of humility is Christ’s appointed preparation for the sacramental supper. While pride, variance, and strife for the supremacy are cherished, the heart cannot enter into fellowship with God. We are not prepared to receive the communion of His body and His blood. Therefore it was that Jesus appointed the memorial of His humiliation to be first observed. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 25)
Before the emblems of Christ’s broken body and shed blood are partaken of, every difference existing between brother and brother is to be removed. The heart is to be cleansed from evil thoughts. We are to seek for a preparation to sit with Christ in His kingdom. Misunderstandings are to be swept away, that we may have a true appreciation of the service in which we are about to take part. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 26)
“And as they were eating, Jesus took bread, [and blessed it,] and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat; this is My body. And He took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave it to them saying, Drink ye all of it; for this is My blood of the New Testament which is shed for many for the remission of sins. But I say unto you, I will not drink henceforth of the fruit of the vine, until that day when I drink it new with you in My Father’s kingdom.” [Matthew 26:26-29.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 27)
Judas the betrayer was present at the sacramental service. He received from Jesus the emblems of His broken body and His spilled blood. He heard the words, “This do in remembrance of Me.” [Luke 22:19.] And sitting there in the very presence of the Lamb of God, the betrayer brooded upon his dark purposes and cherished his sullen, revengeful thoughts. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 28)
At the feet washing Christ had given convincing proof that He understood the character of Judas. “Ye are not all clean,” He said. [John 13:11.] These words convinced the false disciple that Jesus read his secret purpose. Now Christ spoke out more plainly. As they were seated at the table, He said, looking upon His disciples, “I speak not of you all. I know whom I have chosen. But that the Scripture may be fulfilled, He that eateth bread with Me hath lifted up his heel against Me.” [Verse 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 29)
The disciples saw the grieved expression on the face of Christ, and John, sitting next to Him, and best able to observe His movements and the expression of His face, saw that He was greatly troubled and wondered what could cause Him trouble. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 30)
At last Christ spoke. In the tone and manner of one pressed as a cart beneath sheaves, He said, “Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall betray Me.” [Verse 21.] As the disciples heard these words, all except Judas were spellbound with amazement. Betray their Lord and Master! There must be some mistake. How could this be possible? For what cause could they betray Him? and to whom? Whose heart could give birth to such a design? Surely not one of the favored twelve, who had eaten bread with Him, who had been privileged above all others to hear His teachings, and who had been treated as beloved friends? How could such a thing be? (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 31)
With sorrowful hearts the disciples looked at one another to see if any face showed signs of guilt. They questioned one another, and then one after another inquired, “Lord, is it I?” In deep distress, John inquired, “Lord, is it I?” And Jesus answered, “He that dippeth his hand with Me in the dish, the same shall betray Me. The Son of man goeth as it is written of Him; but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed; it had been good for that man if he had not been born.” [Verses 22-25; Matthew 26:22-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 32)
The disciples had searched one another’s faces closely as they asked, “Lord, is it I?” Until now Judas had sat silent, as if unconcerned. Now his silence drew all eyes to him. To escape the scrutiny of the disciples, he nerved himself to ask, as they had done, “Lord, is it I?” Jesus solemnly replied, “Thou hast said.” [Verse 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 33)
The rest of the disciples did not hear the words spoken to Judas. Neither had they in the confusion heard what Jesus said in answer to John. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 34)
“And when He had dipped the sop, He gave it to Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon.” [John 13:26.] The others, not having heard the words, did not interpret the sign. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 35)
Even now Judas could have acknowledged his guilt, even now broken the spell upon him. Christ was close beside him, ready to aid him. But his pride and the temptation of the enemy were so strong that he had no power to escape from the snare. Instead of casting himself upon the mercy of a compassionate Saviour, he braced himself in resistance. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 36)
“He then having received the sop, went immediately out; and it was night.” [Verse 30.] Night it was to the traitor as he turned away from Christ into the outer darkness. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 37)
Till this step was taken, Judas had not passed beyond the possibility of repentance. But when he left the presence of the Lord and his fellow disciples, the final decision had been made. He had passed the boundary line. He had now given himself fully into the control of Satan, to do his will and to brave the consequences. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 38)
Lessons From the Life of Judas
The history of Judas presents the sad ending of a life that might have been honored of God. Had Judas died before his last journey to Jerusalem, he would have been regarded as a man worthy of a place among the twelve and one who would be greatly missed. The abhorrence which has followed him through the centuries would not have existed, but for the attributes revealed at the close of his history. But it was for a purpose that his character was laid open to the world. It would be a warning to all who, like him, should betray sacred trusts. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 39)
Judas had himself solicited a place in the inner circle of disciples. With great earnestness and apparent sincerity he declared, “Master, I will follow Thee whithersoever Thou goest.” [Matthew 8:19.] Jesus neither repulsed nor welcomed him, but uttered only the mournful words, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests, but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Luke 9:58.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 40)
The disciples were anxious that Judas should become one of their number. He was a man of commanding appearance, a man of keen discernment and executive ability, and they commended him to Jesus as one who would greatly assist Him in His work. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 41)
The face of Judas was not repulsive. It was keen and intelligent, but it lacked the tenderness and compassion that is seen in a truly converted man. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 42)
Possessing financial ability, he was given the work of acting as treasurer of the little company. He was called upon to provide for their needs, and to relieve the necessities of the poor. In ministering to others, Judas might have developed an unselfish spirit. But though listening daily to the lessons of Christ, and witnessing His unselfish life, Judas indulged his covetous disposition. The small sums that came into his hand were a continual temptation. Often when he did a little service for Christ or devoted time to religious purposes, he paid himself out of this meager fund. In his own eyes his pretext served to excuse his action; but in God’s sight he was a thief. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 43)
He was careful to see that all the money received was given him, but he thought himself at liberty to use it when and where he pleased, without consulting any one. He grumbled when called upon to part with some of the contents of the bag for the poor. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 44)
The disciples looked upon Judas as a wise financier. Christ read his heart, and in His teaching He dwelt upon the principles of benevolence that strike at the very root of covetousness. He presented before Judas the heinous character of greed, and many a time the disciple realized that his character had been portrayed and his sin pointed out. But he did not confess and forsake his unrighteousness. He was self-sufficient, and instead of resisting temptation, he continued to follow his fraudulent practices. Often, as he listened to Christ’s words, conviction came to him, but he would not humble his heart or confess his sins of selfishness. Christ was before him a living example of what he might become if he reaped the benefit of the divine mediation and ministry, but lesson after lesson fell unheeded on the ears of Judas. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 45)
Notwithstanding the Saviour’s own teaching, Judas was continually advancing the idea that Christ would reign as king in Jerusalem. At the feeding of the five thousand he tried to bring this about. On this occasion Judas assisted in distributing the food to the hungry. He had an opportunity to see the benefit which it was in his power to impart to others. He felt the satisfaction that always comes in service to God. He helped to bring the sick and suffering from among the multitude to Christ. He saw what relief, what joy, what gladness came to human hearts through the healing power of the Redeemer. He might have comprehended the methods of Christ. But he was blinded by his own selfish desires. Judas was first to take advantage of the enthusiasm excited by the miracle of the loaves. It was he who set on foot the project to take Christ by force and make Him king. His hopes were high, his disappointment bitter. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 46)
Christ’s discourses in the synagogue concerning the bread of life was the turning point in the history of Judas. He heard the words, “Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you.” [John 6:53.] He saw that Christ was offering spiritual rather than worldly good. He regarded himself as far-sighted and thought that he could see that Jesus would have no honor, and that He could bestow no high position upon His followers. He determined not to unite himself so closely to Christ but that he could draw away. He would watch, and he did watch. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 47)
We read that after hearing this discourse on the bread of life, “many of His disciples went back, and walked no more with Him.” [Verse 66.] Their defection may be traced to the influence of Judas. By his false representations he aroused prejudice against Christ. Judas exalted his own ideas, and when something did not meet his mind, he was not slow to place upon it his own interpretation, to make of no effect the words of Christ. He spoke in a speculative style. When Christ told the people that He was the bread of heaven, Judas put a mystical construction on His words, robbing them of their true significance. He was known as a disciple of Christ, and this gave him influence with those who were lacking in knowledge, and he turned into false paths many who had not received one twentieth of the evidence that he had received. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 48)
Christ read the heart of Judas as an open book and knew that he was educating himself to be a traitor. “There are some of you that believe not,” He said. “For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray Him.” [Verse 64.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 49)
“Then said Jesus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away? Then Simon Peter answered Him, Lord, to whom shall we go? Thou hast the words of eternal life. And we believe and are sure that Thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God. Jesus answered them. Have I not chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil? He spake of Judas Iscariot; for it was he that should betray Him, being one of the twelve.” [Verses 67-71.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 50)
Thus worked one who should have been altogether loyal and true. He was a continual source of temptation to the other disciples, ever ready to bring dissension and strife into their ranks. He introduced controversies and misleading sentiments, repeating the arguments urged by the scribes and Pharisees against the claims of Christ. All the little and large troubles and crosses, the difficulties and the apparent hindrances to the advancement of the gospel, Judas interpreted as evidences against its truthfulness. He would introduce texts of Scripture that had no connection with the truths Christ was presenting. These texts, separated from their connection, perplexed the disciples and increased the discouragement that was continually pressing upon them. Yet all this was done by Judas in such a way as to make it appear that he was conscientious. And while the disciples are searching for evidence to confirm the words of the great Teacher, Judas would lead them almost imperceptibly on another track. Thus in a very religious and apparently wise way, he was presenting matters in a different light from that in which Jesus had given them and attaching to His words a meaning that He had not conveyed. His suggestions were constantly exciting an ambitious desire for temporal preferment, and thus turning the disciples from the important things they should have considered. The dissension as to which of them should be greatest was generally excited by Judas. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 51)
Yet Christ did not condemn Judas and send him away. He kept him with Him till the end. The opportunity to repent was given him to the very last. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 52)
Judas was present at the sacramental supper. He received from Jesus the emblems of His broken body and spilled blood. He heard the words, “This do in remembrance of Me.” [Luke 22:19.] And sitting there in the very presence of the Lamb of God, the betrayer brooded upon his own dark purposes and cherished his sullen, revengeful thoughts. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 53)
Christ’s words at the feet washing went to the heart of Judas as an arrow of conviction. But his pride would not yield. He hardened his heart and braced himself in opposition. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 54)
Though Jesus knew Judas from the beginning, He washed his feet. And the betrayer was privileged to unite with Christ in partaking of the sacrament. A long-suffering Saviour held out every inducement for the sinner to receive Him, to repent, and to be cleansed from the defilement of sin. His example is for us. When we suppose one to be in error and sin, we are not to divorce ourselves from him. By no careless separation are we to leave him a prey to temptation or drive him upon Satan’s battle ground. This is not Christ’s method. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 55)
Wonderful was the longsuffering of Jesus in dealing with this erring disciple. Nothing that could be done to save him had been left undone. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 56)
To Judas had been given the privilege of close communion with Christ. To him had been offered the bread of life and the water of salvation. To him the Saviour’s lessons had been given. But Judas refused to be benefited. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 57)
The work that Judas did will be done in our day. There are those who for their own good have been reproved by the Lord, but who have not believed the messages sent them, and have interpreted them as it suited their inclinations, putting their own construction on the testimonies of the Spirit of God. So many times have they done this that they have reached the place where they misapply and misappropriate every message of mercy and grace sent them. The Lord understands. He bears long with them, even as He bore with Judas. But unless they change, the time will come when for effect they will say anything that comes into their minds, making false statements. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 58)
God’s servants are to proclaim the message for this time just as it is, in its true meaning. And God would have them bear and forbear with those who are working against Him, until He shall say, “Ephraim is joined to his idols; let him alone.” [Hosea 4:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 59)
All the way along in the history of the third angel’s message there have been found amongst the believers men who have done much harm to God’s cause. These men are spots in our feasts of charity; tares among the wheat; wolves among the sheep, ready to bite and devour. Delighting to bear false witness, they cruelly injure the reputation of others. Every such one will be rewarded according to his works. God “hath appointed a day in the which He will judge the world.” [Acts 17:31.] Then will be made the separation between the wheat and the tares. In that day it will be clearly revealed that those who seek to destroy the reputation of God’s servants are hypocrites. By their own lips will be borne the testimony that will clear from suspicion those against whom they have reported evil. (18LtMs, Ms 106, 1903, 60)
Ms 107, 1903
Diary/Unity With the Father
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
October 31, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in ML 58; 17MR 29-30. +
“Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on Him; but because of the Pharisees they did not confess Him, lest they should be put out of the synagogue: for they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God.” [John 12:42, 43.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 1)
Jesus perfectly understood their hearts, and in a clear, distinct voice He “cried and said, He that believeth on Me, believeth not on Me, but on Him that sent Me.” [Verse 44.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 2)
In these words Christ speaks of His unity with His Father. And those who are commissioned by Christ to go forth in His name to carry the message of truth to the world will bear the same testimony. Those who are engaged in the work of the gospel ministry are to be respected. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 3)
“I am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth on Me should not abide in darkness. And if any man hear My words, and believe not, I judge him not; for I came not to judge the world, but to save the world. He that rejecteth Me, and receiveth not My words, hath One that judgeth him: the word that I have spoken the same shall judge him in the last day. For I have not spoken of Myself; but the Father which sent Me, He gave Me a commandment what I should say, and what I should speak. And I know that His commandment is life everlasting: Whatsoever I speak therefore, even as the Father said unto Me, so I speak.” [Verses 46-50.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 4)
Criticism and Faultfinding
In this world innocence is not a security against trial and unjust suffering caused by the misapprehension of men who place themselves on the judgment seat. The greater a man’s influence for good, the more is he exposed to the envy and malice and hatred of men who, though they are supposed to be the friends of God, are false accusers of His workmen. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 5)
Whenever they have opportunity, some give utterance to evil thoughts. They drop seeds of suspicion. Their words are as evil leaven, working in the minds of the hearers. The evil is passed from mind to mind. The accusations are repeated to others. A feeling of superiority takes possession of them, and they sit in judgment on their brethren. Those who are so ready to spread evil should seek to understand the character of the leaven they are putting in the minds of others. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 6)
Those who are thought to be in wrong are often made the subjects of debate, and because of misunderstanding and false charges brought against them, are caused the keenest suffering. Their good deeds are blanketed, but their mistakes are freely and mercilessly criticized. Thus many are driven to discouragement. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 7)
Satan fires men with a zeal that is not according to knowledge. They do not heed the instruction of Christ: “Moreover if thy brother shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault between thee and him alone: if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother.” [Matthew 18:15.] If he is reclaimed, if by the confession of sin a brother is gained, what a precious work has been accomplished! (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 8)
“But if he will not hear thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell it unto the church: but if he neglect to hear the church, let him be unto thee as an heathen man and a publican.” [Verses 16, 17.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 9)
Study the whole of this eighteenth chapter of Matthew. When Christ’s instruction is fully carried out, there will be a different atmosphere in the family, in the school, and in the church. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 10)
Christ took occasion to give this instruction at a time when there was a contention among His disciples as to which of the twelve should be first in authority in the kingdom of heaven. Christ knew perfectly well of their dispute, and He told them that every man will be called to account for his unkind words and for his harsh spirit that gendereth strife. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 11)
“And Jesus called a little child unto Him, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted and become as little children, ye shall not enter the kingdom of heaven.... And whoso receiveth one such little child in My name receiveth Me. But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in Me, it were better for him that a mill-stone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depths of the sea. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 12)
“Woe unto the world because of offenses! for it must needs be that offenses come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh! Wherefore if thy hand or thy foot offend thee, cut them off, and cast them from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life halt or maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire. And if thine eye offend thee, pluck it out, and cast it from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, rather than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire.” [Verses 2, 3, 5-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 13)
These particulars are more definitely stated in the ninth chapter of Mark: (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 14)
“He taught His disciples, and said unto them, The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill Him; but after that He is killed He shall rise the third day. But they understood not that saying, and were afraid to ask Him. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 15)
“And He came to Capernaum: and being in the house He asked them, What was it that ye disputed among yourselves by the way? But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among themselves, who should be the greatest. And He sat down, and called the twelve, and saith unto them, If any man desire to be first, the same shall be last of all, and servant of all. And He took a child, and set him in the midst of them: and when He had taken him in His arms He said unto them, Whosoever shall receive one of such children in My name receiveth Me: and whosoever shall receive Me, receiveth not Me, but Him that sent Me. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 16)
“And John answered Him, saying, Master, we saw one casting out devils in Thy name, and he followeth not us: and we forbade him, because he followeth not us. But Jesus said, Forbid him not: for there is no man which shall do a miracle in My name, that can lightly speak evil of Me. For he that is not against Me is on our part. For whosoever shall give you a cup of water in My name, because ye belong to Christ, verily I say unto you, He shall not lose his reward. And whosoever shall offend one of these little ones that believe in Me, it is better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he were cast into the sea.” [Verses 31-42.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 17)
These words are given as a warning to every one who is tempted to injure or hinder in his work, a servant of Christ, however humble that servant may be. Even though your brother does not precisely carry out your plans, you are not to forbid his working for the Master. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 18)
Christ understood the tendency of the human heart to become exalted. He warned His disciples of the danger of being envious for high positions and for selfish authority to control others. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 19)
The Majesty of Heaven stepped down from His royal throne, gave up His authority as Commander in the heavenly courts, laid aside His kingly robe and crown, and clothed His divinity with humanity, that He might take on Himself the weakness of human nature. This He did that He might give men an example of true humility. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 20)
Only by living a sinless life, while clad in the garb of humanity, could Christ, as man’s substitute and surety, bear the burden of the sin of a fallen world. He was to suffer, being tempted in all points upon which fallen men are tempted, that by His own experience He might become acquainted with the temptation of humanity and know how to succor those who are most severely tempted. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 21)
Those who believe in Christ have joined themselves to Him and have become members of His body, adopted into the heavenly family. They work with Christ and are owned and accepted by Him. In doing His work, as His servants, they are to wear His badge. A manifestation of His tender love is to be seen in their lives. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 22)
To no man has God given the work of criticizing believers in Christ. Instead of hindering others in their work, the Christian is to be an example of helpfulness. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 23)
Those who create disputes and introduce in the church the evil leaven of strife and dissension must answer to Christ for the evil results of their course. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 24)
The human family is on trial. This is our time of probation. “By thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned.” [Matthew 12:37.] Our actions and our treatment of others will be brought into the judgment. Our conversation should be such as we would engage in were Christ present in person. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 25)
“Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged; and with what measure ye meet, it shall be measured to you again. And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Or how wilt thou say to thy brother, Let me pull out the mote out of thine eye; and behold, a beam is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, first cast out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 26)
“Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before swine, lest thy trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you.” [Matthew 7:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 27)
A Call to Repentance
The past night, as I have seen the need of reformation among our brethren, I have felt a burden of distress and anguish. Many have been presented to me as men who do not understand their true spiritual condition. Spiritually blinded, they work according to their defective eyesight. They consider as an evidence of sharpness of site their ability to discern the faults of others. They need to understand that they are not, as they suppose, being worked by the Spirit of God, but by another spirit. They think that to them has been entrusted a great work, and they take upon themselves many responsibilities that God has not laid on them. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 28)
Instead of being worked by the Holy Spirit, many, even among those engaged in the solemn work of God, are barring the way against its holy, life-giving influences. They freely criticize and judge their brethren, and yet they do not realize the necessity of earnestly looking into the divine mirror to see what spirit they themselves are manifesting. Their defects of character they regard as virtues and cling to them. They justify themselves in doing things which are positively forbidden by Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 29)
Let there be a work of reformation and repentance. Let all seek for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit. As with the disciples after the ascension of Christ, it may require several days of earnestly seeking God and putting away of sin. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 30)
When God’s people are worked by the Holy Spirit, they will manifest a zeal that is according to knowledge. When they are guided by the Spirit, they will no longer lead others in false paths. They will reflect the light that God has been giving for years. The spirit of criticism will be put away. Filled with the spirit of humility, they will be of one mind, united with one another and with Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 107, 1903, 31)
Ms 108, 1903
Diary/Instruction Concerning Wages
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
August 15, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in 2SM 186-187; Ev 636.
Diary—Instruction Concerning Wages to be Paid to Laborers
My heart is deeply stirred by the scenes which during the night have passed before me. In the night season I heard from some of my brethren propositions with which I cannot agree. The statements they made indicate that they are on the wrong track, that they have not an experience which will guard them from deception. I was grieved to hear from the lips of some of our brethren expressions that show neither faith in God nor loyalty to His truth. Propositions were made that, if carried out, would lead away from the straight and narrow way. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 1)
Some think that if higher wages were paid to men of superior talent, these men would remain among us; then more work would be accomplished, in a more thorough manner, and the cause of truth would stand on a more elevated platform. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 2)
Concerning this question I have received instruction from One who never errs. Suppose this plan were followed: Who, I ask, is competent to measure the genuine usefulness and the influence of his fellow workmen? No man is qualified to judge of another’s usefulness in the service of God. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 3)
The position or office a man may hold is not alone an indication of his usefulness in the cause of God. It is the development of a Christlike character through sanctification of the Spirit that will give him influence for good. In the estimation of God the degree of his faithfulness determines the value of his service. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 4)
God accepts the services of those only who are partakers of the divine nature. Without Christ man can do nothing. Love for God and man alone places human beings on vantage ground with God. Obedience to the divine commands enables us to become laborers together with God. Love is the fruit that is borne on the Christian tree, the fruit that is as the leaves of the tree of life for the healing of the nations. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 5)
To every man God has given his work. But some are not willing to take up the work that God appoints them. They take up a work that is beyond their capability and prove to be unskilful workmen. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 6)
Some think that their position gives them a right to command others. But no degree of authority can give a man rightful authority over another’s conscience. The Lord, our Lawgiver, is our Judge and our King whom we are to honor and obey. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 7)
A man is not to submerge his individuality in that of another. We are not to bind ourselves up with men or societies that disregard the law of God. Christ’s agents are not to unite with the satanic agencies. We are to stand firm in the service of God, pure and holy in principle. United with the Father and with Christ, we are to obey every requirement of the Word, regardless of consequences. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 8)
We are all servants of one Master. In the eyes of God all are equal, whatever service they render, if they do their work faithfully. To every worker God will give the reward that rightfully belongs to him. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 9)
The talents that God entrusts to His workmen are to be traded upon. In the parable the master commended all who had improved their talents. He pronounced the same blessing upon the one who had faithfully traded with the two talents as upon the one to whom had been given the five talents. “Well done,” the master said, “thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faithful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy lord.” [Matthew 25:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 10)
Talents are given to men that they may improve on them. Some receive one gift, others another. In the twelfth chapter of Romans, the various gifts are spoken of. These gifts are to be blended as threads to form a perfect pattern. We are all to be members of one body, under one Head, Christ Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 11)
The New Life
Not one thread of selfishness is to be drawn into the pattern of our lives. At conversion, self dies. As the truth is received, a new life of heavenly origin is imparted. The principles of the new life are to be brought into the daily experience, and every man is to seek to understand his place in the Lord’s work. He who has experienced the new birth is dead to his old sinful, self-indulgent character. His life purposes are changed. To him it is said: (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 12)
“If ye then be risen with Christ, seek those things which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of God. Set your affections on things above, not on things on the earth. For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God. When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory. Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication, uncleanness, inordinate affection, evil concupiscence, and covetousness, which is idolatry: for which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedience: ... but now ye also put off all these; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy communication out of your mouth: lie not one to another, seeing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds; and have put on the new man, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of Him that created him: where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free: but Christ is all, and in all.” [Colossians 3:1-6, 8-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 13)
There is to be a clear distinction between those who serve God and those who serve Him not; between those who honor Him by keeping His commandments and those who are disobedient. If we have respect to the future reward, we will in this life be separate from those who disobey God. We need to be Bible students. No one need be in doubt as to the character he is to develop that he may make his calling and election sure. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 14)
“Put on therefore, as the elect of God, holy and beloved, bowels of mercies, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering; forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. And above all these things put on charity, which is the bond of perfectness. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom; teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by Him. Wives, submit yourselves to your own husbands, as it is fit in the Lord.... Fathers, provoke not your children to anger, lest they be discouraged. Servants, obey in all things your masters according to the flesh; not with eyeservice, as menpleasers; but in singleness of heart, fearing God: and whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance: for ye serve the Lord Christ. But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done: and there is no respect of persons.” [Verses 12-25.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 15)
Some lift up their soul unto vanity, seeking for the supremacy. They accept as truth the suggestions of Satan. Those who, notwithstanding the blessings God has given them, fail to honor and reverence God and His truth, who do not openly proclaim their allegiance to Him, have forfeited their right to God’s blessings, and the Lord cannot work in harmony with them. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 16)
Those who truly believe in the Word of God will say, “Unto Thee, O Lord, do I lift up my soul. O my God, I trust in Thee: let me not be ashamed, let not mine enemies triumph over me. Yea, let none that wait on thee be ashamed: let them be ashamed which transgress without cause. Show me Thy ways, O Lord, teach me Thy paths. Lead me in Thy truth, and teach me: for Thou art the God of my salvation: on Thee do I wait all the day.” [Psalm 25:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 17)
What a precious privilege is ours—that of learning from the Lord Jesus Christ, the great Teacher, and of forming our characters according to His example! (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 18)
“Good and upright is the Lord; therefore will He teach sinners in the way. The meek will He guide in judgment: and the meek will He teach His way. All the paths of the Lord are mercy and truth unto such as keep His covenant and His testimonies.” [Verses 8-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 19)
The Holy One has given rules to govern the conduct of His servants. These rules are not the result of human devisings. They form a standard to swerve from which is sin. Those who do not give the will of God the first place in their lives turn aside from the principles of holiness that we are every one to respect and obey. Whatever position a man may occupy, the Lord cannot abide with him unless he respects the commands of God, walking before Him with a humble and contrite spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 20)
Christ’s Example of Self-denial
Christ is the Light, the Life, the Joy of His people. Those who are members of His church are those who are building on the solid Rock. Let us consider His example of self-denial. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 21)
He gave His whole life as a sacrifice. He was the Commander of the heavenly hosts. Yet He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown; He hid His rightful dignity, that He might serve the fallen race. Clothing His divinity with humanity, He came to a world seared and marred with the curse. With His human arm He encircled our race, while with His divine arm He grasped the throne of the infinite God. He might have come to our world attended and honored by the heavenly host. But had He appeared in the fulness of His glory, no man could have looked upon Him. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 22)
Our Saviour was of humble parentage. His character, not His birth was to bear witness to His mission. He must take up the work of character building, as must every other child and youth. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 23)
To the humble shepherds the first announcement of the birth of the Messiah was made. “The angel of the Lord came upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore afraid. And the angel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; ye shall find the babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host, praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.” [Luke 2:9-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 24)
From earliest years to manhood, Christ lived a life that was a perfect pattern of humility and industry and Obedience. He was always thoughtful and considerate of others, always self-denying. He came bearing the signature of heaven, not to be ministered unto, but to minister. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 25)
His education began in His earliest years. Early in His life He began to understand His position and His work. Even in His childhood He was a teacher. Study His life during His ministry; see how He worked. He chose as His disciples, to be co-laborers with God, poor, illiterate fishermen. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 26)
The unselfish life of Christ is an example to all. His character is a pattern of the characters we may form if we follow on in His footsteps. (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 27)
“We see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned with glory and honor; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man. For it became Him for whom are all things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the Captain of their salvation perfect through suffering. For both He that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause He is not ashamed to call them brethren, saying, I will declare Thy name unto My brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto Thee. And again, I will put My trust in Him. And again, Behold I and the children which God hath given Me. Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, He also Himself likewise took part of the same; that through death He might destroy him that had the power of death, that is the devil; and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. For verily He took not on Him the nature of angels; but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. Wherefore in all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted.” [Hebrews 2:9-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 108, 1903, 28)
Ms 109, 1903
Diary/Notes of Travel
Santa Barbara, California
September 11, 1902
Previously unpublished.
I attempted too much today. Dr. Jones provided horses and carriage, and a few of us went to look at some places which are thought to be favorable for sanitarium work. After we had ridden for a few miles, my afflicted hip gave me so much pain I could go no further. We were obliged to turn back. I was very thankful when we reached the house and could lie down; for the pain was extremely severe. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 1)
But the affliction of my soul is more painful than my physical suffering. While I have strength I will begin a letter to Dr. Jones and write as much as I can before we have to take the cars. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 2)
I have several times been instructed in regard to the dangerous place in which Dr. Jones is standing. He needs to be converted. He has yielded to the evil influences with which he has been surrounded. Influences which should never have been tolerated were introduced into the St. Helena Sanitarium. The strong spirit of Sister Sanderson was a snare to Dr. Jones, and I was instructed that unless changes were made at once in the Sanitarium, Dr. Jones would be captivated by the temptations that came to him in a certain way. He was infatuated with evil. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 3)
I have been painfully surprised that Brother C. H. Jones did not discern the danger of the situation in which his son was placed. He seemed to have lost discernment and did not reason from cause to effect. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 4)
On Sabbaths I exerted myself to speak to the patients. But the concerts that were held as soon as the hours of the Sabbath were over counterworked the influences of the religious services that were held during the day. Dr. Jones acted as leader in these concerts against which I bore my testimony. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 5)
When the change did come, and Dr. Sanderson and his wife were separated from the institution, the developments were but the reaping of that which had been sown. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 6)
In obtaining his education, Dr. Jones had been under evil influences. And when he connected with the institution in St. Helena, he did not let his light shine forth in clear, bright rays. He failed to give the light to others. His record in the Sanitarium was such as would call forth the words of God, Thou art weighed in the balances and found wanting. [Daniel 5:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 7)
I sincerely hoped that when Dr. Jones severed his connection with the Sanitarium, he would see the importance of taking heed to the instruction that outlined what sanitarium work should be. The lives of the young people connected with our sanitariums should be such as to exert a convicting and converting power upon those who have not received the message for this time. But when those at the head of the institution exerted an influence that was deleterious, many of the nurses learned from them and walked in their footsteps. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 8)
Instead of gaining ground in St. Helena, Dr. Jones lost ground. And when he opened the Sanitarium in Santa Barbara, he was not a proper representative of what constitutes a Christian. His influence was such as to be a reproach to the sacred truth of heavenly origin. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 9)
*****
September 28, 1902
San Diego, California
Good is the Lord, and greatly to be praised. His praise should be in our hearts and upon our lips. We should praise Him with our voices; for “whoso offereth praise glorifieth God.” [Psalm 50:23.] “Praise ye the Lord. Blessed is the man that feareth the Lord, that delighteth greatly in His commandments.... Unto the upright there ariseth light in the darkness: He is gracious, and full of compassion, and righteous.” [Psalm 112:1, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 10)
The Lord blessed me yesterday as I spoke to the people in the little chapel in San Diego. I am thankful that the brethren and sisters here have interested themselves to secure a place appropriate for a house of worship. This is a neat, but economical structure. We hope that ere long it will be enlarged. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 11)
Our medical workers here are doing their best with the facilities they now have for the treatment of the sick. The building they occupy was once a saloon. With a little work, the rooms where the liquor was served have been converted into treatment rooms. This will answer the purpose until money is obtained for the purchase of property for a sanitarium. We hope soon to purchase for this purpose a property about five miles from San Diego. This property consists of about twenty acres of ground, and a building of about sixty rooms which was built for a sanitarium. This property is offered to us at one third its cost. We do not want to lose this opportunity. We must call upon our brethren to help us purchase this property in Southern California. (18LtMs, Ms 109, 1903, 12)
Ms 110, 1903
Diary/“Blessed With All Spiritual Blessings”
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
June 10, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 6BC 1113. +
The apostle Paul had received many revelations from God. His judgment is reliable; for it was formed under the teaching of the Holy Spirit. The knowledge he imparts is pure, elevating, ennobling. He speaks decidedly: “Yea, doubtless, and I count all things but loss for the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord.” [Philippians 3:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 1)
To the Ephesians he writes: “Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, to the saints which are of Ephesus, and to the faithful in Christ Jesus: Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: according as He hath chosen us in Him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love: having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ Himself, according to the good pleasure of His will, to the praise of the glory of His grace, wherein He hath made us accepted in the Beloved. In whom we have redemption through His blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace; wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; having made known unto us the mystery of His will, according to His good pleasure which He hath purposed in Himself.” [Ephesians 1:1-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 2)
The whole of this first chapter of Ephesians contains precious instruction for every soul. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 3)
A Remedy for Spiritual Blindness
We are to sit at the feet of Jesus and learn how to be like Him. “Learn of Me;” He says, “for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 4)
We are not to brood over the inconsistencies of men whose minds are perverted, who are self-confident, determined to carry out their own way. Such men have always been found among those who are carrying on the Lord’s work. Though they lack wisdom to see the practice the truth, they consider themselves to be rich and increased with goods. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 5)
When you are brought into connection with men who try your soul by holding back and hindering the work which God bids you carry forward, men who refuse to follow the light of God’s word, do not condemn them. They are on the side of the enemy, deceived and led by Satan. They should be pitied. Pray for them that the Lord will open their yes by anointing them with the heavenly eyesalve. But if they refuse to be converted, they should not be left to guide the flock of God. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 6)
Christ is the light of the world. “He that followeth Me,” He says, “shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] Those who allow Christ to anoint their eyes with His eyesalve will clearly discern spiritual truths. No longer will they see as through a mist, walking uncertainly in the sparks of their own kindling. They will have a divine knowledge of Christ formed within, the hope of glory—their wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 7)
*****
Concerning Alternations in the Review and Herald (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 8)
August 3, 1902
I have been asked by many, in regard to the changes made in the Review and Herald, why there is on the first page illustrations, sometimes of a heathen deity, or of some celebrated man who was not a Christian. Some who love the truth say, “We are not pleased with the new arrangements of the Review. Can Sister White explain the reason for these changes? Of course she was consulted in regard to the matter. Are we to have in the front of our paper pictures of heathen deities and of men whom God regards as unwise, men who, exalting human science, refused to receive Jesus Christ?” (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 9)
I tell them that I had nothing to do with the change; that I was not consulted in regard to the matter. Those who had control of the paper followed their own judgment. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 10)
I have never expressed any opinion in regard to this change, although many have asked me in regard to it. I could have told them, however, that the suggestion was not from the Holy Spirit, but was simply human judgment, and that whether or not it was so designed, it stands before the world as a parable. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 11)
This action is similar in principle to the one taken when the book Bible Readings was placed in the field to the exclusion of Great Controversy, a book that would have acted a prominent part at that time in convincing many that the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord, set apart as a sign to distinguish between the people of God and unbelievers. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 12)
My soul is troubled in regard to the change made in our church paper. The Lord has shown me that this rearrangement is an acted parable. The articles containing the special light for this time are not easily found. Those who have made these changes know not how the Lord regards their action. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 13)
I was instructed that men who are opposing the truth would interpret this parable to the people. I saw Elder D. M. Canright holding up a copy of the Review and Herald before a congregation and telling them that the messages of Ellen G. White were now regarded by most Seventh-day Adventists in the manner indicated by changing them from the first page of the Review to the middle of the paper. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 14)
It was the Lord’s purpose that the first article in the paper should be written by the one who, in connection with Joseph Bates, was one of the first in establishing the work of Seventh-day Adventists. The Lord would have it known to the world that she still bears an active part in communicating light to the people of God. The action taken in placing before these articles the editorials has not been pleasing to the Lord, but it has pleased the enemy of righteousness and truth. This action has spoken louder than words to hundreds, saying that these articles are less esteemed by some than are the editorials which are now given the precedence. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 15)
*****
August 24
Yesterday, the Lord gave me strength to speak in the Sanitarium chapel to a company who listened with interest. I spoke from the first chapter of First John. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 16)
Professor Beardslee was present and led the singing. He gave some instruction regarding pitch and emphasis. He gives valuable help at our meetings, helping others to improve in their singing. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 17)
To my surprise, I was unable to present the subject on which I had intended to speak. I was led to speak of the obligation resting upon every one to strive for the mastery over self, refusing to be led by inclination or selfish desires. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 18)
Called to Service
It is not position or influence, but obedience to the principles of truth that makes a man of value in the sight of God. We are not to thwart God’s purpose for us, by seeking to follow our own ideas. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 19)
We are to be learners, searching the Scriptures. By the prayer of faith, we are to present our necessities to the Lord. As God’s little children, we are to ask Him to guide us into all truth, that we may walk worthy of Him who has called us to glory and honor. Receiving help from God, we are enabled to go on from victory to victory. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 20)
Paul’s greatest joy was the knowledge that his converts were standing fast in the liberty of the gospel. His greatest desire for them was that Christ should be formed within, the hope of glory. “What is our hope, or joy, or crown of rejoicing?” he wrote to the Thessalonians. “Are not even ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at His coming?” [1 Thessalonians 2:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 21)
To follow Christ means to suffer with Him. This we must do if we would share in His glory. “Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus, the Author and Finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.” [Hebrews 12:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 22)
Our great Teacher has left us a perfect example of self-denial and self-sacrifice. “Consider Him that endured such contradiction of sinners against Himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds.” [Verse 3.] To every man God has given his work—God’s work, and man’s work. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] We are carefully to consider whether we are doing the work God would have us do in His service. In the case of many of us, much of life has already pasted away. Have we done all that we might have done to save souls ready to perish? Day after day is passing into eternity. Are we improving the opportunities that come to us to speak words that will lead others to take an interest in their own salvation? Are we making straight paths for our feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way? God calls upon us to watch for souls, as they that must give an account. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 23)
*****
August 25
Yesterday with its record has passed into eternity. Brother Beardslee came just as we were going to the station to meet Brother and Sister C. H. Jones, so we invited him to accompany us. This is the first opportunity I have had to visit with Brother Beardslee. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 24)
We had a profitable conversation with Brother C. H. Jones. The time was quite fully occupied in considering matters regarding the publication of my books. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 25)
I was much pleased to hear that the talk I gave in the Sanitarium chapel on Sabbath was to many souls a leaven of truth. One brother who was present had been contemplating entering a worldly business. He was halting between two opinions, undecided whether to give his efforts to the work of soul-saving, or whether to enter business. He has now decided to take up the work the Lord has for him to do and he is very thankful for the light that has shown upon his pathway. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 26)
I now understand why I was unable to present the subject I had in mind. This brother had, in the providence of God, been led to the Sanitarium to hear that which the Lord led me to speak. God will lead our minds if we will submit to Him. We should have full confidence that after we have asked God for light and instruction He will guide and lead us, if we are willing to follow Him. (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 27)
*****
“The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I fear? the Lord is the strength of my life; of whom shall I be afraid? When the wicked, even mine enemies and my foes, came upon me to eat up my flesh, they stumbled and fell. Though an host should encamp against me, my heart shall not fear: Though war should rise up against me, in this will I be confident. One thing have I desired of the Lord, that will I seek after; that I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life, to behold the beauty of the Lord, and to enquire in His temple. For in the time of trouble, He shall hide me in His pavilion: in the secret of His tabernacle shall He hide me; He shall set me upon a rock.” [Psalm 27:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 110, 1903, 28)
Ms 111, 1903
“That They May Be One; As We Are One”
NP
October 22, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 5BC 1148.
“In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him; and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.” [John 1:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 1)
How precious are these words! By them some have been led to believe in Christ as the Son of God. A young man who had lived a careless life was converted by reading these verses in a Bible that he opened one day. He was so impressed with the divinity of the argument, and the authority and majesty of the language, that he was struck with amazement, and trembled. For a whole day he was scarcely conscious of his surroundings. He said that the words came to him as the words of a letter from God to him. From that time he dates his religious experience. (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 2)
The writer of these words plainly shows that Jesus Christ is one with the Father. Christ is called the Word. He is the first-begotten of the Father. By Him God has spoken unto us in these last days. (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 3)
“God who at sundry times, and in divers manners spake in times past unto the fathers by the prophets, hath in these last days spoken unto us by His Son, whom He hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also He made the worlds; who being the brightness of His (God’s) glory, and the express image of His (God’s) person, and upholding all things by the word of His power, when He had by Himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high; being made so much better than the angels as He hath by inheritance obtained a more excellent name than they. For unto which of the angels said He at any time, Thou art My Son, this day have I begotten Thee? And again, I will be to Him a Father, and He shall be to Me a Son?” [Hebrews 1:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 4)
God is the Father of Christ; and Christ is the Son of God. To Christ has been given an exalted position. He has been made equal with the Father. All the councils of God are opened unto His Son. (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 5)
Jesus said to the Jews, “My Father worketh hitherto, and I work. Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him, because He not only had broken the sabbath, but said also that God was His Father, making Himself equal with God. Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily I say unto you, The Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father do: for what things soever He doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son, and sheweth Him all things that Himself doeth: and He will show Him greater works than these, that ye may marvel.” [John 5:17-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 6)
Here again are brought to view the personalities of God and the Son, showing the unity that exists between them. This unity is clearly expressed in the prayer of Christ recorded in the 17th chapter of John: (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 7)
“Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one: and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [Verses 20-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 8)
What a wonderful statement! The unity that exists between Christ and His disciples does not destroy the personality of either. In mind, in purpose, in character, they are one, but not in person. By partaking of the Spirit of God, conforming to the law of God, man becomes a partaker of the divine nature. Christ brings His disciples into a living union with Himself and with the Father. Through the working of the Holy Spirit upon the human mind, man is made complete in Christ Jesus. Unity with Christ establishes a bond of unity with one another. This unity is the most convincing proof to the world of the majesty and virtue of Christ and of His power to take away sin. (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 9)
Christ in His prayer to His Father says, “All Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them.” [Verse 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 10)
As Christ beholds His disciples, He can say, “Through the grace I have given them, they are of one mind, speaking the same things. Their love for one another is an evidence to the world of what the truth can do when brought into the life and character. By conforming to My will, they have a knowledge of the truth. I have sanctified Myself in human flesh, that I might set before them a perfect example. (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 11)
As they receive and obey My words, they give evidence to the world that I have chosen them. (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 12)
“They are given to Me of My Father. They are resisting the wiles of the enemy, and they are daily increasing in a knowledge of Me. By conforming to the will of My Father, they are obtaining the victory over the world, and over Satanic agencies.” (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 13)
Trials and temptations are sometimes sent to us that from them we may learn the lessons we need in our preparation for the future immortal life. Moses, in the fulness of his faith, esteemed “the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egypt: for he had respect unto the recompence of the reward.” [Hebrews 11:26.] (18LtMs, Ms 111, 1903, 14)
Ms 112, 1903
The Work to be Done in Battle Creek
Healdsburg, California
August 22, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #6 16-19. +
To the officers of the Union Conference and the managers of the Sanitarium
Dear Brethren,—
My mind has been much troubled in regard to our youth’s being drawn to Battle Creek. Many helpers will be needed to care for the large number of patients coming to the Sanitarium. These helpers will meet with worldly influences. What can be done to save them from backsliding? (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 1)
I am instructed to say that we must do all in our power to guard the employees of the Sanitarium and the medical students from the temptations and snares of the enemy. As faithful watchmen, we must guard the sheep and lambs, lest they be led astray. We must improve every opportunity to present the true situation of our work before those who do not understand the dangers that beset us on every side. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 2)
When the Lord warned His people against making Battle Creek a Jerusalem center, and said that plants should be made in many places, He meant just what He said. The large patronage of the Sanitarium is no sign that this institution should have been built up in its present magnificence. Even though it had many more patients, this would be no evidence in this matter. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 3)
It is God with whom we have to deal, and we are not to move in accordance with human policy or with man’s shortsighted wisdom. The Lord is in earnest with us. He means what He has said, and for us to build up in Battle Creek something to draw our youth there, and to give the families already there an excuse for staying, is working contrary to the light He has given. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 4)
Had our brethren been humbly studying the light which has been given in regard to the scattering of our forces, the new Sanitarium in Battle Creek would have been established in some other place, even though apparently strong reasons called for its rebuilding in Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 5)
The Lord presented to us the reasons for removing the College from Battle Creek. This instruction should now be searched out and studied by those who desire to see the former college re-established there. Let the light already given shine forth in its purity and beauty, that God’s name may be glorified. It is not wise to plan to maintain such a school in a place where worldly influences prevail to so great an extent as to counter work that which the Lord has outlined should be done for the youth in our educational institutions. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 6)
Many youth should not be brought together in Battle Creek. Let no plans be laid for enlarging the work at Battle Creek. But the question remains, What shall be done for those who are there? It is certainly our plain duty to do our best to guard the young men and young women who are serving those who know not the Lord. Knowing that those who are trying to obey God will be brought into close connection with those who know not the truth, let faithful pastors and teachers work zealously to save the souls both of helpers and of patients. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 7)
There is special need of faithful watchmen in Battle Creek—watchmen who will keep guard resolutely, determinedly, who will not be found sleeping at their post of duty. There is need that the managers of the Sanitarium, realizing the difficulties and dangers of the situation, shall bring into the institution men and women of mature years, who have a good Christian experience, and who will make an earnest, faithful effort to be a help to the youth and a blessing to all in the institution. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 8)
The young helpers must not be left to be led away from the truth by the unbelievers with whom they are brought in contact. Faithful watchmen are needed in Battle Creek, to sound forth the note of warning, giving the trumpet a certain sound. We are not to stand by passively, seeing souls exposed to temptation without doing anything to help them. There is a work to be done for believers and unbelievers, that those who will listen to the truth may have an opportunity to hear and understand. Those who go to Battle Creek, for whatever reason, are souls for whom the Lord gave His only begotten Son. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 9)
The Lord will not permit His truth to be extinguished, and those who love and serve Him distressed and afflicted. There are men who must be on the ground at Battle Creek, to do their best to hunt and fish for souls, to uphold the truth before the multitudes. Let us take the very best view possible of the situation and work for souls as they that must give an account. We must call strong men to Battle Creek; men who will clearly and distinctly outline our position, from a Bible standpoint, and who will present straight, plain Bible truth; men who have not been receiving popular, poisonous errors. Every opportunity to teach the truth to worldlings is to be improved. And among the patients there will be true-hearted Christians to reach. These, as well as our medical missionary students, must be helped. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 10)
In all that we do, we are to labor together with God. Let us work intelligently, that those who are working as medical missionaries in Battle Creek may not be ensnared. The Lord of heaven will help us to do His work in a way that will be recognized of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 112, 1903, 11)
Ms 113, 1903
“That They All May Be One”
NP
October 8, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in OHC 226.
In many of our institutions conditions exist that are not in harmony with the Lord’s purposes. These institutions are controlled by men who are not rightly related to God. Selfishness is seen in their business transactions. Satan rejoices to see their spiritual defection; for through such men he can accomplish his purposes. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 1)
Those who wear Christ’s yoke share His companionship. Daily they learn of Him His meekness and lowliness. Every one who learns these lessons in the school of Christ finds rest and peace. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 2)
Those who wear Satan’s yoke are uneasy, complaining, oppressed in spirit. Wherever they go, they carry with them a cloud of darkness. They do not realize how Satan exults as he uses them to oppose the work that God’s people are trying to carry forward. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 3)
Every business transaction is to be such as can be endorsed by heaven, else it will bear the unsavory odor of Satan’s influence. Every action is to represent the science of heaven’s principles—the harmony of the human mind with the revelation of the divine will. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 4)
Selfishness is a root of bitterness by which many are defiled, thus greatly hindering the work of God. Those who seek to control themselves, who will eat the words of life, and who will copy the great Example will be emptied of the selfishness that is so abhorrent to God. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 5)
The household of faith are to be as one family, upholding the principles of heaven in every transaction. They will not grieve Christ by opposing one another. As they work in harmony, co-operating with the divine agencies, a mighty work is accomplished. The Holy Spirit works in their hearts, exerting a sanctified, refining, and ennobling influence. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 6)
We are all amenable to God. We are not to assert ourselves in independence. Of many of the plans which men are supposed to have originated, God is the Originator. But in their self-sufficiency, men often suppose themselves to be acting independently. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 7)
O that the veil could be withdrawn, that all might see that the plans that are devised for the advancement of the Lord’s work are not the invention of men, but are of God! But when God’s agencies are controlled and conducted contrary to the divine law, the result will be confusion and perplexity. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 8)
God has a work to be done in the world. Those who believe in Jesus Christ and accept Him as their personal Saviour are “laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] This “together” means much more than many realize. Together in unity, and in love, in the Spirit of Christ, let each one take up his appointed work. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 9)
Let us seek to answer Christ’s prayer for unity: (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 10)
“As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world. And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also might be one in Us: that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one: and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me.” [John 17:18-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 11)
What a testimony was borne by Paul concerning those to whom he was writing!—“I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able. For ye are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying and strife, and divisions, are ye not carnal, and walk as men?” [1 Corinthians 3:2, 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 12)
Many will be lost because they refuse to bring their lives into harmony with the will of God. Many hearts are waxed gross because of their low conception of the spirit that should govern their lives. Carelessness, sensuality, pride, and selfishness are opposed to the pure principles of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 13)
Christ is the truth. In His teaching He used language that could be easily comprehended. Yet He taught truths of deep meaning. By means of parables and simple illustrations He taught truths of eternal importance. (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 14)
To those who receive light He says, “Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on a hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 113, 1903, 15)
Ms 114, 1903
Talk/Duties and Privileges of the Christian
Calistoga, California
June 14, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in CG 98, 246, 499; AH 197, 536; UL 179.
“As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.” [John 1:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 1)
It is worth everything to us to be the children of God. To His children He communicates His will. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 2)
We are to give to the world an evidence of our sonship. Let Christ live and abide in you. Then man will take knowledge of you that you have been with Jesus; that you have learned lessons from the great Teacher. Guard carefully words and actions, striving to form characters like the character of Christ. Reveal His love and tenderness, His patience and forbearance. Thus you will show to the world that you are children of God. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 3)
Christ said to His disciples, “Ye are the light of the world.... Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14, 16.] Only by letting our lights shine forth in good works can we gain true happiness. We cannot be happy unless we strive earnestly to do that which is right. When we obey God we not only gain happiness ourselves, but we become a source of happiness and strength to others. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 4)
We are to bring the sweetness of Christ’s presence into the home. We are to carry the principles of Christianity into all that we do. He who is engaged in a business into which he cannot bring religion, let him seek another business. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 5)
“If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you.” [John 15:7.] When you pray, present this promise. It is our privilege to come to Him with holy boldness. As in sincerity we ask Him to let His light shine upon us, He will hear and answer us. But we must live in harmony with our prayers. They are of no avail if we walk contrary to them. I have seen a father who, after reading a portion of Scripture and offering prayer, would often, almost as soon as he had risen from his knees, begin to scold his children. How could God answer the prayer he had offered? And if after scolding his children a father offers prayer, does that prayer benefit the children? No; not unless it is a prayer of confession to God. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 6)
“Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples. As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you; continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love. These things have I spoken unto you”—that you may be unbelieving, sad, and unhappy? No—“that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy might be full.” [Verses 8-11.] God wants us to be joyful. He is not pleased when we murmur and complain. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 7)
“This is My commandment, That ye love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that he lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth; but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you. Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you.” [Verses 12-16.] Does Christ here refer to ministers only? No. God has ordained all who believe in His name—ordained them to be His children, to communicate His grace to those with whom they associate. He will help and strengthen those who seek to represent Christ to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 8)
“Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you.” [Verse 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 9)
“These things I command you that ye love one another. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you.” [Verses 17, 18.] If you are the children of God, and work the works of God, you must expect to be hated by the world. “If ye were of the world, the world would love his own; but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept My saying, they will keep yours also. But all these things will they do unto you for My name’s sake, because they know not Him that sent Me.” [Verses 19-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 10)
Home Influence
Every day there are battles to be fought. Parents, in the home fight the good fight of faith. Help your children to gain victories. Talk with them about heaven. Tell them that you want them to be there. Surround them with an atmosphere of love. Thus you can subdue their stubborn dispositions. Christ will co-operate with you in your efforts to win your children to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 11)
Show respect for your children, and do not allow them to speak one disrespectful word to you. Teach them that they are a part of the family firm, and that they are to help in bearing its burdens. Let them help you; thus you are helping them. And as you teach them to work diligently, with neatness and order, you yourselves will learn valuable lessons. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 12)
Remember that as your children go to school, they carry with them the influence that prevails in the home. If a spirit of kindness and helpfulness prevails in the home, your children will go from it to speak kind words and to perform unselfish acts. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 13)
Do not allow your children to have their own way in everything. Thus you do them untold harm. Teach them to give up their own wishes for the sake of others. Teach them lessons of self-control and submission. But in order to do this, you need not scold and fret. Harsh, angry words are not of heavenly origin. Scolding and fretting never help. Instead, they stir up the worst feelings of the human heart. When your children do wrong and are filled with rebellion, and you are tempted to speak and act harshly, wait before you correct them. Give them an opportunity to think, and allow your temper to cool. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 14)
As you deal kindly and tenderly with your children, they and you will receive the blessing of the Lord. And think you that in the day of God’s judgment, any one will regret that he has been patient and kind with his children? (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 15)
Abraham’s household numbered no less than a thousand souls, and God said of him, “I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment.” [Genesis 18:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 16)
In your work for your children, take hold of the mighty power of God. Commit your children to the Lord in prayer. Work earnestly and untiringly for them. God will hear your prayers and will draw them to Himself. Then, at the last great day, you can bring them to God, saying, Here am I and the children whom Thou hast given me. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 17)
How to Meet Opposition
As you endeavor to do what is right, you will meet opposition. Take your stand firmly for Christ. “Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” [Ephesians 6:10-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 18)
Christians will meet opposition. But those who wear constantly the armor that God has provided will never be defeated. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 19)
“Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Verses 13-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 20)
Preparing for Eternal Life
Angels of God will co-operate with us as we seek to bring to the foundation traits of character represented by gold, and silver, and precious stones, material that will bear the test of the purifying fires of the last day. There are many who are bringing to the foundation that which is represented by wood, hay, and stubble. Those who do this, whose service is unprofitable to God, yet who at last repent, are represented as being saved as by fire. As they realize their danger, and return to the Lord, He forgives them and accepts them, notwithstanding their many years of unfaithfulness. But all such will testify to the loss they have suffered in failing to improve the opportunities granted them. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 21)
God’s Word, studied and obeyed, gives eternal life. “Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood,” Christ said, “hath eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day.... It is the Spirit that quickeneth; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, and they are life.” [John 6:54, 63.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 22)
Those who bear the name of Christian are to reach the high standard of godliness set before them in the Word of God. Ever they are to bear about with them the evidence that God is imparting to them strength that enables them to live Christlike lives. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 23)
Life is uncertain. When I stand before a congregation, I wonder whether I shall ever speak to them again. I am afflicted with heart trouble, and at times it seems that at any moment my breath may cease. I want to be ready should death call me suddenly. And I want you all to live in readiness to die, that when Christ comes He may place on your brows a crown of gold. In the kingdom of God above, I want to hear these little children singing praises to their Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 24)
A Message From Revelation
In the third chapter of Revelation we find our duty plainly marked out: “And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.” [Verse 1.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 25)
Sardis was a very wicked city. To this city the apostles had carried truth, but the inhabitants had refused to walk in the light. As men refuse to walk in the light that comes to them, their hearts become hardened, and God’s judgments are permitted to come upon them. Can it be said of any of us that we bear the name of Christians, but are spiritually dead? If so, the word comes to us: (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 26)
“Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent.” [Verses 2, 3.] There can be no genuine repentance without sincere prayer. At your daily work, at your place of business, wherever you are, pray for the keeping power of God, and He will keep you from falling. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 27)
“If therefore thou wilt not watch, I will come upon thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verse 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 28)
“Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white; for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” [Verses 4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 29)
There are many whose names, when they first accepted Christ, were written in the book of life, but who have since become careless, indifferent, and prayerless. Their names will not always remain in the book of life. Those who would have their names retained in that book must be Christians every day, every hour, every minute. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 30)
“He that hath an ear let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth and no man shutteth; and shutteth and no man openeth. I know thy works: behold I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept My word, and hast not denied My name.” [Verses 6-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 31)
That which Christ opens, no human power can close; that which He closes no opposing force can open. Then let Him open the windows of your soul heavenward and close them earthward, that your heart may be illuminated by rays from the throne of God. When Christ closes the door of your heart against the enemy, no power can open that door to Satan. But if, because you will not repent, the door of your heart is closed to the Saviour, your prayers, your good works, and all the praise of men will be of no avail. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 32)
“Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee.” [Verse 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 33)
“Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth.” [Verse 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 34)
Those who follow Christ must walk by faith. “If any man will come after Me,” He said, “let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow Me.” [Luke 9:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 35)
“Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.” [Revelation 3:11.] Crowns are being prepared for us, but unless we strive, we shall not receive them. Let us seek to win the crowns of everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 36)
“Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God, and I will write upon him My new name.” [Verse 12.] This does not mean that we shall be stationary as a pillar. But we shall bear responsibilities. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 37)
Christ was once asked, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven?” In answer He called a little child to Him, and said to those who asked the question, “Verily I say unto you. Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 18:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 38)
“Take My yoke,” said Christ, “and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] The rest that Christ gives brings the peace that passes all understanding. This peace we may have in our hearts by complying with Christ’s conditions for finding rest. “I will write upon him My new name.” [Revelation 3:12.] We may not now fully understand what some of these things mean. Let us leave with the Lord that which He has not revealed. When we see the King in His beauty, we shall understand many things that now we do not understand. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 39)
“He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verse 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 40)
“And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write: These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Verses 14-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 41)
Professing Christians who live cold-hearted, selfish lives are nauseating to Christ. Let us not be lukewarm Christians, heartless in our treatment of others. Let us surround ourselves with an atmosphere of courage and hope. Let us speak pleasant, encouraging words to those around us. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 42)
Those who do not follow the teaching of the Word of God are ignorant of their true condition. God says to them: (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 43)
“Because thou sayest, I am rich and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door and knock; if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” [Verses 17-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 44)
Let us cherish the truth of God. Unless we are successful in obtaining eternal life, it were better for us that we had never been born. Let us not refuse to avail ourselves of the privileges that are ours through the sacrifice of Christ. Although equal with God, He came to this world to give His life for us. On the cross of Calvary, He died a death of shame, that He might make an atonement for the sins of those who receive Him as their Saviour. To those who receive Him, and believe on Him, He promises to give power to become the sons of God. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 45)
Jesus loves you. He has purchased you with His blood. Had He not loved you, He would not have died for you. His heart of love is grieved when you work contrary to Him, because you are thwarting His plan for your salvation. God cannot bless those who oppose Him, those who refuse to accept the words of comfort and peace that would bring light and love to their souls. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 46)
To every man is given his work. Those who are connected with God will reveal their connection by working with Him. They are co-partners with God and with Christ. They are joint-heirs with Christ to an immortal inheritance. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 47)
If in this world we do our best, following our divine Example, overcoming in the strength that He gives, we shall be granted an abundant entrance into the courts above. There Christ will lead us by rivers of living water and teach us the meaning of the providences that in this world we did not understand. Then we shall be able to discern the love of God in what now seem to us adversities. We shall see that trials were permitted to come to us to remove our unchristlike traits of character and to strengthen our weak points. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 48)
God is calling upon you to surrender to Him. Will you not come? Will you not give Him your heart’s best and holiest affections? Will you not receive from Him gold tried in the fire, that you may be rich, and white raiment that you may be clothed? Will you not allow Him to anoint your eyes with His heavenly eyesalve, that you may see clearly? Draw nigh to God, and He will draw nigh to you. He will lift up a standard for you against the enemy. As in the power of Christ you gain victory after victory, you will be filled with the spirit of praise. In the home and in the church you will praise God. He in whose heart the mighty power of God is working cannot be silent. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 49)
Let those in this church lift the standard higher, and still higher. Live close to Christ, that you may exert a saving influence on those with whom you come in contact. Seek earnestly for the conversion of souls. All around are men and women who will gladly receive the message of salvation. Take your Bible, and show them the beauty of the truth. If you say nothing to them about the love of God, if you allow them to continue unwarned, the time will come when you will bitterly regret your wasted opportunities. Doors for service are open everywhere. Unless God sends us, we need not go to India or China. All around us are those who need our help. Let us do our best. I often wish I could go back to the time when I was about twenty-five years old, that I might live my life over again. I long to bring souls to Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 50)
The Lord is coming soon. We have but little time in which to prepare for His coming. Every day, the record of our life for that day is recorded in the books of heaven. At the judgment, may those books say of every one here, “Ye are complete in Him.” [Colossians 2:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 114, 1903, 51)
Ms 115, 1903
Diary/Instruction Regarding Sanitarium Work
NP
September 4, 1902
Portions of this manuscript are published in MM 306; CG 486; 3BC 1148; 10MR 164-165; PC 38-40; SpM 256, pp. -259.
I have been calling upon God to heal my eyes and to give me clearness of mind, that I may be able to express in proper language, some subjects that I have dreaded to write out, fearing that I would be unable to do justice to the subject. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 1)
In our sanitarium work plants should be made in many places. In the sanitariums established a decided influence for temperance and for all points of truth should be exerted. The workers should seek to help one another. Those who possess the true missionary spirit will esteem all for whom Christ has died. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 2)
God has declared that sanitariums and hygienic restaurants should be established for the purpose of making known to the world His law. The closing of our restaurants on the Sabbath is to be a witness that there is a people who will not, for worldly gain or to please people, disregard God’s holy rest day. These restaurants are to be established in our cities to bring the truth before many who are engrossed in the business and pleasure of this world. Many of these are professed Christians, but are “lovers of pleasure more than lovers of God.” [2 Timothy 3:4.] These are to know that God has a people who fear Him and keep His commandments. They are to be taught how to choose and prepare the simple food that is best suited to nourish the body and preserve the health. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 3)
Regarding Long Courses of Study
Questions have arisen in regard to the management of sanitariums and in regard to the plans to be followed in the education of physicians and nurses. We are asked whether few or many should take a five years’ course. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 4)
All are to be left perfectly free to follow the dictates of an enlightened conscience. There are those who with a few months’ instruction would be prepared to go out and do acceptable medical missionary work. Some cannot feel that it is their duty to give years to one line of study. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 5)
Nurses Not to be Restricted
After the nurses have served the term agreed upon, and have given their services in return for their education, they should be at liberty to take up work where they wish and to earn what they can. Some many not have been able to give any money while getting their education. Their board and clothing, with the gifts they have made to the cause of God, may have taken all their earnings. Then if they are taken sick, they have no money to fall back on, and they are helped by the sanitarium as cases of charity. This is a species of slavery to which some will conscientiously submit, while others will backslide from the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 6)
The young men and young women who take their medical course or the nurses’ course should not be taught that after their graduation they will ever after be amenable to the association under which they received their education. When nurses go to patients not in the sanitarium, they should not be required to return to the sanitarium all that they earn, except just enough to cover the cost of food and clothing. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 7)
There is much to be considered in regard to this matter. From the light that I have, I know that these things are not properly adjusted. The nurses give their services in return for the education that they receive. They are not always to be required to pay a portion of their wages to the sanitarium. This is not just. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 8)
And when their term of service has expired, the nurses should be left free to work where they please, and to recognize that they are accountable only to God for the use they make of the money they earn. They are not to be required to pay to the sanitarium at which they received their training a certain part of their earnings. They are to be left free as those who have settled their indebtedness, and are now at liberty to use their earnings as God directs. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 9)
Perhaps they have brothers and sisters who need an education in our schools. Perhaps their parents need what they can spare of their earnings. Their duty to their parents comes first. There has been suffering in families for want of the means that nurses have given in donations to our sanitariums. This very money was needed by their parents. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 10)
A reformation is needed on this point, for justice has not always been done. A hold is not to be retained on the nurses educated in our sanitariums, as if they had sold themselves to the institution for life. This matter has been presented to me as something that needs to be set right. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 11)
How much depression and anxiety has been the result of this unwise business arrangement will never be known until the cases of all are seen as they really are. Many of the arrangements made in the name of medical missionary work need adjusting by the wisdom of a Physician that is above all human physicians. Men need to understand that equity and justice and mercy are the attributes of the Most High. In no case will the Lord be pleased with a course such as has been followed in dealing with those who are anxious to obtain a knowledge in the treatment of the sick. These nurses and helpers have rendered faithful service, but have not received an equivalent. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 12)
Practical Instruction to be Given
Great care should be exercised in the training of young people for the medical missionary work; for the mind is molded by that which it receives and retains. Too much incomplete work has been done in the education given. The most useful education is that found in practical work. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 13)
Our institutions are not to be so overgrown that the most important points in education do not receive the proper consideration. Instruction should be given in medical missionary work. The teaching given in medical lines should be blended with a study of the Bible. And physical training should not be neglected. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 14)
Great care should be exercised in regard to the influences that prevail in the institution. The influences under which the nurses are placed will mold their character for eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 15)
The home is the child’s first school. Here it should receive its first training in regard to right principles. In childhood the mind is readily impressed and molded, and it is then that boys and girls should be taught to love and honor God. In sympathy and love parents should teach them line upon line, precept upon precept, the lessons of His Word. Neither the church school nor the college afford the opportunities for establishing a child’s character building upon the right foundation as are afforded in the home. In the school there are not the strong ties of love that there are in the home. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 16)
The youth in their waywardness and inexperience need to associate with teachers who feel an intense interest in the work of educating and training the members of the Lord’s family. The teachers are to have no favorites among their students. They are not to give the most attention to the bright, quick students. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 17)
First impressions are not to be trusted. It is those who apparently are the most unpromising, who need the most tact and kindly words that will bind their hearts to the heart of the teacher. Angels of God come to every schoolroom. If their presence is welcomed they will keep the minds of the students fresh with the love of God. And they will help the teacher to preserve order and discipline. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 18)
Students who at first may seem to be dull and slow, may in the end make greater progress than those who are naturally quicker. If they are thorough and systematic in their work, they will gain much that others will fail to gain. Those who form habits of patient, persevering industry will accomplish more than those of quick, vivacious, brilliant minds, who, though grasping a point quickly, lose it just as readily. The patient ones, though slower to learn, will stand ahead of those who learn so quickly that they do not need to study. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 19)
Sanitariums to be in the Country
I have received much instruction regarding the location of sanitariums. They should be a few miles distant from the large cities, and land should be secured in connection with them. Fruit and vegetables should be cultivated, and the patients should be encouraged to take up outdoor work. Many who are suffering from pulmonary disease might be cured if they would live in a climate where they could be out of doors most of the year. Many who have died of consumption might have lived if they had breathed more pure air. Fresh outdoor air is as healing as medicine and leaves no injurious after effects. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 20)
To the young and strong the bustle of the city is sometimes more agreeable than the quiet of the country, but the sick long for the quiet of the country. As these things are presented before me, and as I think of how much is lost by an indoor life, I can scarcely endure the thought of our sanitariums being situated where the patients must endure the rigor of cold winters, where during the winter months they must remain inside most of the time, the rooms heated with steam coils, and the air impure. In every place there are in winter some things that are disadvantageous to the sick, but some places have fewer disadvantages than others. There are localities where all the year round fruit-bearing trees may be seen, and where but little fire is needed for purposes of warmth. In sanitariums established in such places the patients can have the advantages of the outdoor air at all seasons of the year. When fires are required, there should, if possible, be open fireplaces in which wood can be burned. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 21)
Why do not our physicians see and understand that patients should be treated out of and away from the cities? And not the patients only, but physicians and nurses need a cheerful, sunshiny atmosphere. Is it surprising that under gloomy surroundings, workers should be downhearted and depressed, leading unbelievers to think that their religion makes them gloomy? Let there be light and love and cheerful song in the place of gloom, and what a change would take place! (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 22)
Our schools also should be established away from the cities, where the influences will be favorable for receiving the instruction that is to be given in Bible lines. “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.” [Psalm 111:10.] Both the students in our schools and the patients in our sanitariums may receive great advantages by having before their eyes the open book of nature instead of the walls of a room, the air of which is often laden with the poisonous exhalations of the lungs. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 23)
Cultivate Cheerfulness
Would it not be well to cultivate gratitude and to offer grateful songs of thanksgiving to God? As Christians we ought to praise God more than we do. We ought to bring more of the brightness of His love into our lives. As by faith we look to Jesus, His joy and peace are reflected from the countenances. How earnestly we should seek so to relate ourselves to God that our faces may reflect the sunshine of His love! When our own souls are vivified by the Holy Spirit, we shall exert an uplifting influence upon others who know not the joy of Christ’s presence. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 24)
Said David, “Come and hear, all ye that fear God, and I will declare what He hath done for my soul.” [Psalm 66:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 25)
Nebuchadnezzar because of his pride was humiliated, his reason was taken away, and for seven years he was as one of the beasts of the field. At the end of that time he praised God. “And at the end of the days I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up mine eyes unto heaven, and mine understanding returned to me, and I blessed the Most High, and I praised and honored Him that liveth forever, whose dominion is an everlasting dominion, and His kingdom is from generation to generation: and all the inhabitants of the earth are reputed as nothing: and He doeth according to His will in the army of heaven, and among the inhabitants of the earth: and none can stay His hand, or say unto Him, What doest Thou?” [Daniel 4:34, 35.] (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 26)
In the open air, the patients, some in wheel chairs, will feel songs of joy coming from their hearts, and some will receive Christ by faith. Many more might be brought to a knowledge of the truth if their surroundings were of a softening and subduing nature. As they behold the beauties of nature, their minds will be led to think of the glories of the home that Christ has gone to prepare for His people. They will realize that the Bible has been given to point out the way to this home and to prepare the soul for the region of bliss. Joy unspeakable will fill their minds. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 27)
“In that day shall it be said to Jerusalem, Fear thou not: and to Zion, Let not thine hands be slack. The Lord thy God in the midst of thee is mighty; He will save, He will rejoice over thee with joy; He will rest in His love, He will joy over thee with singing.” [Zephaniah 3:16, 17.] (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 28)
Simplicity in Diet and Treatments
It would have been better if, from the first, all drugs had been kept out of our sanitariums and use had been made of such simple remedies as are found in pure water, pure air, sunlight, and some of the simple herbs growing in the field. These would be just as efficacious as the drugs used under mysterious names and concocted by human science. And they would leave no injurious effects in the system. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 29)
Thousands who are afflicted might recover their health if, instead of depending upon the drugstore for their life, they would discard all drugs and live simply, without using tea, coffee, liquor, or spices, which irritate the stomach and leave it weak, unable to digest even simple food without stimulation. The Lord is willing to let His light shine forth in clear, distinct rays to all who are weak and feeble. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 30)
Vegetables, fruits, and grains should compose our diet. Not an ounce of flesh meat should enter our stomachs. The eating of flesh is unnatural. We are to return to God’s original purpose in the creation of man. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 31)
*****
There is a great work to be done. And all are to undertake this work, not for self-exaltation, but wholly for the glory of God. They are instruments, chosen by God to co-operate with Him. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 32)
*****
There is blessing in the association of old and young. The young may bring sunshine into the hearts and minds of the aged. Those of hoary heads need the vitality and action of the young. And the young need the wisdom and mature experience of older persons. There is to be a blending of the two. Wisdom and patience will do a great work for the weak and sickly. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 33)
*****
The Lord has a controversy with the inhabitants of the earth. They are no longer of benefit to the world in advancing truth and righteousness. They are about to be gathered in bundles, ready to be burned. They are as faggots ready to be cast into the fire. (18LtMs, Ms 115, 1903, 34)
Ms 116, 1903
Lessons From the Story of Cornelius
NP
October 8, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
The story of Cornelius was written for encouragement for all who are honestly seeking for the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 1)
“There was a certain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a centurion of the band called the Italian band, a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, which gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God alway. He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God coming in to him, and saying unto him, Cornelius. And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter: he lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside: he shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do.” [Acts 10:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 2)
Although Cornelius was a Gentile, it is said of him that he “feared God, with all his house.” [Verse 2.] He had not a theoretical understanding of the truth, but in his life he manifested the true principles of Christianity, and the Lord sent an angel to him with a message of commendation. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 3)
His course was far more pleasing to God than that of many who, though having opportunity to know the principles of truth, do not, because it is inconvenient or unpleasant, obey the laws of God. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 4)
Cornelius was walking in all the light he had received, and the Lord gave him an opportunity of hearing the gospel message and of uniting with the newly formed church. Those who today are, like Cornelius, asking God for wisdom will receive it. The Lord is always ready to supply the necessities of the self-sacrificing and liberal when they call upon Him. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 5)
“And when the angel which spake unto Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on them continually, and when he had declared all these things unto them, he sent them to Joppa.” [Verses 7, 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 6)
In all this transaction, the wisdom of Christ is manifested. The Lord will work marvelously, when men will not, by human wisdom, thwart His purposes. The Lord has His own means of accomplishing the work He wishes done. “All power,” said Christ, “is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Matthew 28:18.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 7)
At this time the Jewish converts still retained their prejudice against the Gentiles. Even Peter needed to be converted. God must teach him that he was not to belittle those who had had no opportunity of hearing the truth. Note how carefully God worked to overcome the prejudices against the Gentiles that had been so thoroughly introduced into Peter’s mind by all his Jewish training. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 8)
“On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour: and he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance.” [Acts 10:9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 9)
Peter hungered not for physical food alone. As from the housetop he viewed the city and the surrounding country, he hungered for the salvation of his countrymen. He had an intense desire to point out to them from the Scriptures the prophecies relating to the sufferings and death of Christ. He longed that they might accept the wonderful revelation of the truth as it is in Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 10)
As he prayed, he became lost as to his whereabouts. He “saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth: wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter, kill, and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. This was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven. Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold the men which were sent from Cornelius had made enquiry for Simon’s house, and stood before the gate, and called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 11)
“While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, three men seek thee. Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, doubting nothing: for I have sent them. Then Peter went down to the men which were sent unto him from Cornelius; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come? And they said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man, and one that feareth God, and of good report among all the nations of the Jews, was warned from God by an holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear words of thee. Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them, and certain brethren from Joppa accompanied him. And the morrow after they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius waited for them, and had called together his kinsmen and near friends. And as Peter was coming in, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshipped him. But Peter took him up, saying, Stand up: I myself also am a man. And as he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come together. And he said unto them, Ye know how that it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company or come unto one of another nation; but God hath shewed me that I should not call any man common or unclean. Therefore came I unto you without gainsaying, as soon as I was sent for: I ask therefore for what intent ye have sent for me? And Cornelius said, Four days ago I was fasting until this hour; and at the ninth hour I prayed in mine house, and, behold, a man stood before me in bright clothing, and said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God. Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither Simon, whose surname is Peter; he is lodged in the house of one Simon a tanner by the seaside: who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee. Immediately therefore, I sent to thee; thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are commanded thee of God. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 12)
“Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: but in every nation he that feareth Him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with Him. The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (He is Lord of all:) that word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judea, and began from Galilee after the baptism which John preached; how God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with Him. And we are witnesses of all things which He did both in the land of the Jews and in Jerusalem; whom they slew and hanged on a tree: Him God raised up the third day, and showed Him openly: not to all the people, but unto witnesses chosen before of God, even unto us, who did eat and drink with Him after He rose from the dead. And He commanded us to preach unto the people, and to testify that it is He which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead. To Him give all the prophets witness, that through His name whosoever shall believe on Him shall receive remission of sins. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 13)
“While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Ghost fell on all them which heard the word. And they of the circumcision were astonished, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost. For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter, Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we? And He commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.” [Verses 11-48.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 14)
Paul was the appointed minister to the Gentiles; Peter was the apostle of the circumcision. Yet Peter was the one whom God used in doing the first work among the Gentiles. This was ordered by a wise God, who knows the end from the beginning. The Lord chose Peter to lead out in proclaiming the gospel to the Gentiles. He was the one best able to accomplish this work without friction and to remove the prejudice existing among the Jewish Christians. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 15)
Peter accepted the interpretation of the vision. Never did he attempt to force the rites of the ceremonial law upon the Gentile converts. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 16)
This record illustrates the power of God to break down prejudice. When “some of the circumcision contended with him,” because he had transgressed the traditions of the Jews in associating with the Gentiles, Peter related his vision. He told of his experience in Cornelius’ house and how the Holy Ghost descended on the Gentiles as well as on the Jews. “Then remembered I,” he said, “the word of the Lord, how that He said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost. Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as He did unto us, who believed in the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God? When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.” [Acts 11:2-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 17)
Thus without controversy, prejudice was broken down, and the way was opened for the work to be carried on among the Gentiles without further opposition. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 18)
“But God, who is rich in mercy, for His great love wherewith He loved us, even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us together with Christ, (by grace are ye saved;) and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus: that in the ages to come He might shew the exceeding riches of His grace in His kindness toward us through Jesus Christ. For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves: it is the gift of God: not of works, lest any man should boast. For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them. Wherefore remember that ye being in time past Gentiles in the flesh, who are called Uncircumcision by that which is called the Circumcision in the flesh made with hands; That at that time ye were without Christ, being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers from the covenant of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world. But now in Jesus Christ ye who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ.” [Ephesians 2:4-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 19)
*****
Let those who are ready to take up burdens that the Lord has not given them be careful lest the work to which they are appointed remains undone. (18LtMs, Ms 116, 1903, 20)
Ms 117, 1903
A Neglected Work
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
September 24, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in WM 36-37, 43, 48, 217-218, 242; 8MR 197.
We are living amidst the perils of the last days. Are we ready for Christ’s appearing? Should He come suddenly, would He find us unready to meet Him? What is the matter with Christians, that they do not do more for the Master? There are many, many who know not the time of their visitation. Many are showing by the daily life that they have lost their first love. Their spirituality is feeble and diseased. They need the leaves of the tree of life, which are for the healing of the nations. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 1)
God’s followers are to press together in unity. They are to walk and talk like men who have the fellowship of the Spirit. They are to be bound up with Christ in God. For ten days the disciples continued in one accord in prayer and supplication. These were days of heart-searching and confession of sin. They prayed for the impartation of the Spirit, and their prayers were heard. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 2)
We must be united. Only thus can we bear witness that God has sent His Son to save sinners. It was when the disciples were one in heart and mind that the promise of the Spirit was fulfilled. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 3)
My brethren and sisters, do not, by professing to be Christians, yet living the life of a sinner, place before the feet of unbelievers stones of stumbling. Let the light of the life of Christ shine out through your lives. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 4)
Who Is My Neighbor?
On one occasion, when Christ was speaking to a large company, the Pharisees, hoping to catch something from His lips that they could use to condemn Him, sent a lawyer to Him with the question, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” Christ read the hearts of the Pharisees as an open book, and His answer to the questioner was, “What is written in the law? how readest thou?” “And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” [Luke 10:25-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 5)
“Thou hast answered right,” Christ said; “this do, and thou shalt live.” [Verse 28.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 6)
The lawyer knew that by his own answer he had condemned himself. He knew that he did not love his neighbor as himself. But willing to justify himself, he asked, “And who is my neighbor?” [Verse 29.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 7)
Christ answered this question by relating an incident, the memory of which was fresh in the minds of His hearers. “A certain man,” He said, “went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead.” [Verse 30.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 8)
In journeying from Jerusalem to Jericho, the traveler had to pass through a portion of the wilderness of Judea. The road led down a wild, rocky ravine, which was infested with robbers and was often the scene of violence. It was here that the traveler was attacked, stripped of all that was valuable, and left half dead by the wayside. As he lay thus, a priest came that way: he saw the man lying wounded and bruised, weltering in his own blood; but he left him without rendering any assistance. “He passed by on the other side.” Then a Levite appeared. Curious to know what had happened, he stopped and looked at the sufferer. He was convicted of what he ought to do, but it was not an agreeable duty. He wished that he had not come that way. He persuaded himself that the case was no concern of his, and he too “passed by on the other side.” [Verses 31, 32.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 9)
But a Samaritan, traveling the same road, saw the sufferer, and he did the work that the others had refused to do. With gentleness and kindness he ministered to the wounded man. “When he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him. And on the morrow when he departed, he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto him, Take care of him, and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.” [Verses 33-35.] The priest and the Levite both professed piety, but the Samaritan showed that he was truly converted. It was no more agreeable for him to do the work than for the priest and Levite, but in spirit and works he proved himself to be in harmony with God. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 10)
The lawyer found in the lesson nothing that he could criticize. But he had not overcome his national dislike sufficiently to give credit to the Samaritan by name. When Christ asked, “Which now of these three, thinkest thou, was neighbor unto him that fell among the thieves,” he answered, “He that showed mercy on him.” [Verses 36, 37.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 11)
“Then Jesus said unto him, Go, and do thou likewise.” [Verse 37.] Show the same tender kindness to those in need. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 12)
Thus you will give evidence that you keep the whole law. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 13)
The priest and Levite had no excuse for their cold-hearted indifference. The law of mercy and kindness was plainly stated in the Old Testament Scriptures. It was their appointed work to minister to just such cases as the one whom they had coldly passed by. Had they obeyed the law they claimed to respect, they would not have passed this man by without helping him. But they had forgotten the principles of the law that Christ, enshrouded in the pillar of cloud, had given to their fathers as He led them through the wilderness. They looked upon it as beneath them to minister to an unknown sufferer by the wayside. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 14)
Many today are making the same mistake made by the priest and the Levite. They separate their duties into two distinct classes. The one class is made up of great things, to be regulated by the law of God; the other class is made up of so-called little things, in which the command “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself” is ignored. [Leviticus 19:18.] This sphere of work is left to caprice, subject to inclination or impulse. Thus the character is marred and the religion of Christ misrepresented. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 15)
The same one that said to Moses, “Lo, I come unto thee in a thick cloud, that the people may hear when I speak with thee, and believe thee forever” [Exodus 19:9], condescended to come to our world in the garb of humanity. The only begotten Son of God became a helpless babe in Bethlehem. It was He who was now speaking to the Jewish people, but they knew Him not. From the mount He had spoken, saying, “I am the Lord thy God, which brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage.” [Exodus 20:2.] He was now standing before them in His assumed humanity, giving them a lesson that they would never forget, whether they heeded it or disregarded it. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 16)
Who is my neighbor? This is a question that all our churches need to understand. Had the priest and the Levite read understandingly the Hebrew code, their treatment of the wounded man would have been far different. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 17)
The laws given to Israel guard especially the interests of those who need help. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 18)
“Thou shalt neither vex a stranger, nor oppress him; for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. Ye shall not afflict any widow or fatherless child. If thou afflict them in any wise, and they cry at all unto Me, I will surely hear their cry; and My wrath shall wax hot, and I will kill you with the sword; and your wives shall be widows, and your children fatherless.” [Exodus 22:21-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 19)
Let those in our churches, and those who stand in positions of responsibility in our institutions, learn from these words how carefully the Lord guards the interests of those who cannot help themselves. He hears the cry of the widow for her fatherless children. He will surely bring into judgment those who disregard the rules that He has laid down to shield them from harm. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 20)
And yet, in spite of the warnings that God has given, there are those who are not afraid to do injustice to the widow and the fatherless. The Word of the Lord has come to them, but they would not change their course in order to help the needy. They turned their ears away from the plea of the fatherless. The tears and prayers of the widow were nothing to them. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 21)
With those who dare to deal without mercy, God will deal as they have dealt with those who besought them for aid. I have been instructed that the blind have often been dealt with in a merciless way. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 22)
True sympathy between man and his fellow man is to be the sign distinguishing those who love and fear God from those who are unmindful of His law. How great the sympathy that Christ expressed in coming to this world to give His life a sacrifice for a dying world. His religion led to the doing of genuine medical missionary work. He was a healing power. “I will have mercy and not sacrifice,” He said. [Matthew 9:13.] This is the test that the great Author of truth used to distinguish between true religion and false. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 23)
God wants His medical missionaries to act with the tenderness and compassion that Christ would show were He in our world. Is it not time that we understood that not a sparrow falls to the ground without the notice of our heavenly Father? Will not the Lord visit with judgments those who have disobeyed His Word? Money will relieve the blind. Sympathy can be exercised toward a wrongdoer who has confessed his sin and pleads for another trial. But often such an one has been turned away without a thought in regard to the Word of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 24)
I am instructed to place these matters before those who have misrepresented the great Medical Missionary. Is it not time that we began to understand that God is in earnest with us? God declares that He will not bear with the continued transgression of those who have had great light, but who, because their hearts are filled with prejudice, refuse to relieve the suffering of those who ask their sympathy. As they have dealt with those who cried for help, so will they be dealt with. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 25)
I am sorry to write of these things, but I know that unless this wrong is put away from our institutions, unless medical missionary work is carried on with the tender compassion that Christ designed should be revealed through it, the truth will be greatly dishonored. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 26)
The Lord calls for deep searching of heart. “Repent, and be converted,” He says, “that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.” [Acts 3:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 27)
God is not pleased with the variance and strife and discord that exist among us. He calls for a blending of heart with heart. Time is fast passing. The end is near. Were Christ to come today, could we meet Him with peace? (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 28)
There is abundant reason why we have not more of the power of God’s grace, why our light does not shine more brightly. Christ says, “You have left your first love.” “Except you repent, I will come unto you quickly, and will remove your candlestick out of his place.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 29)
Shall we not humble ourselves before God in behalf of those who apparently have little spiritual life? Shall we not have appointed seasons of prayer for them? Shall we not pray every day for those who seem to be dead in trespasses and sins? As we plead with God to break the hearts of stone, our own hearts will become more sensitive. We shall be quicker to see our own sin. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 30)
If we believe the Word of God, we must know that we are in a perilous condition. To those who feel that they are rich and increased with goods and have need of nothing, God says, “Thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked. I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich, and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed; and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me.” [Revelation 3:17-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 31)
My brethren, will you hear this Word? Will those connected with our institutions clear away the rubbish from the door of their hearts, and let Jesus in? Will they pray with strong crying and tears, as Christ prayed for just such blind, ignorant ones as those who are now professedly serving Him, but who are in reality exalting themselves? Cast the root of bitterness out of your hearts; for thereby many are being defiled. (18LtMs, Ms 117, 1903, 32)
Ms 117a, 1903
Decided Action to be Taken Now
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
October, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in SpTB #7 36-42.
During the night the Spirit of God has been presenting many things to my mind. The experience that was given us at the last General Conference was of God. Had Dr. Kellogg then done thorough work, the terrible experience through which we are now passing would never have been. Again, God has permitted the presentation in Living Temple to be made to reveal the danger threatening us. The working that has been so ingeniously carried on, He has permitted in order that things might be developed, in order that it might be seen what man can do with human minds because he has obtained their confidence as a physician. He has permitted this crisis to come to open the eyes of those who desire to know the truth. He would have them see how Satan’s sophistry has been aided by Satan’s devising. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 1)
Dr. Kellogg has been regarded as a god, and he has been left to show what self-exaltation leads to when man acts a part similar to the part that Satan acted in Eden; when he presents to those who know the truth scientific, spiritualistic sentiments, which do away with a personal God, representing the Creator as an essence pervading nature. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 2)
This work has been done, and the results of this insidious devising will break out again and again. Dr. Kellogg is no longer to be looked upon as a safe teacher of Bible truth. There are many for whom efforts will have to be put forth to lead them away from specious deception. How dangerous it is and always will be so to exalt a man that he seeks to make on minds impressions that are opposed to the sacred truths that for the last fifty years God has been giving us. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 3)
I am now authorized to say that the time has come when decided action should be taken. The development seen in the cause of God is similar to the development seen when Balaam caused Israel to sin just before they entered the promised land. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 4)
Few can see the meaning of the present apostasy. But the Lord has lifted the curtain and has shown me its meaning and the result that it will bring if allowed to continue. We must now lift our voices in warning. Who will acknowledge God as the supreme Ruler? Who will choose the misleading arguments and views that make Him, in the minds of those who accept them, as nothingness? (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 5)
These words were spoken to me in the night season. The sentiments in Living Temple regarding the personality of God have been received even by men who have a long experience in the truth. When such men thus consent to eat of the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, we are no longer to regard the subject as a matter to be handled with the greatest delicacy. That those whom we thought sound in the faith have failed to discern the specious, deadly influence of this science of evil should alarm us as nothing else has alarmed us. It is something that cannot be treated as a small matter that men, who have had so much light and such clear evidence as to the genuineness of the truth we hold, should become unsettled and led to accept theories that rob us of a personal God, putting in His place a farce. These doctrines sweep away the whole Christian economy. They estimate as nothingness the light that Christ came from heaven to give to John to give to His people. They teach that the scenes just before us are not of sufficient importance to be brought into account. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 6)
Nothing could be more false than the doctrines that bring God down to a level where He is nothingness. These doctrines make of no effect the truth of heavenly origin. Were they received by the people of God, they would rob them of their past experience, giving them a lie instead. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 7)
During the past night, I have been shown more distinctly than ever before that these sentiments are looked upon by some as the grand truths that are to be brought in at the present time. I was shown a platform, braced by solid timbers—the truths of the Word of God. Dr. Kellogg was directing this man and that man to loosen the timbers supporting the platform. Then I heard a voice saying, Where are the watchmen that ought to be standing on the walls of Zion? Are they asleep? How can they be silent? This foundation was built by the Master-worker and will stand storm and tempest. Will they permit this man to present doctrines that deny the past experience of the people of God? The time has come to take decided action. Every effort has been made to save this man. He has been used to do a good work. But no longer can he be trusted as a teacher of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 8)
I was instructed to call upon our physicians and ministers to take a firm stand for the truth. We are not to allow atheistic, spiritualistic sentiments to be brought before our youth. God has led us in the past, giving us truth, eternal truth. By this truth we are to stand. Dr. Kellogg and his associates have been deceived, and if they continue to hold fanciful, spiritualistic ideas, they will make many believe that the platform upon which we have been standing for the last fifty years has been torn away. I now bear my testimony plainly that Dr. Kellogg has departed from the faith and has given heed to the seductions of satanic agencies. He has not heeded the admonitions that have come to him from the Lord, and I am instructed to say that for years he has been departing from the faith. Who will now take their stand on the Lord’s side? Let these fanciful theories now be regarded as soul-destroying sentiments; for thus they are. No longer is there to be any hesitancy in calling things by the right name. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 9)
How dare any man venture to speak of God as he is spoken of in Living Temple? How dare any one seek to make of no effect the experience of Seventh-day Adventists for the last fifty years. I know what this means; for the truth in its reality has been presented to me. The Lord God omnipotent reigneth. The men who have been deceived, who call themselves medical missionaries, need now to see with anointed eyes, with clear, spiritual vision, that in spite of all man can do, “the foundation of God standeth sure,” and “the Lord knoweth them that are His.” [2 Timothy 2:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 10)
The message to the Laodicean church comes to us at this time with special meaning. Read it, and ask God to show you its import. Thank God that He is still sending us messages of mercy. The one believing the theories contained in Living Temple regarding God would, unless he should change, be led finally to look upon the whole Bible as a fiction; for these theories make of no account the plain Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 11)
Satan is working to get as large a number as possible gathered together at Battle Creek, to make of no effect the impression that God would have made on the minds of those engaged in the medical missionary work and in the gospel ministry. The judgments of God have been distinctly visited upon Battle Creek, and these judgments call for humiliation, rather than for proud boasting and self-exaltation. Dr. Kellogg has not known whither his feet were tending. His tendencies toward Pantheism have at last been revealed. God abhors his great swelling words of vanity. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 12)
The heavenly messenger turned to those professing to be medical missionaries, and said, “How could you allow yourselves to be led blindfold? How could you so misrepresent the name you bear? You have your Bibles. Why have you not reasoned from cause to effect? You have accepted theories which have led you away from the truths that are to stamp their impress upon the characters of Seventh-day Adventists. Dr. Kellogg has been removing the foundation timbers one by one, and his reasoning would soon leave us with no foundation for our faith. He has not received the testimonies that God through His Spirit has given. They are to him as idle tales. The books containing such important instruction are discarded because they say so much about a personal God.” (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 13)
What authority has man for treating God as a mere vagary? Where is the spirituality in this? What evidence does the one who does this give that he possesses a character higher than the character of God? Oh, to what lengths of folly and folly Satan, through his hypnotism, leads men. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 14)
Satan has sought to bring in the supposition that a reformation was to take place among Seventh-day Adventists, and that this reformation would consist in giving up the pillars of our faith for a process of reorganization. Were this reformation to take place, what would result? The principles that God in His wisdom has given would be discarded. Our religion would be changed. The fundamental principles that have sustained the work for the last fifty years would be shown to be error. A new organization would be established. A system of intellectual philosophy would be formed. Books of a new order would be written. The founders of this system would go into the cities and do a wonderful work. The Sabbath, of course, would go with the God who created it. Nothing would be allowed to stand in the way of the new movement. The leaders would teach that virtue is better than vice, but God being removed, they would place their dependence on human power, which, without God, is worthless. Their foundation would be built on the sand, and the storm and tempest would sweep away the building. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 15)
Who has authority to say that such a reformation should take place? We have our Bibles. We have our experience, attested to by the miraculous working of the Holy Spirit. We have a truth that admits of no compromise. Shall we not repudiate everything that is not in harmony with this truth? A mind trained only in worldly science fails to discern the deep things of God, but the same mind, converted and sanctified, would see the divine power in the Word. Only the mind cleansed by the sanctification of the Spirit can discern heavenly things. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 16)
The Scriptures, given by the inspiration of God, are “profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished unto all good works.” [2 Timothy 3:16, 17.] Go to the Word of God, brethren, to a “Thus saith the Lord.” We have had enough of human methods. Awake to your God-given responsibilities. Your judgment, unless perverted by a long practice of false principles, will discern the deep things of God, given by His Holy Spirit, and your hearts will be made susceptible to the teaching of the Word. The leadings of the Holy Spirit of God, through His Word, are to be our guide. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 17)
May God bring His people under the deep movings of His Spirit. The Spirit makes efficient the ordinary means of grace. God teaches that His kingdom is to be established in the earth “not by might, nor by power,” but by His Spirit. [Zechariah 4:6.] The Spirit is the efficiency of His people. The spirit of prayer is mighty through faith to the pulling down of the strongholds of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 18)
I am instructed to say that those who would tear down the foundation that God has laid are not to be accepted as leaders of His people. We are to hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end. Words of power have been sent by God and by Christ to this people, bringing them out from the world point by point, step by step, into the clear light of present truth. With lips touched with holy fire, God’s servants have proclaimed the message. The divine utterance has set its seal to the genuineness of the truth proclaimed. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 19)
The Lord calls for a renewal of the straight testimony borne in years past. He calls for a renewal of spiritual life. The spiritual energies of His people have long been torpid, but there will be a resurrection from apparent death. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 20)
In the future God will call for the gifts and talents of men not now actively engaged in His service. Let these respond to His call, putting their trust in the great Medical Missionary. The power that is the life of the soul has not been seen as it must be. It has been smothered for want of spiritual ventilation—the blending of human effort and divine grace. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 21)
God is calling upon His people to work. As they idle away the precious, golden moments of opportunity, He comes to them, saying, “Go work today in My vineyard.” [Matthew 21:28.] (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 22)
We must clear the King’s highway by prayer and confession of sin. The power of the Spirit will come to us as we do this. We need pentecostal energy. This will come; for the Lord has promised to send His Spirit as the all-conquering power. Mighty is this power. The precious God, whom we all love, will inspire the energies of His people. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 23)
Men may still learn the things that belong to their peace. Mercy’s voice may still be heard, calling, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me, for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] It is only when spiritual life is given that rest is found and lasting good secured. We must be able to say, in storm or tempest, “Our anchor holds.” He who builds upon any other foundation than that which has been laid, builds upon shifting sand. He who seeks to bring about a reformation, without the aid of the Holy Spirit’s reviving power, will find himself adrift. God calls for a reformation. Those who turn from human foolishness and frailty, from man’s seductive arts, from Satan’s planning to Christ—the shepherd and bishop of our souls—will stand secure upon the platform of eternal truth. (18LtMs, Ms 117a, 1903, 24)
Ms 118, 1903
What a Medical Missionary Leader Should Be
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
August 13, 1903
Previously unpublished. +
Christ was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, but He humbled Himself and came to this earth in human nature, to show men and women God’s ideal of what a medical missionary should be. He who consents to bear the responsibilities of a medical missionary leader should be guided in all things by pure, well-defined gospel principles. If there are in his work defects that would bring reproach upon the cause of his Master, let him bow in contrition before God, confessing his sins and the mistakes he has made, and asking forgiveness for misrepresenting in word or act the holy name he bears. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 1)
In every phase of Christian experience, in every line of missionary effort, the Lord expects His representatives to speak the right words at the right time. He expects them to speak words of caution, of warning, of encouragement, adapting their efforts to the necessities of the situation in which they find themselves, and in every respect showing themselves to be true representatives of the great Medical Missionary. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 2)
When Christ was on this earth, how surprised His associates would have been to hear Him utter one word of impatience, one word of accusation or faultfinding! He expects those who love Him and believe in Him to represent Him in sweetness of character. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 3)
Although a man may attempt to educate others, yet if he himself does not glorify God with his lips, he might better refrain from teaching until in word and deed he shows that he is a child of God. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 4)
Is a leader in any branch of God’s work—when his plans and projects are interfered with—led to speak threatening words, declaring that if such and such a thing takes place, he will appeal to the civil law? If so, let his associates take knowledge of him that he is not walking in the footsteps of the meek and lowly Jesus. He has not complied with the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 5)
No word of boasting is to be brought into the life of the Christian. It does not become those who name the name of Christ to boast of the harm they will do their fellow men if their plans are interfered with. God despises all such pomposity. If the one who has done the boasting and has placed himself in a threatening attitude could see on whose side he is standing, he would be ashamed of his weakness of character. From the life of a true Christian, all boasting, all bravado is excluded. Our salvation is the gift of God; it is not earned by our works, “lest any man boast.” [Ephesians 2:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 6)
There is no room for boasting in the life of the one who wears Christ’s yoke and heeds the invitation, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] It is an evidence of great weakness for a man to boast of his cunning and his power to deceive, as if this were something worthy of praise. And it is also an evidence of weakness for a man to boast of his own abilities. He who boasts thus shows that he is a stranger to the blessed experience gained by wearing Christ’s yoke. Self is brought into the words and acts, as if it were a precious treasure. But in the end the man will find that he has placed himself under the dictation of a cruel tyrant. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 7)
Medical missionary leaders who refuse to be led and taught by God will sadly misrepresent in word and act the self-sacrificing Redeemer. They will make propositions that are not in harmony with the gospel. They will follow theories and plans that will lead them away from God. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 8)
Medical missionary work is to open the way for the entrance of the truth as it is in Jesus. In its every feature and department, this work is to commend itself to intelligent men and women. Those engaged in this work as leaders and teachers are to do nothing that will dishonor the great Medical Missionary. They are to show that a practice of the principles of health reform has brought to them physical, mental, and spiritual improvement. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 9)
Only those whose hearts are filled with the love of God and whose lives are adorned by the grace of Christ should engage in medical missionary work. Those who take up this line of Christian effort should look upon their work as a high and holy calling. It is committed to them as a sacred trust; and whatever may be its difficulties, the Lord expects them to reveal the excellence of their mission. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 10)
The greater the knowledge of leaders and teachers in medical missionary lines, the heavier and more solemn the obligations resting on them to represent, in word and deed, the mighty, all-powerful Medical Missionary, who came to remove all sin and disease from the bodies and minds and souls of those who accept Him as their Teacher and their Physician-in-chief. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 11)
Messages of Mercy and Warning
Never are missionaries for Christ to make untrue statements in order to bring about certain ends and to accomplish certain purposes; of all who stoop to engage in such work, He who reads the heart will say: “I know their works. Their good deeds do not excuse their sinful works.” (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 12)
To His church today Christ says: “I know thy works, and thy labor, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars; and hast borne, and hast patience, and for My name’s sake hast labored, and hast not fainted. Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:2-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 13)
Will those who have fallen, repent? Some will, and some will not. I have felt very sad as I have heard men, who have stood as educators and as guardians of sacred trusts, say, while others were confessing wrongs, “I mean to change my course of action, but I will make no confessions; for to confess might injure my influence.” Men whose many actions have resulted in terrible injury to the cause of God have refused to humble themselves and to walk in the way of genuine repentance and reformation. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 14)
In the third of Revelation is brought to view a most earnest work that must be done: “Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die; for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Verses 1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 15)
Let not those whose characters are defective, those who for years have known the truth and yet have not obeyed it, refuse to humble their proud hearts. Even though they may be standing in positions of responsibility, let them repent. The Lord will surely remove His protection from those who dishonor Him. There will come a time when they will pass the boundary line, and then the Lord will reveal that He knows all about the evil works so dishonoring to His name. He is ashamed of those who, instead of repenting, desire to climb upon the judgment seat and threaten to coerce their brethren; He is ashamed of those who, refusing to make crooked things straight, take a course that hurts and bruises their brethren. The Lord, who has been so merciful toward them and has done so much for them, is dishonored; for in the estimation of such men no distinction is made between the righteousness of the righteous and the wickedness of the wicked. Let us remember that those who act as sinners will be punished as such, unless they repent. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 16)
The divine Teacher continues: “Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with Me in white: for they are worthy. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment, and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before My Father, and before His angels.” Then follow the impressive words, “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 4-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 17)
Let all give careful attention to this instruction. Let those who have a name to live, but who are dead, heed these words of mercy and encouragement and warning. “Be watchful,” ye stewards who have thought it your privilege to ascend to high places, “and do the first works.” “Strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God.” [Revelation 3:2; 2:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 18)
The Messenger of heaven gives this warning. It comes not from human lips, but from the lips of One who cannot be “inspired” by human influence. The whole of the third chapter of Revelation was penned by the inspiration of the Spirit of God. Let us “hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verse 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 19)
“To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things saith He that is holy, He that is true, He that hath the key of David, He that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth; I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept My word, and hast not denied My name. Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is New Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from My God: and I will write upon him My new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 7-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 20)
Following this message is the warning to the Laodicean church. And who can question its application? (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 21)
“Unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would that thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.” [Verses 14-16.] This is a most appropriate representation of the state of those who have once known and loved the truth. “Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.” [Verses 17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 22)
In this Scripture is portrayed a church fully satisfied with its spiritual condition, but under a terrible deception. “As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.” [Verse 19.] These are not words concerning which some human being can say, “Somebody has told the human agent.” It is the Lord, the true Witness, who is speaking, and He will vindicate His Word to the letter. Shall we not unitedly engage in the work of searching our hearts diligently for the prevarications and subterfuges and other evils that God hates? Let us make most careful search; for it is a terrible thing for the very ones whom God has loved and co-operated with, to be rejected as offensive to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 23)
“Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne.” Again is given the admonition: “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 20-22.] In the very last days of this earth’s history a revelation is given to the church. God will not leave any one without an opportunity to hear, if he will, “what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 24)
Many have closed their hearts to light and warning. I am now instructed to call attention to the message that Christ has borne to the churches. A crisis has come, and the call that comes to us is inspired by no human messenger. God’s words are presented, in order that no man shall dare to claim, “I inspired this message that has been given.” God gives a warning that all will soon, very soon, wish they had heard with a determined purpose to understand and to heed. What excuse can any one frame for not hearing what the Holy Spirit saith unto the churches? (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 25)
Again I call attention to the words: “Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. Because thou hast kept the word of My patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of My God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of My God, and the name of the city of My God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down from heaven from My God: and I will write upon him My new name. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Verses 9-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 118, 1903, 26)
Ms 119, 1903
Lessons From Israel
NP
October 7, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 294; 6BC 1081.
We may with profit study the record of the preparation made by the congregation of Israel for the hearing of the law. “In the third month, when the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of Sinai. For they were departed from Rephidim, and were come to the desert of Sinai, and had pitched in the wilderness; and there Israel camped before the mount. And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel, Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people; for all the earth is Mine.” [Exodus 19:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 1)
Who, then, is to be regarded as the Ruler of the nations?—The Lord God Omnipotent. All kings, all rulers, all nations, are His, under His rule and government. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 2)
“And Moses came and called for the elders of the people, and laid before their faces all these words which the Lord commanded him.” [Verse 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 3)
What was the response of the congregation, numbering more than a million people? (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 4)
“All the people answered together, and said, All that the Lord hath spoken we will do. And Moses returned the words of the people unto the Lord.” [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 5)
Thus the children of Israel were denominated as a peculiar people. By a most solemn covenant they were pledged to be true to God. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 6)
Then the people were bidden to prepare themselves to hear the law. On the morning of the third day the voice of God was heard. Speaking out of the thick darkness that enshrouded Him, as He stood upon the mount, surrounded by a retinue of angels, the Lord made known His law. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 7)
God accompanied the proclamation of His law with manifestations of His power and glory, that His people might be impressed with a profound veneration for the Author of the law, the Creator of heaven and earth. He would also show to all men the sacredness, the importance, and the permanence of His law. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 8)
The people of Israel were overwhelmed with terror. They shrank away from the mountain in fear and awe. The multitude cried out to Moses, “Speak thou with us, ... but let not God speak with us, lest we die.” [Exodus 20:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 9)
The minds of the people, blinded and debased by slavery, were not prepared to appreciate fully the far-reaching principles of God’s ten precepts. That the obligations of the decalogue might be more fully understood and enforced, additional precepts were given, illustrating and applying the precepts of the ten commandments. Unlike the ten commandment, these were delivered privately to Moses, who was to communicate them to the people. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 10)
Upon descending from the mountain, Moses “came and told the people all the words of the Lord, and all the judgments: and all the people answered with one voice, and said, All the words which the Lord hath said will we do. And Moses wrote all the words of the Lord, and rose up early in the morning, and builded an altar under the hill, and twelve pillars, according to the twelve tribes of Israel. And he sent young men of the children of Israel, which offered burnt offerings, and sacrificed peace offerings of oxen unto the Lord. And Moses took half of the blood, and put it in basons; and half of the blood he sprinkled on the altar. And he took the book of the covenant, and read in the audience of the people: and they said, All that the Lord hath said will we do, and be obedient. And Moses took the blood, and sprinkled it on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant, which the Lord hath made with you concerning all these words.” [Exodus 24:3-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 11)
Thus by a most solemn service the children of Israel were once more set apart as a peculiar people. The sprinkling of the blood represented the shedding of the blood of Jesus, by which human beings are cleansed from sin. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 12)
Once more the Lord has special words to speak to His people. In the thirty-first chapter of Exodus we read: (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 13)
“The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed. And He gave unto Moses, when He had made an end of communicating with him upon mount Sinai, two tables of testimony, tables of stone, written with the finger of God.” [Verses 12-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 14)
Obedience the Condition of Prosperity
“The Lord hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the iron furnace, even out of Egypt, to be unto Him a people of inheritance, as ye are this day. Furthermore the Lord was angry with me for your sakes, and sware that I should not go over Jordan: ... but ye shall go over, and possess that good land. Take heed unto yourselves, lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God, which He made with you, and make you a graven image, or the likeness of anything which the Lord thy God hath forbidden thee. For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire, even a jealous God.... (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 15)
“When thou art in tribulation, and all these things are come upon thee, even in the latter days, if thou turn to the Lord thy God, and shalt be obedient unto His voice, ... He will not forsake thee, neither destroy thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which He sware unto them. For ask now of the days that are past, which were before thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth, and ask from the one side of the heaven unto the other, whether there hath been any such thing as this great thing is, or hath been heard like it? Did ever people hear the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast heard it, and live? Or hath God assayed to go and take Him a nation from the midst of another nation, by temptations, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a mighty hand, and by a stretched out arm, and by great terrors, according to all that the Lord your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes? Unto thee it was showed, that thou mightest know that the Lord He is God; there is none else beside Him. Out of heaven He made thee to hear His voice, that He might instruct thee; and upon earth He showed thee His great fire; and thou heardest His words out of the midst of the fire. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 16)
“And because He loved thy fathers, therefore He chose their seed after them, and brought thee out in His sight with His mighty power out of Egypt; to drive out nations from before thee greater and mightier than thou art, to bring thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is this day. Know therefore this day, and consider it in thine heart, that the Lord He is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath; there is none else. Thou shalt keep therefore His statutes, and His commandments, which I command thee this day, that it may go well with thee, and with thy children after thee, and that thou mayest prolong thy days upon the earth, which the Lord thy God giveth thee, forever.” [Deuteronomy 4:20-24, 30-40.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 17)
“Behold, I set before thee this day a blessing and a curse; a blessing if ye obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you this day; and a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the Lord your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known.” [Deuteronomy 11:26-28.] (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 18)
God’s Law
The law of God is a transcript of His character. Its holy precepts were spoken from Sinai with God’s own voice and written with His finger upon tables of stone. They stand forth alone, bearing the distinct, awful significance of their supreme importance. They mean life to the obedient and death to the disobedient. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 19)
Through the ages God’s law has been preserved as the highest standard of morality. Not all the inventions of science or the imaginations of fruitful minds have been able to discover one essential duty not covered by this code. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 20)
God’s law is the security of life and property and peace and happiness. It was given to secure our present and eternal good. The antediluvians transgressed this law, and the earth was destroyed by a flood. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 21)
Let no man, by scientific presentations, lead minds away from the real to the imaginary. Let God be revealed in His true greatness. God calls for men who, in the midst of the idolatry offered to nature, will look from nature to nature’s God. God uses nature as one of His servants, to reveal His power. These things, the objects of His creation, show forth His handiwork. Of all that God has created, man, the crowning object of His creation, has the most greatly dishonored Him. In the judgment, human beings will stand before God ashamed and condemned, because, though given intellect and reason, power of speech, they would not obey God’s law. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 22)
I am instructed to say that upon the ten commandments we are to build our characters. I am instructed to say to the members of our churches, With the Bible in your hands kneel before God, and ask Him to forgive you for allowing your imagination to fasten upon every subject your fancy may have called up, drawing your mind away to unreal things, from the lessons Christ came to give. When men bring in sophistry, and would mingle it with Scripture to prove its divinity, tell them you choose the words of Christ. Then you will make no mistakes. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 23)
Satan has his students, and he is teaching them his methods of secrecy, teaching them how to do underhand work. His family is large. In his hands, crime has become a cruel science. To destroy is the motto of the arch-deceiver. Satan has laid many snares for unwary souls. There are those who have so long responded to his ingenious plans that they now seem to have no power to break the spell that is upon them. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 24)
When the leaders of God’s people depart from principle, and bring dishonor on His cause, their sin is greater than the sin of those whose opportunities and privileges have been fewer. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 25)
Again, a man is but a man. The words that fall from his lips are not to be regarded as coming from God. Unless God stands beside those in His service, and works with them, they are nothingness. For God’s people to put their trust in men and make flesh their arm is the height of folly. (18LtMs, Ms 119, 1903, 26)
Ms 120, 1903
Lessons From the Epistle of John
NP
October 8, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 295; RH 06/30/1910.
I am instructed to say that the book Living Temple is a mixture of scripture with ideas that are an outgrowth of strange things believed and acted. We need not at this time pry into the mystery of the Godhead or the personality of God. Those who yield to the temptation to do this are in danger of receiving pleasing, flattering superstitions, which lead the mind into mysticism which no one is called to explain. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 1)
The knowledge that God wants us to have is clearly defined in His word. The first chapter of first John gives us definite instruction. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 2)
“That which was from the beginning,” John writes, “which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled of the Word of life ... that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us; and truly our fellowship is with the Father, and with His Son Jesus Christ.” [Verses 1, 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 3)
“This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth; but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin.” [Verses 5-7.] It speaks of that which every soul may experience. What is sin? John tells us in plain, decided language. “Sin is the transgression of the law.” “Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law; for sin is the transgression of the law. And ye know that He was manifested to take away our sins; and in Him is no sin. Whosoever abideth in Him sinneth not; whosoever sinneth hath not seen Him, neither known Him. Little children, let no man deceive you; he that doeth righteousness is righteous, even as He is righteous. He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that He might destroy the works of the devil.” [1 John 3:4-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 4)
This refers to our union and communion with God. Communion with God is the life of the soul. It is not a something that we cannot interpret, something that we can clothe with beautiful words, but which does not give us the genuine experience that makes our words of real value. Communion with God gives us a daily experience that does indeed make our joy full. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 5)
Those who have this union with Christ will declare it in spirit and word and work. Profession is nothing unless in word and work good fruit is manifest. Unity, fellowship with one another and with Christ—this is the fruit borne on every branch of the living vine. The cleansed soul, born again, has a clear, distinct testimony to bear. With unfaltering accents he bears the message, “We declare unto you that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all.” [1 John 1:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 6)
“If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [Verses 8-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 7)
He who lives a cold, selfish, half-hearted life shows that he is not walking in the light. He knows not the truth; he does not practice its principles. Deceived by the enemy, he leads others out of the right way. If the truth interferes with the promptings of an unsanctified heart, he does not hesitate to disobey it. He does not make it his rule of conduct in all his dealings. Kindness and unity and love are not the fruit that he bears. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 8)
Many a one in a position of grave responsibility wishes to carry out plans that God cannot and will not endorse. His defects are plainly condemned in the Word of God. Plain reproofs come to him, but he justifies his course of action and denies his wrong. Such a man lies against the truth. He will not humble his heart to confess his sin. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 9)
This is the course that Satan followed in the heavenly courts. He justified every movement that he made. There are those in positions of responsibility who, though they know that they are wrong, will throw over themselves the robe of righteousness. Such ones use Scripture when they see a possibility that it will cover up misleading statements. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 10)
“He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that He might destroy the work of the devil. Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for His seed remaineth in him; and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.” [1 John 3:8, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 11)
To know God is, in the scriptural sense of the term, to be one with Him in heart and mind, having an experimental knowledge of Him, holding reverential communion with Him as the Redeemer. Only through sincere obedience can this communion be obtained. Where this communion is lacking, the heart is not in any sense a temple of God, but is controlled by the foe, who is working out his own purposes through the human agency. Such a man, whatever his profession or claims, is not a temple of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 12)
The experience is perfected by fruit-bearing. He who does not bear good fruit in words and deeds, in the strength of elevated, ennobling principle, is as a bad tree. The fruit that he bears is unpalatable to God. His professed knowledge of Christ is a falsehood, a deception. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 13)
“Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for His seed remaineth in him; and he cannot sin, because he is born of God. In this the children of God are manifest, and the children of the devil; whosoever doeth not righteousness is not of God, neither he that loveth not his brother.” [Verses 9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 14)
The light is all contained in the great commandment of love. In the light of the love of Christ, the gospel is an open book. This is the true light, which Christ came to bring to the world. The Saviour’s true disciples have received this love, and they do not perform one deceptive action. They do not, to gain advantage for themselves, make movements that would place others in a position of sore trial. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 15)
From the light that God has given me, I know that men’s great danger is in being self-deceived. Satan is watching his chance. He will come to men in human form and will speak to them most entrancing words. He will bring against them the same temptations that he brought against Christ. Unless their minds and hearts are filled with the pure, unselfish, sanctified love that Christ revealed, they will fall under Satan’s power and will do and say and write strange things to deceive, if it were possible, the very elect. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 16)
“He that hateth his brother is in darkness, and walketh in darkness, and knoweth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes.” [1 John 2:11.] Not long before His crucifixion Christ said to His disciples, “A new commandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love one to another.” [John 13:34, 35.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 17)
Why was this called a new commandment? The disciples had not loved one another as Christ had loved them. They had not yet seen the fulness of the love that He was to reveal in man’s behalf. They were yet to see Him dying on the cross for their sins. Through His life and death they were to receive a new conception of love. The command to love one another was to gain a new meaning in the light of His self-sacrifice. In the light shining from the cross of Calvary they were to read the meaning of the words, “As I have loved you, that ye also love one another.” [Verse 34.] (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 18)
Following Christ’s example of unselfish service, trusting like little children in His merits, and obeying His commands, we shall receive the approval of God. Christ will abide in our hearts, and our influence will be fragrant with His righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 120, 1903, 19)
Ms 121, 1903
A Solemn Warning
NP
October 8, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in PH058. +
Impenitence has taken hold upon some who once acted a prominent part in the work of God. There is on their part a settling down to a fatal hardness of heart, a confirmed resistance of the Spirit’s pleading. Should death overtake them as they are now, the dreadful words would be spoken, “Weighed in the balances, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 1)
It is possible for men to offer the Saviour outward homage, to be Christians in profession, to have a form of godliness, while the heart, whose loyalty He prizes above all else, is estranged from Him. Such ones have a name to live, but they are dead. (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 2)
I am in great agony and distress as I see how determined are some who have often been warned in their refusal to hear the words of entreaty. They have linked their arms in the arm of the deceiver and are led captive by him at his will. I heard the words spoken, “So long have they been impregnated with the life and customs of the enemy that they have no desire to break away from his companionship.” (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 3)
To the marriage supper of the Lamb will come many who have not on the wedding garment—the robe purchased for them with His life-blood. From lips that never make a mistake come the words, “Friend, how camest thou in hither not having on the wedding garment?” [Matthew 22:12.] Those addressed are speechless. They know that words would be useless. The truth, with its sanctifying power, has not been brought into the soul, and the tongue that once spoke so readily of the truth is now silent. The words are spoken, “Take them out of My presence. They are not worthy to taste of My supper.” [See Luke 14:24.] (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 4)
As they are separated from the loyal ones, Christ looks upon them with deep sorrow. They occupied high positions of trust in God’s work, but they have not the life insurance policy that would have entitled them to eternal life. From the quivering lips of Christ come the mournful words of regret, “I loved them; I gave My life for them; but they persisted in rejecting My pleadings, and continued in sin. O that thou hadst known, even thou, in this thy day, the things which belong to thy peace! But now they are hid from thine eyes.” [See Luke 19:42.] (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 5)
Today Christ is looking with sadness upon those whose characters He must at last refuse to acknowledge. Inflated with self-sufficiency, they hope that it will be well with their souls. But at the last great day, the mirror of detection reveals to them the evil that their hearts have practiced and shows them at the same time the impossibility of reform. Every effort was made to bring them to repentance. But they refused to humble their hearts. Now the bitter lamentation is heard, “The harvest is past, the summer is ended, and my soul is not saved.” [Jeremiah 8:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 6)
Satan and his angels will appear on this earth as men and will mingle with those of whom God’s Word declares, “Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] The world is full of men and women whom Satan uses as his agencies. Christ has bought them with a price—even His life-blood. But they have given themselves into Satan’s control. They are blind and have forgotten that they were purged from their sins. (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 7)
In His sermon on the mount, the Son of God mourns over lost souls. Before His eyes pass the millions of souls yet unborn who would multiply their evil works, reject His pleadings, and rob Him of the glory that He would have received had they allowed Him to impart to them the divine nature. (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 8)
Christ tells us how in the last great day ministers, elders, evangelists, physicians, teachers will confront Him with their claims. They will plead how they have led the singers in their songs of praise, how they have waved the palm branches, how they have spoken of Him before thousands. “Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name,” they say, “and in Thy name done many wonderful works?” [Matthew 7:22.] (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 9)
But Christ says, “‘Then will I profess unto them, I never knew you; depart from Me, ye that work iniquity.’ [Verse 23.] O that you had known, even in the day of your visitation, when like sweetest music mercy’s voice fell upon your ears, the things that belonged unto your peace! But you were not ready. If you had been faithful to the warnings of the Word; if you had dismissed Satan instead of linking your arm in his; if you had preserved untarnished the principles of right; if you had obeyed My commandments, broken with ungodly advisers, scorned their impious bribes, which tempted you to worldly honor; if you had lifted the cross, and followed Jesus in self-denial, I could have welcomed you into My presence. But you have not cared for My society, and now you have no power to go from the snare. (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 10)
“I offered you My saving grace, but you refused it, and chose the side of the enemy, even as the priests and rulers did. You refused to be touched by My dying agony, on the cross, and mocked at My humiliation. So will I refuse to acknowledge you. I weep for your future, but you have not cared to weep for yourselves. I was pledged to bear you and care for you, even as a father beareth and loveth his own son that serveth him. But you would not harmonize with Me. (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 11)
“The precious invitation was often given, ‘Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.’ [Isaiah 27:5.] But you would none of My counsel. You have despised all My entreaties and scorned My invitations. You have caused many to follow your sinful ways, and now your punishment has come. You will receive as your works have been. You must lose everlasting life. You have chosen your own ways, and with such ways, such sentiments, such characters, you could not enter the gates of the holy city.” (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 12)
What a scene is this! I pass over the ground again and again, bowed down in an agony that no tongue can express, as I see the end of the many, many who have refused to receive their Saviour. Justice will take the throne, and the arm strong to save will show itself strong to smite and destroy the enemies of the kingdom of God. Christ will lay bare the motives and deeds of every one. Every hidden action will stand out as clearly before the doer as if proclaimed before the universe. (18LtMs, Ms 121, 1903, 13)
Ms 122, 1903
The Time of the End
NP
October 9, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3SM 76-77; 2MR 21-22; RH 10/13/1904. +
We are living in the very last days of this earth’s history. All the signs that our Saviour predicted would herald His second advent are being fulfilled. We must earnestly continue laboring until the work given us to do is finished. As we see and sense the perils of the last days, and as the powers of darkness press more heavily than ever upon us, should not we, as Bible believers, do our very best work? (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 1)
God may spare my life, that I may still work in His cause. Physically, I have always been as a broken vessel; and yet in my old age the Lord continues to move upon me by His Holy Spirit to write the most important books that have ever come before the churches and the world. The Lord is evidencing what He can do through weak vessels. The life that He spares I will use to His glory. And, when He may see fit to let me rest, His messages shall be of even more vital force than when the frail instrumentality through whom they were delivered was living. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 2)
It may sometime be said of me, as of some others, “Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.” [Revelation 14:13.] If Sister White should lay off her armor at the feet of her Redeemer, she would still bear witness through the testimonies that He has given her. Thus she would continue speaking to all who read the books published. This is why I desire to immortalize in print as many precious revelations as possible while I have a clear brain and a firm right hand to trace the lines of instruction that God gives me. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 3)
The Closing Work
We see before us a special work to be done, in the time when the whole earth shall be filled with the light and the glory of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea. We are now to pray for the Holy Spirit’s guidance. Let us seek the Lord with our whole hearts, that we may find Him. We have received the light of the three angels’ messages; and we now need to come decidedly to the front and take our position on the side of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 4)
The fourteenth of Revelation is a chapter of deepest interest. This Scripture will soon be understood in all its bearings, and the messages given to John the Revelator will be repeated with distinct utterance. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 5)
The prophecies in the eighteenth of Revelation will soon be fulfilled. During the proclamation of the third angel’s message, “another angel” is to “come down from heaven, having great power;” and the earth is to be “lightened with his glory.” [Verse 1.] The Spirit of the Lord will so graciously and universally bless consecrated human instrumentalities, that men, women, and children will open their lips in praise and testimony, filling the earth with the knowledge of God, and with His unsurpassed glory, as the waters cover the sea. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 6)
Those who have held the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end will be wide-awake during the time that the third angel’s message is proclaimed with great power. During the loud cry, the church, aided by the providential interpositions of her exalted Lord, will diffuse the knowledge of salvation so abundantly that light shall be communicated to every city and town. The earth will be filled with the knowledge of salvation. So abundantly will the renewing Spirit of God have crowned with success the intensely active agencies, that the light of present truth will be seen flashing everywhere. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 7)
The saving knowledge of God will accomplish its purifying work on the mind and heart of every believer. The Word declares: “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you. A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. And I will put My spirit within you, and cause you to walk in My statutes.” [Ezekiel 36:25-27.] This is the descent of the Holy Spirit, sent from God to do its office work. The house of Israel is to be imbued with the Holy Spirit and baptized with the grace of salvation. Their state of lethargy will no longer exist. All who have not received the light will be convicted; all who will turn unto the Lord with full purpose of heart will confess their sins. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 8)
Amidst the confusing cries, “Lo, here is Christ! lo, there is Christ!” [Matthew 24:23] will be borne a special testimony, a special message of truth appropriate for this time, which message is to be received, believed, and acted upon. It is the truth, not fanciful ideas, that is efficacious. The eternal truth of the Word will stand forth free from all seductive errors and spiritualistic interpretations, free from all fancifully drawn, alluring pictures. Falsehoods will be urged upon the attention of God’s people, but the truth is to stand clothed in its beautiful, pure garments as the Spirit of truth. The Word, precious in its holy, uplifting influences, is not to be degraded to a level with common, ordinary matters. It is always to remain uncontaminated by the fallacies that Satan fabricates to deceive, if possible, the very elect. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 9)
The proclamation of the gospel is the only means by which God can employ human beings as His instrumentalities for the salvation of souls. As men, women, and children proclaim the gospel, the Lord will open the eyes of the blind to see His statutes and will write upon the hearts of the truly penitent His law. The animating Spirit of God, working through human agencies, leads the believers to be as one mind, one soul, unitedly loving God and keeping His commandments—preparing here below for translation. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 10)
There have been conflicts and will be until in heaven is heard the voice of the Lord saying, “It is done.” [Revelation 16:17.] And after the redeemed host is taken to heaven, God the Father will be glorified in crowning the Lord Jesus, who gave His life a ransom for the world. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 11)
“And He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him: and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads. And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever. And He said unto me, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show unto His servants the things which must shortly be done. Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book. And I John saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things. Then saith he unto me, See thou do it not: for I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.” [Revelation 22:1-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 12)
This is the warning that I am to give to all who are living on the face of the earth. Lean your helpless souls upon the Lord alone, and not upon any man. There are many who are exalted, to their eternal ruin, by being worshipped by their fellow men. Led astray themselves, they lead others astray. It is time now to stop all contention, all faultfinding, all lifting up of the soul unto vanity. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 13)
To my brethren and sisters I am bidden to say: Let the work of proclaiming the gospel of Jesus Christ be directed and made efficient by the agency of the Holy Spirit. Let not one believer, in the day of trial and proving that has already begun, listen to the devising of the enemy. The living Word is the Sword of the Spirit. Mercies and judgments will be sent from heaven. The workings of Providence will be revealed both in mercies and in judgments. The judgments will sometimes precede the mercies and sometimes follow. (18LtMs, Ms 122, 1903, 14)
Ms 123, 1903
The Battle Creek College Debt
NP
October 8, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in SpM 325-327.
Brethren Magan and Sutherland and their associates have wrestled with many difficulties in connection with the educational work at Battle Creek and Berrien Springs. But few have understood how heavy have been the financial burdens and how great have been the perplexities brought to these brethren by the removal of the school from Battle Creek to Berrien Springs. Much was involved in the transfer and in the constant effort made to build up an educational institution, the work of which would be in accordance with the exalted principles underlying Christian education. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 1)
In harmony with the instruction given by the Lord, our brethren have devoted themselves to the task of beginning anew and of introducing into their model school only those books and methods of teaching that they thought would help the students to form symmetrical characters and to become useful workers in the cause. They desired that their school should be approved of by God for the excellence of its work and for the exalted standard that it maintained. Their effort was at first largely experimental—an attempt to answer the question, “How shall our training schools for Christian workers be established and carried on?” (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 2)
In this pioneer effort our brethren advanced, not inch by inch, but in sweeping strides, in the right direction. Some tried to discourage them; others criticized and condemned; but God blessed their efforts. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 3)
Not the least discouraging feature of this pioneer work was the question of finances. A heavy debt rested on the old Battle Creek College property. Those in charge of the institution at the time the school work was removed to Berrien Springs were not responsible for incurring this debt. The buildings and grounds were worth considerably more than the debts; and if the property could have been sold for its full value, there would have remained, after the payment of all debts, a good sum to be used in providing the necessary facilities at Berrien Springs. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 4)
Those who had conducted the affairs of the College in past years, and who were to some extent responsible for the debts on the institution, should at this time have come forward and nobly said: “We are responsible for these debts; and we will take upon ourselves a large part of the burden of raising means with which to pay them. We will not leave this burden resting altogether upon those who are establishing the school in a place where the surroundings are more favorable for training our young people.” By an effort to share the burden of these heavy obligations, those who had been largely responsible in creating them would have been acting in harmony with the first four as well as the last six commandments. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 5)
When the book Christ’s Object Lessons was given for the relief of the schools, all who were connected with Battle Creek College worked very hard to carry out the Lord’s plan for reducing the indebtedness on our educational institutions. They hoped that they might be able so to lessen the debt on their own school, that they could feel free to leave Battle Creek and to reopen the College in some place where they could follow out the Lord’s instruction in regard to Christian education. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 6)
About the time of the General Conference in 1901, the way opened for the sale of the Battle Creek College property; and the understanding was that the buildings and grounds would be used for the American Medical Missionary College. Our brethren left Battle Creek and established Emmanuel Missionary College at Berrien Springs. They secured a beautiful tract of land in the country and began small. There they have labored untiringly for the upbuilding of an educational institution that would be an honor to God and His cause. They have striven to get things in order so that they could receive and properly care for the students who came. Faithfully they have endeavored to train the youth to be laborers together with God and to depend upon Him for wisdom and guidance. Through their efforts, many young men and young women have been imbued with a love for souls and have been prepared to give to the world the message of warning that is to be proclaimed before Christ’s second advent. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 7)
From the light given me by the Lord, I know that the teachers connected with the Berrien Springs school walked out by faith, depending wholly on God’s promises. They have made mistakes, it is true; but they have not allowed these mistakes to stop their work; instead, they have turned their mistakes into victories, by learning wisdom from their errors, and by avoiding them thereafter. The Lord helped them, gave them courage, and increased their faith. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 8)
All this was not done without severe trials. The heavy debt on the Battle Creek College property has been a burden to Brethren Magan and Sutherland, and they have labored very hard to reduce this. The strength of both men has been severely taxed. At one time Brother Magan, worn by the burdens he was carrying, suffered a severe attack of typhoid fever, and for a time his life was despaired of. He had given himself no periods of rest. This was not after the Lord’s order; the life and health of His servants is precious in His sight. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 9)
While attending the General Conference at Oakland, the Lord instructed me that Brethren Sutherland and Magan should be relieved from some of the financial burdens they were carrying. They have used much of their time and strength in the effort to decrease and, if possible, wipe out the heavy indebtedness on the Battle Creek College—a debt for the creating of which others were responsible. Those who were more directly responsible should labor to relieve their brethren at Berrien Springs of this burden. They should place themselves in the position of these pioneers who were under constant pressure to pay obligations they had not incurred—pioneers who had by faith left Battle Creek and who now are building up a school that God can approve. Too long the burden has rested on our brethren at Berrien Springs. They have kept their gracious intentions in view, devoting themselves to the task of clearing the old College property from debt. How pleasing to God it would be for all our people to share in lifting the obligations of the old Battle Creek College! (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 10)
In the councils of our brethren it was arranged that the Battle Creek College debt be paid from the proceeds of the Missionary Acre Fund. It was thought that our people throughout America who had land could set apart a small portion of it for the Lord and send the proceeds to the general treasury to be applied in the payment of the College debts and the clearing of the property for the use of the American Medical Missionary College. It was suggested that those who had no land to use might give of their earnings. Those who kept chickens could contribute from the profits received from this source. Our brethren felt sure that if our people everywhere would give liberally of the fruit of their toil, a large sum could be raised and the debt be canceled. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 11)
Recently some have questioned the propriety of sending in means for the Missionary Acre Fund, and consequently scarcely anything is now being received for the payment of the College debt. This is not as it should be. Let all our brethren and sisters understand that the purchase of the Battle Creek College property, for the use of the Medical Missionary College, was approved of God, and that the Missionary Acre Fund plan of raising means for this purpose is a good enterprise. Those who will help in this way will be blessed. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 12)
Some have thought that the sale of Object Lessons should meet the demands; but it will not, in the purchase of this property for the Medical College. Brethren Magan and Sutherland have worked with earnestness to carry out the Lord’s plan to cancel the debts on our schools. At the Oakland Conference I tried to point out the fact that these brethren worked untiringly, and that the past must not be repeated. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 13)
Brother Magan nearly lost his life in the struggle to free the schools from debt. Their talents are needed in the Lord’s work. They should be provided with proper facilities at Berrien Springs. On account of the scarcity of funds, they have been obliged to move very slowly. (18LtMs, Ms 123, 1903, 14)
Ms 124, 1903
A Personal God
NP
October 14, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 5BC 1145; 6BC 1079-1080; 9MR 122-124. +
The mighty power that works through all nature and sustains all things is not, as some men of science represent, merely an all-pervading principle, an actuating energy. God is a spirit; yet He is a personal being; for men were made in His image. As a personal being, God has revealed Himself in His Son. Jesus, the outshining of the Father’s glory, “and the express image of His person,” was on earth found in fashion as a man. [Hebrews 1:3.] As a personal Saviour, He came to the world. As a personal Saviour, He ascended on high. As a personal Saviour, He intercedes in the heavenly courts. Before the throne of God in our behalf ministers “One like the Son of man.” [Daniel 7:13.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 1)
God Revealed in Christ
As Jehovah, the supreme Ruler, God could not personally communicate with sinful men, but He so loved the world that He sent Jesus to our world as a revelation of Himself. “I and My Father are one,” Christ declared. [John 10:30.] “No man knoweth the Father save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” [Matthew 11:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 2)
And Christ is also the revealer of the hearts of men. He is the exposer of sin. By Him the characters of all are to be tested. To Him all judgment has been committed, “because He is the Son of man.” [John 5:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 3)
Taking humanity upon Him, Christ came to be one with humanity and at the same time to reveal our heavenly Father to sinful human beings. He was in all things made like unto His brethren. He became flesh, even as we are. He was hungry and thirsty and weary. He was sustained by food and refreshed by sleep. He shared the lot of men, and yet He was the blameless Son of God. He was a stranger and sojourner on the earth—in the world, but not of the world; tempted and tried as men and women today are tempted and tried, yet living a life free from spot or stain of sin. “We have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.” [Hebrews 4:15.] In His strength men and women can live the life of purity and nobility that He lived. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 4)
Christ came to teach human beings what God desires them to know. Just before His trial and crucifixion, He said to His disciples, “Hitherto ye have asked nothing in My name; ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full. These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs, but the time cometh when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I shall show you plainly of the Father.” [John 16:24, 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 5)
“At that day ye shall ask in My name; and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you; for the Father Himself loveth you, because ye have loved Me, and have believed that I came out from God. I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world; again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 6)
“His disciples said unto Him, Lo, now speakest Thou plainly, and speakest no proverb. Now we are sure that Thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask Thee; by this we believe that Thou camest forth from God. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 7)
“Jesus answered them, Do ye now believe? Behold, the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave Me alone; and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with Me. These things have I spoken unto you, that in Me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribulation, but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.” [Verses 26-33.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 8)
The disciples had asked many questions that revealed their ignorance of God’s relation to them and to their present and future interests. Christ desired them to have a clearer, more distinct knowledge of God. I will show you the Father and will make you better acquainted with Him, He said. It is this knowledge that Christians today need. This knowledge, which Christ alone can give, is the highest of all education. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 9)
When on the day of Pentecost, the Holy Spirit was poured out upon the disciples, they understood the truths that Christ had spoken in proverbs. The teachings that had been mysteries to them were made clear. The understanding that came to them with the outpouring of the Spirit made them ashamed of their fanciful theories. Their suppositions and interpretations were foolishness compared with the knowledge of heavenly things that now came to them. Their confused ideas were gone; they were led of the Spirit; and light shone into their once darkened understanding. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 10)
While with the disciples, Christ had revealed to them all the knowledge of God that they could bear. The complete fulfilment of the promise that He would show them plainly of the Father was yet to come. Thus it is today. Now we know in part only. When the conflict is ended, and the Man Christ Jesus acknowledges before the Father His faithful workers, who in a world of sin have borne true witness for Him, they will understand clearly what now are mysteries to them. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 11)
Christ took with Him to the heavenly courts His glorified humanity. To those who receive Him, He gives power to become the sons of God, that at last God may receive them as His, to dwell with Him throughout all eternity. If during this life they are loyal to God, they will at last “see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” [Revelation 22:4.] And what is the happiness of heaven but to see God? What greater joy could come to the sinner, saved by the grace of Christ, than to look upon the face of God and know Him as Father? “Now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to face; now I know in part; but then shall I know even as also I am known.” [1 Corinthians 13:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 12)
Some today are coming to hold false ideas of the invisible God and are presenting these ideas to others. Let those who do this know that their childish portrayal of God is a misconception. They know not God. Before the world, before angels, and before men, they are giving a false representation of Him. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 13)
To those to whom these fanciful interpretations are presented, I would say, Let not these sentiments charm your senses and lead you into paths of Satan’s making. Beware, beware of spiritualistic ideas of God. Those who entertain such ideas greatly dishonor Him. Let every one humble his heart before God. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 14)
Personality and Individuality
The seventeenth chapter of John speaks plainly regarding the personality of God and of Christ and of their relation to each other. “Father, the hour is come,” Christ said; “glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee; as Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” [Verses 1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 15)
“And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world; Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me, and they have kept Thy word. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 16)
“They have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee. For I have given unto them the words which Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came from Thee, and they have believed that thou didst send Me. I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them. And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me; that they may be one, as We are.” [Verses 5-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 17)
Here is personality and individuality. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 18)
*****
There is no new gospel to be preached. Christ revealed all of God that sinful human beings could bear without being destroyed. He is the divine Teacher, the Enlightener. Had He thought us in need of revelations other than those made in His Word, He would have given them. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 19)
Christ revealed God to His disciples in a way that performed in their hearts a special work, such as He has long been urging us to allow Him to do in our hearts. There are many who in dwelling too largely upon theory have lost sight of the living power of the Saviour’s example. They have lost sight of the brightness and glory of His transfiguration; lost sight of Him also as the humble, self-denying worker, bearing up under the weariness of constant effort, walking through the dusty streets to secure in the thoroughfares of travel a position from which His voice could reach the multitudes passing to and fro, that some souls might be helped to walk in the narrow path of holiness. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 20)
*****
God’s handiwork in nature is not God Himself in nature. God uses nature to reveal His power and His love. But no one is authorized to say that God Himself is in leaf or flower or tree. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 21)
Who By Searching Can Find Out God? (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 22)
Human talent and human conjecture have tried by searching to find out God. But guesswork has proved itself to be guesswork. Man cannot by searching find out God. This problem has not been given to human beings. All that man needs to know and can know of God has been revealed in His Word and in the life of His Son, the great Teacher. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 23)
Let men remember that they have a Ruler in the heavens, a God who will not be trifled with. He who puts his reason to the stretch in an effort to exalt himself and to delineate God will find that he might far better have stood as a humble suppliant before God, confessing himself to be only an erring human being. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 24)
God cannot be understood by men. His ways and works are past finding out. In regard to the revelations that He has made of Himself in His Word we may talk. But other than this, let us say of Him, “Thou art God, and Thy ways are past finding out.” [See Psalm 90:2; Romans 11:33.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 25)
There is a knowledge of God and of Christ which all who are saved must have. “This is life eternal,” Christ said, “that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 26)
The question for us to study is, “What is truth” [John 18:38]—the truth for this time, which is to be cherished, loved, honored, and obeyed? The devotees of science have been defeated and disheartened in their effort to find out God. What they need to inquire is, What is truth? How many of those who profess to minister at the altar of God have asked this question? How many of those who search the heavens have inquired, as they have beheld the wondrous works of God, “What is man, that thou art mindful of him? or the son of man, that Thou visitest him?” [Hebrews 2:6.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 27)
Let us learn from the representation made in the sixth chapter of Isaiah the greatness of our God. The prophet writes: “In the year that king Uzziah died, I saw also the Lord, sitting upon a throne, high and lifted up, and His train filled the temple. Above it stood the seraphims; each one had six wings; with twain he covered his face, and with twain he covered his feet, and with twain he did fly. And one cried unto another, and said, Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of hosts; the whole earth is filled with His glory. And the posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried, and the house was filled with smoke. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 28)
“Then said I, Woe is me, for I am undone; because I am a man of unclean lips, and I dwell in the midst of a people of unclean lips; for mine eyes have seen the King, the Lord of hosts. (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 29)
“Then flew one of the seraphims unto me, having a live coal in his hand, which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar: and he laid it upon my mouth, and said, Lo, this hath touched thy lips; and thine iniquity is taken away, and thy sin purged.” [Verses 1-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 124, 1903, 30)
Ms 125, 1903
The Workers Needed Now
NP
October 16, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 11/05/1903, 11/19/1903.
God chooses as His workmen of different gifts and varied abilities. It is His purpose that these workers shall unite with one another in their labor. All selfishness is to be cast out of their hearts. If it is allowed to develop, it will spring up in a root of bitterness, whereby many shall be defiled. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 1)
When a crisis comes, there is need of men of deep experience in the things of God, men who can carry the work forward with tact and forethought and skill. Those who allow themselves to be leavened by influences that endanger their spirituality are unfitting themselves to be used by God as men of opportunity. God calls for men who are prepared to meet emergencies, men who in a crisis will not be found standing on the wrong side, warring against God, full of wrath and bitterness. Great weakness is brought to His cause by men who, at the very time when they should be quick to discern the specious devising of Satan, are helping him to carry on his work by giving up to the power of his delusions, closing their eyes to light and truth. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 2)
We are not to conceal the truth for this time. It is to stand forth in its power and purity. The trumpet is to give a certain sound; for there are those who, though they have long known the truth, need to be awakened. They have closed their eyes to the result of walking contrary to the light that God has given. We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and God calls upon those who have an understanding of the truth for this time to pray, to believe, to stand fast in the faith, proclaiming the message of mercy to be given to the world. My brethren, I pray most earnestly “that ye might be filled with the knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness.” [Colossians 1:9-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 3)
There are those who today are standing in perilous places, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils. From this time on, Satan will bring in deceptive influences of every kind. True, staunch, whole-hearted believers are needed—men who are not fashioned after a worldly mold, but who see and realize that it is at this time that Satan’s power will be exercised through believers who have not kept the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 4)
Workers are needed who understand that the warnings given in the Word of God are appropriate for this time. Shall we not pray and watch unto prayer and see that we need to be reconverted. God’s purpose for us is that we shall be constantly “increasing in the knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness.” [Verses 10, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 5)
At this time we need men who are as true as steel to principle. We need the help of every one who has had an experience in the giving of the first and second angels’ messages. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 6)
There are those who have so linked themselves with the world that they have lost the knowledge of God and are departing from the faith. How glad we should be to say to all such ones, “And you, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath He reconciled in the body of His flesh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in His sight; if ye continue in the faith grounded and settled, and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel, which ye have heard.” [Verses 21-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 7)
Paul wrote these words to the Colossians, and he continues: “Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you, and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh, for His body’s sake, which is the church: whereof I am made a minister, according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfil the word of God: even the mystery which hath been hid from ages and from generations, but now is made manifest to His saints: to whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles, which is Christ in you, the hope of glory: whom we preach, warning every man, and teaching every man in all wisdom, that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus; whereunto I also labor, striving according to His working, which worketh in me mightily.” [Verses 24-29.] (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 8)
There is now need of unity; and there will be unity. Those who have greatly hindered the cause of God, and have caused heavy burdens to rest upon their fellow laborers, because they have lost their bearings, will either humble their proud hearts and be converted, or they will be moved out of the way. The warning comes: (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 9)
“As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him: rooted and built up in Him, and established in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him, which is the head of all principality and power.” [Colossians 2:6-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 10)
Amidst the temptations that abound in these last days, some will depart from the faith. Those who have been trying to quench their thirst at broken cisterns, which can hold no water, will have a misleading message to proclaim. They will speak smooth things. It is now, just now, that genuine gospel medical missionary work is to be done by men who acknowledge Christ as their Master; who realize, as did Elijah and Jeremiah, that they hold their commission from God, and that they are accountable to God for the use made of the talents entrusted to them. God’s workers are to acknowledge no earthly master. One higher than men, even Him who is the way, the truth, and the life, is their Master. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 11)
Men are needed who can speak intelligently of the sacredness and the importance of the truth; men who can point their fellow men to the needs of the present hour; men who have an inspiring message to bear against perverted principle; who watch for souls as they that must give an account, pointing souls to God’s standard of righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 12)
Many who have known the truth, but who have not cherished its principles in their hearts, will become leavened with evil. This evil they do not discern. In word and act they say, “Speak unto us smooth things; prophesy deceits.” [Isaiah 30:10.] We are now to call things by their right name. No longer are we to look upon unrighteousness as righteousness. Let every one now be prepared to lift up the standard of truth. We are to have no fellowship with the worldly practices that have perverted the faith of some who have enjoyed great privileges and who should now be standing on vantage ground. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 13)
We are to respond to God’s call to take a decided stand for truth and righteousness. No longer are we to bind up with worldly elements. The leaders in God’s work are not to be men who do not know God, who have no experimental knowledge of God. They are to be men who love and fear God and Christ; otherwise, they must be relieved of their responsibilities. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 14)
The Value of the Experience of Pioneer Workers
God never leaves the world without men who can discern between good and evil, righteousness and unrighteousness. God has men whom He has appointed to stand in the forefront of the battle in times of emergency. In a crisis, He will raise up men as He did in ancient times. Young men will be bidden to link up with the aged standard-bearers, that they may be strengthened and taught by the experience of these faithful ones, who have passed through so many conflicts, and to whom, through the testimonies of His Spirit, God has so often spoken, pointing out the right way and condemning the wrong way. When perils arise, which try the faith of God’s people, these pioneer workers are to recount the experiences of the past, when just such crises came, when the truth was questioned, when strange sentiments, proceeding not from God, were brought in. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 15)
The experience of these aged workers is needed now; for Satan is watching every opportunity to make of no account the old waymarks—the monuments that have been raised up along the way. We need the experience of the men who through evil report as well as through good report have been steadfast to the truth; men who have not built their house upon the sand, but upon the solid rock. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 16)
In the gospel medical missionary work there are noble men who bear aloft the banner upon which is inscribed, The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus. Consideration should be given to these faithful missionaries. They are not to be left to the caprice of men who are neither cold nor hot and who because of their lukewarm condition are an offense to God. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 17)
The Lord has self-denying men in the ministry who have been abundant in labor and in self-sacrifice. Let justice be done to those who have borne the burden in the heat of the day. They have grown old in the service of God. They are His men of opportunity, men who will deal justly, love mercy, and who will help where help is needed. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 18)
These men are to be appreciated. They led out in the first of the conflict, when the truth was yet to be established. They carried burdens when there were few to share the burdens. Under all circumstances they were faithful to principle. For the sake of the truth they practiced constant self-denial, and their brethren should deal with them considerately, kindly, generously. The truth for which they have sacrificed everything will bear away the victory. They have labored earnestly for the advancement of the kingdom which is righteousness and peace and joy in the Holy Spirit; and they are now to be encouraged and sustained. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 19)
Plans for Medical Missionary Work
Young men who have a practical knowledge of how to treat the sick are now to be sent out to do gospel medical missionary work in connection with more experienced gospel workers. If these young men will give themselves to the study of the Word, they will become successful evangelists. The ministers with whom these young men labor are to give them the same opportunity to learn that Elijah gave Elisha. They are to show them how to teach the truth to others. Where it is possible, these young men should visit the hospitals, and in some cases they may connect with them for a while, laboring disinterestedly. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 20)
The purest example of unselfishness is now to be shown by our medical missionary workers. With the knowledge and experience gained by practical work, they are to go out to give treatment to the sick. As they go from house to house, they will find access to many hearts. Many will be reached who otherwise would never have heard the gospel message. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 21)
Much good can be done by those who do not hold diplomas as fully accredited physicians. Some are to be prepared to work as competent physicians. Many, working under the direction of such ones, can do acceptable work without spending so long a time in study as it has been thought necessary to spend in the past. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 22)
Many will go out to labor for the Master who have not been able to take a regular course of study in school. God will help these workers. They will obtain knowledge from the higher school and will be fitted to take their position in the rank and file of workers as nurses. The great Medical Missionary sees every effort that is made to find access to souls by presenting the principles of health reform. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 23)
Decided changes are taking place in our world. The Lord has declared that He will turn and overturn. Humble men, who hitherto have been in obscurity, must now be given opportunity to become workers. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 24)
To those who go out to do medical missionary work, I would say, Serve the Lord Jesus Christ with sanctified understanding, in connection with the ministers of the gospel and the great Teacher. He who has given you your commission will give you skill and understanding as you consecrate yourselves to His service, engaging diligently in labor and study, doing your best to bring relief to the sick and suffering. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 25)
To those who are tired of a life of sinfulness, but who know not where to turn to obtain relief, present the compassionate Saviour full of love and tenderness, longing to receive those who come to Him with broken hearts and contrite spirits. Take them by the hand, lift them up, speak to them words of hope and courage. Help them to grasp the hand of Him who has said, “Let him take hold of My strength, that he may make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 26)
“Behold,” Christ declares, “I come quickly; and My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” God calls upon us to voice the words, “Even so, come, Lord Jesus.” [Revelation 22:12, 20.] God will do much more for His people if they will have faith in Him. Infidelity is stalking abroad through the land. Satan has laid his plans to undermine our faith in the history of the cause and work of God. I am deeply in earnest as I write this. Satan is working with men in prominent positions to sweep away the foundations of our faith. Shall we allow this to be done, brethren? (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 27)
My soul is stirred within me. I shall trust in God with heart and soul. I shall proclaim the messages that He has given us to proclaim. I testify in the Lord that our youth should not be encouraged to go to Battle Creek to be made infidels. God will help us to see what can be done to prevent this. We are now to work earnestly and intelligently to save our youth from being taken captive by the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 125, 1903, 28)
Ms 126, 1903
Christ at the Marriage Feast
NP
October 26, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in CD 436-437; Te 18; CTr 229; 10MR 204-207.
“And the third day there was a marriage in Cana of Galilee, and the mother of Jesus was there, and both Jesus was called, and His disciples to the marriage.” [John 2:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 1)
The joyous festivities of a Jewish wedding were preceded by solemn religious ceremonies. In preparation for their new relationship, the parties performed certain rites of purification and confessed their sins. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 2)
A most interesting part of the ceremony took place in the evening when the bridegroom went to meet his bride and bring her to his home. At the house of the bride a company of invited guests awaited the appearance of the bridegroom. As he approached the cry went forth, “Behold, the bridegroom cometh; go ye out to meet him.” [Matthew 25:6.] The bride, clothed in pure white, her head encircled with flowers, received the bridegroom, and, accompanied by the guests, they went from her father’s house. By torchlight, with impressive display, with sounds of singing and instruments of music, the procession slowly proceeded to the house of the bridegroom, where a feast was provided for the guests. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 3)
For the feast the best food that could be secured was provided. Unfermented wine was used as a beverage. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 4)
It was the custom of the time for marriage festivities to continue several days. On this occasion, before the feast ended, it was found that the supply of wine had failed. When a call was made for more wine, Jesus’ mother, thinking that He might suggest something to relieve the embarrassment, came to Him and said, “They have no wine.” [John 2:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 5)
Jesus replied, “Woman, what have I to do with thee? Mine hour is not yet come.” [Verse 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 6)
Jesus loved and honored His mother, and His words were not spoken disrespectfully. Notwithstanding His reply, Mary felt assured that He would do something to help them in their perplexity. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 7)
The active part that Mary took in this feast indicates that she was not merely a guest, but a relative of one of the parties. As one having authority, she said to the servants, “Whatsoever He saith unto you, do it.” [Verse 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 8)
“And there were set there six water pots of stone, after the manner of the purifying of the Jews, containing about two or three firkins apiece. Jesus said unto them, Fill the waterpots with water. And they filled them to the brim.” [Verses 6, 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 9)
Christ did not touch the water, nor approach the jars. He simply said to the servants, “Draw out now, and bear unto the governor of the feast. And they bare it. When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine,” with glad surprise he said to the bridegroom, “Every man at the beginning doth set forth good wine; and when men have well drunk, then that which is worse: but thou hast kept the good wine until now.” [Verses 8-10.] The bridegroom made no reply. He knew not whence this wine had come. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 10)
In answer to the inquiries that arose, the servants gave an account of the miracle by which water had been changed to wine of the purest flavor. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 11)
The action of Christ at this time was left on record for all ages, that men might see that Christ did not fail even in such a perplexity as arose on this occasion. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 12)
Yet He never worked a miracle to help Himself. A few days before this He had refused to satisfy His own hunger by changing a stone into bread at Satan’s suggestion. He refused to work a miracle to supply His own necessities; He refused to secure popular favor by casting Himself from the dizzy height of the temple into the surging crowds below, saving Himself from injury by the exercise of His divine power. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 13)
“This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and manifested forth His glory, and His disciples believed on Him.” [Verse 11.] This action increased the confidence of these humble fishermen whom He was preparing to lay the foundation of His new kingdom. Throughout Palestine an interest was awakened in Christ and His work. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 14)
Christ’s Example of Temperance
When the temperance question is agitated, and the need of reformation urged, some refer to this miracle as an instance where Christ sanctioned the use of fermented wine. But the wine that was created by this miracle was not fermented wine. It was the pure juice of the grape. Christ never by word or act sanctioned the use of fermented wine. At the sacramental service, He used neither leavened bread nor fermented wine. He it was who instructed the wife of Manoah, “Drink not wine nor strong drink, and eat not any unclean thing.” [Judges 13:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 15)
The father of John the Baptist was visited by an angel who instructed him concerning his son that should be born, “He shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost.” [Luke 1:15.] (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 16)
The necessity of strictly temperate habits was outlined to John, of whom Christ said, “Among them that are born of women there hath not arisen a greater than John the Baptist.” [Matthew 11:11.] John lived in the wilderness, where he would not be molded by the habits and practices of society or even of the Jewish church. As the forerunner of Christ, he was to lift his voice in rebuke of sinful practices. Many, even of the priests and rulers, came to him to be baptized, and he addressed them all as sinners. He condemned their course in departing from right principles. They were riotously eating and drinking and indulging in sinful practices. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 17)
The pure juice of the grape, free from fermentation, is a wholesome drink. But many of the alcoholic drinks which are now so largely consumed contain death-dealing potions. Those who partake of them are often maddened, bereft of their reason. Under their deadly influence men commit crimes of violence and often murder. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 18)
Christ was the perfect pattern for the gospel medical missionary. He came to seek the lost sheep, to save souls ready to perish. In answer to the charge that He ate with publicans and sinners, He replied, “I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Mark 2:17.] Christ understood the laws of health. He partook of simple food and only ate that which would preserve the body in a condition of health. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 19)
The early Christians were especially instructed to preserve sobriety, to be temperate in all things. No Christian will take into his system food or drink that will cloud his senses, or that will so act upon the nervous system as to cause him to degrade himself, or to unfit him for usefulness. The temple of God must not be defiled. The faculties of mind and body should be preserved in health, that they may be used to glorify God. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 20)
It was by eating that which God had forbidden that man lost his right to Paradise. In preparing for Paradise restored, it is necessary that man should bring perverted appetite under strict control. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 21)
The indulgence of depraved appetite weakens the power to resist evil. Satan is enabled to fasten upon man evil habits, ensnaring him in the net of his devices. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 22)
The Home School
By His presence Jesus honored the marriage ceremony. The active interest that He manifested on this occasion showed that He came not to put a cloud over the happiness of the family and the guests. Jesus was in full sympathy with the pure joy to be found in this occasion. By His presence He showed Himself to be in harmony with the blessed institution of marriage. And He gave His sanction to every gathering that is pure, and lovely, and of good report. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 23)
Jesus did not enforce celibacy upon any class of men. He came not to destroy the sacred relationship of marriage, but to exalt it and restore it to its original sanctity. He looks with pleasure upon the family relationship where sacred and unselfish love bears sway. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 24)
The family on earth should be a type of the family in heaven. The home that is beautified by love, sympathy, and tenderness is a place that angels love to visit and where God is glorified. The influence of a carefully guarded Christian home in the years of childhood and youth is the surest safeguard against the corruptions of the world. In the atmosphere of such a home, the children will learn to love both their earthly parents and their heavenly Father. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 25)
The husband is to be the “house-band,” the priest of the family. Like Abraham, he is to be a faithful instructor of his household. And he is to cherish and respect the mother as the guide and educator of their children. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 26)
The education of the child for good or for evil begins in its earliest years. The children should be taught that they are a part of the family firm. They should be trained to act their part in the home. They are not to be continually waited upon; rather they should lighten the burdens of father and mother. As the older children grow up, they should help to care for the younger members of the family. The mother should not wear herself out, by doing work that her children might do and should do. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 27)
Parents, fit your children to become members of the Lord’s family. Give them an education such as they can continue in the school above. Do not allow them to be careless or disrespectful. Unless you discipline yourselves, you will be unable properly to discipline your children. Train the voice, that you may cultivate a kindly tone. Refrain from all scolding and fretting. In the home no unkind words should be heard. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 28)
Let the clothing for your children be simple, and such as can be easily made and frequently changed, that they may cultivate a love for cleanliness and order. Ruffles and ornaments are unnecessary. Their care consumes precious time and brings unnecessary worry, thus tending to create an atmosphere of gloom and sadness. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 29)
O how many more souls might be saved to enter the kingdom of Jesus Christ if parents would do thoroughly the work that should be done in the home school! (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 30)
In some cases it would be better if children had less work in the school and more training in the performance of home duties. Above all else they should be taught to be thoughtful and helpful. Many things to be learned from books are far less essential than the lessons of practical industry and discipline. (18LtMs, Ms 126, 1903, 31)
Ms 127, 1903
A Call to Service
NP
October 27, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in BSL #181 3-9.
Christ labored untiringly to accomplish the great work that He came to this world to perform. His desire to save the lost race was manifest on all occasions. During His ministry He went about doing good. It was His mission to help those in need of help, to seek the lost, to lift up the bowed down, to heal the sick, to speak words of sympathy and consolation to the sorrowing and the distressed. His heart was ever touched with human woe. How earnestly He worked for sinners! How constant were His efforts to prepare His disciples to carry the gospel message to the ends of the earth! He placed Himself on the altar of service, a living sacrifice. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 1)
If Christ, the Majesty of heaven, worked thus, should we, His followers, spare ourselves? In these last days there is a great work to be done. Unceasing activity is called for. “Darkness hath covered the earth, and gross darkness the people.” [Isaiah 60:2.] Many are far from Christ, wandering in the wilderness of sin. They are strangers from the covenant of promise. The Lord is coming soon. Already the judgments of God are in the land. Shall we let the unwarned multitudes go down into darkness and death without a preparation for the future life? (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 2)
If we only realized how earnestly Jesus worked to sow the world with the gospel seed, we, living at the very close of probation, would labor untiringly to give the bread of life to perishing souls. Why are we so cold and indifferent? Why are our hearts so unimpressible? Why are we so unwilling to give ourselves to the work to which Christ consecrated His life? Something must be done to cure the terrible indifference that has taken hold upon us. Let us bow our heads in humiliation as we see how much less we have done than we might have done to sow the seeds of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 3)
My dear brethren and sisters, I speak to you in words of love and tenderness. Arouse, and consecrate yourselves unreservedly to the work of giving the light of the truth for this time to those in darkness. Catch the spirit of the great Master Worker. Learn from the Friend of sinners how to minister to sin-sick souls. Remember that in the lives of His followers must be seen the same devotion, the same subjection to God’s work of every social claim and every earthly affection, that was seen in His life. God’s claims must always be made paramount. Christ’s example is to inspire us to put forth unceasing, self-sacrificing effort for the good of others. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 4)
God calls upon every church member to enter His service. Truth that is not lived, that is not imparted to others, loses its life-giving power, its healing virtue. Every one must learn to work and to stand in his lot and place as a burden-bearer. Every addition to the church should be one more agency for the carrying on of the great plan of redemption. The entire church, acting as one, blending in perfect union, is to be a living, active missionary agency, moved and controlled by the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 5)
The Needed Preparation
As surely as we seek the Lord earnestly, He will make the way plain before us. All around us are doors open for service. Let us prayerfully study the work to be done and then enter upon it with full assurance of faith. We are to labor in quietness and humility, in the meekness and lowliness of Christ, realizing that there is a trying time before us, and that we shall always need heavenly grace in order to understand how to deal with minds. It is the patient, humble, Godlike worker who will have something to show for his labors. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 6)
As a people, and as individuals, our success depends not on numbers, on standing, or on intellectual attainments, but on walking and working with Christ. The more fully we are imbued with His spirit, the greater will be our love for the work, and the greater our delight in following in the footsteps of the Master. Our hearts will be filled with the love of God; and with earnestness and power we shall speak of the crucified Saviour. As He is uplifted before the people, as they behold His self-sacrifice, His goodness, His tender compassion, His humiliation, His suffering, their hearts will be melted and subdued. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 7)
The Cities to be Enlightened
The ministry of the Word in our cities rests not merely upon those who preach the Word, but upon all who read and hear the Word. God calls upon His people to break the bands of their precise, indoor service. He would have hundreds in our cities doing the work that Christ did while on this earth—cheering the sorrowful, strengthening the weak, comforting the mourners, preaching the gospel to the poor. In many of the cities of America scarcely anything has been done to proclaim the message of warning. Our brethren and sisters living in these crowded centers should let their light shine amidst the moral darkness. More than one may think that his light is too small to do any good; but he should remember that it is what God has given him, and that he is held responsible for letting it shine forth. Some one else may light his taper from it, and his light may be the means of leading others out from the darkness. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 8)
Our Duty Toward Our Neighbors
O that thousands more of God’s people had a realization of the times in which we are living, and of the work to be done in field service, in house-to-house labor! There are many, many of our neighbors who know not the truth. Let us become acquainted with them, and seek to draw them to Christ. Entering the homes of our neighbors to sell or to give away our literature, and in humility to teach them the truth, we shall be accompanied by the light of heaven, which will abide in these houses. Our feet “shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace,” we shall be prepared to go from house to house, carrying the truth to the people. [Ephesians 6:15.] Sometimes we shall find it trying to do this kind of work; but if we go forth in faith, the Lord will go before us and will send His angels to co-operate with us in our efforts to bring our neighbors to a knowledge of the truth. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 9)
The Distribution of Literature
In the miracle of feeding the multitude with a few loaves and fishes, the food was increased as it passed from Christ to those who accepted it. Thus it will be in the distribution of our publications. God’s truth, as it is passed out, will multiply greatly. And as the disciples by Christ’s direction gathered up the fragments which remained, that nothing should be lost, so we should treasure every fragment of literature containing the truth for this time. None can estimate the influence that even a torn page containing the truths of the third angel’s message may have upon the heart of some seeker after truth. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 10)
There are many places in which the voice of the minister cannot be heard, places which can be reached only by our publications—the books, papers, and tracts filled with the Bible truths that the people need. Our literature is to be distributed everywhere. The truth is to be sown beside all waters; for we know not which will prosper, this, or that. In our erring judgment we may think it unwise to give literature to the very ones who would accept the truth the most readily. We know not what may be the results of giving away a leaflet containing present truth. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 11)
I have been instructed that the canvassing work is to be revived and that it is to be carried forward with increasing success. I feel very thankful to our heavenly Father for the interest that my brethren and sisters have taken in the sale of Christ’s Object Lessons. By the sale of this book great good has been accomplished; and the work should be continued. The effort to circulate Object Lessons has demonstrated what can be done in the canvassing field. This effort is a never-to-be-forgotten lesson of how to canvass in the prayerful, trustful way that brings success. Many of our larger books could be sold if our canvassers should take up this work earnestly and energetically, filled with the realization that these books contain instruction that God desires to go to the world. Accompanied by the power of persuasion, the power of prayer, the power of the love of God, the canvasser-evangelist’s work will not, cannot be without fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 12)
A Word to the Discouraged
Many are so sad and discouraged, so weak in faith and trust, that they cannot appropriate to themselves the rich promises of God. Let them, then, do something to help some one more needy than themselves, and they will grow strong in God’s strength. Let them engage in the good work of selling our books and distributing our papers and tracts. Thus they will help others, and they will gain an experience that will give them the assurance that they are God’s helping hand. As they plead with the Lord to help them, He will guide them to those who are seeking for the light. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 13)
The Result of Earnest Effort
When our church members during the week act their part in the service of the Lord, they will be roused from the despondency that is ruining many, body and soul. As they work for others, they will have much that is helpful to speak of when they assemble to worship God. The Sabbath meeting will be like meat in due season; for all will bring precious offerings to the Lord. When God’s people see the great need of sinners’ being converted, turned from the service of Satan to serve the living God, the testimonies they bear in the Sabbath service will not be dark and gloomy, but full of joy and courage, life and power. Instead of thinking and talking about the faults of their brethren and sisters, and about their own trials, they will think and talk of the love of Christ and will strive earnestly to become more efficient workers for Him. (18LtMs, Ms 127, 1903, 14)
Ms 128, 1903
Wrongdoing to be Condemned; Righteousness to be Exalted
NP
October 4, 1903 [typed]
See variant Ms 128a, 1903. This manuscript is published in entirety in 16MR 1-14.
I have a message to bear to those who occupy responsible positions as physicians. My brethren, the Lord has committed to each of you a work, which is plainly outlined in His Word. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 1)
Those who walk with God are prepared to call wrongdoing by its right name. Sin is sin, whether practiced by ministers, teachers, medical missionaries, or other workers in the Lord’s service. Those who discern unchristlike traits in professed Christians occupying positions of responsibility must use great plainness of speech in pointing out these evils, instead of apparently continuing in fellowship with erring men because they are standing in high places. It is on account of the positions of trust that these unchristlike workers occupy, that I am instructed to say to our physicians, Great plainness of speech is required. Those who, though occupying positions of grave responsibility, are Christians only in name are not to be sustained and upheld and strengthened by their brethren; for Satan works through the sinners in Zion to bring in strife and contention and difficulties which make God’s people a reproach and a shame to Christ Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 2)
The apostle Paul gives to Timothy a most solemn charge: “I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom; Preach the Word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 4:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 3)
“Sound doctrine” [Titus 2:1] is Bible truth; standard truth for the time in which we live; truth that is always to be kept before the people; truth that is adapted to promote increased piety and devotion, confirming God’s people in the most holy faith. “Sound doctrine” means much to the receiver; and it means much, too, to the teacher, the minister of righteousness; for wherever the gospel is preached, every laborer, whatever his line of service may be, will be either true or untrue to his responsibility as the Lord’s evangelist. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 4)
Gospel medical missionary workers, as faithful representatives of their Leader, are to bear a message from God. If among this class of workers there should be found those who are not sanctified through the truth; those who are unable to work the works of truth and righteousness, who in word and act dishonor the truth and lower the standard that should always be elevated to represent the medical missionary work in its purity, then faithful work is to be done by God’s ministers. Like Timothy, they are to “reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long-suffering and doctrine.” [2 Timothy 4:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 5)
All our medical workers are earnestly to use their capabilities in the right way, that there may go forth the impression that the ministry of the Word and the medical missionary work are, in reality, one united work. Some will need to be watched, lest their natural propensities overrule, causing them to manifest self instead of the Christlikeness that should always be prominent. When such persons labor not in accordance with the will and way of God; when in business transactions they fail of elevating the gospel standard, their associates are not to keep silent; they are to strive to change the evil, lest they become co-workers in that which will do great injury to the cause and work of God. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 6)
Every Christian is a standard-bearer of righteous principles. Let there be no lowering of the standard, no countenancing of wrong movements. It was while men slept that the enemy sowed tares among the wheat. It is the unwatchful, sleeping condition of God’s servants that implicates them with their associates in guilt. The only way to escape being an unfaithful watchman is to watch and not allow to continue the evils that can be checked. To sustain by silence a work that God cannot approve is to abet Satan’s work, and this results in the loss of souls. No one should be at ease until he has done all that it is possible for him to do to counterwork evil. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 7)
Let our physicians engage in fervent prayer and in the study of God’s Word. Let every missionary be on guard, doing all in his power to counterwork evil, deceptive influences. If faithful work were done, even to a limited degree, it would tell on the side of right. If the senses were keen, quickened and illuminated by the Holy Spirit, wrongdoing would be met and counter worked before it found standing room. Thus many of the objectionable devisings of men would be arrested, and the widespread influence of evil would be circumscribed. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 8)
When will faithful work be done to arrest the evils that ministers and medical missionaries have seen, but have not corrected? The Lord now calls for decided action, in order that the gospel medical missionary work shall not be entirely spoiled by the tares that the enemy has sown. Let none continue the work of leavening our institutions, our churches, and the world with the objectionable sentiments that have been coming in of late. Let not one wrong thing be passed by uncorrected. Christian medical missionary work is to bear the signature of God, not of man. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 9)
O that every man who has been redeemed by the blood of Christ would disrobe himself of his earthly, citizen’s dress, and, for the sake of the Christian name, put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness. Strange work has been done to bring honor to man, and not to God. For the sake of Christ, let matters be brought up to the Christian standard. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 10)
To lean upon the arm of the law is a disgrace to Christians; yet this evil has been brought in and cherished among the Lord’s chosen people. Worldly principles have been stealthily introduced, until in practice many of our workers are becoming like the Laodiceans—half-hearted, because so much dependence is placed on lawyers and legal documents and agreements. Such a condition of things is abhorrent to God. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 11)
Nor will the Lord endorse the spirit that leads a man to engage in commerce in our institutions, after the manner of the world, and to make the laws of the land his defense. Yet the Lord has instructed me that this very spirit is being manifested by some who occupy positions as leaders. If they continue to follow their own way, God will leave them in the hands of the enemy, that they may be spoiled either through success or through failure. Success will bring them to certain ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 12)
The present spiritual condition of some of our church members who stand in high positions of responsibility shows that in the future there must be a great change. God has no place in His mansions for lovers of deception, of fraud, of sin. In the beginning Satan prevailed on man to sin, and he is still carrying on his mischievous work. He puts forth efforts in our churches, and I call upon our people to be on their guard against him. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 13)
God calls for staunch, faithful workers who understand the truth and are sanctified through the truth. Our ministers, physicians, and teachers need to be converted anew, that they may be vessels unto honor. In every place Satan has his forces leagued together to counterwork the work of God. Those who give place to the subtle theories that the enemy seeks to introduce into minds do not regard sin as sinful. Those who set in motion an influence opposed to Christ are doing that to undo which will require a lifetime of Christian effort on the part of those who are standing on the platform of truth. The evil seed sown will spring up and produce a root of bitterness, whereby many shall be defiled. Wrong impressions will be made that it will seem impossible to efface. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 14)
He who says that which weakens the force of the principles of God’s Word can never efface the impressions made by his words. God alone can undo the injurious effects of such words. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 15)
Could each one who proposes to be a believer in the message for this time multiply himself and his means a thousandfold, we as a people should not be able by our good deeds to retrieve the losses we have sustained on account of our neglect of duty during the last twenty-five years. The guilt of the past is resting upon us, even upon all the camp of Israel. A complete reformation is now needed in all our institutions. We must arouse and by the Lord’s help strive to put away the evils now existing and to redeem the time, if possible. The spiritual life of God’s people is being enfeebled by the spirit of centralization and of commercialism. We are losing our distinguishing characteristics as Christians. The works of the enemy have been enthroned in many of our institutions, where business is done in accordance with worldly principles, which have come in through unconsecrated men. Great blindness of perception has been revealed. A thorough reformation must now take place. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 16)
Soul-Saving
“Walk in wisdom toward them that are without, redeeming the time.” [Colossians 4:5.] Precious time has passed into eternity, unused in the Master’s service. Men have been doing a work that the Lord has warned them not to do. The actions of the professed religious world are to be no criterion for those to whom God in His great mercy has given advanced light. We can see that the world is in a great moral conflict. Unwarned souls are perishing in their sins, while many of our churches remain content to do little or nothing to let the full light of the gospel, the light of true medical missionary work, shine into the hearts of men and women, that they may behold the way to heaven. We are failing to gain access to souls. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 17)
Christ, the great Teacher, was accused of eating with publicans and sinners. He did eat with them; but it was for the purpose of letting the truth shine forth. His example, always high and noble and pure, was in marked contrast with the example of the Pharisees, the priests, and the rulers of His day. They disregarded the work that He had commissioned them to do. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 18)
Christ met the people where they were—at the guest table, in the streets, by the lakeside, in the synagogues and the temple, and on the crowded thoroughfares of travel. In these places were found the multitudes who were willing to admit that they were sinners. In their hearts Christ could sow the seeds of truth; and after His resurrection and ascension these seeds, scattered in almost every place, sprang up under the teaching of the apostles, and in one day five thousand believers were converted. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 19)
Just before His ascension, Jesus said to His disciples, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 20)
This commission is ours. Not all have the same work to do; but to every man is given his work. To no one man is committed the whole work. No man is to exalt himself or any other man; for whatever man’s position may be, he is not free from defects, and he should guard against self-exaltation, envy, jealousy, selfishness, covetousness. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 21)
“Whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance; for ye serve the Lord Christ. But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done: and there is no respect of persons” with God. [Colossians 3:23-25.] (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 22)
God’s Estimate of Men
In heaven’s sight, the standing of persons in the church is in no wise dependent on the estimation in which they are held by their fellow men; their acceptance by God is dependent on their union with Christ, by whom alone they are enabled to do right, and to whom they are always amenable. Every moment they are accountable to God. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 23)
It matters not how high a position a man may occupy in the work of God; unless he is a follower of the meek and lowly Jesus, he puts the Saviour to open shame. He may be a leader among his brethren, and he may be upheld and sustained in his course; but unless he is converted, unless he receives Christ as his counselor, making his confession of Him before believers and unbelievers, he can never win the crown of eternal life. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 24)
A Call to Watchfulness and Prayer
The time is at hand when the case of every soul will be decided. The Lord calls upon those who are truly converted to watch and pray; for the controversy between truth and error will increase in intensity. The Bible is to be the man of our counsel. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 25)
When our medical missionaries should have been wide-awake, they were asleep; and consequently the enemy has established himself in the midst of them. Physicians have cherished lax principles and have stooped to follow worldly methods. Their inferior piety has enfeebled the church and impaired its usefulness. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 26)
Many of those who should be standing as watchmen on the walls of Zion are Christians only in name; and when they should have been on their guard as men of God’s appointment—protesting, counterworking, earnestly praying that the Lord God of heaven would work by His Holy Spirit to counteract the movements that were being made by men who trusted in the arm of flesh—they failed of doing their duty. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 27)
There is need of a most thorough work in our Conferences. God is calling for missionaries who have not upon them the stamp of the specious deceptions of the enemy—missionaries who have not by agreement bound themselves to any other human agencies. To us, as God’s chosen people, has been given special light. This light is constantly increasing and is to shine forth through the gospel ministry and through gospel medical missionary workers. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 28)
Our Influence
No true physician or minister will feel that he is partially his own and that he can do as he pleases. At the present time, some clear-sighted, clean-hearted men are almost neutral in their influence; but they cannot long remain in this position without losing ground spiritually. Unless they reflect the character of Christ Jesus, they will begin to reflect the character of the man of sin. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 29)
With the results of sin before them, why are not men fortified against the suggestions of the evil one? Will not our leading brethren keep God’s Word before them and be diligent students of His will, that they may not fail as did Adam and Eve? Never should our God-given powers be used to hurt one of His children. Never should we become the agents of Satan to deceive others. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 30)
The masterly spirit of self, which many manifest, is abhorrent to God; for it leads to actions that savor of evil. If Satan once gains a place in the mind, not only will he strive to retain all the advantages he has gained, but he will seek to obtain full possession. He will use the person over whom he has gained an influence to influence others. The man whose mind is controlled by Satan cannot be used by God to communicate His grace. With such a man Christ cannot co-operate. The deceived one becomes inflated with thoughts of his own importance. He is filled with zeal to accomplish some work that he regards as being great. Satan and his angels lead him on by putting into his mind pleasing and flattering suggestions. He unites in counsel with worldly associates, linking up with men who are not wise unto salvation. And while following the suggestions and methods of the enemy, he thinks that God is directing his mind. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 31)
Let no man be treated as lord and dictator over the gospel ministry or the gospel medical missionary work. The Lord is testing and proving every one to see if in humility men will perform the divine will, taking Christ for their counselor, carefully studying His character, and walking as He walked. To every one who gives himself unreservedly to Christ is assigned a post where he may engage in acceptable service. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 32)
God’s cause is now in need of the influence that protests against evil and strives to counteract it—the influence that Christ has always demanded of His people. Let there be no delay; for the message that I am bearing is from God. While He has been calling upon His people to come out from the world and to be separate and distinct, not touching that which is unclean, human agencies have been counterworking His work by linking up with worldly men, cultivating the spirit of commerce, and depending on worldly lawyers and worldly methods. The Lord is sorely displeased with these men who have made themselves one with the world. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 33)
No one is without influence. Those who, in an effort to be neutral, manifest no positive hostility toward Christ and their brethren may think that they are rendering a service to God; but such a thought is delusive. Upon the minds of those who are endeavoring to stand in a neutral position, satanic agencies are working. The first act of selfishness opens the way for the enemy’s forces to enter. Our only safety is in active service for Christ Jesus. He declares: ‘Ye cannot serve God and mammon.’ [Matthew 6:24.] All your talents, all your capabilities are Mine. I have entrusted you with gifts which are to be put to the very best use as consecrated offerings to Me.” (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 34)
If every man who has influence could ascend some mount of vision from which he could behold all his works as Christ beholds them when He declares, “I know thy works;” if the laborer could trace from cause to effect every objectionable word and act, the sight would be more than he could bear. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 35)
My brother, when you have been tempted to cherish feelings of self-exaltation because of the thought that you were a great worker in God’s cause; when, in accordance with your judgment, you have endeavored to gather in means and to appropriate it as if you had created it; when you have cherished a spirit of selfish ambition in different movements with which you were prominently connected; when you took pleasure in working out some special schemes that were pleasing to you—if at these times you could have seen the full results of the influence you were exerting, results for which you are responsible, you would have been appalled. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 36)
Consider these matters. Trace them from cause to effect. The influences set in operation by our words and deeds are like many threads, which bind us in intimate relationship either with God or with the world, and which connect mind with mind, heart with heart. God is fully acquainted with the multitudinous effects of certain influences. Even at times when man is most sure that certain traits of his character are unobserved, there are going forth influences that are a savor of life unto life, or of death unto death. As soon as these influences cease to be decidedly good, they are decidedly bad; and the longer evil influences are exerted, the greater swells the tide of evil; the greater is the number of souls led to perdition. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 37)
A Message of Warning and Mercy
Those who have sinned against great light are not left without a message of warning and mercy. God says to them: “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 38)
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 3:15-22.] (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 39)
This is the testimony borne concerning the church at Laodicea. This church had been faithfully instructed. In his letter to the Colossians, Paul wrote: “Epaphras, who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you, always laboring fervently for you in prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God. For I bear him record, that he hath a great zeal for you, and them that are in Laodicea, and them in Hierapolis.” [Colossians 4:12, 13.] Much excellent labor was bestowed upon the Laodicean church. To them was given the exhortation, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.] But the church did not follow up the work begun by God’s messengers. They heard, but they failed to appropriate the truth to themselves and to carry out the instruction given them. The result that followed is the result always sure to follow the rejection of the Lord’s warning and entreaties. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 40)
In every age the Lord has sent messages to point out the right way; and just as surely as men have united in walking contrary to the plain word of God, so surely have they been used by Satan to carry out his purposes. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 41)
Some to whom the Lord has for years been sending messages have clearly understood and have magnified every word of encouragement, but have treated as if they were of naught the cautions, the warnings, and the reproofs. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 42)
This self-satisfaction is to be dreaded. This is why the Jewish nation did not receive Christ. They rejected the Bible prophecies given in regard to His coming and chose their own way in accordance with their natural preferences. Their spiritual condition need not be portrayed by us; for Christ has clearly represented it to His servant John. The history of the Jews has been recorded for our admonition, that we should not follow their example of unbelief and worldliness. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 43)
Many are assimilating with the world and leaving upon human minds the impression that the special messages of warning given in the fourteenth of Revelation, messages that have called us out from the world, are secondary to the medical missionary work. God calls upon those who have heard these messages to gain an experience very different from that gained by the Jewish nation. He desires His people to come to their senses and to make their lives an expression of genuine faith and spirituality. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 44)
The Need of a Reformation
A failure to reveal the truth in the daily life has resulted in lax views as to what constitutes the truth for this time. Because of this, there exists an inferior piety by which the church is enfeebled and its usefulness impaired. Men and women have come to believe that they are partially their own; that they have a right to take themselves into their own hands and to do as they please, following their own judgment and planning to carry out their ideas as they may choose. Those who believe that they have this right are on losing ground. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 45)
In every health institution that has fallen into worldly practices, the Lord calls for a decided change. Let our workers now come out from the world and be separate. There is to be a full understanding as to who is on the Lord’s side. “He that is not with Me,” said Christ, “is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 46)
Let no one suppose that because a man is constantly busy, he demonstrates his fidelity; for the tempter is constantly busy and is helping those who are endeavoring to labor in accordance with their own devisings. Idolatry of self, of my plans, my devisings, Christ looks upon with contempt. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 47)
We are not to do a particle less than it is in our power to do to advance Christ’s kingdom. We are to labor in the spirit and manner in which He labored. He holds every man responsible for working in the right way. Only those who labor for the Master in a Christlike spirit and manner, because of their love for Him and their desire to please Him; only those who refuse to take to themselves any praise and glory will receive the approbation of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 128, 1903, 48)
Ms 128a, 1903
Wrongdoing to be Condemned; Righteousness to be Exalted
NP
October 4, 1903 [typed]
Variant of Ms 128, 1903, which is published in entirety in 16MR 1-14.
I have a message to bear to those who occupy responsible positions as physicians. My brethren, the Lord has committed to each of you a work which is plainly outlined in His Word. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 1)
Those who walk with God are prepared to call wrongdoing by its right name. Sin is sin, whether practiced by teachers, medical missionaries, ministers, or other workers. Those who discern unchristlike traits in the professed Christians occupying positions of responsibility must use great plainness of speech in pointing out these evils instead of apparently continuing in fellowship with such men because they are standing in high places. It is on account of their position that I am instructed to say to our brethren, Great plainness of speech is required. Those who are Christians only in name are not to be sustained and upheld and strengthened in their positions of grave responsibility by their brethren; for Satan works through these sinners in Zion to bring in strife and contention and difficulties which make God’s people a reproach and a shame to Christ Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 2)
The apostle Paul gives to Timothy a most solemn charge: “I charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom; Preach the Word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 4:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 3)
“Sound doctrine” [Titus 2:1] is Bible truth; standard truth for the time in which we live; truth that is always to be kept before the people; truth that is adapted to promote increased piety and devotion, confirming God’s people in the most holy faith. “Sound doctrine” means much to the receiver; and it means much, too, to the teacher, the minister of righteousness; for it means that the laborer shall be either true or untrue to his responsibility as the Lord’s messenger-evangelist in any line of service, wherever the gospel may be preached. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 4)
Gospel medical missionary workers, as faithful representatives of their Leader, are to bear a message from God. If among this class of workers there should be found those who are not sanctified through the truth; those who are unable to work the works of truth and righteousness, but who in word and act dishonor the truth and lower the standard that should be elevated to represent the medical missionary work in its purity, then faithful work is to be done by God’s ministers. Like Timothy, they are to “reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine.” [2 Timothy 4:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 5)
All our medical workers are to use their capabilities in an earnest, righteous way, that there may go forth the impression that the ministry of the Word and the medical missionary work are in reality one united work. Some will need to be watched, lest their natural propensities overrule and cause them to manifest self instead of the Christian example that should always be prominent. When such persons do not labor in accordance with the will and way of God; when in nearly every business transactions they fail of elevating the gospel standard, their associates are not to keep silent; they are to say something to change the evil, lest they become implicated with the ones who have done great injury to the cause and work of God. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 6)
Every Christian is a standard-bearer of righteous principles. Let there be no lowering of the standard, no countenancing of wrong movements. It was while men slept that tares were sown among the wheat. It is the unwatchful, sleeping condition of God’s servants that implicates them with their associates in guilt. The only safe and righteous way to escape being an unfaithful watchman is to watch, and not allow to continue the evils that can be checked. To sustain by silence a work that God cannot approve is to abet Satan’s work; and this results in the loss of souls. No one should be at ease until he has done all that it is possible for him to do to counterwork evil. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 7)
Let there be much praying. Let every missionary be on guard, doing all in his power to counterwork deceptive, evil influences. If faithful work were done, even to a limited degree, it would tell on the side of right. If the senses were keen, quickened and illuminated by the Holy Spirit, wrongdoing would be met and counter worked before it found standing room; and many of the objectionable devisings of men would be arrested. Thus the widespread influence of evil would be circumscribed. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 8)
Let the first blow be struck to arrest the evils that ministers and medical missionaries have seen, but have not corrected. The Lord now calls for decided action, in order that the gospel medical missionary work shall not be entirely choked by the tares that the enemy has sown. All our Conferences need not be leavened with the objectionable sentiments that have been expressed. Let not one wrong thing be passed by uncorrected. The Christian medical missionary work is to bear the signature of God and not of man who is not under God’s supervision. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 9)
O that every man who has been redeemed by the blood of Christ would disrobe himself of the civilian’s dress, and for the sake of the Christian name, for Christ’s sake, put on the robe of Christ’s righteousness. Strange work has been done to bring honor to the character of man and not the character of God. For the sake of Christ, let matters be brought up to the level of the Christian standard. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 10)
To lean upon the arm of the law is a disgrace to Christians; yet this evil has been brought in and cherished among the Lord’s chosen people. Worldly cut garments, worldly ordained principles have been stealthily introduced until in practice we are becoming like the Laodiceans—half-hearted, because so much dependence is placed on lawyers and legal documents and agreements. Such a condition of things is abhorrent to God. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 11)
Could each one who claims to be a believer in the message for this time multiply himself and his means a thousandfold, we as a people should not be able by our good deeds to retrieve the workings of the last twenty-five years. The guilt of the past is resting upon us. A thorough, complete reformation is now needed in all our institutions. We must arouse and by the Lord’s help strive to retrieve the past if possible. The very vitals of God’s people are being eaten away by the spirit of colonization and of commercialism. We are losing our distinguishing characteristics as Christians. The works of the enemy have been enthroned in many of our institutions where business is done in accordance with worldly principles which have come in through unconsecrated men. A thorough reformation must now take place. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 12)
Soul-Saving
“Walk in wisdom toward them that are without, redeeming the time.” [Colossians 4:5.] Precious time that has passed into eternity should have been improved. The actions of the professed religious world are to be no criterion for those to whom God in His great mercy has given advanced light. We can see that the world is in a great moral conflict. Unwarned souls are perishing in their sins, while many of our churches remain content to do little or nothing to let the full light of the gospel, the light of true medical missionary work, shine into the hearts of men and women, that they may behold the way to heaven. We are failing to gain access to souls. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 13)
Christ, the great Teacher, was accused of eating with publicans and sinners. He did eat with them; but it was for the purpose of letting the light of truth shine forth through the revelation of a godly character. His example, always high and noble and pure, was in marked contrast with the example of the Pharisees, the priests, and the rulers of His day. They disregarded the work that He had commissioned them to do. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 14)
Christ met the people where they were—at the guest table, in the streets, by the lakeside, in the synagogues and the temple, and on the crowded thoroughfares of travel. In these places were found the multitudes who were willing to admit that they were sinners. In their hearts Christ could sow the seeds of truth; and after His resurrection and ascension these seeds, scattered in almost every place, sprang up under the teaching of the apostles, and in one day five thousand were converted. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 15)
Just before His ascension, Jesus came and spake unto His disciples, saying, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 16)
This commission is ours. Not all have the same work to do; but to every man is given his work. To no one man is committed the whole work. No man is to exalt himself or any other man; for whatever man’s position may be, he is not free from human defects, and he should guard against self-exaltation, envy, jealousy, selfishness, covetousness. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 17)
“Whatsoever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men; knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance; for ye serve the Lord Christ. But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done: and there is no respect of persons” with God. [Colossians 3:23-25.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 18)
Love to God and to Man
The standing of persons in the Christian church, their rights and privileges as church members, is in no wise dependent on their outward condition spiritually; in God’s sight, there acceptance is dependent on their union with Christ Jesus, by whom alone they are enabled to do right, and to whom they are always amenable. Accountable to God they are every moment. Love to God as supreme always, and love to their fellow men, is the whole duty of the fallen race. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 19)
In answer to the lawyer’s question, “Master, which is the great commandment in the law?” Jesus said unto him, “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.” [Matthew 22:36-40.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 20)
In these commandments are comprehended all the principles of the decalogue. Perfection of human character is revealed in supreme love to God and unselfish love to man. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 21)
The Lord calls upon those who are truly converted, who watch and pray; for the controversy between truth and error will increase in intensity. To every one who gives himself unreservedly to Christ is assigned a post where he may engage in active service. To us, as God’s chosen people, has been given special light. This light is constantly increasing and is to shine forth through the gospel ministry and through gospel medical missionary workers. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 22)
The time is at hand when the case of every soul will soon be decided. The Bible is to be the man of our counsel. No man is to be treated as lord and dictator in regard to gospel medical missionary work; for God will not endorse any work that leads any man to engage in commerce in our institutions after the manner of the world, and to make the laws of the land his defense. Yet the Lord has instructed me that this very thing is being done. God will leave such men in the hands of the enemy, that they may be spoiled either through success or through failure. Success will bring them to certain ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 23)
There is need of most thorough work’s being done in our Conferences. God is calling for missionaries who have not upon them the stamp of the specious deceptions of the enemy—missionaries who have not by contract bound themselves to any other human agencies. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 24)
When our medical missionaries should have been wide-awake, they were asleep; and consequently the enemy has established himself in the midst of them. Many are Christians only in name; and when these professed Christian missionaries should have been on their guard, as men of God’s appointment, protesting, counter working, earnestly praying that the Lord God of heaven would work by His Holy Spirit to counteract the movements that were being made by men who trusted in the arm of flesh—they failed of doing their duty. Physicians have cherished lax principles and have stooped to follow worldly methods. Their inferior piety has enfeebled the church and impaired its usefulness. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 25)
Our Influence
No true Christian physician or minister of the gospel will feel that he is partially his own and that he can do as he pleases. At the present time, some clear-sighted, clean-hearted men are almost neutral in their influence; but they cannot long remain in this position without losing ground spiritually. They will begin to reflect the character of the man of sin instead of reflecting the character of the meek and lowly One, who has said, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 26)
Love to God is pure, fragrant—a sweet-smelling savor unto Him. The masterly spirit of self, which many manifest, is abhorrent to Him; for it leads to all kinds of actions that savor of evil. God’s cause is now in need of the protesting, counteracting influence that Christ has always demanded of His people. Let there be no delay; for the message that I am bearing is from God. While He has been calling upon His people to come out from the world, and to be separate and distinct, not touching that which is unclean, human agencies have been counter working His work by linking up with worldly men, cultivating the spirit of commerce, and depending on worldly lawyers and worldly methods. God turns away in disgust from these men who have made themselves one with the world. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 27)
Those who have sinned against great light are not left without a message of warning and mercy. God says to them: “I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 3:15-22.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 28)
This is the testimony borne concerning the church at Laodicea. This church had been faithfully instructed. In his letter to the Colossians, Paul wrote: “Epaphras, who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you, always laboring fervently for you in prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in all the will of God. For I bear him record, that he hath a great zeal for you, and them that are in Laodicea, and them in Hierapolis.” [Colossians 4:12, 13.] Much excellent labor was bestowed upon the Laodicean church. To them was given the exhortation, “Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect.” [Matthew 5:48.] But the church did not follow up the work begun by God’s messengers. They heard, but they failed to appropriate the truth to themselves and to carry out the instruction given them. The result that followed is the result always sure to follow the rejection of the Lord’s warnings and entreaties. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 29)
Some to whom the Lord has been sending messages for years have clearly understood and have magnified every word of encouragement, but have treated as if they were of naught the cautions, the warnings, and the reproofs. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 30)
This wholeness is to be dreaded. This is why the Jewish nation did not receive Christ. They rejected the Bible prophecies given in regard to His coming and chose their own way in accordance with their human judgment. Their spiritual condition need not be explained by us; for Christ has given to His servant John a clear representation of their condition. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 31)
God calls upon those who have heard His message of warning for this time, as given in the fourteenth of Revelation, to reveal a showing far different from that which was revealed by the Jewish nation. He desires His people to come to their senses and to represent in their lives genuine faith and spirituality. Many are assimilating with the world, and leaving upon human minds the impression that the special messages of warning that have called us out from the world, are secondary to the medical missionary work. The Lord calls for a decided change in every health institution that has been established and that has fallen into worldly practices. Let God’s workers now come out from the world and be separate. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 32)
There is to be a full understanding as to who is on the side of Christ. “He that is not with Me,” said Christ, “is against Me; and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Many have fulfilled this saying to the letter. Lax views as to what constitutes truth for this present time are the result of losing the demonstrated character of the truth. As the result, there exists an inferior piety, by which the church is enfeebled and its usefulness impaired. Men and women have come to believe that they are partially their own and that they have a right to take themselves into their own hands and to do as they please, following their own judgment and planning to carry out their ideas as they may choose. Those who believe that they have this right, are on Satan’s platform. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 33)
No one really has a neutral influence. Those who, in an effort to be neutral, manifest no positive hostility toward Christ and their brethren, they think that they are rendering a service to God; but such a thought is inspired by Satan. Not the least advantage is to be given to our foe. Upon the minds of those who are endeavoring to stand in a neutral position, unnumbered satanic agencies are working. The first act of selfishness opens the way for the enemy’s forces to enter. Let us use none of our influence on Satan’s side of the controversy. It is a sad fact that many who are professedly standing on Christ’s platform are doing the enemy’s work. Christ declares: “Ye cannot serve God and mammon. All your talents, all your capabilities, are Mine. I have entrusted you with gifts, which are to be put to the very best use as consecrated offerings to Me.” [See Matthew 6:24.] (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 34)
If every man who has influence could ascend some mount of vision from which he could behold all his works as Christ beholds them when He declares, “I know thy works” [Revelation 3:15]; if the laborer could trace from cause to effect every objectionable word and act, the sight would be more than he could bear. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 35)
My brother, at the time when you cherish feelings of self-exaltation because of the thought that you were a great worker in God’s cause; when satisfied with your judgment, you gathered in means, and appropriated it as if you had created it; when you revealed a spirit of selfishness in different movements that for years have led you away from Christ, away from the truth of heavenly origin; at the time when you took pleasure in being freed from various responsibilities in order that you might work out some special schemes that Christ has condemned—if at these times you could have seen the full results of the influence you were exerting, results for which you are responsible, you would have been appalled. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 36)
Consider these matters. Trace them out from cause to effect. The influences set in operation by our words and deeds are like many threads which bind us in intimate relationship either with God or with the world and which connect mind with mind, heart with heart, moral influence with moral influence. God is fully acquainted with the multitudinous effects of certain influences. Even at times when man is most certain that certain traits of his character are unobserved, there are going forth influences that are a savor of life unto life or of death unto death. As soon as these influences cease to be decidedly good morally, they are decidedly bad; and the longer they are exerted, the greater swells the tide of good or of evil; the greater is the number of souls led to heaven or to perdition. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 37)
We are not to do a particle less than all we can do to advance Christ’s kingdom in the same spirit and manner in which He worked. He holds every man responsible for working in the right way. Let no one suppose that because he is constantly busy, he demonstrates his fidelity; for Satan is constantly busy and is helping those who are endeavoring to labor in accordance with their own devisings. Idolatry of self, of my plans, my devisings, Christ looks upon with contempt. Only those who work for the Him in a Christlike spirit and manner, because of their love for Him and their desire to please Him; only those who refuse to take to themselves any praise and glory will receive the approbation of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 128a, 1903, 38)
Ms 129, 1903
Lessons From the Past—3
NP
October 28, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 10MR 252-259. +
How Shall Our Youth Be Trained? (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 1)
John the Baptist, the forerunner of Christ, received his early training from his parents. The greater portion of his life was spent in the wilderness, that he might not be influenced by beholding the lax piety of the priests and rabbis, or by learning their maxims and traditions, through which right principles were perverted and belittled. The religious teachers of the day had become so blind spiritually that they could scarcely recognize the virtues of heavenly origin. So long had they cherished pride, envy, and jealousy, that they interpreted the Old Testament Scriptures in such a manner as to destroy their true meaning. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 2)
It was John’s choice to forego the enjoyments and luxuries of city life for the stern discipline of the wilderness. Here his surroundings were favorable to habits of simplicity and self-denial. Uninterrupted by the clamor of the world, he could here study the lessons of nature, of revelation, and of providence. The words of the angel to Zacharias had been often repeated to John by his God-fearing parents. From his childhood his mission had been kept before him, and he accepted the holy trust. To him the solitude of the desert was a welcome escape from society in which suspicion, unbelief, and impurity had become well-nigh all-persuading. He distrusted his own power to withstand temptation and shrank from constant contact with sin, lest he should lose the sense of its exceeding sinfulness. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 3)
But the life of John was not spent in idleness, in ascetic gloom, or in selfish isolation. From time to time he went forth to mingle with men; and he was ever an interested observer of what was passing in the world. From his quiet retreat he watched the unfolding of events. With vision illuminated by the divine Spirit, he studied the characters of men, that he might understand how to reach their hearts with the message of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 4)
*****
Christ lived the life of a genuine medical missionary. He desires us to study His life diligently, that we may learn to labor as He labored. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 5)
His mother was His first teacher. From her lips, and from the scrolls of the prophets, He learned of heavenly things. He lived in a peasant’s home, and faithfully and cheerfully He acted His part in bearing the burdens of the household. He had been the Commander of heaven, and angels had delighted to fulfil His word; now He was a willing servant, a loving, obedient son. He learned a trade and with His own hands worked in the carpenter’s shop with Joseph. In the simple garb of a common laborer He walked the streets of the little town, going to and returning from His humble work. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 6)
With the people of that age, the value of things was determined by outward show. As religion had declined in power, it had increased in pomp. The educators of the time sought to command respect by display and ostentation. To all this the life of Jesus presented a marked contrast. His life demonstrated the worthlessness of those things that men regarded as life’s greatest essentials. The schools of His time, with their magnifying of things small and their belittling of things great, He did not seek. His education was gained directly from heaven-appointed sources: from useful work, from the study of the Scriptures and of nature, and from the experiences of life—God’s lesson books, full of instruction to all who bring to them the willing hand, the seeing eye, and the understanding heart. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 7)
“The child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, filled with wisdom, and the grace of God was upon Him.” [Luke 2:40.] (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 8)
Thus prepared, He went forth to His mission, in every moment of His contact with men, exerting upon them an influence to bless, a power to transform, such as the world had never witnessed. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 9)
*****
Satan works in every possible way to ensnare souls. As I consider the state of things in Battle Creek, I tremble for our youth who go there. The light given me by the Lord—that our youth should not collect in Battle Creek to receive their education—has in no particular been changed. The fact that the Sanitarium has been rebuilt does not change the light. That which in the past has made Battle Creek a place unsuitable for our youth makes it unsuitable today, as far as influence is concerned. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 10)
When the call came to move out of Battle Creek, the plea was, “We are here and all settled. It would be an impossibility to move without enormous expense.” (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 11)
The Lord permitted fire to consume the principal buildings of the Review and Herald and the Sanitarium and thus removed the greatest objection raised to moving out of Battle Creek. It was His design, not that one large sanitarium should be rebuilt, but that plants should be made in several places. These smaller sanitariums should have been established where they could have the benefit and advantage of land for agricultural purposes. It is God’s plan that agriculture shall be carried on in connection with our sanitariums and schools. Our youth need the education to be gained from this line of work. It is well, and more than well—it is essential—that efforts be made to carry out the Lord’s plan in this respect. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 12)
But a large sanitarium building, different in design, yet capable of accommodating as many patients, was erected on the same site as the old building. Since the opening of this institution a very large number of people have come to it. Some of these are patients, but some are not really sick, but like tourists are seeking for rest and pleasure. The large number at the Sanitarium is no evidence that it is the will of God that such a condition of things should be. Our sanitariums were not designed to be boarding places for the rich people of the world. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 13)
The care of the large number of guests at the Sanitarium requires a large number of helpers, and those in charge of our churches have been asked to send in the names of the most promising young men and young women in the church, that these youth may be communicated with by the managers of the Sanitarium and the most efficient invited to come to the Sanitarium to take the nurses’ course. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 14)
But shall we encourage our most promising young men and young women to go to Battle Creek, to obtain their training for service where attendance at entertainments, indulgence in worldly dress, and many other evils will tempt them to go astray? The Lord has revealed to me some of the dangers that our youth will meet by evil associations. Many of the wealthy, worldly men and women who patronize the Sanitarium will be a source of temptation to the helpers in this institution. Some of these helpers will become the favorites of wealthy worldlings and will be offered alluring inducements to enter their employ. Through the silent influence of the worldly display of some of the patrons who for a time have stayed at the Sanitarium, the enemy has already been able to sow tares in the hearts of many of our young men and young women. This is the way in which Satan is working. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 15)
To fathers and mothers I would say, Be careful what moves you make. Place not your children under the seductive influences and the subtle temptations that they would have to meet were they to go to Battle Creek. It is not God’s design that our youth shall be called to this place, to associate with worldly people of all grades, high and low. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 16)
Because the Sanitarium is where it should not be, shall the word of the Lord regarding the education of our youth be of no account? Shall we allow the most intelligent of our youth in the churches throughout our Conferences to be called to Battle Creek, to become servants to worldlings, some of them to be robbed of their simplicity by being brought in contact with men and women who have not the fear of God in their hearts? Shall those in charge of our Conferences allow our youth, who in the schools for Bible workers could be fitted for the Lord’s service, to be drawn to a place from which for years the Lord has been calling upon His people to move? (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 17)
We desire that our youth shall be so trained that they shall exert a saving influence in our churches by working for greater unity and deeper piety. Human minds may not see the necessity for the call to families to leave Battle Creek and settle in places where they can do medical missionary evangelistic work. But the Lord has spoken. Shall we question His word? (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 18)
The Family Firm
The truth, in all its important bearings, needs to have a much deeper hold upon all who have to do with the training of our youth. Parents are to work skilfully for their own children, helping them while they are still in the home to gain a fitness to work as missionaries for Christ when they leave the home. The children are to be taught to be faithful in labor. They are to learn to relieve the weary mother, sharing her burdens. The elder children may greatly assist her by helping to care for the little ones. And the younger ones may learn to perform many of the simple duties of the home. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 19)
Young men and young women should regard a training in home duties as a most important part of their education. The family firm is a sacred, social society in which each member is to act a part, each helping the other. The work of the household is to move smoothly, like the different parts of well-regulated machinery. The mother should be relieved of the burdens that the sons and daughters can take upon themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 20)
How important that fathers and mothers should give their children, from their very babyhood, the right instruction. They are to teach them to obey the command, “Honor thy father and thy mother, that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.” [Exodus 20:12.] And the children, as they grow in years, are to appreciate the care that their parents have given them. They are to find their greatest pleasure in helping father and mother. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 21)
Fathers and mothers should do all in their power to carry forward the work of the home in right lines. The law of God, with its holy principles and solemn injunctions, is ever to bear rule. The principles of the Bible are to be taught and practiced. The parents are to teach their children lessons from this holy Book, making these lessons so simple that they will readily be understood. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 22)
The more closely the members of the family are united in their work in the home, the more uplifting and helpful will be the influence that father and mother and sons and daughters will exert outside the home. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 23)
It is a serious matter to send children away from home, thus depriving them of the care of their parents. It is of the greatest importance that church schools shall be established to which the children can be sent and still be under the watchcare of their mothers and have opportunity to practice the lessons of helpfulness that it is God’s design they shall learn in the home. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 24)
In our larger schools provision should also be made for the education of younger children. This work is to be managed wisely in connection with the training of more advanced students. The older students should be encouraged to take part in teaching these lower classes. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 25)
Much more can be done to save and educate the children of those who at present cannot get away from the cities. This is a matter worthy of our best efforts. Church schools are to be established for the children in the cities; and in connection with these schools, provision is to be made for the teaching of higher studies where these are called for. These schools can be managed in such a way, part joining to part, that they will be a complete whole. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 26)
Let us study the way of the Lord diligently, that we may discern His methods and plans. His wisdom is far reaching. (18LtMs, Ms 129, 1903, 27)
Ms 130, 1903
Christ Stilling the Tempest
NP
November 3, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 321. +
Jesus was beside the Sea of Galilee. The view was not one of the surpassing grandeur, yet to Him it was one of peculiar interest. It was in the region round about the Sea of Galilee that He had wrought many of His miracles. And it was beneath the sheltering trees of the mountain side, but a little distance from the Sea of Galilee that, not long before, the twelve disciples had been called to the apostolate and ordained to be fishers of men. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 1)
All day Jesus had been teaching and healing, telling the people that the way to be most happy is to seek to be a blessing to others, and that when men and women give themselves wholly to this work, the earth will be filled with the glory of God. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 2)
For days Jesus had labored with scarcely any rest. Day after day He had ministered to the crowds that pressed upon Him. His mother and His brothers had sent word by the disciples, desiring to see Him. They feared that He was wearing Himself out by His incessant labors. His brothers were unable to account for His attitude toward the Pharisees, and there were some who feared that His reason was becoming unsettled. But to the message sent, Jesus had answered, “Who is My mother, and who are My brethren? And He stretched forth His hand toward His disciples, and said, Behold My mother and My brethren. For whosoever shall do the will of My Father which is in heaven, the same is My brother, and sister, and mother.” [Matthew 12:48-50.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 3)
The malicious criticism and misrepresentations with which the Pharisees constantly pursued Christ made His labors much more severe and harassing; and now the close of the day found Him so utterly wearied that He determined to seek retirement in some solitary place across the lake. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 4)
“When even was come, He saith unto them, Let us pass over unto the other side.” [Mark 4:35.] There was still a multitude of people on the shore, and Christ looked upon them with the deepest compassion. But His physical strength had been heavily taxed, and He was unable longer to bear the strain. There is a limit to human endurance, and this is why Christ left the people at this time. He was about to faint with weariness. He must have rest in order to be prepared for future work. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 5)
As soon as the multitude had been dismissed, the disciples took Him even “as He was” into the boat and hastily set off. [Verse 36.] The eastern shore of Gennesaret was not uninhabited, for there were towns here and there beside the lake; yet it was a desolate region when compared with the western side. It contained a population more heathen then Jewish and had little communication with Galilee. Thus it offered Jesus the seclusion He sought, and He now bade His disciples go thither. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 6)
Overcome with weariness, Christ lay down in the stern of the boat and soon fell asleep. Not long before, to one who, impressed by His words and His wonderful works of healing, had asked the privilege of following Him, He had said, “The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Matthew 8:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 7)
Behold the weary, exhausted medical missionary Worker, who for us suffered so much physical discomfort and pain, who was tempted in all points like as we are, yet without sin. He is lying asleep, not on a comfortable bed, His head resting on a soft pillow, but in the bottom of the boat, with a coil of rope under His head. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 8)
Happy are they who can lie down to rest, wearied with unselfish effort to bless and benefit suffering humanity. The weary, trusting toiler, after courageously doing his best, can go to his rest at peace with God, saying, “I will both lay me down in peace, and sleep; for Thou, Lord, only makest me dwell in safety.” [Psalm 4:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 9)
“And so He giveth His beloved sleep.” [Psalm 127:2.] Look at the face of the Saviour, so careworn, yet so peaceful. There is upon it no trace of sin, save the weariness that the sins of others have caused. Love, mercy, purity, goodness are there revealed. Heavenly nobility is there. Soon that dear face was to be marred by the cruelty of those for whom the Son of God came to give His life. Soon the Saviour was to hang on the cross, revealing to the world, to angels, and to men the unspeakable love of God. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 10)
One of the greatest blessings that will ever come to human beings is spoken of in the words, “They shall see His face”—the face that angels adore. [Revelation 22:4.] But who will see it? Will it be those who did not choose to see it in this world, those who turned away from beholding it, choosing rather to look upon evil and unite with sinners? No, no! In that day such ones will not want to see His glorified face. They will turn from it with pain, because on this earth they despised His counsel and would none of His reproof. As the shadows of night settle down upon the lake, the disciples realize that a change has taken place in the weather. The wind sweeps wildly down the mountain gorges and along the eastern shore. The disciples have spent their lives upon the lake, and they see that a fierce storm is upon them. Their fears are aroused. They say little, but work quickly to make everything secure. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 11)
With a roar the tempest smites the lake, and the waves rush upon one another as if in conflict. The sea wrestles as if in fearful rage. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 12)
Still Christ sleeps on—the deep sleep of exhaustion. His human nature has been drawn on to its utmost capacity in His effort to impart the virtues of His divine nature to the sick and sorrowing. The tempest roars, the thunder crashes, the lightnings flash, the rain beats on His face, yet He sleeps on. His clothing is drenched. The angels look upon the scene with amazement. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 13)
This is part of Christ’s appointed lot. The King of glory humbled Himself to the low estate of the fallen race, that He might bring peace and rest to the weary and tempest-tossed and guide the wanderers in the wilderness of sin to the haven of eternal rest. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 14)
The disciples have guided their craft safely through many a storm, but now their strength and skill avail nothing. Their boat has become unmanageable. They find that they must let it drive before the gale. They keep a firm hold of the helm and let the boat drive straight before the wind and the sea. The fury of the tempest increases, and they begin to despair of saving themselves. The deck is being flooded, and the waves come in faster and faster. One wave after another is hurled over the ship. Mark says, “The waves beat into the ship, so that it was now full.” [Mark 4:37.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 15)
Just as all hope is leaving them, there comes to them the thought that Jesus is on board. One of them, touching Him, says in accents of despair, “Master, save, or we perish.” [Matthew 8:25; Luke 8:24.] That cry reaches Christ’s heart. The thunder of the elements could not wake Him, but one alarmed touch from His disciples, one agonized cry, and He was instantly upon His feet. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 16)
He rose, and rebuke the wind, and as one having authority over the boisterous elements, said to the sea, “Peace, be still.” [Mark 4:39.] He had slept as an exhausted man. He awoke as a commander, as one to be obeyed. He showed no signs of alarm, but spoke as one equal with the Father, and the winds and the waves obeyed His voice. He was master of the situation. As He spoke the words, “Peace, be still,” the sea became perfectly calm. Nature recognized the voice of her Lord and Master and obeyed. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 17)
Thus Christ sought to increase the faith of the disciples and to give an evidence that through all time would testify to the divine character of His mission as the Sent of God. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 18)
For us, as well as for the disciples, this miracle was wrought. How often the disciples’ experience is ours. When the tempests of temptation gather, and the fierce lightnings flash, and the waves sweep over us, we battle with the storm alone, forgetting that there is One who can help us. We trust in our own strength till hope is lost, and we are ready to perish. Then we remember Jesus, and if we call upon Him to save us, we shall not cry in vain. Though He sorrowfully reproves our unbelief and self-confidence, He never fails to give us the help we need. Whether on the land or on the sea, if we have the Saviour in our hearts, there is no need of fear. Living faith in the Redeemer will smooth the sea of life and will deliver us from danger in the way that He knows to be best. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 19)
Our Leader
The Saviour gave Himself to a life of self-denial and self-sacrifice. He laid aside His royal robe and kingly crown and stepped down from His position as commander in the heavenly courts, to take humanity upon Himself and stand at the head of the human race. He came to be tempted as man is tempted, to pass through the vicissitudes through which human beings are called to pass, and to live a life of sinlessness, showing to all the “better part” [Luke 10:42] that they may obtain by living for God, through the grace received from heaven. For our sakes He became poor, that we might come into possession of eternal riches. He took our nature upon Him, that we might be partakers of the divine nature and escape the corruption that is in the world through lust. He subjected Himself to poverty and temptation, that human beings, seeing His example, listening to His teaching, obeying His lessons, might obtain everlasting life—even an eternal weight of glory. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 20)
O Jesus, what humiliation, what suffering, what trial Thou didst endure to procure for us happiness in this world and in the world to come! Thou wast wounded for our transgressions, bruised for our iniquities. The chastisement of our peace was upon Thee, and by Thy stripes we are healed. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 21)
It is a marvel to the angels that human beings should choose to be incapable of realizing how greatly Christ humiliated Himself in their behalf. They marvel that men and women do not rejoice to acknowledge Christ as their Saviour, to accept Him as their Leader, and to follow His example of self-denial. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 22)
Why are men and women so easily led to follow a course that grieves the Lord Jesus? Why do they choose to stand under the banner of the one who rebelled in the heavenly courts? Why do they not choose to take their position on the side of Christ—the side of Omnipotence? (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 23)
To the angels, the course followed by human beings seems strangely inconsistent. They see how plainly degradation is revealed on the side of unbelief and indulgence of appetite. They see how untiringly Satan is working to destroy the image of God in man. They wonder why beings dependent on their Creator for every breath they draw act so unreasonably and inconsistently; why they choose the side of the one who crucified Christ and who has filled the world with strife and envy and jealousy. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 24)
Can we, as reasoning beings, regard as wise the choice that leads us to stand under the black banner of rebellion, rather than under the banner of Prince Emmanuel? (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 25)
May God help all who read these words to see their import and to begin to inquire, “What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life?” [Mark 10:17.] We should not need one moment to decide to step from under the banner of rebellion to the banner of loyalty. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 26)
Christ is the Lord our righteousness. Let us take our stand on His side now, just now. Let none be ashamed to acknowledge Christ as their Saviour, their counselor, their guide, and their exceeding great reward. Is this sacrificing anything? Is it an honor to be numbered among Satan’s army? Those who make this choice gain nothing. Only death, eternal death, awaits them. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 27)
Let those who are tempted to choose the world, to strive to gain the recognition of the world, remember that unless they choose Christ here, they will not have the recognition of heaven. Tempted ones, whom have you chosen as your leader? The one who, though greatly honored in heaven, became a rebel, and who, with all his sympathizers, was cast out? Will you dishonor your Creator and Redeemer by choosing the great apostate as your leader? Christ, the only begotten Son of God, came to this world to redeem the fallen race. He has given us evidence of His great power. He will enable those who receive Him to build up characters free from the tendencies that Satan reveals. You can resist Satan and all his temptations. The battle will be won, the victory gained, by him who chooses Christ as his leader, determined to do right because it is right. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 28)
Commit the keeping of your souls to God. Our divine Lord is equal to any emergency. With Him, nothing is impossible. He has shown His great love for us by living a life of self-denial and humiliation and dying a death of agony, to save us from eternal ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 29)
Come to Christ just as you are, weak, helpless, and ready to die. Cast yourselves wholly on His mercy. There is no difficulty within or without that cannot be conquered in His strength. Some have stormy tempers. But He who calmed the stormy sea of Galilee can say to your heart, “Peace, be still.” [Mark 4:39.] There is no nature that Christ cannot subdue, no temper so stormy that He cannot quell it, if the heart is surrendered to His keeping. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 30)
No one need despond who commits his soul to Jesus. We have an all-powerful Saviour. Looking to Jesus, the author and finisher of your faith, you can say, “God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore will we not fear, though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea; though the waters thereof roar and be troubled, though the mountains shake with the swelling thereof.” [Psalm 46:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 31)
Do not think that the Christian life is a life free from temptation. Temptations will come to every Christian. Both the Christian and the one who does not accept Christ as his leader will have trials. The difference is that the latter is serving a tyrant, doing his mean drudgery, while the Christian is serving One who died to give him eternal life. He must not look upon trial as something strange, but as the means by which he is to be purified and strengthened. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 32)
“Count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations,” James declares; “knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience.” [James 1:2, 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 33)
In the future life we shall understand things that here greatly perplex us. We shall realize how strong an opponent we had and how angels of God were commissioned to guard us as we followed the counsel of the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 34)
Christ tells us that our sea will not always be smooth. We shall have tribulation. This is a part of our education, necessary to the formation of a strong, symmetrical character. There is nobility of character for us to gain. Every day we are to acquire a deeper knowledge of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 35)
Christ desires to give all who receive Him power to become the sons of God. He is a very present help in every time of trouble. Let us be ashamed of our wavering faith. Those who are weak in moral power have only themselves to blame that they do not resist the enemy. We have no excuse for failing to do our best. The Bible has been placed in our hands as a guide. It is a light shining in a dark place. All who choose can walk in the light. All who choose can come to Christ and find the help they need. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 36)
Looking at the Mistakes of Others
There are those who say, I might have been a Christian could I have seen in the lives of professing Christians anything better than I saw in the lives of those making no profession. They endeavor to excuse their own defects by pointing to the defects of others. To such ones I would say, Did you try to show these professing Christians that they were doing the Saviour great harm by their unchristlike lives? When you saw them doing that which you knew to be wrong, why did you not say, in the strength of your God-given manhood or womanhood, “I will not bear the name of Christian, and practice deception. I have the Bible, the Word of the living God. I will be an honest Christian. I will not misrepresent the One who gave His life for me. I have the sure word of promise, As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [See John 1:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 37)
Because others are making mistakes in the Christian life, do not think that you are justified in sinning. Do not think that God will excuse you for being a hypocrite because others practice hypocrisy. What some one else does will not answer your case. It is your privilege to place yourself where you may reach the highest point of Christian excellence. As you strive for the crown of eternal life, praying that you may be made strong in the strength of Him who is invincible, you can help those who seem to have no power to escape from the snare into which they have fallen. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 38)
“Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] If you have become weak in spiritual power by following a course of your own choosing and looking at the mistakes of others, resolve that you will now make a decided change. You do Christ a great dishonor by looking at the sins that you suppose others are committing, while you yourself are not following in His footsteps. God is pitiful and full of tender mercy. Rise in the strength of Christ to your God-given manhood. You gain nothing when you attempt to excuse your defects by pointing to the defects of others. Since you can see the faults of some one else so plainly, does it lessen your guilt for you to copy these faults? Why should you blind your eyes and weaken your mental, moral, and spiritual powers because some one else is doing wrong? (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 39)
*****
The doctrine of indifference needs to be torn into shreds. It strengthens the hands of the wrongdoer, puts arguments into the mouths of unbelievers, injures souls, perplexes the anxious, and gives a plea to the caviler. The full truth of God is now to be unfolded. Truth, present truth, is needed now. (18LtMs, Ms 130, 1903, 40)
Ms 131, 1903
Genuine Conversion
NP
November 6, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
In order to be saved, we must know by experience the meaning of true conversion. It is a fearful mistake for men and women to go on day by day, professing to be Christians, yet having no right to the name. In God’s sight, profession is nothing; position is nothing. He asks, Is the life in harmony with My precepts? (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 1)
There are many who suppose that they are converted, but who are not able to bear the test of character presented in the Word of God. Sad will it be, in the day when every man is rewarded according as his works have been, for those who cannot bear this test. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 2)
Many of those whose names are on the church books are stony-ground hearers. In their lives there has been no genuine change. The truth has been kept in the outer court. There has been no real conviction, no genuine conversion, no positive work of grace done in the heart. The feelings have been wrought upon, but deep heart sorrow for sin has not been felt. A fatal deception is upon the mind and has been for years. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 3)
Many a one who looks at himself in the great moral looking glass, and is convinced that he is not justified, cleansed, purified, fails to make the needed change in his life. He goes his way to his business and forgets his defects. He may, perhaps, go to a religious meeting, and he may talk of the truth. He may profess to be a medical missionary, but what does this avail if his character has undergone no change? The Holy Spirit has not wrought upon his heart. The work done has been superficial. Too much of the human element is retained in his life. He is not a partaker of the divine nature. He may talk of God and pray to God, but his life reveals that he is working against God. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 4)
Let us not forget that in his conversion and sanctification, man must co-operate with God. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling,” the Word declares; “for it is God which worketh in you, both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 5)
A man sees his danger. He sees that he needs a change of character, a change of heart. He is stirred; his fears are aroused. The Spirit of God is working in him, and he works for himself, seeking to find out his defects and to see what he can do, with fear and trembling, to bring about the needed change in his life. His heart is humbled. By confession and repentance he shows the sincerity of his desire to reform. He confesses his sins to God, and if he has injured any one, he confesses the wrong to the one he has injured. While God is working, the sinner, under the influence of the Holy Spirit, works out that which God is working in mind and heart. He acts in harmony with the Spirit’s working, and his conversion is genuine. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 6)
The nobility and dignity of the man increase as he takes his position against the wily foe, who for so many years has kept him in slavery. He feels a holy indignation arising within him as he thinks that for so long he has been Satan’s bondslave, allowing the enemy to lead him to refuse to acknowledge his best friend, lest some should ridicule him. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 7)
Let the sinner co-operate with His Redeemer to secure his liberty. Let him be assured that unseen heavenly agencies are working in his behalf. Dear souls in doubt and discouragement, pray for the courage and strength that Christ waits to give you. He has been seeking for you. He longs to have you feel your need of His help. He will reach out His hand to grasp the hand stretched out for aid. He declares, “Him that cometh to Me, I will in no wise cast out.” [John 6:37.] Let mind and heart be enlisted in the warfare against sin. Let your heart soften as you think of how long you have chosen to serve your bitterest foe, while you turned from Him who gave His life for you, who loves you, and who will accept you as His, even though you are sinners. Step out from under the rebel flag, and take your stand under the bloodstained banner of prince Emmanuel. Instead of feeling ashamed that you are standing under the banner of loyalty, you should feel that you are highly honored in being allowed to serve the Lord of the whole earth. He owns the world. All the gold and the silver are His. “If I were hungry, I would not tell thee,” He says; “for the world is mine, and the fulness thereof.” [Psalm 50:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 8)
He has borne long with your persistent rebellion. As you acknowledge that you are His property, that He has bought you with a price, you become His in a peculiar sense. You realize that, during all the years that you were the bondslave of the enemy, you were robbing God of the service that you owed Him. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 9)
The Divine Life-Giver
It is by the power of God that we live. With one word He might take from us the breath that keeps life in our bodies. Yet thousands upon thousands, though kept alive by the forbearance of God, use their powers of mind and body against their Creator, and they do this as if it were something to be proud of. Joining the ranks of the enemy, they place themselves under His instruction, to learn how to defeat the plans of God, and to carry their rebellion against Him to the highest point. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 10)
As I read the book of Revelation, I wonder that many more do not study the wonderful instruction given to John on the Isle of Patmos. Notice the description given of Christ in the first chapter. The apostle says: (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 11)
“I was in the spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 12)
“And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to His feet, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and his hair were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire; and his feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace, and His voice as the sound of many waters. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 13)
“And He had in His hand seven stars; and out of His mouth went a sharp, two-edged sword; and His countenance was as the sun shineth in His strength. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 14)
“And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as dead. And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last. I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forevermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.” [Verses 10-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 15)
Read the twenty-fourth, twenty-fifth, and fiftieth Psalms, and learn from them the greatness of our God. Those who are working on the side of Satan do not know what a fearful loss they are incurring. At the last great day, those who have given themselves to anarchy, and war, and strife will see how many souls have been lost as a result of their failure to take their stand under the rule of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 16)
The words of the fifty-second Psalm describe two men. One has chosen to stand in selfish independence, trusting in himself. To him apply the words: (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 17)
“Thy tongue deviseth mischiefs; like a sharp razor, working deceitfully. Thou lovest evil more than good; and lying more than to speak righteously. Thou lovest all devouring words, O thou deceitful tongue. God shall likewise destroy thee forever, He shall take thee away, and pluck thee out of thy dwelling place, and root thee out of the land of the living. The righteous also shall see, and fear, and shall laugh at him: lo, this is the man that made not God his strength; but trusted in the abundance of his riches, and strengthened himself in his wickedness.” [Verses 2-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 18)
The other man has chosen God as his guide, and he can say: (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 19)
“I am like a green olive tree in the house of God; I trust in the mercy of God forever and ever. I will praise Thee forever, because Thou hast done it; and I will wait on Thy name; for it is good before Thy saints.” [Verses 8, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 20)
“The Lord reigneth; He is clothed with majesty; the Lord is clothed with strength, wherewith He hath girded Himself; the world also is established, that it cannot be moved. Thy throne is established from old; Thou art from everlasting. The floods have lifted up, O Lord; the floods have lifted up their voice; the floods lift up their waves. The Lord on high is mightier than the noise of many waters, yea, than the mighty waves of the sea. Thy testimonies are very sure; holiness becometh Thine house, O Lord, forever.” [Psalm 93:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 131, 1903, 21)
Ms 132, 1903
God’s Chosen People
NP
November 8, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 7BC 981; MM 91-94; UL 326.
I have been instructed to call the attention of our people to the instruction given by the Lord to Israel regarding the importance of separation from the world. In the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy we read: (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 1)
“Now therefore hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments, which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land, which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish aught from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God which I command you.... (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 2)
“Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding nation. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day? Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thine heart all the days of thy life; but teach them thy sons, and thy sons’ sons.” [Verses 1, 2, 5-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 3)
“When the Lord shall bring thee into the land whither thou goest to possess it, and hath cast out many nations from before thee, ... and when the Lord thy God shall deliver them before thee; thou shalt smite them, and utterly destroy them; thou shalt make no covenant with them, nor show mercy unto them; neither shalt thou make marriages with them; thy daughter thou shalt not give unto his son, nor his daughter shalt thou take unto thy son. For they will turn away thy son from following Me, that they may serve other gods; so will the anger of the Lord be kindled against you, and destroy thee suddenly. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 4)
“But thus shall ye deal with them: ye shall destroy their altars, and break down their images, and cut down their groves, and burn their graven images with fire. For thou art an holy people unto the Lord thy God: the Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto Himself, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people; for ye were the fewest of all people; but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen, from the hand of Pharaoh, king of Egypt. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 5)
“Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him, and keep His commandments to a thousand generations; and repayeth them that hate Him to their face, to destroy them; He will not be slack to him that hateth Him, He will repay him to his face.” [Deuteronomy 7:1-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 6)
A Departure from Right
Under David’s rule, the people of Israel gained strength and uprightness from obedience to God’s law. But the kings that followed strove for self-exaltation. They took to themselves glory for the greatness of the kingdom, forgetting how utterly dependent they were upon God. They regarded themselves as wise and powerful, because of the honor showed them by fallible, erring men. They became corrupt, immoral, and rebelled against the Lord, turning from Him to the worship of idols. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 7)
God bore long with them, calling them often to repentance. But they refused to hear, and at last God spoke in judgment, showing them how weak they were without Him. He saw they were determined to have their own way, and He gavest them into the hands of their enemies who spoiled their land and took captive the people. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 8)
The alliances made by the Israelites with their heathen neighbors resulted in the loss of their identity as God’s peculiar people. They became leavened by the evil practices of those with whom they formed forbidden alliances. Affiliation with worldlings cause them to lose their first love and their zeal for God’s service. The advantages they sold themselves to gain brought only disappointment and caused the loss of many souls. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 9)
The experience of Israel will be the experience of all who go to the world for strength, turning away from the living God. Those who forsake the mighty One, the source of all strength, and affiliate with worldlings, placing on them their dependence, become weak in moral power, as are those in whom they trust. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 10)
God comes with entreaties and assurances to those who are making mistakes. He seeks to show them their error and to lead them to repentance. But if they refuse to humble their hearts before Him, if they strive to exalt themselves above Him, He must speak to them in judgment. No semblance of nearness to God, no assertion of connection with Him, will be accepted from those who persist in dishonoring Him by leaning upon the arm of worldly power. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 11)
God’s Word to Us Today
Today God’s word to His people is: “Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean thing, and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] “Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 12)
God’s people are to be distinguished as a people who serve Him fully, nobly, wholeheartedly, taking no honor to themselves, and remembering that by a most solemn covenant they have bound themselves to serve the Lord, and Him only. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 13)
The Sign Between God and His People
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations, that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you; every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death; for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:12-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 14)
Do not these words point us out as God’s denominated people? and do they not declare to us that so long as time shall last, we are to cherish the sacred, denominational distinction placed on us? The children of Israel were to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations “for a perpetual covenant.” [Verse 16.] The Sabbath has lost none of its meaning. It is still the sign between God and His people, and it will be so forever. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 15)
Now and ever we are to stand as a distinct and peculiar people, free from all worldly policy, unembarrassed by confederation with those who have not wisdom to discern the claims of God so plainly set forth in His law. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 16)
We are to show that we are seeking to work in harmony with heaven in preparing the way of the Lord. We are to bear witness to all nations, kindreds, and tongues that we are a people who love and fear God, a people who keep holy the seventh-day Sabbath, and we are to show plainly that we have full faith that the Lord is soon to come in the clouds of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 17)
The Lord is testing His people, to see who will be loyal to the principles of His truth. Our work is to proclaim to the world the first, second, and third angels’ messages. In the discharge of our duties, we are neither to despise or fear our enemies. To bind ourselves up by contracts, or in partnerships, or business associations with those not of our faith is not in the order of God. We are to treat with kindness and courtesy those who refuse to be loyal to God, but we are never, never to unite with them in counsel regarding the vital interests of His work; for this is not the way of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 18)
Putting our trust in God, we are to move steadily forward, doing His work with unselfishness, in humble dependence upon Him, committing ourselves and our present and future to His wise providence, holding the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end, remembering that it is not because of our worthiness that we receive the blessings of heaven, but because of the worthiness of Christ and our acceptance, through faith in Him, of God’s abounding grace. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 19)
I pray that my brethren may realize that the third angel’s message means much to us, and that the observance of the true Sabbath is to be the sign that distinguishes those who serve God from those who serve Him not. Let those who have become sleepy and indifferent awake. We are called to be holy, and we should carefully avoid giving the impression that it is of little consequence whether or not we retain the peculiar features of our faith. Upon us rests the solemn obligation of taking a more decided stand for truth and righteousness than we have taken in the past. The line of demarcation between those who keep the commandments of God and those who do not is to be revealed with unmistakable clearness. We are conscientiously to honor God, diligently using every means of keeping in covenant relation with Him, that we may receive His blessings—the blessings so essential for a people who are to be so severely tried. To give the impression that our faith, our religion, is not a dominating power in our lives is greatly to dishonor God. Thus we turn from His commandments, which are our life, denying that He is our God and we His people. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 20)
“Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations; and repayeth them that hate Him to their face, to destroy them; He will not be slack to him that hateth Him, He will repay him to his face.” [Deuteronomy 7:9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 21)
Where shall we be before the thousand generations mentioned in this Scripture are ended? Our fates will have been decided for eternity. We shall either have been pronounced worthy of a home in the everlasting kingdom of God, or we shall have received sentence of eternal death. Those who have been true and faithful to their covenant with God, those who, remembering Calvary, have stood firmly on the side of truth, ever striving to honor God, will hear the commendation, “Well done, good and faithful servant.” [Matthew 25:23.] But those who have given God only half-hearted service, allowing their lives to be conformed to the ways and practices of the world, will hear the sad words, “Depart from Me; I know you not.” [Luke 13:25, 27.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 22)
The Home of the Faithful
“And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it; for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it; and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honor into it. And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day; for there shall be no night there. And they shall bring the glory and honor of the nations into it. And there shall in no wise enter into it anything that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie; but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of Life.” [Revelation 21:23-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 23)
“And there shall be no more curse; but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and His servants shall serve Him; and they shall see His face; and His name shall be in their foreheads.” [Revelation 22:3, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 24)
Who are these?—God’s denominated people; those who on this earth have witnessed to their loyalty. Who are they?—those who have kept the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ; those who have owned the crucified One as their Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 25)
“And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light, and they shall reign forever and ever.” [Verse 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 26)
“Blessed are they that do His commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 27)
A Right Knowledge of God
I have a message to bear to those who feel sure that they are prepared to do medical missionary work. Do those engaged in this work realize that we are nearing the end of this earth’s history, and that we should understand fully the work before us? The very first thing that medical missionaries need to do is to gain a right conception of God, not a conception based on their own human judgment, but a conception based on a constant study of God’s Word and of the character and life of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 28)
God’s Word and His works contain the knowledge of Himself that He has seen fit to reveal to us. We may understand the revelation that He has thus given of Himself. But it is with fear and trembling, and with a sense of our own sinfulness, that we are to take up this study, not with a desire to try to explain God, but with a desire to gain that knowledge which will enable us to serve Him more acceptably. Let no one venture to explain God. Human beings cannot explain themselves, and how, then, dare they venture to explain the Omniscient One? Satan stands ready to give such ones false conceptions of God. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 29)
To the curious I bear the message that God has instructed me not to frame answers to the questions of those who enquire, in regard to the things that have not been revealed. The things that are revealed belong unto us and to our children. Beyond this, human beings are not to attempt to go. We are not to attempt to explain that which God has not revealed. We are to study the revelation that Christ, the great Teacher, has given of the character of God, that in spirit and word and act we may represent Him to those who know Him not. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 30)
In regard to the personality and prerogatives of God, where He is and what He is, this is a subject which we are not to dare to touch. On this theme silence is eloquence. It is those who have no experimental knowledge of God who venture to speculate in regard to Him. Did they know more of Him, they would have less to say about what He is. The one who in the daily life holds closest communion with God, and who has the deepest knowledge of Him, realizes most keenly the utter inability of human beings to explain the Creator. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 31)
Let men beware how they seek to look into the mysteries of The Most High. As the ark of the Lord was being taken from the land of the Philistines into Canaan, the men of Bethshemesh, curious to know what made the ark so powerful, ventured to look into it. And God “smote of the men of Bethshemesh, because they had looked into the ark of Jehovah, He smote of the people seventy men, and fifty thousand men: and the people mourned, because Jehovah had smitten the people with a great slaughter. And the men of Bethshemesh said, Who is able to stand before Jehovah, this holy God?” [1 Samuel 6:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 32)
Again, when the ark was being taken from Kirjath-jearim, Uzzah put forth his hand to steady it. “And the anger of the Lord was kindled against Uzzah; and God smote him there for his error; and there he died by the ark of the Lord God.” [2 Samuel 6:7.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 33)
Keeping the flocks of his father-in-law in Midian, Moses saw one day a strange sight—a bush burning, and yet not consumed. And he said, “I will now turn aside, and see this great sight, why the bush is not burnt.” But as he drew near, there came to him out of the bush the command, “Draw not nigh hither; for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground.” “And Moses hid his face; for he was afraid to look upon God.” [Exodus 3:3, 5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 34)
“And it came to pass, when Joshua was by Jericho, that he lifted up his eyes, and looked, and, behold, there stood over against him, with his sword drawn in his hand; and Joshua went unto him, and said unto him, Art thou for us, or for our adversaries? And he said, Nay; but as captain of the host of the Lord am I now come. And Joshua fell on his face to the earth, and did worship, and said unto him, What saith my Lord unto His servant? And the captain of the Lord’s host said unto Joshua, Loose thy shoes from off thy feet; for the place whereon thou standest is holy. And Joshua did so.” [Joshua 5:13-15.] God always has been. He is the great I AM. The psalmist declares, “Before the mountains were brought forth, or ever Thou hadst formed the earth and the world, even from everlasting to everlasting Thou art God.” [Psalm 90:2.] He is the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity. “I am the Lord, I change not,” He declares. [Isaiah 57:15; Malachi 3:6.] With Him there is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. He is “the same yesterday, today, and forever.” [James 1:17; Hebrews 13:8.] He is infinite and omnipresent. No words of ours can describe His greatness and majesty. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 35)
The Bible teaching of God is the only teaching that it is safe for human beings to follow. We are to regulate our faith by a plain, “Thus saith the Lord.” The knowledge of Himself that God desires us to gain from His Word will, if brought into the daily life, make men and women strong to resist evil and fit them to represent Him. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 36)
We need to study the simplicity of Christ’s teachings. He urges the need of prayer and humility. These are our safeguards against the erroneous reasoning by which Satan seeks to lead us to turn aside to other gods and to accept misleading theories clothed by him in garments of light. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 37)
A man who is spiritually blind is easily led by those who improve every favorable opportunity to advance theories and conjectures regarding God. The one deceived by Satan imparts to a fellow being the new light that he supposes he has received, as Eve placed the forbidden fruit in the hand of Adam. Unenlightened heathen are in no worse condition spiritually than is the man who has known the truth, but has accepted error. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 38)
*****
We should regard it as a great privilege to look upon the works of God and point to them as evidences of His love and goodness. Parents should teach their children to look from nature to nature’s God. As we see on every hand the tokens of His love and care for us, our hearts go out in praise and thanksgiving, “Great and marvelous are Thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are Thy ways, Thou King of saints. Who shall not fear Thee, O Lord, and glorify Thy name?” [Revelation 15:3, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 39)
Steadfastly Resisting the Enemy
Satan presents his theories cautiously at first, and if he sees that his efforts are successful, he brings in theories that are still more misleading, seeking to lead men and women away from the foundation principles that God designs shall be the safeguards of His people. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 40)
Let not our medical missionary workers accept theories that God has not given to any one. God will not excuse men for teaching theories that Christ has not taught. He calls upon His army of workers to fall into line, taking their stand under the banner of truth. He warns them to beware of occupying their time in the discussion of matters that God has not authorized any human being to discuss. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 41)
Let us put on every piece of the Christian armor and steadfastly resist the enemy. We shall have to meet fallen angels and the prince of the powers of darkness. Satan is by no means asleep; he is wide-awake and is playing the game of life for the souls of the people of God. He will come to them with flattery of all kinds, in the hope of leading them to swerve from their allegiance. He desires to call their attention from the real issues to false theories. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 42)
Ministers and physicians, sound an alarm. Call upon the people of God to be true and faithful. Be on your guard. Remember that as you co-operate with God, you have as your helpers angels that excel in strength. Accept not the theories advanced by those who are not standing on the true foundation, those who are charmed with that [of] which they do not know the true meaning. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 43)
Wake up, my brethren, wake up and lift the danger signal. Sound the warning. Let no man persuade you to accept theories that are opposed to the truths of God’s Word. The servants of God have a solemn message to bear to this fallen, sin-cursed world. They are to hold aloft the banner on which is inscribed the words, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.] Those who are working in harmony with God will be of one heart and one mind. With unflagging zeal they will proclaim the message, “Prepare to meet thy God.” [Amos 4:12.] They will not unite with worldlings, but will take their stand firmly in defense of the principles of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 44)
Things must now be called by their right name. Backsliding leaders are not to be honored as men who are holding their confidence firm. God is in earnest with us. We are to sound the note of warning. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 45)
Wake up, for Christ’s sake, wake up. May God give success to those who are trying to arouse the sleepy watchmen. Of many of those who profess to be shepherds of the flock, God says, “They are unfaithful. They have left their first love. Unless they repent, I will come suddenly, and will remove their candlestick out of his place.” [See Revelation 2:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 46)
Go to work now, without delay. How many judgment calls must the Lord make before His people cease to provoke Him to His face? Should He deal with them according to their backsliding, according to their worldliness and to the way in which they have called darkness light and light darkness, they would have no further calls to repentance, no more evidence or light to trifle with. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 47)
God’s people provoke Him by their idolatry and by their union with worldlings. He says, “My Spirit shall not always strive with men. I will not always bear with the perversity of those who lead souls from the narrow way into paths of uncertainty and falsehood. Unless those who have been often reproved make a decided change, they will be left to follow their own way.” His blessings will be taken from those who choose darkness rather than light, those who choose false guides rather than true. To those who disregard the evidence given them, making no difference between truth and error, the light bestowed will become darkness, and how great will be that darkness. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 48)
God sent Christ into the world as the great Medical Missionary. In our work, we are to bear the messages that He bore when in our world. We are to preach the gospel and heal the sick. Medical missionary workers are to stand before the world as God’s representatives, witnessing to the importance of the truth for this time. All with whom they come in contact should see that they have a living connection with the great Medical Missionary who gave His life that through the work of the Holy Spirit men and women might be convinced of sin and led to repentance. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 49)
The Circulation of The Lifeboat
It is well that efforts should be made to circulate The Lifeboat. But our missionary efforts are not to end with the circulation of this paper. The people need present truth—something more than is given them in The Lifeboat. Let the truth go forward in advanced lines. There is great danger of limiting the message that should now be borne to arouse men and women. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 50)
Every worker should now come into line. The Lord is soon coming, and we need faithful pastors who will carry the work forward in stronger lines. The bread of heaven must be given to starving souls. The gospel message must be distinctly proclaimed, that people may be aroused to prepare to meet their God. Christ has commissioned every one who believes the gospel to make known its saving power. “Go ye therefore,” He says, “and teach all nations.... And, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] Let those who are engaged in the circulation of our literature realize more clearly the obligation resting upon them to fulfil this commission. Let them sow beside all waters. (18LtMs, Ms 132, 1903, 51)
Ms 133, 1903
Lessons from the Past [edited]
Refiled as Ms 94a, 1903.
Ms 134, 1903
A View of the Conflict
NP
November 3, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 8T 41-47. +
In vision I saw two armies in terrible conflict. One army was led by banners bearing the world’s insignia; the other was led by the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel. Standard after standard was left to trail in the dust as company after company from the Lord’s army joined the foe; and tribe after tribe from the ranks of the enemy united with the commandment-keeping people of God. An angel flying in the midst of heaven put the standards of Emmanuel into many hands, while a mighty general cried with a loud voice, “Come into line. Let those who are loyal to the commandments of God and the testimony of Christ now take their position. Come out from among them, and be ye separate, and touch not the unclean, and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters. Let all who will come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.” [See Revelation 12:17; 2 Corinthians 6:17, 18; Judges 5:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 1)
The battle raged. Victory alternated from side to side. Now the soldiers of the cross gave way, “as when a standard bearer fainteth.” [Isaiah 10:18.] But their apparent retreat was but an effort to gain a more advantageous position. Shouts of joy were heard. A song of praise to God went up, and angel voices united in the song, as Christ’s soldiers planted His banner on the walls of fortresses till then held by the enemy. The Captain of our salvation was ordering the battle and sending support to His soldiers. His power was mightily displayed, encouraging them to press the battle to the gates. He taught them terrible things in righteousness as He led them on step by step, conquering and to conquer. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 2)
At last the victory was gained. The army following the banner with the inscription “The commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus” was gloriously triumphant. [Revelation 14:12.] The soldiers of Christ were close beside the gates of the city of God, and with joy the city received her King. The kingdom of peace and joy and everlasting righteousness was established. God’s will was done on earth, as it is done in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 3)
Now the church is militant. Now we are confronted with a world in midnight darkness, almost wholly given over to idolatry. But the day is coming when the battle will have been fought, the victory won. The will of God is to be done on earth, as it is done in heaven. Then the nations will own no other law than the law of heaven. All will be a happy, united family, clothed with the garments of praise and thanksgiving—the robe of Christ’s righteousness. All nature, in its surpassing loveliness, will offer to God a constant tribute of praise and adoration. The world will be bathed in the light of heaven. The years will move on in gladness. The light of the moon will be as the light of the sun, and the light of the sun will be sevenfold greater than it is now. Over the scene the morning stars will sing together, and the sons of God will shout for joy, while God and Christ will unite in proclaiming, “There shall be no more sin, neither shall there be any more death.” [See Revelation 21:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 4)
This is the scene that is presented to me. But the church must still fight against seen and unseen foes. Satanic agencies in human form are on the ground. Men have confederated to oppose the Lord of hosts. These confederacies will continue until Christ shall leave His place of intercession before the mercy seat and shall put on the garments of vengeance. Satanic agencies are in every city, busily organizing into parties those opposed to the law of God. Professed saints and avowed unbelievers take their stand with these parties. This is no time for the people of God to be weaklings. We cannot afford to be off our guard for one moment. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 5)
“Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to withstand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore, having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; above all, taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the enemy. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God.” [Ephesians 6:10-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 6)
“This I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment; that ye may approve things that are excellent; that ye may be sincere and without offence till the day of Christ; being filled with the fruits of righteousness which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God.” [Philippians 1:9-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 7)
“Let your conversation be as becometh the gospel of Christ; ... stand fast in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel; and in nothing terrified by your adversaries; which is to them an evident token of perdition, but to you of salvation, and that of God. For unto you it is given in behalf of Christ, not only to believe on Him, but also to suffer for His sake.” [Verses 27-29.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 8)
There are revealed in these last days visions of future glory, scenes pictured by the hand of God, and these should be dear to His church. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 9)
What sustained the Son of God in His betrayal and trial? He saw of the travail of His soul, and was satisfied. He caught a view of the expanse of eternity and saw the happiness of those who through His humiliation should receive pardon and everlasting life. He was wounded for their transgressions, bruised for their iniquities. The chastisement of their peace was upon Him, and with His stripes they were healed. His ear caught the shout of the redeemed. He heard the ransomed ones singing the song of Moses and the Lamb. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 10)
We must have a vision of the future and of the blessedness of heaven. Stand on the threshold of eternity, and hear the gracious welcome given to those who in this life have co-operated with Christ, regarding it as a privilege and an honor to suffer for His sake. As they unite with the angels, they cast their crowns at the feet of the Redeemer, exclaiming, “Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honor, and glory, and blessing.... Honor and glory and power be unto Him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.” [Revelation 5:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 11)
There the redeemed ones greet those who directed them to the uplifted Saviour. They unite in praising Him who died that human beings might have the life that measures with the life of God. The conflict is over. All tribulation and strife are at an end. Songs of victory fill all heaven as the redeemed stand around the throne of God. All take up the joyful strain, “Worthy, worthy is the Lamb that was slain, and lives again, a triumphant conqueror.” (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 12)
“I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.” [Revelation 7:9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 13)
“These are they which came out of much tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple; and He that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hunger no more; neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters; and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.” [Verses 14-17.] “And there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away.” [Revelation 21:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 14)
Will you catch the inspiration of the vision? Will you let your mind dwell upon the picture? Will you not be truly converted, and then go forth to labor in a spirit entirely different from the spirit in which you have labored in the past, displacing the enemy, breaking down every barrier to the advancement of the gospel, filling hearts with the light and peace and joy of the Lord? Shall not this miserable spirit of fault-finding and murmuring be buried, never to have a resurrection? Shall not the incense of praise and thanksgiving ascend from hearts purified and sanctified and glorified by the presence of Christ? Shall we not in faith lay hold of sinners, and bring them to the cross? (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 15)
Who will this day consecrate themselves to the service of the Lord? Who will now pledge themselves not to affiliate with the world, but to come out from the world, and be separate, refusing to pollute the soul with the worldly schemes and worldly practices that have been keeping the church under the enemy’s influence? (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 16)
We are in this world to lift the cross of Calvary. As we lift this cross, we shall find that it lifts us. Let every Christian stand in his lot and place, catching the inspiration of the work that Christ did for souls while in this world. We need the ardor of the Christian hero, who can endure the seeing of Him that is invisible. Our faith is to have a resurrection. The soldiers of the cross are to exert a positive influence for good. Christ says, “He that is not for Me is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad.” [Matthew 12:30.] Indifference in the Christian life is a manifest denial of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 17)
Should we not see in the world today medical missionaries who in all the features of their work are worthy of the name they bear? who aspire to the doing of deeds worthy of valiant soldiers of Christ? We are living near the close of the great conflict, when many souls are to be rescued from the slavery of sin. We are living in a time when to Christ’s followers the promise specially belongs, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] He who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, He who has called us out of darkness into His marvellous light, bids us let our light shine brightly before men, that they may see our good works, and glorify our Father who is in heaven. In such rich measure has light been given to God’s people that Christ is justified in telling them that they are to be the light of the world. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 18)
To our physicians and ministers I send the message, Lay hold of the Lord’s work as if you believed the truth for this time. Medical missionary workers and workers in the gospel ministry are to be bound together by indissoluble ties. Their work is to be done with freshness and power. Throughout our churches there is to be a reconversion and a reconsecration to service. Shall we not, in our work in the future, and in the gatherings that we hold, be of one accord? Shall we not wrestle with God in prayer, asking for the Holy Spirit to come into every heart? The presence of Christ, manifest among us, would cure the leprosy of unbelief that has made our service so weak and inefficient. We need the breath of the divine life breathed into us. We are to be channels through which the Lord can send light and grace to the world. Backsliders are to be reclaimed. We are to put away our sins, by confession and repentance, humbling our proud hearts before God. Floods of spiritual power are now to be poured forth upon those prepared to receive it. (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 19)
Let us now consecrate ourselves to the proclamation of the message, “Prepare ye the way of the Lord. Make straight in the desert a highway for our God.” [Isaiah 40:3.] Divine and human instrumentalities are to unite for the accomplishment of one great object. “The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 20)
“They that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.” [Daniel 12:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 134, 1903, 21)
Ms 135, 1903
Establishing the Foundation of Our Faith
NP
November 4, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3MR 412-414.
My husband, Elder Joseph Bates, Father Pierce, Elder Edson, a man who was keen, noble, and true, and many others whose names I cannot now recall were among those who, after the passing of the time in 1844, searched for truth. At our important meetings, these men would meet together and search for the truth as for hidden treasure. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 1)
I met with them, and we studied and prayed earnestly; for we felt that we must learn God’s truth. Often we remained together until late at night, and sometimes through the entire night, praying for light and studying the word. As we fasted and prayed, great power come upon us. But I could not understand the reasoning of the brethren. My mind was locked, as it were, and I could not comprehend what we were studying. Then the Spirit of God would come upon me, I would be taken off in vision, and a clear explanation of the passages we had been studying would be given me, with instruction as to the position we were to take regarding truth and duty. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 2)
A line of truth extending from that time to the time when we shall enter the city of God was plainly marked out before me, and I gave my brethren and sisters the instruction that the Lord had given me. They knew that when not in vision I could not understand these matters, and they accepted as light direct from heaven the revelations given me. The leading points of our faith as we hold them today were firmly established. Point after point was clearly defined, and all the brethren came into harmony. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 3)
The whole company of believers were united in the truth. There were those who came in with strange doctrines, but we were never afraid to meet them. Our experience was wonderfully established by the revelation of the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 4)
For two or three years my mind continued to be locked to the Scriptures. In 1846 I was married to Elder James White. It was some time after my second son was born that we were in great perplexity regarding certain points of doctrine. I was asking the Lord to unlock my mind, that I might understand His Word. Suddenly I seemed to be enshrouded in clear, beautiful light, and ever since, the Scriptures have been an open book to me. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 5)
I was at that time in Paris, Maine. Old Father Andrews was very sick. For some time he has been a great sufferer from inflammatory rheumatism. He could not move without intense pain. We prayed for him. I laid my hands on his head, and said, “Father Andrews, the Lord Jesus maketh thee whole.” He was healed instantly. He got up and walked about the room, praising God, and saying, “I never saw it on this wise. Angels of God are in this room.” The glory of God was revealed. Light seemed to shine all through the house, and an angel’s hand was laid upon my head. From that time to this, I have been enabled to understand the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 6)
After the passing of the time, we were opposed and cruelly falsified. Erroneous theories were pressed in upon us by men and women who had gone into fanaticism. I was directed to go to the places where these theories were being advocated, and as I went, the power of the Spirit was wonderfully displayed in rebuking the errors that were creeping in. (18LtMs, Ms 135, 1903, 7)
Ms 136, 1903
Extracts from recent Testimonies
NP
1903
Compiled from earlier manuscripts.
Extracts from recent testimonies, relating to the work that Christians can do to advance the cause of present truth. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 1)
From Review, September 10, 1903 (Lt 173, 1902):
The Need of an Awakened Church
Many are readily satisfied with offering the Lord trifling acts of service. Their Christianity is feeble. Christ gave Himself for sinners. With what anxiety for the salvation of souls we should be filled as we see human beings perishing in sin! These souls have been bought at an infinite price. The death of the Son of God on Calvary’s cross is the measure of their value. Day by day they are deciding a question of life and death, deciding whether they will have eternal life or eternal death. And yet men and women professing to serve the Lord are content to occupy their time and attention with matters of little importance. They are content to be at variance with one another. If they were consecrated to the work of the Master, they would not be striving and contending like a family of unruly children. Every hand would be engaged in service. Every one would be standing at his post of duty, working with heart and soul as a missionary of the cross of Christ. The Spirit of the Redeemer would abide in the hearts of the laborers, and works of righteousness would be wrought. The workers would carry with them into their service the prayers and sympathies of an awakened church. They would receive their directions from Christ and would find no time for contention or strife. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 2)
Messages would come from lips touched by a live coal from the divine altar. Earnest, purified words would be spoken. Humble, broken-hearted intercessions would ascend to heaven. With one hand the workers would take hold of Christ, while with the other they would grasp sinners and draw them to the Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 3)
Work is what the churches need. They need an unreserved consecration to service. Jesus wept over the obduracy of Jerusalem. Whose hearts break today because of the peril of those in darkness? Who among those who have received such great light and such rich gifts mingle their tears with the tears of their Redeemer? (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 4)
*****
A Lesson From the Parable of the Ten Virgins
From unpublished MS., July 31, 1903 (Lt 161, 1903):
The signs of the times are fulfilling in our world, yet the churches generally are represented as slumbering. Shall we not take warning from the experiences of the foolish virgins, who when the call came, “Behold the Bridegroom cometh! go ye out to meet Him,” found that they had no oil in their lamps. And while they went to buy oil, the Bridegroom went in to the marriage supper with the wise virgins, and the door was shut. When the foolish virgins reached the banqueting hall, they received an unexpected denial. The master of the feast declared, “I know you not.” [Matthew 25:6-12.] They were left standing without, in the empty street, in the blackness of the night. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 5)
*****
Preparing for the Judgment
From unpublished MS., April 5, 1903 (Ms 21, 1903):
Suppose that today Christ should appear in the clouds of heaven. Who of this congregation would be ready to meet Him? Suppose that we should be translated into the kingdom of heaven just as we are. Would we be prepared to unite with the saints of God, to live in harmony with the royal family, the children of the heavenly King? What preparation have you made for the Judgment? Have you made your peace with God? Are you laboring together with God? Are you seeking to help those around you, those who are ready to die, those in your home, in your neighborhood, who are not keeping the commandments of God? (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 6)
*****
Open Doors for Service
From unpublished MS., May, 1903 (Ms 57a, 1903):
A thousand times more work for God might be accomplished if all His children would fully consecrate themselves to Him, using their talents aright. If they would improve every opportunity for doing good, doors for service would be opened before them. They would be called to bear greater responsibilities. Let all ask of God, and they will receive wisdom to carry on His work under the ministration of the Holy Spirit. As they receive God’s blessing, they will rejoice in the work. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 7)
*****
Suggestions to Workers
From unpublished MS. July 23, 1902 (Ms 106, 1902):
The greatest help that can be given to the churches is to teach them to work for God and to depend on Him, not on the ministers. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 8)
*****
From unpublished MS. February 1, 1902 (Lt 22, 1902):
Individual, constant, united efforts will bring the reward of success. Those who desire to do a great deal of good in our world must be willing to do it in God’s way by doing little things. He who wishes to reach the loftiest heights of achievement by doing something great and wonderful will fail of doing anything. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 9)
Steady progress in a good work, the frequent repetition of one kind of faithful service, is of more value in God’s sight than the doing of one great work and wins for His children a good report, giving character to their efforts. Those who are true and faithful to their divinely appointed duties are not fitful, but steadfast in purpose, pressing their way through evil as well as good reports. They are instant in season and out of season. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 10)
*****
The Circulation of Literature in Our Restaurants
From unpublished testimony, October 13, 1902 (Lt 157, 1902):
Those who come to our restaurants should be supplied with reading matter. Leaflets treating on the lessons of Christ should be given them. The burden of supplying this reading matter should be shared by all our people. All who come should be given something to read. It may be that many will leave the tract unread, but one among those in whose hands you place it may be searching for light. He will read and study what you give him and then, perhaps, will pass it on to others. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 11)
*****
Coming of the Lord Near
From unpublished MS., October 6, 1902 (Ms 118, 1902):
Let us remember that the coming of the Lord is nearer than when we first believed. What a wonderful thought it is that the great controversy is nearing its end. In the great closing work we shall meet with perplexities that we know not how to deal with, but let us not forget that the three great powers of heaven are working, that a divine hand is on the wheel, and that God will bring His purposes to pass. He will gather from the world a people who will serve Him in righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 12)
*****
Determined Efforts, in View of the Judgment
From unpublished MS., June 24, 1903 (Lt 115, 1903):
The judgments of God are in our land. The Lord is soon to come. In fire and flood and earthquake, He is warning the inhabitants of this earth of His soon approach. O that the people may know the time of their visitation! (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 13)
We have no time to lose. We must make more determined efforts to lead the people of the world to see that the day of judgment is at hand. Our understanding needs to be quickened by the Holy Spirit. We need to stand constantly in a humble, contrite attitude, that we may see the Lord’s design, and be prepared to make known His will from day to day, not only in word, but in deed. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 14)
Oh, if our people would feel as they should the responsibility resting upon them to give the last message of mercy to the world, what a wonderful work would be done! We need the impartation of the Holy Spirit, that we may realize how closely heavenly things are bound up with God’s church on this earth. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 15)
*****
The Circulation of Our Larger Denominational Books
From a leaflet dated December 6, 1902 (Ms 157, 1902):
Christ’s Object Lessons is to live and do its appointed work, but not all the thought and effort of God’s people is to be given to its circulation. The larger books should be sold everywhere. These books contain present truth for this time—truth that is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. Nothing is to hinder their sale. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 16)
*****
From unpublished MS., August 29, 1902 (Lt 137, 1902):
The larger books contain present truth for this time—truth that is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. Our canvassers are to circulate the books that give definite instruction regarding the testing messages that are to prepare a people to stand on the platform of eternal truth, holding aloft the banner on which is inscribed, “The commandments of God and the faith of Jesus.” [Revelation 14:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 17)
I have been instructed that the canvassing work is to be revived. Our smaller books, with our pamphlets and journals, can and should be used in connection with our larger books. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 18)
*****
Strength to Resist Temptation Gained by Activity
From Review, November 11, 1902 (Ms 126, 1902):
Before His ascension, Jesus told His disciples not to depart from Jerusalem till they had received the promise of the Father. “Ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence,” He declared. “Ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Acts 1:5, 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 19)
The day of Pentecost came. Great additions were made to the church. In one day five thousand were converted. The disciples began to think that they had a work to do in Jerusalem in shielding the members of the church from the snares of the enemy. They did not realize that strength to resist temptation is best gained by active service. They did not educate the new church members to become workers together with God in carrying the gospel to those who had not heard it. Instead, they were in danger of being satisfied with what had been accomplished. To scatter His representatives abroad, where they could work for others, the Lord permitted persecution to come upon His church. Stephen and several others died for their faith; then the members of the church were scattered; and the gospel was proclaimed with power “in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” [Verse 8.] (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 20)
*****
The Need of Studying the Testimonies
From unpublished MS., [July 15,] 1903 (Lt 148, 1903):
I have been impressed to call upon the members of our churches to study the last two volumes of Testimonies for the Church. When I was writing the instruction contained in these books, I felt the deep moving of the Spirit of God. They are full of precious matter. In the visions of the night the Lord told me that the truth contained in these books must be brought before the members of our churches, because there are many who are indifferent in regard to the salvation of their souls. (18LtMs, Ms 136, 1903, 21)
Ms 137, 1903
The Personality of God
NP
November 12, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished. +
The word of the Lord to me is that I am to repeat the instruction that God has given me, showing what He has revealed for the benefit of His people and the way in which He has presented His word to them. If God had desired to have Himself represented as being in the things of nature—in flower and leaf and tree—Christ would have spoken of this when He was in the earth. But where in the teaching of Christ is God spoken of as He is in Living Temple? In Patriarchs and Prophets God has presented to His people the way in which they are to view the plan of salvation. The instruction contained in this book is not an idle tale. It is the presentation of truth in accordance with the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 1)
In the beginning of my work, when the Lord first commissioned me to proclaim the truth, I was called upon to rebuke those holding sophistries similar to those presented in Living Temple. I could not understand the sentiments held, but the Lord gave me a message to bear before the companies that I was to meet. I bore the message, and all controversy was at an end. Evidence was given of the power of God working through His humble instrument, and those who were willing to receive this evidence did not make the least attempt to oppose the message. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 2)
Again and again during my experience in the Lord’s work, I have been called upon to meet these erroneous sentiments. In every case, clear, powerful light has been given that God is the eternal, self-existent One. From my girlhood I have been given plain instruction that God is a person, and that Christ is “the express image of His person.” [Hebrews 1:3.] God always has been. That which concerns us is not the how or the wherefore. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 3)
In the Word God is spoken of as the everlasting God. This name embraces past, present, and future. God is from everlasting to everlasting. He is the Eternal One. “The eternal God is thy refuge, and underneath are the everlasting arms; and He shall thrust out the enemy from before thee; and shall say, Destroy them. Israel shall dwell in safety alone; the fountain of Jacob shall be upon a land of corn and wine; also his heavens shall drop down dew. Happy art thou, O Israel; who is like unto thee, O people saved by the Lord, the shield of thy help, and who is the sword of thine excellency.” [Deuteronomy 33:27-29.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 4)
“Before the mountains were brought forth, or ever thou hadst formed the earth and the world, even from everlasting to everlasting, Thou art God. Thou turnest man to destruction, and sayest, Return, ye children of men. For a thousand years in Thy sight are but as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in the night. Thou carriest them away as with a flood; they are as a sleep; in the morning they are like grass which groweth up. In the morning it flourisheth, and groweth up, in the evening it is cut down, and withereth. For we are consumed by Thine anger, and by Thy wrath are we troubled. Thou hast set our iniquities before Thee, our secret sins in the light of Thy countenance. For all our days are passed away in Thy wrath; we spend our years as a tale that is told. The days of our years are threescore years and ten; and if by reason of strength they be fourscore years, yet is their strength labor and sorrow; for it is soon cut off, and we fly away. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 5)
“Who knoweth the power of Thine anger? Even according to Thy fear, so is Thy wrath. So teach us to number our days, that we may apply our hearts unto wisdom. Return, O Lord, how long; and let it repent Thee concerning Thy servants. O satisfy us early with Thy mercy; that we may rejoice and be glad all our days. Make us glad according to the days wherein Thou hast afflicted us, and the years wherein we have seen evil. Let Thy work appear unto Thy servants, and Thy glory unto their children. And let the beauty of the Lord our God be upon us, and establish Thou the work of our hands upon us; yea, the work of our hands, establish Thou it.” [Psalm 90:2-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 6)
“He that dwelleth in the secret place of the most High shall abide under the shadow of the Almighty. I will say of the Lord, He is my refuge and my fortress; my God, in Him will I trust. Surely He shall deliver thee from the snare of the fowler, and from the noisome pestilence. He shall cover thee with His feathers, and under His wings shalt thou trust. His truth shall be thy shield and buckler. Thou shalt not be afraid for the terror by night; nor for the arrow that flieth by day; nor for the pestilence that walketh in darkness; nor for the destruction that wasteth at noonday. A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy right hand; but it shall not come nigh thee. Only with thine eyes shalt thou behold and see the reward of the wicked. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 7)
“Because thou hast made the Lord, which is my refuge, even the Most High, thy habitation; there shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling. For He shall give His angels charge over thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. They shall bear thee up in their hands, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. Thou shalt tread upon the lion and adder; the young lion and the dragon shalt thou trample under feet. Because he hath set his love upon Me, therefore will I deliver him; I will set him on high, because he hath known My name. He shall call upon Me, and I will answer him. I will be with him in trouble; I will deliver him; and honor him. With long life will I satisfy him, and show him My salvation.” [Psalm 91:1-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 8)
“The Lord reigneth, He is clothed with majesty; the Lord is clothed with strength, wherewith He girded Himself; the world also is stablished, that it cannot be moved. Thy throne is established of old; Thou art from everlasting. The floods have lifted up, O Lord; the floods have lifted up their voice; the floods lift up their waves. The Lord on high is mightier than the noise of many waters, yea, than the mighty waves of the sea. Thy testimonies are very sure; holiness becometh Thine house, O Lord, forever.” [Psalm 93:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 9)
In view of these Scriptures, who will dare to interpret God and place in the minds of others the sentiments regarding Him that are contained in Living Temple? These theories are the theories of the great deceiver, and in the lives of those who receive them there will be sad chapters. This is Satan’s device to unsettle the foundation of our faith, to shake our confidence in the Lord’s guidance and in the experience that He has given us. Many things of like character will in the future arise. I entreat our medical missionary workers to be afraid to trust the suppositions and devising of any human being who entertains the thought that the path over which the people of God have been led for the last fifty years is a wrong path. Beware of those who, not having had any decided experience in the leading of the Lord’s Spirit, would suppose that this leading is all a fallacy; that we have not the truth; that we are not the people of the Lord, gathered by Him from all countries and nations. Beware of those who would tear down the foundation, upon which we have been building for the last fifty years, to establish a new doctrine. I know that these new theories are from the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 10)
Let those who would bring in fanciful ideas of God awake to a sense of their danger. This is too solemn a subject to be trifled with. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 11)
The root of idolatry is an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. It is because men have not faith in the presence and power of God that they have been putting their trust in their own wisdom. They have been devising and planning to exalt themselves and find salvation in their own works. A deceptive influence from satanic agencies is coming in, because leaders whom the Lord has warned and entreated and counseled are choosing their own wisdom in the place of the wisdom of God. To such ones the warning comes, “Talk no more exceedingly proudly; let not arrogancy come out of your mouth; for the Lord is a God of knowledge, and by Him actions are weighed.” [1 Samuel 2:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 12)
God declares, “The heaven is My throne, and the earth is My footstool; where is the house that ye build unto Me; and where is the place of My rest? For all these things hath Mine hand made, and all those things have been, saith the Lord; but to this man will I look, even to him that is poor, and of a contrite spirit, and trembleth at My word.” [Isaiah 66:1, 2.] Though heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain God, He, the high and holy One, reveals Himself to the humble and contrite, filling the hearts of His chosen ones with the light of His presence. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 13)
“Behold, the fear of the Lord, that is wisdom; and to depart from evil is understanding.” [Job 28:28.] Neither by searching the recesses of the earth nor in vain endeavors to penetrate the mysteries of God’s being is wisdom found. It is found, rather, in humbly receiving the revelations that He has been pleased to make and in conforming the life to His will. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 14)
He who knows the heart of man will render to every one according as his work shall be. In this life He will give to the humble, teachable ones, who look to Him in faith and dependence, wisdom and understanding, and in the life to come He will bestow on them the gift of immortality. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 15)
Let us search the Word of God diligently, that we may obtain the wisdom that we need in order to honor Him, that we may purify our hearts from all defilement and be prepared to enter the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those who love Him. There we shall gain a true knowledge of God. Throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity we shall delight in His personal presence. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 16)
John the Revelator writes, “I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away, and there was no more sea. And I ... saw the holy city, New Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. And I heard a great voice out of heaven, saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself shall be with them, and be their God. And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes, and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away. And He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write; for these words are true and faithful. And He said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be My son.” [Revelation 21:1-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 17)
*****
“O Lord, Thou hast searched me, and known me. Thou knowest my downsitting and mine uprising, and Thou understandest my thoughts afar off. Thou compassest my path and my lying down, and art acquainted with all my ways.... Thou hast beset me behind and before, and laid Thine hand upon me. Such knowledge is too wonderful for me; it is high, I cannot attain unto it.” [Psalm 139:1-3, 5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 18)
“Great is our Lord, and of great power; His understanding is infinite.” [Psalm 147:5.] “The ways of man are before the Lord, and He pondereth all his goings.” [Proverbs 5:21.] “He revealeth the deep and secret things. He knoweth what is in the darkness, and the light dwelleth with Him.” [Daniel 2:22.] “Known unto God are all His works from the beginning of the world.” [Acts 15:18.] “O the depths of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who hath known the mind of the Lord? Or who hath been His counselor? Or who hath first given to Him, and it shall be recompensed to him again? For of Him, and through Him, and to Him are all things; to whom be glory forever.” [Romans 11:33-36.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 19)
“That which is revealed belongeth unto us and to our children.” [Deuteronomy 29:29.] But let not finite man attempt to interpret God. Here silence is eloquence. The Omniscient One is above discussion by finite, erring beings. And since God understands our thoughts afar off, since He is acquainted with all our ways, since there is not a word in our tongues that He does not know, might we not better be very careful how we speak of Him? Will he who speculates in regard to God care to meet his words in that day when all things are brought to light, when falsehood and truth are placed in sharp contrast? God is the all-wise, omniscient One, knowing all things. He can speedily bring to naught the foolish devisings of man. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 20)
The enemy is seeking to bring in among the people of God spiritualistic theories, which if accepted, would undermine the foundation of the faith that has made us what we are. He leads men to present fables clothed with Scripture. There are those who assert that Sister White’s writings are in harmony with these teachings. I declare this to be false. Men may misapply Scripture; they may misinterpret my words; but God understands their devising. How thankful I am for this! When the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord will lift up a standard for us against him. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 21)
“The wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness; because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath showed it unto them. For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse; because that when they knew God”—by the witness of His Holy Spirit, to testimonies borne to them—“they glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened.” The Lord sent them light, but they did not receive it. “Professing themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into an image made like unto corruptible man, and to birds, and fourfooted beasts, and creeping things.” [Romans 1:18-23.] (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 22)
This Scripture is applicable to all who regard God as He is represented in Living Temple. Those who continue to accept the sophistry in this book will be led on and on in delusion, just as were many to whom I was commissioned to bear a testimony after the passing of the time in 1844. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 23)
I know that the leaders in the medical missionary work do not know whither their steps are tending. I call upon them to stop before they take another step to tear away the strongholds of our faith. (18LtMs, Ms 137, 1903, 24)
Ms 138, 1903
How We Can Help the Southern Work
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
November 17, 1903
This manuscript is published in entirety in Southern Missionary, 1903 #4.
My Dear Brethren and Sisters everywhere,—
I wish to ask if you would not regard it as a privilege to lay aside a certain sum weekly for the Southern field. Will you not put in a prominent place in your home a box with the inscription, “For the Work Among the Colored People of the South”? Will you not ask your children to put into this box the money that they would otherwise spend for candy and other needless things? When visitors come to your home, they will see the box and will ask in regard to it. Let the children tell the story of their effort to help a needy missionary field by denying self. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 1)
The giving that is the fruit of self-denial is a wonderful help to the giver. It imparts an education that enables us more fully to comprehend the work of Him who went about doing good, relieving the suffering and supplying the needs of the destitute. The Saviour lived not to please Himself. In His life there was no trace of selfishness. Though in a world that He Himself had created, He claimed no part of it as His home. “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests,” He said, “but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Luke 9:58.] (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 2)
I ask the children to show an unselfish interest in the work in the South. Will they not give their mites to help in this work? There are many ways in which they might earn money for this purpose. One of our brethren bought wall pockets and sold them to our sisters at the cost price. Those who bought them sold them to their friends and neighbors at an advance and gave the proceeds to the Southern work. My son has often written me how much the means thus raised helped in the first establishment of the work. Cannot the children make simple, useful household articles and sell them, telling those to whom these things are offered of the work to which the money thus raised is to be devoted? (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 3)
Earnest, continuous effort in this direction will accomplish much. Every gift, however small, will help. Think of how much has been accomplished by the widow’s mite. How many, by Christ’s recognition of this gift, have been inspired with a determination to do something for the Lord, even though they were so poor that they could give but a small sum. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 4)
Let those who are spending small or large sums for self-gratification ask themselves, Can I not, for Christ’s sake, deny self? Are you using tea, coffee, or other harmful things? Will you not give up their use, and send the money thus saved to those who are trying to help the colored people? The good thus accomplished will be twofold: you yourself, by giving up these harmful indulgences, will be helped mentally and physically; and by your gifts the needy colored people of the South will be helped. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 5)
All Can Do Something
We are not to wait for something great to do. We are to perform faithfully the duty lying nearest us, small though it may be. Faithfulness in the performance of small duties fits us for the bearing of larger responsibilities. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 6)
Have you only one talent? Put it out to the exchangers, by wise investment increasing it to two. Do with your might what your hands find to do. Use your talent so wisely that it will fulfil its appointed mission. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 7)
You may be tempted to say, I will make no effort. What good could one talent accomplish. But do not yield to the temptation. Think of the punishment of the slothful servant, who, entrusted with one talent, refused to put it to use. “Take therefore the talent from him,” was the command, “and give it unto him which hath ten talents.” [Matthew 25:28.] (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 8)
Because you have but one talent, let your effort be all the more earnest. The Lord has given you a work as verily as He has given a work to the one who has five talents. If you trade wisely on the one talent entrusted to you, God will give you ability to use a larger number. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 9)
Children to be Missionaries
Fathers and mothers, teach your children how to exercise their physical and mental capabilities in useful work. How much better for them to be usefully employed than to be reading stories, preparing themselves to become mental inebriates. Teach them that God has a part for them to act in His great missionary work. Do not allow their physical, mental, or moral powers to be misdirected. Your children belong to God, and you are to teach them how to co-operate with Him, how to use the powers of mind and body in His service. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 10)
The Lord will bless them as they work for Him. They can be His helping hand. As they do their work in the home with faithfulness, they are laboring in unity with Christ for the formation of Christlike characters. They are helping to bear the burdens of the household, and the mother is not obliged to be a slave to the family. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 11)
Children can be acceptable missionaries in the home and in the church. God would have them taught that they are in this world for useful service, not merely for play. They can be trained to do missionary work that will prepare them to fill wider spheres of usefulness. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 12)
Parents, help your children to prepare for the mansions that Christ has gone to prepare for those that love Him. Help them to fulfil God’s purpose for them. Let your training be such that it will help them to be an honor to the One who died to secure for them eternal life in the kingdom of God. Teach them to respond to the invitation, “Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:29, 30.] (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 13)
Let parents and children work earnestly to help others. Thus the good work will deepen and broaden. Higher education is that education which leads human beings to be laborers together with God, practicing self-denial and self-sacrifice, revealing compassion and sympathy. Those who have gained such an education will be acknowledged by God in the heavenly courts, in the presence of Christ and the angels. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 14)
An Opportunity to Co-operate With Christ
The Southern field is calling for the help that you can give. In this field there is need of schools, sanitariums, and meeting houses. Without these facilities, the work cannot be carried forward as it should be. Will you not do what you can to place the work in this field on a solid basis? Will you not come up to the help of the Lord just now? There is not a moment to lose. Christ is asking for your co-operation. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 15)
The Southern Watchman is an excellent paper, and one way in which you can help is by getting subscriptions for it. I urge our church members to take this paper and to ask others to take it. It contains reading matter that is just what is needed by those not of our faith. Show this paper to your friends and neighbors. Many will subscribe for it if it is brought to their notice. It will be to them as a messenger of the gospel. Are there not children who will try to get subscribers for The Watchman? (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 16)
My brethren and sisters, will you not do your best at this time to help the Southern field, not only by making gifts, but by teaching your children to work for it. I have tried to keep this field before our people as a legacy from the Lord. It has been strangely neglected, and we are now to do all that we can to redeem the time. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 17)
I hope and pray that the parents and children in our ranks will be led by the Holy Spirit so to work that the Lord can bestow on them the blessing that is for every true-hearted, consecrated missionary, be he old or young. I beg of you not to neglect this opportunity to be co-laborers with Christ. Work for God in whatever way may open before you. Help in the way that I have mentioned. Let parents and children unite in the effort that the Lord has shown me they can make for the advancement of His work in the South. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 18)
Think of the many, many colored people who need to be taught to read the Word of God. Think of the thousands who have not yet heard the message of salvation. Do you not desire to do something to advance the work of God among them? Think of how untiringly Christ worked when in our world! In the temple and the synagogues, in the streets of the cities, in the market place, in the workshop, by the seaside, and among the hills He preached the gospel and healed the sick. His life was one of unselfish service, and it is to be our lesson book. The work that He began we are to carry forward. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 19)
I leave these words with you. May the Lord help you all to understand the urgency of the call for help. We have no time to lose. God will help you, His angels will be with you, as you do your part to advance His work. (18LtMs, Ms 138, 1903, 20)
Ms 139, 1903
The Message of Revelation
NP
October 23, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in 18MR 26-41. +
I am not able to sleep past one o’clock. Things are presented to me that keep me wide-awake. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 1)
There are dangers before us that we are to avoid. Christ has laid down for His church great principles that are to be made known to the world in good works. His instruction on this point is given with authority. The principles to be maintained are valid for all time, shedding from age to age a clear, definite, steady light to be regarded by every tempest-tossed church that shall exist in our world. These principles are not to be confused with worldly-policy plans, but are to stand free from any binding about of God’s people. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 2)
In endeavoring to harmonize with worldly sentiments. Dr. Kellogg does not discern the influences that are exercised upon the commandment-keeping people of God. His spiritual eyesight is not clear. Not all of his work is approved by God. No one who has had the light of truth before him for years, and has not yielded to its influence, can be expected to be sensitive to the clear, gospel sentiments of the truth. There is constant danger that the obedient and the disobedient in the world and in the nominal churches will become so amalgamated that the line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not will become confused and indistinct. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 3)
The exaltation of a so-called medical missionary work, while the character of true medical missionary work has not been understood, has dishonored and displeased God. There is danger that the church, instead of being built upon the foundation Jesus Christ, will be marred by the introduction of objectionable, base material; that worldly-policy principles will steal in as a supposed necessity in order to maintain influence with unbelievers; that wood, hay, and stubble will take the place of gold, silver, and precious stones—representations of heavenly principles that abide through time and through eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 4)
Dr. Kellogg has not magnified the holy principles God would present to His people. The Lord does not acknowledge the methods that he has brought into the medical missionary work. These methods are confusing to the minds of God’s people. Let Dr. Kellogg step from between his fellow physicians and the light of heaven for this time. Then they will be able to see with anointed eyes how closely the medical missionary work is to be bound up with the proclamation of the message for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 5)
The Lord has presented before me the dangers that are threatening His people who have the sacred work of proclaiming the third angel’s message with clearness and distinctness. God’s people must beware lest they be ensnared by unsanctified propositions. Our young people must not be placed where they will be mislead by wrong sentiments. The truth is not to be blanketed. The message for these last days is to be given in no indistinct utterance. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 6)
“And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion, and with Him an hundred and forty and four thousand, having His Father’s name written in their foreheads. And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of the harpers harping with their harps: and they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders; and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth. These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever He goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb. And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.” [Revelation 14:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 7)
This Scripture represents the character of the people of God for these last days. The everlasting gospel is to be preached, and it is to be practiced in true missionary work carried forward not after the wisdom that men may devise, but after the wisdom of God. All who walk in safe paths are to understand that the third angel’s message is of consequence to the whole world and must be carried to the world in clear, straight lines, and in its distinctive features, as Christ revealed it to John. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 8)
“And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people. Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come; and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 9)
“And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: and the smoke of their torment ascendeth up forever and ever; and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.” [Verses 6-12.] This is the message we have to bear; this is the work we have to do. This is the message God has kept before the Seventh-day Adventist people. The truth of this message will not decrease, but will increase in force and importance as we are brought down to the close of the work of God on earth. We have no time to lose. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 10)
“And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them.” [Verse 13.] Since the proclamation of the first, second, and third angels’ messages, many standard bearers have fallen asleep in Jesus; they have laid off their armor, but their works do follow them. The work advances, and the faithful ones hold the beginning of their confidence firm unto the end. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 11)
This vision that Christ presented to John, presenting the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus, is to be definitely proclaimed to all nations, people, and tongues. The churches, represented by Babylon, are represented as having fallen from their spiritual state to become a persecuting power against those who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. To John this persecuting power is represented as having horns like a lamb, but as speaking like a dragon. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 12)
“And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb; and he spake as a dragon. And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live. And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.” [Revelation 13:11-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 13)
As we near the close of time, there will be greater and still greater external parade of heathen power; heathen deities will manifest their signal power and will exhibit themselves before the cities of the world, and this delineation has already begun to be fulfilled. By a variety of images the Lord Jesus represented to John the wicked character and seductive influence of those who have been distinguished for their persecution of God’s people. All need wisdom carefully to search out the mystery of iniquity that figures so largely in the winding up of this earth’s history. God’s presentation of the detestable works of the inhabitants of the ruling powers of the world who bind themselves into secret societies and confederacies, not honoring the law of God, should enable the people who have the light of truth to keep clear of all these evils. More and more will all false religionists of the world manifest their evil doings; for there are but two parties, those who keep the commandments of God and those who war against God’s holy law. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 14)
One of the marked characteristics of these false religious powers is that while they profess to have the character and features of a lamb, while they profess to be allied to heaven, they reveal by their actions that they have the heart of a dragon, that they are instigated by and united with satanic power, the same power that created war in heaven when Satan sought the supremacy and was expelled from heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 15)
Now, in these last days of this earth’s history, the commandment-keeping people of God by keeping His law are to make earnest efforts to exalt the Lord God of heaven. The Word of God is specific, marking to a certainty the opposing influences against the seventh-day Sabbath which is the sign of God, and by which the loyalty of His people is tested. “And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep; for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death; for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord; whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:12-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 16)
The Sabbath was God’s sign between Him and His people, an evidence of His kindness, mercy, and love, a token by which His people are distinguished from all false religionists of the world. And God has pledged Himself that He will bless them in their obedience, showing Himself that He is their God, and has taken them into covenant relation with Himself, and that He will fulfil His promise to all that are obedient. Not upon the first day, but upon the seventh day, God rested and was refreshed—satisfied with His work of creation. Then the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy, and now man’s observance of the Lord’s day of rest will again cause joy among the angels of heaven. The time in which we live is a time when the church militant will realize the oppressive power of persecution, because they keep the Sabbath of creation which God has sanctified and blessed. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 17)
The observance of the Sabbath is a line of demarcation between him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. It is God’s great memorial of the fact that in six days He created the heavens and the earth and in the seventh day He rested and was refreshed. It is His memorial to preserve among the nations a clear, definite, unmistakable knowledge of the only true God, an evidence that He is a God above all gods. For this reason He set apart the day on which He rested after creating the world, a day in which no common work should be done. God has given men six days in the week in which to labor and do all their work; the one day wherein He rested after creating the world and all things that are therein was to be His own holy day, when men should worship Him, the Creator of the heavens and the earth. This portion of time is especially set apart for rest and for worship, that men may look upon the heavens and the earth and honor, worship, praise, and exalt the God who created all things by Jesus Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 18)
By observing the Sabbath day wherein God rested, the knowledge of God would be preserved. It is a “sign between Me and you ... that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you.” [Verse 13.] Those who keep the Sabbath holy as the Lord has specified reveal that they are His peculiar people, and that He who made the heavens and the earth is their God. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 19)
In His ministerial labors Christ declared to the Pharisees and to the Sadducees and to all the Gentile world, “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one title shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled. Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 5:17-19.] Thus did He rebuke the pretentious piety of the Pharisees, and thus did He correct their erroneous ideas of the law of God. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 20)
In the very time in which we live, the Lord has called His people and has given them a message to bear. He has called them to expose the wickedness of the man of sin who has made the Sunday law a distinctive power, who has thought to change times and laws, and to oppress the people of God who stand firmly to honor Him by keeping the only true Sabbath, the Sabbath of creation, as holy unto the Lord. He has called them to bear the sign of God, to exalt the Lord in keeping holy His law; for it is a transcript of His character. No part of the law of God and their covenant obligation to keep that law holy is to lose its binding claims upon all the world. Those who have had the light upon keeping the law of Jehovah are to stand firmly in the faith, and to make that light shine forth in clear, distinct rays. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 21)
The thirteenth chapter of Revelation presents a power that is to be made prominent in these last days. Let all understand that it is Christ, the Captain of the Lord’s host, who gave these visions to John. Christ came in person to the lonely isle of Patmos and showed John the things that must be, that were of the highest importance to His people. (?) (Through the person of His highest angels. He had veiled His own glory.) This message is to come to God’s people straight, sharp, and clean from all mixture of human wisdom and tradition. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 22)
The enmity between the seed of the woman and the serpent is clearly defined by the Lord. “And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.” “And unto Adam He said, Because thou hast hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree, of which I commanded thee, saying, Thou shalt not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake; in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life; thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth to thee; and thou shalt eat of the herb of the field. In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread, till thou return unto the ground; for out of it wast thou taken; for dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return.” [Genesis 3:15, 17-19.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 23)
By following his own way, by acting in harmony with Satan’s temptations and in opposition to the known will of God man vainly attempted to elevate and bless himself. Thus he gained an experimental knowledge of disobedience to God’s commandments. Thus he knew good and evil; thus he lost his fidelity and loyalty to God and opened the floodgates of evil and suffering to the whole human family. How many today are making the same experiment! When will man learn that the only means for his safety is through a full confidence in a “thus saith the Lord.” (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 24)
Satan is seeking to intrude his own inventions upon the children of God through human methods. He is seeking to be received as God, or even to be placed above God. In changing the Sabbath to the first day of the week, he leads men to disbelieve God’s declarations, and so to regard their own ways and plans that they appear exceeding wise in their own eyes and in their perverted judgment. Through human policy he leads men to regard the expressed commandments of God as of less force than human tradition and to regard a deviation from that law which is always holy and just and good as of little account. He sees that by thus preventing human agencies from walking as obedient children in harmony with God, he can hinder the accomplishment of God’s work in our world. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 25)
But Satan’s connivings with human agencies who stand in responsible positions are just as much to be feared and shunned now, after the experiment of sin has been tried, as it was in the case of our first parents. I am instructed to say that the men who are placed in positions of responsibility in the work of God have overestimated their right to control others. The position a man occupies does not change his character. Some have seemed to feel that they must devise for churches and for sanitariums, and that there was to be no questioning of their judgment. Let them learn of Jesus at every step. He should be the chief authority for every man. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 26)
The One who has often been our Instructor says, “How hard it is for man to walk humbly with his God, in a contrite spirit taking God’s way and rejecting Satan’s propositions which seem to present great worldly advantages.” The influence of man’s having his own way in the place of firmly standing on the solid foundation, that God alone has laid, has been repeated over and over again. Refusing to walk in the straight paths that God has signified will bring them to confusion and will not teach wisdom to others who have the same test and trial. When will man learn that God is God, and not a man that He should change? (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 27)
Some who have departed from the right way have been in a continual fever to grasp responsibilities that God has not laid upon them. God calls upon every minister and every physician to maintain the simplicity of the truth. The Son of God who is revealed in both the old and new testaments is the Saviour of our world today. From Him every medical missionary is to receive his training. Unless he shall separate himself from the prince of the power of the air, he will mislead souls who have confidence in him. Let all beware of men who are so educated and uplifted that their plans cannot be understood by the common people. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 28)
The intrigues of sin surpass infinite conception. Every calamity, every suffering and death is an evidence, not only of the power of evil, but of the truth of the living God. Having known the truth, the Word of the living God, which abideth forever, and which through obedience gives life, man’s weakness in conforming to Satan’s ingenuity is surpassingly strange. All who are taught of God recognize Christ as His Son. All who disbelieve the known declarations of God demonstrate the popularity of sin, and are not working on the side of life and immortality which are brought to light through perfect sanctification of the truth. Unless they make a change in character, in words, and in spirit, souls will be lost. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 29)
There is no middle path to Paradise restored. The message given to man for these last days is not to become amalgamated with human devising. We are not to lean upon the policy of worldly lawyers. We must be humble men of prayer, not acting like those who are blinded by Satan’s agencies. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 30)
Many have a faith, but not a faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Saving faith is not simply a mere belief of the truth. “The devils also believe and tremble.” [James 2:19.] The inspiration of the Spirit of God gives to men a faith that is an impelling power, a power that molds character and leads men higher than mere formal actions. The words, the actions, and the spirit are to bear testimony to the fact that we are followers of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 31)
The greatest light and blessing that God has bestowed is not a security against transgression and apostasy in these last days. Those whom God has exalted to high positions of trust may turn from heaven’s light to human wisdom. Their light will then become darkness, their God-entrusted capabilities a snare, their character an offense to God. God will not be mocked. A departure from Him has been and always will be followed by its sure results. The commission of acts that displease God will, unless decidedly repented of and forsaken instead of seeking to justify them, lead the evil doer on step by step in deception, till many sins are committed with impunity. All who would possess a character that would make them laborers together with God and receive the commendation of God must separate themselves from the enemies of God, and maintain the truth which Christ gave to John to give to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 32)
“I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last; and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea! And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks; and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle. His head and His hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and His eyes were as a flame of fire; and His feet were like unto fine brass as if they burned in a furnace; and His voice as the sound of many waters. And He had in His right hand seven stars; and out of His mouth went a sharp, two-edged sword; and His countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength. And when I saw Him, I fell at His feet as one dead! And He laid His right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last; I am He that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive forever more, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death. Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in My right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches; and the seven candlesticks are the seven churches.” [Revelation 1:10-20.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 33)
The revelation of Christ to John is a wonderful, dignified, exalted, solemn message. To present this message with decided emphasis demands all the talents of capabilities that God has given to man. When John received it, he was worked by the Holy Spirit, for Christ Himself came from heaven and told him what to write. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 34)
Those who claim to be disciples of Christ often express hardness of heart and blindness of mind, because they do not choose and practice God’s way instead of their own. Selfish motives come in and take possession of mind and character, and in their self-confidence they suppose their own way to be full of wisdom. They are not particular to follow the ways and words of God. Circumstances, they say, alter cases. Worldly policy comes in and they are tempted and drawn away. They move according to their own unsanctified desires, making crooked paths for their own feet and for the feet of others to tread in. The lame and weak suppose them to be led by God and therefore think that their judgment must be right. Thus many follow in false paths that are not cast up for the ransomed of the Lord to walk in. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 35)
The leaders are responsible not only for their own unsanctified mistakes, but for the mistakes of those who follow their example. When reproved for bringing in wrong principles they manifest a perverse spirit, a spirit that will not be corrected or humbled. “Shall I not judge for these things, saith the Lord of hosts?” [Jeremiah 5:9.] Their own wisdom and their own judgment they hold fast as a precious possession and sullenly pursue their own ways. This is the reason that the Holy Spirit of God is not manifest in our churches. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 36)
If those who have had the blessings of being corrected would humble themselves before God, and gladly take the Lord’s way, reforming their own ways, Jesus Christ would bestow upon them rich gifts and grant answers to humble, contrite prayers. By walking in the light given, they would better understand their own individual character. Those who think they can improve upon God’s plan, that some other course would be better than that which Christ has laid down in His Word, savor not the things that be of God, but those that be of men. They harden their hearts and close their eyes in regard to the ways of the Lord and prefer their own ways. Unless these are transformed in every respect, in thought, in word, and in deed, they will be requested to take the lowest seat. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 37)
If men only knew that their own wisdom exercised without Christ is a dangerous element that will mislead! If those who occupy positions of trust would be benefited by the intercessions of Christ, and receive the rich blessings of His commendation, if they would be owned of God in the judgment, they must hear His counsels and be governed by His will; they must hold their confidence firm unto the end, never deviating from a plain “thus saith the Lord.” Prevarication, even in the slightest shadow, must not be seen; every jot and tittle of this must be put away, because no falsehood can honor God. There is no man who works in obedience to Christ’s life in this world, who does all in Christ’s name and to His glory, but will be honored. Those who hope to gain worldly recognition, who desire to be the highest in authority, and yet refuse to maintain Bible principles, principles of unselfish character in the service of God—however they may be exalted by those who themselves have not wisdom to obey God in keeping all His commandments—such exaltation and honor is of no value, for it is not recognized or endorsed in the heavenly courts. Seeking to stand as supreme in wisdom by securing the approval of men does not exalt them one tittle with God. “Every good and every perfect gift is from above, and cometh down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning.” [James 1:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 38)
But few in our churches are Christians. But few are bright and shining lights amid the moral darkness of this world. Were those who occupy positions as teachers worked by the Holy Spirit, Satan could not take possession of their hearts and minds. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 39)
We call for a decided, earnest seeking of God. Satan has come down in great power to our world and is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 40)
There is hope for our churches if they will heed the message given to the Laodiceans. Sabbath after Sabbath they meet together and with effort sing the songs that are assigned, but that do not come from heart. The joy of Christ in the heart will make songs to come from inspired lips and warm, thankful hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 41)
The Lord would be much better glorified if His people possessed the spirit of meekness and humility. Personal labor is needed in our churches. Men and women inspired with an evangelistic spirit should go forth and invigorate others with the hope of the gospel. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 42)
Let all our assemblies be stirred by the old heart-searching truths of the gospel. These truths will bring conviction to souls. Say to those assembled, “When the Son of man cometh, shall He find faith on the earth? Be warned, be entreated to arise from lethargy, and remove this self-complacent spirit.” [See Luke 18:8.] When true faith is exercised, the Spirit of God will mold and fashion the soul that it may become a pure and holy place, a dwelling place for God. When Christ is “formed within, the hope of glory,” a new life is imparted. [Colossians 1:27.] (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 43)
Satan is busily at work in our crowded cities. His work is to be seen in the confusion, the strife and discord between labor and capital, and the hypocrisy that has come into the churches. That men may not take time to meditate, Satan leads them into a round of gaiety and pleasure-seeking, of eating and drinking. He fills them with ambition to make an exhibition that will exalt self. Step by step, the world is reaching the conditions that existed in the days of Noah. Every conceivable crime is committed. The lust of the flesh, the pride of the eyes, the display of selfishness, the misuse of power, the cruelty, and the force used to cause men to unite with confederacies and unions—binding themselves up in bundles for the burning of the great fires of the last days—all these are the working of satanic agencies. This round of crime and folly men call “life.” (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 44)
Death, eternal death, will soon be the portion of all who reject Christ. All heaven is looking on to see what is being done by those who know the truth. Many are in the condition that Christ speaks of as “neither cold nor hot.” [Revelation 3:15.] The works of such testify against them that they are not walking, and working, and praying, and teaching the Word of life. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 45)
The world, who act as though there were no God, absorbed in selfish pursuits, will soon experience sudden destruction and shall not escape. Many continue in the careless gratification of self until they become so disgusted with life that they kill themselves. Dancing and carousing, drinking and smoking, indulging their animal passions, they go as an ox to the slaughter. Satan is working with all his art and enchantments to keep men marching blindly onward until the Lord arises out of His place to punish the inhabitants of earth for their iniquities, when the earth shall disclose her blood and no more cover her slain. The whole world appears to be in the march to death. (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 46)
Will the message to the Laodicean church now be heeded? Christ represents Himself as being disgusted with the churches of today. He cannot endure their taste; but yet He offers for them a word of hope. “As many as I love I rebuke and chasten. Be zealous therefore, and repent.” [Verse 19.] Let every one heed the words that come to the people of God today, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee.” [Isaiah 60:1.] Shall we by confessing our sins seek the Lord before the terrible spirit from beneath becomes the sole ruling power in our lives? (18LtMs, Ms 139, 1903, 47)
Ms 140, 1903
The Fall of Our First Parents
Healdsburg, California
September 27, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 5BC 1129-1130; LHU 235; 6MR 102.
Sin originated with the angel who, next to Christ, had been most honored of God and was highest in power and glory among the inhabitants of heaven. Lucifer, “son of the morning,” was first of the covering cherubs, holy and undefiled. [Isaiah 14:12.] He stood in the presence of the great Creator, and the ceaseless beams of glory enshrouding the eternal God rested upon him. “Thus saith the Lord God: Thou sealest up the sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden, the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering.... Thou art the anointed cherub that covereth; and I have set thee so. Thou wast upon the holy mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created, till iniquity was found in thee.” [Ezekiel 28:12-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 1)
Little by little, Lucifer came to indulge the desire of self-exaltation. The Scripture says: “Thine heart was lifted up because of thine beauty; thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy brightness.” [Verse 17.] “Thou hast said in thine heart, ... I will exalt my throne above the stars of God; ... I will be like the Most High.” [Isaiah 14:13, 14.] Though all his glory was from God, this mighty angel came to regard it as pertaining to himself. Not content with his position, though honored above the heavenly host, he ventured to covet homage due alone to the Creator. Instead of seeking to make God supreme in the affections and allegiance of all created beings, it was his endeavor to secure their service and loyalty to himself. And coveting the glory with which the infinite Father had invested His Son, this prince of angels aspired to power that was the prerogative of Christ alone. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 2)
Cast out of heaven, Satan’s enmity against God found a new field in plotting the ruin of the human race. In the happiness and peace of the holy pair in Eden, he beheld a vision of the bliss that to him was forever lost. Moved by envy, he determined to incite them to disobedience and bring upon them the guilt and penalty of sin. He would change their love to distrust and their songs of praise to reproaches against their Maker. Thus he would not only plunge these innocent beings into the same misery which he himself was enduring, but would cast dishonor upon God and cause grief in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 3)
Our first parents were not left without a warning of the danger that threatened them. Heavenly messengers opened to them the history of Satan’s fall and his plots for their destruction, unfolding more fully the nature of the divine government, which the prince of evil was trying to overthrow. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 4)
Like the angels, the dwellers in Eden had been placed on probation; their happy estate could be retained only on condition of fidelity to the Creator’s law. They could obey and live or disobey and perish. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 5)
The tree of knowledge was made the test of their obedience and their love to God. The Lord had seen fit to lay upon them but one prohibition as to the use of all that was in the garden; but if they should disregard His will in this particular, they would incur the guilt of transgression. Satan was not to follow them with continual temptations; he could have access to them only at the forbidden tree. Should they attempt to investigate its nature, they would be exposed to Satan’s wiles. They were admonished to give careful heed to the warning which God had sent them and to be content with the instruction which He had seen fit to impart. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 6)
In order to accomplish his work unperceived, Satan chose to employ as his medium the serpent—a disguise well adapted for his purpose of deception. The serpent was then one of the wisest and most beautiful creatures on the earth. It had wings and, while flying through the air, presented an appearance of dazzling brightness, having the color and brilliancy of burnished gold. Resting in the rich-laden branches of the forbidden tree, and regaling itself with the delicious fruit, it was an object to arrest the attention and delight the eye of the beholder. Thus in the garden of peace lurked the destroyer. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 7)
The angels had cautioned Eve to beware of separating herself from her husband while occupied in their daily labor in the garden; with him she would be in less danger from temptation than if she were alone. But absorbed in her pleasing task, she unconsciously wandered from his side. On perceiving that she was alone, she felt an apprehension of danger, but dismissed her fears, deciding that she had sufficient wisdom and strength to discern evil and to withstand it. Unmindful of the angel’s caution, she soon found herself gazing with mingled curiosity and admiration upon the forbidden tree. The fruit was very beautiful, and she questioned with herself why God had withheld it from them. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 8)
Now was the tempter’s opportunity. As if he were able to discern the workings of her mind, he addressed her, “Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?” [Genesis 3:1.] Eve was surprised and startled as she thus seemed to hear the echo of her thoughts. But the serpent continued, in a musical voice, with subtle praise of her surpassing loveliness; and his words were not displeasing. Instead of fleeing from the spot, she lingered wonderingly to hear the serpent speak. Had she been addressed by a being like the angels, her fears would have been excited; but she had no thought that the fascinating serpent could become the medium of the fallen foe. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 9)
To the tempter’s ensnaring question she replied, “We may eat of the fruit of the trees of the garden; but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not surely die; for God doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.” [Verses 2-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 10)
By partaking of this tree, he declared, they would attain to a more exalted sphere of existence and enter a broader field of knowledge. He himself had eaten of the forbidden fruit and as a result had acquired the power of speech. And he insinuated that the Lord jealously desired to withhold it from them, lest they should be exalted to equality with Himself. It was because of its wonderful properties, imparting wisdom and power, that He had prohibited them from tasting or even touching it. The tempter intimated that the divine warning was not to be actually fulfilled; it was designed merely to intimidate them. How could it be possible for them to die? Had they not eaten of the tree of life? God had been seeking to prevent them from reaching a nobler development and finding greater happiness. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 11)
Satan represented to the holy pair that they would be gainers by breaking the law of God. Though he himself had found sin to result in infinite loss, he concealed his own misery, in order to draw others into the same position. So now the transgressor seeks to disguise his true character; he may claim to be holy; but his exalted profession only makes him the more dangerous as a deceiver. He is on the side of Satan, trampling upon the law of God and leading others to do the same, to their eternal ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 12)
Eve really believed the words of Satan, but her belief did not save her from the penalty of sin. She disbelieved the words of God, and that was what led her to her fall. In the judgment men will not be condemned because they conscientiously believed a lie, but because they did not believe the truth, because they neglected the opportunity of learning what is truth. Notwithstanding the sophistry of Satan to the contrary, it is always disastrous to disobey God. We must set our hearts to know what is truth. All the lessons which God has caused to be placed on record in His Word are for our warning and instruction. They are given to save us from deception. Their neglect will result in ruin to ourselves. Whatever contradicts God’s Word we may be sure proceeds from Satan. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 13)
The serpent plucked the fruit of the forbidden tree and placed it in the hands of the half-reluctant Eve. Then he reminded her of her own words, that God had forbidden them to touch it, lest they die. She would receive no more harm from eating the fruit, he declared, than from touching it. Perceiving no evil results from what she had done, Eve grew bolder. “When she saw that the tree was good for food, and a tree to be desired to make one wise, she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat.” [Verse 6.] It was grateful to the taste, and as she ate, she seemed to feel a vivifying power and imagined herself entering upon a higher state of existence. Without fear, she plucked and ate. And, having transgressed herself, she became the agent of Satan in working the ruin of her husband. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 14)
It was by accepting the suggestions of Satan that man fell into sin. The great deceiver misrepresented the character of God. He so worked on the minds of Adam and Eve that he led them to commit sin. They were deceived by his misrepresentations and deceptions. Ever since that time, it has been Satan’s work to deceive and mislead the minds of the human family. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 15)
What sadness and suffering have come to our world as a result of Eve’s accepting the suggestions of the great deceiver. The guilty race was forbidden access to the tree of life; angels guarded that life-giving tree with a flaming sword, that sin might not be immortalized. They became subject to disease and death. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 16)
A Divine Sin-Bearer
To redeem man from the results of the fall, Christ, the Son of God, volunteered to bear the penalty of transgression. Nearly two thousand years ago a voice of mysterious import was heard in heaven, from the throne of the Highest, “Lo, I come.” “Sacrifice and offering Thou wouldst not, but a body hast Thou prepared Me.... Lo, I come (in the volume of the book it is written of Me,) to do Thy will, O God.” [Hebrews 10:5, 7.] In these words is announced the purpose that had been hidden from eternal ages. Christ was about to visit our world and to become incarnate. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 17)
Who is this that thus announced His purpose of becoming incarnate and visiting a guilty world? (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 18)
We ask Isaiah who He is, and he answers, “Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given; and the government shall be upon His shoulder; and His name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 19)
We ask John, the beloved disciple, and what does he reply?—“In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.... All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made that was made.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.” [John 1:1, 3, 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 20)
We ask Christ Himself, Who art Thou? and the answer comes, “Before Abraham was, I AM.” “I and My Father are one.” “For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom He will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son.” [John 8:58; 10:30; 5:21, 22.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 21)
We ask Paul, the chief of the apostles, “Who is this that cometh from Edom, with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in His apparel, travelling in the greatness of His strength?” and the apostle breaks forth into words of adoring transport: “Without controversy, great is the mystery of godliness: God was manifest in the flesh, justified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preached unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up into glory.” [Isaiah 63:1; 1 Timothy 3:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 22)
“Let this mind be in you, which was also in Christ Jesus; who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God; but made Himself of no reputation, and took upon Him the form of a servant, and was made in the likeness of men; and being found in fashion as a man, He humbled Himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name; that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” [Philippians 2:5-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 23)
“In whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins; who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature; for by Him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible, and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers; all things were created by Him, and for Him; and He is before all things, and by Him all things consist.” [Colossians 1:14-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 24)
The revelator, writing of what he saw in vision on the Isle of Patmos, says: (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 25)
“I heard a voice of many angels round about the throne and the living creatures and the elders; and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands; saying with a great voice, Worthy is the Lamb that hath been slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and might, and honor, and glory, and blessing. And every created thing which is in the heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and in the sea, and all things that are in them, heard I saying, Unto Him that sitteth on the throne, and unto the Lamb, be the blessing and the honor and the glory and the dominion, forever and ever. And the four living creatures said, Amen. And the elders fell down and worshiped.” [Revelation 5:11-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 26)
Christ left His position in the heavenly courts and came to this earth to live the life of human beings. This sacrifice He made in order to show that Satan’s charge against God is false—that it is possible for man to obey the laws of God’s kingdom. Equal with the Father, honored and adored by the angels, in our behalf Christ humbled Himself and came to this earth to live a life of lowliness and poverty—to be a man of sorrows and acquainted with grief. Yet the stamp of divinity was upon His humanity. He came as a divine Teacher, to uplift human beings, to increase their physical, mental, and spiritual efficiency. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 27)
There is no one who can explain the mystery of the incarnation of Christ. Yet we know that He came to this earth and lived as a man among men. The man Christ Jesus was not the Lord God Almighty, yet Christ and the Father are one. The Deity did not sink under the agonizing torture of Calvary, yet it is none the less true that “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 28)
In every possible way Satan sought to prevent Jesus from developing a perfect childhood, a faultless manhood, a holy ministry, and an unblemished sacrifice. But he was defeated. He could not lead Jesus into sin. He could not discourage Him or drive Him from the work He had come to this earth to do. From the desert to Calvary the storm of Satan’s wrath beat upon Him, but the more mercilessly it fell, the more firmly did the Son of God cling to the hand of His Father and press on in the blood-stained path. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 29)
Christ was crucified, and in His death the powers of hell seemed to prevail. But even when on the cross the Saviour cried, “My God, My God, why hast Thou forsaken Me?” He was conqueror over the power of darkness. [Matthew 27:46.] When the words, “It is finished” [John 19:30], came from His pale, trembling lips, darkness like the darkness of midnight hid His dying agony from the eyes of the spectators. Through long hours of agony He had been gazed upon by the jesting multitude. Now He was mercifully hidden by the mantle of God. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 30)
At His death, there was a violent earthquake. The people were shaken together in heaps. The wildest confusion and consternation ensued. In the surrounding mountains, rocks were rent asunder and went crashing down into the plains. Sepulchers were broken open, and the dead were cast out of their tombs. Creation seemed to be shivering to atoms. It was as if nature itself were protesting against the murder of the Son of God. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 31)
Christ’s death on the cross paid the ransom for every human being. All may overcome, because Christ has made an atonement for the sins of the whole world. To all He offers the power of redeeming grace. But He forces no one to accept this grace. Man is left to make his own choice. Those who will not receive Christ as their Saviour, and in His power turn from evil, are left to themselves. Christ has died for them in vain. By their sinful lives they crucify the Son of God afresh and put Him to open shame. Unless they change, they can never wear the crown of life. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 32)
Those who receive Christ, through faith in Him gaining the victory over sin, will meet with the glad recognition from God before the heavenly universe in the last great day. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 33)
Christ’s Work
That which distinguished Christ as the great Medical Missionary, that which gave Him His highest authority, was His power to forgive sins. The Jewish leaders thought that He was assuming a power that did not belong to Him. They did not understand that He had purchased every soul, that human beings were His heritage. Therefore the exercise of His high right shocked the Jewish dignitaries. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 34)
Had they known Christ as He is revealed in the prophecies, they would have been prepared for His advent and would have received Him as the Messiah. But their understanding was darkened by false conceptions, imaginary ideas, fanciful representations. They were looking for the Messiah to come as a king, to take His place on the throne of David to rule over all the nations. He came as a humble, unknown man, and keenly disappointed, they refused to accept Him. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 35)
Which were at fault, their preconceived opinions, or the facts as they occurred? (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 36)
I am instructed to say that when men turn aside from a “Thus saith the Lord,” because they do not study His Word critically and diligently, they will receive false, fanciful statements and will circulate them by pen and voice. And, because these men occupy positions of responsibility, their fanciful representations will be accepted as truth. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 37)
Christ exercised His prerogative to forgive sins as in harmony with His divine nature. What did He say to the poor paralytic? “Be of good cheer; thy sins are forgiven thee.” [Matthew 9:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 38)
The Pharisees caught at these words as blasphemy and conceived that they could present this as sin worthy of death. They said in their hearts, “He blasphemeth; who can forgive sins but one, even God?” [Mark 2:7.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 39)
Jesus, knowing their thoughts, said, “Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? For whether is it easier to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise, and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins,” He said, turning to the paralytic, “Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house.” [Matthew 9:4-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 40)
Before giving physical healing, Christ removed the load of sin resting on the paralytic’s heart. He knew what his experience had been. He knew how the priests and rulers had condemned him, charging his suffering upon him as the punishment of justice. The cry of the sick man’s heart had been, “My sins! my sins! What shall I do?” It was not physical restoration that he desired so much as relief from the burden of sin. If he could see Jesus, and receive the assurance of forgiveness and peace with Heaven, he would be content to live or die, according to God’s will. His cry was, “O that I might come into His presence!” (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 41)
In healing the paralytic, Christ gave indisputable evidence of His Messiahship, and there were those who went from the scene of the miracle to search as never before the prophecies concerning the Messiah. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 42)
Satan understood Christ’s power. He knew that in his work of afflicting and destroying the race, he had One to contend with who was greater than he. He knew that there was a limit to his own power, that he was standing in opposition to One who could say to him, “Thus far shalt thou go, and no farther.” (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 43)
While Christ stood forth as the Son of man, in His own personality, He was at the same time one with the Deity. He stood within the light surrounding the throne of God, and His words were spoken with power and authority. “The Father is in Me, and I in Him,” He declared. [John 10:38.] “No man knoweth the Son, but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” [Matthew 11:27.] “Whatsoever the Father doeth, that also doeth the Son likewise.” [John 5:19.] “I and My Father are one.” [John 10:30.] “He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father.” [John 14:9.] Christ and God are one, and yet they are distinct personalities. Christ spoke with conscious authority, as one possessing in Himself power that would enable Him to perform His work. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 44)
Christ was called a sinner, and the truth of His words was disputed. “He is a sinner,” said the Jews. [John 9:24.] “He eateth with publicans and sinners,” and they sneered at Him for doing this. To the charge Jesus made answer, “I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Matthew 9:11, 13.] To the homes of the publicans He went when invited, sitting at their tables as an honored guest, in word and act setting all present a godly example. Upon their thirsty hearts His words fell with blessed, life-giving power. The questions that He asked shed light into their minds. Wherever He went, He sowed the seeds of truth, confirming the convicted and drawing souls to the light of His wisdom. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 45)
Christ adapted His teaching to the necessities of His hearers. To Him the heart of every man was as an open book, and His words brought light to many a one who was troubled and perplexed in regard to the salvation of their souls. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 46)
On one occasion Jesus entered a synagogue on the Sabbath and saw there a man who had a withered hand. The Pharisees watched Him, eager to see what He would do. The Saviour well knew that in healing on the Sabbath He would be regarded as a transgressor, but He did not hesitate to break down the wall of traditional requirements that barricaded the Sabbath. Jesus bade the afflicted man stand forth, and then asked, “Is it lawful to do good on the Sabbath day, or to do evil? to save life, or to kill?” It was a maxim among the Jews that a failure to do good, when one had opportunity, was to do evil; to neglect to save life was to kill. Thus Jesus met the rabbis on their own ground. “But they held their peace. And when He had looked round about on them with anger, being grieved for the hardness of their hearts, He saith unto the man, Stretch forth thine hand. And he stretched it out; and his hand was restored whole as the other.” [Mark 3:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 47)
How wide the contrast between the spirit of the scribes and Pharisees and the spirit of Christ. No external observance can compensate for the lack of kindness and compassion. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 48)
When the Pharisees saw what He had done, they “went out, and held a council against Him, how they might destroy Him.” [Matthew 12:14.] What was Christ doing while they were thus engaged? He was healing the multitudes that followed Him—doing genuine medical missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 49)
In Christ the world was to see what man may and can be by becoming a partaker of the divine nature. The enemy was ever on Christ’s track, ready to discover the first departure from heaven’s law. Could he have discovered the least inconsistency in the Saviour’s life, how he would have exulted. But Christ knew what was at stake. He knew that the salvation of every human being depended on His loyalty to right. Satan could find no inconsistency between Christ’s teaching and His daily life. The law of God was magnified and honored in its living representative. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 50)
To those who were trying to find spot or stain in His life, Christ could say, “Which of you convinceth Me of sin?” [John 8:46.] And there was not one who dared accept the challenge. Never did a word of prevarication or untruth pass His lips. Truth was His authority and gave force to His requirements, His commandments, His reproofs. Truth never languished on His lips, never suffered in His hands. He Himself was truth. “I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life,” He declared. [John 14:6.] “To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth.” With the freshness of a new revelation, truth fell from His lips. He was the word and wisdom of God. “Every one that is of the truth heareth My words,” He said. [John 18:37.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 51)
The words that Christ uttered were not mere sentiment or opinion. They were pure, unadulterated truth. Suppositions and fables never passed His lips. False theories He met as dangerous evils. “No lie is of the truth,” He declared. [1 John 2:21.] He bore a message that unfolded truth of the highest order. “What is the chaff to the wheat,” He said when He heard the words of prevarication and deception. [Jeremiah 23:28.] Science was not the theme upon which Christ dwelt. But gospel truth—the truth which had been framed from eternity—entered into His every purpose. His life was one of pure, holy, disinterested benevolence—a life unmarred by the slightest taint of selfishness. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 52)
Who, I ask, is today learning of Christ? His Word declares that the gospel that He proclaimed was to be preached to all nations for a witness, and that then the end was to come. Who are learning of Christ His meekness and lowliness? Who are Christians, in the true sense of the word? Compare your lives with the pattern. How could you, with the example that many of you are setting, be admitted into the heavenly courts? Who of those who profess to be medical missionaries heed the voice of the great Teacher? (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 53)
Christ’s work is to be more decidedly done by His people. A larger work for Him is to be done in our sanitariums. It is nothing in the favor of any sanitarium that multitudes come to it, unless in coming they become acquainted with the truth for this time and hear the last message of mercy to be given to a fallen world. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 54)
The Lord has given me a message to bear to His people. I bear it in presenting something of the life of One who died that He might make it possible for human beings to be as He was in this world. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 55)
Christ has such infinite fulness that He can supply the needs of all who serve Him in sincerity. He will impart to them every qualification that they require. He gives to all the invitation, “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Matthew 11:28-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 56)
The submission which Christ asks is that which results from the surrender of the will to the requirements of the gospel. The heart is to fear and tremble at the word of the Lord. How is this preparation for service to be obtained? By earnest prayer; by putting away all selfishness, all human devising, all prevarication. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 57)
We need to understand what a tyrant unsanctified self is and what cruel things it will urge human beings to do. Through it Satan controls mind and judgment until men become depraved, deformed in character. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 58)
When we break away from the tyranny of self and place ourselves under the guidance of Christ, the Holy Spirit takes the things of God and shows them to us, leading us into all truth. On one side Satan frames his deceptive science, to lead minds astray, to take the time that ought to be given to the things of God. On the other hand, Christ holds out the remedy for sin, presenting the clear statements of truth to the sinsick soul with living power, that he may separate himself from the deceptive, lying suppositions of the father of lies, and put into the heart a power that will prepare it to be molded by the Holy Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 59)
Satan has a variety of scientific lies framed, to be used on special occasions. He waits his opportunity to take souls captive. Christ takes the torch of truth from the divine altar and brings it to those in darkness, that they may see their helplessness and the contrast between their lives and the purity and glory of the truth of God. Let us break away from the enemy. This will take a tremendous struggle. But Christ is our Advocate in the heavenly courts. If we will accept the help that He offers, we shall be enabled to overcome self. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 60)
Shall we not receive the remedy that Christ holds out to us, the remedy that will cleanse the soul from sin? It is a shame to commit sin. The promise is, “If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” [1 John 1:9.] Let us now confess our sins and put them away, that we may be vessels unto honor, and that at last we may meet the Sin-bearer with joy and not with grief. (18LtMs, Ms 140, 1903, 61)
Ms 141, 1903
A Warning Against Colonization
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
August 17, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 525. See SpTB #6 46-48.
We are nearing the closing scenes of this earth’s history, when the predictions of Revelation, yet unfilled, are to be fulfilled. The book of Revelation is now to be studied and understood by the people of God. It does not conceal, but forewarns, telling us what will be in the future. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 1)
Our work now is to husband the goods that God has given us, to be true and faithful, and to co-operate with the Lord at every step. Unless we do this, there will be serious misconceptions, and the work that God would have done will not be done. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 2)
Medical missionary work is yet in its infancy. The meaning of genuine medical missionary work is known by but few. Why?—Because God’s money has been misapplied. Practical evangelistic work is being done in many places, but the workers who go forth as did the disciples are collected in one place, as they have been in the past, notwithstanding God’s warning that this should not be. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 3)
The men and women who should be in the field as medical missionaries, helping those engaged in the gospel ministry, are collected in Battle Creek, acting over the same program that has been acted over in the past, confining the forces, binding them up in one place. God has spoken against this by sending His judgments on the institutions in Battle Creek. But every movement on the part of those heeding the warnings, to change the order of things, has been made very hard by the misconceptions of some regarding the way in which the medical missionary work should be carried forward. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 4)
God has not given us the work of erecting immense sanitariums, to be used as health resorts for all who may come. Neither is it His purpose that medical missionary workers shall spend a long term of years in college before they enter the field. Let the young men and women who know the truth go to work, not in places where the truth has been proclaimed, but in places that have not heard the message, and let them work as canvassers and evangelists. Let the teachers of these youth take them away from the place where God has indicated by His judgments that they should not be. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 5)
To build up a school in Battle Creek would place our young people under influences that would counteract the influence that God has declared should be exerted on His people in the last days of this earth’s history. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 6)
I am obliged to say that the making of so large a plant in Battle Creek, calling together those who should be engaged in medical missionary work in many places, is doing just what God has specified should not be done. In the Battle Creek Sanitarium the nurses will be brought into close contact with men and women of the world, who are not inclined to piety or religion. The erection of large buildings in Battle Creek is not according to the light that for years the Lord has been giving. For years God has shown me by revelation that it is a mistake to make Battle Creek a great center. If schools are to be established, let it be out of Battle Creek. And let these schools be carried forward, not after worldly wisdom, but in harmony with the directions that the Lord has given. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 7)
The interests that the Lord has declared should not be in Battle Creek are not now to be brought back and re-established in Battle Creek. The force that would be needed in Battle Creek, to carry forward the work of these interests, should be used in doing gospel missionary work in the various cities of America. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 8)
“Break up the large centers,” has been the word of the Lord. “Carry the light to many places.” The nurses should understand that the Sanitarium will be conducted too much like an institution of the world to fit them for medical missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 9)
The work of proclaiming the truth in all parts of the world calls for small sanitariums in many places, not in the heart of the cities, but in many places where city influence will be as little felt as possible. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 10)
The fact that many patients are coming to the new Sanitarium in Battle Creek is not to be read as a sign that it was right to rebuild the Sanitarium in Battle Creek. On the contrary, it is to be regarded as a sign that reads the other way. Many men and women will come who are not really sick. Workers will be required to wait on them. But this is not the work that God has given His medical missionaries. Our charge has been given us by the greatest Medical Missionary that this world has ever seen. Standing but a step from His Father’s throne, Christ said to His disciples: (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 11)
“All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” [Matthew 28:18, 19.] He did not tell them to establish a seminary in Jerusalem and to gather together students to be instructed in the higher classics. “Go ye into all the world,” He said, “and preach the gospel to every creature,” “teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 12)
Do not gather together those to whom God has given this commission and make them believe that they have to spend years in college in order to obtain a training for the Lord’s work. Christ’s presence is of more value than years of training. Let our young people come under the yoke of Christ and by faith go forth as gospel medical missionaries, taking with them the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Verse 20.] Let them go forth two and two, depending on God, not on man, for their wisdom and their success. Let them search the Scriptures, and then present the truths of God’s Word to others. Let them be guided by the principles that God has laid down. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 13)
Let our ministers who have gained an experience in preaching the Word learn how to give simple treatments and then go forth as medical missionary evangelists. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 14)
Workers—gospel medical missionaries—are needed now. We cannot afford to spend years in preparation. Soon doors now open to the truth will be forever closed. Carry the message now. Do not wait, allowing the enemy to take possession of fields now open before you. Let little companies go forth to do the work to which Christ appointed His disciples. Let them labor as evangelists, scattering our publications, talking of the truth to those they meet, praying for the sick, and, if need be, treating them, not with drugs, but with nature’s remedies. Let the workers remember always that they are dependent on God. Let them not trust in human beings for wisdom, but in the One who declares, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Verse 18.] Thus we labored in the early history of the message. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 15)
My brother, my sister, you have your Bible. It is your directory. When Christ reveals His power to you, there will go with you an influence that will bring success. You are needed in the field. You will go directly contrary to the way that God has marked out if you trust in man and make flesh your arm. I raise the danger signal. What message has God given you? Is it that you are to teach what this doctor says or what that doctor says? No, no! You are to teach, Christ declares, “all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” [Verse 20.] Do as Jesus has told you to do, uniting your heart with His heart, your mind with His mind; and you will be blessed in your work. When you get into difficulty, come together, and bring the matter to the Lord. He will hear your prayers. Do not trust in your own wisdom. Ask God, and He will help you. But however prudent or however wise a man may seem to be, without the help that Christ bestows, he will never make a success. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 16)
“Then began He to upbraid the cities wherein most of His mighty works were done, because they repented not.” [Matthew 11:20.] Light was given them, but they were not willing to renounce their worldly-wise plans and their sinful practices. They repented not under the mighty influence of the Holy Spirit, but clung to their natural and cultivated tendencies to wrong. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 17)
“Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida!” Christ continued; “for if the mighty works, which were done in you, had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon, at the day of judgment, than for you. And thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell; for if the mighty works, which have been done in thee, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee.” [Verses 21-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 18)
These words are applicable to Battle Creek. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 19)
“At that time Jesus answered and said, I thank Thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because Thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them unto babes.” [Verse 25.] “The wise and prudent”—those who think themselves wise. God’s Word is to be studied. Divine revelations will be made to those who seek for wisdom that comes from above. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 20)
“All things are delivered unto Me of My Father; and no man knoweth the Son, but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” [Verses 27-30.] (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 21)
This counsel, acted upon, will unite us with the greatest Teacher that the world has ever seen. He has set an example that it will always be safe for us to follow. But human teachers often exhibit unchristlike traits of character. They often set a wrong example. They often cherish wrong sentiments in regard to religious things and give explanations of the Scriptures that they and their students have to unlearn. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 22)
Christ’s lessons are simple and easily comprehended. Those who wear His yoke jealously guard the mind, the heart, the practices from anything that would bring dishonor to the Saviour. They remember that Christ is their Teacher, and that they must not make rash statements. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 23)
Human theories are followed in the schools where human wisdom guides. The knowledge gained in these schools shows that divine guidance is needed. Many things are taught that are not a help, but a hindrance. Christ, the great Teacher, says, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart.” [Verse 29.] The education that I will give will prune from you the ambitious desire to exalt self and to speak great swelling words of self-importance. Christ wants men to obey His directions. He wants them to work as He worked. He will teach and lead the one whose heart is meek and lowly. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 24)
God calls for a reformation among those who know the truth. A mere intellectual assent to the truth is worthless. Unless our hearing of the truth is accompanied by conviction, and by a faithful practice of the truth, trial and persecution will find us unprepared. We shall not be able to stand the test; for we have entwined ourselves about frail human supports. (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 25)
Christ is our only hope. He will receive us and lead us into all truth if we come to Him. But we must surrender wholly to Him. He says, “He that is not with Me is against Me, and he that gathereth not with Me scattereth abroad. Wherefore I say unto you, All manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven unto men; but the blasphemy against the Holy Ghost shall not be forgiven unto men. And whosoever speaketh a word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him; but whosoever speaketh against the Holy Ghost, it shall not be forgiven him, neither in this world, neither in the world to come.” [Matthew 12:30-32.] (18LtMs, Ms 141, 1903, 26)
Ms 142, 1903
A Collection of MSS. on Auditing
NP
1903
Compiled from earlier manuscripts and published sources. +
Avondale, Cooranbong, N. S. W.
January 12, 1896
“Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; while it is said, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. For some, when they had heard, did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. But with whom was He grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcasses fell in the wilderness? And to whom sware He that they should not enter into His rest, but to them that believed not? So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief.” [Hebrews 3:12-19.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 1)
Many of the Auditing Committee have not been men wise concerning the things which they were handling. Wrong decisions have been made, born of self in lack of sound judgment. Those who were counted worthy to hold forth the Word of life and minister to souls ready to perish deserve different treatment from that which they have received. The Auditing Committee has not always tried, with most humble prayer for guidance, to act in every case toward the servants of Jesus Christ as they would to the person of Christ, or as they themselves would wish to be treated. But, said Christ, “Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to me.” [Matthew 25:45.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 2)
It is a very serious matter that men, by the word of their own mouth, and some in a hardened, sang-froid manner have decided what means shall go to the workers in the field. If a worker has been unfortunate enough to make a mistake or to incur the displeasure of the men sitting in judgment upon these matters, words are spoken in disparagement that do not give the one accused a fair chance to explain himself. Hasty decisions are made, and the discouragement brought to the mind by these things is not small. But as the workers are scattered, and no one goes to their homes to inquire in regard to these matters, the brethren are entirely ignorant as to the result of their decisions. Some few, who have had the courage to protest, have been treated in a discourteous, arbitrary, and overbearing manner. It cannot be said of the men who have acted thus, as the unholy scribe said of Jesus, “Master, we know that Thou art true, and teachest the way of God in truth, neither carest Thou for any man: for Thou regardest not the person of men.” [Matthew 22:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 3)
I will give you a chapter in my experience. We have found it necessary to build a home, and have hired carpenters, painters, and others to do the several portions of the work. The masterworkman has two dollars per day, working eight hours only. As soon as the eight hours are over, the tools are laid aside, and work ceases. These men do not receive according to the amount of work done, but according to the hours worked. If a man is not an apt, quick worker, but loiters over his work, that is the loss of the one who pays him. Another may be a much quicker workman, showing that he has intellect and can use it; his aptitude and correct judgment may be a treasure to him and a satisfaction to his employer; but he may receive only the same wages. After the week’s work is done, and the payment is made, the amount of work done has nothing to do with the sum received. A slow, unprofitable man never thinks it his duty to make up for his want of sharp thought, but receives his pay as his right. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 4)
These men have not the burden of dealing with human minds. Senseless timber and building material are all they are dealing with. They can hammer just as hard and loud and energetically as they please, and it hurts not the soulless material. But God’s shepherds, who are to watch as well as labor for souls, as they that must give an account, cannot work in this way. The chosen missionary must go forth under all circumstances, moving his family from place to place, from country to country. This moving is expensive; for this one move has cost us about 125 pounds sterling. In order to exert a good influence, the wife of a missionary must set a proper example in neat and tidy dress. Her children must be educated and trained with much painstaking effort; for everything must be made to tell in missionary lines. The laborer who represents Christ must dress plainly and yet properly, as becoming a minister of Christ. The ministers of our Conferences cannot say that they have a home; for they are sometimes in this country and sometimes in that. The people for whom they labor are poor; but Christ came to preach the gospel to the poor, for He says: (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 5)
“The Spirit of the Lord God is upon Me; because the Lord hath anointed Me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent Me to bind up the broken-hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified.” [Isaiah 61:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 6)
This is the work the Lord’s shepherds are required to do. Money is consumed in traveling from place to place, in settling and unsettling every few months, in buying household goods and selling them or venturing transportation. The entire family have no release from their efforts; for they must always appear cheerful and fresh, that they may bring sunshine into the minds of those who need help. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 7)
The question has been asked me, “Are you employed by the General Conference?” I am. “How many hours do you give?” Hours? God’s servants keep no record of hours. We must be ready in season and out of season to speak to this young man and that young woman, to write letters to those in peril, and to hold interviews requiring the most earnest, anxious labor, praying for and with the erring and the tempted. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 8)
My practice is to arise at three o’clock A.M. and write twelve or fifteen pages for the papers before my breakfast. Those who write, as well as talk, the truth, have double labor. The eight-hour system finds no place in the program of the minister of God. He must watch his chance to minister; he must be ready to entertain visitors. He must keep up life and energy of character; for he cannot exert a pleasing, saving influence if he is languid. If he occupies responsible positions, he must be prepared to attend board and council meetings, spending hours of wearisome brain- and nerve-taxing labor, while others are asleep, in devising and planning with his co-laborers. Who among God’s workers counts his hours of labor as do mechanics? Yet this kind of labor taxes the mind and draws upon every fiber of the being in such a way as the common laborer cannot appreciate. “When do you find opportunity to throw off care and responsibility?” I am asked; and I answer, At no period of time can I lay down the burden. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 9)
I wish my brethren to take this as a representation of the truth, and no fiction. Those who have a due appreciation of service are God’s minute men and must say with Isaiah, “Also I heard the voice of the Lord, saying, Whom shall I send, and who will go for us? Then said I, Here am I; send me.” [Isaiah 6:8.] Those who are laborers together with God must ever consider the duties devolving upon a gospel minister. He cannot say, I am my own; I will do what I please with my time. No one who has given his life to God’s work as His minister lives unto himself. His work is to follow Christ, to yoke up with Christ, and to be a willing agent and co-worker with the Master, receiving His Spirit day by day, and working as Christ worked, neither failing nor being discouraged. He is chosen of God as a faithful instrument to promote missionary work in all lands and must ponder well the path he travels. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 10)
Will my brethren consider these things which the Lord has brought before my mind in a most impressive manner? Will those who have never carried the burden of such work, and who suppose that the chosen and faithful ministers of God have an easy time, bear in mind that the sentinels of God are on duty constantly? Their labor is not measured by hours. When their accounts are audited, if selfish men shall, with voice or stroke of pen, limit the worker in his wages, they discourage and depress him. Every minister must have a salvage to work upon, that he may have something with which to lead out in good enterprises, building churches and advancing the cause of God in every line, pushing the work with zeal and laying up in store for himself a good foundation, against the time to come, that he may lay hold on eternal life. “For I the Lord love judgment, I hate robbery for burnt offering.” [Isaiah 61:8.] And He tells us, “Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn.” [1 Corinthians 9:9.] This is a figure of those who work under the eye of God to advance His cause in lifting the minds of men from the contemplation of earthly things to the heavenly. These God loves, and He would have men respect their rights. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 11)
Organization is a good thing, but I have the word of the Lord plain and decisive, that all who see the necessity of organization must themselves become an example by being organized and carrying out to the letter the principles of organization in their life practice. It means a great deal to be missionaries in heart and voice and action. Organization, carried out in the life as God means it shall be, brings to every soul who is engaged in the work of God a submission to the divine will of God. It leads them to give themselves to God, to be worked by His Holy Spirit. Any one who supposes that it does not mean this is no longer to stand in responsible positions, having voice to control in the great closing work for these last days. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 12)
A zeal, not at all after the likeness of Christ, not at all after His Word, has been manifested by men who are not in subjection to God to bring their fellow men into subjection to their plans and ideas. But the meek and lowly Jesus is our pattern. He had all self-denial, all subjection to God, and yet all the ambition of a conqueror. He longs to extend His sway over every human mind; but O, how unlike the meekness of His Spirit is the spirit of men placed in positions of power by their fellow men! Christ longs to manifest His grace and stamp His character and image upon the whole world. He was offered the kingdoms of this world by the one who revolted in heaven to buy His homage to the principles of evil, but He would not be bought. Satan knew that if he could not overthrow Christ with his masterly temptations, he would lose all he had tried to gain in heaven—to be first and have absolute authority. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 13)
The world’s Redeemer hungered and thirsted for sympathy and co-operation, that His kingdom might extend and embrace the whole world. He bought the whole earthly territory; it is His purchased inheritance, and He would have man free and pure and holy as the character of God. For the joy that was set before Him, He endured the cross and despised the shame. His earthly pilgrimage of toil and self-sacrifice was cheered by the prospect that He would not have all this travail for naught, but would win back the world to its loyalty to God by giving His life for the life of the world. And there are triumphs yet to be accomplished through the blood shed for the world, that will bring everlasting joy to God and to the Lamb. The heathen will be given Him for His inheritance and the uttermost parts of the earth for His possession. Christ will not be satisfied till His victory is complete. He will see of the travail of His soul and be satisfied. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 14)
But those who care for the glory of Jesus Christ will not swell themselves into large proportions, as some have done in connection with the cause and work of God. Their course has been one which hurts and wounds and forces. They work after the line in which the great deceiver has worked since he fell. They would not submit to be ruled and controlled by the Holy Spirit, but have had the spirit of forcing everything to their own ideas, when their brethren in the faith were conscientiously seeking to share the sympathy of Christ, and rejoiced in the success of Christ’s work. These men must be converted, or their hands will slip off the work, and they, who so eagerly and selfishly sought to work others, will be lost. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 15)
*****
Proper Remuneration for Ministers
Testimony for the Church 32:130, 131; Testimonies for the Church 5:374, 375 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 16)
Instead of bringing the expense of the work down to a low figure, it is your duty to bring the minds of the people to understanding that the “laborer is worthy of his hire.” [Luke 10:7.] ... The churches need to be impressed with the fact that it is their duty to deal honestly with the cause of God, not allowing the guilt of the worst robbery to rest upon them, that of robbing God in tithes and offerings. When settlements are made with the laborers in His cause, they should not be forced to accept small remuneration because there is a lack of money in the treasury. Many have been defrauded of their just dues in this way, and it is just as criminal in the sight of God as for one to keep back the wages of those who are employed in any other regular business. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 17)
There are men of ability who would like to go out and labor in our several Conferences; but they have no courage, for they must have means to support their families. It is the worst kind of generalship to allow a Conference to stand still or to fail to settle its honest debts. There is a great deal of this done; and whenever it is done, God is displeased. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 18)
If the presidents and other laborers in our Conferences impress upon the minds of the people the character of the crime of robbing God, and if they have a true spirit of devotion and a burden for the work, God will make their labors a blessing to the people, and fruit will be seen as the result of their efforts. Ministers have failed greatly in their duty to so labor with the churches. There is important work to be done aside from that of preaching. Had this been done, as God designed it should be, there would have been many more laborers in the field than there now are. And had the ministers done their duty in educating every member, whether rich or poor, to give as God had prospered him, there would be a full treasury from which to pay the honest debts to the workers, and this would greatly advance missionary work in all their borders. God has shown to me that many souls are in danger of eternal ruin through selfishness and worldliness; and the watchmen are guilty, for they have neglected their duty. This is a state of things that Satan exults to see. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 19)
All branches of the work belong to the ministers. It is not God’s order that some one should follow after them and bind off their unfinished work. It is not the duty of the Conference to be at the expense of employing other laborers to follow after and pick up the stitches dropped by negligent workers. It is the duty of the president of the Conference to have an oversight of the laborers and their work and to teach them to be faithful in these things; for no church can prosper that is robbing God. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 20)
The Word of God speaks of the “hire of the laborers, ... which is of you kept back by fraud.” [James 5:4.] This is generally understood to apply to wealthy men who employ servants and do not pay them for their labor; but it has a broader meaning than this. It applies with great force to those who have been enlightened by the Spirit of God and yet in any degree work upon the same principle that these men do hiring servants grinding them down to the lowest price. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 21)
Testimonies for the Church 2:339, 340 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 22)
Some go from their homes to labor in the gospel field, but do not act as though the truths which they speak were a reality to them. Their actions show that they have not experienced the saving power of the truth themselves. When out of the desk, they appear to have no burden for the truth. They labor sometimes apparently to profit, but more frequently to no profit. Such feel as much entitled to the wages they receive as though they had earned them; notwithstanding their unconsecration has cost more labor, anxiety, and pain of heart to those laborers who have the burden of the work upon them than all their efforts have done good. Such are not profitable workmen. But they will have to bear this responsibility themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 23)
Testimonies for the Church 2:340, 341, 344, 345 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 24)
The churches give of their means to sustain the ministers in their labors. What have they to encourage them in their liberality? Some ministers labor from month to month and accomplish so little that the churches become disheartened; they cannot see that anything is being done to convert souls to the truth or to make those who are church members more spiritual or fervent in their love to God and His truth. Those who are handling sacred things should be wholly consecrated to the work.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 25)
A faithful shepherd will not study his own ease and convenience, but will labor for the interest of the sheep.... He has but one object in view: to save the wandering and lost sheep, at whatever expense it may be to himself. His wages will not influence him in his labor, nor turn him from his duty. He has received his commission from the Majesty of heaven, and he expects his reward when the work entrusted to him is done.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 26)
Selfish interest must be swallowed up in deep anxiety for the salvation of souls. Some ministers have labored, not because they dared not do otherwise, not because the woe was upon them, but having in view the wages they were to receive. Said the angel, “Who is there even among you that would shut the doors for naught? neither do ye kindle fire on mine altar for naught. I have no pleasure in you, saith the Lord of Hosts, neither will I accept an offering at your hand.” [Malachi 1:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 27)
It is entirely wrong to hire every errand that is done for the Lord. The treasury of the Lord has been drained by those who have been only an injury to the cause. If ministers give themselves wholly to the work of God, and devote all their energies to building up His cause, they will have no lack. As regards temporal things, they have a better portion than their Lord and better than His chosen disciples, whom He sent forth to save perishing man. Our great Exemplar, who was in the brightness of His Father’s glory, was despised and rejected of men. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 28)
Testimonies for the Church 3:496 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 29)
Independent men of earnest endeavor are needed, not men as impressible as putty. Those who want their work made ready to their hand, who desire a fixed amount to do and a fixed salary, and who wish to prove an exact fit without the trouble of adaptation or training, are not the men whom God calls to work in His cause. A man who cannot adapt his abilities to almost any place if necessity requires is not the man for this time. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 30)
Testimonies for the Church 1:375, 376 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 31)
The last merciful message is entrusted to God’s humble, faithful servants of this time. God has led along those who would not shun responsibility and has laid burdens upon them and has through them presented to His people a plan of systematic benevolence in which all can engage and work in harmony. This system has been carried out and has worked like magic. It liberally sustains the preachers and the cause.... Everything is made convenient and easy for the preachers, that they may work, free from embarrassment. Our people have taken hold with a will and an interest which is not to be found among any other class. And God is displeased with preachers who now complain and fail to throw their whole energies into this all-important work. They are without excuse; yet some are deceived and think that they are sacrificing much, and are having a hard time, when they really know nothing about suffering, self-denial, or want.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 32)
Some have thought it would be easier to labor with their hands and have often expressed their choice to do so. Such do not know what they are talking about. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 33)
Testimonies for the Church 1:443 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 34)
The future usefulness of young preachers depends much upon the manner in which they enter upon their labors. Brethren who have the cause of God at heart are so anxious to see the truth advance that they are in danger of doing too much for ministers who have not been proved by helping them liberally to means and giving them influence. Those who enter the gospel field should be left to earn themselves a reputation, even if it must be through trials and privations. They should first give proof of their ministry. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 35)
Testimonies for the Church 1:446 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 36)
Men who are chosen of God to labor in this cause will give proof of their high calling and will regard it as their highest duty to grow and improve until they shall become able workmen. Then, as they manifest an earnestness to improve upon the talent which God has entrusted to them, they should be helped judiciously. But the encouragement given them should not savor of flattery, for Satan himself will do enough of that kind of work. Men who think that they have a duty to preach should not be sustained in throwing themselves and their families at once upon the brethren for support. They are not entitled to this until they can show good fruits of their labor. There is danger now of injuring young preachers, and those who have but little experience, by flattery and by relieving them of burdens in life. When not preaching, they should be doing what they can for their own support. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 37)
MS. published in Gospel Workers, 306, 307 [1892 edition] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 38)
When missions are opened in foreign lands, it is of especial importance that the work be started right. The laborers should be careful that they do not restrict it by narrow plans. While the state of the treasury demands that economy be exercised, there is danger of an economy which results in loss rather than gain. This has actually been the case in some of our missions where the workers have bent their powers almost wholly to planning how to get along in the least expensive manner. With different management, far more might have been accomplished; and on the whole less means would have been taken from the treasury.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 39)
Much wisdom is needed in planning how to bring the truth before the people. In some places the work must begin in a small way and advance slowly. This is all that the laborers can do. But in many places a wider and more decided effort might be made at the outset, with good results. The work in England might now be much further advanced than it is if our brethren, at the beginning of the work there, had not tried to work in so cheap a way. If they had hired good halls and carried forward the work as though we had great truths, which would surely be victorious, they would have had greater success. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 40)
MSS. published in Gospel Workers, 356-358 [1892 edition] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 41)
Our missionary workers must learn to economize. The largest reservoir, though fed by abundant and living springs, will fail to supply the demand if there are leakages which drain off the supply. It must not be left for one man to decide whether a certain field will warrant large efforts. If the workers in one field so fashion the work as to incur large expenses, they are barring the way so that other important fields—fields which perhaps would better warrant the outlay—cannot be entered. Our youngest laborers must be content to work their way among the people slowly and surely, under the advice of those who have had more experience.... A more humble manner of working would show good results.... All should strive by wise management and earnest labor to gather enough to pay their own expenses. They should labor to make the cause self-sustaining and should teach the people to rely upon themselves. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 42)
Our ministers should not feel at liberty to pay large sums for halls in which to hold meetings, when they do not feel the burden of following up the interest by personal labor. The results are too uncertain to warrant the using up of means so rapidly.... It is not wisdom for a single individual to strike out as though he had some great talent, as though he were a Moody or a Sankey, and make a lavish outlay of means.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 43)
Our laborers must learn to exercise economy, not only in their efforts to advance the cause of truth, but in their own home expenses. They should locate their families where they can be cared for at as little expense as possible.... One family may require for its support twice the amount that would suffice for another family of the same size. In the article this is shown to be through many little leaks, and by mismanagement and lack of tact and skill, and by the disability of the wife to save. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 44)
Those who have not habits of economy should learn the lesson at once. All should learn how to keep accounts. Some neglect this work as nonessential, but this is wrong. All expenses should be accurately stated. This is something that many of our laborers will have to learn. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 45)
Testimonies for the Church 3:208 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 46)
Every opportunity should be improved to extend the truth to other nations. This will be attended with considerable expense, but expense should in no case hinder the performance of this work. Money is of value only as it is used to advance the interest of the kingdom of God. The Lord has lent men means for this very purpose, to use in sending the truth to their fellow men. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 47)
MS. published in Gospel Workers, 173 [1892 edition] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 48)
Some of our ministers feel that they must every day perform some labor that they can report to the Conference. And as the result of trying to do this, their efforts are too often weak and inefficient. They should have periods of rest, of entire freedom from taxing labor. But these cannot take the place of daily physical exercise. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 49)
Special Testimonies, Series A 10:17-19; March 14, 1897 (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 50)
Ministers have just as much right to their wages as have the workers employed in the Review and Herald office and the laborers in the Pacific Press publishing house. A great robbery has been practiced in the meager wages paid to some of the workers. If they give their time and thought and labor to the service of the Master, they should have wages enough to supply their families with food and clothing. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 51)
The tithe is required of the minister. He does his share according to his ability and should receive his due. The ministers are often placed where they have to lead out in donations in the places where they labor and in defraying the expenses of tents, besides providing food for themselves. Many have families at home to support. If they were not traveling from place to place, less expensive clothing could be worn; the extra money paid for tents and camp-meetings and in donations so frequently leave them no surplus that they feel restrained from acting a part in various enterprises which they would be pleased to participate in. This is expected of them, and in order to do this, they pledge. This pledge they are often a long time in paying; it hangs upon them as a debt which they are frequently unable to lift. It is a great self-denial on the part of these men to thus separate from their families. They are forced to take up with all kinds of fare and to eat all kinds of food, especially in countries where the standard of truth is first lifted. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 52)
The light which the Lord has given me on this subject is that the means in the treasury for the support of the ministers in the different fields is not to be used for any other purpose. If an honest tithe were paid, and the money coming into the treasury were carefully guarded, the ministers would receive a just wage. The Auditing Committee has often been composed of men who were farmers. These could dress in coarse clothing appropriate for the work they were doing. They raised all they needed as a family to subsist upon, and they knew not what the outlay of a minister must necessarily be when he goes into a new field to labor for perishing souls. The outlook is often hard and discouraging. Some fields, when the work is first opened up, are encouraging; but there are other fields which are not so. Both must receive the truth. The minister must labor and pray. He must visit the different families. Frequently he finds the people so poor that they have little to eat and no room in which to sleep. Often means have to be given to the very needy to supply their hunger and cover their nakedness. Then what injustice to have a company of men as Auditing Committee who, by a dash of the pen, will disappoint a distressed minister who is in need of every cent that he has been led to expect. There would be just as much fairness in having a committee decide whether the men employed in our institutions should have their stipulated wages or should have them curtailed as the human agent—who will himself be in no wise affected by the strait places they may pass through—shall decide. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 53)
Business Meetings
MS. published in Gospel Workers, 229-232 [1892 edition] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 54)
In all our business meetings, as well as our social and religious meetings, we want Jesus by our side as a Judge and Counselor. There will be no tendency to lightness where the presence of the Saviour is recognized. Self will not be made prominent. There will be a realization of the importance of the work that is to be done. There will be a desire that the plans to be laid may be directed by Him who is mighty in counsel. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 55)
Could our eyes but be opened, we would behold the angels of heaven in our assemblies. Could we but realize this, there would be no desire to hold to our opinions upon important points, which so often retard the process of the meeting and the work. If there were more real praying done, if there were more solemn consideration given to weighty matters, the tone of our business meetings would be changed, elevated. All would feel that the assembly had met to lay plans for the advancement of the work and that the object of the work is only to save souls.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 56)
All that we do, and all that we say, is transferred to the books of heaven. Let us not be guilty of bringing down God’s work to the level of common business transactions. Our standard must be high; our minds must be elevated.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 57)
In our business meetings, it is important that precious time should not be consumed in debating points that are of small consequence. The habit of petty criticism should not be indulged.... (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 58)
In our business connection with the work of God, and in handling sacred things, we cannot be too careful to guard against a spirit of irreverence; never, for an instant, should the Word of God be used deceitfully to carry a point which we are anxious to see succeed.... Our every thought, word, and action should be subject to the will of Christ. Levity is not appropriate in meetings where the solemn work and Word of God are under consideration.... Let us bear in mind that Jesus is in our midst. Then an elevating, controlling influence from the Spirit of God will pervade the assembly. There will be manifested that wisdom which is from above, that is first pure, then peaceable, full of mercy and good fruits, which cannot err. In all the plans and decisions there will be that charity that “seeketh not her own;” which is “not easily provoked,” that “thinketh no evil.” [1 Corinthians 13:5.] ... Self must be hid in Jesus, then the judgment will not be one-sided and warped, so that there can be no dispassionate decisions. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 59)
MS. published in Gospel Workers, 175 [1892 edition] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 60)
Do not engage in brain labor immediately after a meal. Exercise moderately, and give a little time for the stomach to begin its work. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 61)
This is not a matter of trifling importance. We must pay attention to it if healthful vigor and a right tone are to be given to the various branches of the work. The character and efficiency of the work depend largely upon the physical condition of the workers. Many committee meetings, and other meetings for counsel, have taken an unhappy tone from the dyspeptic condition of those assembled. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 62)
*****
Unpublished MS.
Those who made and executed the plans appropriating God’s intrusted money in large wages for themselves were not profited thereby in a single instance, although they may imagine that they were. In accepting this money they revealed that they could not be trusted to handle the Lord’s goods. This action will stand against them, revealing that they were actuated by principles that God has not given us any liberty to adopt in His work. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 63)
The action in this matter instituted in __________ robbed the cause of God of money which He would have employed in advancing the work where the banner of truth has not been uplifted. The payment of such large wages was entirely contrary to the plan of God in any line of His work; it was contrary to the example of Christ in His life. The greatest Teacher the world ever knew gave every institution in our world a pattern of self-denying, self-sacrificing principle. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 64)
Those who change God’s order of things in order to follow the counsel of selfish men will be prompted to cut down the wages of men whose work is, in the sight of God, of such a character that through Him their influence is bringing means into the treasury to sustain His cause. All this departure from the light that God has given is turning the back to God and not the face. This action before the universe of heaven and before men reveals the character and disposition of the men who are handling sacred things. And under the inspiration of the same selfish spirit these very men, if they see a chance, will cut down the wages of the laborers in the vineyard of the Lord without their consent and without understanding their situation. In many cases this action brings families into strait places, and those who have the power in their hands know little what may be the consequences of deducting from the wages of the laborers. It is just as much the right of the ones employed in this cause to have a voice in such transactions as it is of men employed in various branches of trade. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 65)
God’s cause can afford to be fair and true, it can afford to deal on right principles. When any such work as cutting down wages is contemplated, let a circular be published setting forth the true situation, and then ask those employed by the Conference if, under pressure of lack of means, they could do with less means of support. All the arrangements with those in God’s service should be conducted as a sacred transaction between man and his fellow man. Men have no right to handle things as coolly and indifferently as they have done, treating the workers together with God as though they were inanimate objects to be handled about, without any voice or expression of their own. I have been shown that men have sat on the auditing committees who have not had discrimination or judgment. Farmers who have no real understanding of the situation of the workers have again and again brought real oppression and want into families. Their management has given occasion for the enemy to tempt and discourage the workers, and in some cases has driven them from the field. It is not justice nor righteousness to deal in so cool a manner with this phase of the work. God is not glorified by any such arrangements. The inward fountain of life needs cleansing, and the human will needs to be under the sanctification of the Spirit of God. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 66)
Many know little of what this means, “Putting on the new man, which after Christ is created in righteousness and true holiness.” [Ephesians 4:24.] The work of the Holy Spirit is to fashion the man after Christ’s likeness. The man is not to use the Holy Spirit, but the Holy Spirit is to use the man. Read 1 Peter 3:8-12; Matthew 5:7-9, 13-16; 7:15-20. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 67)
“Work out your own salvation with”—a pompous, overbearing spirit?—No; if this is to be a doer of the Word, many connected with our institutions will receive a reward. But the Word of the Lord is, “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling; for it is God that worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] “The fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long-suffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance; against such there is no law. And they that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh with the affections and lusts. If we live in the Spirit let us walk (work) in the Spirit. Let us not be desirous of vain glory, provoking one another, envying one another.” [Galatians 5:22-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 68)
God sees every transaction: nothing is hid from Him. There is too much responsibility assumed by men who have not cultivated the love and compassion and sympathy and tenderness that characterized the life of Christ. In dealing with some of their brethren who have not followed their counsel or who may have questioned their course of action or whom may have had dealings with them that did not please them, they manifest no love, although these souls are the purchase of the blood of Christ and may be more precious in the sight of God because of their simplicity and their integrity in maintaining the right at any cost. When the brethren who for some reason dislike these persons have a chance, they will give encouragement to a spirit that is in harmony with the attributes of Satan rather than the Spirit of the living God. They will do things to hurt their souls and will manage in such a manner as to humble and oppress them. These souls are God’s property, precious in His sight, and He will judge those who do things of this character. It is time that all such transactions were repented of, and these sins were going beforehand to the judgment that they may be blotted out. When the Holy Spirit shall work upon the minds of the human agents and bring these things to remembrance, will they confess their sins? Will they make everything right with their brethren? (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 69)
Let the prayer go up to God, “Create in me a clean heart;” for a pure, cleansed soul has Christ abiding therein, and out of the heart are the issues of life. [Psalm 51:10.] The human will is to be yielded to Christ. Instead of passing on, closing the heart in selfishness, there is need of opening the heart to the sweet influences of the Spirit of God. Practical religion breathes its fragrance everywhere. It is a savor of life unto life. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 70)
*****
MS. 43a, 1898
The Laborer is Worthy of His Hire
Some matters have been presented to me in regard to the laborers who are seeking to do all in their power to win souls to Jesus Christ. The ministers are paid for their work, and this is well. And if the Lord gives the wife as well as the husband the burden of labor, and if she devotes her time and her strength to visiting from family to family, opening the Scriptures to them, although the hands of ordination have not been laid upon her, she is accomplishing a work that is in the line of ministry. Should her labors be counted as naught, and her husband’s salary be no more than that of the servant of God whose wife does not give herself to the work, but remains at home to care for her family? (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 71)
While I was in America, I was given light upon this subject. I was instructed that there are matters that need to be considered. Injustice has been done to women who labor just as devotedly as their husbands, and who are recognized by God as being as necessary to the work of ministry as their husbands. The method of paying men laborers and not their wives is a plan not after the Lord’s order. Injustice is thus done. A mistake is made. The Lord does not favor this plan. This arrangement, if carried out in our Conferences, is liable to discourage our sisters from qualifying themselves for the work they should engage in. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 72)
A mistake is made when the burden of the work is left entirely upon the ministers. This plan was certainly arranged without the mind of God. Some women are now teaching young women how to work successfully as visitors and Bible readers. Women who work in the cause of God should be given wages proportionate to the time they give to the work. God is a God of justice, and if the ministers receive a salary for their work, their wives, who devote themselves just as interestedly to the work as laborers together with God, should be paid in addition to the wages their husbands receive, notwithstanding that they may not ask this. As the devoted minister and his wife engage in the work, they should be paid proportionate to the wages of two distinct workers, that they may have means to use as they shall see fit in the cause of God. The Lord has put His Spirit upon them both. If the husband should die, and leave his wife, she is fitted to continue her work in the cause of God and receive wages for the labor she performs. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 73)
Seventh-day Adventists are not in any way to belittle woman’s work. If a woman puts her housework in the hands of a faithful, prudent helper, and leaves her children in good care, while she engages in the work, the Conference should have wisdom to understand the justice of her receiving wages. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 74)
Women helped our Saviour by uniting with Him in His work. And the great apostle Paul writes, “Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved. I beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntyche, that they be of the same mind in the Lord. And I entreat thee also, true yoke fellow, help those women which labored with me in the gospel, with Clement also, and with other my fellow laborers, whose names are in the book of life.” [Philippians 4:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 75)
If women do the work that is not the most agreeable to many of those who labor in word and doctrine, and if their works testify that they are accomplishing a work that has been manifestly neglected, should not such labor be looked upon as being as rich in results as the work of the ordained ministers? Should it not command the hire of the laborer? Would not such workers be defrauded if they were not paid? (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 76)
This question is not for men to settle. The Lord has settled it. You are to do your duty to the women who labor in the gospel, whose work testifies that they are essential to carrying the truth into families. Their work is just the work that must be done. In many respects a woman can impart knowledge to her sisters that a man cannot. The cause would suffer great loss without this kind of labor. Again and again the Lord has shown me that women teachers are just as greatly needed to do the work to which He has appointed them as are men. They should not be compelled by the sentiments and rules of others to depend upon donations for their payment any more than should the ministers. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 77)
Letters have come to me from several, asking my advice upon the question, Should ministers’ wives adopt infant children? Would I advise them to do this kind of work? To some who were regarding this matter favorably I answered, No; God would have you help your husband in his work. The Lord has not given you children of your own; His wisdom is not to be questioned. He knows what is best. Consecrate your powers to God as a Christian worker. You can help your husband in many ways. You can support him in his work by writing for him, by keeping your intellect improved. By using the ability God has given you, you can be a homekeeper. And more than this, you can help to give the message. There are women who should labor in the gospel ministry. In many respects they would do more good than the ministers who neglect to visit the flock of God. Husband and wife may unite in this work, and when it is possible, they should. The way is open for consecrated women. But the enemy would be pleased to have the women whom God could use to help hundreds, binding up their time and strength on one helpless little mortal that requires constant care and attention. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 78)
*****
Extracts from testimony addressed “To My Brethren in Responsible Positions in the Work,” received April 2, 1899: (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 79)
“Has there not been seen in modern Israel manifestations similar to these? (Referring to rebellion on return of twelve spies.) Has not the loud, boisterous voice of rebellion been heard in your council meetings and in your board meetings? Has not human prejudice been revealed as you have settled up accounts with the ministers? The spirit manifested by the men belonging to the auditing committee showed that these men were as destitute of the divine nature and the Spirit and grace of God as the hills of Gilboa were destitute of dew and rain. This is where Elder Olsen’s influence should have been seen and felt as was the influence of Caleb and Joshua. He was responsible for the injustice done in those meetings when he suffered evil, unprincipled actions to go unreproved. His voice could have turned the whole current of the stream of evil that was by his silence encouraged to swell to immense proportions. Men having no experimental knowledge of ministerial work should never be called to the auditing committee. The Lord has spoken regarding this matter: ‘Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. And let them judge the people at all seasons.’ [Exodus 18:21, 22.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 80)
“These men are to be carefully selected. They are to be men who have moral perception, men who are acquainted with the work they are handling. God declares, Behold, all souls are Mine. He has said again and again that He is present in all your council meetings, in all your auditing of accounts. He knows just how every person is dealt with, and He keeps a record of all these things. Sacred things have been handled as common matters. The Lord’s work has been done just as men chose to have it done.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 81)
*****
Lt 168, 1899
Oct. 25, 1899
“Sunnyside,” Cooranbong
Dear Brother Mountain,—
I have read your letter written to Brother Hickox. I know you to be a very kind man, tenderhearted, pitiful, and courteous; but as I read your letter, I saw that you need light on some points. When to your certain knowledge a brother has made a mistake, and has suffered in consequence, and lies under the burden of financial difficulty, then it is the time when you should make every effort to help him out of the ditch into which he has fallen through his own lack of wisdom. It is not best to give him the impression that all eyes are watching him to find something to criticize. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 82)
I read that it was thought that Brother Hickox’s board for the time he was in Wellington should not be charged to the Conference, and this amount was deducted from his salary. Why was Brother Hickox in Wellington? On his own business, or for the advancement of the cause of truth? I understand that Brother Farnsworth stopped Brother Hickox’s work and requested him to make tents for the Conference. Brother Hickox writes to me: “We did as we were directed, both of us working day and night. We were put to extra expense to do this work; for we were compelled to stay at an hotel for one week, and I thought it only reasonable that the Conference should pay this expense. I did not do this work expecting extra pay, nor do I now wish it; but I thought it only just that we should be saved this extra item of expense. The Conference has cut down our, or rather my wages; for they never gave my wife anything for her labors. We have never asked anything, and if the money is not to be had, we do not complain at the reduction.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 83)
Brother Hickox says that he has paid his own travelling expenses, and that this is the reason he has not paid his tithe. I wish now to speak to Brother Farnsworth. Before I sent for Brother Hickox to come to Australia, I was shown his case, and I saw that the management of it was not such as to give him courage and confidence. A narrow course of action was pursued, which showed lack of appreciation and real, sanctified wisdom. Such closeness in calculation, such injudicious movements could just as verily be placed to your own account as to his. I saw that when the spirit of criticism and suspicion came in, a course of action would be pursued toward the one supposed to be erring that would give him no chance for his life, and that if Brother Hickox was to be preserved to the cause of God, he must be placed for a time in connection with us, that we might know how to treat his case. I was shown that we must act discreetly, tenderly, wisely with this brother, and the Lord would give him courage; and that in time he would prove an acceptable laborer in the cause of God. His past errors were not unpardonable, but we must immediately change his associations, else his courage would be sapped, and he would have no strength to resist the temptations which would arise. The Lord laid upon me the burden of sending for Brother Hickox. This Conference will pay his expenses from New Zealand. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 84)
Rather than be idle, Brother Hickox labored with his hands to settle a rent bill. His painting the house or fence for Sister Teasdale was a matter to be commended, not condemned. For his work Sister Teasdale allowed him a certain sum on the rent of the house. What offense was there in this? I answer, None. And if any of the brethren are tempted over this matter, tell them that God says, “I will have mercy and not sacrifice.” [Matthew 9:13.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 85)
If a minister, during his leisure time, engages in labor in his orchard or garden, shall he deduct that time from his salary? Certainly not, any more than he should put in his time when he is called to work over hours in ministerial labor. Some ministers spend many hours in apparent ease, and it is right that they should rest when they can; for the system could not endure the heavy strain, were there no time for letting up. There are hours in the day that call for severe taxation, for which the minister receives no extra salary; and if he chooses to chop wood several hours a day, or work in his garden, it is as much his privilege to do this as to preach. A minister cannot always be preaching and visiting, for this is exhaustive work. The light given me is that if our ministers would do more physical labor, they would reap blessings healthwise. After his day’s work of preaching and visiting and study, the minister should have time in which to attend to his necessities. If he has only a limited salary, he may contrive to add to his little fund. The narrow-minded may see in this something to criticize, but the Lord commends such a course. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 86)
I have been shown that at times those in the ministry are compelled to labor day and night and live on very meager fare. When a crisis comes, every nerve and sinew is taxed by the heavy strain. If these men could go aside and rest a while, engaging in physical labor, it would be a great relief. Thus men might have been saved who have gone down to the grave. It is a positive necessity to physical health and mental clearness to do some manual work during the day. Thus the blood is called from the brain to other portions of the body. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 87)
Did any one feel a burden for Brother Hickox when he was tentmaking in Wellington, any distress that he should thus work day and night and receive little or nothing for his labors? Will you consider this thing, my brethren? I greatly feared that the enemy would work the ruin of Brother Hickox, and for this reason we sent for him. We can now help him where he needs help. If our ministers are to receive the treatment that Brother Hickox has received, I must make an open protest. I would not, could not, sustain it. When a minister has performed his ministerial duties, he must have time for his family responsibilities. He is not to be watched and criticized if every moment of his time is not employed in the special work of preaching and visiting. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 88)
I have also been shown that the women who labor with their husbands should be paid for their time. God says, I hate robbery for burnt offerings. We are to have bowels of compassion one for another. When a man has been humiliated by his mistakes and is in need, his brethren, with the love of Christ in their hearts, are to come forward and help where they can. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 89)
Extracts From Recent Testimonies Concerning the Wage Question
“But those who will not work without the wages they themselves stipulate are represented by those first called in the parable, who at the close of the day found themselves last.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 90)
“Those in positions of responsibility can act their part in reducing the debt. Ministers, editors, presidents of Conferences should now make sacrifices and take smaller wages instead of higher. None will be compelled to do this, but thus they could set a right example before the people. The large sum paid out for wages would be greatly lessened, and will be if all hearts are enlisted in the work. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 91)
“Some have received wages disproportionate to the wage received by others who were doing hard and trying work. They say that they have received these wages because of their talents. Who gave them their talents, their supposed ability? (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 92)
“A terrible debt is hanging over the office and the Conference, and God is testing the men connected with His institutions. Let each reduce the wages he has been receiving. This, however, does not apply to the common workers who receive much less than others and cannot be expected to detract from their wages. They have little enough. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 93)
“Since the increase of wages, there has been a steady increase of the spirit of covetousness, which is idolatry. Some have coveted higher and still higher wages. The Lord desires that the souls of those who have indulged this spirit be purified from this plague.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 94)
“There is then a willingness to ask smaller wages from the Conference, which has been drawn upon too heavily, so that it has not been able to plant the standard of truth in new places as it should have done. Those connected with the work of God, who have been receiving high wages, should now come forward with a liberal spirit and say, We will do as much work for smaller wages. We will practice economy in all lines. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 95)
“Covetousness is idolatry, and the sooner this is purged from those who claim to be God’s chosen people, the sooner will they clearly discern the great grace and amazing love of God. Every root and branch of covetousness must be cut away. Not only must the tops be cut off, but the roots must be dug out. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 96)
“Since those in connection with the ministry and our institutions have been receiving large wages, the central power has been looked upon as a common thing. The people say, ‘We pay our tithe to support the ministers. It is difficult for us to obtain money. But those at the heart of the work receive large wages. They talk to us of self-denial and self-sacrifice, but what sacrifice do they make? Those who audit the accounts know something in regard to this matter.’ Thus unbelief has leavened the minds of the people.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 97)
“Testimonies have been given that there should be more ministers in the field, and the question has been asked, How can this be done? I will answer, Present a faithful message to every church, calling upon each to bring their tithe into the storehouse, that there may be meat in the Lord’s house. Let those ministers who have taken all the wages appointed them give to the churches an example of self-denial and self-sacrifice. Take less from the Lord’s treasury. Then some other soul who feels a burden to minister can share your wages. The Lord is moving upon the hearts of young men to go to the waste places of the earth, telling men the old, old story of the love of Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 98)
“My brethren, do not bury your means in houses and lands, that you may enrich yourselves, but study the . With the Conference now under a load of debt, what better thing can ministers and churches do than to heed the words of Christ, ‘Sell that ye have, and give alms, provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not.’ [Luke 12:33.] Do not talk about your meager wages. Do not cultivate a taste for expensive articles of dress. Let the work advance as it began, in simple self-denial and faith.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 99)
“Sanctification through the truth bears fruit to the glory of God. Under its power men are stripped of the ambition that contends for the supremacy, stripped of the selfishness which leads men connected with our institutions to grasp in their covetousness all they can obtain from the treasury in large wages, when they know that their brethren, laboring just as hard in the fields where the wear and tear is great, and often under heavy pressure of circumstances, do not receive half of what they receive. The men in our institutions who have placed such a high estimate upon their services are not sanctified by the Holy Spirit. They have not that sanctification which gives them sensitive consciences, leading them to love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves. Their influence and example are detrimental. They do that which they would not wish their brethren to know—they grasp from the treasury. They are blind and cannot see that by so doing they are depriving others of the wages they should receive. Their selfishness shuts them away from the sanctification of the Spirit of God.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 100)
“When the men who have been drawing what they should not from the Lord’s treasury shall turn to God with full purpose of heart, they will abhor their selfish covetousness. Why?—Because they will see that Christ, the Majesty of heaven, the King of Glory, came to our world to live the commandments, to give the world an example of the character all must form who would live in God’s presence. Those who have estimated their services above the services of those who are doing harder work than they, those who set their own price on their work and supply themselves from the Lord’s treasury, are not laying up treasure in heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 101)
“Those who behold Jesus lose sight of self. By the eye of faith they behold Him who is invisible. They see the King in His beauty, and the land that is very far off. They practice economy, and reveal justice and righteousness, mortifying self in the place of exalting self. They do not expend unnecessary means upon themselves. They do not confederate together to follow underhand methods in order to draw a large supply of means from the treasury. They see that they have no more right to high wages than have those who work for smaller wages. They bind about their wants, practicing the economy which they teach to others. The means which others use for display, they give to the cause, practicing self-denial as did Christ.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 102)
“If they would be content with lower wages, their spiritual danger would be far less.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 103)
“God calls for a reformation among Seventh-day Adventists. He calls upon His people to prepare themselves to do the highest service. He calls upon them to humble their proud hearts at His altar, confessing their sins, banishing human ideas from their plans. Christ’s standard of perfection adjusts the matter of every man’s salvation. He says, ‘I have manifested Thy name unto the men which Thou gavest Me out of the world.’ [John 17:6.] ‘If ye love Me, keep My commandments.’ [John 14:15.] We are not to keep only those commandments which do not interfere with human inclination, thinking this is our whole duty. God requires full and willing obedience. The day of final reward will be a day of great astonishment to those who have done well in serving themselves, making everything convenient for self, placing their own value upon the work they perform and requiring the highest wages, but failing to keep the commandments of God.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 104)
“Some would think that they were not paid sufficient for their work and would appropriate money or goods to supply this fancied deficiency. This would bring in untold evil. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 105)
“For this reason the Lord directed Peter to deal as he did with the first departure from truthful dealing.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 106)
“As with Ananias and Sapphira, so it was with Judas. His covetousness led him to steal from the Lord’s treasury. He carried the bag containing the gifts made by Christ’s followers to sustain the work, and he appropriated sums of money which he never allowed to appear on the account. He reasoned that his labors were not sufficiently appreciated, and therefore that it was right for him to pay himself in accordance with his own ideas. This principle acted upon perverted his conscience.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 107)
“This can be done and should be done. (Speaking of reducing expenses so as to make schools self-sustaining.) The Lord is not pleased with the kind of management that has been revealed in the past, for it shows a lack of judgment. Let teachers take less wages, and let students’ fees be raised. Let the strictest economy be practiced in the provisions made for the table.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 108)
“One man will think that he should be greatly favored, because he is doing a line of work which among unbelievers would command large wages. Becoming dissatisfied, he will sell himself to the highest bidder. For the safety of the principles which should control all who labor in our institutions, the Lord bids me say to all who carry responsibilities, Disconnect from all such without delay; for this is the evil leaven of selfishness and covetousness. They are measuring themselves by themselves, and comparing themselves among themselves. The worst thing you can do for them is to seek to retain them, even though they be editors or managers. God is not with such a man, and you cannot with any safety hold on to him. An atmosphere of unbelief surrounds his soul. The comparisons he has made have led him to double-dealing. He says to himself, If such a one receives such a sum, I should receive just as much. He becomes wise above what is written in the law and appropriates means for his own use. Thus he robs the treasury. God looks upon this as He looked upon the sin of Achan. He sees that such men cannot give the right mold to the work. They cannot supply the necessities of those who are laboring in hard fields, who have to give part of their wages to the needs of these fields. God sees every such case, and He will pass judgment on those who thus measure themselves, selfishly taking care that they receive all they think they should have.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 109)
“But many in God’s service are harsh and discourteous. Their spirits are loveless; for they are eaten up by selfishness and covetousness. They think they have a right to make their own terms regarding the value of their labor, and they become oppressive. By taking from the treasury money which should go to supply the needs of their brethren in God’s service, they rob God. If, after testing them, God sees that they will not repent, He removes them and gives their places to men who were looked upon as not being qualified for any such responsibility. If those who are thus raised up by the Lord remain true and loyal, the Lord will work through them in a remarkable manner.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 110)
*****
Ms 16, 1902
The Payment of Workers
The Lord will greatly bless those who are so intensely interested in the advancement of His cause that they are willing to go into unpromising, unworked places to labor for the salvation of souls. No one can do the work Brother Shireman has done without meeting and overcoming many difficulties. He has entered needy, unpromising places and has done a noble work to advance the truth. His efforts have been in accordance with the will of the Lord. And God has honored his faith by giving him success. At the beginning his work was small, but the Lord was with him as he advanced, working, praying, believing, receiving, and imparting. The efforts of those who united with Brother Shireman and his wife were a great encouragement to them. The blessing of the Lord has attended these efforts. The workers have made friends, and souls have been converted. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 111)
The Lord does not measure the value of service as man measures it. Man’s spiritual eyesight has been dimmed, so that a true estimate has not been placed on the efforts that have been made for the Lord. Men’s work has been estimated by the number of sermons preached, and this has decided in regard to the remuneration they have received. To treat Brother Shireman in this way would be discouraging to him and to those who might engage in similar work. Brother Shireman has been in continuous service, though this may not appear on the reports he has sent in to the Conference. His remuneration should not be measured by the number of sermons he has preached. He should receive pay for the time spent in erecting buildings to be used in the Lord’s work. All who are spiritually wide-awake know that when Brother Shireman was erecting his school, he was as surely doing the work of the Lord as any minister. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 112)
The laborer is worthy of his hire. Brother Shireman has shown what can be done in places apparently the most unpromising. He is a man that does not shrink responsibilities. He realizes the value of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 113)
Let those who have to do with the payment of the workers compare the results of Brother Shireman’s work with the results of the work of some ministers who have received full wages. The wages paid should be in accordance with the work done. Many receive wages to which they have no right unless they press into new fields and plant the standard of truth in new territory. There are those paid for full time who do not enter into aggressive warfare. They do not present the truth to those who have never heard it. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 114)
There are workers who are so conscientious that their interests must be guarded by their brethren, else they will cheat themselves. They will do without things that they really need. These faithful, unselfish workers are to be looked after by their fellow workers, else injustice will be done to them. Into all business transactions we are to bring the love and benevolence so plainly pointed out in the Word of God. The Lord requires us to deal with justice and mercy. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 115)
There is a great work to be done, and those who have a burden for souls will be found in new places, hunting and fishing for men. If these workers are encouraged, the Lord’s cause will advance in every line. Many more should work as Brother Shireman has been working. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 116)
What does it mean to be a minister? Does it mean merely to give discourses from the desk? No; no. Sermonizing is not the highest service. To work in the spirit of the gospel does not mean merely to preach the gospel; it means to live the gospel. God asks, What does the worker do for the good of those for whom he labors? Under his efforts do they increase in spirituality? God sends men forth to labor, not merely to preach, but to minister, to hunt for the lost sheep, to devise ways of bringing sinners back to Christ. As the result of unselfish, diligent labor, lost and perishing souls will be saved. When ministers show that they are true shepherds, when they watch for souls as they that must give an account, the word of the Lord will be with power, and His name will be glorified. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 117)
God measures men by the law which is a transcript of His character. This law points out His justice and benevolence, the attributes which are to be sacredly cherished by those in His service. In the great day of God this law will try every soul. Many now low in man’s estimation will then be seen to stand high in the estimation of God. Then those who have worked with integrity and diligence will be justly rewarded. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 118)
In this life those who work for God are to receive remuneration for their labor; and those who decide what each worker shall receive are to be very careful to meet the mind of God in their decisions. Scrupulous care should be taken in settling the accounts of the laborers. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 119)
Satan works in every way to pervert the principles of those who are laboring in God’s cause. He comes to them as he came to Adam and Eve, presenting falsehood as truth. He sends messages purporting to be from the Lord. He knows that he can greatly hinder the Lord’s work if he can lead the people to look to a man in responsible position as an example. Let God’s people remember that men in positions of trust are only human. Position does not make the man. Those upon whom the Lord has bestowed honor by entrusting them with responsibilities in connection with His work are never to give place to self-exaltation. They are to lose sight of self, looking ever to Christ. They are to be tender, true, and faithful, watching for souls as they that must give an account. The truth is honored by those who represent it in the beauty of holiness. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 120)
Let the one to whom God gives success in his work keep on the garments of humility and contrition, if he desires to remain of value in the sight of heaven. Whether he be a successful evangelist, a gifted teacher, a clear writer, a man of faith, or a man of prayer, let him never place human merit where God should be. Only those who are cleansed from all self-exaltation can become complete in Christ. While the workers keep their eyes fixed on Christ, they are safe. When they lose sight of Him, they are in the greatest danger. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 121)
*****
God’s people are to learn the meaning of temperance in all things. They are to practice temperance in eating and drinking and dressing. All self-indulgence is to be cut away from their lives. Before they can really understand the meaning of true sanctification and of conformity to the will of Christ, they must, by co-operating with God, obtain the mastery over wrong habits and practices. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 122)
*****
“Behold, I will send My messenger, and he shall prepare the way before Me; and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to His temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in; behold, He shall come, saith the Lord of hosts. But who may abide the day of His coming; and who shall stand when He appeareth; for He is like a refiner’s fire, and like fuller’s soap? And He shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver, and He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness. Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant unto the Lord as in the days of old, and as in former years. And I will come near you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers, and against the adulterer, and against the false swearer, and against those that oppress the hireling in his wages, the widow, and the fatherless, and that turn aside the stranger from his right, and fear not me, saith the Lord of hosts. For I am the Lord, I change not; therefore ye sons of Jacob are not consumed.” [Malachi 3:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 123)
“Your words have been stout against Me, saith the Lord. Yet ye say, What have we spoken so much against Thee? Ye have said, It is vain to serve God; and what profit is it that we have kept His ordinance, and that we have walked mournfully before the Lord of hosts? And now we call the proud happy; yea, they that work wickedness are set up; yea, they that tempt God are even delivered.” [Verses 13-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 124)
Worldly policy and worldly dealing have been brought into the church. There has been an unholy trafficking in sacred things. This the Lord hates. Selfishness and covetousness have led men to make merchandise of souls bought with the precious blood of Christ. By the adoption of worldly principles, the church has sold herself to the world. Ungodliness has triumphed. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 125)
Our work is to present to the world the high and holy principles that all must cherish who are accepted as God’s subjects. The church is not to be converted to worldly policy. It is to hold up before the world the uplifting, sanctifying principles of the truth of God. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 126)
Our work is to fulfil the commission that Christ gave to His disciples just before His ascension: “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] “So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Mark 16:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 127)
The proclamation of the third angel’s message is our work. We are to present the truth in regard to the Sabbath of the Lord. God’s sanctified memorial has been torn down, and in its place a false Sabbath, bearing no sanctity, stands before the world. Satan has led men to declare that this is the true Sabbath, and in the belief of this delusion millions are passing into eternity. And the people to whom God has given His great truth are burying their talents in the earth, hiding their light under a bushel. They are allowing the cares of this world to engross the time and attention that should be given to the Lord’s work. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 128)
Let us do all in our power to redeem our neglect. Clothing ourselves with Christlike zeal, let us warn men and women of their danger. Let us no longer delay to shine as lights in the world. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 129)
Those who gain the blessing of sanctification must first learn the meaning of self-sacrifice. Before we can possess the faith that works by love and purifies the soul, we must learn the meaning of Christlike self-denial and benevolence. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 130)
If those now entering the field as laborers feel that they may relax their efforts, that self-denial and strict economy not only of means but of time are not essential, the work will retrograde. The workers at the present time should have the same degrees of piety, energy, and perseverance that the leaders had. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 131)
The work has been extended so that it now covers a large territory, and the number of believers has increased. Still there is a great deficiency, for a larger work might have been accomplished had the same missionary spirit been manifested as in the earlier days. Without this spirit the laborer will only mar and deface the cause of God. The work is really retrograding instead of advancing as God designs it should. Our present numbers and the extent of our work are not to be compared with what they were in the beginning. We should consider what might have been done had every worker consecrated himself, in soul, body, and spirit, to God as he should have done. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 132)
There should be one hundred laborers in the field where now there is one. Much more could be done to advance the work if all would heed the lesson Christ has given in economy. After miraculously feeding the five thousand, He said, “Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost.” [John 6:12.] These words will confront every one who has lavished on self the money entrusted to him by the Lord for the blessing of humanity. He who regards his brother as beneath his notice because he is poor, and who uses the Lord’s goods to gratify his selfish desires, is robbing God and ruining his own soul. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 133)
After the multitude had been fed, there was an abundance of food left. And He who had all the resources of infinite power at His command, whose power is limitless, whose bounty cannot be measured, gave thought to the broken fragments, the remains of the feast. “Gather up the fragments that remain,” He said, “that nothing be lost.” [Verse 12.] The fragments were as great an evidence of His power as was the food that had satisfied the hunger of the multitude. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 134)
The lesson taught in this command is to guide us in our labor. Economy is to be brought into all lines of God’s work. We should neglect nothing that will tend to benefit a human being. Let everything be gathered up that will relieve the necessity of earth’s hungry ones. And there should be the same carefulness in spiritual things. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 135)
The Lord has put into the hands of men an abundance of means for the carrying forward of His work. His gifts are to be used wisely. There is to be no extravagance. Nothing is to be wasted. How can anyone spend the Lord’s money wastefully when thousands of his fellow beings are dying from hunger? (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 136)
The gospel is to be proclaimed to all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples. It is the power of God only to those who receive Christ as a personal Saviour. Men and women are to be encouraged to consecrate themselves to the Lord’s work, to use their gifts for the upbuilding of His kingdom. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 137)
The money that is worse than thrown away would carry the Word of God to all parts of the world. Those who gather to themselves all the money they can obtain are robbing God of the means which He designs should be used in establishing sanitariums, schools, orphan asylums, and homes for the aged and dependent. What a terrible account they will have to settle with God. He gave them their money to use in feeding the hungry and clothing the naked, in helping the widow and the fatherless. O that the rich men of our world would see the good they might do with their wealth if they would devote it to the uplifting of their fellow beings! (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 138)
“Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal; for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” [Matthew 6:19-21.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 139)
*****
The Lord has an advance work for His people to do. Read the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. The entire chapter contains important lessons, which God requires us to study and practice. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 140)
*****
Auditing
Those who write, as well as talk, the truth have double labor. The eight-hour system finds no place in the program of the minister of God. He must watch his chance to minister; he must be ready to entertain visitors. He must keep up life and energy of character; for he cannot exert a pleasing, saving influence if he is languid. If he occupies responsible positions, he must be prepared to attend board and council meetings, spending hours of wearisome brain- and nerve-taxing labor, while others are asleep, in devising and planning with his co-laborers. Who among God’s workers counts his hours of labor as do mechanics? Yet this kind of labor taxes the mind and draws upon every fiber of the being in such a way as the common laborer cannot appreciate. “When do you find opportunity to throw off care and responsibility?” I am asked; and I answer, “At no period of time can I lay down the burden.” (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 141)
Will my brethren consider these things which the Lord has brought before my mind in a most impressive manner? Will those who have carried the burden of such work, and who suppose that the chosen and faithful ministers of God have an easy time, bear in mind that the sentinels of God are on duty constantly? Their labor is not measured by hours. When their accounts are audited, if selfish men shall, with voice or stroke of pen, limit the worker in his wages, they discourage and depress him. Every minister must have a salvage to work upon, that he may have something with which to lead out in good enterprises, building churches and advancing the cause of God in every line, pushing the work with zeal, and laying up in store for himself a good foundation, against the time to come, that he may lay hold on eternal life. “For I the Lord love judgment, I hate robbery for burnt offering.” [Isaiah 61:8.] And He tells us, “Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn.” [1 Corinthians 9:9.] This is a figure of those who work under the eye of God to advance His cause in lifting the minds of men from the contemplation of earthly things to heaven. These God loves, and He would have men respect their rights. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 142)
Organization is a good thing, but I have the word of the Lord plain and decisive, that all who see the necessity of organization must themselves become an example by being organized, and carrying out to the letter the principles of organization in their life practice. It means a great deal to be missionaries in heart and voice and action. Organization, carried out in the life as God means it shall be, brings to every soul who is engaged in the work of God a submission to the divine will of God. It leads them to give themselves to God, to be worked by His Holy Spirit. Any one who supposes that it does not mean this is no longer to stand in responsible positions, having voice to control in the great closing work for these last days.—Taken from manuscript on auditing, written at Avondale, Cooranbong, N.S.W., January 12, 1896. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 143)
Proper Remuneration for Ministers
The light which the Lord has given me on this subject is that the means in the treasury for the support of the ministers in the different fields is not to be used for any other purpose. If an honest tithe were paid, and the money coming into the treasury were carefully guarded, the ministers would receive a just wage. The Auditing Committee has often been composed of men who were farmers. These could dress in course clothing appropriate for the work they were doing. They raised all they needed as a family to subsist upon, and they knew not what the outlay of a minister must necessarily be when he goes into a new field to labor for perishing souls. The outlook is often hard and discouraging. Some fields, when the work is first opened up, are encouraging; but there are other fields which are not so. Both must receive the truth. The minister must labor and pray. He must visit the different families. Frequently he finds the people so poor that they have little to eat and no room in which to sleep. Often means have to be given to the very needy to supply their hunger and cover their nakedness. Then what injustice to have a company of men as Auditing Committee who, by a dash of the pen, will disappoint a distressed minister who is in need of every cent that he has been led to expect. There would be just as much fairness in having a committee decide whether the men employed in our institutions should have their stipulated wages or should have them curtailed as the human agent, who will himself be in nowise affected by the strait places they may pass through, shall decide.—Special Testimonies, Series A 10:18, 19; March 14, 1897. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 144)
Business Meetings
Those who made and executed the plans appropriating God’s intrusted money in large wages for themselves were not profited thereby in a single instance, although they may imagine that they were. In accepting this money they revealed that they could not be trusted to handle the Lord’s goods. This action will stand against them, revealing that they were actuated by principles that God has not given us any liberty to adopt in His work. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 145)
Those who change God’s order of things in order to follow the counsel of selfish men will be prompted to cut down the wages of men whose work is, in the sight of God, of such a character that through Him their influence is bringing means into the treasury to sustain His cause. All this departure from the light that God has given is turning the back to God, and not the face. This action before the universe of heaven and before men reveals the character and disposition of the men who are handling sacred things. And under the inspiration of the same selfish spirit, these very men, if they see a chance, will cut down the wages of the laborers in the vineyard of the Lord without their consent and without understanding their situation. In many cases this action brings families into straight places, and those who have the power in their hands know little what may be the consequences of deducting from the wages of the laborers. It is just as much the right of the ones employed in this cause to have a voice in such transactions as it is of men employed in various branches of trade. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 146)
God’s cause can afford to be fair and true, it can afford to deal on right principles. When any such work as cutting down wages is contemplated, let a circular be published setting forth the true situation, and then ask those employed by the Conference if, under the pressure of lack of means, they could do with less means of support. All the arrangements with those in God’s service should be conducted as a sacred transaction between man and his fellow man. Men have no right to handle things as coolly and indifferently as they have done, treating the workers, together with God, as though they were inanimate objects to be handled about, without any voice or expression of their own. I have been shown that men have sat on the auditing committees who have not had discrimination or judgment. Farmers who have no real understanding of the situation of the workers have again and again brought real oppression and want into families. Their management has given occasion for the enemy to tempt and discourage the workers, and in some cases has driven them from the field. It is not justice nor righteousness to deal in so cool a manner with this phase of the work. God is not glorified by any such arrangements. The inward foundation of life needs cleansing, and the human will needs to be under the sanctification of the Spirit of God.—Unpublished manuscript. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 147)
The Laborer is Worthy of His Hire
Some matters have been presented to me in regard to the laborers who are seeking to do all in their power to win souls to Jesus Christ. The ministers are paid for their work, and this is well. And if the Lord gives the wife as well as the husband the burden of labor, and if she devotes her time and her strength to visiting from family to family, opening the Scriptures to them, although the hands of ordination have not been laid upon her, she is accomplishing a work that is in the line of ministry. Should her labors be counted as nought and her husband’s salary be no more than that of the servant of God whose wife does not give herself to the work, but remains at home to care for her family? (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 148)
While I was in America, I was given light upon this subject. I was instructed that there are matters that need to be considered. Injustice had been done to women who labor just as devotedly as their husbands and who are recognized by God as being as necessary to the work of ministry as their husbands. The method of paying men-laborers and not their wives is a plan not after the Lord’s order. Injustice is thus done. A mistake is made. The Lord does not favor this plan. This arrangement, if carried out in our Conferences, is liable to discourage our sisters from qualifying themselves for the work they should engage in. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 149)
A mistake is made when the burden of the work is left entirely upon the ministers. This plan was certainly arranged without the mind of God. Some women are now teaching young women how to work successfully as visitors and Bible readers. Women who work in the cause of God should be given wages proportionate to the time they give to the work. God is a God of justice, and if the ministers receive a salary for their work, their wives, who devote themselves just as interestedly to the work as laborers together with God, should be paid in addition to the wages their husbands receive, notwithstanding that they may not ask this. As the devoted minister and his wife engage in the work, they should be paid proportionate to the wages of two distinct workers, that they may have means to use as they shall see fit in the cause of God. The Lord has put His Spirit upon them both. If the husband should die and leave his wife, she is fitted to continue her work in the cause of God and receive wages for the labor she performs.—Ms 43a, 1898; M. H., March 22, 1898. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 150)
Auditing
Many of the auditing committees have not been men wise concerning the things which they were handling. Wrong decisions have been made. Those who were counted worthy to hold forth the Word of life and minister to souls ready to perish deserve different treatment from that which they have received. The auditing committee has not always tried, with most humble prayer for guidance, to act in every case toward the servants of Jesus Christ as they would to the person of Christ, or as they themselves would wish to be treated. But, said Christ, “Inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not to Me.” [Matthew 25:45.] (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 151)
It is a very serious matter that men, by the word of their own mouth, and some in a hardened, sang-froid manner have decided what means shall go to the workers in the field. If a worker has been unfortunate enough to make a mistake or to incur the displeasure of the men sitting in judgment upon these matters, words are spoken in disparagement that do not give the one accused a fair chance to explain himself. Hasty decisions are made, and the discouragement brought to the mind by these things is not small. But as the workers are scattered, and no one goes to their homes to inquire in regard to these matters, the brethren are entirely ignorant as to the result of their decisions. Some few, who have had the courage to protest, have been treated in a discourteous, arbitrary, and overbearing manner. It cannot be said of the men who have acted thus, as the unholy scribe said of Jesus, “Master, we know that thou art true, and teachest the way of God in truth, neither carest thou for any man: for thou regardest not the person of men.” [Matthew 22:16.]—Taken from Manuscript on Auditing, written at Avondale, Cooranbong, N.S.W., January 12, 1896. (18LtMs, Ms 142, 1903, 152)
Ms 143, 1903
Unity
NP
1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 358.
The light given me is that we are to learn to answer the prayer recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. We are to make it our first study. Every gospel minister, every medical missionary, is to learn the science of Christ’s prayer. My brethren and sisters, I ask you to heed these words and to bring to your study a calm, humble, contrite spirit and the healthy energies of a mind under the control of God. Those who learn the lessons contained in this prayer will not make one-sided developments, which no future training will ever correct. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 1)
The Lord calls for men of genuine faith and sound minds—men who recognize the distinction between the true and the false. Last night, I heard important instruction given by One of authority. He said that each one must now be on guard, studying and practicing the lessons given in the seventeenth chapter of John and preserving a living faith in the truth for this time. We need now to search for the truth as for hid treasures. We need that self-control that will enable us to bring our habits into harmony with the prayer of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 2)
God designs His children shall blend in unity. Do they not expect to live together in the same heaven? Is Christ divided against Himself? Will He give His people success before all the rubbish of evil-surmising and discord is swept away, before the laborers, with unity of purpose, devote heart and mind and strength to the work so holy in God’s sight? (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 3)
Union brings strength; disunion, weakness. United with one another, working together in harmony for the salvation of men, we shall indeed be “laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Those who refuse to work in harmony greatly dishonor God. The enemy of their souls delights to see them working at cross purposes with one another. Such ones need to cultivate brotherly love and tenderness of heart. If they could draw aside the curtain veiling the future, and see the result of their disunion, they would surely be led to repent. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 4)
The world is looking with gratification at the disunion among Christians. Infidelity is well pleased. God calls for a change among His people. Union with Christ and with one another is our only safety in these last days. Let us not make it possible for Satan to point to our church members, saying, “Behold how these people, standing under the banner of Christ, hate one another. We have nothing to fear from them while they spend more strength in fighting one another than in warfare with my forces.” (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 5)
After the descent of the Holy Spirit, the disciples went forth to proclaim a risen Saviour, their one desire the salvation of souls. They rejoiced in the sweetness of communion with saints. They were tender, thoughtful, self-denying, willing to make any sacrifice for the truth’s sake. In their daily association with one another they revealed the love that Christ had commanded them to reveal. By unselfish words and deeds they strove to kindle this love in other hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 6)
The unbelievers were ever to cherish the love that filled the hearts of the apostles after the descent of the Holy Spirit. They were to go forward in willing obedience to the new commandment, “As I have loved you, that ye also love one another.” [John 13:34.] So closely were they to be united to Christ that they would be enabled to fulfil His requirements. The power of a Saviour who could justify them by His righteousness was to be magnified. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 7)
But the early Christians began to look for defects in one another. Dwelling upon mistakes, encouraging suspicion and doubt, giving way to unkind criticism, they lost sight of the Saviour and of the great love He had revealed for sinners. They became more strict in regard to outward ceremonies, more particular about the theory of the faith, more severe in their criticisms. In their zeal to condemn others, they themselves erred. They forgot the lesson of brotherly love that Christ had taught. And, saddest of all, they were unconscious of their loss. They did not realize that happiness and joy were going out of their lives, and that soon they would walk in darkness, having shut the love of God out of their hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 8)
The apostle John realized that brotherly love was waning in the church, and he dwelt particularly upon this point. Up to the day of his death, he urged upon believers the constant exercise of love for one another. His letters to the churches were interwoven with this thought. “Beloved, let us love one another,” he wrote; “for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God.... God sent His only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through Him.... Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another.” [1 John 4:7, 9, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 9)
In the church of God today brotherly love is greatly lacking. Many of those who profess to love the Saviour neglect to love those who are united with them in Christian fellowship. We are of the same faith, members of one family, all children of the same heavenly Father, with the same blessed hope of immortality. How close and tender should be the tie that binds us together. The people of the world are looking at us to see if our faith is exerting a sanctifying influence upon our hearts, making us Christlike. They are ready to discover every defect in our lives, every inconsistency in our actions. Let us give them no occasion to reproach our faith. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 10)
It is not the opposition of the world that endangers us the most; the evil cherished in the hearts of professed Christians works our most grievous disaster and retards most the progress of God’s cause. There is no surer way of weakening ourselves in spiritual things than by being envious, suspicious of one another, full of fault-finding and evil-surmising. “This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown of peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:15-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 11)
Harmony and unity existing among men of varied dispositions is the strongest witness that can be borne that God has sent His Son into the world to save sinners. It is our privilege to bear this witness. But in order to do this, we must place ourselves under Christ’s command. Our characters must be moulded in harmony with Christ’s character; our wills must be surrendered to His will. Then we shall sit together without a thought of collision. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 12)
Little differences, dwelt upon, lead to actions that destroy Christian fellowship. Let us not allow the enemy thus to gain the advantage over us. Let us keep drawing nearer to God and to one another. Then we shall be as trees of righteousness, planted by the Lord and watered with the river of life. And how fruitful we shall be. Did not Christ say, Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit? [John 15:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 13)
The heart of the Saviour is set upon His followers’ fulfilling God’s purpose in all its height and depth. They are to be one in Him, even though they are scattered the world over. But God cannot make them one with Christ and with one another unless they are willing to give up their own way for His way. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 14)
When Christ’s prayer is fully believed, when its instruction is brought into the daily lives of God’s people, unity of action will be seen in our ranks. Brother will be bound to brother by the golden threads of the love of Christ. The Spirit of Christ alone can bring about this oneness. He who sanctified Himself can sanctify His disciples. United with Him, they will be united to one another in the most holy faith. When we strive for this unity, as God desires us to strive for it, it will come to us. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 15)
Nov. 18, 1903
I thank the Lord for the instruction that I have received from His Spirit during the past night. The subject dwelt upon seemed to be the same as was dwelt upon the night before. Some advancement was made. Searching questions were put to individuals, and free, open confessions were made. The words “Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth” [John 17:17] were repeated over and over again. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 16)
Some in the meeting were evidently finding their way to the light. Thanksgiving was offered to God for food, for raiment, for life. Men praised Him for not cutting them off in their unbelief. With brokenness of heart they expressed their gratitude to Him for the marked evidences that day by day they had received of His lovingkindness. (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 17)
One said, “How undeserving I have been of God’s mercy! I condemn myself for failing to acknowledge His kindness, for offering Him so little praise. My heart is all aglow as I think of His love for me. I am more than thankful for His mercy.” (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 18)
Another bore testimony that his understanding seemed to be thoroughly awakened. “I can now see,” he said, “my failure to move constantly onward and upward; my failure to appreciate my brethren; my unbelief. I have not been sanctified through the truth. I have refused to harmonize with those who did not accept my views. Spiritual blindness has prevented me from seeing Christ. I could not learn of Him, because Satan was constantly by my side, tempting me. But the Lord has opened my eyes. He has changed my heart. He has subdued my evil temper. I love Jesus and long to be conformed to His image. To be like Him is the great desire of my heart. I see that I am in absolute need of reconversion, that I may know, in some degree, the height and depth and breadth of the love of Christ. The Lord has indeed dealt very bountifully with me, and I praise His holy name.” (18LtMs, Ms 143, 1903, 19)
Ms 144, 1903
Leadership
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
November 17, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 8T 236-238; 1BC 1117-1118.
In the daily papers of various cities there have appeared articles which represent that there is strife between Dr. Kellogg and Mrs. Ellen G. White as to which of them shall be leader of the Seventh-day Adventist people. As I read these articles, I felt distressed beyond measure that any one should so misunderstand my work and the work of Dr. Kellogg as to publish such misrepresentations. There has been no controversy between Dr. Kellogg and myself as to the question of leadership. No one has ever heard me claim the position of leader of the denomination. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 1)
I have a work of great responsibility to do—to impart by pen and voice the precious instruction given me, not alone to Seventh-day Adventists, but to the world. I have published many books, large and small, and some of these have been translated into several languages. This is my work—to open the Scriptures to others as God has opened them to me. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 2)
God has not set any kingly power in our church to control the whole body or to control any branch of the work. He has not provided that the burden of leadership shall rest upon a few men. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 3)
Every conference, every institution, every church, and every individual has a voice in the election of the men who bear the chief responsibilities in our General Conference, and responsibilities are distributed among a large number of competent men. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 4)
In the early days of our denominational work, the Lord did designate Elder James White as one who, in connection with his wife, and under the Lord’s special guidance, was to take a leading part in the advancement of this work. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 5)
The history of how the work grew is well known. The printing plant was first established at Rochester, N.Y., and was afterward moved to Battle Creek. And in after years a publishing house was established on the Pacific Coast. I thank the Lord that He gave us the privilege of acting a part in the work from the beginning. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 6)
But neither then nor since the work has grown to large proportions, during which time responsibilities have been widely distributed, has any one heard me claiming the leadership of this people. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 7)
From the year 1846 until the present time, I have received messages from the Lord and have communicated them to His people. This is my work—to give to the people the light that God gives me. I am commissioned to receive and communicate His messages. I am not to appear before the people as holding any other position than that of a messenger with a message. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 8)
For many years Dr. J. H. Kellogg has occupied the position of leading physician in the medical work carried on by Seventh-day Adventists. It would be impossible for him to act as leader of the general work. This has never been his part, and it never can be his part. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 9)
I write this that all may know that there is no controversy among Seventh-day Adventists over the question of leadership. The Lord God of heaven is our Leader. He is a leader whom we can safely follow; for He never makes a mistake. Let us honor God and His Son Jesus Christ, through whom He communicates with the world. It was Christ who gave to Moses the instruction that He gave to the children of Israel. It was Christ who delivered the Israelites from Egyptian bondage. Moses and Aaron were the visible leaders of the people. To Moses instruction was given by their invisible Leader, to be repeated to them. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 10)
Had Israel obeyed the directions given them by Moses, not one of those who started on the journey from Egypt would in the wilderness have fallen a prey to disease or death. They were under a safe guide. Christ had pledged Himself to lead them safely to the promised land if they would follow His guidance. This vast multitude, numbering more than a million people, was under His direct rule. They were His family. In every one of them He was interested. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 11)
Of himself, Moses could not have guided this people. But he was strengthened by the knowledge that God was their Leader, and that he was acting under Him. The people were given evidence that Moses did indeed talk with God, receiving from Him the instruction given them. When they kept this evidence in mind, the Lord preserved them from all harm. But when unbelief came in, and the people grew rebellious, and murmured against Moses and Aaron for bringing them out of Egypt, punishment came upon them. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 12)
In wonderful ways the Lord wrought to deliver His people from bondage and to lead them into the promised land. But instead of being filled with thankfulness, they sought to exalt themselves. The work of their divine Leader in their behalf was not appreciated. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 13)
The Lord would work mightily for His people today if they would place themselves wholly under His guidance. They greatly need the constant abiding of the Holy Spirit. They need to devote more of their time to prayer. If there were more prayer in the councils of those bearing large responsibility, more humbling of their hearts before God, we should see abundant evidence of divine leadership and greater advancement in our work. (18LtMs, Ms 144, 1903, 14)
Ms 145, 1903
Beware of Fanciful Doctrines
NP
December 2, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in RH 01/21/1904.
I have been instructed to say that it is not new and fanciful doctrines which the people of God need. They do not need suppositions, which cannot be sustained by the Word of God. They need the testimony of men who know the truth, men who understand and obey the charge given to Timothy: “Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine. For the time will come that they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth; and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.” [2 Timothy 4:2-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 1)
In some instances men have been turned away from the truth to listen to fables. Efforts have been made to set right those thus deceived; but some had drunk so deeply from the polluted fountain, and had become so impregnated with false impressions, that it was impossible to undeceive them. They had come to believe that it is more profitable to eat of the food offered in the strange doctrines presented than to eat of the food contained in the Word of God. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 2)
Brethren, look well to the character of your religion. Do not forget that Christ is to be your pattern in all things. You may be sure that His religion is not a sensational religion. A religion of this kind I learned to dread in my very earliest experience in the cause of present truth. I was at that time, before I was seventeen years old, bidden to warn those who were cherishing fanciful ideas and who declared that their strange movements were inspired of God. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 3)
In New Hampshire there were those who were active in disseminating false ideas in regard to God. Light was given me that these men were making the truth of no effect by their ideas, some of which led to freelovism. I was shown that these men were seducing souls by presenting speculative theories regarding God. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 4)
I went to the place where they were working and opened before them what they were doing. The Lord gave me strength to lay plainly before them the danger of their course. Among other views, they held that those once sanctified could not sin, and this they were presenting as gospel food. Their false theories, with their burden of deceptive influence, were working great harm to themselves and to others. They were gaining a spiritualistic power over those who could not see the evil of these beautifully clothed theories. Great evils had already resulted. The doctrine that all were holy had led to the belief that the affections of the sanctified were never in danger of leading astray. The result of this belief was the fulfilment of the evil desires of hearts which, though professedly sanctified, were far from purity of thought and practice. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 5)
This is only one of the instances in which I was called upon to rebuke those who were presenting the doctrine of an impersonal God, diffused through nature, and the doctrine of holy flesh. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 6)
In the future, truth will be counterfeited by the precepts of men. Deceptive theories will be presented as safe doctrines. False science is one of the agencies that Satan used in the heavenly courts, and it is used by him today. The false assertions that he made to the angels, his subtle scientific theories, led many of them from their loyalty. And having lost their place in heaven, they prepared temptations for our first parents. Adam and Eve yielded to the enemy, and by their disobedience humanity was estranged from God, and the earth was separated from heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 7)
Christ pledged Himself to bridge the gulf that sin had made. Thus He became the Way, the Truth, and the Life. He shows us the path that leads to heaven and promises to impart His efficiency to every one who believes on Him. He came to our world to reveal not a mixture of truth and error, but the pure truth of God. All error is misleading, even though clothed with garments of heavenly beauty. The character and power of God are revealed by the works of His hands. In the natural world are to be seen evidences of the love and goodness of God. These tokens are given to call attention from nature to nature’s God, that His “eternal power and Godhead” may be understood. [Romans 1:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 8)
Pantheistic theories are not sustained by the Word of God. The light of His truth shows that these theories are soul-destroying agencies. Darkness is their element, sensuality their sphere. They gratify the natural heart and give leeway to inclination. Separation from God is the result of accepting them. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 9)
Christ calls upon His people to believe and practice His Word. Those who receive and assimilate this Word, making it a part of every action, of every attribute of character, will grow strong in the strength of God. It will be seen that their faith is of heavenly origin. Before angels and before men, they will stand as those who have strong, consistent Christian characters. They will not wander into strange paths. Their minds will not turn to a religion of sentimentalism and excitement. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 10)
I beseech those who are laboring for God not to accept the spurious for the genuine. We have a whole Bible full of the most precious truth. We have no need for supposition or false excitement. In the golden censer of truth as presented in Christ’s teachings, we have that which will convict and convert souls. Present in the simplicity of Christ the truths that He came to this world to proclaim, and the power of your message will make itself felt. Do not present theories or tests that have no foundation in the Bible. We have grand, solemn tests to present. “It is written” is the test that must be brought home to every one. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 11)
Walk firmly, decidedly, your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace. God has not laid upon any one the burden of encouraging an appetite for strange, odd doctrines and theories. My brethren, keep these things out of your teaching. Do not allow them to enter into your experience. Do not let your lifework be marred by them. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 12)
The minds of the Jewish teachers were filled with maxims and suppositions. They interpreted the Word to mean that which God never designed it to mean, enforcing their oddities on the common people. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 13)
A warning against such teaching is found in Paul’s letter to the Colossians. The apostle declares that the hearts of the believers were to be “knit together in love; and unto all riches of the full assurance of understanding, to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God, and of the Father, and of Christ, in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge.” “And this I say,” he continues, “lest any man should beguile you with enticing words.... As ye have therefore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk ye in Him, rooted and built up in Him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanksgiving. Beware lest any man spoil you through philosophy and vain deceit, after the tradition of men, after the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. For in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily. And ye are complete in Him, which is the head of all principality and power.” [Colossians 2:2-4, 6-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 14)
I am instructed to say to our people, Let us follow Christ. We may safely discard all ideas that are not included in His teaching. I appeal to our ministers to be sure that their feet are placed on the platform of eternal truth. Beware how you follow impulse, calling it the Holy Spirit. Some are in danger in this respect. I call upon them to be sound in the faith, able to give every one who asks a reason of the hope that is in them. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 15)
Into the hearts of many who have been long in the truth there has entered a hard, judicial spirit. They are sharp, critical, fault-finding. They have climbed into the judgment seat to pronounce sentence on those who do not meet their ideas. God calls upon them to come down and bow before Him in repentance, confessing their sins. He says to them, “I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works, or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Revelation 2:4, 5.] They are striving for the first place, and by their words and acts they make many hearts sore. (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 16)
Against this spirit, and against the false religion of sentimentalism, which is equally dangerous, I bear my warning. Take heed, brethren and sisters. Who is your leader?—Christ, or the angel who fell from heaven? Are you sound in the faith? My prayer for you all is that God would grant you “according to the riches of His glory, to be strengthened with might by His Spirit in the inner man; that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, may be able to comprehend with all saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God.” [Ephesians 3:16-19.] (18LtMs, Ms 145, 1903, 17)
Ms 146, 1903
Abiding in Christ
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
December 20, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in WM 272; 1NL 40-41.
We need to understand the words of Christ found in the fifteenth chapter of John. “I am the true Vine, and My Father is the Husbandman. Every branch in Me that beareth not fruit He taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, He purgeth it, that it may bring forth more fruit. Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me. I am the Vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without Me ye can do nothing. If a man abide not in Me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered, and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned.” [Verses 1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 1)
We should examine ourselves to see what kind of fruit we are bearing. If we bear good fruit, manifest in wise words and in earnest, untiring efforts to win others to Christ, we show that we are connected with the true Vine. If the fruit we bear is evil, it gives evidence that we are separated from the true Vine. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 2)
“If ye abide in Me,” Christ continues, “and My words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be My disciples. As the Father hath loved Me, so have I loved you: continue ye in My love. If ye keep My commandments, ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love.” [Verses 7-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 3)
In these words the truth is presented so simply that none need fail of understanding. Even children may comprehend this lesson. Through union with Christ we become “partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust,” and we receive His virtues. [2 Peter 1:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 4)
“These things have I spoken unto you, that My joy might remain in you, and that your joy may be full.” [John 15:11.] The Lord is not pleased to see any of His blood-bought heritage sad, and hopeless, and discouraged. Let us appropriate these words to ourselves and take fresh courage. To cherish and to obey the words of Christ brings joy, and peace, and all the other blessings of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 5)
In the sixth chapter of John Christ speaks of the union that His followers are to have with Him. “I am the living Bread which came down from heaven,” He declares; “if any man eat of this Bread, he shall live forever: and the Bread that I will give is My flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.... Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day.” [Verses 51, 53, 54.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 6)
The bond of union represented by eating Christ’s flesh and drinking His blood is the same as that represented by the figure of the vine and its branches. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 7)
Christ gave Himself for us. On Calvary’s cross He died for our sins, making it possible for fallen man to become children of God and to keep His commandments. By repenting of sin and uniting with Christ, we receive all the blessings that come through His sacrifice. Through faith in His merits and in the virtue of His atonement, we receive Him as a personal Saviour and become partakers of His nature. As we appropriate His words, we receive from them spiritual life and strength. This is union with Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 8)
Those who listened to the words recorded in the sixth chapter of John had recently witnessed the miracle that Christ performed to satisfy the hunger of the weary company that had come to hear His words. Yet this did not cause them to believe in Him as the Son of God. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 9)
“They said therefore unto Him, What sign showest Thou, then, that we may see, and believe Thee? What dost Thou work? Our fathers did eat manna in the desert; as it is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat. Then Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Moses gave you not that bread from heaven; but My Father giveth you the true bread from heaven, and giveth life unto the world. Then said they unto Him, Lord, evermore give us this bread. And Jesus said unto them, I am the Bread of life: he that cometh to Me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on Me shall never thirst. But I said unto you, that ye also have seen Me, and believe not.” [Verses 30-36.] “Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink His blood, ye have no life in you. Whoso eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. For My flesh is meat indeed, and My blood is drink indeed. He that eateth My flesh, and drinketh My blood, dwelleth in Me, and I in him.” [Verses 53-56.] Compare this statement with the words, “Abide in Me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in Me.” [John 15:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 10)
Christ Himself explains the figure He employs. “It is the Spirit that quickeneth;” He says, “the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life.” [John 6:63.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 11)
He who receives the words of Christ enters into living connection with Him spoken of in the words, he “dwelleth in Me, and I in him.” [Verse 56.] This is a vital, saving union. Only by this union can we gain eternal life, even as the branch can live only as it is connected with the parent stock. Separated from the vine, it withers, and, accounted worthless, is cast into the fire, and burned. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 12)
Obedience to the words of Christ brings spiritual life. To continue in obedience brings eternal life. By receiving Christ’s words we receive Him. “If ye keep My commandments,” He says, “ye shall abide in My love; even as I have kept My Father’s commandments, and abide in His love.” [John 15:10.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 13)
“I have many things to say unto you,” Christ declared to His disciples, “but ye cannot bear them now. Howbeit when He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth: for He shall not speak of Himself; but whatsoever He shall hear, that shall He speak: and He will show you things to come. He shall glorify Me: for He shall receive of Mine, and shall show it unto you. All things that the Father hath are Mine: therefore said I, that He shall take of Mine, and shall show it unto you.” [John 16:12-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 14)
Had the minds of the disciples at that time been prepared to comprehend the truth, Christ could have opened to them that which would have enabled them to guard against the trials and temptations so soon to come upon them. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 15)
“Hitherto have ye asked nothing in My name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy may be full. These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but the time cometh when I shall no more speak unto you in proverbs, but I will show you plainly of the Father.” [Verses 24, 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 16)
After His resurrection Christ explained to His disciples things that they had not before understood. After His ascension the disciples more fully discerned the meaning of the truths that He had spoken in proverbs. On the day of Pentecost the work of the Spirit revealed the Father and the Son. The adversaries of the truth could not gainsay the words of those whom Christ had appointed as His witnesses. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 17)
“At that day ye shall ask in My name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you: for the Father Himself loveth you, because ye have loved Me, and have believed that I came out from God.” [Verses 26, 27.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 18)
Christ and His Father are one. God is in perfect harmony with every prayer offered in the name of Christ. The Father loves those who accept Christ, even as He loves His own Son, and He will answer their prayers. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 19)
Christ has redeemed the human race. In His humanity He bore all the temptations wherewith man is beset. Not once did He swerve from His allegiance to God. He died that men might become partakers of the divine nature and be glorified with Himself in the heavenly courts. Through the eternal ages the redeemed will abide with Him, as those who have been saved from death by His blood. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 20)
The poor are God’s heritage. Christ has given His life for them. He calls upon those whom He has appointed to act as His stewards, to give liberally of the means entrusted to them to relieve the poor, and to support His work in the earth. The Lord is rich in resources. He has appointed men to act as His treasurers in this world. That which He has given them they are to use in His service. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 21)
Christ took humanity upon Himself, that He might demonstrate the efficiency of the power that He offers to His followers. He will not be satisfied until they are complete in Him. He will give them power to become the sons of God. In His true disciples His image will be reproduced. And others, beholding in them the likeness of Christ, will also become changed into His likeness and reflect His character before angels and men. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 22)
We have no time to lose. “I must work the works of Him that sent Me,” said Christ, “while it is day; the night cometh, when no man can work.” [John 9:4.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 23)
We can do nothing without the aid of our divine Helper. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 24)
“This is My commandment, that ye love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Ye are My friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knoweth not what his lord doeth: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of My Father I have made known unto you. Ye have not chosen Me, but I have chosen you, and ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should remain: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Father in My name, He may give it you. These things I command you, that ye love one another. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 25)
“If the world hate you, ye know that it hated Me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted Me, they will also persecute you: if they have kept My saying, they will keep yours also. But all these things will they do unto you for My name’s sake, because they know not Him that sent Me. If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin. He that hateth Me hateth My Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hated both Me and My Father also. But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated Me without a cause. But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of truth, which proceedeth from the Father, He shall testify of Me. And ye shall bear witness, because ye have been with me from the beginning.” [John 15:12-27.] (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 26)
Who can read these words of comfort and assurance, and refuse to believe and accept Christ? Are we always to work away from the word of Christ? Will those who profess to be His children fail to receive His words? (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 27)
Our Need to Unify
We must seek to become a united people. Every phase of our work is to bear the signature of God. Those who have not placed themselves on the Lord’s side are becoming more bold and more defiant. He calls upon His people to take their stand firmly on the platform of eternal truth. To His true and loyal subjects He has given the words of eternal life. It is for them to obey His Word and do His work, in accordance with His instructions. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 28)
God sends His Holy Spirit to kindle in the hearts of His followers a desire to open the Word to those who sit in darkness, that they may come to the light of the knowledge of God. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 29)
We are to carry forward in our world gospel medical missionary work. This work means far more than many comprehend. The one great work of medical missionaries is to be to fulfil the commission to carry the gospel of salvation to all parts of the world. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 30)
Medical missionary workers must be set apart by God Himself for His work. If they consecrate themselves to God, and are by Him sanctified, body, soul, and spirit; if they walk and work as men called to exalt Christ, they will be recognized as God’s appointed agencies. But they need to study carefully the life and character of their divine Example, that all their work may be done after the divine similitude. They need to be humble. Then the language of their hearts will be, “Who is sufficient for these things?” [2 Corinthians 2:16.] Their success depends upon co-operation with Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 31)
Who can say where Seventh-day Adventists might be standing today, had they fully carried out the instruction given in the sixth chapter of John, had they received the words which, Christ declares, are spirit and life to the receiver? I hope and pray that we may now seek to understand these words; for they mean much to every soul. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 32)
Many do not earnestly seek to understand the lessons found in God’s Word. They lay aside the Bible and allow their minds to become engrossed with the cheap reading found in books of fiction, newspapers, and magazines. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 33)
“Search the Scriptures;” said Christ, “for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] The Lord calls for workers whose motives are pure and sincere. He calls upon His people to arouse and consecrate their capabilities to Him. He will lead all who are willing to be led by Him. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 34)
Will not all now make a resolute determination to exclude from the life all unprofitable reading and to feed upon the word, which, if received, is eternal life? At this time there needs to be a close searching of the heart. To become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King, is of far greater value than treasures of gold and silver and precious stones. (18LtMs, Ms 146, 1903, 35)
Ms 147, 1903
The Narrow Way
NP
December 31, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 379; 3BC 1147.
Christ gives to all the invitation, “Follow Me.” “He that followeth Me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.” [John 8:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 1)
“Enter ye in at the strait gate, for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat; because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 2)
The path cast up for the ransomed of the Lord is far above all worldly schemes and practices. Those who walk in it are to show by their works the purity of their principles. They have a heaven to win, and by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation they are to show the genuineness of their profession. They are to work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, fearing that they shall not perfect a Christian character, yet striving to follow on in the footsteps of Christ, keeping His life and His teaching ever before them. As they do this, God works in them, to will and to do of His good pleasure. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 3)
Those who walk in the narrow way must follow the directions of the guidebook. Thus only can they reach the gates of the city of God. They are to follow the example of Christ, working as He worked. Then at last they will hear the commendation, “Well done, good and faithful servant; enter thou into the joy of thy Lord.” [Matthew 25:23.] (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 4)
Our Gifts
God has put men and women in possession of precious gifts. To different ones He has given different gifts. Not all have the same strength of character or the same depth of knowledge. But each one is to use his gifts in the Master’s service, however small this gift may seem to be. The faithful steward trades wisely on the goods entrusted to him. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 5)
The endowments of mind and body are to be carefully guarded. Our gifts are not to be weakened by self-indulgence. Every power is to be carefully preserved, that it may always be ready for instant use. No part of the physical organism is to be weakened by misuse. Each part, however small, has an influence on the whole. The abuse of one nerve or muscle lessens the usefulness of the whole body. Those for whom Christ has given His life should bring their habits and practices into conformity to His will. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 6)
“Freely ye have received; freely give.” [Matthew 10:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 7)
God’s Word declares, “The soul that sinneth, it shall die.” [Ezekiel 18:4.] But God does not desire the death of any one. At infinite cost He provided for man a second probation. He “so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Should not those to whom the light of truth for this time has come place themselves in close connection with God, using their capabilities to advance the work of soul-saving? Should not the one who possesses an understanding of the Scriptures impart the knowledge given him to those who know not the truth? (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 8)
Upon every believer in present truth rests the responsibility of working for sinners. God points them to their special work—the proclamation of the third angel’s message. They are to show their appreciation of God’s great gift by consecrating themselves to the work for which Christ gave His life. They are to be stewards of the grace of God, dispensing to others the blessings bestowed on them. He who has found comfort in the Word of God is to share this comfort with others. Thus only can he continue to receive comfort. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 9)
True Repentance for Sin
I present before you the fifty-first Psalm, a psalm filled with precious lessons. From it we may learn what course to follow if we have departed from the Lord. To the king of Israel, exalted and honored, the Lord sent a message of reproof by His prophet. David confessed his sin and humbled his heart, declaring God to be just in all His dealings. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 10)
“Have mercy upon me, O God,” he said, “according to Thy lovingkindness, according to the multitude of Thy tender mercies blot out my transgressions. Wash me throughly from mine iniquity, and cleanse me from my sin. For I acknowledge my transgressions; and my sin is ever before me. Against Thee, Thee only, have I sinned, and done this evil in Thy sight; that Thou mightest be justified when Thou speakest, and be clear when Thou judgest.... (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 11)
“Behold, Thou desiredst truth in the inward parts; and in the hidden parts Thou shalt make me to know wisdom. Purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean; wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow. Make me to hear joy and gladness; that the bones which Thou hast broken may rejoice. Hide Thy face from my sins, and blot out mine iniquities. Create in me a clean heart, O God, and renew a right spirit within me. Cast me not away from Thy presence, and take not Thy Holy Spirit from me. Restore unto me the joy of Thy salvation; and uphold me with Thy free Spirit. Then will I teach transgressors Thy ways, and sinners shall be converted unto Thee. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 12)
“Deliver me from bloodguiltiness, O God, Thou God of my salvation. O Lord, open Thou my lips; and my mouth shall show forth Thy praise. For Thou desiredst not sacrifice; else would I give it; Thou delightest not in burnt offering. The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit; a broken and a contrite heart, O God, Thou wilt not despise.” [Verses 1-4, 6-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 13)
Sin is sin, whether committed by one sitting on a throne, or by one in the humbler walks of life. The day is coming when all who have committed sin will make confession, even though it is too late for them to receive pardon. God waits long for the sinner to repent. He manifests a wonderful forbearance. But He must at last call the transgressor of His law to account. (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 14)
A man incurs guilt by injuring a fellow being, but his chief guilt is the sin that he has committed against the Lord and the evil influence of his example upon others. The sincere child of God does not make light of any of His requirements. Should he do this, he would soon make for himself laws that would not be in harmony with God’s requirements. Another, having great confidence in him, would do the same, and thus God would be greatly dishonored. Infidels look at the defective lives of professing Christians, and say, “If I believed what those men and women profess to believe, I could never do the things that they do.” (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 15)
Let us make steady advancement. Let us lay aside every weight, and the sin that so easily besets, and run with patience the race set before us. Let us hold the truth in righteousness. Then, when adversity comes, we shall be able to trust in God, knowing that we have done our best. Trust in God is one of the signs that distinguish the righteous from the wicked. God never forgets His faithful children in their suffering and affliction. With confidence they may say: (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 16)
“The Lord is my shepherd; I shall not want. He maketh me to lie down in green pastures; He leadeth me beside the still waters. He restoreth my soul; He leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for His name’s sake. Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil; for Thou art with me; Thy rod and Thy staff, they comfort me. Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies; Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life; and I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.” [Psalm 23:1-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 147, 1903, 17)
Ms 148, 1903
Diary/The Need of Humility and Unity
Oakland, California
March, 1903
Previously unpublished.
This morning I cannot sleep after two o’clock. My soul is drawn out in most earnest prayer. I feel a great longing that our people at this conference shall see the necessity of humbling their hearts before God and coming into close connection with the great Teacher. They need to hide self in Christ that self may not appear. The Saviour is to be revealed in their lives. Their attitude toward one another is an index to their connection with Christ and their reception of truth and righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 1)
God is to receive all honor and glory. “Without Me,” Christ said, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] If day by day our life is hid with Christ in God, when He who is our Life shall appear, we also who by living faith have revealed Him to the world shall appear with Him. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 2)
What can be said to rid our brethren of the thought that as soon as they are placed in positions of responsibility they must exercise personal authority? Thus they lose their first love. They may do many excellent things, but they need to understand that position does not make the man. Let them realize that they are finite, and let them bear in God’s strength the responsibilities of their position. Thus they will honor and exalt the Lord Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 3)
We need to have our feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace. A sanctified peace will do much to impart the knowledge that God sent His Son to save sinners. Will our brethren consider this, and glorify God by walking softly in the footprints of Jesus Christ? (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 4)
“I therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech you that ye walk worthy of the vocation wherewith ye are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with longsuffering, forbearing one another in love; endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body, and one spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling; one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one God and Father of all, who is above all, and through all, and in you all. But unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore He saith, When He ascended up on high, He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. (Now that He ascended, what is it but that He also descended first into the lower parts of the earth? He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that He might fill all things.) (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 5)
“And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the working of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ: that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive.” [Ephesians 4:1-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 6)
Let us study these words. Not every presentation made by men is to be accepted as truth, even though in the past the Lord has used these men, and has honored them by giving them wisdom, while they have honored Him and have not eagerly sought to gather to themselves all the honor possible. When men withdraw themselves from the Lord’s keeping power, thinking themselves fully capable of managing the work of God, they allow themselves to be worked by another spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 7)
Let no one suppose that because he has been used as an instrument in the hands of God, he is all-sufficient, able to stand in his own strength. Unless he takes God as his counselor, placing his dependence on Him, he will enlist under the leadership of the enemy. Then he will manifest the crookedness and subtlety of the serpent’s guile. When men join the forces of evil, they are deceived. They become possessed with the idea that the work cannot be carried forward without their talents and wisdom. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 8)
Warning Against False Doctrine
One of the greatest perplexities we have to meet is to distinguish between that which is genuine and that which is false and misleading. Our brethren must be sharp and keen to discover the snares of Satan. Deceptive ideas must not be allowed to insinuate themselves among God’s people, ensnaring souls before it is discovered that these ideas are not of God. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 9)
Unless we are continually on our guard, error will steal in unawares, just as Satan’s sophistry was developed in the heavenly courts. The enemy adroitly presented his ideas to the angels, until their minds grasped his evil insinuations. Then he left his statements to develop in their minds. They were not as cautious as their leader and openly communicated these new theories. Thus Satan worked to undermine the confidence of the angels. Thus he lay in wait to deceive, in order that he might accomplish his purpose of exalting himself to be the chief commander. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 10)
The warnings against the deceptions of Satan come down through the ages to our own time. In all our labor to bring everlasting life to perishing souls, we must watch and pray, lest we be found as messengers of Satan. Today he presents to human minds the subtle insinuations of which he is the originator. When he can find a mind open to his craftiness, he exerts his deceptive power, and too often his suggestions are received as truths of heavenly origin. Wherever he finds opportunity he works with deceit and with guile to captivate human beings and to lead them to partake of the forbidden fruit. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 11)
Christian Fellowship and Love
Paul continues, “But speaking the truth in love, may grow up into Him in all things, which is the Head, even Christ. From whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love.” [Verses 15, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 12)
This instruction is in perfect harmony with the light to be found in the first epistle of John: (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 13)
“These things we write unto you that your joy may be full. This then is the message which we have heard of Him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. If we say that we have fellowship with Him, and walk in darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: but if we walk in the light, as He is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanseth us from all sin. If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. If we say that we have not sinned, we make Him a liar, and His word is not in us.” [1 John 1:4-10.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 14)
These plain truths mean very much to us who are living in these last days. Read and study the second chapter of first John. Then read and understand the words found in the second chapter of Revelation: “Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.” [Verses 4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 15)
Will we consider these words? The presentation of beautiful theories will not suffice, unless the love of Christ is in our hearts. This will give fragrance to our words and works. The loss of this love results in the loss of all things. Again, the Lord sends the following message: (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 16)
“Unto the angel of the church in Sardis write: These things saith He that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead. Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God. Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.” [Revelation 3:1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 17)
“This I say therefore, and testify in the Lord, that ye henceforth walk not as other Gentiles walk, in the vanity of their mind, having the understanding darkened, being alienated from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of their hearts.” [Ephesians 4:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 18)
Our ministers should dwell largely upon the love of God to sinners, speaking of that love as expressed in the gift of His only begotten Son to make an atonement for sin. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 19)
Christ instructs us as His ambassadors to teach “all things whatsoever I have commanded you.” And, He adds the promise, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 20)
No limitations are made. Christ died for the whole world. Every human being may receive the benefits of His saving grace. Let those who have heard and received the message of salvation remember that in accepting Christ they pledged themselves to be stewards of His grace, to minister to those dead in trespasses. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 21)
Christ pledged Himself to stand as substitute and surety for human beings, should they fall through disobedience. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 22)
In coming to this earth, Christ laid aside His glory. “He took not on Him the nature of angels: but He took on Him the seed of Abraham. Wherefore in all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful High Priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of His people.” [Hebrews 2:16, 17.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 23)
Had Christ come to this world with the outward display, the power and the rank that He might have had, His object would not have been accomplished. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 24)
The Spirit of prophecy clearly indicated that an inspired teacher was to appear. Peter declared: “Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; Him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever He shall say unto you. And it shall come to pass, that every soul, which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people. Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these things.” [Acts 3:22-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 25)
From the beginning of the prophetic era the coming of a distinguished Teacher had been predicted—a Teacher whose words would demand universal attention, whose power would be sufficient to overcome the power of Satan. Prophecy declared that He would “preach the gospel to the poor,” and “proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord.” [Luke 4:18; Isaiah 61:2.] He was to “set judgment in the earth.” The isles were to “wait for His law.” [Isaiah 42:4.] The Gentiles were to come to His light, and kings to the brightness of His rising. [Isaiah 60:3.] The “Messenger of the covenant” was expected. The Sun of righteousness was to arise “with healing in His wings.” [Malachi 3:1; 4:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 26)
“When the fulness of time was come, God sent forth His Son.” [Galatians 4:4.] “Hear, O heavens,” and “be astonished, O earth!” [See Isaiah 1:2.] The long-looked-for Instructor appeared and proved to be no less than the Son of God Himself. He was the “sent of God.” He was one with the Father. But He clothed His divinity with humanity and came to this earth to reveal what God designed humanity to be, had sin never existed. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 27)
He who was without sin took upon Himself the infirmities of humanity that He might place men on vantage ground with God. In His life, He showed the union that may exist between the human and the divine, and in the strength of this union He resisted all the assaults of the wily foe. It is the privilege of men and women to become partakers of the divine nature. They may live by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 28)
“When He cometh into the world, He saith, Sacrifice and offering Thou wouldest not, but a body hast Thou prepared Me: in burnt offerings and sacrifices for sin Thou hadst no pleasure. Then said I, Lo, I come, (in the volume of the book it is written of Me,) to do Thy will, O God. Above when He said, Sacrifice and offering and burnt offerings for sin Thou wouldest not, neither hadst pleasure therein; which are offered by the law; then said He, Lo, I come to do Thy will, O God. He taketh away the first, that He may establish the second. By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Christ once for all. And every priest standeth daily ministering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices which can never take away sins: but this man, after He had offered one sacrifice for sins forever, sat down on the right hand of God; from henceforth expecting till his enemies be made His footstool. For by one offering He hath perfected forever them that are sanctified. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 29)
“Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us: for after that He had said before, This is the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put My laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them; and their sins and iniquities will I remember no more. Now where remission of these is, there is no more offering for sin. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 30)
“Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, by a new and living way, which He hath consecrated for us, through the veil, that is to say His flesh; and having an high priest over the house of God; let us draw near with a true heart, in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 31)
“Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for He is faithful that promised;) and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and good works: not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is; but exhorting one another: and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching.” [Hebrews 10:5-25.] (18LtMs, Ms 148, 1903, 32)
Ms 149, 1903
One With Christ in God
NP
December 31, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in The Southern Watchman, 02/02/1904.
The Lord calls for men of genuine faith and sound minds, men who recognize the distinction between the true and the false. Each one should now be on his guard, studying and practicing the lessons given in the seventeenth chapter of John and preserving a living faith in the truth for this time. We need that self-control which will enable us to bring our habits into harmony with the prayer of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 1)
The instruction given me by One of authority is that we are to learn to answer the prayer recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John. We are to make this prayer our first study. Every gospel minister, every medical missionary, is to learn the science of this prayer. My brethren and sisters, I ask you to heed these words and to bring to your study a calm, humble, contrite spirit, and the healthy energies of a mind under the control of God. Those who fail to learn the lessons contained n this prayer are in danger of making one-sided developments, which no future training will ever fully correct. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 2)
“Neither for these only, do I pray,” Christ said, “but for them also that believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, even as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us; that the world may believe that Thou didst send Me. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 3)
“And the glory which Thou hast given Me, I have given unto them; that they may be one, even as We are one; I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be perfected into one; that the world may know that Thou didst send Me, and lovedst them, even as Thou lovedst Me. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 4)
“Father, I desire that they also whom Thou hast given Me be with Me where I am, that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me; for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world knew Thee not, but I knew Thee; and these knew that Thou didst send Me; and I made known unto them Thy name, and will make it known; that the love wherewith Thou lovest Me may be in them, and I in them.” [Verses 20-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 5)
It is the purpose of God that His children shall blend in unity. Do they not expect to live together in the same heaven? Is Christ divided against Himself? Will He give His people success before they sweep away the rubbish of evil-surmising and discord, before the laborers, with unity of purpose, devote heart and mind and strength to the work so holy in God’s sight? (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 6)
Union brings strength; disunion weakness. United with one another, working together in harmony for the salvation of men, we shall indeed be “laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Those who refuse to work in harmony greatly dishonor God. The enemy of souls delights to see them working at cross purposes with one another. Such ones need to cultivate brotherly love and tenderness of heart. If they could draw aside the curtain veiling the future, and see the result of their disunion, they would surely be led to repent. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 7)
The world is looking on with gratification at the disunion amongst Christians. Infidelity is well pleased. God calls for a change among His people. Union with Christ and with one another is our only safety in these last days. Let us not make it possible for Satan to point to our church members, saying, “Behold how these people, standing under the banner of Christ, hate one another. We have nothing to fear from them while they spend more strength fighting one another than in warfare with my forces.” (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 8)
After the descent of the Holy Spirit, the disciples went forth to proclaim a risen Saviour, their one desire the salvation of souls. They rejoiced in the sweetness of communion with saints. They were tender, thoughtful, self-denying, willing to make any sacrifice for the truth’s sake. In their daily association with one another, they revealed the love that Christ had commanded them to reveal. By unselfish words and deeds, they strove to kindle this love in other hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 9)
The believers were ever to cherish the love that filled the hearts of the apostles after the descent of the Holy Spirit. They were to go forward in willing obedience to the new commandment, “As I have loved you, that ye also love one another.” [John 13:34.] So closely were they to be united to Christ that they would be enabled to fulfil His requirements. The power of a Saviour who could justify them by His righteousness was to be magnified. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 10)
But the early Christians began to look for defects in one another. Dwelling upon mistakes, giving place to unkind criticism, they lost sight of the Saviour and of the great love He had revealed for sinners. They became more strict in regard to outward ceremonies, more particular about the theory of the faith, more severe in their criticisms. In their zeal to condemn others, they forgot their own errors. They forgot the lesson of brotherly love that Christ had taught. And, saddest of all, they were unconscious of their loss. They did not realize that happiness and joy were going out of their lives, and that soon they would walk in darkness, having shut the love of God out of their hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 11)
The apostle John realized that brotherly love was waning in the church, and he dwelt particularly upon this point. Up to the day of his death, he urged upon believers the constant exercise of love for one another. His letters to the churches are filled with this thought. “Beloved, let us love one another,” he wrote; “for love is of God.... God sent His only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through Him.... Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another.” [1 John 4:7, 9, 11.] (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 12)
In the church of God today brotherly love is greatly lacking. Many of those who profess to love the Saviour neglect to love those who are united with them in Christian fellowship. We are of the same faith, members of one family, all children of the same heavenly Father, with the same blessed hope of immortality. How close and tender should be the tie that binds us together! The people of the world are watching us, to see if our faith is exerting a sanctifying influence upon our hearts. They are quick to discern every defect in our lives, every inconsistency in our actions. Let us give them no occasion to reproach our faith. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 13)
It is not the opposition of the world that endangers us the most; it is the evil cherished in the hearts of professed believers that works our most grievous disaster and retards most the progress of God’s cause. There is no surer way of weakening our spirituality than by being envious, suspicious of one another, full of faultfinding and evil surmising. “This wisdom descendeth not from above, but is earthly, sensual, devilish. For where envying and strife is, there is confusion and every evil work. But the wisdom that is from above is first pure, then peaceable, gentle, and easy to be entreated, full of mercy and good fruits, without partiality and without hypocrisy. And the fruit of righteousness is sown in peace of them that make peace.” [James 3:15-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 14)
Harmony and union existing among men of varied dispositions is the strongest witness that can be borne that God has sent His Son into the world to save sinners. It is our privilege to bear this witness. But in order to do this, we must place ourselves under Christ’s command. Our characters must be molded in harmony with His character, our wills must be surrendered to His will. Then we shall work together without a thought of collision. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 15)
Little differences dwelt upon lead to actions that destroy Christian fellowship. Let us not allow the enemy thus to gain the advantage over us. Let us keep drawing nearer to God and to one another. Then we shall be as trees of righteousness, planted by the Lord, and watered by the river of life. And how fruitful we shall be! Did not Christ say, “Herein is My Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit”? [John 15:8.] (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 16)
The heart of the Saviour is set upon His followers’ fulfilling God’s purpose in all its height and depth. They are to be one in Him, even though they are scattered the world over. But God cannot make them one in Christ unless they are willing to give up their own way for His way. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 17)
When Christ’s prayer is fully believed, when its instruction is brought into the daily life of God’s people, unity of action will be seen in our ranks. Brother will be bound to brother by the golden bonds of the love of Christ. The Spirit of God alone can bring about this oneness. He who sanctified Himself can sanctify His disciples. United with Him, they will be united with one another in the most holy faith. When we strive for this unity as God desires us to strive for it, it will come to us. (18LtMs, Ms 149, 1903, 18)
Ms 150, 1903
The Blessing of Service
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
December 20, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in RC 202. See RH 05/05/1904.
The Lord’s people are not to tie up the means He has entrusted to them by the purchase of land or buildings in the city. Rather are they to sell that they have and place in the Lord’s storehouse the means that they can spare. For this means, needy, unworked fields are calling. From many lands is sounding the cry, “Come over and help us.” [Acts 16:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 1)
“Sell that ye have, and give alms: provide yourselves bags which wax not old, a treasure in the heavens that faileth not, where no thief approacheth neither moth corrupteth. For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” [Luke 12:33, 34.] (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 2)
All our church members should feel a deep interest in home and foreign missions. Great spiritual blessing will come to them as they make self-sacrificing efforts to plant the standard of truth in new territory. The money invested in this work will bring rich returns. New converts, rejoicing in the light received from the Word, will in their turn give of their means to carry the light to others. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 3)
The Lord is calling upon His people to take up different lines of missionary work. Those in the highways and hedges are to hear the saving gospel message. Church members are to do evangelistic work in the homes of those of their friends and neighbors who have not yet received full evidence of the truth. Those who do not communicate the light they have received will one day realize that they have sustained great loss. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 4)
Let those who take up this work make the life of Christ their constant study. Let them be intensely in earnest, using every capability in the Lord’s service. Precious results will follow sincere, unselfish effort. From the great Teacher the workers will receive the highest of all education. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 5)
Many of God’s people are to go forth with publications containing the light of present truth into places where the third angel’s message has never been proclaimed. The work of the canvasser-evangelist who is imbued with the Spirit of God is fraught with wonderful possibilities for good. The presentation of the truth, in love and simplicity, from house to house, is in harmony with the instruction that Christ gave His disciples when He sent them out on their first missionary tour. By songs of praise to God, humble, heartfelt prayers, and a simple presentation of Bible truth in the family circle, many will be reached. The divine worker will be present to send conviction to hearts. “I am with you alway,” is His promise. [Matthew 28:20.] With the assurance of the abiding presence of such a Helper, we may labor with faith and hope and courage. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 6)
The monotony of our service for God needs to be broken up. Every church member should be engaged in some line of work for God. Let those who are well established in the truth go into neighboring places and hold meetings, giving a cordial invitation to all. Let there be in these meetings melodious songs, fervent prayers, and the reading of God’s Word. And let the ideas expressed and the words in which they are clothed be such as the common people can readily comprehend. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 7)
There are others who can visit the homes of the people, reading to the members of the family on some simple impressive subject of Bible truth. By such labor souls will be convicted and converted. Those who do this work should be able to read and speak with clearness and feeling, placing the emphasis where it belongs. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 8)
There are those who, because of pressing home duties, may not be able to do house-to-house work. But let them not think that they can do nothing to help. They can encourage those who go out, and they can give of their means to help to sustain them. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 9)
Will not every church act its part as the Lord’s missionary society? Every member may do something. God’s people are to be laborers together with Him. As they take up His work, there will be a manifest increase of faith and piety. There will be greater readiness to offer prayer and praise to God in the testimony meetings held. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 10)
Brethren and sisters, shall we not act our part in fulfilling the divine purpose, by giving light to those who are in darkness? Our ministers may visit our churches and offer public prayers to God for the comfort of the sorrowful, asking Him to dispel the doubts in their minds and to shed light into their darkened souls. But this will not be as effective in helping these sorrowful, doubting, sin-burdened ones, as to lead them to work for those more needy than themselves. The darkness will be dispelled from their own hearts if they can be led to work for others. (18LtMs, Ms 150, 1903, 11)
Ms 151, 1903
“Through Nature to Nature’s God”
NP
November 20, 1903 [typed]
Extracts from published sources.
[Extracts from published sources. Not included in this collection to avoid duplication.] (18LtMs, Ms 151, 1903, 1)
Ms 152, 1903
A Collection of MSS and Extracts from MSS on the Book Living Temple and Its Teachings
NP
November 17, 1903 [typed]
Compiled from earlier manuscripts.
[Compiled from earlier manuscripts. Not included in this collection to avoid duplication.] (18LtMs, Ms 152, 1903, 1)
Ms 153, 1903
A Collection of MSS and Extracts from MSS on the Personality of God
NP
November 9, 1903 [typed]
Compiled from earlier manuscripts and printed sources.
[Compiled from earlier manuscripts and printed sources. Not included in this collection to avoid duplication.] (18LtMs, Ms 153, 1903, 1)
Ms 154, 1903
Talk/Words of Counsel to Educators
Healdsburg, California
September 25, 1903
Previously unpublished.
(Talk, Mrs. E. G. White, before the California Conference Committee, the Healdsburg College Board, and the California Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association, Healdsburg, California, 9:45 a.m., Sept. 25, 1903.) (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 1)
I am glad to have an opportunity of meeting with you. I feel a very deep interest in the Lord’s work. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 2)
Those who are engaged in educational work find that among the problems they have to solve, one of the most perplexing is that which relates to the book knowledge given to the students. Which shall we make of primary importance—the study of God’s Word, or the attainment of a thorough scientific education? (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 3)
The enemy of righteousness is working in every possible way to introduce his specious sophistries into the minds of God’s people just as he worked in heaven to win the loyal angels to his side of the controversy. Constantly he has worked along the same deceptive lines, diverting minds from truth to error. Even now he is endeavoring to divert our minds from the real truths that we are to proclaim to a perishing world. To guard against his insidious workings, we are to make the Bible the foundation of all our school work. Constantly we are to guard against bringing before the students things that are not essential and failure of teaching them the fundamental principles of the Word. In our efforts to prepare young men and women for any line of service, including medical missionary work, we are to base all our instruction on the principles of the Word and lead the students to accept the Book of books as their man of counsel. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 4)
Into the hands of youthful students, those who are to become missionaries, we are to put nothing that will give them vagary ideas. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 5)
The Lord Jesus regarded it as important to call special attention to the value of a study of the last book in the Bible. The Revelation is not something so mystical that we cannot understand it and impart to students a knowledge of its teachings. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 6)
Christ came from heaven to meet John on the Isle of Patmos. The Lord revealed to His servant heavenly things and showed him what would take place in the last days. In the first chapter of Revelation a blessing is pronounced upon all who accept this heaven-sent message. “Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things that are written therein: for the time is at hand.” [Verse 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 7)
There is significance in the fact that Christ deemed it of importance to come to John and to repeat over and over again, “He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22.] All our churches are in need of a reformation. They are in need of present truth, not of suppositions and vagaries. Many things contrary to the truth will come in. Among us are those who will express spiritualistic ideas that have no scriptural foundation—ideas that men and women should never express and advocate. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 8)
In the message that Christ brought to John on the Isle of Patmos, it is stated over and over again that our Saviour is the Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. To John were revealed heavenly things: and the divine Messenger talked with him concerning these things and foretold what was coming upon the churches and what messages were to be given them to prepare for the trying times before them. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 9)
A great responsibility is resting upon us. We are to be faithful stewards of God’s grace, faithful gospel ministers. Christ came to the earth as a gospel minister. As He went from place to place, He combined the work of educating the people with the work of healing them. This is what we are to do. The gospel ministry and the medical missionary work are to be united. We must labor on a higher plane of action than any on which we have labored in the past. A missionary work attends the messages that are to be proclaimed in the last days. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 10)
God’s blessing is accompanying the light given in regard to health reform and the preparation of wholesome foods; but this light has been used selfishly, and the health food and hygienic restaurant business has come to be a commercial matter. God is too often lost sight of by those connected with our restaurants in the cities. In the various lines of medical missionary work, a commercial spirit is coming in and taking possession of mind and heart. God desires His workers to go forth, endowed with the power of the Holy Spirit. We are to be a people of prayer and practical godliness. God’s sacred work is to be carried forward on the highest plane of unselfishness and righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 11)
If there was a time when we needed to be an understanding people, it is now. If there is a time when we needed to understand fully and surely what true medical missionary work is, it is now. The medical missionary work is sick, a spirit of commercialism is fostered. Now, at a time when we are on the very eve of the closing scenes of the earth’s history, much of that which is called medical missionary work has scarcely any spiritual influence. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 12)
“What is the chaff to the wheat?” [Jeremiah 23:28.] These words have been repeatedly spoken to me by my Instructor recently, in regard to the medical missionary work now being carried on by some. This is why I say, The medical missionary work is sick and in need of conversion. Many of those engaged in this work have lost their power with God, and I desire that we shall all understand this. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 13)
From Nature to Nature’s God
Some are now saying: “God is in the streams; God is in the trees and the leaves; God is in this, that, and the other thing; God is in everything.” Not one should make such assertions; for they are not true. If God were in the tree and the leaf, why could we not pray to the tree and the leaf? God gives us no such instruction as this regarding Himself. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 14)
Where is God? Is He in His created works? Christ says, “Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of these.” [Matthew 6:28, 29.] Who arrays the lilies of the field?—The God of heaven. Who is it that clothed with beauty everything in nature that delights the eye—the trees, the leaves, the streams, the carpet of green dotted with flowers?—God, the Creator of all things. But we are not to treat these things in nature as if God were in them. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 15)
For years I have been instructed by the Lord that we are to teach our children and the students in our schools that in His love and mercy God has given us the beautiful things in nature as specimens of the beauty in Eden. Plainly and simply we should tell our children and youth that the beautiful handiwork of God, first seen by man in Eden, has been preserved for us to behold; and that we are to be directed from these beautiful things in nature to nature’s God. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 16)
Satan has sown tares all around us. God could have prevented the enemy from doing this, but after the fall of Adam and Eve, Satan claimed to be the prince of the power of the air and to have the control of everything in nature. God has permitted him to sow tares and to work out his principles of evil; and at the same time God has protected from Satan’s wrath those who desire to work out the principles of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 17)
Let us teach the children that God has permitted us to have the beautiful things of nature as an expression of His love to the human family. The trees have no soul; the leaves have no soul; they are simply an expression of God’s love toward us. These things in the natural world pass away. At the same time that Christ called attention to the lilies of the field which outvie the glory of Solomon, He said that “the grass of the field ... today is, and tomorrow is cast into the oven.” [Verse 30.] That which some claim is a part of God is burned, consumed. The heathen pray to a tree, as if it were God, as if God were in it. That the trees are a part of God’s handiwork, everyone acknowledges; God gives attention to His husbandry, His building; but He is not really there in person. We are to teach the children to look from the things of nature that God has created to nature’s God. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 18)
The wording that is now being used in regard to these matters is false wording: it is a misrepresentation of the truth; and yet our people who are in danger of being deceived have had before them all these years light in regard to the workings of Satan in the heavenly courts. I have just been reading in Patriarchs and Prophets the account of how Satan brought into the courts of heaven his mysterious theories and his reasons for desiring to be in Christ’s place. He declared that he had been the covering cherub, and that he was worthy of being more highly honored. He worked insidiously to gain the highest place. And this is what many in our churches are trying to do now. Many who profess to be children of God have an intense desire that no one shall be honored more highly than they. They wish to keep abreast with their fellow workers and to gain the lead, if possible. But their desire springs from a selfish motive. It is right to press forward toward the mark of the prize of the high calling in Christ Jesus, and in this way to keep abreast with others; but we are to have no selfish purposes in view. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 19)
Christ understood all about these matters. After His transfiguration, He returned with His disciples to Capernaum. On the journey the disciples disputed among themselves in regard to who should be greatest in the kingdom of heaven. Upon reaching their temporary home in Capernaum, Christ asked them, “What is it that ye disputed among yourselves by the way? But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among themselves who should be the greatest. And He sat down, and called the twelve, and said unto them, If any man desire to be first, the same shall be last of all, and servant of all. And He took a child, and set him in the midst of them: and when He had taken him in His arms, He said unto them, Whosoever shall receive one of such children in My name, receiveth Me: and whosoever shall receive Me, receiveth not Me, but Him that sent Me.” [Mark 9:33-37.] (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 20)
Matthew bears record of an occasion when the disciples came to Jesus, saying, “Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven? And Jesus called a little child unto them, and set him in the midst of them, and said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven. Whosoever therefore shall humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the kingdom of heaven.” [Matthew 18:1-4.] (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 21)
Let us never entertain exalted ideas of being something more than we really are. Let us keep heaven and the fear of God before us. Making Christ our example, it is safe for us to reach as high as we possibly can reach by His grace. So long as we follow in His footsteps, we will keep humble. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 22)
Some of the most foolish, ridiculous ideas have been presented by ministers who were seeking for something new and startling. There have been advocated some theories the truth concerning which can never be learned until the day of judgment. These evil seeds spring up and bear fruit, and a harvest of evil is the result. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 23)
In this very way, insidiously, but surely, rank scientific spiritualism is springing up in the midst of us. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 24)
We are living in times of peril. God wants His servants, His watchmen, to keep their eyes open; He wants them to have more than common sense; they are in need of heavenly wisdom. These false theories coming in are originated by Satan. In the name of the Lord God of Israel, I tell you, my brethren, we want, stationed on the walls of Zion, watchmen that can give the trumpet a certain sound. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 25)
Never should such theories as some that are now advocated be placed before our students. These theories do not prepare us for the judgment. They belittle our estimation of God and almost do away with Him altogether. Our God is high and lifted up, and His train filleth the temple. We are to exalt God, to honor Him, to believe in Him, and to see His love toward us as revealed in His created works. We are to realize that we are a part of God’s human family, children of the heavenly King. He has appointed us to be members of His royal family. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 26)
Our Saviour has given His children lesson upon lesson in regard to humility. His words are unmistakably plain: “Except ye be converted, and become as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Verse 3.] As in John’s epistles, the believers are spoken of as little children and are exhorted to love one another. Before Christ left His disciples, He instructed them to love one another, that all men might know that they were His disciples. “A new commandment,” He declared, “I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one another. By this shall all men know that ye are My disciples, if ye have love for one another.” [John 13:34, 35.] (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 27)
Not until Christ had suffered the agonies of Gethsemane and of Calvary’s cross did the disciples realize even to a limited degree the great love wherewith Christ loved them. In Gethsemane they saw Him wrestling with God; they viewed His face all marred with the great sweatdrops of blood caused by the intensity of His mental anguish; they witnessed His betrayal by one to whom He had given every opportunity of salvation. Never can we comprehend fully the sufferings through which Christ passed at this time. He pleaded, “O My Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me:” but immediately He added, “Nevertheless not as I will, but as Thou wilt.” [Matthew 26:39.] (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 28)
The Truth a Safeguard Against Error
In the future we must meet stern realities—trials that will test our loyalty to God and His truth. The beautiful theories that are being presented by some will not help us in the hour of trial and difficulty. We are to study the truths of the three angels’ messages and to believe in and worship a God who is able to carry us through the time of trouble. God desires [us] to act like men and women who have the truth. The first, second, and third angels’ messages are presented in the last book of the Bible—in Revelation. This book is not a mystery; it is a message to the churches, easily understood by those who have willing ears to hear the instruction that Christ came to deliver to us through His servant John. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 29)
God desires us to lock our minds against any species of spiritualism. We are to seek for practical godliness. We must practice the truth in word and act; we must be Christlike in all our work of benevolence. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 30)
Let us be careful to give to the truth entrusted to our care the pure provender of God’s Word—food that will nourish and strengthen spiritual thought and that will influence the life for good. The truths that God would have us dwell upon are mighty, powerful, weighty. When presented to a congregation, these truths make an impression upon human minds. It is not the words of the human agent that make the impression; it is God who first gave the words that causes the hearer to accept the truths presented. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 31)
My brethren, in the presence of God we must take our stand on the truth. What is truth? Those who are shifted from the foundation of God’s Word know not what is truth; and he who knows not the truth cannot be sanctified through the truth. Let every worker inquire: What is truth—the truth that will sanctify my soul? What is truth—the truth that I should present before the youth who come to attend our schools? (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 32)
Constantly God’s people are to reveal the line of demarcation separating them from the world. To Israel was given the promise that the Lord would make them a nation of kings and priests, and that in the midst of the surrounding nations they were to stand as a peculiar people, holy unto the Lord. Concerning the statutes of the law, Moses said to the Israelites: “Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom ... in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon Him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?” [Deuteronomy 4:6-8.] This is what the Lord desires to hear the world say concerning His people today. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 33)
The Duties of Officers in the School Home
Let us strive to make all our schools what they should be. Those who assume the responsibility of caring for students in the students’ homes should be persons whose influence is uplifting. At the head of each home there should be a person of age and experience to act as a mother—one who can rally round her the youth in an effort to keep the home clean and in order. We are fitting up for heaven; we are preparing to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 34)
For matron in one of our schools we should not choose a young person. This position calls for a person of experience and solidity—one who knows how to deal with human minds. The nicest work that was ever given to mortals is the work of dealing with human minds. All students cannot be dealt with in the same way. Different temperaments must be treated individually. This requires study and tact. It takes painstaking efforts to make right impressions upon the human mind. Even in small families, all the children cannot be managed in the same way. In companies of young people made up of several families, the differences in disposition are much more marked. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 35)
In the school family will be some who are quick and passionate. Inexperienced teachers may regard these as of but little value to the cause; but they are of great value. Christ says, “I will take that passion, that strong will, and will discipline it in My school; I will use that will, converted, to a purpose.” The very best talent should be secured to train the students in their school home life. The family in the school home is usually a large one. Not many mothers know how to manage properly two or three little children. How careful we should be, in choosing a matron of a school home, to secure a person of tact and ability—one whose experience will enable her to deal wisely with the passionate, intemperate children of all classes that are to be found among those sent to our schools! This is a matter worthy of our consideration. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 36)
We must learn to depend on the Lord much more than we have supposed is necessary. In the past there have existed in the Healdsburg school some things that were in great need of discipline. Not a few of the students did not care what course they pursued. This was a grievous thing for the school. But if we call upon God, He will not fail us. Faith in His power will bring to us the needed help. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 37)
In past years there has been failure after failure, failure after failure, in the Healdsburg school. A right influence has not always been exerted. All this need not have been. Let the faculty come together and say, “We will take God as our Counsellor; we will act in His fear toward these students of different minds and dispositions. We will pray with them and let them see we have feelings of tenderness and love toward them; and in this way we will endeavor to win their confidence.” Teachers, if you carry out such resolutions, the school at Healdsburg will be more in accordance with that which God desires [it] to be, and a more favorable showing will be made than has been made in years past. As you meet together in family worship, and have your little counsels with the students, God will bless you in a marked manner. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 38)
Again and again the Lord has presented before me the importance of our teachers’ putting into our school work all the powers of their being. The students that come expect to receive all there is of the principal of the school; they lose much by being deprived of his personal presence and help. The head of the school is to study how he can make the school most successful. In all financial matters he is to be above reproach; and he should encourage the students to keep personal accounts and to know [how] they stand financially from week to week. Some of these matters are regarded by many as “little things,” but in the Lord’s sight they are very important and affect the progress of His cause very materially. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 39)
Let us think over these matters. I warn you, brethren, against allowing your minds to be charmed by a beautiful representation of what may at first appear to be truth. If those who advocate these unsettling theories would carry out in their lives the principles of true religion, then their representations in regard to God in nature could be advocated with ten times the force that they are now advocated. Brethren, I beg of you, for Christ’s sake, to make sure that you are standing upon the sure platform of God’s Word, where you can form characters for the future immortal life and help others to form righteous characters. Bible principles, the messages that come to us for this time, will alone prepare us for the scenes of the judgment. The Bible, the Bible, the precious Bible—this is our Guide, our Counselor. (18LtMs, Ms 154, 1903, 40)
Ms 155, 1903
Our Youth to be Shielded From Evil Influences
NP
October 25, 1903 [typed]
Previously unpublished.
We are living in a time of special peril to the youth. Satan realizes that the end of the world is soon to come, and that he must improve every opportunity of enlisting young men and young women into his service. In these last days he will devise many specious deceptions to lead them astray. We need now to consider the words of warning written by the apostle Paul, and to preserve our youth from seeing and hearing many things that are sinful, and from living in an atmosphere that is largely irreligious. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 1)
In the second epistle to the Thessalonians [Corinthians] we read: “Be not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? And what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:14-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 2)
Special light has been given to me in regard to why we should not establish immense sanitariums. In these large medical institutions there are gathered together many tourists who must be waited upon by our nurses and helpers. Our young men and young women who from their earliest years have been shielded from evil associations are thus brought into contact with all classes of worldlings and are influenced to a greater or less extent by the sight of their eyes and the hearing of their ears. Many become like those with whom they associate, losing the simplicity and the modesty that Christian fathers and mothers should constantly guard by careful instruction and earnest prayers. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 3)
Among the many unbelievers who patronize our large sanitariums, a few may come to a knowledge of the truth; but much more will be lost than gained, because our youth, in their association with men and women who fear not God, will meet with seductive influences that are almost irresistible. Satanic agencies will make every effort possible to spoil the purity of mind and soul, and many will never free themselves from the snare of the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 4)
We are living amidst the perils of the last days. What can be said to warn our people against the danger of permitting their children to leave the influences of home life, where they have been kept from the evils of the world, and go to the Battle Creek Sanitarium, where they will act as servants to the class of unbelievers who patronize this institution? I would advise parents to place their children in our smaller medical institutions nearer home. Fewer perils will be encountered in these places than in the Battle Creek Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 5)
In many homes the father and the mother have allowed their children to rule. Such children are in far greater danger than are those who have learned the lesson of obedience; for the disobedient suppose that they may do as they please. They have failed of receiving a disciplinary training that is very essential. Their parents have not done diligent, faithful work in the home and have failed of imparting to them a knowledge of obedience which would have strengthened them to resist temptation. When these undisciplined children enter an immense institution where there are many influences that tend to destroy spirituality, they are in grave peril; and the education they receive is more often an injury than a blessing. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 6)
I lift the danger signal. Parents, keep your children near you. Do not send them hundreds of miles from home, to a place where you cannot be in close touch with them. In some places there may be sown in their minds the seeds of unbelief and of erroneous theories. I shall not be free until I warn parents not to send their children to the Battle Creek Sanitarium, where the helpers in their work mingle with tourists and a great company of unbelieving patients, and where the forces of the enemy are so strongly entrenched. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 7)
We do not say that there are not many worthy people among the patients and the tourists who are guests at the Battle Creek Sanitarium; for there are. But while we know that there are a number whose hearts are true, and who are benefited spiritually by their visit to the institution, there are many others whose influence over the inexperienced helpers leads our youth into Satan’s snares. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 8)
In the visions of the night I was in a large assembly where this matter was up for consideration. The question was asked, “Dare you venture to make the experiment?” The Speaker—One of authority—spoke decidedly. “The salvation of the souls of your children,” He declared, “is of more value than the education they receive in this place, where they are constantly exposed to the society of unbelievers. Many who come to this institution are unconverted. They are filled with pride and have no connection with God. Many of the young men and young women who wait on these worldlings have had but little experience and easily become entangled in the snares that are laid for their feet.” (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 9)
“What can be done to remedy this evil?” some one present asked. The Speaker answered: “Since you have placed yourselves in this position of peril, let Christian men and women of mature years and established character be brought into the institution to exert a counterinfluence for the right. The carrying out of such a plan would increase the running expenses of the Sanitarium, but it may be an effective means of guarding the fort and of shielding the youth who are here from the contaminating influences to which they are now exposed. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 10)
“Fathers and mothers are held responsible by God for the salvation of their children. After precious souls become obedient to the truth, have they no need of further watchcare? How difficult it is for the believing youth to maintain their consecration to God in the midst of influences so baleful as are those at the Battle Creek Sanitarium!” (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 11)
I have not exaggerated in the least the presentation made to me. Some God-fearing youth can stand the test; but it is not safe for us to permit them to remain unprotected. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 12)
The heavenly Instructor continued: “Parents, guardians, place your children in a training school where the surrounding influences are similar to those of the home school—a school in which the instructors will carry them forward from point to point, and in which the spiritual atmosphere will be a savor of life unto life, not of death unto death.” (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 13)
The words of warning and instruction that I have written in regard to our youth’s going to Battle Creek to receive a training for service in the Lord’s cause are not idle words. We are living in the midst of the perils of the last days. I am instructed to repeat to our brethren and sisters the warning and the exhortation that Paul sent to the church at Thessalonica: (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 14)
“The mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way. And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of His coming: even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie; that they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 15)
“But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you, brethren beloved of the Lord, because God hath from the beginning chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth: whereunto He called you by our gospel, to the obtaining of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, brethren, stand fast, and hold the traditions which ye have been taught, whether by word, or our epistle. Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself, and God, even our Father, which hath loved us, and hath given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace, comfort your hearts, and establish you in every good word and work.” [2 Thessalonians 2:7-17.] (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 16)
In the days of the Israelites the parents were directed to gather their children into their houses with them and to strike the lintel of the doorpost with blood. And in the times in which we are living, it is unsafe to break down the barriers that the truth builds as a fortress about the Lord’s people. It is unsafe to think that our children may be permitted to associate with unbelievers as freely as with Christians. Whether or not our youth who have received wise instruction and training from godly parents will continue to be sanctified through the truth, depends largely upon the influences that they meet after leaving their homes. The characters of our children will be, to a large extent, in accordance with the teachings given them. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 17)
Every one is now on trial. Every one will be weighed in the balances of the sanctuary. Those who are fully trained for heaven will be with the heavenly family in the courts above. There is a class whose training has been such that they will be fitted for receiving punishment with the disobedient and the transgressors. Let us take these matters into consideration, and seriously reflect upon the nature of the impressions that will be left upon the susceptible minds of the youth that are being brought into daily association with the hundreds of worldly men and women who come to the Battle Creek Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 18)
This is the time when Satan’s deceptive power is exercised with intensity, not only upon the minds of inexperienced youth, but upon the minds of men and women of mature years. Men in positions of responsibility are in danger of changing leaders. This I know, because it has been plainly revealed to me. Even if Christ were in the Battle Creek Sanitarium in person, as He was upon this earth at the time of His first advent, He might not be able to win these men to stand on His side, where they could understand the terribly deceptive workings of satanic influences; else He never would have uttered the words: “Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, which have been done in you, they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the Judgment, than for you.” [Luke 10:13, 14.] From this Scripture we learn that there are those who place themselves in positions where they will be in such a state of resistance against holy influences, that even the Word of truth and the pleadings of Christ Jesus do not effect their conversion. (18LtMs, Ms 155, 1903, 19)
Ms 156, 1903
Christ, Our Divine-Human Example
NP
October 26, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 313.
While upon this earth, the Son of God was the Son of man; yet there were times when His divinity flashed forth in the manifestation of superior power. Thus it was when He said to the paralytic brought to Him: “Be of good cheer: thy sins be forgiven thee.” [Matthew 9:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 1)
“But there were certain of the scribes sitting there,” who “began to reason,” not openly, but “in their hearts,” “saying, Who is this which speaketh blasphemies? who can forgive sins, but God alone?” [Mark 2:6; Luke 5:21.] (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 2)
“And Jesus, knowing their thoughts said, Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? For whether is it easier, to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise, and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power to forgive sins, (then saith He to the sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house.” [Matthew 9:4-6.] (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 3)
Thus He removed the difficulty from this sin-burdened soul and placed the man, whom He knew was repentant, in a hopeful frame of mind. The Medical Missionary took away the sins of the paralytic and then presented him to the Supreme Governor as pardoned. God had placed upon His Son authority to lay hold of the eternal throne with His divine nature. While Christ stood forth distinct in His own personality, He reflected the luster of the greatness that was His because of His position of honor within the encircling light of the eternal throne, in unity with God. His words were spoken with the authority referred to in the Scriptures: “Glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee.” [John 17:1.] “No man knoweth the Son, but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal Him.” [Matthew 11:27.] “What things soever He (the Father) doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise.” [John 5:19.] (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 4)
If such a Voice did not move the impenitent, if such a Power working the miracles that Christ worked did not cause the Jews to believe, we should not be greatly surprised to find that even in this age medical missionary workers are in danger, through continual association with those who are incredulous, of manifesting the same unbelief as the Jews manifested in word and deed and of developing the same perverted spiritual understanding. (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 5)
I am not astonished at the condition of things that has been opened before me; for in the past, when matters have appeared to be wrong, there has been a realization of wrong, but faithful stewards have not been present to repress the evil that needed to be repressed. Can we, then, be surprised that this unfaithfulness on the part of those who have neglected to perform their duty has brought in spiritual blindness? (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 6)
Truth never languished on the lips of Christ. Truth never suffered in His hands. Words of truth flowed from His lips with surprising freshness and power, as a new revelation. Let every one be assured that Christ uttered nothing fanciful or sentimental. He came forth from the Father to be the Light of the world. This Light was not hidden under a bushel. Christ spoke on every subject with authority. Every truth that it was essential for His people to have was revealed in His teachings with the unfaltering assurance of certain knowledge. He uttered no sophistries, no mere probabilities, no human opinions quoted by men—only truths. His assertions were principles established by personal knowledge. He foresaw the delusive doctrines that would fill the world, but He expressed not one of them. No idle tales, no false theories clothed in beautiful language came from the lips of the great Teacher. In all His teachings He dwelt upon the unchangeable positions of Bible truth. (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 7)
Christ, the chief gospel Medical Missionary to our world, came to express the ideal of all truth. He unfolded gem after gem of precious truth. (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 8)
Today the gospel ministry needs to learn of Christ His meekness and lowliness and to become thoroughly converted, that in their lives they may testify, to a world dead in trespasses and sins, that they have been born again. Our medical missionary workers are in need of conversion. Then their influence will be a power in the world, and they will have hearts willing to receive, because they have been sanctified through the truth. The grace received into their own souls will be imparted to others who need so much the same blessed influence. (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 9)
To every one of His appointed agents the Lord sends the message: “Take your position at your post of duty, and stand firm for the right.” To all God’s workers I am instructed to say: “Find your places, if you are the sent of God. Imbibe not the fanciful sentiments of human beings who are not taught by God. Christ is waiting to give you insight in regard to heavenly things; waiting to quicken your spiritual pulse to increased activity. No longer let any evil influence or propensity, natural or acquired, lead you to subordinate the claims of future, eternal interests to the common affairs of this life. No man can serve two masters whose interests are not in harmony. ‘Ye cannot serve God and mammon.’ [Matthew 6:24.] Wake up, brethren, wake up!” (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 10)
Christ thought it not robbery to be equal with God, and yet He pleased not Himself. He took upon Himself human nature for no other purpose than to place man on vantage ground before the world and the whole heavenly universe. He carries sanctified humanity to heaven, there always to retain humanity as it would have been if man had never violated God’s law. The overcomers, who upon the earth were partakers of the divine nature, He makes kings and priests unto God. (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 11)
In His last prayer for His followers, Christ besought the Father to sanctify them through the truth. “For their sakes,” He declared, “I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that Thou sent Me. And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, even as We are one: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; and that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them, as Thou hast loved Me. Father, I will that they also, whom Thou hast given Me, be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world. O righteous Father, the world hath not known Thee: but I have known Thee, and these have known that Thou hast sent Me. And I have declared unto them Thy name, and will declare it: that the love wherewith Thou hast loved Me may be in them, and I in them.” [John 17:19-26.] (18LtMs, Ms 156, 1903, 12)
Ms 157, 1903
The Reception of the Holy Spirit
NP
October 27, 1903 [typed]
This manuscript is published in entirety in AUCR 06/01/1904.
Week of Prayer Reading for December, 1903.
Christ’s commission, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,” is spoken to every one of His followers. [Mark 16:15.] All who are ordained unto the life of Christ are ordained to work for the salvation of their fellow men. Their hearts will throb in unison with the heart of Christ. The same longing of soul that He felt will be manifest in them. Not all can fill the same place in the work, but there is a place and a work for all. All upon whom God’s blessing has been bestowed are to respond by actual service; every gift is to be employed for the advancement of His kingdom and the glory of His name. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 1)
In every part of the world a message is to be proclaimed in the power of the Spirit. Not with tame, lifeless utterance is it to be given, but with clear, decided, stirring tones. Hundreds are waiting for the warning to escape for their lives and lay hold on the hope set before them in the gospel. The world needs to see in Christians an evidence of the power of Christianity. There should be many more at work in the Lord’s service, clothed with holy zeal, filled with a power proportionate to the importance of the message they proclaim. Not merely in a few places, but throughout the world, messengers of mercy are needed. From every country is heard the cry, “Come over and help us.” [Acts 16:9.] Rich and poor are calling for light. Thousands of men and women are standing on the brink of perdition. Do you see them, many of them lost, eternally lost, while professing Christians sleep the sleep of indifference? (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 2)
God does not ask us to do in our own strength the work before us. He has provided divine assistance for all the emergencies to which our human resources are unequal. He gives the Holy Spirit to help in every strait, to strengthen our hope and assurance, to illuminate our minds and purify our hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 3)
Just before His crucifixion, the Saviour said to His disciples, “I will not leave you comfortless.... I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever.” [John 14:18, 16.] “When He, the Spirit of truth is come, He will guide you into all truth; for He shall not speak of Himself; but whatsoever He shall hear, that shall He speak; and He will show you things to come.” [John 16:13.] “He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.” [John 14:26.] (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 4)
Christ has promised to guide, comfort, and sustain His people. He declares, “I will be with you in your work of persuading men and women to be My disciples.” The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit have pledged themselves to aid you in your unselfish efforts to turn men from unrighteousness to righteousness, from darkness to the light of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 5)
It is the privilege of every soul to be a living channel through which God can communicate to the world the treasures of His grace, the unsearchable riches of Christ. There is nothing that Christ desires so much as agents who will represent to the world His Spirit and character. There is nothing that the world needs so much as the manifestation through humanity of the Saviour’s love. All heaven is waiting for channels through which can be poured the holy oil to be a joy and blessing to human hearts. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 6)
Christ has made provision that his church shall be a transformed body, illumined with the Light of the world, possessing the glory of Immanuel. It is His purpose that every Christian shall be surrounded with a spiritual atmosphere of light and peace. There is no limit to the usefulness of the one who, putting self aside, makes room for the working of the Holy Spirit upon his heart and lives a life wholly consecrated to God. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 7)
The indwelling of the Spirit will be shown by the outflowing of heavenly love. The divine fulness will flow through the consecrated human agent, to be given forth to others. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 8)
What was the result of the outpouring of the Spirit on the day of Pentecost? The glad tidings of a risen Saviour were carried to the uttermost parts of the inhabited world. The hearts of the disciples were surcharged with a benevolence so full, so deep, so far-reaching, that it impelled them to go to the ends of the earth, testifying: God forbid that we should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ. As they proclaimed the truth as it is in Jesus, hearts yielded to the power of the message. The church beheld converts flocking to her from all directions. Believers were reconverted. Sinners united with Christians in seeking the pearl of great price. Those who had been the bitterest opponents of the gospel became its champions. The prophecy was fulfilled, The weak shall be “as David,” and the house of David “as the angel of the Lord.” [Zechariah 12:8.] Every Christian saw in his brother the divine similitude of love and benevolence. One interest prevailed. One subject of emulation swallowed up all others. The only ambition of the believers was to reveal the likeness of Christ’s character and to labor for the enlargement of His kingdom. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 9)
“With great power gave the apostles witness of [the resurrection of] the Lord Jesus; and great grace was upon them.” [Acts 4:33.] Under their labors there were added to the church chosen men who, receiving the word of life, consecrated their lives to the work of giving to others the hope that had filled their hearts with peace and joy. Hundreds proclaimed the message, “The kingdom of God is at hand.” [Mark 1:15.] They could not be restrained or intimidated by threatenings. The Lord spoke through them, and wherever they went, the sick were healed, and the poor had the gospel preached unto them. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 10)
So mightily can God work when men give themselves up to the control of His Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 11)
To us today, as verily as to the first disciples, the promise of the Spirit belongs. God will today endow men and women with power from above, as He endowed those who on the day of Pentecost heard the message of salvation. At this very hour His Spirit and His grace are for all who need them and who will take Him at His word. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 12)
Notice that it was after the disciples had come into perfect unity, when they were no longer striving for the highest place, that the Spirit was poured out. They were of one accord. All differences had been put away. And the testimony borne of them after the Spirit had been given is the same. Mark the word: “The multitude of them that believed were of one heart and of one soul.” [Acts 4:32.] The Spirit of Him who died that sinners might live animated the entire company of believers. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 13)
The disciples did not ask for a blessing for themselves. They were weighted with the burden of souls. The gospel was to be carried to the ends of the earth, and they claimed the endowment of the power that Christ had promised. Then it was that the Holy Spirit was poured out, and thousands were converted in a day. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 14)
So it may be now. Let Christians put away all dissension and give themselves to God for the saving of the lost. Let them ask in faith for the promised blessing, and it will come. The outpouring of the Spirit in the days of the apostles was the “former rain,” and glorious was the result. [Hosea 6:3.] But the latter rain will be more abundant. What is the promise to those living in these last days?—“Turn ye to the stronghold, ye prisoners of hope; even today do I declare that I will render double unto thee.... Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the latter rain; so shall the Lord make bright clouds, and give them showers of rain, to every one grass in the field.” [Zechariah 9:12; 10:1.] (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 15)
Christ declared that the divine influence of the Spirit was to be with His followers unto the end. But the promise is not appreciated as it should be; and therefore its fulfilment is not seen as it might be. The promise of the Spirit is a matter little thought of; and the result is what might be expected—spiritual drought, spiritual darkness, spiritual declension and death. Minor matters occupy the attention, and the divine power that is necessary for the growth and prosperity of the church, and which would bring all other blessings in its train, is lacking, though offered in its infinite plenitude. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 16)
It is the absence of the Spirit that makes the gospel ministry so powerless. Learning, talents, eloquence, every natural or acquired endowment may be possessed; but without the presence of the Spirit of God, no heart will be touched, no sinner won to Christ. On the other hand, if they are connected with Christ, if the gifts of the Spirit are theirs, the poorest and most ignorant of His disciples will have a power that will tell upon hearts. God makes them a channel for the outworking of the highest influence in the universe. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 17)
Why do we not hunger and thirst for the gifts of the Spirit, since this is the means by which we are to receive power. Why do we not talk of it, pray for it, preach concerning it? The Lord is more willing to give the Holy Spirit to us than parents are to give good gifts to their children. For the baptism of the Spirit, every worker should be offering his prayer to God. Companies should be gathered together to ask for special help, for heavenly wisdom, that they may know how to plan and execute wisely. Especially should men pray that God will baptize His missionaries with His Spirit. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 18)
The Angel of the covenant is empowering His servants to be His witnesses to carry the truth to all parts of the world. He has sent forth His angels with their message. But as if these angels did not speed on their way fast enough to satisfy His heart of yearning love, He gives to John personally a message to be given to all. “The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.” [Revelation 22:17.] He has opened a fountain for Judah and Jerusalem, and every member of His church is to show his loyalty by inviting the thirsty to drink of the water of life. A chain of living witnesses is to carry the invitation to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 19)
Are we fulfilling the commission given us? Have we placed ourselves where God can give us the power that He gave the disciples—power that enabled them to preach the gospel so mightily that thousands were converted in a day? How can we expect the approval of heaven while we leave our fellow beings unwarned? We need to humble ourselves before God because our efforts fall so far short of the efforts He desires us to put forth. The privileges that He has given us, the advantages that He has bestowed, the promises that He has made should inspire us with far greater zeal and devotion. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 20)
Our people in the home field have not felt as they should the responsibility of working for their neighbors. They have not prayerfully taken up the work lying before them. Earnest, sanctified efforts have not been put forth for those in America who are unenlightened. In this field there are many unworked cities, many places that should be made centers of truth. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 21)
Zeal for God moved the disciples to bear witness to the truth with mighty power. Should not this zeal fire our hearts with a determination to tell the story of redeeming love, of Christ and Him crucified? Is not the Spirit of God to come today in answer to earnest, persevering prayer, and fill men with power for service. Why, then, is the church so weak, so spiritless? (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 22)
Ye people of the living God, study the promises of His Word, and think how your lack of faith, of spirituality, of divine power is hindering the coming of the kingdom of God. If you were to go forth to do Christ’s work, angels of heaven would go before you, preparing hearts to receive the gospel. Were every one of you a living missionary, the message for this time would speedily be proclaimed in all countries, to every people and nation and tongue. This is the work that must be done before Christ shall come in power and great glory. Are you individually workers together with God? If not, why not? (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 23)
It is the privilege of every Christian, not only to look for, but to hasten the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. Were all who profess His name bearing fruit to His glory, how quickly the world would be sown with the seed of the gospel. Quickly the last great harvest would be ripened, and Christ would come to gather the precious grain. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 24)
My brethren and sisters, plead for the Holy Spirit. God stands back of every promise He has made. With your Bibles in your hands, say, I have done as Thou hast said. I present Thy promise, “Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] Christ declares, “What things soever ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye receive them, and ye shall have them.” [Mark 11:24.] “Whatsoever ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son.” [John 14:13.] (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 25)
The rainbow about the throne is an assurance that God is true, that in Him is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. We have sinned against Him and are undeserving of His favor; He Himself has put into our lips that most wonderful of pleas, “Do not abhor us, for Thy name’s sake; do not disgrace the throne of Thy glory; remember, break not Thy covenant with us.” [Jeremiah 14:21.] He has pledged Himself to give heed to our cry, when we come to Him confessing our unworthiness and sin. The honor of His throne is staked for the fulfilment of His Word to us. (18LtMs, Ms 157, 1903, 26)
Ms 158, 1903
Wrong-Doing to be Condemned
Refiled as Ms 128, 1903.
Ms 159, 1903
A Message to Leading Physicians
NP
September 4, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 261; 5BC 1146; 6BC 1118.
I have words to address to those who occupy responsible positions as physicians. My brethren, the Lord has committed to each of you a work, which is plainly outlined in His Word. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 1)
Those who are connected with the Sanitarium at Battle Creek have the evidence that the testimonies of the Spirit of God that were borne by me during the General Conference of 1901 were of God. In giving the message that came to you, I in no way sought to exalt myself. I have no evidence that any time I have done this; but, as I am not at liberty to write to Dr. Kellogg, I address these words of instruction to you. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 2)
My brethren, in the name of the Lord, I say to you, Be careful how you voice the words and practice the methods of Dr. J. H. Kellogg; be careful how you accept the version that he gives of the testimonies that God has revealed to me for His people. God’s work and Dr. Kellogg’s work are not in harmony; and if you sustain all his propositions, as you are in danger of doing, the Lord God of heaven will not be pleased with you. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 3)
I will not have any controversy with the doctor, for his words are often unreliable, because the enemy works upon his imagination, and he suggests things that are untrue. Those who hear these statements are liable to accept as true many things that will separate them from the great Medical Director, if they carry these things out in practice. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 4)
The Lord Jesus was displeased with Dr. Kellogg’s course of action at the Oakland General Conference. On this occasion the heavenly messengers were viewing all that took place. The doctor’s words and deportment were of a character to bring no glory to God. Our brother is not led by the Spirit of God. His threats that he would bring the law to bear upon those who crossed his track—that he would do this, or that—revealed that he was in the same spiritual condition as are those to whom the message to the Laodicean church is addressed—“neither cold nor hot.” And to all such the Lord gives the warning, “So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth.... Be zealous therefore, and repent.” [Revelation 3:16, 19.] (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 5)
I passed through a painful experience in Oakland. The Lord instructed me that I was to have no words with Dr. Kellogg, lest I give him occasion to misinterpret me, and to present my words in a false light to you, who are so much in need of clear discernment in order that you may avoid betraying sacred trusts and walking contrary to God. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 6)
The showing in Battle Creek is not after the likeness of the divine. In this letter I will not specify details. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 7)
What is the sin against the Holy Ghost? The first three messages that I bore during the last General Conference in Battle Creek—messages that bore unmistakable evidence of being given under the inspiration of the Spirit of God—were referred to in the presence of Dr. Kellogg. His response was, “I gave her that inspiration.” (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 8)
These words are written in the books of heaven. I mention them to you, because the Doctor may have spoken them to you and to others. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 9)
Before I bore these messages during that Conference, I had no words with Dr. Kellogg, excepting once, when I inquired if certain ones were attending the meeting. I avoided talking with him in regard to matters; I did not want to give anyone an opportunity to speak with me; for I had a special message to bear. Until these messages had been borne, not one syllable in regard to these matters passed between Dr. Kellogg and myself. Afterward, I spoke to him regarding some points, but even on this occasion very few words passed between us. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 10)
At one time during the Conference, the Doctor came into my room and told me that during one of my talks, his brother Will K. Kellogg sat by his side and was deeply moved by what I was saying. The tears were flowing freely, and he said to his brother, “John, she speaks by the inspiration of the Spirit of God; she speaks as one having authority from God.” And as the Doctor told me this, he said, “My own heart was thrilled by the power of God. His Spirit sustained you in speaking as you did.” (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 11)
But the enemy, he who worked upon the minds of the angels in heaven to create disloyalty, has been working upon human minds. The Lord has represented to me that Satan links up with Dr. Kellogg and imbues him with evil devisings. Our erring brother will suggest many things that have not the inspiration or the sanction of the Holy Spirit of God; and I desire that you—physicians upon whom important responsibilities rest—shall be men of clear spiritual discernment, and that you shall not act like blind men. I desire that you shall be on guard: for Dr. Kellogg’s course is not straightforward. God has represented these matters to me. There are matters that we do not now discern, that will soon break upon us; and I am anxious that none shall be deceived. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 12)
The Lord has given great light to Dr. Kellogg; but much of this light has never come to you. Warning after warning has been sent to him. Notwithstanding all this, he is still urging that our brethren sign the documents that he has formulated with the assistance of lawyers upon whom he is leaning. To bring any such thing into the cause of God in these last days is to counterwork the work of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 13)
I have been instructed that the crowd of people who patronize the Sanitarium at Battle Creek is a snare to the physicians and the nurses there and, in the end, will result in the loss of souls. This institution is not doing the work that God designs should be done in our sanitariums—the work of giving the last message of mercy to a deceived, deluded world that must meet Jehovah over His broken law. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 14)
Every satanic agency is now at work with power from beneath. The day of death is not set before us in the Word as the great constraining motive impelling us to be wide-awake and determined in improving our opportunities. What motive does God present in His Word to all His workers—to ministers and to gospel medical missionaries?—“The great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteth greatly.” [Zephaniah 1:14.] And before the coming of this last great day, we are to proclaim the last message of mercy to a fallen world, to prepare men and women for the Lord’s second coming. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 15)
Everything that can be devised by the enemy to occupy the mind, and to divert attention from this message, will be devised. But we are to go forward in the proclamation of the Word of the Lord. The end of all things is at hand. The coming of the Lord in the clouds of heaven, with power and great glory, is very near. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 16)
At this time, when wickedness is at its height, ministers of the gospel are crying, “Peace and safety.” Upon the minds of those who are thus set at rest, “sudden destruction cometh.” [1 Thessalonians 5:3.] Unprepared, they shall not escape. Christ will not come with a still, small voice when He comes to bring hope and peace and joy to those who have proved faithful. In the day of His coming, the last great trumpet is heard, and there is a terrible shaking of earth and heaven. The whole earth, from the loftiest mountains to the deepest mines, will hear. Everything will be penetrated by fire. The tainted atmosphere will be cleansed by fire. The fire having fulfilled its mission, the dead that have been laid away in the grave will come forth—some to the resurrection of life, to be caught up to meet their Lord in the air; and some to behold the coming of Him whom they have despised, and whom they now recognize as the judge of all the earth. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 17)
All the righteous are untouched by the flames. They can walk through the fire, as Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego walked in the midst of the furnace heated seven times [hotter] than it was wont to be heated. The Hebrew worthies could not be consumed because the form of the fourth, the Son of God, was with them. So in the day of the coming of the Lord, smoke and flame will be powerless to harm the righteous. Those who are united with the Lord will escape unscathed. Earthquakes, hurricanes, flame, and flood cannot injure those who are prepared to meet their Saviour in peace. But those who rejected our Saviour, and scourged and crucified Him, will be among those who will be raised from the dead to behold His coming in the clouds of heaven, attended by the heavenly host—ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 18)
In speaking of the flood in Noah’s day, the apostle Peter declares: “Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water perished: but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.... The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also, and the works that are therein shall be burned up.” [2 Peter 3:6, 7, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 19)
This scene has been presented before me as fully as I could bear to behold it. Then the scene has changed, and scenes of things existing at the present time have passed before me. In these scenes I have beheld men who have been placed in positions of trust as watchmen, as financiers in the work of God, molding and fashioning their works after a worldly model which God condemns. The medical missionary work is sick and needs the power of the great Healer before men can accomplish the work in harmony with the name. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 20)
I have much more instruction that I desire to write out in regard to these points and hope to find time soon to do so. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 21)
“The great day of the Lord is near, it is near, and hasteth greatly.” [Zephaniah 1:14.] The Lord Jesus has given to every man his individual work. He who takes upon himself wonderful responsibilities that God has not placed upon him will feel that he must draw to his work all the resources that he can possibly gather to carry out his plans, irrespective of the great work that is to be done in our world by other men who are in God’s service. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 22)
Christ gave His life for the salvation of the world, not one locality. No one place is to be worked over and over again, in order that those in that place may make a great showing, while the other parts of God’s world are left barren and unworked. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 23)
Christ’s sacrifice for the salvation of the world is full of meaning. God’s only begotten Son gave Himself for us—a fallen order of beings. He must stand as the propitiation not only for our sins, but for the sins of the whole world. He who knew no sin was made sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him. He Himself bore our sins. As John the Baptist was baptizing converts in the waters of Jordan, he beheld Jesus in the distance, coming toward him; and as the Saviour approached the banks of the river, John extended both his arms to Him, and said, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 24)
“Christ also hath loved us,” writes Paul, “and hath given Himself for an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet smelling savor.” [Ephesians 5:2.] This is the oblation of a life-gift in our behalf, that we may be all that He desires us to be—representatives of Him, expressing the fragrance of His character, His own pure thoughts, His divine attributes as manifested in His sanctified human life, in order that others may behold Him in His human form, and, comprehending God’s wonderful design, be led to desire to be like Christ—pure, undefiled, wholly acceptable to God, without spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 25)
Christ calls for service altogether different from that which is given Him. Men in positions of responsibility should, through the power of the Holy Spirit, reveal the Redeemer much more clearly to the world than they have revealed Him. The infinite God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son a sacrifice for us, in order that, receiving Him in faith and practicing His virtues, we should not perish, but have everlasting life. My brethren, how do you suppose He regards the lack of spiritual enthusiasm manifested over the record of the great sacrificial offering made for our individual salvation? (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 26)
All human ambition, all boasting, is to be laid in the dust. Self, sinful self, is to be abased, not exalted. By holiness to God in the daily life here below, we are to manifest the Christlife. The corrupt nature is to become pure and undefiled; subdued, not exalted. We are to be humble, faithful men and women. Never are we to sit upon the judgment seat. God demands that His representatives shall be pure vessels, revealing the beauty of sanctified character. The channel is always to remain unobstructed, that the Holy Spirit may have free course; otherwise the teacher and the writer will gloss over the work that must be done with the natural man in order to perfect Christian character; and he will present his own imperfections in such a way that he makes of none effect God’s truth, which is as steadfast as the eternal throne. And while God calls upon all His watchmen to lift the danger signal, at the same time He presents before them the life character of the Saviour as an example of what they must be and do in order to save their souls. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 27)
Concerning His disciples, Christ prayed, “Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.” [John 17:17.] A pleasant, self-satisfied feeling is not an evidence of sanctification. A faithful record is kept of all the acts of the children of men. Nothing can be concealed from the eye of the High and Holy One, who inhabiteth eternity. Some make Christ ashamed by their course of devising, planning, scheming. God does not approve of their conduct; for the Lord Jesus is not honored by their spirit and their works. They forget the words of the apostle: “We are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men.” [1 Corinthians 4:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 28)
In consequence of the unfaithful lives of men who adorn not the doctrine of Christ our Saviour, Bible truth is blasphemed. My soul is grieved night after night, and day after day, as I view the present situation. (18LtMs, Ms 159, 1903, 29)
Ms 160, 1903
Be Not Weary in Well-Doing
Refiled as Ms 88, 1903.
Ms 161, 1903
The Peril of Rejecting Light
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
July 1, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 196.
The Lord calls upon His people to unify and to walk humbly with Him. But we are not to unify to sustain any one in an evil course of action. The end is near. We are living in the last days of this earth’s history. We must not utter one word of distrust or discouragement, but bear faithfully the message of truth for this time. The Lord’s messengers must not fail to declare the whole counsel of God, as He shall instruct them. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 1)
Satan has gone forth in these last days to deceive those who have not read God’s Word, nor practiced the truths it contains. Spiritual darkness has taken the place of light. Unless we heed the light, the darkness of spiritual night will settle down upon us. Let faith take hold upon the light that is shining beyond the darkness of satanic deceptions. God is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. The Word of God is our stronghold and our defense. God has led His people out of the world, away from its maxims and fashions and principles. He has given them truth to practice. The principles of the Word received into the daily life bring us into connection with Christ, who knew no sin, neither was guile found in His mouth. The way in which we may obtain eternal life is plainly stated by Christ in the sixth chapter of John. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 2)
Let those who talk of principle, as if they would not on any account depart from principle, be sure that they understand the principles laid down in the Word of God for our guidance. There are some who follow false principles. Their idea of principle is misleading. Following right principle means the faithful doing of the first four and the last six commandments. In obedience to these divine commands, we eat the flesh and drink the blood of Christ, appropriating all that is embraced in the atonement made on Calvary. Christ will stand by the side of all who receive Him as their Saviour. To them He will give power to become the sons of God. “The word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace and truth.” [John 1:14.] (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 3)
The One here referred to as the Word is the Son of God, who was the Commander in the heavenly courts, and who came to this world to open heavenly things to fallen human beings. He is the way, the truth, and the life. He is the Word that was with God before the world was. In clothing His divinity with humanity, He became possessed of two natures, the divine and the human. And because of this, He was fully able to accomplish for the human race their complete redemption and their restoration to the privileges of the higher life. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 4)
He began His earthly life as human beings begin theirs, coming to this world as a helpless babe. And while here, He lived the life that every human being may live who will receive the great gift that the Lord made to our world in sending His Son to work out the plan of salvation. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 5)
Christ bore the penalty of sin, the stroke of divine justice, that human beings might not be left to perish. He bore in His body the sentence pronounced against sinners. This is the science of salvation, which can safely be searched into, and which it is profitable to strive to understand. God gave His only begotten Son to suffer a most shameful death upon the cross, that sinners might be pardoned. Those who in this life will not repent of their sins, those who continue to stand on the enemy’s side, cannot be saved; for there will be no second probation. Those who continue in transgression will be judged according to their refusal of light. They choose to stand on the side of the prince of darkness, to become the helping hand of him who, if it were possible, would deceive the very elect. They refuse the wonderful gift of heaven, and though they may profess righteousness, and talk of “adherence to principle,” they are at the same time following principles opposed to the noble principles of heaven, and they teach others to follow the same corrupting principles. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 6)
I am instructed to give the warning that men who refuse to accept light and evidence will be left without excuse. They will suffer according to their works, in seeking in every way possible to carry out the inventions of satanic agencies. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 7)
“But there were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon themselves swift destruction. And many shall follow their pernicious ways, by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. And through covetousness shall they with feigned words make merchandise of you, whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not, and their damnation slumbereth not. For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness, [to be reserved unto judgment; and spared not the old world,] but saved Noah the eighth person, a preacher of righteousness, bringing in the flood upon the world of the ungodly, and turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah [into ashes] condemned them with an overthrow, making them an ensample unto them that after should live ungodly, and delivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the wicked.... The Lord knoweth how to deliver the godly out of temptation, and to reserve the unjust unto the day of judgment to be punished.” [2 Peter 2:1-7, 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 8)
I am instructed to say that we are now to strive to answer the prayer of Christ, recorded in the seventeenth chapter of John, by being sanctified through the truth. Let every soul seek the Lord while He may be found. We are building for eternity. We are either going backward or forward. Our feet are traveling in safe paths, preparing for translation to the heavenly mansions, or they are traveling in the path where the enemy is leading. The work for this time is to sow the seed of eternal truth, which will spring up and bring forth a harvest of joy. If bad seed is sown, there will be a harvest of despair. I entreat those who are giving the enemy an advantage by cherishing unbelief to look at themselves in the great moral looking glass, and see what kind of characters they are forming. If they are walking contrary to a “Thus saith the Lord,” let them change their attitude decidedly, ceasing to sin, and rendering cheerful obedience in every department of divine service. We are assured that God’s commands are spirit and life to the obedient. In obedience to the law of God there is great mental and spiritual strength, because thus man is brought into unity with Christ, and Christ is one with God. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 9)
“Thus saith the Lord, Keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the Son of man that layeth hold on it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hand from doing any evil. (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 10)
“Neither let the son of the stranger, that hath joined himself to the Lord, speak, saying, The Lord hath utterly separated me from His people, neither let the eunuch say, Behold, I am a dry tree. For thus saith the Lord unto the eunuchs that keep My Sabbaths, and choose the things that please Me, and take hold of My covenant: Even unto them will I give in Mine house, and within My walls a place and a name better than of sons and daughters: I will give them an everlasting name, that shall not be cut off. Also the sons of the stranger, that join themselves to the Lord, to serve Him, and to love the name of the Lord, to be His servants, every one that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and taketh hold of My covenant, even them will I bring to My holy mountain, and make them joyful in My house of prayer. Their burnt offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted upon Mine altar; for Mine house shall be called a house of prayer for all people.” [Isaiah 56:1-7.] (18LtMs, Ms 161, 1903, 11)
Ms 162, 1903
Written for Our Admonition
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
June 29, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in Ev 233; 5MR 83.
This morning my soul is drawn out in prayer for the guidance of the Holy Spirit. My plea is, “Sanctify me through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.” [John 17:17.] There is only one power that can guide the heart into the path of righteousness and peace. We are to bring the love of Christ into the daily experience, and we are to reveal righteousness in word and act, showing that we hate sin and love righteousness. We are to become more and more familiar with Christ’s divine-human life. In thought, word, and deed, from the manger to the cross, Christ lived a perfect life, and this, too, while tempted in all points like as we are. He possessed all the susceptibilities and properties of a human being. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 1)
God has given us the ten commandments for our instruction in righteousness. These commandments are a transcript of God’s character, and in the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy we are told that it is our life to obey them. We have no excuse for transgression. Christ came to our world to represent the Father in character, and He is our example in all things. Those who claim to be the children of God, and yet misrepresent the Lord Jesus by disorderly behaviour, as a child determined to have his own way, will find that such a life is a very hard one. He sets up his own will as a standard for others to follow, and the plans that he makes to carry out his own preconceived ideas and opinions frequently bring him into opposition to the will of Christ and into transgression of the law of Jehovah. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 2)
“Now therefore, hearken, O Israel, unto the statutes and unto the judgments which I teach you, for to do them, that ye may live, and go in and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers giveth you. Ye shall not add unto the word which I command you, neither shall ye diminish aught from it, that ye may keep the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you. Your eyes have seen what the Lord did because of Baal-peor; for all the men that followed Baal-peor, the Lord your God hath destroyed them from among you. But ye that did cleave unto the Lord your God are alive every one of you unto this day.” [Verses 1-4.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 3)
The Lord commanded Moses to repeat to the children of Israel the facts regarding their departure from the Lord’s commandments. These facts were to be repeated from time to time, lest they should be forgotten. The people had placed themselves on a level with idolatrous nations and experienced the sure results of their own choice of action. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 4)
“Israel joined himself unto Baal-peor, and the anger of the Lord was kindled against Israel. And the Lord said unto Moses, Take all the heads of the people, and hang them up before the Lord against the sun, that the fierce anger of the Lord may be turned away from Israel. And Moses said unto the judges of Israel, Slay ye every one his men that were joined unto Baal-peor. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 5)
“And, behold, one of the children of Israel came, and brought unto his brethren a Midianitish woman in the sight of Moses, and in the sight of all the congregation of the children of Israel, who were weeping before the door of the tabernacle of the congregation. And when Phineas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, saw it, he rose up from among the congregation, and took a javelin in his hand; and he want after the man of Israel into the tent, and thrust both of them through, the man of Israel, and the woman through her belly. So the plague was stayed from the children of Israel, and those that died in the plague were twenty and four thousand.” [Numbers 25:3-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 6)
How did God regard this matter? “The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Phineas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, hath turned my wrath away from the children of Israel, while he was zealous for My sake among them, that I consumed not the children of Israel in My jealousy. Wherefore, say, Behold, I give unto him My covenant of peace; and he shall have it, and his seed after him, even the covenant of an everlasting priesthood, because he was zealous for his God, and made an atonement for the children of Israel.” [Verses 10-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 7)
“Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples; and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. Wherefore, let him that thinketh he standeth take heed lest he fall. There hath no temptation taken you, but such as is common to man; but God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.” [1 Corinthians 10:11-13.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 8)
“Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people.” [Deuteronomy 4:5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 9)
God was particular to give Israel definite commandments, so that He could demonstrate before all nations that every good tree is know by its fruit. He would have a people distinguished from all other people upon the earth. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 10)
Go into an orchard, and pluck an apple. If it is sweet and juicy, you know that the tree from which you took it is a good apple tree. If you should pluck an apple from another tree, and find it to be a sour crab apple, you would take no delight in it; and you would know the tree to be worthless. A tree is known by its fruit. Can apples or pears be gathered from thorn bushes? This is a parable. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 11)
All who are in our world are bearing fruit of some kind. Our Lord Jesus has made it possible for fallen human beings to bear most precious fruit. In order to do this, they must obey the commandments of God. The actions represent the quality of the fruit borne in the life. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 12)
The world is God’s family. Because of the disobedience of men and women to His law, a way had to be provided whereby the demands of the law could be met. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] This is the sacrifice that God made in behalf of those who had fallen through disobedience. He gave up His only begotten Son to bear the penalty of the sins of the whole world, and in this gift He gave man all heaven’s facilities. He will pardon all who confess and forsake their sins. Their iniquities will be forgiven, and they will have the aid of heavenly angels to guard them from satanic delusions. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 13)
A good tree brings forth good fruit. We are to give to the world a manifestation of the pure, noble, holy principles that are to distinguish the people of God from the world. Instead of the people of God becoming less and less definitely distinguished from those who do not keep the seventh-day Sabbath, they are to make the observance of the Sabbath so prominent that the world cannot fail to recognize them as Seventh-day Adventists. (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 14)
“Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel forever; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh He rested and was refreshed.” [Exodus 31:16, 17.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 15)
With these plain words before us, who of those who know the truth will dare to make less prominent the distinguishing features of our faith? It is an established fact, to be made prominent before all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples, that the Lord God made the world in six days, and rested on the seventh day. “Thus the heavens and the earth were finished, and all the host of them, and on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made, and He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made.” [Genesis 2:1, 2.] (18LtMs, Ms 162, 1903, 16)
Ms 163, 1903
Josiah’s Mistake
NP
May 15, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 2BC 1039-1040. +
I am carrying a heavy burden upon my soul. My sleepless nights are spent in prayer. We are living in a very solemn time. We cannot with any security remain indifferent now. The whole trend of a world living in transgression and sin declares the cruelty of those who give themselves up to transgression of God’s law. The world is standing under the black banner of rebellion. Who can question who is leading the forces of rebellion? It is the one who was once the highest, most exalted angel in the heavenly universe. His position was that of covering cherub. But with him sin originated among the family of holy beings. Lucifer had the confidence of all. His former experience was of so unquestionable a character that his disaffection and deceptive representations drew large numbers of the angels to his side. “And there was war in heaven,” and Satan and the disloyal angels were cast out. [Revelation 12:7-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 1)
How sad the history! Satan knows full well the result of his work. But he decides that he will carry out his purposes to the bitter end, creating apostasy, disaffection, and rebellion. Some today are going over the same ground. Some are doing this unwittingly. Some are so deceived that though they are wretched and poor and miserable and blind and naked, they know it not. Satan keeps them sustained with their own heresies and sophistries. To such ones comes the Word: (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 2)
“Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent.” [Revelation 3:17-19.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 3)
May 24
This morning I praise the Lord for His goodness and love. I will not be discouraged; for then I should discourage others. The Lord would have His people shine as lights in the world. Many letters come to me from these in trouble, asking what to do when placed in trying positions. I try to point them to the blessed Word of God and to keep their minds as much as possible upon the instruction contained in the Scriptures. They can read the Word. They can ask God to give them an understanding of the Word and to keep them from making errors of judgment. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 4)
What saith the Scriptures: “If any of you lack wisdom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it shall be given him. But let him ask in faith, nothing wavering. For he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. A double-minded man is unstable in all his ways.” [James 1:5-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 5)
“It is expedient for you that I go away,” Christ said; “for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send Him unto you.” “When He, the Spirit of truth, is come, He will guide you into all truth; for He shall not speak of Himself; but whatsoever He shall hear, that shall He speak; and He will show you things to come. He shall glorify Me; for He shall receive of Mine, and shall show it unto you. All things that the Father hath are Mine; therefore said I, that He shall take of Mine, and shall show it unto you.” [John 16:7, 13-15.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 6)
Those who will not take God’s Word as assurance need not hope that human wisdom can help them; for human wisdom, aside from God, is like the waves of the sea, driven with the wind and tossed. The Word of Christ is, “He shall guide you into all truth.” [Verse 13.] Reject not the light given. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 7)
Read the history of Josiah. He had done a good work. During his reign idolatry was put down, and apparently successfully uprooted. The temple was re-opened and the sacrificial offerings re-established. His work was done well. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 8)
But at the last he died in battle. Why?—Because he did not heed the warnings given. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 9)
“As for the king of Judah, who sent you to inquire of the Lord, so shall ye say unto him, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel concerning the words which thou hast heard: Because thine heart was tender, and thou didst humble thyself before God, when thou heardest His words against this place, and against the inhabitants thereof, and humblest thyself before Me, and didst rend thy clothes, and weep before Me; I have heard thee also, saith the Lord. Behold, I will gather to thy fathers, neither shall thine eyes see all the evil that I will bring upon this place, and upon the inhabitants of the same. So they brought the king word again. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 10)
“Then the king sent and gathered together all the elders of Judah and Jerusalem. And the king went up into the house of the Lord, and all the men of Judah, and the inhabitants of Jerusalem, and the priests, and the Levites, and all the people, great and small; and he read in their ears all the words of the book of the covenant, that was found in the house of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 11)
“And the king stood in his place, and made a covenant before the Lord, to walk after the Lord, and to keep His commandments, and His testimonies, and His statutes, with all his heart, and with all his soul, to perform the words of the covenant which are written in this book. And he caused all that were present in Jerusalem and Benjamin to stand to it. And the inhabitants of Jerusalem did according to the covenant of God, the God of their fathers. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 12)
“And Josiah took away all the abominations out of all the countries that pertained to the children of Israel, and made all that were present in Israel to serve, even to serve the Lord their God. And all his days they departed not from following the Lord, the God of their fathers.” [2 Chronicles 34:26-33.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 13)
“After this, when Josiah had prepared the temple, Necho king of Egypt came up to fight against Charchemish by Euphrates; and Josiah went out against him. But he sent ambassadors to him, saying, What have I to do with thee, thou king of Judah? I come not against thee this day, but against the house wherewith I have war; for God commanded me to make haste; forbear thee from meddling with God, that He destroy thee not. Nevertheless Josiah would not turn his face from him, but disguised himself, and that he might fight with him, and hearkened not unto the words of Necho from the mouth of God, and came to fight in the valley of Megiddo. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 14)
“And the archers shot at king Josiah; and the king said to his servants, Have me away; for I am sore wounded. His servants therefore took him out of the chariot, and put him in the second chariot that they had; and they brought him to Jerusalem, and he died, and was buried in one of the sepulchers of his fathers. And all Judah and Jerusalem mourned for Josiah.” [2 Chronicles 35:20-24.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 15)
Because Josiah died in battle, who will charge God with denying His word that Josiah should go to his grave in peace? They did not give orders for Josiah to make war on the king of Egypt. When the Lord gave the king of Egypt orders that the time had come to serve Him by warfare, and the ambassadors told Josiah not to make war on Necho, no doubt Josiah congratulated himself that no word from the Lord had come directly to him. To turn back with his army would have been humiliating, so he went on. And because of this, he was killed in battle, a battle that he should not have had anything to do with. The man who had been so greatly honored by the Lord did not honor the word of God. The Lord had spoken in his favor, predicting good things for him; and Josiah became self-confident and failed to heed the warning. He went against the word of God, choosing to follow his own way, and God could not shield him from the consequences of his act. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 16)
In this our day men choose to follow their own desires and their own will. Can we be surprised that there is so much spiritual blindness? (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 17)
The prayer that Christ taught His disciples to pray, it is safe for us to offer at all times and in all places: “Our Father, which art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come; Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.” [Matthew 6:9, 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 18)
Had this been your prayer, my brother, you would today stand on vantage ground. God has given you chance after chance; encouragement after encouragement. I still have a message for you, that if you will thoroughly repent, and turn to the Lord with all your heart and soul and mind, and humble yourself before Him, you will find Him, even though by your perversity you have grieved the Holy Spirit. If you will renounce the enemy, in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, the Lord will pardon you. He will be gracious if you will put away the seductive theories that you have learned from the first great rebel. (18LtMs, Ms 163, 1903, 19)
Ms 164, 1903
A Warning Against Present Dangers
Refiled as Ms 126, 1905.
Ms 165, 1903
A Solemn Appeal
Refiled as Ms 122, 1905.
Ms 166, 1903
A Message of Warning
Refiled as Ms 2, 1904.
Ms 167, 1903
The World to be Warned
Refiled as Ms 18, 1904.
Ms 168, 1903
Redeem the Time
Refiled as Ms 30, 1904.
Ms 169, 1903
Words of Warning Against Present Dangers
NP
October 12, 1903 [typed]
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 299.
Satan works in every way he can to ensnare souls into his service. As I consider the state of things in Battle Creek, I tremble for our youth who go there. Shall we abet the efforts of the enemy to ensnare our promising young men and young women by advising them to go to Battle Creek to obtain their training for service—to a place where attendance at entertainments and festivals, indulgence in worldly dress, and many other evils will tempt them to go astray? (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 1)
The Lord has revealed to me some of the dangers that our youth will meet by evil associations. Many of the wealthy, worldly men and women who patronize the Battle Creek Sanitarium will be a source of temptation to the helpers in this institution. Some will become the favorites of worldlings and will be offered alluring inducements to enter their employ. Through the silent influence of the worldly display of some of the patrons who have stopped there for a time, the enemy has already been able to sow tares in the hearts of many of our young men and young women. This is the way in which Satan is working. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 2)
To fathers and to mothers I would say, Place not your children under the seductive influences and the subtle temptations that they would have to meet, were they to go to Battle Creek on account of the inducements offered by the Sanitarium for a training in medical lines. Legions of evil angels are at work in the midst of the large company gathered together in the Battle Creek Sanitarium; and these emissaries of the evil one are endeavoring to corrupt and destroy many souls. There are many grave perils awaiting the young men who have been brought up in places of comparative seclusion, and who go to this crowded center, supposing that they will have superior advantages for securing a training in medical missionary work, and that they will also be able to obtain degrees and come out full-fledged physicians. Therefore, One who sees, One who knows about these temptations has portrayed these dangers before me, that I may warn our people. The inducements offered to those who go to Battle Creek are represented to me as a snare prepared by the great apostate, by which to gain possession of human minds. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 3)
We desire that our youth shall be so trained that they will exert a saving influence in our churches, by working for greater unity and deeper piety. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 4)
The Training Received by John the Baptist and by Christ
John the Baptist, the cousin of Christ, received his early training from his parents. The greater portion of his life was spent in the wilderness, that he might not be influenced by beholding the lax piety of the priests and the rabbis, or by learning their maxims and traditions, through which right principles were perverted or belittled. The teachers of that day had become so blind spiritually that they could scarcely recognize the virtues of a heavenly character. So long had they cherished feelings of pride, envy, and jealousy, that they interpreted the Old Testament Scriptures in such a manner as to do away with the true meaning of God’s Word, which stood in the way of personal preferment and of exalted self-righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 5)
Christ, during the earliest years of His life on this earth, was taught by His mother. In accordance with the Jewish custom, He next learned a trade. He mastered the carpenter’s trade. And in His work at the carpenter’s bench He was more of an educator than a learner. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 6)
He who raised a widow’s son as friends were carrying the young man to his burial; He who healed a paralytic and forgave him his sins, sending him to his own house well—He it was who lived the life of a genuine medical missionary; and He has left us His example. He desires us to study His life diligently, that we may learn to labor as He labored. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 7)
The Importance of Strict Obedience to God’s Word
Christ was crucified by the Hebrew people, the fathers of whom He led for so many years through the wilderness. There He taught them His will through His faithful servant, Moses, a man whom God honored greatly. Yet even Moses made a mistake. Some would regard his sin as one that should be lightly passed over; but God sees not as man sees. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 8)
When within sight of the hills of Canaan, the Israelites murmured because the stream that had flowed wherever they encamped ceased. The cries of the people were directed against Moses and Aaron, whom they accused of bringing them into the wilderness to perish. The leaders went to the door of the tabernacle and fell on their faces. Again “the glory of the Lord appeared,” and Moses was directed, “Take the rod, and gather thou the assembly together, thou and Aaron thy brother, and speak ye unto the rock before their eyes; and it shall give forth his water, and thou shalt bring forth to them water out of the rock.” [Numbers 20:6-8.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 9)
The two brothers went on before the multitude, Moses with the rod of God in his hand. They were now aged men. Long had they borne with the rebellion and obstinacy of Israel; but now, at last, even the patience of Moses gave way. “Hear now, ye rebels,” he cried; “must we fetch you water out of this rock?” [Verse 10.] And instead of speaking to the rock, as God had commanded him, he smote it twice with the rod. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 10)
The water gushed forth in abundance to satisfy the host. But a great wrong had been done. Moses had spoken from irritated feeling; his words were an expression of human passion rather than of holy indignation because God had been dishonored. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 11)
Moses manifested distrust of God. “Shall we bring water?” he questioned, as if the Lord would not do what He promised. [Verse 10.] “Ye believed Me not,” the Lord declared to the two brothers, “to sanctify Me in the eyes of the children of Israel.” [Verse 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 12)
More than this, Moses and Aaron had assumed power that belongs only to God. The necessity for divine interposition made the occasion one of great solemnity, and the leaders of Israel should have improved it to impress the people with reverence for God and to strengthen their faith in His power and goodness. When they angrily cried, “Must we fetch you water out of this rock?” they put themselves in God’s place, as if the power lay in themselves. [Verse 10.] By these words they greatly dishonored Christ, their invisible Leader. God, not man, should have been glorified. The Lord reproved these leaders and declared that they should not enter the promised land. Before the Hebrew host He demonstrated that the sin of the leader was greater than the sin of those who were led. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 13)
Sabbath Observance a Sign of Obedience
The great test that will distinguish those who keep the commandments of God from those who transgress His law is Sabbath observance. In the thirty-first of Exodus we read: (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 14)
“The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the Sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the Sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord: whosoever doeth any work in the Sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death. Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the Sabbath, to observe the Sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between me and the children of Israel for ever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested, and was refreshed. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 15)
“And He gave unto Moses, when He had made an end of communicating with him upon mount Sinai, two tables of testimony, tables of stone, written with the finger of God.” [Verses 12-18.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 16)
This Scripture clearly outlines the definite requirements of God, respecting the observance of His day of rest. The keeping of the Sabbath holy is the sign between God and His people throughout their generations. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 17)
The Origin of the Battle Creek Sanitarium
Many years ago, before the Battle Creek Sanitarium was in existence, the Lord instructed me that we were to have sanitariums among our own people—institutions in which the Sabbath commandment would be respected and obeyed, and in which true medical missionary work would be done for the suffering poor as well as the wealthy. God has a special care for the poor. I was further instructed that our sanitarium work should not be conducted on so elaborate a plan that it would call for a large expenditure of means; and, also, that at the beginning, one sanitarium was all that we could manage. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 18)
Our brethren and sisters throughout the field were called upon to manifest their liberality by raising a fund sufficient to provide a building and facilities for the first institution. The Health Institute, as it was then known, was to be a direct, powerful agency for honoring and making prominent God’s law. The light of present truth was not to be hidden under a bushel or under a bed, but was to be placed where it would give light to all that were in the house. No precept of the divine law was to be relegated to a position of minor importance. The Sabbath truth was to be made especially plain, because in the fourth commandment is designated the One whose name is to magnified—the Creator of the heavens and the earth, the One who made the world and all that is therein in six days, and rested on the seventh day. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 19)
The Need of Heart-Reformation. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 20)
To the multitude of Jews and Gentiles, and to the disciples that always occupied the inner circle, the great Teacher and Medical Missionary Worker said, in His sermon on the mount: (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 21)
“Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comforted. Blessed are the meek: for they shall inherit the earth. Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they shall be filled. Blessed are the merciful: for they shall obtain mercy. Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God. Blessed are the peacemakers: for they shall be called the children of God. Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.” [Matthew 5:3-12.] Looking unto His disciples, Christ declared: “Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost its savor, wherewith shall it be salted? It is henceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men.” [Verse 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 22)
Salt that had lost its savor well represented the condition of the Pharisees and the effect of their religion upon society. Today, it represents the life of every soul from whom the power of the grace of God has departed, and who has become cold and listless. Whatever may be his profession, such a one is looked upon by men and angels as insipid and disagreeable. Profession of godliness is of little worth in itself. Until the whole heart, and soul, and strength, and mind are under discipline to God, we have not obeyed the first great commandment. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 23)
The law of God is to be written on the heart, else, profess what we may, in reality we never obey it. We might as well suppose that the ten commandments could guide the Hebrew host while these precepts were merely written on tables of stone in the midst of the clouds of Sinai, as that the truth of God could profit or illuminate the soul while it only floats in the understanding or memory without being inscribed on the fleshly tablets of the heart. Truth was never stamped upon the soul. “With the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.” [Romans 10:10.] Only those upon whose hearts are written the divine precepts can, as the salt of the earth, exercise a preservative influence. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 24)
Christ continued: “Ye are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father (God) which is in heaven.” [Matthew 5:14-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 25)
Every soul into whose heart the truth has found access must wage a warfare against the powers of darkness and fight inch by inch as he advances in the Christian pathway. The converted one may live in a family where he, like the other members, was once worldly and selfish, robbing God of the talents entrusted to all for service; but as soon as he is convicted and converted, he begins to use his talents in behalf of righteousness; and he is filled with the breath of life, the Spirit of God. Collision and strife often result. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 26)
Perhaps the other members of the family have also heard the truth, but although they have been impressed and convicted, they refuse to yield. As enemies of righteousness, they resent the intrusion of a strong spiritual influence into their family. The converted member of the family, loving God and keeping His commandments, will be purified through obedience to the truth; but he will meet with bitter, determined opposition. Truth has entered his soul-temple, and the false peace that formerly reigned is stirred and broken up. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 27)
If the truth be permitted to hold its place, it will take possession of the heart and the mind, the will and the affections. Love will fill the heart. The converted one will sit in heavenly places with Christ Jesus. Although he may have enemies even in his own household, he will rely wholly upon a power higher than any earthly power. The freely imparted Spirit of the living God will give victory in every contest. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 28)
True reformation must begin in the heart, out of which flow the issues of life. One of the most earnest prayers in the Bible is: “Create in me a clean heart, O God; and renew a right spirit within me. Cast me not away from Thy presence, and take not Thy Holy Spirit from me.... Then will I teach transgressors Thy ways, and sinners shall be converted unto Thee.” [Psalm 51:10, 11, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 29)
During His sermon on the mount, Jesus was closely watched by spies, and as He unfolded the principles of righteousness, the Pharisees caused it to be whispered about that his teaching was in opposition to the precepts that God had given from Sinai. There was a general spirit of murmuring rising up in the hearts of priests and rulers. Practical reformation of the life was not in accordance with their desires. These resisters of the truth were startled to hear their inmost thoughts referred to, as if they had been expressed. In unmistakable language Christ revealed His attitude toward the divine statutes: (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 30)
“Think not,” He said, “that I am come to destroy the law or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled.” [Matthew 5:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 31)
Every specification of the prophetic Word was to be fulfilled. The religious leaders had repeated over and over again the commandments of men and with vehemence had urged the necessity of observing them; but they lightly passed over some of God’s requirements that they did not wish to observe. Concerning this evil Christ declared: (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 32)
“Whosoever therefore shall break one of these least commandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of heaven.” [Verse 19.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 33)
Heaven’s decision will be that such a teacher is working against God, the Law-giver, who gave the law with great solemnity from mount Sinai. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 34)
“But whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven.” [Verse 19.] This will also be the decision of the heavenly intelligences. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 35)
“For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven.” [Verse 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 36)
From this declaration we learn that the transgressors of God’s law, be they priests or rulers, scribes or Pharisees, must reach a standard of righteousness much higher than that which they have hitherto reached. They need the illumination of the true Light, which reveals to men what they are. They need the faith that works by love to God and love to their neighbors. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 37)
The Jewish leaders chose to pass by their neighbors, because they desired to serve God in their own selfish way. They failed to realize that the least disobedience against one of the Lord’s precepts would bring them under condemnation. In their human wisdom they so arranged the “least commandments” that through them they taught false doctrines. [Verse 19.] Setting aside some of the teachings of the Word as nonessential, unimportant, they put human laws in the place of the divine. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 38)
Such work as this is being done in the ranks of the believers in the remnant church. This brings in grave dangers; for many among us lack spiritual discernment. Our righteousness must exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees. Their righteousness consisted in externals—in formal obedience; the righteousness that God requires of us must spring from the heart and extend throughout the being, within and without, bringing heart and life into conformity with His revealed will. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 39)
Oh, how much is lost through men who pervert the teachings of the Word, misquoting the Scriptures and wresting their meaning! Religion in the heart means everything to the receiver. A meek, obedient, teachable spirit is more acceptable to God than any amount of outward service—service that is often performed in a selfish, inconsiderate, presumptuous manner. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 40)
We all need to be earnestly guarding ourselves, lest we lose ground spiritually; lest we lose a clear perception of God and His righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 169, 1903, 41)
Ms 170, 1903
Coming Destruction of Cities
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
Oh, such crashing and breaking up of the most expensive, thoroughly constructed homes! I awoke and I could not think where I was, but this scene has been represented before me of what would befall our cities. As scenes have been presented, I seemed to be stunned. (18LtMs, Ms 170, 1903, 1)
I told them we were going to Los Angeles, and what kind of a work we should be engaged in I did not know. I could not relate what I had passed through in the night. (18LtMs, Ms 170, 1903, 2)
As we came into Los Angeles, I remembered One speaking words that were in Revelation. A great solemnity was upon that night, yet I had peace of mind, that now the warning was to come to the people. (18LtMs, Ms 170, 1903, 3)
Shall this warning of such complete destruction be passed by unnoticed? Will they continue to exalt the spurious Sabbath? (18LtMs, Ms 170, 1903, 4)
Ms 171, 1903
Diary, January 1903
NP
January 3-31, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 5MR 453; 12MR 83.
January 3, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California,
I thank the Lord as I awake this morning for His keeping power through the night. This is the seventh day of the week, the day the Lord has set apart for us to observe, laying aside all secular business. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 1)
January 4, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California,
Sunday, first working day of week. I leave my sleeping room some hours before the family leave their rooms and assemble for prayers. I would not have them do as I am doing. They should have full time to sleep. I cannot sleep. The months of November and December were the most trying period of my life. Nearly this whole period I could not sleep past twelve p.m. I kindled my fire in my good, precious, open fireplace, then sought the Lord in prayer; but my burden was heavy upon me. The presentation before me is anything but flattering. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 2)
January 5, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I awoke and bowed this morning before God with gratitude and thanksgiving to my heavenly Father for the abundant blessings I enjoy. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 3)
I praise the Lord that it is my privilege to have editing my writings those who love God and seem as fully interested in the preparation of the articles as myself. They are all conscientious workers. My son W. C. White is a very necessary help to take his business and work it out. Miss Marian Davis has been with me twenty-five years and is an efficient worker. From articles already published over a period of years she selects and brings together the matter for bookmaking. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 4)
The Spirit of God is stirring my mind deeply upon the subject of the previous page. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 5)
January 6, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I am pleading with the Lord at one o’clock a.m. that the Lord will help His people to take heed to His warnings and counsels before it shall be everlastingly too late. I was in the vision of the night in a council meeting, and there was difference of opinion, showing that the lesson prayer of Christ in John seventeen had not special weight with them. One of authority arose, and every eye was fixed upon Him for He bore the impress of Christ. In a most solemn, touching manner He asked, “Are you converted?” (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 6)
January 7, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I cannot sleep after twelve o’clock. I am praying nearly all my wakeful moments that the Lord will manifest Himself unto His people and will awaken their spiritual sensibilities. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 7)
January 8, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
My mind is deeply in earnest to know what the Lord would have me to do. I must have the power and Spirit of God, else I cannot do anything of myself. I plead with the Lord for help that God will accept my prayer and my work as His messenger. Christ must be my efficiency. We must have a genuine faith in Christ Jesus, and then we need to understand that we are not in our individual self the whole body, but only a part, only one member. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 8)
January 10, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
We have every reason to have hearts full of gratitude to God for His goodness and mercy to us. We have entered so recently a new year, and new and continuous responsibilities will have to be borne in things expected and unexpected. Our experience in the years that are past in many things will be repeated. Shall we dedicate ourselves anew to God; and as we meet temptations and perplexities, shall we take everything to God in prayer? (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 9)
January 11, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
I am praying unto my heavenly Father to be unto me wisdom, sanctification, and righteousness. I must have His grace, else I can do nothing. We have each a work given us of God to do. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 10)
January 18, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
(Psalm 145:1-3): “I will extol Thee, my God, O king, and I will bless Thy name for ever and ever. Every day will I bless Thee; and I will praise Thy name for ever and ever. Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised; and His greatness is unsearchable.” Our thanksgivings for mercies received ought to be put into speech and ought to be as warm and fully abundant as our prayers are frequent and earnest. Our faith should grasp the promises of God as we ask God for the daily help of which we stand in need. We are nearing the close of this earth’s history. If we do live upon the earth when He shall appear, we want to meet Him with joy and not with grief, saying as we behold His sign in the heavens, “Come, Lord Jesus, and come quickly. ‘Lo this is our God. We have waited for Him, and He will save us.’ [Isaiah 25:9.] We have no time to lose. We are in our educating school here below to learn every day to be prepared to enter the higher, even the heavenly, grade. We should have a personal interest in our own religious experience, and take advantage of every opportunity to learn from the Scriptures—from the Great Teacher—the essential qualifications. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 11)
Our speech should be without deception. No guile must be found in our lips, no impurity allowed in our hearts, no unkindliness in our speech or in our attitude towards one another. Learn the language of Canaan here, that will be in harmony with the language of heaven. In this commencement of the new year, cultivate grace and love and a deep interest in spiritual things. shall we not have the love of God burning upon the altar of our hearts? And shall not our thanksgiving go forth from unfeigned lips? (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 12)
January 21, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
I thank my heavenly Father I have slept more than for several nights—till half-past two o’clock. The Lord is very gracious. His lovingkindness is so far beyond that which we deserve. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 13)
January 22, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
I thank my heavenly Father for His merciful, tender watchcare. I plead with the Lord in the night season. He will hear our prayer of earnest desire for increased strength to do His will. I pray most earnestly in the sleepless hours of the night for clearness of the representations made me as God’s messenger to bear the trust to others, and that if I have in any way departed from His will and His way that I may understand this and repent and be forgiven. I want not one instant to be surprised on the enemy’s ground, if I am called away without any warning. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 14)
I will seek the Lord most earnestly to preserve to me my eyesight. My left eye has been afflicted for a number of years, but I know not what to do but to come to the Great Physician. Day and night I may present my request for special blessing of eyesight, hearing, and for removal of pain in my heart. I need keen spiritual perception to know when to speak and when to withhold words of censure for wrongs which are endangering the souls of church members. Ministers and people are to watch and to pray without ceasing. He who gave His whole self as a sacrifice hath said, They shall not be ashamed that wait for Me. And then what encouragement He has given us—the sunshine of His presence, and He is our assurance! (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 15)
God “is a rewarder of all them that diligently seek Him.” [Hebrews 11:6.] He has His men to commission. He sent a Philip to the eunuch in the desert of Gaza to explain to him the Scriptures. He found him with the Scriptures in his hand and he asked him, “Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me?” [Acts 8:30, 31.] Here was a man in connection with the highest class, but he needed to know the Word of God. Philip was invited up into his chariot and explained the Scriptures, preaching the gospel, the mission and work of Christ. The eunuch expressed his faith, and as they came to water, he proposed to Philip that he be baptized, and after this work was done Philip seemed to be caught away. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 16)
The Lord heard the prayer of the centurion in the town of Caesarea and told him what to do. Acts 10. He saw in a vision the angel of the Lord coming in to him and saying unto him, Cornelius. And when he looked on him he was afraid and said, What is it, Lord? And He said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. There were special directions given just what he should do to obtain further enlightenment. The angel might have imparted light, but God’s plan was to place chosen men in connection with men who needed enlightenment in the truth of the gospel, and thus a connection be made whereby the Gentiles should have the gospel. This was the way of the Lord, and the work of God is not to be carried by the wisdom of men, but by the power of God. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 17)
January 23, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
My mind is exercised in regard to the absence of the love of Christ for one another in the church. We cannot afford to regard with indifference a single messenger of Jesus Christ. If we pray the Lord to work for us we must accept the help He sends in His own appointed way. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 18)
Sabbath, January 31, 1903
I thank the Lord this morning I have had a precious night’s rest and sleep. I plead with God in behalf of His people that they may understand the lessons the Lord would have all to learn who believe in Him; that when they seek the Lord as a little child in humility, they will find Him a present help in every time of need. Let all, both high and lowly, seek the Lord with all the heart. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 19)
It is the last day of the first month of the year. This is the Sabbath of the Lord. Let us come to the Lord in humility of mind, confessing our sins. What a great regret many will feel who have built themselves up in self-importance, considering they have power in their hands and can shape things after their minds, and who can hinder them? In their pride and self-sufficiency, they did not consider as they should that God reads beneath the surface. All your sagacity and prudence, your foresight, your pride, and your energies are as nothingness before God, and will be of not the least account in your behalf to recommend you to God or to open for you the gates of the city of God, where only the pure in heart, the merciful, the kind, the men and women of holy principles will enter. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 20)
W. C. White reached home this evening. Was delayed in his journey seven hours by wreckage on the track. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 21)
Sabbath evening. I have this day, January 31, by request spoken to the people. W. C. white shared the exercises. I feel very grateful to my heavenly Father that after an absence of three months in traveling he is with us again, and his family are grateful to have him home. He is suffering with pain in his lungs. Will take treatment this evening. We had all seats filled. An interesting congregation. The Spirit of the Lord has been working upon the minds of the people. There is quite a large number working in the food factory. Some have taken their stand to serve the Lord. The Week of Prayer was a most profitable occasion, and there is in the food factory and in the sanitarium a great improvement. (18LtMs, Ms 171, 1903, 22)
Ms 172, 1903
Diary, February 1903
NP
February 2-17, 1903
Previously unpublished.
Monday, February 2, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I thank the Lord that I did rest some hours in the night past. It was very cold. I was chilly, but had some sleep. Awoke at one o’clock and could not sleep after that. I think it has been the coldest night we have had in this section of the country. In building my fire and taking my cold-water sponge bath, I did not chill, but I did not react as I usually do. Soon after breakfast it commenced snowing very gently and increased into fast snowing. Sometimes seems as though it is about ended, then it begins again afresh. Considerable snow has fallen. Has lodged in the branches and has covered the ground. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 1)
February 13
Sad day to me. Suffered much pain in my head and in my eyes. Dr. M. G. Kellogg has just come with his family from Australia. He tarried in Oakland. Will remain through the conference. Have had conversation with W. C. White, my son, and with Brother A. T. Jones in reference to the way the work should be conducted. May the Lord lead us and guide and direct us that we shall not make one false step that will injure the precious cause of truth. We are not safe in any other way than holding the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end. The Lord would have every one walk in His footprints, meek and lowly of heart, realizing there are no kings to be exalted; but all must bear in mind all ye are brethren. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 2)
February 14
This past night I have been drawn out in most earnest prayer to God that He would heal my eyes. I cannot part with my eyes and I see so much writing that I wish to do, finishing the Old Testament History, before my work will be satisfactory to me. I have had more distinct, definite impressions of the Lord Jesus as the great Healer. Merciful and gracious are the promises of God. I begged in my prayers upon my bed that the Lord would help me to thoroughly understand the science of faith and to grasp the promise with unwavering faith for the restoration of my eyesight and my bodily infirmities. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 3)
The promise I claim, because Christ has never failed when inquired of to exercise His power of healing. I need my eyesight. I need health of every faculty of thought and a heart cleansed, refined, purified, that Christ can impart to me the rich grace of heavenly attributes. I must with simple faith ask Him to restore to me my eyesight, and I have this night grasped His promises by the hand of faith, and my head and eyes this morning are under the Divine Physician’s healing power. I shall have faith in God. The Lord asks us to have faith in His healing power. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 4)
Shall I then become imprudent and walk carelessly because I have a Great Physician who can heal all manner of diseases? No. I must exercise all my God-given powers to be right and to do right. The house we live in—our physical house—is to be preserved. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 5)
We are to seek to understand more and still more perfectly what is comprehended in the living incarnation of the excellence of Christ Jesus. We must learn of Him how to work, how to walk circumspectly, how to do the work He has given us by being laborers together with God, wise and understanding what the will of the Lord is. I copy the words that express my feelings, (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 6)
“Such love and meekness so divine,
I would transcribe and make them mine.
Be Thou my pattern, make me bear
More of the gracious image here;
Then God the Judge shall own my name
Among the followers of the Lamb.”
(18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 7)
We need to depend more entirely on Christ. If we believe in Christ Jesus and will ask Him in faith for His restoring power in tact, in skill, in wisdom, doing all in accordance with His Word, we shall not be disappointed. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 8)
Sunday, February 15, 1903
St. Helena
We had an interview this day with Dr. M. G. Kellogg. He has just come from Australia. He arrived here Friday and spoke Sabbath at the Sanitarium to a good congregation. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 9)
Dr. Evans came last week, with his wife, to become head physician in the Sanitarium. We are very anxious that Dr. Evans and his wife Dr. Margaret, who is also a physician, should prove to be the very help which we need. They are desirous of doing the will of the Lord. They have worked in this institution. We believe these two physicians will, if connected with God, be all that we need. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 10)
Those who shall fill a place in our institutions as the Lord’s chosen will be the Lord’s helping hand. Their words will be chaste and good and therefore appropriate, as laborers together with God. There should be no self-idolatry, especially with those who are acting the part of physicians, dependent upon God’s grace and His skill to perform their duties in all minor and critical cases. Their influence with the patients is to be ever pure and elevating, encouraging them to come to the Saviour just as they are, because it is their Redeemer that invites them to come and receive of Him His grace. He is waiting for their surrender that He may take away their sins and impart to them moral excellence and spiritual joy and all the excellence of an abiding faith. (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 11)
February 16
I have had my mind so drawn out to some things that I cannot sleep. I was standing before the people trying to represent to them that while in the world we are to consider the words of Christ. [John 17:15-17, 19-23 quoted.] (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 12)
February 17, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
What can I say this morning? I carry a very heavy heart. It is painful for me to reprove anyone. I do not wish to injure the feelings of anyone, but what can I do when the Lord represents the individuals who are handling responsibilities, yet the man’s eyes are clouded, his spiritual discernment is not correct, his heart is not softened and subdued by the Holy Spirit? He cannot judge clearly or righteously. The Lord would set them right, sending them a message of warning, of reproof and correction, but they do not change; they refuse to receive that portion of the testimony they need so very much. One made the statement, when asked if he had received a letter from Sister White concerning a certain course of his action, “Yes, but that which you mention I cut out and put in the wastebasket; that which will be of value to me I shall preserve.” How many do this? (18LtMs, Ms 172, 1903, 13)
Ms 173, 1903
Diary Fragments, April to June 1903
NP
April 17 - June 30, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 12MR 83-84.
April 17, 1903
Elmshaven, California
I cannot sleep this morning after three o’clock. I take my pen and write things which have been pressing upon my mind. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 1)
Monday morning, April 20, 1903
This morning about twelve o’clock I awoke from sleep where I was calling upon the Lord in prayer in my own behalf and in behalf of my brethren. I felt a wonderful nearness to God and these words were sounding in my ears, “Jesus of Nazareth passeth by.” “If thou wilt, Thou canst make me whole.” [See Luke 18:37; Matthew 8:2.] I did not at first understand the sensation of prickling in the ends of my fingers. What does this mean? The pricking seemed to extend to my arms, and a soft, flexible feeling came into hands and arms. I continued my prayer to God that I was offering in my sleep, and after praying to my heavenly Father I arose and dressed. The exhaustion I had been suffering seemed to be all gone and my head was clear. I had felt deeply burdened and had begun writing after two o’clock p.m. in my diary, and I did not feel that I could drop my pen until seven o’clock. I had written in my large diary thirteen pages as fast as my pen could trace the words to Dr. Kellogg and to my brethren who have been holding positions in our institutions, for there had been a departing from pure and clean, sanctified principles in their business management, and the Lord had come near to them in rebuke and judgment. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 2)
May 1, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I thank the Lord this morning that I have had rest in sleep. I am not free from infirmities, but while I suffer pain I am grateful to my heavenly Father that I am able to accomplish considerable in this work of preparing my writings that should come to our people, for the Lord impresses my mind and I desire to impart every ray of light given me. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 3)
I am grateful to my heavenly Father that my mind is clear and distinct in regard to the requirements of God in His Word. I feel sorrow in my heart that the claims of God upon the life and service in His cause are not fully appreciated. Because of this, mistakes are often made. These many mistakes in the religious life need not be, for God is light and in Him is no darkness at all. He wants us as His children, adopted into His family, to act as such at all times, receiving His grace daily. Because we offer up our earnest prayers to our Father, He blesses us with His rich grace and we become His witnesses as children of God. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 4)
We want not to mix and mingle with the world to receive the spirit of the world, but to reveal the precious grace of truth in our own hearts and to honor God as His little children. We are to love one another. We are to do kindly actions whenever we have opportunity, because the Lord is constantly bestowing His most valuable gifts upon us. Every day we are to be thankful. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 5)
It may seem to us that the truth maintains its ground by the hardest exertion and most costly sacrifice, but we are to consider we are to discharge our individual duty day by day. Keep the mind stayed upon the Lord. Are we not warring the good and grand warfare, expecting the crown of life which the righteous Judge shall give us in that great day when every man will receive according to his deeds, whether they be good or evil? We have the precious light of the Word given us from God to give to the world and to lead us in the path He requires us to travel. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 6)
Do not forget the words recorded in (Matthew 28:16-20): “Then the eleven disciples” after His resurrection “went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. And when they saw Him they worshipped Him: but some doubted. And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 7)
This message needs ever to be kept in mind to be obeyed. We are not to worry, but move on and trust wholly in God. We have a message to the world, and a fearful account will be rendered to God if we should prove unfaithful as His stewards. We long to see precious souls converted to God. For this we venture to labor in our age and infirmities. We hunger for souls and pray for the conversion of souls. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 8)
May 2, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
Thank the Lord my life has been spared to see another day. My prayer to my heavenly Father is, Keep me today and give me this day clear perception that I shall not lose anything that Thou hast impressed and shall impress upon my mind that I must give to Thy people. Oh help me, my heavenly Father, to do Thy will, to give Thy words, and in such language that will make the best impression upon the minds of all that shall hear me speak. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 9)
Unto this day Thou hast been everything to me. We can walk safely in the darkest path if we have Thy light going before us as our guide. Thy Word, let it impress my mind this day. As I write the things Thou hast given me, may my representations be just as clear as Thy light, that shineth into the most darkened understanding. Give me words, give me wise speech. The burden lies heavy upon my soul lest I shall not make every representation clear. And oh my Lord, work upon human hearts that they shall be convinced, that the heavy laden may understand that there is a Burden Bearer who will take all their burdens and will heal all their wounds. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 10)
Oh how I long that the curtain shall be rolled back, and souls that do not now see their great privileges may see and may understand that if they walk with Thee, my Saviour and their Saviour, and learn of Thee Thy meekness and Thy lowliness of heart, they will find rest unto their souls, and Thy joy shall be in them and their joy shall be full. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 11)
May 27
St. Helena Sanitarium
The fruit of the Spirit is peace and love. I thank the Lord this morning I have been able to sleep until three o’clock. Retired quarter-past eight. My heart is drawn out this morning to the Lord in most earnest prayer for His keeping power. I cannot keep myself one moment. I want ever the fresh consciousness that I am a child of God, one of His little ones, and kept by His power. I cannot keep myself even for one single moment. My prayer is ascending to God that His grace may be with me today. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 12)
I am trusting in the Lord, praying and believing that His promises full of comfort and assurance will be realized this day. To be spiritually minded is life and peace. “Peace I leave with you, My peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.” [John 14:27.] “The God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost.” [Romans 15:13.] (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 13)
I know not how long my life may be spared, but I am living day by day as unto the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 14)
June 6, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena Sanitarium, Calif.
This is the Sabbath of the Lord. We are this day to honor God in our conversation. Our hearts must be opened in a special manner this day from beginning to the close of the Sabbath, and there must be shining forth from us the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness. I praise the Lord this morning that I feel rested. I slept well during the night. My heart is at peace with God. I have not any inclination to bring sad thoughts and distress upon my soul on this day which God has sanctified and blessed. Exodus (chapter 31) is so expressed as to leave not a shade of doubt in any mind in regard to our duty to keep holy the seventh day. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 15)
June 10, 1903
St. Helena Sanitarium
I am this morning deeply impressed with a sense of the great work before us to be done in order that we may respond to the words of Christ when He stood in His perfect humanity in our world. He is the true and unerring One to guide our feet in the path He was traveling. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 16)
June 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I thank the Lord that I have been enabled to stand the taxation that has been upon me for weeks. I slept well last night. This morning I am not strong but I will put my trust in God. The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. My mental powers have been constantly drawn upon for so long, and yet in my sleeping hours the Lord gives me words to speak that are appropriate for the occasion and for the benefit of those who come to me for counsel. The Lord would have us help one another. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 17)
Professor Beardslee had a conversation with me. I would have helped him if I could; but I dare not give my opinion of duties for others unless I have the words of counsel from God. As I read the blessed Holy Bible I can speak words from the Book of books and from instruction the Lord has given me to give to those who ask me to help them when they are in difficulty. But I always encourage them by the Word itself and urge them to take everything to God in prayer, pleading the promise, Ask and ye shall receive; seek and ye shall find. [Matthew 7:7.] (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 18)
There should be a solemn importance attached to the testimonies the Lord gives His messenger to bear concerning the Word which calls us to come out from the practice of the world and be separate. A half conversion is only a snare to betray other souls into the same divided service. Every truly converted soul shows a transformation in character, and a marked change takes place. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 19)
June 30
St. Helena, Calif.
I am grateful to my heavenly Father for His sustaining grace this morning. There is not a smooth path before any of us. We are to meet Lucifer in his efforts to counterwork the purpose of God in sending Christ to our world to reveal the Father. We shall make it a point not to dwell upon the disagreeable features that shall present themselves to us. We are to keep the bright side ever before us. But while we are not to be discouraged in our efforts to war against evil, Lucifer will work to act his part. We cannot be unconscious of the difficulties and perplexities we are compelled to bear, yet we are to know we are laborers together with God. Christ is with us by His promise from His sacred lips, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 20)
My heart is longing after God. But discouragements will come. Let us look and study the life of Christ and inquire, What would the Lord Jesus do were He present to counsel me in the difficulties that arise? Our first business is to ask counsel of God. (18LtMs, Ms 173, 1903, 21)
Ms 174, 1903
Diary, July 1903
NP
July 5-31, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 3SM 76; 3MR 211; 6MR 102.
July 5, 1903
St. Helena
I thank the Lord for His care over me and I am determined to keep my heart and my mind in the love of God. We shall leave St. Helena today for Healdsburg. Have much to do in writing, to go as soon as possible to Battle Creek. W. C. White received a message from Elder Daniells to be in Battle Creek as soon as possible. Important decisions are to be made. He answered back he was unwilling to go. His work here was important. The answer came back that he must come. He is on his way. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 1)
We left St. Helena at half-past three o’clock, and a strong wind came up, blowing the dust in our faces. This wind surprised us. It was so cold—as if it came from mountains covered with snow. We made no provisions for such a change. Dores Robinson was the least prepared. We were all somewhat chilled. Dores left the carriage for Brother Baker to drive and he ran a long ways before us. We were compelled to walk the horses over that long bridge, and he was far ahead of us when we left the bridge. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 2)
We arrived at Healdsburg just as it was becoming dark. We found Brother and Sister Jones at Brother Mills’, enjoying a visit with them, but they accommodated us and we were glad to have a warm room and hot water to drink. We had a very profitable visit. I conversed with them upon the importance of all taking special pains to help one another, to encourage each other with cheerful words, and to put away all complaining and faultfinding. Satan is working to discourage. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 3)
July 6, 1903
Healdsburg
We had a most precious interview last evening. We all decided we should be true and helpful to one another. We must not help the enemy in his work to discourage and place barriers in the way of each other, and to demerit others, for this will displease God. Satan will make use of us if we will be used. We have a service to do for the Master and we must do that service uncomplainingly. It is our duty to let cheerfulness come into our hearts and to be thankful that Christ has made us His purchased possession. We are to be filled with gladness and joy, and it is becoming for us to express our gratitude. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 4)
July 6, 1903
Healdsburg
The stockholders of the school meet at nine o’clock. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 5)
I could not sleep past three and I wrote several pages while others were sleeping. Letters had to be written. I dared not delay. The warning must be given in reference to the high position the church should occupy as Christians. There is danger of drawing apart and not answering the prayer of Christ in John 17. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 6)
This whole chapter is a prayer to His Father for His disciples as He was about to leave them and go to His Father. This was the finishing of His ministry with them prior to His betrayal, His trial in the judgment hall, His crucifixion, His burial in Joseph’s tomb, His resurrection, and His proclaiming over the rent sepulcher of Joseph, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 7)
Will we take this instructive prayer, and will we in all our perplexities be sanctified? He said, “I sanctify Myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [John 17:19.] Will we make such an application of the truth that we shall be sanctified through belief of the truth? We can never, never glorify God in serving mammon. Christ would have us, all there is of us, if we will do His will. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 8)
*****
At nine o’clock we went to the board meeting and I had something to say in regard to the presentation of physical labor. Shall these industries be discouraged because the labors in these lines were more consuming than producing? Shall we talk discouragement? Some will talk strange things, and their mind will be, Better give it up. But No, I say, No. The Lord can turn this defeat into a victory if it is treated the right way. Let there be every effort possible to make this a victory, for it is God’s will that the industries shall be continued. How much good has it done for the workers to be united in their labor? How much benefit has it been to their bodies and their souls? The records in the books of heaven may show a gain. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 9)
*****
I had conversation with Professor Giddings in reference to how the schools should be conducted. I conversed with him one hour. He has been the preceptor of the school in Los Angeles. I repeated this July 7 before members of the board. It will be written out from reports. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 10)
July 7
Healdsburg, Calif.
The board met and I had one hour’s talk with them. Had some conversation with Brother and Sister McClure in reference to sale of my place in Healdsburg. I want to dispose of it. This day, in the morning hours, I wrote many pages in reference to our position for this time. I have much more to write upon this subject—the Christian influence of the church, what it should be in making special efforts to visit and talk with unbelievers, and pray with them. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 11)
July 15, 1903
I am very grateful to our heavenly Father for the strength He has given me. My mind seems clear. The light given me upon the Scriptures seems so clear and encouraging. I read the writings of the Apostle Paul with great interest. The apostle was in a vision taken up to heaven and he saw many things that it was not lawful for a man to utter. But all his writings, his letters, his admonitions, his appeals have heavenly complexion. The sure word of prophecy is brought into all his instructions. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 12)
July 16, 1903
I thank the Lord that, however weak I am, He gives me strength when before the people. I am often surprised, and this is my comfort, for I know I could not do the work I have done unless the Lord strengthened me and gave me words to speak to the large crowds. I know better than anyone else how much I suffer at times with physical infirmities, but I will talk as little about these depressing things as possible. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 13)
I long to speak to large congregations, knowing that the message is not of myself but that which the Lord impresses upon my mind to utter. I am never left alone when I stand before the people with a message. When before the people, there seem to be presented before me the most precious things of the gospel, and I participate in the gospel message and feed upon the Word as much as any of the hearers. The sermons do me good, for I have new representations every time I open my lips to speak to the people. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 14)
I can never doubt my mission for I am a participant in the privileges and am nourished and vivified, knowing that I am called unto the grace of Christ. Every time I set forth the truth to the people, and call their attention to eternal life which Christ has made possible for us to obtain, I am as much benefited as they, with most gracious discoveries of the grace and love and the power of God in behalf of His people, in justification and reconciliation with God. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 15)
The Lord Jesus has, by the expense of His precious blood, freely bestowed upon all the blessed advantages they enjoy. I am sure every soul who will receive grace to impart will realize in his own experience grace for grace. We want to let the life of Christ shine in us that we may let grace for grace shine unto others. We need not be destitute of the grace of Christ if we will communicate to others the blessings we have received. In working out our own salvation we are becoming strengthened, settled, confirmed in the faith. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 16)
I have every reason to be grateful to my heavenly Father that He has prolonged my life until next November 26 I shall be seventy-six years old. I thank the Lord this day for the blessings I have received. We should dwell much more upon the blessed privileges we enjoy in the gospel. We are children of God. “As many as received Him to them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 17)
July 19, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
I thank the Lord this morning that I have slept well through the night. My heart has been disturbed as scenes have been presented before me of a character I must write. I will scratch them off upon paper and then transfer the things that I think deeply upon to my diary. I have some things I will write here. [Personal testimonies follow.] (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 18)
July 30, 1903
I could not sleep after twelve o’clock. I am passing through scenes I can scarcely endure to consider. There were assemblies I was in and I was hearing the words spoken by men who are in responsible positions. And there were angels present, unseen by them. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 19)
July 31, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
We are preparing some things which have been urged upon my mind. I am not able to sleep as many hours as I would be pleased to sleep, yet the Lord sustains me in a most wonderful manner. There is a work to be done for souls in Battle Creek and in many other places. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 20)
Great light has been shining forth in Battle Creek. The Lord has presented to me before I consented to go to Battle Creek that it was His will that many who had not known me should become acquainted with the messages God has been giving to His people. And then after that meeting I was instructed that those who attended that meeting would not have any greater evidence of the genuineness of the messages that the Lord gave His humble servant to bear than they had during those meetings. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 21)
Those who did not humble their hearts before God and accept the light given would go into greater darkness, losing their discernment of the true evidence of the truth and the grace and work of God. If they would not accept of the light and turn from their unbelief and darkness and correct their wrong course of action, which had been a great injury to the work and cause of God, then greater blindness would come upon them that greater light would not be recognized as light, and they would not be corrected. They would follow their own course to their own ruin. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 22)
Now the Lord has many precious souls in Battle Creek. He bears long with the wicked works of men. But the influence of the leaven of evil will strengthen and exert its absorbing power until the whole mass, one here and one there, is leavened. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 23)
And in July 1903 still there are messages given to many who may be benefited if they will not fight against God to have their own wicked way, but will humble their hearts before Him. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 24)
I have written all of twenty pages day after day, some to come before the church, some to come to special individuals and families, and much in regard to our institutions that have become spoiled through irreligious sentiments and by the abundant expression of unbelief in the testimonies God has given. Faith has been waning and unbelief strengthening continually by jots and titles, until there is no way or means that the Lord has that will reach them. They have closed the door, that heavenly communications shall not enter their minds and effect reforms in their characters—reforms and reconversions that their very minds and sinful hearts despise. Therefore they choose their own delusions and bring upon themselves the sure result. And the Lord beholds that goodness, compassion, mercy, and love to God and their neighbors are articles of commerce they have forgotten how to deal in justice and equity. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 25)
They have educated the negative until the Lord says the negative of the graces of the Holy Spirit you shall have, with all their consequences, unless you repent. There are those who are choosing the evil and educating themselves in character little by little until the taste and habits are gradually corrupted, that their own human defects remain in them unchanged. They would none of the Lord’s reproofs. They found some expressions they could interpret and explain in their own way and sow the seeds of doubt until this was their food. Unbelief spiced everything that they should have received as truth. (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 26)
But the messages will come to the churches, because there are precious souls deceived and still being deceived by their deceptive course of action. Daniel 11:32, 33. “And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong and do exploits. And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days.” (18LtMs, Ms 174, 1903, 27)
Ms 175, 1903
Diary, August 1903
NP
August 1-22, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in 11MR 200.
August 1, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I cannot sleep after two o’clock, but my heart is drawn out to my Lord and Saviour in prayer. What evidence He hath given us of His love! And shall we not respond to that wonderful love? The grace of Christ may be ours every moment to guard and protect us. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 1)
Last evening at the commencement of the Sabbath my heart was relieved of great burdens that I had been carrying for some time, but Thursday and Friday’s work in writing was a great relief to my soul. I sent much matter in the mail. I have given my message to souls in danger and to souls wounded and bruised and minds confused and almost unbalanced by the unwise speech of the vain talkers. Oh, if they could only realize the sadness and pain the speech of the false tongue can cause to souls who love God, who love the truth, and who are trying to do the will of God, what a change they would make in the free use of their unruly member which is not under control! Their words pierce heart and brain. The unjust, untrue speech of persons who profess to know the truth bruises the souls of those who have been trying to do service for God. I will say in this my diary, The Lord has a controversy with these poor, deluded souls who do not understand that they are being made the tools for Satan’s devising to hurt souls. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 2)
August 2, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
Yesterday, Sabbath, I spoke to a very nice congregation upon Isaiah 56. The Lord blessed me with great freedom. The discourse is reported for publication. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 3)
August 3, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, Calif.,
I awoke about half-past one o’clock. I am being deeply impressed that we have come to an important crisis. I cannot keep silent at such a time as this. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 4)
August 4, 1903
St. Helena
I have slept well through the night. For several days I have been pressed as a cart beneath sheaves to say many things by letter to our people to arouse in them, if possible, a sense of our position as Seventh-day Adventists to let the light of warning go forth. Isaiah 51. These things are presented unto me with much clearness. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 5)
August 11, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
I am unable to sleep after half-past two o’clock a.m., but the Lord lives and rules in the heavens and He would have me seek His face and draw nigh to Him for His counsel. I dare not take one step in my own human judgment for the enemy is watching his opportunity to put his thoughts, his suggestions, into my mind. The Saviour speaks to me, “If any man thirst, let him come unto Me and drink.” [John 7:37.] (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 6)
August 12, 1903
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
I am receiving invitations to attend the Los Angeles camp-meeting. I do not feel it wise for me to go lest I shall unwisely and unnecessarily tax my physical and mental powers and unfit myself for my writings which I wish to place in consistent form to be used. I thank the Lord that He does give me clearness of mind to write many things. My heart is full of thanksgiving to God that the precious truth is so clear and distinct, given in no uncertain sound. Our sufficiency and strength are not created by ourselves. Let us keep closely linked up with our Saviour. Oh, let us come in humility before God, but trustingly, believing His encouraging words: “Ask and ye shall receive.” [John 16:24.] (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 7)
St. Helena, Calif., August 13
“Elmshaven,”
I thank the Lord that there is now mercy still offered to the Lord’s backslidden church. A measurement was being made of the characters of those who should become guardians of the work of the Review and Herald in publishing the pure literature that the Lord would have go forth to the world in a decided way that will make its impression as to what is truth. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 8)
*****
My heart is thankful for all the goodness of God to me, and to express this in thanksgiving and in praise to God is my privilege and duty. We are not required to give sacrifice offerings in slain beasts. The Lord, the infinite loving Father that must honor His laws of justice, requires obedience of all His reasoning creatures. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 9)
August 14, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
Revelation 1:10-16. I have been impressed by figures presented and words of explanation given how much is given us of greatest importance to us for the present, and which reaches from time into eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 10)
August 15, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
Many things occupy my mind that are opened before me to take place in the future, and I must not allow my mind to be occupied with so many troublous matters that come to me in our camp-meetings. My mind must be left free and not be occupied with many details of things from many, many minds, and reported so that I cannot always recognize the matter as anything that I have spoken. But I do wish to bear my testimony before the large congregations. I do not wish to turn away my brethren and leave the impression upon their minds that I cannot see them, and for reasons which they cannot understand or appreciate. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 11)
If they would ask wisdom from God, and take God at His word, and be converted, then believe and act, continue to be converted, in all humility of mind, then the Lord would draw nigh unto every tried and tempted one. But how can the people who believe these things to be truth be so indifferent and bear so little weight of deep, earnest heart-searching and constant developing of the talents lent them in trust? They are not to be trying to secure a position which is to be recognized and to have everything in accordance with their own ideas, but just to walk in all humility of mind, realizing they are in the companionship of the Great Teacher. They are not, as some are doing, to be continually keeping themselves in the very front, grasping so many responsibilities which they cannot bear. Truth—sacred, eternal, sanctifying truth—which they need to appreciate, is not having its influence upon human hearts and minds because the door of the mind is not opened to receive it. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 12)
Seek the Lord, seek the Lord with all the heart and mind and soul, and others will recognize early enough your connection with God; your knowledge, and your ability, and your talent of influence will be recognized. But keep humble. Leave the faultfinding and set an example of patience and meekness, and show you have been learning your lessons of Jesus, learning to wear His yoke. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 13)
August 16, 1903
St. Helena
I am unable to sleep in the early morning hours. I awake at one or two o’clock and commune with Christ my Saviour; and although I have many things that make my heart sad, yet I will look to Jesus who came to our world to pass through the experience of humanity. For our sakes He became poor, that we through His poverty might be made rich. He humbled Himself and so we are to humble ourselves. We are not to show anything like parade because Christ has given us an example in His life. He was the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory, and yet He humbled Himself. Christ could have come with ten thousand of His heavenly angels, but He did not come in that way because He was to be our example in all things. He comes as the Great Example of all missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 14)
Wednesday, August 19, 1903
Healdsburg, Calif.
I could not sleep after one o’clock a.m. I arose and prepared my things, packing them to put in the carriage to take us to Healdsburg. We left the house after five o’clock. It was quite cool, very comfortable riding. Sister Sara McEnterfer, Clarence Crisler, and I composed our company. We did not breakfast until we were within twelve miles of Healdsburg, about eight o’clock. We took our lunch and fed the horses in a very pleasant spot. We ate our simple food with a keen relish. I enjoyed the journey. Rested one hour and a half, then journeyed on. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 15)
I am up in the fourth story in a very good room. Have been resting. I hope to be able to see Brother A. T. Jones in the morning. I am greatly burdened for him. His spiritual eyesight is not clear but greatly confused. What will be the sure outcome in his persisting in having his own way? (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 16)
August 20, 1903
Healdsburg, Calif.
I slept until two o’clock then arose and prepared to look over my writings. Had an interview with Brother Cady. He will carry on the school as he has done. I spoke to the few students here at half-past eight o’clock. I made some statements in warning in regard to sending the students to Battle Creek to finish their education. Clarence Crisler reported me. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 17)
At eleven o’clock had an interview with Elder A. T. Jones. We talked in regard to the situation in Battle Creek and what could be done to help the matters there. This conversation Clarence reported, so it should not be said Sister White said this and Sister White said that. I received a very interesting letter from Elder Daniells from Washington, D.C. Brother Henry Kellogg was on the ground on his way to Florida. He is a good judge of the situation of land and its value. Several others were having their opportunity to pass judgment upon the location, and all considered the place for the office excellent in every respect and the price favorable for such a location. Elder Daniells speaks of great peace and comfort and assurance in the location. Just the water advantages, he says, are of more value than the land. These letters do us much good. Some of the families are now on the ground for settlement. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 18)
The Lord must be our continual dependence. Whenever I open the Scriptures my mind fastens upon some passages that seem to intercept [?] to my mind many things. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 19)
August 21
Healdsburg, Calif.
I thank the Lord this morning that I am resting. I have a sense of much weariness. Lay down near evening. Slept soundly for a couple of hours. Sara found it difficult to awaken me to prepare for retirement for the night. Slept through the night until nearly four o’clock. For several nights could not sleep after two o’clock, and my mind was troubled and much worried on the matter of adjusting the question of complying with the educational law, that special studies in language and some other educational business lines would have to come into our educational program. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 20)
Oh, may the Lord let His Holy Spirit rest upon us that we may know that every step we take is ordered by the Lord. We cannot afford to make one mistake. Satan will take advantage of every jot and tittle. We must move in accordance with the will of the world in our preparations and plans for carrying forward school work, that no mistake shall be made. We have a deep sense of the work that is to be done to fit us for the courts above. We want truth and righteousness to prevail, and we greatly desire that every action we take shall bear the approval of our heavenly Father. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 21)
Sabbath, August 22
Healdsburg, Calif.
This is the Sabbath of the Lord, and I thank the Lord for all His goodness and mercy to me. I have slept until two o’clock, and I arose and prayed to the Lord to graciously preserve to me my eyesight. I wish to prepare much matter for publication. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 22)
I wearied myself yesterday visiting and conversing with Elder A. T. Jones and with several others. Brother Cady had much to say in regard to his proper position in the school and in his traveling from place to place. These things worry me. I greatly desire to see things connected with the school moving decidedly in upward tendencies with all dignity and nobility and giving character to the work. But my soul now sees new need, great need, of wisdom that is pure, peaceable, and easy to be entreated. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 23)
I am unable to do anything without the Holy Spirit’s guidance. If Christ be formed within, the hope of glory, then the works will testify to the truth. What precious revelation I have of my Saviour in the night season! Many, many nights I am permitted to have arrayed before me the precious things the Lord has for His people if they will only do His will and not set up their own will against the will of the Lord. But what a great grief it is to the ministering angels appointed to minister unto those who shall be heirs of salvation when they once and again repeatedly refuse to be led, instructed, and sanctified. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 24)
We need every one to walk prayerfully and very humbly with God, realizing our own human weakness, and that we cannot be depended upon to represent Christ in character unless we are watchful against entering into evil. The least advantage should not be given the enemy, for he will exercise his power over you to do things that weaken your moral power and then discourage you, and under that temptation of discouragement you will criticize others. That is the very work Satan took up in his own case. In the place of repenting, he began accusing the heavenly angels, when the origin of all the evil was in himself. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 25)
Let everyone now come to a decision to end this work of faultfinding and accusing today. With your eyes looking unto Jesus, behold His wounds and let His blood be applied to every guilty conscience and cleanse away the pollution of selfishness. Yield up the whole heart to God and seek for the forgiveness of your own sins. Seek sanctification through the belief of the truth. Draw nigh to God and He will draw nigh unto you, and you will feel the constraining influence of His Holy Spirit. Wrap your soul up in God. Then you will have a conformity to His likeness and with an intense desire thirst and pant after holiness. Let not one any longer grieve the Holy Spirit of God. You need to admire the Lord Jesus Christ, who gave His precious life to redeem you that you should not perish but have eternal life. Shall we not individually seek now a deeper sanctification through that precious blood of God’s dear Son? Shall we not be determined to honor God and do His commandments? Only consider that the Lord hath laid on Him the iniquity of us all; but it rests with the individual whether he will give up his sins and become a vessel unto honor for the Lord Jesus. Your will must be in every case submitted unto God. (18LtMs, Ms 175, 1903, 26)
Ms 176, 1903
Diary Fragments, September to November 1903
NP
September 12 - November 1, 1903
Previously unpublished.
September 12, 1903
I cannot sleep after one o’clock. My heart is drawn out after God. I long for His Holy Spirit. I cannot do anything of myself. My heart longs after God and there are many souls longing after God, but of His fulness we may all receive. I am perplexed that there are so many families who are not walking and working in the light of the Word of God. The Lord honored the family relation. He said, “It is not good for man to be alone,” and He gave Eve to be his wife and companion. [Genesis 2:18.] (18LtMs, Ms 176, 1903, 1)
Tuesday, September 22, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
I am awakened early this morning with deep impressions. I was in the night season conversing with Dr. Kellogg and presenting things before him that have been presented to me. (18LtMs, Ms 176, 1903, 2)
October 17, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
This day is the Sabbath and I read quite frequently (Exodus 20) where the commandments of God are specified. The Lord came down on Mount Sinai and repeated His commandments given in Eden. The Father and the Son were upon Sinai’s holy mount. (18LtMs, Ms 176, 1903, 3)
October 21, 1903
This morning while my mind is clear I must write. I have many things to write that are on my mind. (18LtMs, Ms 176, 1903, 4)
November 1, 1903
St. Helena, Calif.
I thank my heavenly Father this morning I have slept until half-past two o’clock. Tuesday my heart was greatly oppressed. It was a new chapter in my experience to have no inclination to write. The outlook to me is not favorable. I scarcely dare to entertain thoughts of the situation in Battle Creek. I inquire, What can I do? The situation is presented to me in a light that makes me tremble for souls that have walked and worked so many years away from truth and holiness, away from Christ and God. Of these Christ says, “I know thy works.” Revelation 3:15-18 quoted. (18LtMs, Ms 176, 1903, 5)
Ms 177, 1903
Diary, December 1903
NP
December 2-17, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 350; 12MR 84.
December 2, 1903
The past night, December 1, was to me one of great experience. I seemed to be in a meeting where there were a large number assembled—many believers and some unbelievers. On one occasion the company was divided into several smaller companies. I had a special burden and had addressed my remarks to some few under the temptations of the enemy. They were entertaining ideas that were not sound but would lead them into the denying of the truth. This present time in which we live is a period of great temptation to give heed to erroneous sentiments and suggestions of seducing spirits and to link up with evil angels and present the same as present truth. There was a deep interest manifested in searching the Scriptures. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 1)
I had a special burden of prayer, and the peril of souls seemed to me so great upon my soul. I poured out the burden of my soul unto the Lord. I was pleading most earnestly for the Lord to break the power of the enemy and set us free, to let the minds of the beloved ones who are tempted go free, and to let the precious truth shine forth amid the moral darkness. I presented my prayer to the Lord that He would come forth to the help of His people and magnify the truth, that those who were uninformed would not be deceived in this period of great peril. I presented before the Lord our great need of special help to be granted to His people in accordance with the consistency of His attributes to work in our behalf and answer our prayers to glorify His own name. I was reaching higher and still higher, pleading with God to comply with our earnest supplications and let His truth at this time appear in all its dignity and beauty and saving grace, as He had often made known His special love and His special power and made the truth appear in its strength and its authority—to make known again His clear and sacred truth unmixed with chaff, which was dangerous to the flock of God. I pleaded, and I felt that the Lord had pledged Himself. Victory came in, and I awoke crying aloud in joy that the Lord had manifested to us His grace, His truth, and His salvation. I learned from the members of my family that my praying was aloud in my sleep. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 2)
The precious goodness and love of God to me gave me comfort and strength and joy. I felt that I had a new source of hope and encouragement that deliverance would be wrought for souls in their gathering at Nashville. The Word of God will be established forever and forever. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 3)
December 6, 1903
St. Helena Sanitarium, Calif.
I have slept until one o’clock a.m. I am resting and praying for the grace of Christ to be more signally demonstrated by those who have a knowledge of Bible truth. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 4)
December 10, 1903
St. Helena Sanitarium, Calif.
The past night has been a night of great perplexity. Many things were represented to me which caused me much distress of mind. I have not been able to sleep after half-past twelve o’clock and there is much to think of. How shall we avoid spiritual difficulties we must meet if things are ever set in order? I leave my bed but do not feel refreshed as I would like to feel. Build my fire. Seek the Lord and ask Him to help me to do His will and not to take on burdens I can avoid. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 5)
I find four manuscripts to read to be sent to the mail. Intended to visit Brother Fred Harmon who is sick, and the physicians say he can live but a few weeks. Cancer of the stomach is eating up his life. Willie tells me Brethren Knox and C. H. Jones and Brother Hall will be here for counsel this morning, and we must meet them at the station at half-past ten o’clock. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 6)
We were much encouraged by the visit of these brethren. They have been long perplexed in regard to moving the office from Oakland, for there seemed to be no place that was suitable for them to occupy. Dangers are threatening and wickedness has become so bold and violent that there is no assurance of safety to remain longer. In the providence of God there is a rural location forty miles beyond Oakland toward Los Angeles. There is plenty of land that can be obtained and not now at the highest price. There is a place where the office will be located. The tract of land is fully large enough, and the cars come directly past this location and the citizens say they will extend the sidetrack already there. All their freight can be taken from the office in freight car and not be changed until it shall reach the places on the line where it shall go. This is a convenience they did not expect. There will be no more loading and unloading their freight to get to the railroad station to be placed in the cars. This place bears the name of Mountain View and is a healthful district, so called. The land is the best for agricultural purposes. Can raise any kind of fruit. Families of employees can cultivate a few acres of land and nearly sustain themselves. They have city privileges in electrical plant. Good wells will secure all the water they need without its having to be conducted long distances through pipes. Letters are brought to the doors as in the city. The brethren left on the afternoon train. We all felt that this location was in every way all we could expect and more than we could have had any idea of receiving. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 7)
December 10, 1903
St. Helena Sanitarium, Calif.
I thank the Lord this morning I slept until fifteen minutes before four a.m. That was doing much better than for some length of time. I thank the Lord for my fireplace. It is a great comfort. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 8)
December 15, 1903
St. Helena Sanitarium, Calif.
Tuesday morning. I am awakened at half-past twelve o’clock. I have a message for Brother Brunson. We were in a counsel meeting and an earnest effort was being made to examine the Scriptures together and to closely compare Scripture with Scripture, when One of authority—whom we had not noticed before and whom we decided had just come—stepped to the front and soon every ear was opened to hear. The words were spoken with that peculiar authority that no one could question, yet expressing in tenderness an interest. This was a messenger from heaven. An awe came upon all present. His words were spoken in response to one who had last made remarks. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 9)
December 16, 1903
St. Helena Sanitarium, Calif.
My mind has been much exercised in my waking periods, as I offer up prayer and lay hold of His strength who hath encouraged us. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 10)
December 17, 1903
I awoke this morning and my heart is drawn out to my heavenly Father that He would—for the sake of His Son, whom I receive and whom I believe to be my Saviour and my Redeemer—relieve my burdened heart. I have carried this burden day after day, night after night, unable to sleep after one o’clock and often awake at twelve and sometimes at ten o’clock, because of the things presented to me. I repeat the words of Christ’s invitation, “Come unto me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of me; for I am meek and lowly in heart; and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:28, 29.] (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 11)
My soul tries to lay off this load that I have been carrying for years as I behold the inconsistencies of those who claim to believe the truth, but have not practiced the truth. The Lord has presented before me the situation of the institutions that have been created to do a grand and elevated work for the Master. They are not heeding the messages the Lord sends in love and in mercy to His people, and the result in their crooked ways is an annoyance to the Lord God of Israel. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 12)
The Lord has graciously given us His Word as the rule of our life and action, and how far away do the many professed Christians live apart from Christ! 1 Corinthians 13. This whole chapter is a lesson of the utmost importance for all church members to strictly practice. How can the church depart so largely from the Word and yet carry out the pretensions and claims of godliness which they do not practice and prove the truth to be the power of God? But strange things have yet to be opened. I will not say more for the time is not come. Silence is yet eloquence. But the Lord understands. There is a future, and when the time shall come the Lord will bring every secret thing to light. I will not place myself where I shall become confused. Truth will bear away the victory. (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 13)
*****
[Note: On page 79 of Journal No. 48 is this significant notation:] “My workers must search through my books for matters on various points. I have these books to furnish matters that are needed.” (18LtMs, Ms 177, 1903, 14)
Ms 178, 1903
Who are Subjects of the Kingdom of God?
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
Who are the subjects of the kingdom of God? “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” Matthew 11:28-30. (18LtMs, Ms 178, 1903, 1)
Learning of Christ means to keep Christ in His human character before us and do as Christ would do under all circumstances. “Come unto Me.” Will young and old heed this invitation? Who will become the honored subjects of the kingdom of heaven? The saints of the Most High shall take the kingdom and possess the kingdom forever and ever. (18LtMs, Ms 178, 1903, 2)
Psalms 15 and 16. Here we have defined the characters of that class who shall possess the character of Christ and represent that character in the world. In 2 Peter (chapter 1) we have plainly defined who shall be of that class who shall have the eternal-life insurance policy. Verse 10. Here is practical, spiritual work to be done by diligently obeying God’s commandments. The promises of God, taken hold of through faith in the One who stands back of the promise—Jesus Christ—will have an all-powerful influence in making men who have faith like God. (18LtMs, Ms 178, 1903, 3)
Obedience to God is the proof of being chosen in the beloved, because they have faith that works by love and purifies the soul. Said Christ, “If ye love Me, keep My commandments.” [John 14:15.] This is the test. Obedience to God is proof of being chosen and born of God, a partaker of the divine nature, and such are the elect of God and precious. (18LtMs, Ms 178, 1903, 4)
“Wherefore the rather, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things,” living and working upon the plan of addition, “ye shall never fall” from Christ; “for so an entrance shall be ministered unto you abundantly into the everlasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.” “Yea I think it meet, as long as I am in this tabernacle, to stir you up by putting you in remembrance.” [2 Peter 1] Verses 10, 11, 13. (18LtMs, Ms 178, 1903, 5)
Here is the apostle as a faithful minister of Jesus Christ, doing the most valuable service to his fellow men for their present and eternal good, leading all who will give heed to understand that the progressive work of sanctification through the Holy Spirit is to add, constantly add, the precious graces of the Spirit of God. They are to remember their privileges in seeking to get to the depths of the truths which must be practiced in their daily lives if they become saints of the Most High God and members of the family of God—His little children. All truths God has revealed are to be learned in all their bearings in practical life. God’s children are ever to keep before them the motives He presents to lead men to believe and obey Him. Let all feel deeply in earnest upon the subjects that possess so much significance to the saving of their souls. The Holy Spirit is the Author of the Scriptures. All Scripture is given by inspiration of God and is profitable. (18LtMs, Ms 178, 1903, 6)
Ms 179, 1903
“If I Should be Removed by Death”
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
[An E. G. White notation on inside of flyleaf of Journal No. 34, bearing printed year dates for 1894, but containing matter written in 1900-1903, relating largely to Dr. Kellogg and the medical missionary work.] (18LtMs, Ms 179, 1903, 1)
In this book will be found matter that needs to be handled with great care. I may be removed by death, and the Lord may be greatly dishonored by the suppositions of man, as though [he] himself was God. (18LtMs, Ms 179, 1903, 2)
The first beginnings of the greatest peril to the work and cause of God date back to about 1893 (twenty years, and increasing after 1893). Very missionary in its [beginning], as it advanced, a peculiar phase—ambition and selfishness—began to be revealed. This, as presented to me in New Zealand [1893], was to become a great barrier to the true and regular work God has appointed His people to do. That work was beginning to be treated as the body, in the place of the hands and arms united to the body in the medical missionary work. Means would be drawn into a work which was [begun as] a benevolent work in connection with the gospel ministry to prepare a people to stand in the great day of God. I grieve to say that the physicians in the Sanitarium, under Dr. J. H. Kellogg, do a strange work. (18LtMs, Ms 179, 1903, 3)
[On title page] (18LtMs, Ms 179, 1903, 4)
In this diary, [bearing printed dates of] 1894, the dates and figures are nothing to be regarded. There is matter herein that is to be carefully read and considered if I should be removed by death. (18LtMs, Ms 179, 1903, 5)
Ms 180, 1903
Dangers in Overemphasis of Health Food Business
NP
March 16, 1903 [?]
Previously unpublished.
There is a special and great work to be carried in these last days in right lines. In these last days of peril we must avoid anything that will be of a character to divert the minds of our people from the great work to be done. Our plans and devising may seem wise to accumulate means to accomplish certain results, but the after showing will not, in the end, prepare a people to stand in the last days of peril. (18LtMs, Ms 180, 1903, 1)
When the large food factory was created in Los Angeles, the question was asked by One who knows the end from the beginning, Who can furnish the facilities that are needed for such an extensive building? Where is the talent to work such a plant? One was presented to me viewing the building, and the questions were put firmly and pointedly again, Where is your ability? Where is your talent for the doing of the work thoroughly, as it will have to be done in order to produce results? There will be called to this plant workers young and old who will not have experience and will not be fitted to maintain their spirituality and preserve purity of soul. They will not, in this commercial line, produce sufficiently in proportion to the consumption of means in order to produce. (18LtMs, Ms 180, 1903, 2)
The Lord has not given orders to exalt the food business to large proportions. More souls will be lost in connection with these food stores than souls saved by such an enterprise. Those who are preparing the way for the expenditure of means to make a great thing of this food factory will have deprived the cause of God of men, women, and youth to engage in a commercial line of work that will not help them at all in religious experience—in knowing how to perfect a Christian character that they may obtain eternal life—but prove a snare. “And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” [John 17:3.] (18LtMs, Ms 180, 1903, 3)
Anything that shall be created to draw Seventh-day Adventists into these cities is a mistake. The corruption of the cities is as Sodom and Gomorrah. Place your sanitariums and schools out of the cities, where you shall dwell alone, and secure the very best talent for the sanitariums and the schools. No mammoth sanitariums will need to be created, but in many places there will be needed provision where the suffering community shall be accommodated, but away from the cities. The corruptions are increasing. Satan is stirred with a power from beneath to gather in his harvest, and every capability and every talent will need now to be educated and trained to do a special work which has not been done to enlighten the people as to what is truth. (18LtMs, Ms 180, 1903, 4)
There is not now to be these great food factories. The satanic working in cities is such that, should these factories be created, they would be destroyed if there is not a compliance with the binding up in confederacies with the trade unions. Many lives will be sacrificed. I have had decided light upon this subject of the food factories and the outlook is not favorable. This was presented to me at Los Angeles. The worst results will be to the souls that Christ has purchased with His own life, next destruction of properties, and destruction of souls as well as properties. (18LtMs, Ms 180, 1903, 5)
Ms 181, 1903
Warning in Regard to Food Factories
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
We will now have to be careful in regard to largely extending and creating food factories. This I have been instructed will prove a snare and engross minds in manufacturing merchandise; and minds thus engrossed become belittled and common and cheap. Bribes will be presented, of high wages, that will not and ought not to be, to tempt men from the field of labor to carry the gospel message or to tempt men who have a position already to assume more responsibility than they can carry and thus lose their spirituality. (18LtMs, Ms 181, 1903, 1)
Something is being devised in this line that will be one of the greatest difficulties we shall meet. There are men who can make a success of limited responsibilities; but when there is crowded upon them a larger amount of work, they have not sufficient physical stamina, and they become tired, weary, and overworked, fractious and impatient. They lose the love of God out of their hearts, and then what? They lose courage, and God cannot bless them. Physicians have done double the work they ought to do, and they need indeed a physician to give them a prescription to drop that extra labor they were tempted to take on. Say No, I am in a place where I will not be so tempted, so tried. I can do no more safely than I am doing. (18LtMs, Ms 181, 1903, 2)
Again I warn men who should become canvassers to get the publications so essential before the world everywhere, in gospel ministry of the Word, in praying for the sick, in turning souls from sin unto righteousness. I have had presentations of the great food manufacturing work, and I am saying to men and women, Keep your conscience clear before God. Do not place yourselves in places where you will be tempted and tried by the sight of your eyes and the hearing of your ears, that shall influence your spiritual perception of what it means to be Christlike. Hold the standard firmly: hold it high. And let no one talk you into the restaurant work and making of foods. The preparation essential in your characters to have a fitness to meet the Lord Jesus when he shall come is your most important work. God help you in this matter. (18LtMs, Ms 181, 1903, 3)
It will take something more than sanitariums as they are now managed, and the establishment of food factories with all their perplexities and liabilities and commercial workings, to make impressions to convert souls. All this matter of the food business is not to be worked so as to hedge up the way by getting talent and capability in this line of work, and I now send out the warning that what we need is the best talent in canvassers, evangelists, and ministers who have received the Holy Ghost. We need the divine nature to come into our natures so that we will be able to talk with God and then with the people. (18LtMs, Ms 181, 1903, 4)
I am alarmed as I see how many obstructions are arising through various devisings, to hinder in the place of helping the work. I am instructed that the restaurants in our cities are not the means of bringing souls to be convicted of the truth. All these things are to be considered. Mixing up our young people with worldlings is something we shall have to study seriously how to avoid, and we need to understand that we are to let no man whom God has called to do His work become entangled with many perplexities. Keep your souls in the best atmosphere, and do not place your poor, weak souls where you find temptations that will lead you to be regardless of the fitting up in character for the school above. God wants every worker who understands the truth to educate himself to seek and to save the souls perishing around us. (18LtMs, Ms 181, 1903, 5)
Many things will be managed that will take the mind and absorb the talent, but God help us to so run that we may win the crown of eternal life. “Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God.” Hebrews 3:12. Some are in special danger now. “But exhort one another daily, while it is called Today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin.” Verse 13. (18LtMs, Ms 181, 1903, 6)
Ms 182, 1903
Humility Above Reputation
NP
1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in HP 220.
Peril of Self-Exaltation
There is nothing more dangerous to our brethren than to have the name of being a special success in any line of work. It is a positive snare of the devil. The intensity of desire to keep up the reputation gained leads to strange things being done. A man who desires to have the name of being an eminent physician will be the subject of grievous temptations. He will wish to make everything serve his ambitious purpose to be first. He will not wish other physicians to reach ahead of him. In the publishing work, a great writer thinks he is competent in his line to do all that is essential for the church and the world. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 1)
In the church, when a man is exalted as a man of faith, and is looked to and trusted, there is danger that the people will be drawn to that man and he be relied upon by some as if he were a god. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 2)
In any calling that a Christian may have in the religious life, unless he is guarded continually, he will be in danger of thinking he must do some wonderful work in order to maintain his reputation. The enemy will lead men to think their own reputation of greater consequence than striving to be complete in Christ Jesus, the Source of all true power and grace and salvation. The glory of Christ is our great efficiency. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 3)
Let not any man in any line—physician, writer, evangelist, or minister—suppose that his reputation must be maintained, else he is nothingness. This is a snare of the devil. Is he in Christ? Is he patterning after Christ daily, or is he virtually patterning out a patent-right of his own individual self, which he must keep up as superior, a reputation that must not in any case be diminished. Now all this wonderful striving to be the first great power in any line is the greatest fallacy that man can entertain. No one who has this temptation to be first, unless he is daily converted, will ever see the kingdom of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 4)
The Lord claims to have His place in all our councils. Ministers, educators, and physicians are to cultivate their talents, to speak clearly and distinctly, to write in such a way as to express the impressions the Lord may give them, and individually, with minds taught of God, to exercise their sanctified understanding to become better qualified and more efficient in their work. No man, however efficient, can do another man’s appointed work. The individual mind must be worked by the Holy Spirit of God. In speaking or in writing let the words be simple. This is God’s order. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 5)
One man’s mind and one man’s expressions as educator in any line of work are not to be considered sufficient. Every man is to do his work as under the immediate eye of God. If he is spiritual and conscientious he will never be frivolous, but a man whom God can impress and talk with. He will evidence that he appreciates and reverences the great I AM. He will be a man whom the Lord will teach and guide and to whom He will make known the living truth as the great foundations of all education. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 6)
The true learner is always inquiring of the Lord at every step, Is this the way of the Lord? What name he may acquire is not to be any anxiety to him. The great and earnest question is, How shall I conduct my line of the work so as to make Christ appear to all for whom I labor, as the One altogether lovely and the chiefest among ten thousand? (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 7)
Some who really begin well lose much because they take so many things in their own hands. They do things without counseling with their brethren, and then consider they are doing a great work for the church, that the institutions could not spare them, and that they are the main spoke in the wheel, when they are causing the work of God to be retarded. They do the very work the Lord has fitted other men to do if they will only give these men a chance. But while they grasp everything as though this is what God means they shall do, they overwork and make serious blunders and then, after accepting all they possibly can grasp, they feel very badly because others do not come in to help them. God says to such, Unload. Fill your appointed place and let others do their part of the work. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 8)
We are to take time to prepare ourselves to do our appointed work, then our example of what a Christian should be becomes manifest and helps others to abide in Christ. Then if our individual path is crossed in any way, and it certainly will be, the demon of hatred will not take possession of the human agent and make him feel abused. We are none of us to make any man our dependence, whatever may be his showing. Every soul saved must not look to any man as his criterion, but look to God. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 9)
Many men in responsible places will dissemble. Some were presented to me as making desperate efforts to undercut the work of those who are carrying forward and laying plans to enlarge and substantiate the work in some localities. God may be teaching such men to let other men have a chance, and not leave the impression—just as they want it should be—that they are the foundation of all this work. Many things have been opened before me, that show it is a false pretense for a man to be very active, as though greatly interested in every work and doing a great work, when it is not so in verity and truth; but he wants the name of being the originator of everything that goes under the medical missionary work; and it is being managed in such a pretentious way that God is not pleased, for it is for effect. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 10)
One comes in and takes action as though he was the instigator of the work, the one to be given the whole credit for what is being established. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 11)
We must all come to our senses. One action under false showing is leaven that will work badly. Trust in God; walk and work under His immediate eye. “Thou God seest me.” [Genesis 16:13.] All who shall be overcomers and sit with Christ upon His throne are those who have looked to no human pattern as perfection, but to Him who is invisible, who is the author and finisher of our faith. We need now, individually, intense watchfulness and rigid examination of every work, for false impressions will be made. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 12)
Self! I! Men may suppose “I” am doing most excellent works, but if these works bear not the fragrance of the presence of the Saviour they will, though exalted and approved by men, be a positive snare of Satan to pervert the judgment, to blind the eyes, and to captivate the soul. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 13)
When Satan can come in, disguised as an angel of light, and the one who entertains his specious suggestions of the wonderful talents I possess and lauds me as a man that can supersede all others—it is the devil’s sophistry. You may preach the gospel and visit the sick as a devoted medical missionary; help the poor, protect the fatherless, and practice the entire catalog of religious activities; and yet cultivate the spirit that shall spoil the work and never be worked by the Holy Spirit of God at all. It may be done to glorify your individual self, doing certain things through habit and the force of surrounding circumstances. Certain influences, when set in operation, bring about certain results. We may do things because others do these things. A Christian, in order to obtain a symmetrical, Christlike character that all heaven commends, is to understand the message of Christ to every sinful soul: “Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take My yoke upon you, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy, and My burden is light.” Matthew 11:28-30. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 14)
Do we consent to be laborers together with God, trying to win souls to accept Christ’s invitation and keep the grand hope through Christ ever before the souls with whom we associate? We have pledged ourselves at our baptism to do this. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 15)
God has created man and given him all his faculties of body, soul, and spirit. The Lord Jesus has bought him with a price so full, so ample, that there could be no competition. What can man offer to God that is not already the Lord’s own? God gave the faculties, and every working of these faculties belongs to God. This means that your experience from first to last is to be yoked up with Christ. Learning the lesson of meekness and lowliness of heart makes you a partaker of Christ’s sufferings and appreciative of the virtues of the life of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 16)
There will be a constant prayer, Keep me by Thy power; let not my feet slide; let not my heart be filled with ambitious plans to exalt myself; and let me not be angered because I am not considered by all to be the greatest power in the church. Teach me how to practice the art of self-emptying in order to be supplied with the grace of Christ and have that love Christ prayed that I might have—“as I have loved you.” [John 13:34.] I must receive grace that I may supply others with that grace. Oh, give my soul much nearness to God, that I may receive His disposition and love my brethren. Help me, O Lord, to realize that I am, of myself, unable to do anything in its true, pure bearings. Self, self will be continually active for recognition, even in the very holiest of exercises. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 17)
Miserable delusions today are practiced and exalted. There is a large number of workers who have a religious name without spiritual breath from God, without Christ, striving to be workers together with God. There are so many who drop out the “together” and work wholly in self. [1 Corinthians 3:9.] They do not arm themselves with the same mind that was in Christ. Self, self, self is exhibited in such a marked degree that self becomes their constant companion. Their works taste so strongly of the dish that they themselves become disgusted with the contemplation, and there is a cheap, religious experience that is of no real virtue in their inward life. In genuine experience there must be the humble walking with God, the eye single to the glory of God. It is a farce without this. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 18)
Let us humble ourselves under the hand of God, that He may lift us up. If the uplifting is done by Jesus Christ then it is a pure, clean, holy uplifting. I cannot endure the thought of carrying along such a bundle of self, which is a terrible load. If we have Christ’s presence we shall walk as He walked. The speech will be after the divine similitude. There will be revealed the gentleness of Christ, a purity of speech, a moral elevation in all our service which is beyond all price; and when Christ is revealed in the words and works of all physicians, there will be altogether a different atmosphere surrounding them in the home life and in all their practice. Christ Himself will be the worker, and this will not cripple the energy in the least; but it will tend to raise the physician who is a converted man to a high plane of action, giving a higher tone of experience in all his service, which is of great price. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 19)
This experience in humility and lowliness can be learned in no human school, but the divine Teacher says, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart: and ye shall find rest unto your souls.” [Matthew 11:29.] Jealousies and evil surmisings and exalted aspirations will not become woven into the web to spoil the pattern. God help our physicians to be so guided that their every action will be intensified, and the independent individual, though man, will be of entirely a different character than has ever been seen in the working of the human mind. To keep up a reputation by outward appearance is miserable, degrading bondage. The Lord has given His life for us, and He will give just the qualifications of character that will make us appreciative of other men as men whom God will use. We have no right to exalt our individual selves above others. The Lord has graciously supplied the most talented with all that he has, which he uses and consumes daily, without any thought of the sacred gift, without feeling his dependence upon God. When he feels like it, he will do some miserable work which grieves the Holy Spirit of God and puts Christ to open shame. His human actions, his human indignation, and his human speech are cutting to the soul, and his works tear to pieces. Is that pleasing to God? No! I answer, No. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 20)
While the innumerable company of angels receive their commission to bear light and grace to advance the work of God, the human agent is so wrapped up in his own self he thinks he can speak and act just as Satan would act under the same circumstances. The angels pass him by and leave him to splurge out his own irreligious words and actions, while they—the angels—pass on to those who will be taught and worked and who will appreciate the unfolding of the great goodness of God. In songs of praise they will declare His love to those who will catch the strains, respond with human voice, and acquit themselves as men whom God is working. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 21)
Our work individually is to copy the character of Christ, who gave His life to make it possible for us to do this. Shall we evidence to the world that we are children of God, bought with a price, and that we are bearing fruit in speech, in tone of voice, and in kindness of redeeming love, showing what it means to keep the commandments of God? Is it right to slight the testimony of fruit-bearing, good trees, according to our profession? Is it right to disregard the Source of our power by looks, by words, by actions that must be born of Satan? What is the gift of Christ who gave His precious life that He might redeem us from all iniquity and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works? (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 22)
The grace given cost Heaven a price it is impossible for us to measure. That grace is our choicest treasure, and Christ means that it shall be communicated through us. It is sacred, in the name of Jesus, to the saving of the soul. It is the revealing of the honor of God, an unfolding of His glory. And shall any man or woman professing godliness misinterpret the gift, ignore the Giver, and present a substitute? The Lord in pity will lift the soul out of trouble and place his feet in sure paths. And what if he strays from the Lord? Then he grieves the Spirit of Christ afresh and puts Him to open shame. (18LtMs, Ms 182, 1903, 23)
Ms 183, 1903
The Child Jesus in the Temple
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
When Jesus was twelve years old, He went up with Joseph and Mary “to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast.” [Luke 2:42.] What must have been His awakened sense of all that He saw and all that He heard? The veil was lifted as to His mission and His work. He lingered by Himself. He tarried behind. He had a communication from His Father as He stood in the temple courts: This is Thy message. Here shalt Thou proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord as Prophet of the Most High God. With His quick perception, He knew from the things which He saw on that first visit to the temple that He was to be the great Sacrifice for sin, the fulfilment of Isaiah fifty-three. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 1)
He must be about His Father’s business, and that work was begun in hearing the Scriptures read by the scribes and doctors and in His clear conception of truth. He listened to their explanations and asked questions which flashed strong light into the minds of those doctors—light that they had not before discovered. Why did not Christ tell them His mission, His work? Because He thought best to be silent. He had no thought that they would understand that He was in His own heavenly Father’s house and about His Father’s business, talking with the lawyers. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 2)
When night came, lo, Joseph and Mary looked for their Son and found they had lost Him. Oh, why did He not tell them His purpose? Why did He not ask them if He might or might not remain? Because He took in the communication to Him from God. He had always been perfectly obedient in His childhood. Oh, where could He be? (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 3)
Christ understood that the time had come when His earthly parents might understand and learn to distinguish between His heavenly Father’s claims and that of His earthly parents. He must now take His position that He would love, obey, and honor them in all things that did not militate against His own conception of duty. His heavenly Father’s purpose concerning Him was now to be opened before them. His Father’s claims were first, and this must be distinct in the lessons He must teach all His followers. Parents, masters, guardians, monarchs cannot cross the barrier to interfere with human actions, as they relate to human conscience and the will of God. No man-made laws, no edicts of government or rulers, can tie the One who understands His duty given Him of God. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 4)
Of Christ it is said that He tarried behind, and His parents knew not of it. It took only one day to lose Him, because the parents had neglected their Charge. How many parents are doing this work today, exchanging the country home in Galilee for the city, with its crowds of people? How many fathers and mothers lose sight and companionship of their boys and girls and have no knowledge of it? This matter contains an appeal to all fathers and all mothers. Never lose sight of your children. This was an action which cost the parents much sorrow and three days of painful searching. Joseph and Mary sought Jesus among their kinsfolk in the crowd that trod their way to Galilee. At last, when He could not be found, they had to acknowledge they had lost Him. There will come a time when fathers and mothers will have to acknowledge that they have lost their children, their sons and their daughters, that the world has them ensnared, and all because of careless inattention. Ofttimes fathers and mothers never find their forgotten and lost children again; they may not know their children are lost. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 5)
The parents of Jesus lost Him at a religious feast which was to call attention to Christ, their coming Saviour. Festivities, reunions, hilarity, and glee were more or less the order of the day. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 6)
Recreation and innocent enjoyments, carefully guarded, are considered no sin, but all this leads to frivolity and indulgence of appetite. Religious, thoughtful conversation is set aside for another time. We can never be loose and lax and in banqueting enjoyment pursue a course where there is danger of losing Jesus Christ’s company for a single hour. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 7)
When Mary and Joseph did not find Jesus among kinsfolk and acquaintances, who had not seen Him, they turned back to retrace their steps to Jerusalem. After their troubled, heartsore search, they missed the active companionship of friends and relatives; but Jesus, their Son, was lost. He must be found; and they sought Him sorrowing. After three days’ search, stopping at every place, asking every traveler, Have you seen our Boy? at last they came back to the temple courts and up the marble steps. Poor, tried, afflicted Mary lays her trembling hand on her husband’s arm and cries, “Joseph, Joseph, He is here!” (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 8)
They stop as they hear His voice. He is among the wise men and lawyers, and is forming questions that astonish the wise men, for light is flashed into their minds. Mary the mother inquired, “Son, why hast Thou thus dealt with us? behold, Thy father and I have sought Thee sorrowing. And He said unto them, How is it that ye sought Me?” And lifting His eyes and hand to heaven He said, “Wist ye not that I must be about My Father’s business?” Luke 2:48, 49. Heaven’s expressive light was in His countenance. The Child placed His hand in that of His mother’s and went with them, the Majesty of heaven shining in His countenance through humanity. (18LtMs, Ms 183, 1903, 9)
Ms 184, 1903
The Gospel to be Lived
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
Not only “Glory to God in the highest,” but also “on earth peace, good will toward men.” [Luke 2:14.] This is the gospel which must be lived. Are the names of the church members written in the books of heaven, as laborers together with God? And are the church members the Lord’s channels, organized as living, active forces, to witness for God that the religion of Jesus Christ is for publicans and sinners, and that the church members are the channel through whom the Bible is to be made known as the religion of humanity? (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 1)
In many places the publicans and sinners are asking, What are the church members doing to save our souls? Do they lighten our burdens? Or do they unite and confederate with the world to increase the poverty of the already poor? Shall it be thus considered—that the church is merely an organization in the hands and under the control of the strongest party of society? Where does “the glory to God in the highest” come in? Where is the bringing in of “peace on earth and good will toward men?” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 2)
Jesus, the Prince of life, is to be made known by active producers, the church members. The great Missionary Worker stands by the side of the true, self-sacrificing worker. He stands by your side, young men and young women, as your efficiency, as the Friend of publicans and sinners. The church is to appear before the world in her beautiful garments of Christ’s righteousness. How can we reveal Christ’s saving truth to the world unless we demonstrate it in our character-building and manifest His self-sacrificing spirit in order to save perishing souls? (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 3)
Obedience to the first four and last six commandments is to be revealed in our life work, all our business being done according to the commandments. The commandments of God are our life. All the restraining influence to restore the moral image of God in man is to keep individual souls in touch with their Creator. While professing to believe on Jesus Christ, do we not often endorse works that are sinful by passing over sins offensive to God and commending these evil works? (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 4)
The church members must go before the world and in every way possible present the promises in the Word, and the threatenings as well. Its restraints are to have influence to preserve from dangers that are constantly increasing around us. It commends to us courage. (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 5)
God said of the father of the faithful, “I know him (Abraham), that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord.” Genesis 18:19. They were to study and become acquainted with the ways and will and purposes of God. “I know him,” saith the Searcher of hearts, “that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment.” (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 6)
Abram was selected to go from his father’s house and from his own country, where various forms of idolatrous influences were constantly making impressions upon his mind, into a far-off place where he could be taught of God and carry forward a reformatory work in purest principles. It was a new stage in the movement of Providence to change the inhabitants of the world from heathen idolatry to the service and worship of the true God. Abraham would cultivate home religion, and he would so arrange his household that the fear of the Lord would activate the large number of families with whom he was connected as their leader and guardian. (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 7)
Now all families have an object lesson in these instructions. Here is a picture of the God-fearing patriarch’s home responsibilities. He was priest in his house. This is true religion in the home. It is the Omniscient that speaks. Everything of importance is attached to His Word, and that Word Satan and his angels are in every possible way seeking to pervert and to annul, by drawing the minds away from the true foundation to falsehoods, to sophistries, to the uncertainties of skepticism, which are flooding our world, making God and Christ an uncertainty. (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 8)
These same satanic agencies were at work where Abraham’s father’s family lived, and idolatry was brought in through false conceptions of God. The same tempter, who deceived even the holy angels in the heavenly courts, is working in churches today with his powerful, deceiving, seducing temptations. Satan is working upon minds to unsettle the faith in regard to the verity of truth for this time, and many are being misled. (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 9)
I am again given a message to the many collected at Battle Creek, to go out as missionaries for God and take up your appointed work. If those who have been in Battle Creek have been learning from the Word of God, they can go forth as God’s witnesses take the Word just as it reads and bring it to the people who are accepting the pattern the archdeceiver is presenting to deceive, if possible, the very elect. Shall any influence hold men in Battle Creek? Shall God’s witnesses, men and women, be held there, and let Satan with his sophistries have possession of unworked fields? Read the first and second and third chapters of Revelation. (18LtMs, Ms 184, 1903, 10)
Ms 185, 1903
The Gospel Invitation and the Great Commission
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
Comments on Matthew 22:1-14; 28:16-20; Mark 16:15-18 (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 1)
“And Jesus answered and spake unto them again by parables, and said, The kingdom of heaven is like unto a certain king, which made a marriage for his son, And sent forth his servants to call them that were bidden to the wedding: and they would not come. Again, he sent forth other servants, saying, Tell them which are bidden, Behold, I have prepared my dinner: my oxen and my fatlings are killed, and all things are ready: come unto the marriage. But they made light of it, and went their ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandise: And the remnant took his servants, and entreated them spitefully, and slew them. But when the king heard thereof, he was wroth: and he sent forth his armies, and destroyed those murderers, and burned up their city. Then saith he to his servants, The wedding is ready, but they which were bidden were not worthy. Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many as ye shall find, bid to the marriage. So those servants went out into the highways, and gathered together all as many as they found, both bad and good: and the wedding was furnished with guests. And when the king came in to see the guests, he saw there a man which had not on a wedding garment: And he saith unto him, Friend, how camest thou in hither not having a wedding garment? And he was speechless. Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer darkness; there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. For many are called, but few are chosen.” Matthew 22:1-14. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 2)
There are to be most earnest invitations. All church members are to understand that they are to do the work God has given them to do. The message of Bible truth is to be given to all to whom they can find access. Christ is the Bridegroom, the church is the bride. The gospel is to go forth to all nations. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 3)
“Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. And when they saw Him, they worshipped Him: but some doubted. And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” Matthew 28:16-20. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 4)
Christ at this time delivered to His disciples the great charter of His kingdom in the world. He commissioned them as His ambassadors and gave them their credentials. Our Lord Jesus Himself received the commission from His Father. If challenged as to the authority by which these humble men—some fishermen by trade—should occupy the position of teachers and medical missionaries, and who gave them this authority, [they could answer,] He whom ye have crucified, just before His ascension, hath appointed us to be ministers of the Word. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 5)
Christ declared, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth.” [Verse 18.] Here was the Majesty of heaven, with the marks of the crucifixion in His hands and feet and the marks of a spear-thrust in His side. He is leaving the world, in sight of His disciples. He asserts His power, His universal dominion, and His work as Mediator, which was the great foundation of the Christian church. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 6)
He assumes no power. “All power is given Me.” [Verse 18.] He was legally entitled to this power, invested with it from the Father, the Fountain of all truth and power. Jehovah God inaugurated and enthroned Him as the One whom He proclaimed His Son at His baptism and when He broke the fetters of the tomb. Christ proclaimed over the rent sepulcher, “I am the resurrection and the life.” [John 11:25.] He was God’s only begotten Son. He was acknowledged as One equal with the Father. He was the Redeemer of all mankind, of all the human family. Because He humbled Himself, therefore, when He could reach no lower depth in His humiliation, God exalted Him, giving Him power over all flesh that He might give eternal life to as many as would receive Him, even to them that believe on His name. “To them gave He power to become the sons of God.” [John 1:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 7)
The commission, “Go ye,” is given to the apostles, the chief ministers whom He had educated in their work, the architects who were to lay the foundation of the church. It is not only a word of command, as to the servants, “Go, work today in My vineyard.” [Matthew 21:28.] The “day” means a life period. “Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things I have commanded you,” and the encouragement is given, “lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 8)
Christ leaves this commission with the disciples and with all who should hear them and become sincere, true believers, who would be successors to the ministers of the gospel. This gospel of the kingdom was to be transmitted from generation to generation, from age to age. They were not to wait for the people to come to them, but to go to the people, to hunt them as lost sheep are hunted. In like manner we are to bring the gospel message from door to door. With a pleasing address, let us become acquainted with the people in every place. Let the gospel message be carried to all nations, kindreds, tongues, and peoples. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 9)
All nations are to have the truth, carefully prepared in the most simple language for different nationalities. Christ would have His message to them stir them up. They are not to settle down and colonize, but penetrate into new places, constantly receiving light, constantly making new converts by presentation of the gospel message. A crucified, risen Saviour is to be lifted up in the home field and before the people afar off. Christ specifies not only apostles, but pastors, teachers, evangelists. He calls for wise teachers to take up this work. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 10)
While Christ’s hands were outspread and His benediction was upon His disciples, He was gently, bodily rising, and the cloud of angels received Him out of their sight. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 11)
Mark’s testimony is, “And He said unto them, Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.” Mark 16:15. There is a home missionary work to do, to set the truth in clear lines before those who are not impressed. We are to be interested in “every creature.” “He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. And these signs shall follow them that believe: In My name shall they cast out devils: They shall speak with new tongues. They shall take up serpents; and if they shall drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” Verses 16-18. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 12)
God’s miracle-working power has been revealed in many places. The power of truth, gospel truth, has expelled the dark workings of Satan on human minds, and many bodies have been healed. And it is impossible for us to know how many deadly things the believing people of God have received in eating and drinking that God has caused should not hurt nor destroy. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 13)
“They shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover.” [Verse 18.] God will hear the prayers offered in behalf of all who would give back the glory to Him. Oh, there might be hundreds of prayers offered for the sick in every place, and they would be healed if the hearts of the sick were humbled and meek, so they would not be spoiled by this great manifestation of the goodness and love of God. If the Lord saw that if healed by the immediate power of God, the ones thus blessed would remain humble and would use the gift given them and not become exalted, many would be healed of bodily suffering. Thus let all learn that Christ has invited them to learn of Him His meekness, His lowliness of heart, that the Lord may work by His Holy Spirit upon their bodies and thus show the immediate power of God through living faith. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 14)
We are in need of great humility of heart; the Lord dare not entrust His blessing to many, because self-glorification would be the result. Christ upbraided the unbelief in His disciples, because they would not believe the evidence presented before them. Unbelief always hardens the heart. If it is cherished, the heart reaches a state where it is unresponsive. In the case of the disciples, it [Christ’s resurrection] was to some such good news they dared not believe it true lest there would be a possible disappointment. There is often sufficient evidence on which to encourage faith, but the mind seizes everything that would create darkness and the Lord lets them remain in their unbelief, in their great afflictions. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 15)
What a subject we have to study over and learn from the commission given to the disciples to prepare the way for the setting up of the kingdom of God in our world through the preaching of the gospel—the glad tidings of reconciliation of men to God through a Mediator! To whom were they to preach the gospel? Hitherto they had been restricted from preaching the gospel to Gentiles. They were to go only to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. The time had not yet come to labor distinctly for the Gentiles; they were forbidden to go into any cities of the Samaritans. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 16)
But now the commission is enlarged. They have the world open before them as their field of labor. They are authorized to go into all the world, to the people nigh and afar off, and to preach the gospel to the inhabited world. “Preach the gospel to every creature” that has reasoning faculties to understand it. [Verse 15.] Christ is to be preached—His history, His life of condescension, His sufferings, and His love that is without a parallel. We dwell too little upon this subject. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 17)
The eleven could not do this work. The eleven and the other seventy were to work intelligently, dispersing themselves; and as they preached after the Day of Pentecost, the Holy Spirit came upon, them and five thousand were converted in a day. This is what the people need in every sanitarium that shall be established, in every church, and in every locality. Christ must be lifted up before the people. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 18)
As converts are made to the gospel message, they must not hesitate for long years of education, but take their Bibles and study them diligently and explain the truth as the truth has been explained to them. There must be the persuasive message to all classes, as is represented in the call to the marriage supper of the Lamb. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 19)
The invitation is given to those in the highways. The conversions from the men of high standing will not be a few, but in large numbers. Those will help with their means and with their talent of influence. Invite the highway hearers to come and listen to the message of invitation to the marriage supper. These men of worldly reputation who will receive the truth will give character to the work, and they will work for others with whom they are associated. They will find access to many souls whom ordinary ministers would not be able to reach, but they must try in the simplicity of Christ’s righteousness to break through the barriers. These highway listeners will, if the ministers are humble men, if they carry the gospel in its sanctifying power, open ways by which the message shall be carried. I am so glad that we who are gospel missionary workers have been hunters and fishers of men. It must be the business of our lives to preach the Word. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 20)
“So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, He was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. And they went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” Mark 16:19, 20. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 21)
Now we are to be laborers together with God. We are not to spend time in preaching discourses to those who know the truth, but we are to become so spiritual, through sanctification of the truth, that the presentations will be made in a marked manner, the direct opposite of the influence of the pride-bound churches, and entirely different from the genius of the world. Thousands are thirsting for the truth as it is in Jesus, but they do not know what makes them so spiritually sickly and dwarfed. They want the Bread of Life from heaven, which is Christ. And when they hear the gospel preached in the power of the Holy Spirit, their longing souls will know that the banquet is spread for them; and [the] call is given to them, “Come, for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 22)
Notwithstanding the abundance of opposition and the small amount of means that they had—means that came from the poor believers in tithes and in offerings—within a short period of time the industrious laborers had sounded the message of the gospel of Christ to all the habitable parts of the earth. They preached to the people assembled in companies, oft in the open air, or anywhere that they could be reached. The medical gospel ministers were successful because the Holy Spirit was with the workers, confirming the Word by the signs following. As souls were healed of their sinful maladies, their bodies also came to be partakers of the efficacy of the healing balm in Gilead. The operation of the Spirit of God on human hearts will communicate its healing power to the bodies of suffering humanity. The reformation begun was a sign everywhere that these converted ones talked and acted as did Christ when He was in the world. (18LtMs, Ms 185, 1903, 23)
Ms 186, 1903
Economy in Our School Work
NP
1903
Previously unpublished.
I am perplexed in regard to our schools in America. During the night, matters were presented to me that I find hard to give expression to. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 1)
We seemed to be in a conference meeting, and I was speaking to those who were assembled there in regard to the lack of faith and unity among the workers, and of the need of a decided effort’s being made to clear our schools from their indebtedness. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 2)
Brethren, I said, Do not talk discouragement; talk faith; pray in faith, and work in the faith and love of Christ. We have in our ranks men of capability, but the work does not move forward as it should. The reason is that self interests are being woven into the work. Some are selfishly seeking the first place and refuse to take counsel and advice. One worker pulls in one direction, and one in another, each striving to carry out his own ideas and plans. Brethren, cannot you see that you are not working to advantage? Pull together in even cords, and you will see the salvation of God. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 3)
The indebtedness that now rests on our schools in Battle Creek and Healdsburg need never have existed if the men who were placed as sentinels to guard the interests of the schools had watched expenses. A determined effort was not made to stop the leaks. When it was found that the tuition charged was insufficient to meet the expenses, it was the duty of these men to report the matter, and to take the stand that they would not undertake to manage the schools unless sufficient means was provided to avoid debt. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 4)
When I was in Europe, this indebtedness was presented to me as something that should not exist among us as a people. I was shown that the fee for tuition was placed too low from the first, and that teachers and students should come to the self-sacrificing conclusion to bear the indebtedness among themselves. The faculty should come out plainly and state that the charge for tuition had been too low and that from the first students had not been charged sufficient to meet the running expenses. I was shown that it would be far better to clear off the indebtedness now by a self-sacrificing effort than to have it continue to gather to oppress the faculty and discourage the work. Many of the students were able to pay more, and not suffer at all in doing so. The faculty should take its stand and say: We cannot run the school on its present income. We shall resign our position unless arrangements can be made whereby we can run the school without accumulating a debt. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 5)
The bill of fare provided for the students has not been in proportion with the charges made. If in the preparation of the food strict economy had been practiced, a good, round sum could be cut off the present indebtedness. And this fare has not always been the best for the students. It has often resulted in clouding the mind and injuring the health. We need to make reforms in this line. It is a mistake to provide a great variety of dishes. A plain, simple diet, free from flesh foods, and largely free from liquid foods, is the best diet for students. When manual labor is combined with mental work, an appetite is created; and there is no need for the dainty dishes and variety of desserts that have had a place on our school tables, and which instead of being a blessing, are often an injury. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 6)
When the close of one year’s experience in school management shows a large indebtedness, that one year should be enough to teach wisdom, so that it need never have to be met again. The next year should be one of retrenchment, of a binding about of the wants of teachers and students. In every department investigation should be made and strict economy practiced. There are ways to be devised. Call a halt till some plan can be laid by which you can run the school free from debt. Have fewer teachers on the faculty, and give the older students opportunity to teach classes. The experience they gain in communicating what they have learned will be invaluable to them; for it will fasten the lessons firmly in their minds. And while doing this they will be learning how to conduct the work along lines of economy. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 7)
It is not wise to allow debts to accumulate year after year. And the principle is wrong. The Lord does not want the education of the youth to involve the conference in debt. It has enough burdens and responsibilities to carry without taking on the school financial problem. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 8)
One of the hardest battles we had to fight in the commencement of our school work in Australia was the influence of extravagant expenditure of means. Some who were connected with the school felt that they must pattern after the schools in America. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 9)
One night in vision I was taken to a merchandise store where some of the brethren and sisters were buying for the school. Linen for the table was being examined, and the best quality was selected for purchase. I followed them to the furniture department where again the best goods were chosen for the school furnishings. Then in my dream I called them together and said, Let us talk this matter over. I told them that the means we had in hand with which to make a beginning was very small and referred them to the warning of Christ in the parable of the man who started to build a tower, but was not able to finish. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 10)
I was living at that time at Preston, a suburb several miles out of Melbourne. As soon as I was able, I sent to North Fitzroy a letter containing directions concerning the purchases for the school. I found that the goods had been selected, but not bought. Elder Daniells was very grateful for the instruction. The articles selected were changed for more common ones, and economy was practiced in all their purchases. Thus quite a large sum was saved. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 11)
One argument we had to meet often was that we should pattern after our schools in America. When any new plans were suggested, we were met with the objection, Battle Creek does this, or Battle Creek has that. I told the brethren that the Lord had shown me that we were not to imitate the schools in Battle Creek. That which was done in Battle Creek could not possibly be done in Melbourne. In Battle Creek the work was suffering under a heavy load of debt because the workers there had followed a course of self-indulgence rather than a course of self-denial. In Australia the work must be carried forward in a simple manner. The education the students would obtain in self-denial and economy would be of more value to them than all the book knowledge they could obtain. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 12)
Again and again the instruction was given that we should not imitate the schools in America. I was instructed to educate, educate, educate. We were in a new world in Australia, and the burden of the school work rested largely on W. C. White and myself. We spent many sleepless nights planning for the work. We studied the field and prayed for wisdom to know how to make a beginning in the educational work and to meet the expenses of the students who should come. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 13)
One morning W. C. White came to me, and said, “Mother, I have a plan I wish to lay before you.” I responded, “I have a plan which I wish to lay before you. I have decided to give all the royalties on my foreign books to create a fund for the education of the students who cannot pay for themselves. Then when these students have received their training, and can earn means, they can pay back into the fund the money that was paid from it for them. Thus there will always be a fund for the benefit of the youth who desire an education.” “This is just the plan I had in mind,” W. C. White answered. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 14)
About this time Elder Haskell sent us means, lending in all about three thousand dollars. One thousand dollars of this Brother Haskell said he might need at any time, but the balance we could use in the work where it was needed. None but the Lord knows how thankful we were for this help. I praised God with heart and voice. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 15)
We were then able to make a beginning. Elder Haskell’s money was just what was needed. (18LtMs, Ms 186, 1903, 16)
Ms 187, 1903
Diary/A Divine Saviour
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
August 9, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in UL 236; 5BC 1084-1085; 10MR 299-300.
The Lord is my helper. My heart goes forth unto God that He will upon this first day of the week give me His wisdom and grace to answer the many letters that have come to me. I desire that my every word shall be of such a character that my heavenly Father shall approve. I am the Lord’s child, His messenger, and I must in everything glorify His holy name. The words I trace to go forth to others must be words that will enlighten and comfort. I must not speak one word to discourage. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 1)
Christ longed to fill the world with a peace and joy that would be a similitude of that found in the heavenly world. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 2)
“And seeing the multitudes, He went up into a mountain; and when He was set, His disciples came unto Him: and He opened His mouth, and taught them saying, (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 3)
“Blessed are the poor in spirit; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
Blessed are they that mourn; for they shall be comforted.
Blessed are the meek; for they shall inherit the earth.
Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled.
Blessed are the merciful; for they shall obtain mercy.
Blessed are the pure in heart; for they shall see God.
Blessed are the peacemakers; for they shall be called the children of God.
Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake; for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
(18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 4)
“Blessed are ye when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for My sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad; for great is your reward in heaven; for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.” [Matthew 5:1-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 5)
August 10, 1903
This morning my heart is drawn out to God in earnest longing of soul for the Holy Spirit’s guidance. What words can I speak that will be appreciated and understood? When Christ was in our world He said to the Pharisees and scribes, Why do ye not understand My words and appreciate them? They were continually placing their own construction upon the plain words of truth that fell from His lips. There were occasions when He spoke with the authority of His own greatness. The treasures of eternity were at His command. He spoke representing the soul of universal goodness. He was conscious of His power and His mission. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 6)
The world had come forth from the hand of God in purity and loveliness, but when Christ came, He found it seared and marred with the curse of sin. He longed to refine, purify, and sanctify a people who would receive and impart His instruction through belief of the truth, the breath of the higher life. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 7)
With clearness and power He spoke the words that were to come down to our time as a treasure of goodness. What precious words they were, and how full of encouragement! From His divine lips there fell with fulness and abundant assurance the benedictions that showed Him to be the fountain of all goodness, and that it was His prerogative to bless and impress the minds of all present. He was engaged in His peculiar, sacred province, and the treasures of eternity were at His command. In the disposal of them He knew no control. It was no robbery with Him to act in the office of God. In His blessings He embraced those who were to compose His kingdom in this world. He had brought into the world every blessing essential to the happiness and joy of every soul; and before that vast assembly He presented the riches of the grace of heaven, the accumulated treasures of the eternal, everlasting Father. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 8)
Here He specified who should be the subjects of His heavenly kingdom. He did not speak one word to flatter the men of the highest authority, the worldly dignitaries. But He presents before all the traits of character which must be possessed by the peculiar people who will compose the royal family in the kingdom of heaven. He specifies those who shall become heirs of God and joint-heirs with Himself. He proclaims publicly His choice of subjects and assigns them their place in His service as united with Himself. Those who possess the character specified will share with Him in the blessing and the glory and the honor that will ever come to Him. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 9)
Those who are thus distinguished and blessed will be a peculiar people, trading upon the Lord’s gifts. He speaks of those who shall suffer for His name’s sake as receiving a great reward in the kingdom of heaven. He spoke with the dignity of one who had unlimited authority, one who had all heavenly advantages to bestow upon those who would receive Him as their Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 10)
Men may usurp the authority of greatness in this world; but Christ does not recognize them; they are usurpers. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 11)
There were occasions when Christ spoke with an authority that sent His words home with irresistible force, with an overwhelming sense of the greatness of the Speaker, and the human agencies shrunk into nothingness in comparison with the One before them. They were deeply moved; their minds were impressed that He was repeating the command from the most excellent glory. As He summoned the world to listen, they were spellbound and entranced, and conviction came to their minds. Every word made for itself a place, and the hearers believed and received the words that they had no power to resist. Every word He uttered seemed to the hearers as the life of God. He was giving evidence that He was the light of the world and the authority of the church, claiming preeminence over them all. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 12)
“The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory, the glory of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth. John bare witness of Him, and cried, saying, This was He of whom I spake, He that cometh after me is preferred before me; for He was before me.” [John 1:14, 15.] Yes, He was before John. Enshrouded in the pillar of cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night, He led the children of Israel through the wilderness. “And of His fulness have all we received, and grace for grace.” [Verse 16.] John was a burning and a shining light, but he was not That Light which was to lighten the whole world with the brightness of redeeming love. He was before John; for He existed from eternity with the Father. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 13)
August 11, 1903
I have had a broken night, but I thank my heavenly Father that I have had opportunity to meditate and to commune with Christ my Saviour. When I consider that “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life,” my heart is filled with thanksgiving and praise. [John 3:16.] By faith I place my hand in the hand of Christ, and say, I thank Thee, O Lord; for this wonderful sacrifice made in my behalf. O give me constantly an increasing capability to understand and appreciate the precious gift. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 14)
When affliction comes upon me, and I suffer much pain, then I remember that Christ, my precious Saviour, has borne physical and mental agony, such as it is impossible for us to estimate. As I contemplate His suffering, the strain becomes too great, and I say, Lord, I cannot bear it. Then the representation of the Lord’s grace and love, given so freely to all who believe, melts and breaks my heart. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 15)
O God, the living and true God, teach me Thy way, Thy will in such simplicity that I can bear it. Help me to walk humbly with Thee. Give me power to bear Thy yoke; help me to learn of Thee to become meek and lowly. Thou hast invited every soul, “Take My yoke upon thee, and learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart.” [Matthew 11:29.] In learning of the great Teacher His meekness and lowliness, they will find rest. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 16)
I praise the Lord for His love and compassion for me, and not for me only, but for all the world. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 17)
August 12, 1903
Last night in my sleep I seemed to be before a large company, addressing them. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 18)
We need constantly a sense of the divine Presence, and we need also humble trust in God. Let us pray without ceasing. Wherever we are or whatever we are doing, let us ask the Lord to help and strengthen us to do His holy will. (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 19)
I am worried and perplexed, because many professing godliness are not following the will and way of Christ. My soul is in distress because I cannot see that they heed the admonitions and the warnings God has given. Seemingly they are unconscious of their true state. Today Christ is offering His grace to them if they will co-operate with Him, to work out their own salvation with fear and trembling, lest they shall lose the opportunities granted them. They are ever to remember that it is God which worketh in them, both to will and to do of His good pleasure. Reason, conscience, memory must be brought under the control of Christ. They are to put on the gospel armor and arouse every slumbering energy to resist Satan’s deceptions. We cannot afford to be on the losing side; for we are not warring against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Although tempted and tried, we are to exercise patience, refusing by hasty speech to gratify the enemy. We are to exercise full faith in God. Humanity is to be sanctified, that in the place of revealing anger, we may reveal the meekness and lowliness of Christ. The Saviour’s invitation is, “Learn of Me; for I am meek and lowly in heart, and ye shall find rest unto your souls. For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” [Verses 29, 30.] (18LtMs, Ms 187, 1903, 20)
Ms 188, 1903
Sermon/Thoughts on John 14-16.
Calistoga, California
June 13, 1903
Previously unpublished.
Thoughts on John 14-16
11:20 A.M., Sabbath, June 13, 1903
Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, Calistoga Grove Meetings, 11:20 A.M., Sabbath, June 13, 1903
“Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know. Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither Thou goest; and how can we know the way?” [John 14:1-5.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 1)
Now here is a very precious promise, very precious light is presented: (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 2)
“Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by Me. If ye had known Me, ye should have known My Father also: and from henceforth ye know Him, and have seen Him. Philip saith unto Him, Lord, show us the Father, and it sufficeth us. Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Show us the Father? Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me? the words that I speak unto you I speak not of Myself: but the Father that dwelleth in Me, He doeth the works. Believe Me that I am in the Father, and the Father in Me: or else believe Me for the very works’ sake. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on Me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto My Father.” [Verses 6-12.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 3)
Now here is the presentation that Christ makes just before His crucifixion. He had told them that He should be crucified; and then their hearts were exceedingly troubled, and because of this, He addresses them: “Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [Verses 1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 4)
Now there is just where we want to be. We want to be where our Saviour is, and we want and need—He knew we needed—just this presentation, that “If I go away, I will come again.” [Verse 3.] Well, we believe in His near coming. We believe that the signs are being fulfilled as Christ stated how it would be just prior to His coming. He has stated to us that there should be wars and rumors of wars, and He has stated to us that there would be troublous times, and we see it. We know that wickedness is increasing in our world. Well, then, what is our work? Is it our business to be discouraged? It is our place to stand in that position that we shall keep in view the second coming of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ, to our world; and we are to be preparing ourselves here that we shall see our Lord when He cometh; that we shall meet Him in peace, that we are getting ready for those mansions that He has gone to prepare for us. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 5)
Well, then, this was the comfort, and this is that which we are to look for and get ready for, that we can say when He shall come in the clouds of heaven, “Lo, this is our God, we have waited for Him, and He will save us.” [Isaiah 25:9.] Well, who can say that? Certainly those who have made no preparation cannot say it. Those who are waiting for Him, looking for Him, believing that we are in this world as pilgrims and strangers, and that the opportunity that we have now is the opportunity that was bought at an infinite price for us, that we might be preparing for the coming of the Son of man to take us to Himself. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 6)
Well, what is the preparation? We are to accept and believe in Christ Jesus. We are to take Him as our Saviour, and we are to have, every one of us, a personal experience. It is our privilege to have this experience, that we shall in ourselves know that we are united to Jesus Christ, and we want every one of us to be getting ready. We cannot afford to let these moments pass here below, and we not be putting ourselves in readiness for the coming of the Son of man. We want to put away our sins, we want Him to take them away from us, and we want the righteousness which is in Christ Jesus. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 7)
The Lord will help us if we will cooperate with God. That is what is wanted of us, to cooperate with Jesus Christ. All of us who will be co-workers with Christ in our own salvation, why, then we are fulfilling the design and purpose of God in giving His life that we might have a preparation to see Christ when He comes, and say, “Lo, this is our God, we have waited for Him, and He will save us.” [Verse 9.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 8)
We know not what calamities may come upon us. We hear of calamities everywhere. Is not this a warning for us that we are to be getting ready? Is not this a warning to us that we may be taken in a moment, when we least expect it? That some accident or calamity may come upon us? We may be upon the water, we may be in the cars, we may be in the dwelling, as they were at St. Louis and different places. But, you see, here there seems to be such a disturbance in the atmosphere, and on the earth, and these things take place. But we want to stand as minutemen and women, ready, that if our life should be cut off in a moment, we have a preparedness for the life which is to come. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 9)
And when Christ shall come in the clouds of heaven with power and with great glory, then we shall be called by the trump of God, the graves will be opened, and the righteous dead will come forth in the first resurrection, the resurrection to life. And there we want to have a part in that first resurrection. It is because He loves us that He has done all this. We need not have an idea that because the calamities come upon our world that the Lord Jesus has no love for the world. He has given His life for it; but here are the powers of darkness, the prince of the power of the air, the one that caused the fall of Adam and Eve in the garden of Eden, and he works with all his deceivableness or unrighteousness and with his power, that he may obtain control of men and women, and that he may take those who have made no preparation. Well, then, what is there for us to do? It is to get ready to meet our Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 10)
But I want to read a little further: “Verily, verily I say unto you, He that believeth on Me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto My Father.” [John 14:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 11)
Well, what is it? why, He is there to plead in our behalf. He is there, that He may stand before the Father as our Intercessor and Mediator. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 12)
“And whatsoever (now you see all this is brought in) ye shall ask in My name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son.” [Verse 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 13)
Now God wants to represent His glory upon the earth. He wants that every one of us shall ask. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 14)
“If ye shall ask anything in My name, I will do it.” [Verse 14.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 15)
Well, every one of us to is be sending up our petitions to God in faith and believe that Christ will do just as He said He would do. Well, have we that faith? Are we encouraging it? Are we constantly reaching up the hand of faith to grasp the promises that have been made unto us? “If ye love Me, keep My commandments.” [Verse 15.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 16)
Well, now, here we are to evidence that love in keeping the commandments of God. We are not to be indifferent. We are to know and search the Scriptures, and to know what saith the Scriptures in regard to the commandments of God, and then we are to obey them. We are not to study our convenience in the matter, but we are to study what is the law of heaven to us. What does God desire of us? What are the laws of His kingdom? Why, His law is the transcript of His character, and we are to obey His character. We are to imitate the glory of God, and unless we do, we cannot live with Him in the kingdom of glory. No, we cannot do that. We must obey the law of God, and the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul. You find out where that reads, and then in the Psalms, and then you consider how much is said about obedience to God. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 17)
Now, our Saviour has left us as a parent would leave a family of children, and He has given them their orders. He told them what they must do, and He expects us to be faithful; He expects us in our family, in the little church in our house, that we shall be faithful in our household to keep the way of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 18)
Now, God says, “I know Abraham, that he will command his household (well, his household was large) and his children after him, to keep the way of the Lord.” To do what? Justice and judgment. [Genesis 18:19.] Well, now, that is what we must teach our children. He says, I know Abraham, that he will do this. And God knows everyone that will be faithful in their house to keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment. We want to begin the work of obedience to our God right here in our family. And we want to teach them how to be ready, that when Christ comes, they will have the mark of God upon them that they are obedient, and that they shall be translated to heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 19)
This corruption shall put on incorruption, and we shall have the privilege of seeing the King in His beauty. This is what I want. That is what my soul is longing for. That is what we all ought to be longing for. And we ought not to be cherishing sin. It was in consequence of sin that Adam and Eve fell. It is in consequence of sin that Christ pledged Himself to pass over the ground where Adam fell, and by His obedience redeem the disgraceful fall of Adam. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 20)
By Christ’s life of sacrifice, the sinner has the privilege of having his sins washed away, and being purified for the heavenly courts above. But what are the conditions? “To as many as received Him, to them gives He power to become sons of God.” [John 1:12.] He bestows to as many as believe on Him. Now it is belief, it is faith; it is taking God at His word; it is believing He will do just what He has said He would. Well, then, who of us wants to be reckoned with the worldlings here below, with all their defects of character, with all their sins, with all their iniquities upon them? Shall we not believe Christ, who has bought us with His own blood, and given His life for us; and ought not we to say, We give ourselves to Thee? It is all that we can do. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 21)
Shall we not come with gratitude and thankfulness to think a way has been prepared, and that we have not been obliged to be in Satan’s army, warring against heaven? No, we do not want to be found in that company at all, but in the company that believes in the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 22)
He gives us another promise: “If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you for ever.” [John 14:15, 16.] Now that is our privilege. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 23)
“Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him: but ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.” [Verse 17.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 24)
They do not want to know Him. They have the privilege of knowing Him; they have the privilege of seeing Him; they have the privilege of laying hold, as He says, “Let him lay hold on My strength, and make peace with Me, and he shall make peace with Me.” [Isaiah 27:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 25)
Well, here, the world does not see or know Him. “But ye know Him; for He dwelleth with you, and shall be in you. I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you.” [John 14:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 26)
Now what an assurance is this at every step. Well, then, shall we act as though we were comfortless? Shall we act as though we had no courage or faith, or joy, in the Lord? If you do this, you cannot honor God. The Lord wants us to consider this morning whether we will have Christ our Saviour, our Redeemer, our Sanctifier; or whether we will open the door of the heart to the enemy, and let him in, to take possession of the heart and mind and soul and character, to help him to make the world worse than it is, because the enemy is using everyone, all who do not unite with Jesus Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 27)
If Christ has no control of the human mind, the enemy has the control; and we want to give ourselves to Christ. We want Him to work with us and abide with us. We want His presence with us, and we want to open the door of our hearts to Christ. We want to keep our thanksgiving going up to heaven constantly, that we have Christ. And we want the assurance of His presence every day of our lives. I love Him, because He made me. When I was in discouragement and despair, He made me a child of God. When I was eleven years old, and my very thought was that, He has done so much for me, I must try to save everyone of my age. I would think of my young companions, and I would go and talk to them, and read the Bible to them, and pray with them. And there were some souls that were converted in this very way, that united with me. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 28)
Now, God wants parents to do their duties at home as parents that they may have a little church in their house. And the house, where the family is, is consecrated to the Lord. Why, the Lord Jesus comes into their dwellings, and His peace and grace are there. We can have peace and grace, and we can have dissension and strife. That is what the enemy wants to be in every family. Here is what Satan wants; he wants dissension. What is the rebel banner? The blackness, with darkness. Christ wants to take them all under the bloodstained banner of the Prince Emmanuel. Everyone can stand under it. And the parents, while they are training their children for the future, immortal life, they have an educator—Who is it? They have an educating power from the world, and from Satan, who will present every attraction possible to keep them in his ranks. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 29)
You want the pleasantest home that it is possible for you to provide for them. You want a little heaven to go to heaven in. You are the family to be fitting up for the mansions which Christ has gone to prepare for you. In doing this, you cannot be absorbed in worldly things, and give your children up to follow their own mind and their own judgment. You must take the place of God in the education of your children. As I have told children, If you stray from God, your prayers will be on the throne; your mothers’ and fathers’ prayers will be ascending to God, that you will return. We want your help, children. We want you to do everything you can to represent Christ Jesus to the world. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 30)
We want, that as a band of Christians—as the whole power of darkness is arrayed against us to counterwork our efforts—we want to lay hold of the hope that is set before us in the gospel that we shall take hold of the power of Jesus Christ, and that that power will be behind us in our work. The Lord Jesus will be working with us, that we can be a power in our home. That is what we want. And then here, we are fitting for the mansions that God has gone to prepare for us. We can have a happy home, if we want it. And what a consolation it is to know that we can indeed place our feet right in the footprints of Christ. “He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow Me. So shall ye be My disciples.” [See Mark 8:34.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 31)
Of course we will have difficulties and trials; but our Saviour passed over the ground before us. Forty days and forty nights He stood in the wilderness of temptation, not in beautiful Eden, as Adam did, but all seared by the powers of darkness. Satan clothed himself as an angel of light, and so pressed his temptations. But Christ did not heed his temptations. He answered him, and did not even venture in His own words, [but answered,] “It is written,” when Satan said, “Command these stones that they be made bread.” [Matthew 4:3, 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 32)
Now with the whole life of Christ, He was not to work a miracle in His own behalf, to deliver Himself from any emergency that He should be in. But angels of God took the oversight of Him. Jesus passed forty days, and Satan says now, You [do not] look like being the Redeemer of the world and the Son of God. Does He want you to represent Him in this matter? Command these stones that they may be bread, if Thou be the Son of God. If, if, if—would He take that dare? No, He would not take that presumptuous dare. “It is written ... by every word ... the mouth of God.” [Verse 4.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 33)
Satan knew that the door was closed there. He took Him, and stood Him on the very pinnacle of the temple. Cast Thyself down now; show the people what You are. “It is written, The angels shall bear Thee up lest at any time Thou dash Thy foot against a stone.” [Verses 5, 6.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 34)
Now that is what Satan presented to Him. But he left out something. He left out something in the citation that he had quoted as the words of God—“In all Thy ways.” [Psalm 91:11.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 35)
Jesus stands at the head of humanity, taking humanity upon Himself; He stands in all respects as a human being, and yet just what man may be as a partaker of the divine nature. Divinity and humanity combined. He has not violated one precept, one word, or in a single instance was the blot of stain upon His character. Well, what did Christ answer him there? “It is written, thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.” [Matthew 4:7.] That was not in the way of the Lord. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 36)
That was not in the way that He was to obtain His supremacy, that He was to demonstrate to mankind what God would be to them if they would resist the temptations of the enemy. Well, then, he had to take Him and carry Him down again, and put Him where? Where he could present as in a panoramic view the kingdoms of the whole world before Him. Now, I will give You—I am the prince of the world, I am the king of the world—I will give you all this, if you will fall down and worship me. Then it was that divinity flashed through humanity. He Satan found out who He Christ was. He knew who he was handling. Said He, “Get thee hence, Satan. It is written, thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.” [Verse 10.] (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 37)
Well, here was the lesson, and that lesson is given to the whole world. It is spoken to every man that will live, every one of them can choose the way of salvation, if they choose to take it. Every one of them can have divine help and strength. But what about Christ? He was fainting on the field of battle. He had withstood the temptations of the enemy. Upon whose head, upon whose breast, was that head to lean? Who comforted Him? Who encouraged Him? Well, the angels of God were round about Him, and brought Him food. The angels of God strengthened Him and comforted Him. The Holy Spirit was upon Him, and He went from that battlefield a Conqueror. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 38)
Satan was defeated in his plans, and so He carried the battle until the time that His hands were stretched on Calvary’s cross, and the nails pierced His hands and His feet. He, human, holds His hands to heaven to His Father, and pleads in behalf of man, and He says, I have graven them upon the palms of My hands. There they are. He carries the very marks of the crucifixion; and one thing we are to be thankful for, He took humanity with Him. He went to heaven in His humanity. He took that with Him, the human nature and the divine nature combined, that He might work in behalf of human nature, and understand all the temptations wherewith any one of us are beset, and know how to meet them. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 39)
Now, this is the very work the Prince of life was to do in our behalf. What are we doing to show that we appreciate this? What are we doing to avail ourselves of all the pleading of Christ? What are we doing? He is the propitiation for our sins, and He had no sin in this world. Therefore He is able to deliver every one of us from the power of the enemy, if we will make the effort in His name to break the chains of our slavery to sin, and to Satan. He wants our mouths filled with praise and thanksgiving and gladness. He wants us to praise God a great deal more than we do here. He wants that the praise and thanksgiving shall be ascending to heaven from hearts and lips. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 40)
I will read still further: He said here that He would send the Comforter and He does send it. I know it. I know that I have had that presence of the Comforter. The last that I read you was, “I will not leave you comfortless, I will come to you.” [John 14:18.] Well, you say, I do not sin. We read in the verse before, The world doth not see Him, but thou who believe in Jesus Christ see Him by a living faith, and the hand of faith takes hold of Jesus Christ, and they see Him as their Helper and their God. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 41)
He says, “Ye know Him; for He dwelleth in you, and shall be with you. I will not leave you comfortless, I will come to you. Yet a little while, and the world seeth Me no more; but ye see Me.” [Verses 17-19.] Why? Through His Word. Through living faith in the Word of God, you grasp the hand of infinite power. Because I live, ye shall live also. If you will only live the life of faith here, you will live with Me in My kingdom. He prays the Father, and the Son, and to have what? The far more, the exceeding, the eternal weight of glory. That is what you can be. And what? Heir to God, and joint-heir with Jesus Christ, to the immortal inheritance, to the eternal substance. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 42)
That is the very thing that God has gone to prepare for us, and we want our children to have it. We do not want to see our children linking with the world, and taking their habits and practices, and doing what the world does. We want to come out from the world, and be separate, and show the line of demarcation so distinct in character from the world that they will see the advantage by our own presentation. Our character is changed. It is after the similitude of the character of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 43)
It is the character of Christ that He gives to His followers, and He wants every one of us to have it, that we may be—sad and mourning and discouraged? You may have all the hilarity and all the glee and all the enchantments that there is in this life, and yet it is nothing. There is nothing in it that is enduring and that has happiness that you can realize with an inheritance into the kingdom above. What we want is a home where there is no sin and no sorrow, no sickness and no death. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 44)
I have been an invalid all my life, and dependent upon the power and the healing grace of God to be with me in order to do my work, and He never has failed me; and when my time comes that I shall cease my labor here, let me rest in the grave a little while, till the Master comes. And He is coming—not a babe in Bethlehem; not as He rode into Jerusalem, when they cast their garments before Him; not to be tried in the judgment hall by those that were on the side of Satan; not to behold Him upon the cross, and priests and rulers nodding their heads, “If you be the Christ, come down, come down and save yourself, and we will believe on you.” [See Matthew 27:40, 42.] But it was a world that He was dying for. And He carried it through, bearing the sins of every sinner in our world, that they could have the opportunity of being saved, if they would. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 45)
God wants us to improve the privilege of giving our life to Christ, of glorifying Him upon the earth. “Ye are not your own; ye are bought with a price; therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] You have no right to weaken one single organ of your body or of your mind. That mind cost the price of the blood of the Son of God, and you want to keep all your capabilities and all your powers, every one of you—you want to keep in the very best condition of health, that God can work through you, that God can use His property; that God can work with you to demonstrate to the world the life that is to come, and the consolation of His grace to you in this world. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 46)
I love Him, because He first loved me. I love Him, because He has given His life for me. Nothing can separate me from His love. I am willing to be a partaker with Christ of His sufferings, but heaven I must have. I want to see the King in His beauty. I want the crown of life. I want to go home with the redeemed, as we are brought from the grave, and the living are changed from mortality to immortality and caught up to meet our Lord in the air. As the gates of the city of God are thrown back upon their glittering hinges, I want the welcome as we enter in. I want to see Jesus in His glory and majesty. He says, You shall sit upon My throne. Just think of it—as I sit upon My Father’s throne, and as we enter in through the gates into the city of God, every crown is taken from our heads, after we have received them, and cast at the feet of Jesus, and there praise and glory comes forth from the lips of the saved to honor and to glorify the Redeemer. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 47)
And we are to live what? A life that measures with the life of God. Let me be an overcomer. Let me be a partaker of His grace and salvation. I want to see Him as He is; I want to glorify His name. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 48)
Now, God wants us to work right with Him. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] You are to just work right with the Master in regard to your own building and fitting and joining, all that would weaken and enfeeble any organ. We have none too much brain, anyhow; we have not got too much capability anyhow. We are weak mortals, but we can improve every capability, because we can cling to Him that will bring to us the living grace like the leaves of the tree of life, that we shall realize a healing power in our bodies, in our minds; a strengthening capability, that we can glorify God. That is what we want, every one of us; and I want to be where I can magnify His name, that I can glorify Him. May the Lord strengthen us. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 49)
1 Corinthians 9:20-27 quoted. Now think of these Scriptures. And think of the great comfort in them. I want every one of you to be comforted with joy and comfort, as I have been all my life, since 11; now I am 75. And now I have been traveling all around to the camp meetings, and speaking to them. God gives me strength, or I could not do it; and I know in whom I believe, that He is able to do all things for me, and I can commit the keeping of my soul unto Him, as unto a faithful Creator. Well, then, let us, every one of us, arise in the strength of God, and you that have been in the faith, build, oh, build for time and eternity. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 50)
I beseech you, for Christ’s sake, that you will to the very best of your ability, be under the supervision of God. “Ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] And may the Lord help every one of us that we may be fitting up that we may live through the ceaseless ages of eternity, and for that I am striving. For that I am willing to work in any place. I want everybody to come. I want to meet you there. We want to see you that are praising God, your faces in the kingdom of glory, and we want to see your faces lighted up with His glory, as you shall see His face. It is promised that we shall see His face, and that is what we want. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 51)
Now may the blessing of God rest upon this little company, and may we unite with Jesus Christ with all the capabilities that He has given us, that He can work with us to make us an efficiency and power to work upon human minds and to do His will in bringing souls, that are out of the ark of safety, to Christ Jesus, that they may have the comfort of His love. Now this is what we want of every one of you, and may God let His blessing rest upon you, because you can be saved. Christ redeemed Adam’s disgraceful fall. Christ has made it possible to give life to every human being, if they will take hold of His life. He wants you to be happy. He doesn’t want you to be in misery at all. He doesn’t want you to suffer the pangs of the last death, as Satan will have to be destroyed. He wants you to have life, everlasting life, in the kingdom of glory. (18LtMs, Ms 188, 1903, 52)
Ms 189, 1903
Sermon/Thoughts on Ephesians 2.
St. Helena, California
Sabbath Morning, June 20, 1903
Previously unpublished.
(Talk by Mrs. E. G. White, St. Helena Sanitarium Chapel)
[First portion missing.] (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 1)
Now this is all blended, and we want, every soul of us, to improve the talents that God has given us, our capabilities. We want to be advancing in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ, and what did He do? He laid off His royal robe, He laid off His royal crown, He stepped down from His position of height and dignity, He kept that dignity, and yet He stepped down from the magisterial throne, the Majesty of heaven, the King of Glory, and clothed His divinity with humanity. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 2)
How and why? Why, He must come now to stand at the head of humanity, that humanity might touch humanity. He was the Son of humanity. The Son of God condescended to become the Son of humanity, that He might encircle the human race with His long human arm. With His divine arm He grasps the throne of the Infinite. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 3)
Why did He not bring with Him the cloud of angels? Why did He not have legions of angels that should encircle right around Him, to let them all understand who He was, that He was the ruler over angels in the heavenly courts? But, no. He must stand as humanity stands, to bear the afflictions that humanity bore; to be tempted in all points like as humanity is tempted. And then what? Why, then He understands the affliction of humanity. When He was crucified, suffering the most shameful death. He was both mocked and derided, and the heavenly host watching the scene. How quickly they would have broken their ranks and dispersed all His persecutors; but, no. The death He bore for us makes it possible for us to be partakers of the divine nature. He was partaker of human nature, and all judgment is to be given into His hand. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 4)
I look and see how difficult it is for us to bear the trials and disappointments of this life. Certainly we have to have these trials, and if we bear them correctly, if we bear them as children of God, just as surely shall we stand before God on vantage-ground, because we remember that Christ has passed over the ground before us and left us His example. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 5)
Now we want to work the works of Christ. He was the great Medical Missionary that stood in our world. He went from place to place, and they would bring the sick, and He would heal them; and then they would beg of Him, Oh, stay with us, stay with us. We want you with us. But no, He said, I must go to other cities and other towns; and I must preach the gospel to all people. Well, that is just what we have to do. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 6)
We cannot sit down in a do-nothing position, thinking that we will enter the courts of the Lord. We have been carried at every step, and have been comforted and encouraged, and will we feel it our privilege to feel just as bad as we can feel when any difficulty comes? We have no right to feeling that way. Why? Because we have a big hope in the gospel; because we have a Friend at court; we have a risen Saviour that proclaimed over the rest sepulcher of Joseph, I am the resurrection and the life. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 7)
Now Christ came to our earth as a babe in Bethlehem, coming up as a child, and testifying against the lie of Satan that it was not possible for any man of the fallen race to overcome and become spotless, and keep God’s Commandments. But Christ took human nature, and kept the commandments of God. It is some consequence to us what behavior we have in this life, in this world. It is of very great consequence to us what character we are forming, what kind of a building we are making. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 8)
We must be in a position before God that we shall imitate the life of Christ. How many search the Scriptures as they ought to search them? How many put in the place of the Scriptures foolish reading, and when they want to be conversant with the Scriptures, why, get as much of it as you can by heart, in their memory, but that is not enough. You want to make the application of it to the soul. It is a life-and-death question with us. It is nothing to be trifled with. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 9)
If you enter heaven, you will never set your stakes that you are going to be worldly, and you are going to have all the conveniences, and you are going to have all that you desire in this life, and then you will have a transport to the future immortal life. No, you will do just as Christ did. “He that will come after Me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross and follow Me. So shall he be My disciple.” [See Mark 8:34.] The Lord of life and glory humbled Himself, and the Lord requires that everyone that shall enter in through the gates into the city of God shall be a partaker with Christ of His self-denial and of His self-sacrifice. And what then? A crown of life will He bestow upon everyone that will live the life of self-denial and self-sacrifice. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 10)
We have an individual, personal work to carry on for ourselves. We want to learn all that it is possible for us to learn as to how to perfect Christian character. Every one of us have had talents given us. Every man, every living soul, has talents that have been entrusted to him from God. He is to improve those talents to the very best account, and he is to bring all the sunshine, all the pleasantness, all the agreeableness of the person in words, in speech; for that is a talent. There are to be no cross speeches, no hasty, passionate speeches. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 11)
Every one of us, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, is to have a fitness of character that we shall bring joy, and that we shall bring happiness into the lives of others. No man (and that means no woman; it covers both) liveth unto himself. And yet we have, every one of us, our part to act in the great firm. Here is God’s firm in the world, and we must act our part if we shall have the city of God for our mansions—shall have mansions there. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 12)
Just before He left His people, Christ did not talk of His sufferings, and of what He had to endure and the agony; He did not present that before His disciples; but He told them the bare facts, that He was to be tried and be crucified. But, He said, “Let not your hearts be troubled; ye believe in God, believe also in Me.” [John 14:1.] (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 13)
If we work right away from Christ, and do not try to assimilate to Christ here, and we do not try to make things pleasant, and to bring heaven right into our homes here below, we are neglecting the duty of every family that lives on the face of the earth. Do you think every family had obeyed the commandments of God, you would hear of bloodshed, that you would hear of robbery, that you would hear next of God’s punishments that come upon the earth, as they will come, as they have come? God is in earnest with us. He invites us to come to Him, and He says if we come to Him, He will in no wise cast us out. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 14)
[Portion missing because of change of transcribers.] (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 15)
Be determined that you will have it, and then you that you can use your talent of speech to the glory of God. The very consciousness that you are trying to obey Christ will be health to your soul. But the sense that you commit sin is just a scourge to you. Those sins are always scourges; but leave off your sins, return to Christ. He will give you health, He will give you health of mind, He will give you physical strength, He will give you mental power. He will give you that faith that works by love and purifies the soul. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 16)
Well, don’t any one of you think that God is going to hire you here below to do some great work and give you the very highest wages to do that work. He does not employ you in any such a way. If there is a place that you can come in to fill, go into that place, and then you say, I will do the very best I can in every place where I am placed, but I want to have the good works of mercy. I want the good works of the love of God to attend all that I shall do. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 17)
I want a living connection with the Lamb of God, who said, If you follow Me, deny thyself, take up thy cross, and follow Me. This is the very thing that we have to do—deny self, and lift these crosses that seem to us to be awfully belittling to our dignity. Well, we had to do it in order to build these institutes. We had to do it in order to provide schools, so that we might educate the youth. We had to do it in order to have publishing houses, where the truth might be prepared and go out to the people. God calls only for every self-denying and helping hand that will unite with Him in self-sacrifice. For our sakes He became poor, and you are called and invited for His sake to be willing to become poor, and that you may indeed deny self in order that you may be a partaker with Christ of His sufferings. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 18)
Now we invite those that are here, the nurses that are about the sick, to carry pleasantness, carry peace in your countenance. Pray to God that He will help you that when you will come to the sick there will be a reviving as they look at your pleasantness. A pleasant look, a pleasant word will go a great ways. Well, we want to be what?—God’s missionary helping hands. All who unite as gospel missionaries in this world will have to deny self, and take up the cross. Well, we have got to do this. It is the only way, and there is a world to save. God help us, is my prayer. God help us. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 19)
I have just begun to say a few words to you; but I want to tell you, the Lord is in earnest with us. He is in earnest with us. You never can begin to suffer nor to understand the depth and breadth of the humiliation that our Saviour went through. There is no one of us that can ever go through that. And then the priests and the rulers stood, while He was hanging in agony on the cross, saying Oh, if you are the Son of man, come down, and we will believe on you. But no, no, He was to bear all this suffering in our behalf, that no one that lives on the face of the earth can say He never suffered as I suffered; He doesn’t know how to suffer; He doesn’t know how to pity us; for He never suffered as I suffered. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 20)
But He has gone through every phase of temptation, every phase of suffering, and I want you to have sympathy with my Lord. I want you to have that love for Him that you will try to imitate His life of character; because He wants you. He wants to put a crown of glory on your heads. He wants to throw back the gates of the city of God, that all the nations that have kept the truth may enter in. He pronounces His blessing upon them as they enter in, and they cast at His feet their glittering crowns that He has placed upon their heads, and they touch the golden harps, and fill all heaven with rich music and with songs to the Lamb. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 21)
Well, I love Him; I love Him, because He first loved me. I love Him, because He took me right out of my despair and He set me at eleven years of age to praise His name. I have followed on in His footsteps just as fast as I could, in order that I might have a home with Him in His kingdom. I do not say that I am perfect in Christian character; but I am following on; I am trying to attain. I shall strive to attain every day, I hope, in this life, to know more of Christ, to know still more of Christ, so that He can say, Well done, of all that enter in, thou good and faithful servant, enter thou into the joy of thy Lord. Well, now, that is what He wants us all to do. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 22)
I mean to be there. I want you to be there. I will praise Him here on the earth. We have too little praise and thanksgiving and honor that we bestow upon God, and had we not better begin to praise Him; had we not better begin to honor and glorify Him? Shall we not thank Him here upon the earth? God help us that we may honor God by praising Him. Whoso offereth praise glorifieth God. Now let us every one strive to be overcomers. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 23)
Just a verse I want to read here. Ephesians 2:16, 17 quoted. Now we calculate we will do just the same—everyone will help some other one. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 24)
“For through him we both have access by one Spirit unto the Father. Now therefore ye are no more strangers and foreigners, but fellow citizens with the saints, and of the household of God.” Verses 18, 19. He is speaking to the brethren that are right before Him. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 25)
“And are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner stone; In whom all the building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord: In whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” Verses 20-22. “Together.” Now you see they are fitly framed, every one matches the work of the other and “groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord, in whom all parts are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.” (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 26)
Now here are the buildings; here are the personalities; and these personalities are to be the habitation of God in the Spirit. And when you have the grace of Christ in the heart, you will have that peace that is beyond any comparison. You will have peace and light and joy and happiness, and, at last, everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 189, 1903, 27)
Ms 190, 1903
Sermon/Thoughts on Matthew 6:19-21.
St. Helena, California
Sabbath, July 11, 1903
Previously unpublished.
(Sermon by Mrs. E. G. White, St. Helena Sanitarium Chapel)
Matthew 6:19-21 quoted. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 1)
We want to consider the words of Christ. He has not given us these instructions unless He knew that we have temptations to meet in various lines by placing our affections upon things upon the earth more than things above. But He would call our attention to His coming to this earth, as He did come; that it was not a grasping after the earthly treasures, but He had bought the world. It was His property. And how had He bought it? By giving His own precious life. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 2)
Who was it? Isaiah tells you, “Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given ... The Prince of peace.” [Isaiah 9:6.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 3)
Here Christ left His high command and clothed His divinity with humanity, that in human nature He could stand at the head of humanity and be a partaker with them of all their inconveniences and their trials and their afflictions. Because He had become one with them, in His human nature, He was partaker of the flesh and the blood, and He was working out for them that they might stand upon vantage-ground, having a rich experience in the things of eternal interest. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 4)
We consider this: that He came to make us rich, clothed His divinity with humanity, and for our sakes became poor, that we through the sacrifice that He made might obtain eternal riches. As we near the time when our Lord is coming, He told us what should take place: That men would be lovers of pleasure more than of God; that as it was in the days of Noah, so shall it be when the Son of man shall be revealed. That was a wonderful thing. He could point them to a second period where the probation of man was to close, as in the days of Noah. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 5)
Noah did not fail to proclaim to them the truth in his day. He declared the flood of waters was coming upon the earth, and there he was, building his ark on dry land, when they had never had rains. There was a dew that moistened the ground, but the heavy showers had never come, and they did not believe it ever would come. But he kept hammering, with his family, his sons, and preparing that ark for the flood that he prophesied would come in 120 years. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 6)
Now this message went forth, and for a time it had some influence upon them. They were employed to help build the ark, any one of them that would. Some were converted, but they did not stay converted. There were only eight persons saved out of the immense multitude. Was it because God wanted them to perish? No; it was because He wanted them to have life, eternal life, that He told them that the wickedness was increasing so fast in the earth that they would have to be swept away from the earth because of their wickedness—the crimes that were increasing. He would wash the earth of its moral pollution by a flood. After this took place, after the flood came, Noah and his family were saved in the ark. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 7)
Only think of it! Of all the population, Noah and his family! Many precious ones died, and there was one man amid all the moral corruption that surrounded him, that walked with God. He would not remain with the company that was so full of wickedness, and yet he had his stated times that he would come and be a preacher to them of what was coming. It was not merely Noah to give this warning, but others gave the warning also. Here was Enoch, who walked with God, and he was not, for God took him. He was translated to heaven without seeing death. He proclaimed the message, and everyone had the privilege of being advantaged by the mercy of God, and Christ was laboring with His angels to produce a better state of things. But they would not heed it. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 8)
Now He tells them, for He knows all about that. As it was, He told them, in the days of Noah, so shall it be when the coming of the Son of man shall be revealed. What were they doing? They were eating; they were drinking; they were planting; they were building; they were marrying wives, and they were giving in marriage. Do you know what that means in this time of the world? Marrying and giving in marriage? What a condition of things there is in our world. Christ, the precious Saviour, has bought them all, that everyone may be saved if they will. He has given His life, His precious life, and He encircles them with His long human arm, He encircles the race with His divine arm as He grasps the throne of the Infinite. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 9)
He laid off His royal crown, He laid aside His royal robe, He clothed His divinity with humanity, that humanity might be a partaker of the divine nature, having escaped the corruption that is in the world through lust. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 10)
And here are a few scriptures that are given that I have read to you. “For where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.” “The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light.” “I say unto you, take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink (anxious thought) nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment?” [Matthew 6:21, 22, 25.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 11)
It is just how we do it. Now the world, they are all engrossed in amusement, love of pleasure, and they are seeking the riches. They will go to any length to secure riches. What do they think of the future life? Here are the poor being worked in every way possible in order to secure some personal advantage. We read all that. You understand that. We have no need to dwell upon that. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 12)
What can we do in our present life? What is it we shall do? Christ had been preaching to them about eternal interests in the tenth chapter of Luke. When the Pharisees put up the lawyer to ask a question that they thought would incriminate Christ, and give an occasion against Him, the lawyer stood up, tempting Him, and asked Him, What shall I do that I may inherit eternal life? [Verse 25.] And what did He tell them? (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 13)
The Saviour puts the whole burden right upon the ones that asks the question. He gives the whole burden into his hands, and He said to him, What is written in the law? He was a lawyer and mightily troubled. Christ knew that he was in great confusion of mind. “What is written in the law? How readest thou? And he answering said,” (now there is something positive here; it not something that we can turn just as we please), “Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy strength, and with all thy mind; and thy neighbor as thyself.” “And He said unto him, Thou hast answered right; this do, and thou shalt live.” [Verses 26-28.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 14)
It came so unexpected upon the multitude, the way it was answered, that they did not know what to do with themselves. “But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my neighbor?” “And Jesus answering said, A certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and departed, leaving him half dead. And by chance there came down a certain priest that way, and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. Likewise a Levite, when he was at the place, came and looked (he came a little nearer and looked on him) and passed by on the other side.” [Verses 29-32.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 15)
Well, now, a Levite was under the most sacred bonds to be right on hand as a medical missionary, to attend to the case of any afflicted ones. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 16)
“But a certain Samaritan (whom the Pharisees and Sadducees all despised) as he journeyed that way, came where he was, and when he saw him, he had compassion on him, and went to him, and bound up his wounds, pouring in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast, and brought him to an inn, and took care of him.” [Verses 33, 34.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 17)
This circumstance was known to many of them. “And on the morrow, when he departed, he took out two pence, and said to the host, Take care of him, and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will pay thee. Which one of these two thinkest thou was the neighbor to him that fell among thieves?” [Verses 35, 36.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 18)
The people had a great respect for parables, and Christ had to resort to parables because if He specified anything that made an application to any of the persons present, they would be enraged in a moment. But He covered His teachings under the parable. And therefore here was this striking illustration before them, and then the question. Well, that lawyer, before he knew it, it came right from his lips, and from the lips of the hearers. Now let us see what they said: “And he said, He that showed mercy on him.” And others voiced his words. “Then said Jesus unto him, Go thou and do likewise.” [Verse 37.] Now, here is our duty. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 19)
If we work the works of God, let me tell you, we shall have to cooperate with Jesus Christ. He says, “Without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] But, claiming Jesus Christ as our Saviour, we know just what our work is. “Ye are laborers together.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Oh, how I want to underscore the “together” every time I write this. The “together” means everything to us. Why? “Ye are not your own, you are bought with a price. Therefore glorify God in your body and your spirit, which are God’s.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 20)
You must work for your salvation just as you work with the land. God gives you the rain; He gives you the sunshine; and He wants you to appreciate all these advantages; He wants you to consider that sunshine is a great treasure and a great blessing to you. He gives you the showers in their seasons, and He wants you to appreciate these showers and that He is working in your behalf at all times. Now what does He want of us? He wants us to take the blessings that He has given us, and He wants us to cooperate with Him in doing what? Saving the world. Not saving everything to our individual selves. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 21)
I never ask the question—when my conviction is strong that I have a duty to do in a certain place, I never ask how I am coming out. I just say, Lord you know my feebleness; You know how I can do nothing without Thy help, and now I am going to move right forward, and I want Your help, Your protection. I want your blessing. And then I go right ahead, just as much believing I shall have it as I breathe. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 22)
And as yet my life has been spared, since I commenced my public labors at about 17 years old. I commenced them earlier than that in a limited manner, but my public labors since I was 17, and next November I shall be 76 years old. And I want to tell you that if I had my life to live over again, Oh, I would not change it. I have an experience that is more precious to me than gold and silver and precious stones. It is in cooperating with the Great Master that I have such satisfaction, and I feel so grateful to God that He has privileged me—privileged me to have a part in the work. “Work out your own salvation with fear and with trembling.” Does it stop there? “For it is God that worketh in you to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 23)
You are not alone at any time. It is the Majesty of heaven, it is the King of glory, that comes right into our world to stand at the head of humanity, to give humanity vantage ground, that they can be what? Partakers of the divine nature, and therefore we are to work out our salvation, while Christ is working in our behalf. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 24)
We have felt, if we only had the means that some have accredited that I have had!. A letter came to me, asking Mrs. White, are you a millionaire, that you go about from place to place building meetinghouses, schoolhouses, and sanitariums? Well, now, what did I think of that question? Why, I have not a thing that I own, of myself. I borrow. They will say to me, You want to carry on the work; I don’t feel able to give you some thousands of dollars, but if you will pay me interest, I will lend you that money. Well, will I stop? No. I go right to work, and I tell them, Build a meetinghouse in that place, and a schoolhouse. I will stand back of you, and Jesus will stand back of me. We are going to labor together in this work. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 25)
I have got Christ, avouched unto me at my baptism. How? He tells just what we are doing. We baptize in the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost, and what then? We accept of Christ, of the three great Powers in heaven. We avouch ourselves by that baptism that we will make any and every sacrifice as Christ has given us an example in His life. He gave up His honor in heaven; He gave up His royalty there, and for our sakes became poor, that He could say, “The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests, but the Son of man hath not where to lay His head.” [Matthew 8:20.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 26)
Well, we have started out as co-laborers with the Master, and I say to these that have entrusted their means with me, Send to me when you must have your means, and they do. Recently there was a call. If it had been a few months before, I could not have answered it, but returns came from the sale of my books in Australia, and I could send them the money that they asked me for. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 27)
A millionaire in this world? Why, I would not exchange myself, my hopes, my prospects; and yet I have nothing I can call my own. But I would not exchange if I had the whole world laid at my feet. Why? Because I see what the world does, and I see how they act. I see how much dishonesty there is. I see how they are grasping from the poor. I see what work they are making in our world—murder, strife, anything to get possession of a little money. Why? Because they do not know Jesus; they don’t know Him. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 28)
God wants us to know Jesus Christ, and I do not know if many of you realize what is comprehended in the prayer of Christ, in the seventeenth chapter of John. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 29)
“These words spake Jesus, and lifted up His eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come.” [Verse 1.] It is the last prayer He made for His disciples. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 30)
“The hour is come. Glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee. As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He would give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him, and this is life eternal.” [Verses 1-3.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 31)
Now here, I want you to hear what life eternal is. “And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom Thou hast sent.” [Verse 3.] If the world knew that, what a position they would be in! (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 32)
A few words more I will quote from this prayer, from the 19th verse: “And for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through Thy word.” (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 33)
First, He said, “Sanctify them through Thy truth: Thy word is truth. As Thou has sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world; and for their sakes (to give them an example) I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [Verses 17-19.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 34)
“Neither pray I for these alone His disciples, but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word, that they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee, that they also may be one in Us, that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verses 20, 21.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 35)
Now every one of us that is seeking for the great and precious boon of eternal life, I want you to consider this: “That they all may be one, as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee; that they also may be one in Us.” [Verse 21.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 36)
Some say, “Work us a miracle.” Why, every soul that will take the side of Jesus Christ, it is one of the most wonderful miracles that can be wrought. The Father knows all about it. He knows the vast influence of the powers of darkness. He knows the satanic earnestness and energy that is put forth to gather every soul possible under his banner. Jesus Christ does not slumber, but he works to take advantage through every means in his power to get every soul. And then what does he want? He wants every soul that knows Him, and knows the Father, He wants them to have an experimental knowledge. The Father wants them to prove to the world that Jesus Christ, an abiding Saviour, is of more value than ten thousand worlds like this. He wants them to reveal to the world that there is a Power that is working in their behalf, that they do not recognize at all in their worldly ambition and striving in all this uneasiness. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 37)
They do not realize it, but there is a Power that is granted unto us, and when we were baptized we claimed to be dead unto the world. “Ye are dead,” saith the apostle, “and your life is hid with Christ in God.” And what more? “And when He who is your life shall appear, then shall ye also appear with Him in glory.” [Colossians 3:3, 4.] We catch sight of that cloud of exceeding brightness that enshrouds Christ—and what is it? Ten thousand times ten thousand angels, and thousands of thousands. When they come in the clouds of heaven, the first language which comes from the sanctified soul that is one with Christ in God is a voice of thanksgiving and praise. “We have waited for Thee; we have long waited for Thee to come in the clouds of heaven; and to meet Thee with joy, and not with grief. We have waited for Thee.” (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 38)
Well, now, have you waited? Have you folded your hands and prescribed what you are going to do, and made terms what you will do? Or do you say, Lord, use me in any place, however humble. I cannot get a place lower than You have taken for me; I cannot suffer more. It is not possible for me to suffer more personal suffering than you have suffered for me. You were crucified to make it possible for us to be saved, that we might have eternal life. And here is the work that is to be carried on right now in this life. We are forming a character, every one of us. We can form a character after the Christlikeness. We can form that character. We must form it with the power and intelligence and capabilities which God has given us and placed within our reach, with His power to help us in every advance step. “Draw nigh to God, and He will (there are no ifs or ands about it) draw nigh to you.” [James 4:8.] There is a power for us. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 39)
Well, now, He tells us that when He shall appear in glory, we shall appear with Him. And now every day and night my prayer is ascending, Leave me not, my Saviour, to myself. I have no confidence in myself, but I have great confidence in your working me by the Holy Spirit, molding and fashioning me, putting thine own mold of character on me. That is my only hope, and He will help the weakest one. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 40)
That poor, dying soul right by the side of Christ when He was crucified, looked upon Christ. He had been convicted before this crucifixion, that He was the Christ, and he asked Him, that He would have compassion upon him. And Christ told him, “Verily I say unto you today,” (that is, I, Christ, hanging upon this humiliating cross,) “verily I say unto you today, Thou shalt be with Me in paradise.” [Luke 23:43.] Well, now, some let that comma go out, and they say, “Verily I say unto you, Today thou wilt be with Me in Paradise.” But that could not be, for Mary saw Him, and she came to touch Him, and He said, “Touch Me not, for I have not yet ascended to My Father, and to your Father, and to My God and your God.” [John 20:17.] (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 41)
We want the miracle-working power of God right in our midst. We claim that we are doing medical missionary work. We do not want to be sick; we do not want to be diseased; we do not want selfishness to get in here; and we do not want our characters to be of such a mold that we cannot let the sweetness of the Spirit of Christ come to us, that we may impart it to others. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 42)
Now, if there is a place on the face of the earth where true compassion, and tenderness, and love, and self-denial are needed, it is in a sanitarium for the sick. Why, there they come from their homes, they are frequently homesick, and they want the privilege that is there. But you can speak kind words to them, you can talk with them in such a way that they believe you are just like a sister or a brother, and the sick will be greatly elevated and strengthened and encouraged. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 43)
And I have learned that where they know prayer is offered, they may make all the sport of you in the world, and yet they have more confidence in you because you are a praying man. In forty-four, when the terrible thunderstorms were coming and cutting down, many houses were struck with the lightning, and they would send to our house. Little girls would come with their hands clasped, “Oh, Mother wants you; Mother wants you to come. She says if one of these Adventists will come to our house, that the house won’t be struck by lightning, and our lives will be spared. And such a neighbor wants one of you to come to them.” Well, now, under peculiar circumstances they will show really that they have confidence in those who offer prayer to God, and those who are trying to live religion. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 44)
Well, we want to say to every one here, dear friends, wherever you are, you want to cultivate the very best education possible for yourself, and what is that? Why, it is to be fitting for the upper grade. There is a heaven to win and a hell to shun. What are we to do? Why, we are to take advantage of that promise, “Baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” [Matthew 28:19.] All heaven is pledged that wherever you are, in whatever position you are, if you look unto the Author and the finisher of your faith, you will find a Helper in God. You will find an Everlasting Arm that is put beneath you; you will find encouragement and strength. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 45)
I am glad that our sanitarium is not in the congested city. I am glad it is away out. When my husband and I were consulted as to what should be done, (and my husband was an invalid), we came up with Dr. Merritt Kellogg, selected the place here for the sanitarium. And my husband said, “Ellen, I do think my peace would rest there; I think I would get well, with nature so beautiful around us as we see it in this place.” Said I, “Husband, you shall be there.” But my husband recovered, so that he could go out into the field again. He had a second and third shock of paralysis, because he did the labors of three men. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 46)
Well, now, I am thankful, dear friends, that you can see the handiwork of God in nature, and He tells you not to have this anxiety, not to be overanxious what shall I eat, what shall I drink, and wherewithal shall I be clothed? That is an inferior matter if only you can stand in the ranks under the bloodstained banner of Prince Emmanuel. Oh, He points—as He comes to our world and sees them all full of business and ambition and zeal, and hurrying this way and that way and the other way, and the amusements that are going on—He points them to an eternal interest above. They have lost eternity out of their reckoning. He wants them to bring eternal realities to consider in their lifetime. Why? Because He wants them purified; He wants them to sit with Him on His throne. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 47)
Now we are to overcome as Christ overcame. He gives you access to His power just as surely as He possesses it. He tells His disciples when He sends them out, “Go, go, and preach the gospel.” [Mark 16:15.] And He tells them to go to all nations and preach it; and then He tells them, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:19, 20.] And you are commanded and commissioned to give them the words that He has commanded you. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 48)
Who is doing this? There is a world to save. How many laborers are going out to tell them what Christ has commanded them? How many have the moral courage to try to labor for persons that they see have no hope of God or of heaven? How many try to pull souls out of the fire, hating even the garments that are spotted by the flesh? How many, I ask you, are on the right side and are laying up treasure above, as you have heard here? How many? God help us to spend the little opportunity of time that we have here, preparing for the upper grade. That is why we have schools. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 49)
As it was laid before me, these children must begin to be educated right in their homes to understand the Bible, and then these children, these precious children, must be fitting up—put with all the advantages possible—that they can take advantage of the divine nature in Jesus Christ, and tell Him, “You told us that if we would do thus and so, that You would be with us, and we will believe it.” I have never waited on my knees after I have put up my petition to God. I know He has heard me, and I go right to work to answer my prayer, just as He has said it would be. He gives me the bent of my mind. He gives me the strong impressions that I must go to the work, and I do stand at the work with the armor on, and God has helped me these many years. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 50)
What was presented to me so many years ago, when I was only 16, 17 years old—what was presented? A world in dense darkness. The physicians have said, You cannot live over three months, the lungs are so affected, raising blood, and if you let me mesmerize you, I think that I can relieve you some, the pain that is in your body. Said I, You cannot mesmerize me, Doctor. Will you let me try? You may try. Well, he tried two hours, and he could not make the least impression upon me at all. Said he, I don’t understand it, I don’t understand. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 51)
Well, we went from there. There were five sisters of us in our house, praying, and while we were praying, the power of God came upon me, and there I was taken off in vision. And what did I see? I saw a world with all the blackness of midnight upon it, the wickedness that was presented. And I said, Is there no more coming here? And then there was like a little chain, a thread of light from the heaven where I was, fastened to persons in that dense darkness. Then the instruction was given that these had the light from heaven and must let that light shine forth upon others, they must take Christ as their Example, and work as Christ worked, with all the self-denial and self-sacrifice; and if they win heaven at last, it is through Christ. It is through my Saviour, my precious Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 52)
Well, these matters were opened before me. “I bid you go and give the message; I command you.” “Why, I cannot speak a loud word,” I said. “But go” was the message. I told my family. “Well,” Father said, “Ellen, I am getting old; I don’t feel that I could go, and—” “Well,” I said, “Mother, let me have my sister Sarah; let me have my elder sister.” The way was right open. There was someone going many miles to a meeting, and I consented to go to my brother-in-law’s. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 53)
I was in a meeting where they were in terrible trial, and I felt impressed to talk. They wanted me to talk. It was after the passing of the time. They did not know where they were. I said, “Lord, I will stand on my feet,” although I could not talk—I had no voice to talk. But as I tried for about five minutes, the voice came, and I spoke two hours and a half, clear, with the message to give to that people. The moment I got through, I began to try to speak but I could not speak a word. Three months I traveled that way. Crowds would come from all quarters, and I would labor and labor to get out the words, and then everything would break loose, and the power of God would come upon me, and there the congregations were held as I bore the living testimony to them. After the three months, my voice came, as I have it now, and I had the clear voice. But my faith was tested sorely. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 54)
And I want to tell you, seeing the world as it was presented to me, was most awful. I held back from going until I thought my soul was lost. But in mercy the compassionate Saviour gave me light again. I was very timid. He said, “No man’s hand shall be laid on you to harm you. I will be your Protector.” And it has been so; it has been so. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 55)
But I will not hold you here. I want you to have a place in the kingdom of God. I want you to see the King in His beauty, and I want you to behold the loveliness of my Saviour. Every one of us that has a crown will cast it at the feet of our Redeemer, and touch the golden harp, and fill all heaven with rich music and songs to the Lamb. I want you to be there. And God help you that you may have a place in that kingdom, to go no more out forever. It is life eternal that we are striving for, and you want to make everything of the talents that God has given you; and then you want to be just as humble and contrite and simple, as Christ was in His labor, and yet the simplicity was eloquence. God will work through us, and He will make us a power in His hands, and we can be fitted for the higher courts above. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 56)
They thought I was dead on that occasion, and they went to work sending for physicians, but I came out of it totally blind. The light and the glory had come upon me so that I could not see. They passed the burning light before my eyes and I could not see. But after a time—it was some little time before I got back my eyesight. I became accustomed to seeing things in this world, but the beauty of the ravishing loveliness of heaven eclipsed everything here. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 57)
I want heaven, and I want you to have it; I want to help you to have it if I can. God bless every one of you. He has bought every one of you with a price, and He wants to put a crown upon your heads; He wants to give you that which all the riches of the world cannot buy, and that is everlasting life in His kingdom—a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. (18LtMs, Ms 190, 1903, 58)
Ms 191, 1903
Talk/Talk at the St. Helena Sanitarium Church School Ground
St. Helena, California
November 3, 1903
Previously unpublished.
This is the first time that I have really been as far as this toward the schoolhouse; but it has been a great satisfaction to me that we have a place where our children can be away from the cities. We have had a sense for years that it was the very best thing that could be done to get our schools out of the cities. Now, after we have tried to do this, the teacher and the scholars, we know will comprehend its advantages, and the students of the school can, if they desire, make great improvements in their studies. But if the teachers should do the very best that they could do, without the cooperation of the students it would be a failure. But we believe the students appreciate the efforts of the teachers, and we consider that the salvation of our children demands that every exertion possible shall be made for them in order that the children may have every advantage to be overcomers. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 1)
The enemy will be on the track constantly, but if there is a decided determination for everyone to bring all the pleasantness and all the happiness in their own hearts and minds into the school, let me tell you that there is more than a human instructor that is present. The angels of God (I was reading today about this,) are watching over these babies in Christ, little ones. The Scripture statement is that we are not to offend the little ones, because their angels do behold the face of your Father, our Father, in heaven always. Now, these angels stand before the Father to receive their commission what to do, and then they are at work with the children to impress their human minds as they work with the teacher. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 2)
I have some knowledge of the teacher that you have, that the children appreciate her, and the parents appreciate her, for she understands the Bible instruction that should be given to the children. Now, everyone of us wants to be in a position that we can offer our prayers for the children. They are tempted just as the parents are tempted, and we can offer our petitions to our heavenly Father, and He will hear us. Ask, and ye shall receive. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 3)
We have worked in this way. It seems quite natural now. When we were in Australia we could not get into any place where we could hold the congregations, but we would go, as they called it, into the bush. Now we are in the bush; and they wanted that we should hold meetings in the bush here and there. Well, my very best times in speaking were in the bush. Those that would come out would be fishermen, and they would be the young. We had forty or fifty in our Sabbath school, we hired a room, but it was too small to have a congregation, so we would take it out in the groves, in a pleasant place, and we would interest them there. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 4)
Now we are, everyone, forming our characters for eternity. Our Saviour came to our world and took humanity, laid aside His royal crown, laid aside His royal robe, and clothed His divinity with humanity, so that humanity might reach humanity. He could not stand before the humanity, only as He was partaker with them of all the temptations wherewith they were beset. He was of humble parentage. He might have had a thousand and ten thousand angels around Him, if that was the way, but no; He must work out the plan from the very humblest position, because the virtue is always in the person. This position is nothing. You may have the highest position in the world, and yet there may be a character that does not honor that position. Our Saviour took a position as a poor man, and He was tempted as a poor man is tempted, in all points like as we are. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 5)
He encircled the human race with His long human arm, while with His divine arm He grasped the throne of the Infinite. There is the mercy seat right above the ark, and there He takes right hold. How is that? With humanity and divinity combined. Christ could work out our salvation abundantly, and therefore man was placed on vantage ground with God. Now He takes that advantage, as He speaks of these little ones. Well, it was not little babies or little children, but it was little ones in the faith. He says, Ye that believe on Me, You are not to offend them, because their angels are in the presence of the Father, to get their commission how to take charge of these little ones. Behold them in the face of the Father always doing the work. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 6)
Now, if the children would always realize this, that they have a heavenly Father, and they have a Saviour that has given His precious life that He might redeem from all sin, from every wrong, every soul that lives. That is the position of our Lord. He is right in sympathy with us. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 7)
If it requires a larger building than this to take in still a younger class of children, why then they should have it. The children must have advantages; they must be brought into a position where they will be educated, and they must learn the Scriptures, and be disciplined. They need to be disciplined, and discipline is worth a great deal. If every mother only knew what a splendid thing it is to carry out discipline in the home now, she would act as a mother, and a queen of her household, as a teacher; and then when it is best to transfer them to a school, they will be all prepared for it. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 8)
Now just as soon as these children can be educated to be useful and help mother, that is the great thing. It is the household religion we need, the family religion, the household religion. Mothers make themselves slaves. They must wait upon their children, and attend to their children, and the children are left idle, and feeling that the mother must be a slave to the family. That is not the kind of an education to give. Teach the children to lift right where they can lift, to do little things. Educate them line upon line. The mother would rather do it herself, but she may be a teacher in her home. Teach them to be useful, to see that things are placed in order, and that the religious element must be preserved. On the Sabbath day, whenever the weather is suitable, father and mother should not shut themselves up to themselves, but take their children right out in the open air. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 9)
Now this is a very nice place, where a school can be held; and every child has all the help that they can get from their own home, and where the parents must do their work faithfully to teach them at home how to carry out the principles that are in the school. If they will do that, if the parents will educate in the fear of God, they are helping the teachers that are in the school, and the teachers’ work will not be one-fifth as hard as if they did not have the help of the father and the mother and the household at home. But when these children can be brought up orderly at home, they are fitting themselves to take their position in school and carry on the work right straight along, and the teacher will not have everything to do in the education of the little ones, the younger class. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 10)
Teach these children to be faithful in little things, and they will always be faithful in larger things. Educate them to truthfulness; educate them about the preciousness of time. Why? Why, because we are bought, the purchase of Christ. Christ purchased us with a price; He paid the price of His own life, and of His own blood, that we might be brought into a position that He could take away our sins. He wants to take them away. He does not want us to be in sin. Well, then, we want hopefulness. The children need hopefulness, and to be taught to manifest happiness in speech, happiness in the household. Not a word of fretting, not a word of crossness is to be seen in the mother or in the father; but the children, and the father and mother are to consider this as a little household that is to be a symbol of heaven; and they are not to let their children use them, the parents, as slaves. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 11)
“Now children, come right in here. Mother needs this done and Mother needs that done.” Tell it to them cheerfully. Never set them at it as a job, but take hold of it as a playspell, and let the parents help, and the children will take hold with you, and they will never consider that it is beneath them to do household work. It is not at all contrary to the light. And the blessing of God will come upon them as the parents will educate their children in the home. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 12)
They are bought with a price; therefore they are to glorify God in their bodies and in their spirits, which are God’s. They are to have their words, right words, polite words, and teach them to be polite to God. When they have blessings, they are to thank the Lord, praise the Lord, glorify the Lord for the blessings that He has given them. And their little hearts may be filled with gratitude and with thankfulness right in the home. No unpleasant words, no cross words are to be spoken in the household, not a word but to seek to build these children up so that happiness shall be in their minds and hearts, and you will have a happy home. Bow before the Lord in prayer, commit them to God, and angels of God will be around about them, and help them to feel that it is their privilege to appreciate the angelic—what? The angelic service for the children, they are serving God, in watching over the children. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 13)
Now, parents, teach it to your children, if they are inclined to speak harsh words, “The angels are here, don’t speak that way.” Angels of God are here, and they are watching over these children, every one of them. Now if you give them that impression, that these angels of God know all that they are doing, it will be one of the greatest blessings that you can bestow upon them. Children are a great blessing, and if they are educated that they are a great blessing, that mother appreciates them, why, they are a part of the firm. “Children, we want you to help us right in this home firm, and you are to help us, to bless us, to strengthen us, and we are to help and strengthen you, that you will do your work in the home just right and perfectly and tidily, and keep everything up in sweetness and in nicety.” And then what? They are prepared for the school. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 14)
You can begin that with those who are three years old. You can begin to educate the children to do little things, and in doing that, they will become appreciative of what is to be done. Although they are very young, they will understand it. They would come and bring me a footstool, little tiny things two and one-half and three years old; they would realize that something was wanted, and they would bring me a footstool. Now I always would feel that the blessing of God would rest upon that little action, and it is just so. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 15)
The Lord will bless the children who will do the little things in the home, and if you will do these things in the home, it will become familiar to do these things in the school. You will feel that you can lift the burdens of those who are trying to give you an education. You can fasten your minds on these studies, and have the studies [done] perfectly. You may know that God takes account of all these little children. He takes account of them, and they have their guardian angels to watch over them. He says, Their angels do behold the face of your Father which is in heaven. Only think of it! (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 16)
Then you must not be rough; you must not offend one of these children. It would be the greatest offense to them in the world, if you should not correct their wrongs. You would do them the greatest wrong, if as a parent, you allow your children to acquire loose, lax, untidy, undutiful habits and disobedient habits. Now that is the greatest wrong that any parent can do their children, because we are going to heaven. We know not how soon the Lord may come, and we want all our little children to be where they will be pure in mind, in thought, in disposition. They can given themselves to God when they are little children. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 17)
I don’t know as there was anyone who is here, but there was a little company in Battle Creek, little children, they were small. C. H. Jones’ wife was one, and he was one, and there were other little children. Well, now, said two or three grave fathers, I am afraid to have them baptized. Did they want to be baptized? Oh, yes, they did. There was quite a little family of them, and they came forward, and they were baptized. Well, now, here they are: C. H. Jones is in the office in a responsible position, his wife has stood right by his side for years, and these were two of those little children. Several others are lying in their graves today. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 18)
Little children shall be educated and trained in the right way. Angels of God will help in the lessons that are given to the parents, to the children. And angels of God are helping the teachers who give the correct lessons, to understand, in the character and mind of the children. The angels of God take the words that the teacher may speak, and impress them upon the heart of the child. Never, never speak harshly and scoldingly; never speak that way to the children. God wants us to be a blessed family in heaven above, and we want to get ready for it. We want to become just like that little one that is looking at her grandma, so earnestly; we want to begin with the little children, to fit them up so that they can be an ornament in the family, and can be fitted for the family above. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 19)
I feel so grateful to God that we have this school. I feel so grateful to God that Sister Peck is teaching here, although I would be glad to have her connect with my work. She is connected with it partially. But when it came to the school, I had not an objection, I could not have. It had been presented to me that the Sanitarium should be kept up in a very orderly manner, and that all the children should have the advantage of all the education that could be given, in order that they may have a right presentation of those that shall come to the Sanitarium. Now that is just what we want. We want polite children. We do not want an affectation in politeness. But I will tell you what we want. We want politeness to God. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 20)
I have thought it over and over in the night. I wake up and I think, What in the world does it mean, that—little children of God, you may be grown up to manhood or womanhood—but why is it that there is not a spirituality in every heart? Why is it that the souls are not going out in thanksgiving to God for life, for health, for breath? Here are our muscles that we are to use, and thank God that He can teach us now at the sanitarium, to use these muscles and keep ourselves in health. That is what we want. We want to know how to eat properly. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 21)
We want to be like Daniel and his fellows, and they who were brought right into the king’s court, placed at the king’s tables, with the wine and all the luxuries, but they just begged that they might have the privilege of eating the simple food. They did not make any excuse, “We have got to do it in order that we may please them.” No, they did not do that. They did not go storming about it at all. But it was in such a way that they gained the confidence of the ones that had the power in their hands to control the matter, that they would give them a ten-days’ test. Well, now, we ought to know and reason from this that that ten-days’ test was a success. They were fairer and fatter in flesh than all that had eaten at the king’s table; and the one that had charge of the matter gave them their request. How did it succeed? (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 22)
Well, now, you are here in the shadow of the sanitarium, teaching the children how to live and how to conduct themselves properly, that they may preserve themselves in health. How was it with Daniel and his fellows? Well, when they had their years of trial, and when they were brought up to be tried, they were far ahead, ten times ahead—of all these that had the whole advantage—with their simple diet, with their fear of God, with their love of God, with their service to God in cheerfulness, having a clean conscience, having a bright countenance, always. What is the reason? God gave them knowledge. God gave them skill in all this learning. Now that was a cooperation of man with God, in getting this education so that they could be fitted for usefulness and duty. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 23)
Well, now, God is in the preparation of this little school just as much—yes—just as much—as He was in the education of those Hebrew youth. He wants every one of us to strike the highest note, and to be continually striking the highest note, that we may in the presence of God gain cooperation with God. It is man and God that are cooperating together, to bring them out in a position where that they can glorify God in the earth, learn the lessons, and glorify Him in heaven, having the crown of everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 191, 1903, 24)
Ms 192, 1903
Talk/Talk at the St. Helena Sanitarium Chapel
St. Helena, California
1903
Previously unpublished.
Never was there more a time when we want and should understand what we must do so that we should inherit eternal life. We read that the Lord’s coming is at a time when we think not. Is it that we have to be all prepared, and know just the moment He is coming? No. To every man God has given his work, and we read in (John 14), “Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me.” [Verse 1.] We do not believe one-half of what we ought to believe. We want that faith that is a working faith, a faith that works by love, a faith that purifies the soul. If we have confidence to believe that Christ gave His own life for us, then we shall not be in a position that we shall say all the time, “I do not know; I do not know.” We keep asking the Lord for His blessing; we keep saying, “I believe,” but we think the Lord is not just ready. Now, it is we who are not just ready to take the blessing. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 1)
“In My Father’s house are many mansions.” John 14:2-6 quoted. “The truth and the life.” Keep that faith before your mind that it is Christ who is our only dependence, our only hope for salvation. It is Jesus Christ. “He so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him, (whosoever) shall not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] When we consider what Christ has done for us in giving His life, how can we doubt that He means just what He says, when He tells us, “Ask, and ye shall receive;” and He says again, “Without Me ye can do nothing.” [John 16:24; 15:5.] (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 2)
The Father wants us to have Christ abiding in our hearts by a living faith, and He wants that we should just rest right in His hands. We are not to work ourselves up into a great excitement before we shall consider that He will hear and answer our prayers. No; we are to come to Him, and He has given us a guarantee that if we ask, we shall receive. Now, we must come, and say, “Lord, my whole heart is in this matter. It means a great deal to me. I must have that help which Thou alone canst give.” And then just place ourselves right before the Master, and know that He will do just as He says. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 3)
You need not, as one of your friends may tell you, make a contract with God. If you do thus and so, I will do thus and so. We treat the Lord as though it was a very doubtful thing. Do not we treat Him so? It is a very doubtful thing whether we shall have what we ask, and so we get perplexed and worried and anxious and troubled. Well, I have been in that condition over and over again. I have decided that when I ask the Master—Him who so loved me, the Majesty of Heaven, the Commander of all the heavenly host, who gave His own life that He might make it possible for me to take hold of eternal life—that He is my only hope. Here the trade was made. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 4)
Justice sees the sinner, and it is death to disobey and transgress. And here comes One equal with God, who says, “I will give My life, I will take the sinner’s place, I will give My life for the sinner, and I will take the punishment for the sins of the whole world.” John understood it, and said—as others had been coming for baptism, and he saw the Son of God coming, he lifted up his hand, and said, “Behold the Lamb of God, who taketh away the sin of the world.” [John 1:29.] (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 5)
Now, that death would have taken away the sin of every mortal that is upon the earth. He came to take way the sin of the whole world, and He died for every person; no one was left out. Everyone could have been saved through the merits of the blood of the Son of the living God. Well, then what? How were they going to be saved? Well, He says, “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find.” [Matthew 7:7.] He wants you to believe in Him, that He will do just exactly as He said. He would take away your sins. When you repent, and ask His pardon, He is all ready. And then what? Why, you are to believe; you are to accept it. He is not to make you to believe. But there is a power in you to believe. “To as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to as many as believed in His name.” [John 1:12.] Well, then, let us believe. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 6)
We cannot let our light shine to the world; it is not a possibility, unless the light is in us. Well, now, Christ is the light of the world; He is the way; He is the truth; and we want the life-giving power of Jesus Christ in our hearts, and to believe that He means to save us. And then what does He say in John 14? He tells us there what God can do for us. He says in (verse 11): “Believe me for the works’ sake.” That is just what He wants us to do. And here, poor souls are carrying along all their infirmities, and yet they think that they must sin—they cannot live in the world unless they do sin. Why, that is not so at all. There is no sin in Christ. You put on Christ, you take Him as your loving Helper, as One who wants to save you in your own righteousness connected with the life-giving power in Jesus Christ. Then you are to work out your own righteousness with fear and with trembling, lest what? Lest you should weave in your self-importance, as though it was in your own merits. No, it is the merits of Christ. “Work out your own salvation in fear and trembling; for it is God that worketh in you to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.] (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 7)
O, I am so thankful that time is not closed yet. I am so thankful that we have a probation. I am so glad for everyone, that they can come to Christ, that they can lay up their treasure in heaven. I am so thankful that there is a way that you can find Christ, and put on Christ, and rejoice in Christ. Yes, you can do that, because He has promised it. He says in ([John 14] verse 12): “The works that I do shall he do also.” (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 8)
Why do you go out from His presence, careless and talking and laughing, and without any kind of a thought of the prayer you have asked? You must answer that prayer, how? By living faith that God has given you the power to become the sons of God. You must answer that prayer as a son of God; as a daughter of God. Come right to the presence of God, and say, “If I am to do the works of God, the Lord must hear my petitions; He must revive His Spirit in my heart; He must be an abiding principle with me, and I must work with that principle. I must keep my eye fixed upon Jesus Christ, who is the Author and the Finisher of my faith.” Well, just as soon as we come into this position, let me tell you, it is peaceful rest. But if you are wrestling all the time, you wrestle yourself right out of the hands of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 9)
“The works that I do he shall do also, and greater works shall he do, because I go to my Father.” [Verse 12.] And what then? Why, He stands there as our Advocate. And when we consider this, we should rejoice that we have One that has not left His humanity. When He ascended on high, He ascended with His humanity. Divinity and humanity combined. Now there is our hope, that He stands at the head of our humanity to work with every soul that will be worked, and to put His spirit into every heart that will accept it; and He wants us to be His little children, to put our trust in Him as little children would put their trust in their parents. And He will come to love us. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 10)
But that love in our hearts will change our disposition. All this quick, passionate temper. Do you think you have got to have it? I know better. I know better. I know I was a nervous invalid. I know I suffered with such nervousness, such invalidism. I took myself right to my Redeemer. Now, I told Him, if I was a child of God, I must be so in speech, I must be so in patience, I must be so in kindness, I must be so in love and courteousness. Also I was very young, yet I laid myself just as I was, right into His hands. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 11)
Now, I say, I will not allow a word to escape from my lips. Why, sometimes it would be so. I have seen it with many others, that when they are handling furniture, something or other takes place, or something does not go just as they want it to go, and they begin to scold and fret. Well, what good will it be? There is nothing but furniture. What good will it do to fret at each other? It only stirs up the spirit that is in you. Won’t you put this away? I know you can. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 12)
I had the battle with an invalid’s life, and I commenced it at 11 years old, and I had trials and difficulties, and know what the battle is. I said, I will not open my lips; they may say what they please; I will keep my lips closed; I will not utter a word; I will not respond to it at all. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 13)
Well, what did they say? Why, a report came after I had been ministering in the Word for a long time. It was from a neighbor that lived right close by us. “Mrs. White was my neighbor? Yes, I remember all about her.” He went around the neighborhood to find out about me. They thought that I was lacking in mind, was a little weak in character. They took the idea that I was considerably below par. The man came back to a meeting that we had. He came back, and said, when he got up to speak, that he was a minister. “Now,” he said, “I want to tell you something, if such a report has been given.” I had just given a discourse on temperance, and there were lawyers there, and clerks of the court, my own cousins; and there was a judge there, and different ones there; and, he said, “They would tell me that Mrs. White was below par in intellect.” “Now,” he said, “I believe in the Great Power. For I have never heard a discourse as she has given here on temperance.” (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 14)
Well, how was it? It was because I would not open my lips. They would pour out upon me one thing and another, and I did not open my lips. I just kept my mind fixed on the Lord, and they did not know what it meant. They could not understand it. They thought I was a fool, I suppose, and I was willing they should think so; and since that time, I have been carrying it all I can carry through, and I know whatever is said about me, or not anything, I can hold right onto the Lord, and keep still. And more than that, I won’t have contention in my house. No; it can be overcome, and there is no need of it. We can overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of our testimony. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 15)
Well, let us try together to see if we cannot make this world much pleasanter than it is today; that we will make pleasant words, that we will speak right words; that the joy of Christ can be in us, and our joy can be full. No, we have no need to be sore. We want to help everyone that can be helped. And we know that they have enough in this world to try them. We have all the powers of darkness that are on our track. We have Satan, and his whole host, who is constantly trying with all his powers to overthrow us. What could we do without Christ? Without a Saviour? (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 16)
Commit the keeping of your souls unto Him, as unto a faithful Creator. What will He do for us? He will increase our faith. We want to have a hundredfold more faith than we have now. We want to be determined that the enemy shall not have the victory over us at all, because Christ has promised. We do not want to be light and trifling. But we may be cheerful, and we may be happy in the Lord. I know it is so. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 17)
“And whatsoever ye shall ask in My name,” here is the assurance, “that will I do.” (Verse 13.) If we ask it in the name of Christ, we shall not ask any foolish thing. We shall ask for spirituality, we shall ask for grace, we shall ask for power, and God will give it unto us, because He has died, that we might have all this power. He has given His life that we might have it. We want to be pleasant in this world. We know that there is roughness enough that we will have to meet through the contention of the devil. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 18)
Let us consider that we are a part of God’s royal family, because we have taken the pledge of baptism, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, and these great powers are pledged. Pledged what? They will keep us, they will protect us from the power of the enemy, that when the enemy comes in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord lifteth up a standard for us against the enemy. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 19)
“If ye love Me, keep My commandments. And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever; even the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive” [verses 15-17]—well, they could receive it, if they would accept Christ; but they cannot receive it and have the spirit of the world, too—“because” verse 17. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 20)
“I will not leave you comfortless.” [Verse 18.] Does anyone here feel comfortless, feel that you have no comforter that knows how to pity you and sympathize with you? Well, don’t. Have we not a God? Have we not a Christ, who has given His life for us? Well, then, let us take God at His word. I want to honor God. I do not want Him to be ashamed of me. We profess to believe in Him; now we are to represent Christ to our world in character. We are to lay right hold upon the Mighty One, that we can represent His character to the world, that they may see the difference between Him that serveth God and him that serveth Him not. God will help us, because He has promised to do it, and (verse 19) says, “but ye see me; because I live, ye shall live also.” (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 21)
Well, now, that is, if you maintain your baptismal vows. Here was a contract made with God. We were baptized in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost, and the contract was made with God that these three great heavenly powers would be with us, to help us at every step, if we will unite with these powers to be helped. Now take hold by faith. Believe that Christ will do for us just what He said He would. Now think of this through the week, and when anything comes up to disturb you, and trouble and worry you, be determined that you will not give place to the devil by giving place to words that will not honor God. And every one of you, young and old, can obtain the most glorious, beautiful victory. You can obtain, and you can rejoice in your Saviour. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 22)
Let us strive for the victory every day. There is a world to be saved; there are sinners that want your help. Oh, there are many hungering and thirsting ones that you do not understand anything about. Your very first work is to commence with yourself, your very second work is with your children. Get your heart in order, and then bring your children to God, and work with them, and never allow passion to come into your ruling at all. Then teach your children when they rise up and when they sit down, and when they go out and when they come in, and they will understand what the Lord would have them to do. They may be only children, but they need educating; you need educating. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 23)
You neglect your children altogether too much, for they need to be educated and trained and disciplined for the right, and encircled in the arms of your love, and assisted. The little ones need to be assisted. Bind them to your heart by the silken cords of love, and you will realize that you have an influence over your children, and that nothing can tear them away from Him, or them from you. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 24)
What is the next work? You have a family with you to recommend you as Christians. You have begun with yourself; you have brought yourself under discipline; you have your family that you have educated point by point, step by step, line upon line, and precept upon precept. Then what? These children are your helping hands, who recommend Christ. Then, you go right to Jesus, and you take your children with you, and there is an influence that pervades the religious household that is felt in the church. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 25)
That is what we want, brethren. We want Jesus in our own house; we want to commence our work at home, and then for the neighbors, and then for those that are around us. It is just as much our duty to labor for our unconverted neighbors as it is to go to Europe or China or India, or any other place. There are souls to be saved right around in our own neighborhoods, and God wants to go to work. He wants us to act as though the souls that are right in our neighborhood are to be sought after and labored for, that the salvation of God may come right in among those around us who know not God. Shall we take hold of the work? He wants us to act like men, to commence the reformation, and go right forth and strengthen the things that remain. You have those who will help you. And we will have converts that will take right hold of the work with us. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 26)
I want to say, Begin with yourself; begin with your children, if you have neglected them, and I know you have. Now if you have neglected them, take right hold and redeem the neglect. You will have to work ten times stronger than if you had not neglected them; but having neglected them, you want to take right hold and redeem the time. Tell them that Jesus loves them; tell them how to come to Christ, and believe in Him. Half of them do not know how; for you are so reluctant to speak of religious things, that they do not know how to believe. Teach them how to believe, and the blessing of God will rest upon you, and you will see of His salvation. (18LtMs, Ms 192, 1903, 27)
Ms 193, 1903
Stand Firm for the Right
Refiled as Ms 172, 1904.
Ms 194, 1903
Remarks at California Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
February 9, 1903
Previously unpublished.
Meeting of the Board of Directors of the California Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association, duly called and held at Sanitarium, Napa County, California, on Monday, February 9, 1903, at 12 o’clock N. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 1)
Present: Directors A. T. Jones, president; E. E. Parlin, secretary; L. M. Bowen, W. C. White, W. S. Sadler, R. A. Buchanan. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 2)
Absent: Directors W. T. Knox and A. N. Loper. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 3)
Also present: C. H. Jones, M. C. Wilcox, H. H. Haynes, A. Boeker, E. G. Fulton, F. Zelinsky, G. A. Droll, A. M. Winegar, Mrs. J. Gotzian, T. J. Evans, Bro. Crisler, Sr. McEnterfer, and Mrs. E. G. White. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 4)
Prayer was offered by Elders Sadler and Jones. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 5)
The minutes of meeting held December 30, 1902, were read and approved as corrected. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 6)
The following communication from Dr. Loper was presented: (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 7)
Pasadena, California
January 4, 1903
To the Board of Directors of the California Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 8)
Dear Brethren,—
As I am unable by reason of the change in my residence and connection with our work in Southern California to meet the responsibilities of medical superintendent of the St. Helena Sanitarium, and as a member of your Board of Directors, I herewith wish to tender my resignation as medical superintendent of the St. Helena Sanitarium, and also as a member of your Board, to take effect at the pleasure of your Board. Reciprocating the kind wishes that I know are entertained for me by every member of your Board, I am (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 9)
Your brother in the work, (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 10)
A. N. Loper, M.D.
Thereupon, it was moved, seconded, and carried that the resignation of Dr. Loper be accepted. Also (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 11)
Moved, seconded, and carried that Dr. Thomas J. Evans be a member of the Board of Directors of this Association to fill the vacancy caused by the resignation of Dr. Loper. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 12)
Also moved, seconded, and carried that Dr. Evans be the medical superintendent of the St. Helena Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 13)
Bro. A. T. Jones, of the committee to confer with Dr. Zelinsky, regarding his resignation tendered under date of Dec. 8, 1902, reported that the committee had had a talk with Dr. Zelinsky, covering the whole ground involved, and, as a committee, as things now stand, they could not see that there was any need of accepting Bro. Zelinsky’s resignation, or that there was any cause for his disconnecting with the institution so far; that Dr. Zelinsky had acknowledged that his religious influence had not been of the positive sort that it should be, but that he had decided to change and take a more active interest religiously in the work of the institution. That the committee had decided that there was no cause for accepting his resignation, with the understanding we have at the present time. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 14)
Dr. Buchanan and Bro. Bowen, the remaining members of the committee, having expressed similar views, it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 15)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the report of the committee be accepted. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 16)
Elder Jones then presented the whole history to this date of the question regarding the location of the meeting of the General Conference, reading letters from Sister White, Bro. C. H. Jones, and others. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 17)
Bro. C. H. Jones stated that the people at Oakland wanted the conference at Oakland. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 18)
Sister White: As for my preference in the matter, it should not be taken into account. If you saw there the feelings that they had about it, pretty sharp, some of them, the feeling they had about it—I thought if it were best to have it there in Healdsburg, I could be accommodated a great deal better. But you are not to make my accommodation anything that should fix the place for holding the conference. There was nothing in it. I thought it would save you there at Oakland a good deal of expense, for they said they would open their houses freely; it would save an expense to the conference, and that is how the matter stands. If there is any preference for Oakland—I don’t like Oakland—at all, but if there is any preference for Oakland, what my likes or dislikes are don’t come in. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 19)
C. H. Jones: Of course that had quite a bearing with the decision down there, of the committee, and that was why we wrote as we did. But since our meeting, referred to in that letter the committee of entertainment, there have been new developments. And we have learned things that we did not know before. In regard to the climate, those who have been in Healdsburg, and lived in Healdsburg at that time of the year, say it is likely to be colder than in Oakland; more fog at that time, and if it should come on and rain, it would be very disagreeable there, and especially if we had to put people in tents. But now our brethren in the church are aroused, and I do not think any tents will have to be pitched. I think rooms will be found for every one in the houses. We spoke of it in our church Sabbath, that there was a possibility of the Conference going to Healdsburg. Before that there had not been much response from our people, but as soon as it was stated that the Conference might go to Healdsburg, they came forward and said, “We have not been thinking seriously over this matter; we have not got ready to say yet what we will do, but, if there is any idea of its going to Healdsburg, we will say now.” One brother who had said he would take three stated that he would take twelve; another who was going to take one or two said he would take four or five, and so they are coming right forward and saying that, We will entertain and take care of them, and we want the meeting here. My house will be at your disposal (to Sr. White) if you want to come there. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 20)
Sister White: You have always treated me well, and I would be glad to go there, but in some respects I would rather be a little further off. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 21)
C. H. Jones: There is no question but what we can get you a good place away from the church, where it will be comfortable for you, and all right; and as far as the matter of entertainment is concerned, we can arrange that so that there will be quite a saving of expense. We did think we would have to pay for some of the delegates, but I do not now think that will be necessary. We think we can find entertainment for all of the delegates on the Oakland side of the Bay; the Bulletin can be printed there promptly, and we can reach so many more of our own people there, and then there is the restaurant. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 22)
Sister White: I have looked it over and settled in my mind some time ago; after I heard about the matter it was all settled in my mind that it was to go there. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 23)
C. H. Jones: It would be clear, as far as you are concerned, to have it in Oakland? (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 24)
Sister White: Yes, there is no difficulty in my mind in that; when the preference is presented here, that is enough. I did not know but what you would all feel relieved. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 25)
Elder Wilcox: Bro. Jones has covered the ground quite well. The two special things above all else that decided our committee that met the other day was Sister White’s preference, and the thought on the part of the committee of entertainment that our brethren there in Oakland did not care for the Conference. When I mentioned it in the church that it might be in Healdsburg, it stirred the church through and through. I had a talk with Bro. Loughborough yesterday, and he felt much different as regards the church than he did before. Before he thought the brethren were not ready and did not feel that they could entertain the delegates; but after the announcement was given Sabbath morning, a great many of them have been to Bro. Loughborough, and Bro. Loughborough feels that they can entertain the delegates in Oakland; and I am sure there would be a hearty response on the part of our brethren and sisters on the east side of the Bay, and I am sure also that San Francisco will help in a financial way. It is for that reason that we got a wrong impression on the part of how the church felt, and yet I do feel that the thing as it has gone thus far is not wholly without good. The church thought, Well, it is going to be held here anyway, and we won’t say very much, we will simply let it come; but when they found it was proposed to have it at some other place, it stirred them all up over the matter a great deal better than anything else could have done, and so I am sure that the brethren and sisters down around the Bay want the Conference and will do all they can to make it a success in every way. Then of course the Bulletin can be issued very much better there. The resolutions and plans that are brought before the Conference can be printed and so presented before all the delegates that they can study them and get a better idea of what they are acting upon than they could in Healdsburg. And all things considered, I am sure that it would be better to have the meeting in Oakland. Our restaurant brethren, I am sure, would have something to say in the matter, perhaps. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 26)
Bro. Fulton: You know, Sister White, we are planning to have a first-class vegetarian restaurant in connection with the Conference this year, and we had been laying our plans to have this restaurant in Oakland. Of course we could have had it in Healdsburg, but it would be much more expensive to ship the cooking utensils, dishes, and all those things to Healdsburg, and so we were quite disappointed to learn that there was some possibility of its being held there, and I know that all connected with the restaurant are very much in favor of its being held in Oakland. We feel we can do much better work there and have a much better chance. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 27)
Sister White: I have no preference to remove, because I did not know what that they would consider it better to have it there, but as soon as I learned how the situation was, why then, if I went, and I made up my mind, I would not dare to stay away—I would not say I would stay away—I did not dare to, and so I made up my mind that it would be in Oakland, and I have not had any thought of Healdsburg since the first introduction. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 28)
Elder White: It seems to me that it would be a decided advantage to our school, and that the experience of our school might be a blessing to the Conference, if we could have had the Conference in Healdsburg and have it satisfactory to our people. Several hundred will probably come from the outside if there is ample accommodations. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 29)
C. H. Jones: I move that it is the sense of this counsel that the General Conference be held in Oakland. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 30)
Second, and carried unanimously. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 31)
Financial reports were then presented as follows: (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 32)
California Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association for the year ending December 31, 1902. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 33)
San Francisco branch, St. Helena Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 34)
Sacramento branch, St. Helena Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 35)
Eureka branch, St. Helena Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 36)
It was voted that the item of $130 in the report of the California Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association, inasmuch as Dr. Evans was now connected with the insitution, should be carried to profit and loss. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 37)
A communication dated February 6, 1903, from the Pacific Press was presented, asking regarding the desk owned by the Pacific Health Journal, and it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 38)
Moved, seconded, and carried that we express ourselves in favor of allowing Dr. Heald to have the use of the desk. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 39)
Also moved, seconded, and carried that this Association pay the bill of $105.63 due St. Helena Sanitarium from the Pacific Health Journal, charging same to the Journal account. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 40)
Attention was called to various items in the financial reports, and the question as to whether they could be considered as legitimate resources, and it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 41)
Moved, seconded, and carried that all of these matters be referred to the auditor for such action as he might recommend. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 42)
The request from Southern California for Dr. H. E. Brighouse to connect with the work at Pasadena was mentioned, and after discussion (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 43)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the request be referred to a committee consisting of Brn. Evans and Sadler, with the suggestion that the names of Mrs. Richmond and Mrs. Garthofner be considered in that connection. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 44)
The work of Dr. Brighouse in connection with the S. F. Dispensary was discussed, and inasmuch as it was felt that she was bearing a large portion of the general missionary work in medical lines, and it was proposed to still further engage her time in that way, it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 45)
Moved, seconded, and carried that we recommend to the California Conference the propriety of employing Dr. Brighouse in medical missionary work around the Bay. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 46)
The matter of providing nurses for the Sacramento branch was considered in connection with the work at Sacramento; attention was called to the favorable opening at Pacific Grove for establishing treatment work, and it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 47)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the matter of providing nurses be referred to Drs. Evans and Winegar. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 48)
Also moved, seconded, and carried that we recommend that Brother and Sister Whitney go to Pacific Grove, with the idea of engaging in self-supporting work in that field in connection with this Association. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 49)
The situation at Eureka was then considered at some length, and it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 50)
Moved, seconded, and carried that Brn. A. T. Jones, T. J. Evans, and E. E. Parlin be a committee to plan for the work there and to secure the co-operation of the churches in that locality. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 51)
The financial report of the St. Helena Sanitarium was then presented, showing a material improvement. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 52)
It was stated that owing to lower rates of interest, and reduction of interest-bearing obligations, that $380 per month would be a sufficient rental for the Sanitarium and premises with which to meet interest demands not otherwise provided for; thereupon (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 53)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the monthly payment to be made by the St. Helena Sanitarium to this Association should, until further notice, be the sum of $380 per month. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 54)
A communication from Etta Ackerman was then presented, accompanied by communication from Elder Santee, regarding the issuance of diplomas to Etta Ackerman, Cora McElhany, and Hattie Kleinshmidt. After general discussion, it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 55)
Moved, seconded, and carried that this matter be referred to a committee consisting of Drs. Evans, Heald, and Brighouse. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 56)
A request was presented from the Sanitarium Food Co. that this Board recommend rate of wages to be allowed Bro. E. C. Fulton. After discussion, (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 57)
Moved, seconded, and carried that we recommend a rate of $18 per week and board. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 58)
A telegram from Dr. Kellogg, dated February 8, 1903, was read, as follows: Will you join other American sanitariums in raising two thousand dollars for British Sanitarium. Letter today. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 59)
No action taken, inasmuch as offerings for that purpose had already been secured and applied through the California Conference. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 60)
Dr. Droll then spoke of circular recently received asking for information concerning sanitarium work, and it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 61)
Moved, seconded, and carried that we request the secretry of this Association to gather from our branches all the information necessary to supply to the International Association the desired information. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 62)
A communication from the Colorado Springs Sanitarium Co. of Colorado Springs, Colorado, was presented regarding an advertising proposition in the Pacific Health Journal, together with correspondence between the Pacific Press and Dr. Heald. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 63)
No action taken, although the sentiment was freely expressed that it was not a line of advertising that we should assume. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 64)
Elder White then spoke of the lack of advertising being done to further the interests of the various sanitarium institutions on this coast, and that diligent study should be devoted to the matter of properly placing our work before the tourists coming to this coast. After discussion (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 65)
Moved, seconded, and carried that a committee of two be appointed by the chair to labor for the co-operation of the Pacific Association and of the food company for the development of a scheme of advertising in which all of our medical missionary enterprises on the Pacific Coast shall unite and seek to properly represent our work before the people. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 66)
Committee announced: Parlin and Sadler. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 67)
Possible changes in connection with the restaurant work at San Diego were discussed, and it being desirous that Bro. E. G. Fulton should be empowered to represent our interests in that connection, and in the matter of the lease we now hold for the Sefton premises, it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 68)
Moved, seconded, and carried that E. G. Fulton be authorized and empowered as the agent and representative of this Association to make any and all such contracts and agreements that may be necessary for the proper transfer of our interests in the property and of the lease now held by us on said building. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 69)
There being several vacancies in the Sanitarium local board, it was carefully revised, and as now constituted, made as follows: T. J. Evans, A. M. Winegar, F. Zelinsky, L. C. Nelson, L. M. Bowen, G. H. Heald, W. C. White, Mrs. J. L. Ings, and Mrs. J. Gotzian. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 70)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the salary of Dr. Evans, as medical superintendent, be fixed at $20 per week. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 71)
It was stated by Dr. Evans that Sister Evans desired to have the privilege of carrying on some medical work for the time being, without compensation for six months, and that she would be willing to go right ahead with a list of patients and with class work, if needed, during that time. Thereupon (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 72)
Moved, seconded, and carried that Dr. Margaret Evans’ name be added to the medical faculty of the institution. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 73)
The matter of plans for strengthening our nurses’ training school so that it may prepare students for the medical colleges as well as to train nurses was discussed, and it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 74)
Moved, seconded, and carried that a committee of [four] be appointed, consisting of A. T. Jones, T. J. Evans, A. M. Winegar, and W. C. White to prepare propositions for consideration at the next annual meeting of the Pacific Union Medical Missionary and Benevolent Association. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 75)
It was stated that certain bills owing to the Battle Creek Sanitarium from the Honolulu Sanitarium and from the Honolulu Sanitarium to the Sanitas Food Company had been presented to the food company with request for payment. After discussion (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 76)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the chairman Elder Jones, the secretary E. E. Parlin, and the manager of the food company Bro. A. Boeker be a committee to consider these matters regarding the payment of the claims of the Battle Creek Sanitarium and of Sanitas Food Company against the Honolulu Sanitarium. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 77)
A bill of $325 for machinery purchased by the Rural Health Retreat Association was also presented and discussed, and it was stated that a proposition was under way by the food company to use the Kellogg royalties in payment of this claim, receiving credit for account of royalties and also on account of R. H. R. purchase price. And it was (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 78)
Moved, seconded, and carried that the Sanitarium pay this bill through the food company. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 79)
The matter of providing a lady nurse for the work at Phoenix was discussed, and upon motion referred to the committee on nurses heretofore announced, Drs. Evans and Winegar. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 80)
Brief reports were also made concerning Blue Book advertising, orphans fund, San Diego treatment rooms, San Francisco food store, the vegetarian cafe, and the 20 acres of timberland owned by the Rural Health Retreat in Humboldt Co., but no action taken in any case. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 81)
Upon motion, meeting adjourned. (18LtMs, Ms 194, 1903, 82)
E. E. Parlin, Secretary
Ms 195, 1903
Interview/Between E. G. White and A. T. Jones
NP
August 15, 1903
Previously unpublished.+
Report of an interview held between Mrs. E. G. White and Elder A. T. Jones, Sabbath morning, August 15, 1903
[Stenographer's introduction:]
(Sister White asked Elder Jones to tell her the object of the small general meetings he was holding in the California Conference, and to explain in regard to the calls he was making for means to pay the debt on the College buildings in Battle Creek. Elder Jones explained that he had been asking our brethren and sisters to contribute to the missionary acre fund by setting apart the proceeds of small portions of their land, or certain trees, for this purpose. Sr. White urged that he be very cautious about undertaking to raise any means in California to assist in reopening the Battle Creek College; that this means is needed in California. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 1)
Elder Jones endeavored to explain why such a school as the one about to be opened in Battle Creek, is necessary. The States of Illinois and New York require a high standard of those who desire to enter a medical college. As the American Medical Missionary College is incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois, those who enter our medical college must first conform to the requirements of the State Board of Health of Illinois, which are really more exacting than those of the Board of Regents of New York. The State officials have placed the requirements for entrance as high as those necessary for entrance in some of the leading medical schools of Great Britain. “Dr. Kellogg himself,” Elder Jones declared, “could not enter these schools as a medical student.”) (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 2)
Mrs. E. G. White: Is there any necessity for this? (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 3)
(From here on the report is stenographic.)
A. T. Jones: When he began his medical studies, the entrance requirements were not so high as they are now. When our brethren go to foreign countries to practice, they find difficulty in meeting the requirements of the law. Now it is so arranged that they can enter in any other country. Last winter, the first of January, the medical Board of Regents of New York State enacted laws—decided that everyone who enters the medical course of that Association must bear the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Berrien Springs does not grant degrees, and others of our Colleges do not grant degrees. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 4)
Mrs. E. G. White: Then because of this, you go right to Battle Creek, and establish there something that the Lord has forbidden? (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 5)
A. T. Jones: No. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 6)
Mrs. E. G. White: You have gone right to Battle Creek and established that thing. Get out of Battle Creek; for heaven's sake get out of Battle Creek! (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 7)
A. T. Jones: Since Battle Creek College has moved to Berrien Springs, there has been a school in the Sanitarium. The Sanitarium has had a school since Battle Creek College moved out of Battle Creek. And while Battle Creek College was in Battle Creek, one hundred and sixty of the Sanitarium folks were students in Battle Creek College—the Sanitarium medical students and the Sanitarium helpers. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 8)
Mrs. E. G. White: All this reaching up toward a worldly standard, is unnecessary. When Christ came into the world as our Teacher, He chose unlearned men as His disciples. It is not necessary for our youth to spend so many years in training, unless they have to do certain lines of work. With far less training than is often given, they could become fully as competent in missionary lines, and do the work that God wants them to do. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 9)
You have no need now, at the very close of this earth's history, to gather young men and young women together, and to spend precious time in getting all this education in the higher branches of study—an education that we have never before advised our youth to gain since we accepted the truth. In the past much has been said, even with boasting, in regard to what “we have done,” and in regard to the efficiency of our medical missionary workers; but now it is thought that we are under the necessity of obtaining a knowledge such as the world demands. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 10)
In the name of God, I say, go and work along the same lines along which we have worked heretofore; and carry on this work outside of Battle Creek. Do not establish anything more there. Let the Doctor take care of his large institution, with the great crowd of worldly people there. You do not want our youth brought into connection with these worldly influences. If any additional training-school is demanded, let it be established outside of Battle Creek—a place where God has specified that we should not have a College. If it were essential to establish one there, God would have known all about it before He told us to move away from Battle Creek. Such a school is not essential. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 11)
God can open a way, and no man can shut it. He has said, “I have opened a way, and no man can shut it.” This is the way God desires to work. You need not call in our young men and confine them in a school to learn all these things that they will never use after they become physicians. If they have closed the doors, so that somebody has no influence, somebody else will come in. God will give influence. We must have more confidence in the God of heaven. But the Doctor has been swinging out of line . He has denied that our sanitariums are denominational institutions, and has denied many other things. God has been greatly dishonored. If we choose, we can tread in the footsteps of the world. John the Baptist was the greatest prophet that was ever born of woman, and yet he never went near the high Jewish people to get access to them, or to study in their schools. He had his message from God. This is what we must have. We must not think that we are to tread in the path in which the world treads. No; if we had done this in the past, we never could have gained the influence that we now have. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 12)
A. T. Jones: Is it right that we should have a medical college? (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 13)
Mrs. E. G. White: I do not know what you mean by a “medical college.” (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 14)
A. T. Jones: Is it right that we should graduate physicians? (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 15)
Mrs. E. G. White: In some cases it is right. Some of our people have gone to other institutions to take a medical course. With the influence that now exists in Battle Creek, with the class of people that the Doctor has now, and with the standard of principle to which he now holds, our youth might just as well obtain a medical education in some worldly school. Sacred things must not be brought down to a level with common things; common fire must not be used in the place of sacred fire. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 16)
Satan does not desire that there shall be in the world a people denominated by God, a people that have come out from the world, wholly separating themselves from its theories and practices, and living in accordance with the principles of righteousness. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 17)
The Doctor sold us as people. His colleagues are united with him in these things. I know where I stand. I do not know what is to be done to bring about a right condition of things. In this effort to break down the differences between God's people and the world, he has greatly hindered the progress of the third angel's message. By his convincing and devising and planning and underhand work, by his binding up medical institutions to one general organization, he has done much to delay the work of proclaiming to every land the gospel of Jesus Christ, which would have placed us in the position where God desires us to stand today. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 18)
If students desire to study the higher branches; if some are led by the Holy Spirit to attend institutions of learning; if God sends to them the message, “Go,” let them attend such schools. The Lord will give them light and blessing. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 19)
Our schools will have to be more after the order of the schools of the prophets. This was revealed to me when young Brother Stone came to Battle Creek. Again and again I had to stand before public assemblies to repeat the warnings God was sending to us. At that time some of our brethren thought that the students must receive a worldly training that God does not want them to receive. God does not want the youth to be encouraged to study many of the things that the world requires the students of its schools to study. When He wants them to do it, He will let them know it. They can study at the plough, while engaged in some useful employment. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 20)
* * * * *
[Stenographer's note:] (This is as far as I have had opportunity to edit this interview. The following is a synopsis of remainder, just as it was spoken.)
We don't need the commendation of these that do not know what true education is. We do not want their vamp. God is going to give us His Holy Spirit to enlighten our understanding—it is presented to me in this way—and yet we are now going on our back tracks, clear back, just about as we are getting ready to enter into the land of Canaan. It is to have here a work to hinder from going in—the crimes, and the murders, and all these things that are going on. We have something else to do, Brother Jones. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 21)
A. T. Jones: Yes. Now what I was saying: Since Battle Creek College has moved out of Battle Creek, the Sanitarium had had a school for its workers, with the same ones that were in Battle Creek before Battle Creek College left. As I was saying, we had 160 students of the Sanitarium helpers [who] were students of Battle Creek College when it was there. When it went out, that school went right on, with one of the College teachers with the school, and taking other teachers to help him; and that school was preparing such of the helpers that were in the Sanitarium for the medical course. That school was a preparatory course for the medical and nurses’ courses. That school would have gone on just exactly in the same way, if the laws regulating medical work and the work of physicians in the States had remained as they were. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 22)
Mrs. E. G. White: What have they done to change their ideas? (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 23)
A. T. Jones: The laws have raised the standard, and required a degree. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 24)
Mrs. E. G. White: Let us let them raise a standard and require a degree; and let our people do the best they can, just as Christ did. He would rather work for fishermen than learned men that knew so much. When these men get up there and learn what the world wants them to learn, they are not fitted for our work. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 25)
A. T. Jones: We are not obliged to teach them what the world wants them to learn; we can teach them our own education, and prepare them in Christian lines. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 26)
Mrs. E. G. White: Right in Battle Creek, where God says, Get out of it! (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 27)
A. T. Jones: In the Sanitarium; that is all. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 28)
Mrs. E. G. White: Yes; and there is the Sanitarium that was worked and built right there. It never should have been there. Now that is to counterwork the work of God that He wants done. He has told Dr. Kellogg over and over, and I have got it all in writing, that God did not want that institution in any way to spread itself as it was, but make plants. How many plants has he made? [He was] to take that institution, and break it up, not be in Battle Creek, and not have his work going on there in the way that it is, but make memorials all around. But now he has settled right down to Battle Creek and put everything in Battle Creek College. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 29)
A. T. Jones: In the minutes of the meeting where this thing was arranged—and that motion was made by Dr. Kellogg himself— (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 30)
Mrs. E. G. White: Why did they not get the voice of those brethren that have been working and working, and taking all this burden there? Why did they not sit right down, why did they not lay everything all out, why did they not bring in all their reasons, why did they not go to work just as we always went to work, together, when my husband and I had to go as pioneers? We brought it in so that everything could be understood by everyone, the meaning of the thing, and what we were doing, and carry the whole with them, and to pray over it, and talk over it, and talk with God about it, and all this. But all at once it springs up! (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 31)
A. T. Jones: No; this thing was talked over, two years ago. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 32)
Mrs. E. G. White: Oh, but the institution has gone since two years ago; and God has shown by that, there have been things done in two years, since two years ago, Brother Jones; and since two years ago makes a lot of difference, when light has come in, and how these places should be worked, and all these ministers. Here's a work that ministers—you will have to do, if you stand in the counsel of God; and here's a work that the medical missionaries will have to do, if we stand; and at the heart of the laws in the nation there has got to be a light shine forth; and to bind up things in this one and that one, and that location. We have got our ministers that are circulating around, and they are going to St. Louis, and Orleans, and they are going to New York City, and they are going to all these places to give the decided warning. That is what we have got to do, and if anything can be done that the enemy can work to keep us huddled down to Battle Creek, where they have been told to get out of it , and to keep right where they can not affect the community at all—I suppose there are some outsiders that will come in, that will be affected; but Kellogg can not carry that; he has got that great big thing there; that institution never should have been built, never should have been built. But he has built it, and now you see it is to get them right back in Battle Creek, where God has been warning them for the last twenty years, more than that, I guess. The Lord has been showing them what they were doing; they were backsliding. Those that were a strength to the little churches out in different places, could have established schools in these different places, and could have established sanitariums in our cities all through in different places all around here, nothing. New York [was] not touched, till poor Brother Haskell went in there, and went to work there, and he has had nothing to work with. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 33)
[Stenographer's note:] (Followed by a long account Haskell's financial perplexities, and Sr. White's financial straits on account of low royalties, etc.) (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 34)
Kellogg has fastened himself to the world, and in more ways than one. When they asked him about the Testimonies, right before him, just as you are before me, there would be a motion of the head, there would be a motion of the shoulders ... there would be—that was enough. He knows it. And so in regard to me, he has placed me in the position I am, after exalting the position that he has done in his writings of my husband and myself, and my husband taking him just as he did, and letting him have a thousand dollars without interest, and then giving him a horse and a carriage. I did not know he had given him a horse and a carriage. I did not know he had given him a horse and the carriage; and, said he, he has let me have lots of presents; and, said he, “I sent you a horse,” and I sold him a carriage for $150 because I was in debt in the office, when they let my books drop and I did not have a thing for it, and sold it to him for $150. Well, then he sent it back to me after he felt that God was in the work, and he and his brother were deeply convicted. “Why,” says he, he came in, “Oh,” he says, “I am a free man.” Dr. Kellogg would say, “I am a free man. I feel as though a band of steel was broken off of ,” and said he, “My brother sat by me, crying, the tears streaming down face. ‘Why,’ says he, ‘she talks by the spirit of inspiration, the inspiration of God is upon her.’ (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 35)
Well now, he could have carried that work right along, but he wanted Kellogg to stand higher , and he has been working and conniving, and working and conniving, and he is at it still. Now there is just how it is. Twice I was bed in Oakland. I determined to bring it all out before the people—not all, but a few; but just as soon as I saw that the companies were just so that I could not be by myself, I would not open my lips. I kept still. And I know just how these things are. I knew the devil was linking with him, and I told you, not to put that message in his hands alone, but to take and read it to him, because if it was in his hands, and he read it alone, there would be a hand put right on those things so that he would not get the impressions that he had to have. Well, it was shown me that the devil had calculated to link right in with him, and demerit the ministers, just as he has done. And the ministers have just as much cause to demerit it. If any man needs to be converted in more respects than one, it is John Kellogg. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 36)
And now I want you to know these things, because I don't want you to be linked up there. So the light God gave me was when you were there in Battle Creek, [was] that you had no business there. It was no place for you. You must get out of Battle Creek; and that there were places where you could go. But he (A. T. Jones, I think she means) needs to be—the light was given—he needs to be where there are watchful eyes in the Spirit of God that shall give counsel—he counsel with you, and you counsel together. That was just the light that was given to me, that voice would be heard in Washington, and that Brother Prescott's voice would be heard in Washington; that is before we decided to go there. That was long ago. And then that these messages had got to come before the principalities and powers of our nations, to come before them, that they would be without excuse; but they have excuse now. We have not brought the light before them as we should. We have no memorial there. And all these things, night after night, and night after night, ... and they are all wondering how it is possible for me to do as I do. Well, I tell you, that it is not possible; that it is the Lord that has strengthened me; at my age he is strengthening me. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 37)
I thought I should lose my eyesight, but by the blessing of God I kept it. And I know what I am talking about. Dr. Kellogg is not right in the sight of God. I want to tell you that. And yet I would not bring out anything that would get the people to grasp and demerit and tread underfoot anything of the medical missionary work. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 38)
“Now Dr. Paulson,” I said to him, “I want to say a word to you. I shall not say much that I could say, but I want to warn you, Dr. Paulson, be careful how you give encouragement to Dr. Kellogg by receiving what he says, derogatory in regard to our ministers. Be careful of that.” He is picking up everything he can find that he could make a handle of if [note by stenographer: (I could not hear)] and is getting it all prepared. A man that will stand to be a medical missionary in that holy office of Jesus Christ, and then make his boast that he knows, he knows about these ministers, and this minister and that minister, and other ministers. I could tell him some things that I know, that have never come out of my lips, that he had not best take that position. He says, “Just as soon as they begin to make some kind of a move, I have got the power in my hands.” He told Elder Wilcox that. Elder Wilcox said “Would you use such things as that?” Said he. “Would you come to such a position as that? Have you come to such a position as that?” The Doctor answered, “Oh, I don't calculate to do any such thing.” (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 39)
Is that man under the influence of the Spirit of God, that goes in that way? Now I want to tell you, Brother Jones, we have got to have our eyes opened, and anointed with eye salve, that we may see. And here I have been shown years ago that there have come just such actions as was in the courts of heaven, repeated right here upon earth, that the devil would link right in with men that profess to believe the truth, and the deceptions that should be brought in, and the evil working that it would create, that Satan was here in person, right here. It has been represented to me in our meetings that individuals have been seen that I have been shown that the devil was linked arms right with; they could not hear alright. Those very persons I shall write personally to, and I shall tell them these things when I get where I can, that the sins that have placed them just as it is in Zechariah, where Joshua was before the angel. Well, now, the devil personifies himself. They don't understand, but he is right there, and he is accusing them, accusing. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 40)
I have not dared to see him [Dr. Kellogg]. I was forbidden to see him, because my sympathies were so great in his behalf that there was danger of my taking the words from his lips, and he would repeat anything that comes into his mind that will help his case—no truth in it; he will go right on another occasion, and he will tell just exactly the opposite. He doesn't know what he does. He has no control of himself. Now I want to tell you that, and I want you to know it, Brother Jones, because somehow you feel linked up with him, and you feel that you are going to be a help to him. If he doesn't get the start of you, and if he is not chuckling over this matter now, as the devil would chuckle when he would get one of the angels in heaven to believe his lies—he would lie just as quick as he would speak the truth, in order to carry any purpose of his—Dr. Kellogg would; and yet I am looking for his conversion. I am begging and pleading. I wake up nights, and plead for his conversion. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 41)
A. T. Jones: You know, don't you, that that is all the purpose of my going there? (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 42)
Mrs. E. G. White: Well, I supposed it was; but I want to say, he will wind up this one and that one and the other one with him in what?—in Battle Creek. God has said that this thing should not be; it has been before him for ten years. I have got it right in writing that he should be making plants. God did not want so much there, and so on. Now I have got a decided letter—I want you to have that—Maggie just brought it to me yesterday—that I had put in her hands some time ago. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 43)
A. T. Jones: He never asked me first. It was not his first asking me to come there—my mission to help the students and to help that school. [Stenographer's note:] (I do not understand this sentence fully. Have written it as I have it.) (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 44)
Mrs. E. G. White: When he saw that you were more favorable to him than Daniells or Prescott, when he saw that, he thought he could make [stenographer's note:] (did not hear next two or three words, but from conversations with Sr. W., think the words were “a cat's paw”) of you. That is what he thought. He thought he could put you on his side. Daniells, standing as he did stand in Europe, it was perfectly right. He told me, “Oh, Daniells is just the man. Oh,” said he, “I am so thankful for Daniells”; and he went on and gave me such a history of Daniells. “At first, you know, I would not take to him at all.” Just as soon as he [A.G.D.] did not concede to his idea there [in England], he threw him right overboard, and that is how it is. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 45)
A. T. Jones: All that I have had in connection with the medical work there, was to help those students to get hold of the Bible and the third angel's message, so that when they went out, they would preach it. Whatever warnings you have, I would be glad of them, so that when I was there, I would know how to hold my way. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 46)
Mrs. E. G. White: I have given this to yourself. You need not give it away to anybody. But I tell you, that if any man was ever led and controlled by the spirit of the devil, it is Dr. Kellogg, as he gives himself up into the hands of the enemy. Now he could have just as well carried on that reformation line, and cleared himself. He felt terribly after my husband's death. It was his course of action that shortened my husband's life. I do not want to say anything about that. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 47)
A. T. Jones: I will have to start to meeting pretty soon; but I wanted to mention that this use of the Battle Creek College title can last at the most for only a year. It was taken simply because the Battle Creek College charter continues and expired the next year; and instead of going to the expense of legally revising the college charter, we would let it expire. That was simply availed of for this single year, and by the time that expires, all the light that can come, we can avail ourselves of, and act accordingly. At the most, the name will be used for only a year. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 48)
Mrs. E. G. White: But, I wanted to speak to you about gathering up money here. I did not once dream you would do it, because I knew you knew how much we wanted to build a sanitarium, and I knew you knew about the heavy debt they have got here that has got to be taken care of here, and I am trying to get plans by which that should not lay on that institution. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 49)
A. T. Jones: I have had it in mind myself that money enough had been taken now outside of California; but now turn the money to our own work. But this one thing of the missionary acre fund of donations of pieces of ground or trees or something of that kind in little doles, to the payment of the College property, to turn it over to the medical missionary work—that was arranged by the brethren in Battle Creek. That is the only thing that I have asked for money outside of California. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 50)
Mrs. E. G. White: Well, don't ask for any more. They have scoured over this field until there is almost a dearth. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 51)
A. T. Jones: Now here is another thing. The Doctor offers half of the proceeds on his new book, The Living Temple, for the payment of the Sanitarium debt here. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 52)
Mrs. E. G. White: Well, I have nothing to say about that. I have not had opportunity to look into the book. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 53)
A. T. Jones: It sells for a dollar and a quarter. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 54)
Mrs. E. G. White: I know it; but it strikes me the book could be more precious, if it was all correct. It would be most precious, if the man would live alright. The living temple—oh, my soul, Brother Jones, I tell you, if the man would live up to just what he has written! There is the thing. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 55)
A. T. Jones: Well , now, he offers the use of that here for the Sanitarium, just as the Object Lessons is offered. Half go to the original Sanitarium, and the other half to this one. A number of our brethren in Humboldt county said they would work for that. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 56)
Mrs. E. G. White: Yes; but everything that they have got to do here. Sadler came up here, and you know how it was—were you here when he called for money? Well, he called for money, and there they were in distress for things that they needed to put right into the institution, that they could not put there; but yet you know why. Brother Butler came, and took away a large amount for the Southern field; and then something else comes, and it keeps coming and coming. (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 57)
All I want is for you not to exalt and not teach what Dr. Kellogg does. Oh my soul! Such contriving, such conniving, and then bringing it out in a way that he does. Then his threatening—“You say anything against me”—he said there at Oakland—“and,” said he, “I will have you put over the courts.” Did Christ do that way? Now there is all such ways as that. “I have got things in my pocket,” said he, “that I can use here if I want to.” Well, what faith can men have of any such men as that being led of the Lord? I told him [stenographer's note:] (must be A.G.D.), “Don't you go into any tears at all; when you speak, speak; when you take a position, take a position; but don't assail the man. It is not he; it is the devil back of him. You may say, ‘Somebody said so and so,’ if you want to, but don't you touch the man, because he knows he can be touched in a good many places.” (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 58)
[Stenographer's note:] (There were a few more sentences interchanged, but I did not take them, and know not what they were. Elder Jones said he thought he might come down again to see Sister White.) (18LtMs, Ms 195, 1903, 59)
Ms 196, 1903
A Divine Sin-Bearer By Mrs. E. G. White
NP
[Typed] Aug. 16, 1903
Portions of this manuscript are published in ST 06/14/1905.
Through disobedience Adam fell. The law of God had been broken. The divine government had been dishonored and justice demanded that the penalty of transgression be paid. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 1)
To save the race from eternal death, the Son of God volunteered to bear the punishment of disobedience. Only by the humiliation of the Prince of heaven could the dishonor be removed, justice be satisfied, and man be restored to that which he had forfeited by disobedience. There was no other way. For an angel to come to this earth, to pass over the ground where Adam stumbled and fell, would not have sufficed. This could not have removed one stain of sin, or brought to man one hour of probation. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 2)
Christ, equal with God, “the brightness of the Father's glory, and the express image of His person,” clothed His divinity with humanity, and came to this earth to suffer and die for sinners. [Hebrews 1:3.] The only begotten Son of God humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. By bearing in His body the curse of sin, He placed happiness and immortality within the reach of all. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 3)
One honored of all heaven came to this world to stand in human nature at the head of humanity, testifying to the fallen angels and to the inhabitants of the unfallen worlds that through the divine help which has been provided, everyone may walk in the path of obedience to God's commands. The Son of God died for those who had no claim on His love. For us He suffered all that Satan could bring against Him. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 4)
Wonderful—almost too wonderful for man to comprehend—is the Saviour's sacrifice in our behalf. And this sacrifice that would be efficacious to cleanse all—even the most sinful and degraded—who accept the Saviour as their atonement and become obedient to heaven's law. Nothing less could have reinstated man in God's favor. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 5)
What right had Christ to take the captive out of the enemy's hands?—The right of having made a sacrifice that satisfies the principles of justice by which the kingdom of heaven is governed. He came to this earth as the Redeemer of the lost race, to conquer the wily foe, and by His steadfast allegiance to right, to save all who accept him as their Saviour. On the cross of Calvary He paid the redemption price of the race. And thus He gained the right to take the captives from the grasp of the great deceiver, who by a lie framed against the government of God, caused the fall of man, and thus forfeited all claim to be called a loyal subject of God's kingdom. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 6)
Ransomed From Sin
Our ransom has been paid by our Saviour. No one need be enslaved by Satan. Christ stands before us as our all-powerful helper. “In all things it behooved Him to be made like unto His brethren, that He might be a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the people. For in that He Himself hath suffered in being tempted, He is able to succor them that are tempted.” [Hebrews 2:17, 18.] (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 7)
“He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on His name.... And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, ... full of grace and truth.... And of His fullness have all we received and grace for grace.” [John 1:11, 12, 14, 16.] (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 8)
Those who are adopted into the family of God are transformed by His Spirit. Self-indulgence and supreme love for self are changed for self-denial and supreme love for God. No man inherits holiness as a birthright, nor can he, by any methods that he can devise, become loyal to God. “Without Me,” Christ says, “ye can do nothing.” [John 15:5.] Human righteousness is as “filthy rags.” [Isaiah 64:6.] But with God all things are possible. In the strength of the Redeemer, weak, erring man can become more than conqueror over the evil that besets him. (18LtMs, Ms 196, 1903, 9)
Ms 197, 1903
Our Deliverer By Mrs. E. G. White
NP
[Typed] Nov. 29, 1903
Previously unpublished.
After Satan had been cast out of heaven, He came to this earth. He knew God's high purpose for human beings, and determined to make them swerve from their loyalty. He succeeded. Adam sinned, and to all appearance there was no hope for the race. But man was not abandoned to his sin and misery. Lucifer thought that he had full control of the race, but God had not given them up. When there was no eye to pity, no arm to save, His arm brought salvation. He laid help upon one that is mighty. The Son of God became man's substitute and surety. He pledged himself to ransom human beings from the destroyer, and to restore them to their original purity. He would defeat the cruel foe. (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 1)
For ages the world seemed to be wholly under the control of Satan. The Son of God, looking upon the world, beheld suffering and misery. With pity He saw how men had become victims of satanic cruelty. He looked with compassion upon those who were being corrupted, murdered, lost. They have chosen a leader who chained them to his car as captives. Bewildered and deceived, they were moving on in gloomy procession toward eternal ruin, — to death in which comes no hope or life, toward night to which comes no hope of life, toward night to which comes no morning. Satanic agencies were incorporated with men. The bodies of human beings, made for the dwelling place of God, had become the habitation of demons. The senses, the nerves, the passions, the organs of men, were worked by supernatural agencies in the indulgence of the vilest lust. The very stamp of demons was impressed on the countenances of men. Human faces reflected the expression of the legions of evil with which they were possessed. Such was the prospect upon which the world's Redeemer looked. What a spectacle for Infinite Purity to behold! (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 2)
But “when the fullness of the time was come, God sent forth His Son, ... to redeem them that were under the law, that they might receive the adoption of sons.” [Galatians 4:4, 5.] (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 3)
Satan knew that one had come to this earth to dispute his authority. He heard the angels as they sang, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.” [Luke 2:14.] He followed the footsteps of those who had charge of the infant Saviour. He heard the words of the aged prophet in the temple, as, taking Jesus in his arms, he said, “Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace, according to Thy word; for mine eyes have seen Thy salvation, which Thou hast prepared before the face of all people, a light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of Thy people Israel.” [Verses 29-32.] (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 4)
Not without hindrance was the Commander of heaven to win the souls of men to His kingdom. From the time when He was a babe in Bethlehem, He was continually assailed by the evil one. In the councils of Satan it was determined that He should be overcome. The forces of evil were set upon His track, to engage in warfare against Him, and if possible to overcome Him. (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 5)
Satan saw that he must either conquer or be conquered. The issues of the conflict involved too much to be entrusted to his confederate angels. He must personally conduct the warfare. All the energies of apostasy were rallied against the Son of God. Christ was made the mark of every weapon of hell. (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 6)
In every possible way Satan sought to prevent Jesus from developing a perfect childhood, a faultless manhood, a holy ministry and an unblemished sacrifice. But he was defeated. He could not lead Jesus into sin. He could not discourage Him, or drive Him from the work He had come to this earth to do. From the desert to Calvary the storm of Satan's wrath beat upon Him, but the more mercilessly it fell, the more firmly did the Son of God cling to the hand of His Father, and press on in the bloodstained path. All the efforts of Satan to oppress and overcome Him only brought out in a purer light His spotless character. (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 7)
Christ was crucified, and in His death the powers of hell seemed to prevail, and they exulted in their victory. But from the rent sepulcher of Joseph, Christ came forth a conqueror. “Having spoiled principalities and powers, He made a show of them openly, triumphing over them.” [Colossians 2:15.] By virtue of His death and resurrection, He became the minister of the “true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched and not man.” [Hebrews 8:2.] (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 8)
Today Satan strives to lead the disciples of Christ from their allegiance. He is a wary, artful foe, and were we left to battle against him in our own strength, we should be overcome. But help has been laid upon one that is mighty. When Christ went away, He said to His disciples, “Be of good cheer, I have overcome the world.” [John 16:33.] “Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end.” [Matthew 28:20.] In this promise the lapse of time has wrought no change. Though now He has ascended to the presence of God, and shares the throne of the universe, Jesus has lost none of His compassionate nature. Today the same tender, sympathizing heart is open to all the woes of humanity. Today the hand that was pierced is reached forth to save His people that are in the world. They shall never perish, He says, “neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand.” [John 10:28.] The one who has given himself to God is more precious than the whole world. The Saviour would have passed through the agony of Calvary, that one might be saved in His kingdom. He will never abandon one for whom He died. Unless His followers choose to leave Him, He will hold them fast. (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 9)
“Seeing then that we have a great high priest, ... Jesus, the Son of God, let us hold fast our profession. For we have not an high priest that cannot be touched with the feelings of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.” [Hebrews 4:14-16.] (18LtMs, Ms 197, 1903, 10)
Ms 198, 1903
Living For Christ By Mrs. E. G. White
NP
Circa 1903
Previously unpublished.
Man sinned, and death is penalty of sin. Christ bore the penalty and secured for man a period of probation. In this time of probation we are now living. We have been given an opportunity to prove our loyalty to Him who gave His only begotten Son that we should not perish, but have everlasting life. (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 1)
God is testing us. He entrusts us with talents, to see whether we will be thoroughly unselfish in the use we make of them. Physical, mental, and spiritual gifts are placed in our possession. And on the use that we make of these gifts depends our eternal destiny. God's word tells us plainly: “He that is faithful in that which is least, is faithful also in much.” “If ye have not been faithful in that which is another man's, who shall give you that which is your own?” [Luke 16:10, 12.] (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 2)
God expects us to use His gifts in a way that will give us an increased knowledge of things of heaven. We are to make constant improvement, daily becoming purer, nobler, more refined. In this world men and women are to fit themselves to take their place among the nobility of heaven. In this world, they are to prepare for translation to the courts above. Here Christians are to be examples of what, through the grace of Christ, all must become who enter the holy city. (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 3)
Here we are to learn Christ's meekness and lowliness, cooperating with Him, wearing His yoke and bearing His burden. Our lives are to reveal His attributes. Thus we are to work out our own salvation, knowing that God is working in us, to will and to do of His good pleasure. (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 4)
We are not our own, to do with ourselves as we please. We have been brought with a price, and we are to obey the law of God's kingdom. We are to reach the high standard that God has placed before us. Through the infinite sacrifice made in our behalf, we can in this world live pure, holy lives, carrying out the principles of the kingdom of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 5)
The word of God does not repress activity, but guides it aright, pointing us to a work that, if faithfully done, will make us worthy of the immortal inheritance. God knows exactly what each one needs to fit him for heaven. He puts the Bible into his hands—a treasure that is not to be ignored or cast aside as of not special importance. “Search the Scriptures” Christ says; “for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they which testify of Me.” [John 5:39.] The word of God tells man how he may become an heir of God and a joint heir with Christ. Knowing that it is man's nature to accumulate and amass, God in His word reveals to him the unsearchable riches, a treasure the worth of which cannot be estimated. Knowing that man's strongest impulse is to stand on vantage ground before all, God points out to him an ambition that he may safely cherish. “I will make a man more precious than fine gold,” He says, “even a man than the golden wedge of Ophir.” [Isaiah 13:12.] (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 6)
That man may obtain the life which measures with the life of God, the Lord breaks up his worldly, ambitious projects, which, if permitted to engross the mind, would unfit him for the future world. (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 7)
Those who do not value their high calling, those who do not strive to fulfill God's purpose for them, who fail of fulfilling the conditions laid down in His word, cut themselves off from God. They prove themselves to be entirely unfit to serve the interests of their Master. They may profess to be Christians, but their lives are a dishonor to Christ. They are serving the enemy, and God cannot cooperate with them. Their defects of character are constantly increasing. How can the Lord work with them? How can He place responsibilities in their hands? How can He entrust His work to men whose hands and hearts are not consecrated to His service. (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 8)
In all that we do, we are to seek the glory of God. “They that are in the flesh cannot please God. But ye are not in the flesh, but if the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His. And if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His. And if Christ be in you, the body is dead because of sin; but the Spirit is life because of righteousness. But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you.” [Romans 8:8-11.] (18LtMs, Ms 198, 1903, 9)
Ms 199, 1903
Family Worship
Healdsburg, Cal.
September 1903
Previously unpublished.
The church needs the living testimony revived among us. We need the reviving Spirit, the renovating, transforming grace of Christ. Love to God and love for our brethren and sisters does not exist as it once did. We want it now, just now, like the patriarchs of old. Those who profess to love God should reveal their faith by their words and works. (18LtMs, Ms 199, 1903, 1)
If there ever was a time when every house [should] be made sacred with the morning and evening sacrifice, it is now. Like the patriarchs of old, we should see in every home those who claim to live for God [presenting] the morning and evening sacrifice wherever they pitch their tent. The Lord of heaven will not pass that tent by and not leave a blessing. Angels of God are observing the family who are seeking the Lord. Let the mother offer her prayer, and the children [theirs]. If they arise earlier to do this, angels are listening and will mark every petition offered. Sing a hymn of praise and angels will bear the tidings upward. (18LtMs, Ms 199, 1903, 2)
In every Christian home God should be honored and glorified. Fathers and mothers are to bear in mind [that their] words are to be guarded—for their own sake and for their children's sake. Fathers, mothers, you are preparing your children for the future immortal life; therefore the atmosphere in the home must be after the divine order. (18LtMs, Ms 199, 1903, 3)
Ms 200, 1903
Diary/Warnings Regarding Dr. Kellogg and the Work in Battle Creek
St. Helena, California
March 15, 1903
Previously unpublished.
I have said I should not go to the conference wherever it is held, but the light I now have is that the Lord has a message for me to bear at that conference. I am instructed there will be things I shall meet and disapprove—that there will be writings presented that will appeal to the people of God to fasten and bind up means to be used in the medical missionary sanitarium work, and [that] they are making a mistake. This is not [to] be encouraged. In no case, at this time, are such documents to be prepared to go to our people to tie up means that way. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 1)
Our people who are stewards of God's means are to consider that they are handling means that will be needed to advance the work in new places. It is not the right way to procure means. Could all see the afterworking of such documents they would stop right where they are and consider as [it] is presented to me what the sure result will be—much perplexity and distress and loss of confidence in those who stand as leaders in the work, and loss of confidence in Dr. Kellogg. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 2)
Such a scene of confusion was presented to me. One stood with the reading of the papers to secure their [signatures]. (Luke 11:45-47, 52 quoted.) There are formulated papers, said my Instructor, that are drawn up in such a way that there is no surety that those who sign their names to these productions know what they are attaching their names to. A deceiving power is placed in the hands of men that, if they choose, they can take advantage of the ones who have received their means. And then the outcome was presented to me: great confusion, disappointment, [and] loss of faith in men who they supposed were true as steel. I forbear to say more now. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 3)
March 27, 1903
There have been some things presented to me that I wish to present to our people in this conference. I wish to present to our people the fact that wicked men, imbued with satanic agencies, are not the degraded [looking] beings that Satan is represented [to be]. Lucifer was the most lovely being in all our world, but he fell from his high estate because the loveliness and glory he possessed (given of God), did not make himself [as God's] only-begotten Son. He insinuated to the angels [that] there would be a change ere long in the heavenly courts. He would have the highest place. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 4)
Oakland, California
March 28, 1903
Again my attention has been called to the papers preparing to be sent to Seventh-day Adventists to secure means to use for carrying forward the medical missionary work. The Lord has given me words to caution our people that they are to fully understand what they are doing in binding up their means in any such way. Why? For a large work is to be done. There are words of caution given me that I am to give to our people. They are not to be drawn upon in this way, for it is not the way of the Lord. His work is to be advanced in places where they have never heard the truth. These formulated papers should not be sent to our people. It is not the right way to work. There will be a canvassing of this subject and let all our people move very cautiously. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 5)
I am instructed to say, Wait until you know all things that are necessary for you to know. Some things were presented to me while in Australia about the documents that would be drawn up that should not be signed, for it is not for you to pass through the trials that will be the outcome of this kind of work. “For there is nothing covered that shall not be revealed; neither hid, that shall not be known.” [Luke 12:2.] Let no names be signed to documents to draw means from Seventh-day Adventists. These talents of money are the Lord's. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 6)
Let not men trust in men or make flesh their arm for the Lord alone is to be your trust. Read Isaiah chapters 40, 41, and 43. The Lord will not be trifled with. He calleth upon His people to make diligent work for repentance. Let there be most earnest work. Let there be strength given to His own people. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 7)
I address the men who are engaged in medical missionary work to come to their senses. You are being led by Dr. Kellogg and it is for you to look to God. All these things are to be closely examined by men who understand [the] terms of lawyers [so] that the perverting of justice shall not be. Every such movement is to be carried intelligently in open counsel of all who are possible to be present. The Medical Missionary Association has no right to do any work that will bind up means with the medical missions that will in any case draw means from our churches, [so] that the gospel message to be given to the world will be hindered in any way. This invitation will do that very work. They are at liberty to draw from worldlings. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 8)
I have a message for the people of God. The Lord God has not appointed that His young people or the elderly people shall be called to Battle Creek to obtain an education in medical missionary work. Why, the indication is sufficient in blotting out two institutions; and unless there is a deepened, earnest work engaged in—of seeking the Lord—there will be other judgments that will follow. But how the brethren should advise or counsel the work to rebuild the sanitarium in Battle Creek is a mystery. It is because their own sensibilities and spiritual discernment are not in a wholesome, clear, healthful condition. There needs to be close examination in every movement made. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 9)
The youth now are to be receiving their education in schools appointed in different localities, not so large a number collected together in Battle Creek—which is the most objectionable place—for Dr. Kellogg has not been sound in the faith which makes us what we are—Seventh-day Adventists. He has become an apostate in principles of religious faith, and yet he will falsely assert that he believes as he has always believed in doctrinal points. He simply does not know himself, for his feet are on sliding sand and he will certainly keep the cause and work of God in great confusion according to the frame of mind which he happens to be in. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 10)
I have been surprised and astonished that the man is so unsound in pure principle. He is permeated with the spirit of science that is unsound, and [which] will be worked in a way to deceive if possible the very elect. Dr. Kellogg is building on sliding sand; [he] is bold and determined in carrying things as his impulsive disposition will lead him, respecting no voice or judgment that in any way crosses his track. Truth has not been respected in his statements. His associates in his lines of carrying the business transactions in the sanitarium are not having wise men to care for the various lines of work. What a farce it is, and yet this kind of work—gathering responsibilities—is constantly going on to the neglect of many things. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 11)
I was taken through some of the perplexities and my Instructor said, There will be turning and overturning. Things have been sadly neglected and the foundation is insecure and uncertain. God is not glorified. Truth is not practiced. Justice and equity cannot enter. The completion of the lines of management reveals the deformity of the characters of the workers. The oracles of God are becoming extinct. The attentive listener can at times distinguish a still, small voice, but the sound, earnest, truthful workings of this institution are so mingled and confused with the varied interpreters, that men are drifting into atheism and false science. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 12)
The spirituality is becoming a dangerous element in [the] schemes and devisings of an imbalanced mind in Dr. Kellogg. He cannot cure the difficulties without a thorough transformation of character, but to repent and be converted is not in his line. The aversion to truth is remarkably apparent. All things will have to be changed and the management placed in safe hands. The divine Instructor is truth, righteousness, and integrity, but this has not been the atmosphere that prevails in this institution. Every day God is dishonored. An entire change must come. A business manager of sound principles [must] come in. Then there will be dissatisfaction in coming to this arrangement if Dr. Kellogg, physician in chief, is not the ruling power—which should not and never can be. He has his place, but he has been long out of his place and needs to be thoroughly converted. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 13)
March/April 1903
Before leaving St. Helena I was in the night season before a company of people. Words were spoken by you [Dr. J. H. Kellogg] with others, urging the plan expressed upon paper to secure monies to carry on the work at Battle Creek. One stood in our midst, a messenger from God, and spoke decidedly and with authority concerning the documents held in your hand and said, “Such things as that expressed in that paper are not to be brought before the churches. It is not justice and righteousness to the cause of God throughout the field. God has a work to be done in cities where nothing yet has been done to signalize the work of God—which is the gospel to be preached to all nations and people. Such methods as are presented in these papers will be made to appear a safe and worthy enterprise, but the foresight [thought given] to them will be less favorable in appearance. The aftersight will be of a very disappointing character.” The words were spoken, “This paper does not represent God's plan. It is something that should not go forth to the people to draw means from them.” (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 14)
Again, I was passing through a similar scene the first night after coming to Oakland. I was giving words of warning to our people and was instructed to teach them to be on guard, for there would be various things presented to be endorsed by men of responsibility that would bring embarrassment to the work God designs shall be done. The Lord's treasury of means He has entrusted to His servants to be used wisely as [needs] shall arise to advance the work. The means God has entrusted is not to be exhausted in being tied up in the way it is being proposed. Whatever is done in any place in the future is to be [done with] money handled unselfishly. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 15)
The way of creating funds from our churches is not God's plan. There is a work that has been left undone in making plants in many places where the truth of God shall be represented. His memorials shall be in the cities where they are not now. The gospel and medical missionary work are one and I am instructed to guard the churches that they shall not be drawn upon to perform this action, for it will certainly displease God and will cut off from the cause of God a revenue of means that would have advanced the work in places where the warning message has not yet come. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 16)
The many testimonies God has given upon this subject I should present before the people in a decided way to enlighten them that they shall not use the Lord's money in this proposed way. Truth is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. Donations will be called for as emergencies shall arise, and gifts and offerings must be drawn upon to do this work. Therefore I must speak the word of the Lord. Dr. Kellogg is in need of lifting up his eyes and seeing the fields all ripe unto the harvest, and there is need of facilities to do the work represented as reaping. The gospel seed planted in fields unworked appears small at first. The medical missionary work connected with the gospel presented in cities and places unworked will need means which has been needed greatly in the South and in New York City, in Washington, the state capital. In many cities in America there has been nothing done and God is displeased with the showing. But that which ought to have been done must be done now. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 17)
Ministers are working in the various lines of preaching the gospel and bringing in the light on health reform in many places. And I am instructed to say, This paper that is being prepared to present to our people is a mistake and I must guard the interest of the Lord's work. When the sanitarium in Battle Creek is thoroughly established upon a firm basis to do the very work that ought to be done, the gospel message of warning [will be] given to the world to prepare a people to stand in the great conflict before us. The property is so arranged that, if necessary, the workers can be transferred to places where [the work] will have to be ere long. There should be as little expended in Battle Creek as possible because there are many places that will need to be worked. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 18)
When the last message of mercy shall go with clear, decided notes of warning, stronger and stronger, the word growing more and more decided, false theories [will be] brought in by [the] specious devising of the enemy clothed with garments of righteousness. Every weapon will be drawn. Satanic forces to counterwork the truth are making void the law of God. There will be close, severe conflicts. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 19)
God has spoken to you in Battle Creek. But if these calamities have little effect to change the spiritual atmosphere He will not forebear. He will come closer in judgments, for God is in earnest with us. There is a limit to the forbearance of God. It is possible to presume on it so as to exhaust it. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 20)
Some will arise who know the truth but [who] depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits. Deceptive influences have been carried on that are not after God's order. When Dr. Kellogg shall come to the knowledge of the truth and will walk in all humility of mind and lay off the supposition that he is the master and not the learner, then the Lord will be entreated to pardon his transgressions and forgive his sins. He has forsaken Me, saith the Lord, for another god. There is a form of piety that is of no value with God, an accommodating piety. The Lord your God has borne long with you and has not left you to your own perversity, but has sent you message after message; but very few have any knowledge of the mistakes and defects of your character. (18LtMs, Ms 200, 1903, 21)
Ms 201, 1903
Parents' Responsibility
NP
circa 1903
Previously unpublished.
“Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life and they are they which testify of me.” John 5:39. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 1)
The words here mean not merely to be conversant [with] the words written. “Searching” means to become understandingly familiar with the meaning of the words. “Searching” means diligently—with an intense anxiety. It is as a command that the searcher encourages an anxious heart hunger which leads to the putting forth of intense effort to come to the reading, praying to the Lord for light and knowledge to impart an intensity of desire proportionate to the value of the object we wish to obtain, which is Christ formed within, the hope of glory. Eternal life—nothing short of this will be satisfactory. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 2)
He looked upon the many that [He] longed to save and with pitiful tenderness He said, “And ye will not come unto Me that ye might have life. I receive not honor from men, but I know you that ye have not the love of God in you” (John 5:40-42). [See also] Isaiah 62:10-12; 8:9-18. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 3)
Satan is constantly applying his skill and his knowledge to lead the soul into crooked paths. The self-confident, the proud and ambitious heart will constantly design to weave self in every line of work and would be the prime advisor when he greatly needs a genuine experience in that spirit of [the One] who has invited his confidence. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 4)
The father and mother should begin to work humbly, devotedly, within [their] homes and educate their children bringing them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, teaching their children from their earliest years that the fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 5)
“Behold, I have taught you statutes and judgments, even as the Lord my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the land whither ye go to possess it. Keep therefore and do them; for this is your wisdom and your understanding in the sight of the nations, which shall hear all these statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people. For what nation is there so great, who hath God so nigh unto them, as the Lord our God is in all things that we call upon him for? And what nation is there so great, that hath statutes and judgments so righteous as all this law, which I set before you this day?” (Deut. 4:5-8.) [See also] Deut. 6:1-9, 13-25. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 6)
Here is instruction plainly given to that vast multitude above one million people. This is the instruction from Jesus Christ enshrouded in the pillowy cloud, communicating His will to the one He had appointed to give instruction of the highest importance. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 7)
“The law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul” (Psalm 19:7). The reproof is now strongly upon all those who have had the word of the Lord but held it so lightly in that they have failed to give their children the proper education in their babyhood, childhood, and youth, to ever keep before their children the instruction from the lips of the only begotten Son of God. Moses was divinely appointed in the Word, instructed by the Lord Jesus. The reason that children are not to be left careless in their associations with children [is that] they are in danger of becoming acquainted with wrong habits. The Scriptures were taught to Timothy by his grandmother Lois and his mother Eunice. Of Timothy it is stated he had known the Holy Scriptures which are able to make us wise unto salvation. Children are to be kindly, patiently instructed from the Scriptures that Christ is the Way, the Truth, the Life. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 8)
The subject of education from babyhood has the first claim of the mother. The education in the city homes cannot be as pleasant and favorable as the education of children in country homes among fields and trees and flowers. [See] Matt. 5:19-23. The Lord Jesus would have parents consider that the very first discipline of fathers and mothers is to be very attentive to the carrying out of the purpose of God in their home life. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 9)
When the Lord was about the destroy Sodom for its great wickedness messengers from heaven were sent to make a visit to Sodom. [See] Gen. 18:1-5. This courtesy, Abraham thought, was only being given some weary travelers, but he was entertaining angels, heavenly guests. The father of the faithful had not then all the definite instruction in printed articles that we have, but the Lord had the moulding and fashioning of the mind of Abraham as a sample of that which men should be in politeness and in courtesy and benevolence. Under the teaching and moulding of the Lord the heart will be kind and attentive in doing just as Abram did. (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 10)
After partaking of the refreshments as common travelers, the men—for they were to all appearance as only human beings—“rose up from thence and looked toward Sodom: and Abraham went with them to bring them on the way (that is, to show them the best route for their journey). And the Lord said, Shall I hide from Abraham that thing which I do?” “For I know him, that he will command his children and his household after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, to do justice and judgment, that the Lord may bring upon Abraham that which he hath spoken of him” (Genesis 18:16, 17, 19). (18LtMs, Ms 201, 1903, 11)
Ms 202, 1903
Marriage a Sacred Ordinance
NP
Undated, circa 1903
Previously unpublished.
The ordinance of marriage is a sacred matter. Marriage is and ever should be considered as a most precious domestic arrangement of [the] One who made man. There are men and women who have carried their selfish ideas into the marriage life, but this is the cause of much unhappiness. No longer is each to live for self alone. Each is to blend with each. Bound up in the sacred bonds of wedlock they are in spirit, words, and speech [to] give evidence of [its] exalted character, to regard wedlock as the Lord's plan to create homes and bring into practical life the science of true, genuine blending of heart with heart. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 1)
They two shall be one flesh, and if Christ is abiding in the heart, they are one mind. The Lord [created] man, then the woman, that they should blend in the love and fear of God as one to glorify God in their mind, heart, soul, and strength—consulting together, praying together, searching the Scriptures together. The Lord knew how to carry forward His work in our world. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 2)
Man was [to] crave the love of woman and woman to feel that she is, in the Lord's plan, to have the affections of the man she has chosen and thus to bring into the life the beauty of a compact, wholly-conscious affection for each other. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 3)
God said, It is not good for man to be alone even in the paradise home. The man needs the softening, subduing influence [of the woman] to give completeness to his own character building in and through Christ Jesus. And the Lord designed [that] His human family should be complete in the sacred bonds of matrimony. He would elevate and purify the domestic life circle and make complete its joys through His sanctifying grace. A Christian home is to be presided over as the Lord's special prescribed agency to purify the affections and present to the world a symbol of the Lord's family above. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 4)
Oh, what evil will be avoided in the home if Christ is welcomed morning and evening as a welcome guest in the household. The regenerating influence upon the human mind and character will ever be present—ennobling character, refining and establishing minds united as one in Christ Jesus. If the union formed is to work out the purposes of God, the evidence of Christ's presence will be a constant perfecting of the union that will be enjoyed in heaven above. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 5)
If the Lord's professed believing people would be under rule to the Prince of Life, the husband will be the head of the wife and she in her deep love can lean upon her husband, while he is indeed, if he answers the purpose of God, to be priest in his religious service and houseband to bind about the family relation. Pure, clean, holy affections will be a testimony to the world of happy Christian homes. The wife is [to] love, respect, and counsel with her husband. The wife is to be the queen of the home, not a slave but a part of the hallowed union. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 6)
[When] the home [is] filled with heavenly sunshine, angels [are] presiding, dissension is not there. Satan has turned the finest ordinance of God into uncertainty and unrest. The wife may be a true and faithful child of God much more so in the married life than standing alone, but her development must be with consideration to her new relation—the married life. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 7)
[With] the husband devoting his life to God, the wife, acting in unison, [may] qualify herself to be a religious and spiritual helper, especially if her husband has the ministry in view. Let the woman act her part in her vocation, qualifying herself to unite in the work of ministry, in some line of work, and make a success in complete harmony with the husband's work as a minister of God. Especially should this be ever in mind: unity in the home life in order to have God preside in the home—to ever have [the] approval of the Lord Jesus. Let there be no contention. Let the peace of Christ rule. (18LtMs, Ms 202, 1903, 8)
Ms 203, 1903
Diary/The Marriage Supper
“Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California
April 17, 1903
Previously unpublished.
I cannot sleep this morning after three o'clock. I take my pen and write things which have been pressing upon my mind. I was in a very large assembly and there were two parties—one was on the right hand, another on the left. Both seemed to be very anxious. [Then] One of authority came in. [The] guests were those who had been invited to the Marriage Supper. An invitation had been taken up by sent messengers, “Come, for all things are now ready.” [Luke 14:17.] There was an examination of the guests [who had] come, but many who were bidden made various excuses to excuse their not accepting the invitation. Then said Christ to His servants, “The wedding is ready, but they which were bidden were not worthy. Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many as ye shall find, bid to the marriage.” [Matthew 22:8, 9.] So those servants went at once into the highway and gathered together as many as they found, both bad and good, and the wedding was furnished with guests. Here is the order of working; every effort must be [made]. (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 1)
The highway invitation needs to be carefully considered, that the presentation at the wedding may be a proper representation. The first invitation was rejected, representing the churches, then the second [went to] all classes. There must be the invitation not merely to those who compose the churches, but those who are in the highways are to be addressed, that there shall be a presentation that will represent the importance of the occasion. “And when the king came in to see the guests, he saw there a man which had not on the wedding garment. And he said to him, Friend, how camest thou in hither not having a wedding garment? And he was speechless. Then said Christ to His servants, Bind him, hand and foot, and take him away and cast him into outer darkness. There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, for many are called but few are chosen.” [Verses 11-14.] (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 2)
This parable is for the interest of all to understand. It is the science of salvation, which is the true science essential for all to understand. It is the Gospel of saving grace. The Gospel covenant is represented by a marriage. The dinner is prepared, the dinner ready. The Word of the living God, to be received and practiced here, is the preparation [needed] to come into church relationship. The feast is the blessing of pardon. The removing, taking away, of their sins is the work of the free access of grace, to the riches of His glory. [See] Isaiah 25-26. What a preparation God has made! The wedding garment is the righteousness of Christ. (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 3)
There is a special work to be done for every soul who has had the light of Bible truth. There were the two companies. Before one company [was] the banner on which was inscribed the message of the third angel, “Here are they that keep the commandments of God and have the testimony (faith) of Jesus Christ.” [See Revelation 14:12.] Another party was carrying a banner. The motto was “Medical Missionary Benevolent Association.” Then One stood before them—the Great Teacher and Leader of both parties. Said the Great Teacher, “Blend your companies. There is to be no severing into distinct families. No two parties are to be distinguished—the one to criticize, condemn, judge, and censure the other. Each may have a special work to do, but it is in unity and blending in one.” (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 4)
The Lord God of Israel is your strength and your salvation and your joy. Whatever God bids you do, do it and without standing to consider how you shall designate your two parties. You must put away this separating spirit and consider One is your Leader and Master, even Christ, the Majesty of heaven, the King of glory. All can be saved through the one Lord Jesus who will soon take His place upon His throne. Here in this world Christ the Great Teacher is the Leader of both. While the Lord appoints men as his human helpers, not one is to lift up his soul unto vanity to rule and command and judge and condemn. This climbing upon the judgment seat and taking the position of commander is not ordained of God. There is but one Lawgiver and all redeemed by the blood of the only begotten Son of God are not to be subject one to another; every man is amenable to God. They all love God supremely and their neighbor as themselves. And in every case they will, if they are sanctified through the grace Christ bestows, act out the example of the Lord Jesus in every particular—loving righteousness and hating iniquity. (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 5)
The One of authority with great solemnity looked upon the parties and said, “There are very many here who have come to My banquet who have not on the wedding garment. Only those who can represent Me by their dress—to show they are married to me by wearing the wedding garment which is My righteousness, My words, My character—can partake of My supper. Your ordinary garments will do Me no honor. Those who choose their own natural traits of character will not reveal they are married to Me and are in most holy covenant to remain bound up with Me for to partake of My heavenly banquet. I cannot represent you to My Father and your God in such variety of habiliments as you display. You are not in any wise representing the character I purchased for you with My own blood.” (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 6)
The Lord God of heaven, who so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son that you should not perish but have everlasting life, will make you His only on condition that you shall come out from the world and be separate, “and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:17, 18.] Should you stand before the Judge of the quick and the dead and reveal your loyalty [when] you do not keep the commands of God but the precepts of men, there is not the designation that God will acknowledge you as His peculiar people, a holy nation. [Christ will say,] “How came you into the marriage supper of the Lamb, disregarding the robe of righteousness I purchased for you with the price of My own blood?” [See Matthew 22:12.] As He addressed leaders [He said], “Have you given these sentiments of disregard to those you were educating and training? You have [shown] in all your manners that you considered your own clothing good enough to enter the heavenly courts. Your case is far worse than those who refused to come at all. Because of your speech, your spirit, you have brought to the foundation hay, wood, and stubble, material that will not stand the test of the day of God but will be consumed.” (18LtMs, Ms 203, 1903, 7)
Ms 204, 1903
Diary/The Use of Means and Family Responsibilities
Elmshaven, St. Helena, California
October 20, 1903
Previously unpublished.
1 Thessalonians, chapter 1. We need to read this chapter with interest, for it is a lesson to the individual members of the church. The writings of the apostles bear testimony that they are laborers together with God. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 1)
Each retains his individuality as a person whose character is continually forming—valuable to the work of the church and able to be used to the glory of God. They have not all the same stamp of character. There is diversity as in the branches of the vine, yet in diversity there is unity in Christ Jesus. Each branch of the parent stock is doing its best to bear the most perfect fruit, pleasant and profitable, each acting out his personality in union with the Great Worker, as represented in the prayer of Christ just before His death. They now have a mutual understanding of the words of Christ, “It is my Father's good pleasure” “that ye bear much fruit.” [See Luke 12:32; John 15:8.] “Abide in me, and I in you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; no more can ye, except ye abide in me. I am the vine, ye are the branches: he that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without me ye can do nothing” that will be of value with God. “If a man abide not in me, he is cast forth as a branch, and is withered; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you”—for abiding in Christ, he has the spirit and will of Christ. “Herein is my father glorified, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples. As the Father hath loved me, so have I loved you: continue ye in my love.” [Verses 4-9.] (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 2)
He [Christ] enjoins the disciples to show distinctly the depth and clearness and fullness and reality of the work of the Holy Spirit of God upon the human heart. They have the depth and clearness of the genuine love of God, for in their experience it carries its own credentials. Their characters and work bear careful examination, for the fruit testifies of the character of the tree. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 3)
The use of money is a wonderful talent. [Is it] to be put out in interest in various speculations in houses and lands? No; no. This is not the way of using the means. It is to be invested in various ways only to glorify God. “Ye are not your own, ye are bought with a price. Therefore glorify God in your body and in your spirit which are God's.” [1 Corinthians 6:19, 20.] In cooperation with Christ Jesus, the Lord's own money is to be used to do the work He has given His life to accomplish, first as the Alpha and continuing until the Omega. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 4)
God calls upon all [to] cooperate with Him, to use His talents of means in His charge, that His entrusted capital shall become an instrumentality placed in the hands of His people to be invested and consumed, to produce fruit through the various methods that He, the Alpha, shall outline. They will be God's stewards, investing His means wisely, bringing to many souls the gospel of Jesus Christ. First there must be the sowing of the seed, else there will be no harvest. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 5)
We will all try to answer correctly the lesson given by the parable of the unjust steward who showed, in one sense, a wise calculation that all should learn from, in administering his master's estate, to make the best possible security for himself in the future, thus becoming an example to others. How much property is being wasted in outward show, in speculations, and in buildings which testify nothing to the glory of God, when if that money was put into circulation to accomplish the work of God in this world, human minds would be enlightened to make provision for the future, eternal home in the mansions Christ has gone to prepare. He said to His disciples, “Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me.... If I go, ... I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.” [John 14:1, 3.] (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 6)
Will we consider [that] Satan is playing the game of life for the souls of every human being, that they may perish with him? He has in mind still another battle, when he shall have in his ranks all who are not on the Lord's side, and in that battle take not only the kingdoms of the earth but also the kingdom of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 7)
He is tempting men to secure money-value in every objectionable way possible, but the most successful way is to become so besotted with poisonous liquor and tobacco, and the various drugs—opium, laudanum, and kindred drugs—to use [them] until the countenance bears the irritated, inflamed, representation in the features of the face, destroying the moral image of God in man. Thus whole families are reduced below the level of the brute creation. It is these temptations to deal in these life and health destroying drugs that are legalized by the laws of the nation until the whole family is ruined. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 8)
What can be done? Is nothing to be set in operation to save the souls from death, eternal death? In in the place of diverting thousands, millions, of dollars in liquor, let there be a voice earnestly heard in missionary lines to call to those who have means to help erect sanitariums and schools and churches, as Christ has counseled we should do. Let every effort be made to call into circulation the Lord's entrusted capital, to be consuming in order to be producing decided reformations. All who claim to be laborers together with God are now to begin to work in various lines as colporteurs, as evangelists, as Bible readers. House-to-house work may be done by women and men. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 9)
God calls upon all who have means to put it into circulation and incorporate it into various working agencies to the saving of souls. Many, in their turn, will unite in giving of their means and in uniting their own physical, mental, and moral efficiency to advance the work. Especially is the work to be done for the youth, as is being done in several localities in Berrien Springs and in other parts of America, and which is already in operation in some foreign countries. Use your entrusted means for saving the souls of men, women, and children. We need church schools. We need to educate the youth, and [we need] schools for older students who will give themselves wholly to the Lord and to His work. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 10)
While some Christian men in various lines [of work] are acquiring property, they may be all the time in touch with a class to whom their own example of strictest integrity as servants of Jesus Christ is exerting its influence. They are to watch for souls as they that must give an account. Ever bear in mind the Christian is one who is pledged to God. He is not his own, for he is bought with a price. He is to strive continually to do the will of his Master. [He is to do] just that work which he is best adapted to perform, guided by the Master in all his acts. The Lord calls for workmen and Satan ought not to be permitted to gather in all the talents of influence. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 11)
God calls for more earnest, thoroughly converted workmen who shall speak in united voice all the words Christ has commanded them. This they can do with the word of the Old and New Testaments. Some are to be trained workers. God has assigned men His work. As money is a necessity, let all consider how much good they can accomplish in putting their entrusted goods out to usury to gain souls for Christ. Now, just now, let there be a reformation. [Let] every worker strive to do his best in being a witness for Christ by imitating His life of unselfishness. All are required to work and use their talents according to their several ability. Some can conduct a Bible class; some can speak in the pulpit; some conduct conference and prayer meetings; some do house-to-house work. Use your talents to secure tangible results. Some can run a farm, and so conduct that farm as to add means in small sums, and others in larger sums, to aid the advancement of the work of God. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 12)
Nashville needs help just now, and Washington and Berrien Springs. Let all who can, place the work upon a higher ground, growing larger and larger bases. Those farmers tilling the soil can reason from cause to effect. Their seed must be put in in season. In order to be successful there is pruning to be done, pruning of the orchards, and every tree bearing fruit is to be cared for in its season. “Ye are God's husbandry,” others are God's building, but all, harmonious in action, are to be planting the seeds of truth in men's hearts. [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Ministers of the Word [are] to speak a word in season. “Go, ye therefore into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature,” “teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Mark 16:15; Matthew 28:20.] Let the farmers, the carpenters, [and] the men who have various kinds of business be diligent and acquire in order to improve your talents to impart, to be used in wisdom to the glory of God. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 13)
Fathers in this world should encourage their children to ever keep in view the usefulness of their children in doing the greatest good in winning souls to Christ. The great good to be done for our children is to keep before them that work which will educate as for eternity. There is no greater harm done by parents than to lay up an inheritance for their children and neglect to use their means to advance their [children's] education in this life. [They should] give more time to personal interest in their children by taking them with them in the work, that these children may have, from their youth, greater attention and education and training to seek for the heavenly treasure rather than the earthly. We can afford to devote this life to the very best interest of our children, that they will know God and Jesus Christ whom He hath sent, as in the prayer of Christ in John 17:3. “And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom thou hast sent.” (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 14)
The time given to securing the wealth of this world may [cost] parents and their children the wealth of the eternal riches in the world to come. Fathers themselves should feel the responsibility resting upon them to respond to the claims of God to serve the Lord with their undivided affection and to encircle their children with every saving influence possible to make them your companions in early life. Fathers and mothers, let there be no question in the matter. Take your children by the hand and affectionately, lovingly, lead them to Jesus. Let your home be made fragrant with kind, affectionate, tender love. Bring capacity and knowledge by practical experiment, into the home. By your tact and capabilities, experiment to win your children in the home circle. Make your home so full of pleasantness that angels will love to abide with you, when you, as parents, make the very most of your capabilities to win every member of your family through earnest, unwavering Christlike endeavor for their souls. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 15)
Fathers, educate your boys to be useful and to ever be an interested link in the family firm. Keep them from the evil association of city life; bind them, fathers and mothers, to your heart with the strong, firm cords of affection and love and keeping-power from the evils that are in the world. Your sons may become trained to consider that the faithful discharge of duty in this life is the education they are to receive in their home life below to fit them with a preparation for the school in heaven above, to become members of the royal family and children of the heavenly King. Let the boys be cared for. Fathers [should,] if it is possible, arrange their business so as to take their boys with them to educate and train them. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 16)
The mothers at home should keep in mind the future of her children. Give them something useful to do. Unless you attend to the earliest years of their lives, teaching them to help the mother to do the jots and tittles that they can do, and should be educated to do, they will have other educators. Satan will teach other lawless, wicked youths to inspire the children with his wily alluring, and through the associations with others will put wicked plans in words and habits into their minds. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 17)
I wish to cry out with heart and soul and voice. Fathers, mothers, if you would save your children, give them something to do—little jobs. Let them be encouraged [that] they do help you. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 18)
In allowing them money to expend as they choose, [they receive] an education that will be dangerous. The habit is formed of becoming spendthrifts. They will learn to steal to obtain little or larger sums to gratify their inclination. There should be lessons taught to be economical. The missionary box [should be] purposely made prominent. Father and mother, put in that box a certain sum, besides their tithe, to help in providing means to aid the poor children who are suffering, to help in various ways to meet their necessities Some are in real poverty through sickness; some have no father and mother. Let the children earn something themselves to have something to give; but, parents, do not hire your children to help you in the home, or round about the house, or in things that must be done in various lines. They are to understand they are to help in the jots and tittles according to their strength. [They are] acting a part in the firm, to receive in food and clothing, and in preparing—making and repairing—their clothing. They must help in all these necessary things to be done, and they must act their individual parts in useful employment. The Lord's money is to be carefully treasured, while they are fitting themselves to be the Lord's helping hand to the very needy. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 19)
Guard against providing means to help your children obtain an education that will, in all probability, unfit them for taking up the very work in the service of God that they might do. Never let the idea be fastened in their mind that it is an enviable position to be trained to be above the necessity of working. If the parent sees that his means is not being used wisely, then withhold it. You are a steward of the Lord's goods. Christians are not excusable in indulging in luxuries. Tea and coffee should not be placed upon our tables. Tobacco should be ever presented to the children as a disgusting indulgence and detrimental to the physical, mental, and moral health. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 20)
We see what the world is becoming by not obeying the commandments of God. If the world would have received Christ Jesus as their personal Saviour, then they would have conducted themselves altogether differently. They do not feel to act their individual part in being honorable toward their parents. And they are receiving, in this neglected line of their education, the idea that they [should] receive all the home attentions in food and in clothing as their individual right. They spend money for that which is not bread. They are permitted to be in society to learn to become gentlemen, and the very worst part of their nature becomes strengthened through indulgence. This is the reason the world today is as it was in the days of Noah, and in Sodom and Gomorrah—hot beds of iniquity—as is represented [as being] acted around the dwelling of Lot. The worst deeds of iniquity are being practiced under Satan, the general of armies. This education and selfish indulgence in the home is the large cause of these iniquitous practices. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 21)
The more children are first educated diligently in the home life, the better are they prepared for entering the school to behave as gentlemen, to help lessen the arduous task of the teacher in managing the varied minds and dispositions of the learners of all ages. The well-regulated home prepares children to be a help to the teacher in the school to influence, as far as possible, the lads and misses whose course of action represents the home education. The children who have been trained at home to understand how to bear home burdens and appreciate the care of the mother in her varied lines of work will not permit the mother to be a slave in the family of several children. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 22)
The children, especially the young misses—the “little ones,” God calls them—are prepared to do the little jots and tittles from their early years. [Matthew 18:6, 10, 14.] They regard life as a serious and important matter, not to be spent in play while the mother is harried in the home work which their young strength can do. They can be continually learning by the mistakes they make. A wise mother will not fret and scold over their early errors in the efforts to help mother. And the father will not expect of the lad, just beginning to help father, the wisdom of how to do even the little jobs that will [be learned] if he patiently trains without fretting and scolding. Let the father patiently speak encouraging words. They may blunder at first, because they have never been taught, but the mistakes and blunders [had] better be [met] in the early beginning with a father's and mother's patient forbearance, than to say to them, “You have done that all wrong. I wish you would go away and not try to help. You have broken a dish,” and thus, and thus. Something has been done so awkwardly your patience is tried, but remember, they are learners not teachers. You are the teacher, showing them over and over and over again how to do the little matters carefully, neatly, savingly. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 23)
Not one cross word should ever be spoken to people trying to learn. One encouraging word at the right time is as apples of gold in pictures of silver. The child will often remember how his heart was made sad and discouraged by an impatient word, or a bruise to the soul when he was awkwardly doing the best he knew how. One word of encouragement, “Well, we will not feel bad over your failure, for it will be something to be thought of to not do the same thing again,” will be a lesson upon the mind worth more than the loss through some mistake for lack of knowledge. Then your children have improved by practical exercise, so that they are able every day to be learning what it means to have a home and to understand how every member is to have the privilege of acting their part in fulfilling their duty and, as children, to lighten the burdens of their parents. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 24)
Parents, while they feel their responsibilities as teachers in the home school, are themselves gaining a first class education that will aptly repay them for all the experience and task in training their children. If they study their Bibles, they have been coming to know how to properly obey the requirements of the heavenly Teacher. They know how they have felt when their children made blunders, and they will guard their own words in the home life in order to be faithful guardians in the position where the Lord has placed them. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 25)
When trials arise, they will not offend the Lord Jesus by being grown-up little children that have never disciplined themselves to leave their childhood mistakes and follies behind, but have taken them with them right along, so that their childhood ignorance is brought into the church and spoils their Christian experience. They are fretful and impatient when they should be a continual example to those little ones [who are] trying to learn. Through the error of mismanagement they have brought a very unpromising disposition with them into their own family life. Oh, how hard it makes everything in their home training school! Undisciplined mothers and fathers, unless you shall learn your lesson from the Great Teacher how to speak kindly, having control of your own unamiable temper, you will sow the seeds of murmuring, complaining, fretting, and all the ills of an undisciplined heart. This is the experience in the church life. This want of harmony in the home life is carried into the religious life, and, oh, what an unsightly presentation heaven looks upon! Some parents have had so little self-control that they carry all their ill dispositions, unconverted and unreformed into the church and spoil that life as a member of the family of God. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 26)
God's present government takes cognizance of the conduct of men. Every soul will be judged according to his works. There is to be a just discrimination revealed when the Judge of all the earth shall speak the words written in the books, and every man and woman and youth [is judged] according as their works have been. This is a close and accurate discrimination and not a promiscuous handling of things—an averaged account in measurement. The Judge of all the earth will do right. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 27)
Every man and woman will be judged and punished according to their deeds. There are human agencies that are doing, as they suppose, many good things, but that criticism in the home and carried into the church is a counter-working influence against the work of the gospel ministry, and it is a discouragement to the whole church. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 28)
[The Judgment will reveal] the measure of the guilt in counter-working the messages to be given by human agencies to the church, hindering by their negative position when the Lord says, “Advance!” [They] criticize every movement that others are trying to make in the line of work God has given them. And if they had opportunity, they would continue their church work they consider essential to find fault and manufacture mistakes. If all such would just go to work earnestly and prayerfully, to reveal in some locality their wise judgment in showing the better and faultless way, they would then have no time to watch others, but just show and give full proof of their ministry. They would soon understand they had their hands full to keep themselves straight. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 29)
The Judge of all the earth has the case of every man written in the books. The arguments you have given to quiet your own conscience—why you did this or that wrong action—will not appear to you as you made them appear to yourself or to those who are blinded by not being able to give that clear interpretation. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 30)
If men and women only believed that every human agency will be judged according to their deeds, just as the Word declares, then how much wiser it would be to acknowledge this without your reasoning to make it other than the Word declares. Let all rest fully assured that at the Judgment not one sinner shall ever enter the courts of heaven. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 31)
Satan, the originator of sin, was once expelled from heaven, because he would not acknowledge sin was sin but claimed it to be righteousness. The law of God has plainly specified what constitutes sin and what is meant by righteousness. What a pity, then, that men have invented a god of their own and a sanctification that calls sin righteousness. But all this will stand revealed just as it is—an invented god of their own interpretation—a god who will connive at sin through the sanctifying of sin. This will not do. There stands the cross, representing all who will believe in Christ as their sin-pardoning Saviour, [and who] will cease to transgress the law of God. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 32)
The transgression of this law condemns every sinner who does not repent of his sins and believe in Christ, accepting His power to make them sons of God. He is Truth, sacred, eternal Truth. The Word of God defines the work of the gospel ministry. [It] is to preach the truth, Bible truth as revealed in His Word. The [idea that it makes] no difference what doctrine you teach is Satan's lie. The Word of God is truth. If men will put their own explanation upon the truth, what it is, and urge their own ideas that are not in harmony with the truth of the Word, and they misinterpret the Word, we cannot say, [“It does] not matter what doctrine you believe.” (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 33)
It does very much [matter] whether we believe the Word of God or the word of the enemy. It made every difference with Cain and Abel in the offering of representation before God. Cain made a truth of pretention—an altar, a most splendid presentation—but the only representation that made that altar and offering of any value was obedience to the Lord, to offer the blood of the slain lamb, which could take away sin. God had respect unto Abel and his offering, and fire from heaven consumed the sacrifice. His acceptance of Abel's offering made Cain furious, because Abel vindicated the truth upon the subject—doing just as God had directed. There was every difference as to the presentation of the two offerings. God acknowledged the offering of Abel and sent fire from heaven to kindle the altar's sacrifice. He gave no recognition of Cain's offering. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 34)
While Cain was complaining of God's partiality, Abel was reasoning with his brother, to show that he had gone according to the Lord's direction, and therefore, in obeying the Lord in every particular, the Lord honored the sacrifice. Cain would not admit any error on his part. He was filled with hatred because Abel did not follow his lead. The Lord condescended to talk with Cain. “And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth? and why is thy countenance fallen? If thou doest well, shalt thou not be accepted? and if thou doest not well, sin lieth at the door. And unto thee shall be his desire, and thou shalt rule over him.” [Genesis 4:6, 7.] (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 35)
But Cain would not correct his wrong course. And while he talked with his brother, and was in opposition to God, he put all the blame on Abel and God. “And Cain talked with Abel his brother: and it came to pass, when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and slew him. And the Lord said unto Cain, Where is Abel they brother? And he said, I know not: Am I my brother's keeper?” [Verses 8, 9.] Cain lied to God and refused the responsibilities of an elder brother which were his, to care for and protect [Abel] from any evil. And the Lord said, “What hast thou done? the voice of thy brother's blood crieth unto me from the ground.” [Verse 10.] Read verses 11-15. (18LtMs, Ms 204, 1903, 36)